diff --git a/docusaurus.config.js b/docusaurus.config.js index 0ae876ab..0daec104 100644 --- a/docusaurus.config.js +++ b/docusaurus.config.js @@ -28,6 +28,16 @@ const config = { plugins: [ require.resolve('docusaurus-lunr-search'), + [ + '@docusaurus/plugin-content-docs', + { + id: 'manual', + path: 'manual', + routeBasePath: 'manual', + sidebarPath: require.resolve('./sidebarsManual.js'), + editUrl: 'https://github.com/idempiere/idempiere.github.io/tree/main/', + }, + ], [ '@docusaurus/plugin-pwa', { @@ -102,6 +112,13 @@ const config = { position: 'left', label: 'Docs', }, + { + type: 'doc', + docId: 'index', + docsPluginId: 'manual', + position: 'left', + label: 'Manual', + }, // Right { type: 'docsVersionDropdown', diff --git a/manual/form/AccountingFactReconciliationmanual_Form_ID-53016_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/AccountingFactReconciliationmanual_Form_ID-53016_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d331a23f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/AccountingFactReconciliationmanual_Form_ID-53016_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: 'Accounting Fact Reconciliation (manual)' +sidebar_label: 'Accounting Fact Reconciliation (manual)' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Accounting Fact Reconciliation (manual) + +Special Form ID 53016 + +*02/09/2010 → 23/03/2026* + +![Accounting Fact Reconciliation (manual)](/img/manual/AccountingFactReconciliationmanual-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.acct.form.WFactReconcile` + diff --git a/manual/form/ArchiveViewer_Form_ID-118_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/ArchiveViewer_Form_ID-118_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d6724d45 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/ArchiveViewer_Form_ID-118_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'Archive Viewer' +sidebar_label: 'Archive Viewer' +description: 'View automatically archived Documents' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Archive Viewer + +Special Form ID 118 + +*10/01/2005 → 10/03/2022* + +![Archive Viewer](/img/manual/ArchiveViewer-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** View automatically archived Documents + +**Comment/Help:** Depending on the Tenant Automatic Archive Level documents and reports are saved and available for view. In the Report Viewer you can manually archive Documents or Reports. You can only view archives, if you have access to the original document. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.form.ArchiveViewer` + diff --git a/manual/form/BOMDrop_Form_ID-114_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/BOMDrop_Form_ID-114_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e231bb3b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/BOMDrop_Form_ID-114_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'BOM Drop' +sidebar_label: 'BOM Drop' +description: 'Drop (expand) Bill of Materials' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# BOM Drop + +Special Form ID 114 + +*30/12/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![BOM Drop](/img/manual/BOMDrop-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Drop (expand) Bill of Materials + +**Comment/Help:** Drop the extended Bill of Materials into an Order, Invoice, etc. The documents need to be in a Drafted stage. Make sure that the items included in the BOM are on the price list of the Order, Invoice, etc. as otherwise the price will be zero! + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.form.VBOMDrop` + diff --git a/manual/form/BOMViewer_Form_ID-53017_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/BOMViewer_Form_ID-53017_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76eab9f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/BOMViewer_Form_ID-53017_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +--- +title: 'BOM Viewer' +sidebar_label: 'BOM Viewer' +description: 'Shows the parent-component relationship for the product entered in the Product field.' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# BOM Viewer + +Special Form ID 53017 + +*27/07/2011 → 27/07/2011* + +![BOM Viewer](/img/manual/BOMViewer-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Shows the parent-component relationship for the product entered in the Product field. + +**Comment/Help:** Selecting a product will display a hierarchy of components and sub-BOMs for that product. + +Selecting the "Where Used" check box will display the BOMs that this product is used in. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.form.VTreeBOM` + diff --git a/manual/form/ExtensionManagement_Form_ID-200021_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/ExtensionManagement_Form_ID-200021_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3596fdae --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/ExtensionManagement_Form_ID-200021_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'Extension Management' +sidebar_label: 'Extension Management' +description: 'Interface to manage the installation and status of iDempiere extensions' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Extension Management + +Special Form ID 200021 + +*24/03/2026 → 24/03/2026* + +![Extension Management](/img/manual/ExtensionManagement-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Interface to manage the installation and status of iDempiere extensions + +**Comment/Help:** Use this form to manage bundled and external extensions. You can install new extensions, update installed extensions and disable or uninstall extensions that are no longer required + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.extension.manager.form.ExtensionBrowserFormController` + diff --git a/manual/form/GenerateCharges_Form_ID-105_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/GenerateCharges_Form_ID-105_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c7f29ad --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/GenerateCharges_Form_ID-105_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'Generate Charges' +sidebar_label: 'Generate Charges' +description: 'Generate Charges from natural accounts' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Generate Charges + +Special Form ID 105 + +*06/02/2001 → 23/03/2026* + +![Generate Charges](/img/manual/GenerateCharges-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Generate Charges from natural accounts + +**Comment/Help:** Use the upper portion to create new charges using the general charge accounts. Use the lower portion to create charges based on the natural account. + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.acct.form.WCharge` + diff --git a/manual/form/ImportFileLoader_Form_ID-101_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/ImportFileLoader_Form_ID-101_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc80753c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/ImportFileLoader_Form_ID-101_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'Import File Loader' +sidebar_label: 'Import File Loader' +description: 'Load flat Files into import tables' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Import File Loader + +Special Form ID 101 + +*15/09/2000 → 02/01/2000* + +![Import File Loader](/img/manual/ImportFileLoader-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Load flat Files into import tables + +**Comment/Help:** The Import File Loader parses the content of a flat file and loads it into import tables. Comments start with a '[' and end with a ']' and are ignored; example: [Some Heading]. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.form.VFileImport` + diff --git a/manual/form/MatchingPOReceiptInvoice_Form_ID-108_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/MatchingPOReceiptInvoice_Form_ID-108_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c86867e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/MatchingPOReceiptInvoice_Form_ID-108_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'Matching PO-Receipt-Invoice' +sidebar_label: 'Matching PO-Receipt-Invoice' +description: 'Match Purchase Orders, Receipts, Vendor Invoices' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Matching PO-Receipt-Invoice + +Special Form ID 108 + +*08/02/2002 → 02/01/2000* + +![Matching PO-Receipt-Invoice](/img/manual/MatchingPOReceiptInvoice-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Match Purchase Orders, Receipts, Vendor Invoices + +**Comment/Help:** Make sure that the Receipts and Invoices are processed. If you want to match partial shipment, make sure that "Same Quantity" is not selected. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.form.VMatch` + diff --git a/manual/form/MaterialTransactions_Form_ID-103_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/MaterialTransactions_Form_ID-103_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..013c0b01 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/MaterialTransactions_Form_ID-103_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: 'Material Transactions' +sidebar_label: 'Material Transactions' +description: 'Material Transactions' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Material Transactions + +Special Form ID 103 + +*31/10/2000 → 02/01/2000* + +![Material Transactions](/img/manual/MaterialTransactions-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Material Transactions + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.form.VTrxMaterial` + diff --git a/manual/form/MergeEntities_Form_ID-112_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/MergeEntities_Form_ID-112_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd6fc05b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/MergeEntities_Form_ID-112_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'Merge Entities' +sidebar_label: 'Merge Entities' +description: 'Merge From Entity to To Entity - Delete From' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Merge Entities + +Special Form ID 112 + +*09/08/2003 → 15/12/2017* + +![Merge Entities](/img/manual/MergeEntities-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Merge From Entity to To Entity - Delete From + +**Comment/Help:** <i>Dangerous - Please are aware of what you are doing!</i> +All instances of the From entity (e.g. Customer A) are changed to the To entity (e.g. Customer B). +The From entity (e.g. Customer A) is deleted. +<p><b>There is NO undo nor trace ! Please do a backup first</b> Please be aware that you may be changing history records (e.g. invoices, etc.) ! </p> +<p><b>Side effects:</b> Merging Products are likely to distort product costs; Merging Business Partners may result in incorrect open item balance. Check with support on remedies.</p> +<p><b>Restrictions:</b> Accounting and Inventory conflicts are not resolved in this version.</p> + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.form.VMerge` + diff --git a/manual/form/PaymentAllocation_Form_ID-104_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/PaymentAllocation_Form_ID-104_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f55421dd --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/PaymentAllocation_Form_ID-104_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: 'Payment Allocation' +sidebar_label: 'Payment Allocation' +description: 'Allocate invoices and payments' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Payment Allocation + +Special Form ID 104 + +*09/01/2001 → 02/01/2000* + +![Payment Allocation](/img/manual/PaymentAllocation-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Allocate invoices and payments + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.form.VAllocation` + diff --git a/manual/form/PaymentPrintExport_Form_ID-106_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/PaymentPrintExport_Form_ID-106_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e4ea09a --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/PaymentPrintExport_Form_ID-106_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: 'Payment Print/Export' +sidebar_label: 'Payment Print/Export' +description: 'Print or export your payments' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Payment Print/Export + +Special Form ID 106 + +*26/07/2001 → 02/01/2000* + +![Payment Print/Export](/img/manual/PaymentPrintExport-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Print or export your payments + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.form.VPayPrint` + diff --git a/manual/form/PaymentSelectionmanual_Form_ID-107_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/PaymentSelectionmanual_Form_ID-107_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1905e42f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/PaymentSelectionmanual_Form_ID-107_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'Payment Selection (manual)' +sidebar_label: 'Payment Selection (manual)' +description: 'Manual Payment Selection' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Payment Selection (manual) + +Special Form ID 107 + +*26/07/2001 → 24/02/2005* + +![Payment Selection (manual)](/img/manual/PaymentSelectionmanual-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Manual Payment Selection + +**Comment/Help:** Select vendor invoices for payment. If you don't see an invoice, make sure that it is not included in a different (nprocessed) Payment Selection. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.form.VPaySelect` + diff --git a/manual/form/PerformanceIndicators_Form_ID-119_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/PerformanceIndicators_Form_ID-119_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f10d5ba2 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/PerformanceIndicators_Form_ID-119_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'Performance Indicators' +sidebar_label: 'Performance Indicators' +description: 'View Performance Indicators' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Performance Indicators + +Special Form ID 119 + +*21/12/2005 → 19/08/2008* + +![Performance Indicators](/img/manual/PerformanceIndicators-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** View Performance Indicators + +**Comment/Help:** View all Performance Indicators and Goals + +**Classname:** `org.adempiere.apps.graph.ViewPI` + diff --git a/manual/form/PluginManager_Form_ID-200015_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/PluginManager_Form_ID-200015_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..842bcb4c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/PluginManager_Form_ID-200015_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'Plugin Manager' +sidebar_label: 'Plugin Manager' +description: 'Plugin Manager' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Plugin Manager + +Special Form ID 200015 + +*15/12/2020 → 15/12/2020* + +![Plugin Manager](/img/manual/PluginManager-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Plugin Manager + +**Comment/Help:** Plugin Manager + +**Classname:** `org.adempiere.webui.apps.form.WPluginManager` + diff --git a/manual/form/ProductAttributeGrid_Form_ID-120_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/ProductAttributeGrid_Form_ID-120_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f752b556 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/ProductAttributeGrid_Form_ID-120_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'Product Attribute Grid' +sidebar_label: 'Product Attribute Grid' +description: 'Maintain Products with Attributes in a Table Grid' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Product Attribute Grid + +Special Form ID 120 + +*11/03/2006 → 11/03/2006* + +![Product Attribute Grid](/img/manual/ProductAttributeGrid-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Products with Attributes in a Table Grid + +**Comment/Help:** Select one or two attributes if a Product Attribute and display/maintain products in a row or table grid. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.form.VAttributeGrid` + diff --git a/manual/form/ResetPassword_Form_ID-200001_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/ResetPassword_Form_ID-200001_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..27f004c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/ResetPassword_Form_ID-200001_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: 'Reset Password' +sidebar_label: 'Reset Password' +description: 'Reset Password' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Reset Password + +Special Form ID 200001 + +*18/09/2012 → 18/09/2012* + +![Reset Password](/img/manual/ResetPassword-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Reset Password + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.form.VResetPassword` + diff --git a/manual/form/SQLProcess_Form_ID-111_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/SQLProcess_Form_ID-111_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e0f560e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/SQLProcess_Form_ID-111_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'SQL Process' +sidebar_label: 'SQL Process' +description: 'Process SQL Statements' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# SQL Process + +Special Form ID 111 + +*18/04/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![SQL Process](/img/manual/SQLProcess-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Process SQL Statements + +**Comment/Help:** Process SQL DDL Statements + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.form.VSQLProcess` + diff --git a/manual/form/SQLQuery_Form_ID-200018_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/SQLQuery_Form_ID-200018_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d0d57214 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/SQLQuery_Form_ID-200018_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'SQL Query' +sidebar_label: 'SQL Query' +description: 'Process SQL Queries' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# SQL Query + +Special Form ID 200018 + +*13/10/2022 → 13/10/2022* + +![SQL Query](/img/manual/SQLQuery-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Process SQL Queries + +**Comment/Help:** Process SQL Queries + +**Classname:** `org.adempiere.webui.apps.form.WSQLQuery` + diff --git a/manual/form/SetupWizard_Form_ID-200000_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/SetupWizard_Form_ID-200000_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e53e6cc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/SetupWizard_Form_ID-200000_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: 'Setup Wizard' +sidebar_label: 'Setup Wizard' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Setup Wizard + +Special Form ID 200000 + +*17/08/2012 → 17/08/2012* + +![Setup Wizard](/img/manual/SetupWizard-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.form.VSetupWizard` + diff --git a/manual/form/TreeMaintenance_Form_ID-115_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/TreeMaintenance_Form_ID-115_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a73ed808 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/TreeMaintenance_Form_ID-115_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'Tree Maintenance' +sidebar_label: 'Tree Maintenance' +description: 'Maintain Trees' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Tree Maintenance + +Special Form ID 115 + +*19/03/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Tree Maintenance](/img/manual/TreeMaintenance-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Trees + +**Comment/Help:** View and change trees. Maintain the entries in their specific Windows. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.form.VTreeMaintenance` + diff --git a/manual/form/WorkflowActivities_Form_ID-117_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/WorkflowActivities_Form_ID-117_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b468a1b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/WorkflowActivities_Form_ID-117_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'Workflow Activities' +sidebar_label: 'Workflow Activities' +description: 'My active workflow activities' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Workflow Activities + +Special Form ID 117 + +*25/03/2004 → 15/01/2024* + +![Workflow Activities](/img/manual/WorkflowActivities-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** My active workflow activities + +**Comment/Help:** View active workflow activities + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.wf.WFActivity` + diff --git a/manual/form/WorkflowEditor_Form_ID-116_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/form/WorkflowEditor_Form_ID-116_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2687176b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/WorkflowEditor_Form_ID-116_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'Workflow Editor' +sidebar_label: 'Workflow Editor' +description: 'Edit Workflows' +tags: ['Special Form'] +--- + +# Workflow Editor + +Special Form ID 116 + +*25/03/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Workflow Editor](/img/manual/WorkflowEditor-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Edit Workflows + +**Comment/Help:** Edit the graphical layout of workflows + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.apps.wf.WFPanel` + diff --git a/manual/form/_category_.json b/manual/form/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6b42b762 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/form/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +{ + "label": "Forms", + "position": 1, + "collapsed": true +} diff --git a/manual/index.mdx b/manual/index.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f1d68d0b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/index.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,671 @@ +--- +title: 'iDempiere' +sidebar_label: 'iDempiere' +--- + +# iDempiere + +### System Admin + +#### General Rules + +##### System Rules + +- **[System](./window/System_Window_ID-246_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_system +- **[Language Setup](./workflow/LanguageSetup_Workflow_ID-103_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Workflow +- **[Language](./window/Language_Window_ID-106_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_language +- **[Translation Import/Export](./process/TranslationImportExport_Process_ID-200126_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.process.TranslationImpExp +- **[System Translation Check](./window/SystemTranslationCheck_Window_ID-250_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_column_trl · ad_element_trl · ad_fieldgroup_trl · ad_field_trl · ad_form_trl · ad_infocolumn_trl · ad_infowindow_trl · ad_language · ad_menu_trl · ad_message_trl · ad_process_trl · ad_ref_list_trl · ad_table_trl · ad_tab_trl · ad_task_trl · ad_wf_node_trl · ad_window_trl · ad_workflow_trl +- **[Menu](./window/Menu_Window_ID-105_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_menu · ad_menu_trl +- **[Tree](./window/Tree_Window_ID-163_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_tree +- **[Tree Maintenance](./form/TreeMaintenance_Form_ID-115_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.form.VTreeMaintenance +- **[Menu user favourites](./window/Menuuserfavourites_Window_ID-200111_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_tree_favorite · ad_tree_favorite_node +- **[Task](./window/Task_Window_ID-114_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_task · ad_task_access · ad_task_trl +- **[System Image](./window/SystemImage_Window_ID-227_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_image +- **[Error Message](./window/ErrorMessage_Window_ID-188_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_error +- **[Notice](./window/Notice_Window_ID-193_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_note +- **[Country Region and City](./window/CountryRegionandCity_Window_ID-122_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_city · c_city · c_country · c_countrygroupcountry · c_country_trl · c_region · c_region_trl +- **[Country Group](./window/CountryGroup_Window_ID-200061_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_countrygroup · c_countrygroupcountry · c_countrygroup_trl +- **[System Configurator](./window/SystemConfigurator_Window_ID-50006_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_sysconfig +- **[SMTP Server](./window/SMTPServer_Window_ID-200118_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_smtp +- **[Customization of the Wlistbox](./window/CustomizationoftheWlistbox_Window_ID-200119_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_wlistbox_customization + +##### Security + +- **[User Queries](./window/UserQueries_Window_ID-200109_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_userquery +- **[Password Rule](./window/PasswordRule_Window_ID-200002_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_passwordrule +- **[User](./window/User_Window_ID-108_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_ldapaccess · ad_user · ad_usermail · ad_user_orgaccess · ad_userquery · ad_user_roles · ad_user_substitute · pa_documentstatusaccess +- **[Role](./window/Role_Window_ID-111_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_document_action_access · ad_form_access · ad_infowindow_access · ad_process_access · ad_role · ad_role_included · ad_role_orgaccess · ad_task_access · ad_user_roles · ad_window_access · ad_workflow_access · pa_documentstatusaccess +- **[Role Template](./window/RoleTemplate_Window_ID-200158_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_document_action_access · ad_form_access · ad_infowindow_access · ad_process_access · ad_role · ad_task_access · ad_window_access · ad_workflow_access · pa_documentstatusaccess +- **[My Profile](./window/MyProfile_Window_ID-53100_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_user · ad_usermail +- **[Role Access Update](./process/RoleAccessUpdate_Process_ID-295_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.RoleAccessUpdate +- **[Reset Password](./form/ResetPassword_Form_ID-200001_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.form.VResetPassword +- **[Copy Role](./process/CopyRole_Process_ID-50010_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.CopyRole +- **[Unlock Account](./process/UnlockAccount_Process_ID-200008_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.adempiere.process.ResetLockedAccount +- **[Role Data Access](./window/RoleDataAccess_Window_ID-268_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_column_access · ad_record_access · ad_role · ad_table_access +- **[Dynamic Validation per Table](./window/DynamicValidationperTable_Window_ID-200150_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_tablevalrule +- **[Private Access](./window/PrivateAccess_Window_ID-200147_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_private_access +- **[Session Audit](./window/SessionAudit_Window_ID-264_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_changelog · ad_session +- **[Process Audit](./window/ProcessAudit_Window_ID-332_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_pinstance · ad_pinstance_log · ad_pinstance_para +- **[Change Audit](./window/ChangeAudit_Window_ID-270_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_changelog +- **[Archive Viewer](./form/ArchiveViewer_Form_ID-118_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.form.ArchiveViewer +- **[Role Toolbar Button Access](./window/RoleToolbarButtonAccess_Window_ID-200001_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_toolbarbuttonrestrict +- **[Active Session](./window/ActiveSession_Window_ID-200016_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_sessioninfo_v +- **[Convert passwords to hashes](./process/Convertpasswordstohashes_Process_ID-53259_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.HashPasswords +- **[ASP Modules](./window/ASPModules_Window_ID-53015_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · asp_field · asp_form · asp_level · asp_module · asp_process · asp_process_para · asp_ref_list · asp_tab · asp_task · asp_window · asp_workflow +- **[All Tenants](./window/AllTenants_Window_ID-200092_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_allclients_v · ad_allroles_v · ad_allusers_v +- **[All Users](./window/AllUsers_Window_ID-200093_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_alluserroles_v · ad_allusers_v +- **[All Roles](./window/AllRoles_Window_ID-200108_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_allroles_v · ad_alluserroles_v +- **[All User Roles](./window/AllUserRoles_Window_ID-200107_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_alluserroles_v +- **[Support Users vs Roles](./info/SupportUsersvsRoles_Info_ID-200014_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Info Window · AD_AllRoles_V r JOIN AD_AllUsers_V u ON (1=1) LEFT JOIN AD_AllUserRoles_V ur ON (ur.AD_AllUsers_V_ID=u.AD_AllUsers_V_ID AND ur.AD_AllRoles_V_ID=r.AD_AllRoles_V_ID) + +##### Server + +- **[Scheduler](./window/Scheduler_Window_ID-305_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_scheduler · ad_schedulerlog · ad_scheduler_para · ad_schedulerrecipient +- **[Schedule](./window/Schedule_Window_ID-200012_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_schedule +- **[Alert Processor](./window/AlertProcessor_Window_ID-312_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_alertprocessor · ad_alertprocessorlog +- **[Request Processor](./window/RequestProcessor_Window_ID-203_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · r_requestprocessor · r_requestprocessorlog · r_requestprocessor_route +- **[Workflow Processor](./window/WorkflowProcessor_Window_ID-306_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_workflowprocessor · ad_workflowprocessorlog +- **[House Keeping](./window/HouseKeeping_Window_ID-53063_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_housekeeping +- **[Accounting Processor](./window/AccountingProcessor_Window_ID-311_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_acctprocessor · c_acctprocessorlog +- **[HouseKeeping](./process/HouseKeeping_Process_ID-53154_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.adempiere.process.HouseKeeping +- **[Request EMail Processor](./process/RequestEMailProcessor_Process_ID-50012_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.RequestEMailProcessor +- **[Drill Rule](./window/DrillRule_Window_ID-200123_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_process_drillrule · ad_process_drillrule_para · ad_process_drillrule_trl +- **[Delete Trace Logs](./process/DeleteTraceLogs_Process_ID-200156_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.process.DeleteTraceLogs + +##### Workflow + +- **[Workflow Responsible](./window/WorkflowResponsible_Window_ID-299_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_wf_responsible +- **[Workflow](./window/Workflow_Window_ID-113_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_wf_nextcondition · ad_wf_node · ad_wf_nodenext · ad_wf_node_para · ad_wf_node_trl · ad_workflow · ad_workflow_access · ad_workflow_trl +- **[Workflow Editor](./form/WorkflowEditor_Form_ID-116_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.wf.WFPanel +- **[Workflow to Tenant](./process/WorkflowtoTenant_Process_ID-309_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.wf.WorkflowMoveToClient +- **[Workflow Activities (all)](./window/WorkflowActivitiesall_Window_ID-298_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_wf_activity · ad_wf_activityapprover +- **[Workflow Activities](./form/WorkflowActivities_Form_ID-117_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.wf.WFActivity +- **[Workflow Process](./window/WorkflowProcess_Window_ID-297_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_wf_activity · ad_wf_activityapprover · ad_wf_eventaudit · ad_wf_process + +##### Printing + +- **[Print Paper](./window/PrintPaper_Window_ID-241_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_printpaper +- **[Print Color](./window/PrintColor_Window_ID-238_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_printcolor · ad_printcolor_trl +- **[Print Font](./window/PrintFont_Window_ID-239_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_printfont +- **[Print Table Format](./window/PrintTableFormat_Window_ID-243_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_printtableformat +- **[Print Format](./window/PrintFormat_Window_ID-240_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_printformat · ad_printformatitem · ad_printformatitem · ad_printformatitem · ad_printformatitem_trl · ad_printformat_trl +- **[Print Format Detail](./report/PrintFormatDetail_Report_ID-287_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Synchronize Print Format based on Report View](./process/SynchronizePrintFormatbasedonReportView_Process_ID-200146_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.process.PrintFormatItemSync +- **[Print Form](./window/PrintForm_Window_ID-224_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_printform +- **[Label Printer](./window/LabelPrinter_Window_ID-292_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_labelprinter · ad_labelprinterfunction +- **[Print Label](./window/PrintLabel_Window_ID-263_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_printlabel · ad_printlabelline · ad_printlabelline_trl +- **[Print Header/Footer](./window/PrintHeaderFooter_Window_ID-200100_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_printheaderfooter + +##### Collaboration + +- **[Broadcast Message](./window/BroadcastMessage_Window_ID-200023_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_broadcastmessage · ad_broadcastmessage_trl · ad_note +- **[Post-it](./window/Postit_Window_ID-200089_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_postit +- **[Chat Type](./window/ChatType_Window_ID-380_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · cm_chattype · cm_chattypeupdate +- **[View Chat](./window/ViewChat_Window_ID-377_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · cm_chat · cm_chatentry · cm_chatupdate + +##### External Authorization + +- **[Authorization Provider](./window/AuthorizationProvider_Window_ID-200112_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_authorizationprovider · ad_authorizationscopeprov +- **[Authorization Credential](./window/AuthorizationCredential_Window_ID-200113_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_authorizationaccount · ad_authorizationcredential +- **[Add Authorization Account](./process/AddAuthorizationAccount_Process_ID-200128_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.AddAuthorizationProcess +- **[SSO Configuration](./window/SSOConfiguration_Window_ID-200132_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · sso_principalconfig + +##### Multi Factor Authentication + +- **[MFA Method](./window/MFAMethod_Window_ID-200114_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · mfa_method +- **[MFA Rule](./window/MFARule_Window_ID-200117_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · mfa_rule +- **[MFA Registration](./window/MFARegistration_Window_ID-200116_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · mfa_registration +- **[MFA Registered Device](./window/MFARegisteredDevice_Window_ID-200115_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · mfa_registereddevice +- **[Register MFA](./process/RegisterMFA_Process_ID-200132_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.MFARegister +- **[Complete MFA Registration](./process/CompleteMFARegistration_Process_ID-200130_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.MFACompleteRegistration +- **[Unregister MFA Mechanism](./process/UnregisterMFAMechanism_Process_ID-200129_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.MFAUnregister +- **[Revoke MFA Trusted Device](./process/RevokeMFATrustedDevice_Process_ID-200131_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.MFARevokeDevice +- **[Test](./window/Test_Window_ID-127_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · test +- **[Test UU Based Table](./window/TestUUBasedTable_Window_ID-200138_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · testuu · testuudet · testuu_trl +- **[Test UU Detail](./window/TestUUDetail_Window_ID-200139_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · testuudet +- **[Java Version](./task/JavaVersion_Task_ID-102_v14.0.0.mdx)** — OS Task · java -version +- **[SQL Process](./form/SQLProcess_Form_ID-111_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.form.VSQLProcess +- **[SQL Query](./form/SQLQuery_Form_ID-200018_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.adempiere.webui.apps.form.WSQLQuery +- **[Database export](./task/Databaseexport_Task_ID-103_v14.0.0.mdx)** — OS Task · @IDEMPIERE_HOME@@/@utils@/@RUN_DBExport.@bat@ +- **[Database transfer](./task/Databasetransfer_Task_ID-104_v14.0.0.mdx)** — OS Task · @IDEMPIERE_HOME@@/@utils@/@RUN_PutiDempiere.@sh@ +- **[Copy Tenant](./process/CopyTenant_Process_ID-200110_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.process.MoveClient +- **[Migrate ID](./process/MigrateID_Process_ID-200111_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.process.MigraID +- **[Verify Migration Process](./process/VerifyMigrationProcess_Process_ID-200149_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.process.VerifyMigration +- **[Verify Migration](./window/VerifyMigration_Window_ID-200137_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_pinstance · ad_verifymigration +- **[Synchronize Terminology](./process/SynchronizeTerminology_Process_ID-172_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.SynchronizeTerminology +- **[Verify Language Configuration](./process/VerifyLanguageConfiguration_Process_ID-200039_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.process.VerifyLanguageConfiguration +- **[Change Base Language](./process/ChangeBaseLanguage_Process_ID-200040_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.process.ChangeBaseLanguage +- **[Recompile DB Objects](./process/RecompileDBObjects_Process_ID-185_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · DBA_Recompile +- **[Sequence Check](./process/SequenceCheck_Process_ID-258_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.SequenceCheck +- **[Enable Native Sequence](./process/EnableNativeSequence_Process_ID-53156_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.eevolution.process.EnableNativeSequence +- **[Clean Orphan Cascade Records](./process/CleanOrphanCascadeRecords_Process_ID-200102_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.process.CleanOrphanCascade +- **[UUID Generator](./process/UUIDGenerator_Process_ID-53252_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.adempiere.process.UUIDGenerator +- **[Cache Reset](./process/CacheReset_Process_ID-205_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.CacheReset +- **[Plugin Manager](./form/PluginManager_Form_ID-200015_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.adempiere.webui.apps.form.WPluginManager + +#### Tenant Rules + +- **[Initial Tenant Setup Review](./workflow/InitialTenantSetupReview_Workflow_ID-104_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Workflow +- **[Initial Tenant Setup](./process/InitialTenantSetup_Process_ID-53161_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.adempiere.process.InitialClientSetup +- **[Setup Wizard Maintenance](./window/SetupWizardMaintenance_Window_ID-200020_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_wizardprocess +- **[Setup Wizard](./form/SetupWizard_Form_ID-200000_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.form.VSetupWizard +- **[Tenant](./window/Tenant_Window_ID-109_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_client · ad_clientinfo · ad_clientshare +- **[Web Store](./window/WebStore_Window_ID-350_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · w_mailmsg · w_mailmsg_trl · w_store · w_store_trl +- **[Merge Entities](./form/MergeEntities_Form_ID-112_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.form.VMerge +- **[Remuneration](./window/Remuneration_Window_ID-353_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_jobremuneration · c_remuneration · c_userremuneration +- **[ASP Subscribed Modules](./window/ASPSubscribedModules_Window_ID-53016_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · asp_clientexception · asp_clientlevel +- **[Synchronize Doc Translation](./process/SynchronizeDocTranslation_Process_ID-321_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.TranslationDocSync +- **[Address Validation Configuration](./window/AddressValidationConfiguration_Window_ID-200046_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_addressvalidationcfg +- **[Address Validation](./window/AddressValidation_Window_ID-200047_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_addressvalidation +- **[Tax Provider Configuration](./window/TaxProviderConfiguration_Window_ID-200044_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_taxprovidercfg +- **[Tax Provider](./window/TaxProvider_Window_ID-200045_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_taxprovider +- **[Storage Provider](./window/StorageProvider_Window_ID-200022_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_storageprovider +- **[Migrate Storage Provider](./process/MigrateStorageProvider_Process_ID-200117_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.process.MigrateStorageProvider + +#### Organization Rules + +- **[Organization Type](./window/OrganizationType_Window_ID-304_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_orgtype +- **[Organization](./window/Organization_Window_ID-110_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_org · ad_orginfo +- **[Dashboard Content](./window/DashboardContent_Window_ID-50007_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · pa_dashboardcontent · pa_dashboardcontent_access · pa_dashboardcontent_trl +- **[Dashboard Preference](./window/DashboardPreference_Window_ID-200006_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · pa_dashboardpreference +- **[Bank/Cash](./window/BankCash_Window_ID-158_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_bank · c_bankaccount · c_bankaccount_acct · c_bankaccountdoc · c_bankaccount_processor · c_bankstatementloader +- **[Payment Processor](./window/PaymentProcessor_Window_ID-200015_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_paymentprocessor +- **[Bank Statement Matcher](./window/BankStatementMatcher_Window_ID-302_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_bankstatementmatcher +- **[Recurring Group](./window/RecurringGroup_Window_ID-200059_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_recurringgroup +- **[Recurring](./window/Recurring_Window_ID-266_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_recurring · c_recurring_run +- **[Recurring Run](./process/RecurringRun_Process_ID-200074_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.process.RecurringRun + +#### Data + +##### Utility + +- **[Attachment](./window/Attachment_Window_ID-128_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_attachment · ad_attachmentfile +- **[Location](./window/Location_Window_ID-121_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_location +- **[Address Transaction](./window/AddressTransaction_Window_ID-200048_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_addresstransaction +- **[User Preference](./window/UserPreference_Window_ID-200073_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_userpreference +- **[Preference](./window/Preference_Window_ID-129_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_preference +- **[My Unprocessed Documents](./window/MyUnprocessedDocuments_Window_ID-53086_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · rv_unprocessed +- **[Unprocessed Documents (All)](./window/UnprocessedDocumentsAll_Window_ID-53087_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · rv_unprocessed + +##### Data Import + +- **[Import Loader Format](./window/ImportLoaderFormat_Window_ID-189_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_impformat · ad_impformat_row +- **[Import File Loader](./form/ImportFileLoader_Form_ID-101_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.form.VFileImport +- **[Import Business Partner](./window/ImportBusinessPartner_Window_ID-172_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · i_bpartner +- **[Import Product](./window/ImportProduct_Window_ID-247_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · i_product +- **[Import Price List](./window/ImportPriceList_Window_ID-53071_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · i_pricelist +- **[Import Account](./window/ImportAccount_Window_ID-248_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · i_elementvalue +- **[Import Report Line Set](./window/ImportReportLineSet_Window_ID-249_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · i_reportline +- **[Import Inventory Move](./window/ImportInventoryMove_Window_ID-53121_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · i_movement +- **[Import Inventory](./window/ImportInventory_Window_ID-267_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · i_inventory +- **[Import Order](./window/ImportOrder_Window_ID-281_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · i_order +- **[Import Invoice](./window/ImportInvoice_Window_ID-279_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · i_invoice +- **[Import Confirmations](./window/ImportConfirmations_Window_ID-334_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · i_inoutlineconfirm +- **[Import Currency Rate](./window/ImportCurrencyRate_Window_ID-296_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · i_conversion_rate +- **[Import GL Journal](./window/ImportGLJournal_Window_ID-278_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · i_gljournal +- **[Import Payment](./window/ImportPayment_Window_ID-280_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · i_payment +- **[Imported Fixed Asset](./window/ImportedFixedAsset_Window_ID-53120_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · i_fixedasset +- **[Load Bank Statement](./process/LoadBankStatement_Process_ID-247_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.LoadBankStatement +- **[Import Bank Statement](./window/ImportBankStatement_Window_ID-277_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · i_bankstatement +- **[Delete Import](./process/DeleteImport_Process_ID-248_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.ImportDelete +- **[Import Template](./window/ImportTemplate_Window_ID-200063_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_importtemplate · ad_importtemplateaccess +- **[Import CSV Process](./process/ImportCSVProcess_Process_ID-200076_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.process.ImportCSVProcess + +##### Replication Data + +- **[Setup Replication](./workflow/SetupReplication_Workflow_ID-50012_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Workflow +- **[Replication Strategy](./window/ReplicationStrategy_Window_ID-285_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_replicationdocument · ad_replicationstrategy · ad_replicationtable +- **[Export Format](./window/ExportFormat_Window_ID-53025_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · exp_format · exp_formatline +- **[Export Format Generator](./process/ExportFormatGenerator_Process_ID-53085_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.eevolution.process.ExportFormatGenerator +- **[Test Export Model](./process/TestExportModel_Process_ID-53089_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.adempiere.process.rpl.exp.ModelExporter +- **[Test Import Model](./process/TestImportModel_Process_ID-53074_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.adempiere.process.rpl.imp.ModelImporter +- **[Export Processor Type](./window/ExportProcessorType_Window_ID-53027_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · exp_processor_type +- **[Export Processor](./window/ExportProcessor_Window_ID-53026_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · exp_processor · exp_processorparameter +- **[Import Processor Type](./window/ImportProcessorType_Window_ID-53029_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · imp_processor_type +- **[Import Processor](./window/ImportProcessor_Window_ID-53028_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · imp_processor · imp_processorlog · imp_processorparameter + +##### EDI + +- **[Relation Type](./window/RelationType_Window_ID-53102_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_relationtype +- **[System Issue Report](./window/SystemIssueReport_Window_ID-363_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_issue +- **[Extension Registry](./window/ExtensionRegistry_Window_ID-200160_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_extension · ad_extensionentity +- **[Extension Management](./form/ExtensionManagement_Form_ID-200021_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.idempiere.extension.manager.form.ExtensionBrowserFormController + +### Application Dictionary + +- **[Document Status](./window/DocumentStatus_Window_ID-200090_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · pa_documentstatus · pa_documentstatusaccess · pa_documentstatus_trl +- **[Field Suggestions](./window/FieldSuggestions_Window_ID-200087_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_fieldsuggestion +- **[Search Definition](./window/SearchDefinition_Window_ID-53069_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_searchdefinition +- **[Entity Type](./window/EntityType_Window_ID-381_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_entitytype · ad_modification +- **[Element](./window/Element_Window_ID-151_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_column · ad_element · ad_element_trl · ad_infocolumn · ad_process_para +- **[Create/Complete Table](./process/CreateCompleteTable_Process_ID-200134_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.process.CreateTable +- **[Table and Column](./window/TableandColumn_Window_ID-100_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_column · ad_column_trl · ad_field · ad_indexcolumn · ad_table · ad_tableattributeset · ad_tableindex · ad_tablepartition · ad_table_scriptvalidator · ad_table_trl · ad_viewcolumn · ad_viewcomponent · ad_zoomcondition +- **[Create Foreign Key](./process/CreateForeignKey_Process_ID-200058_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.CreateForeignKey +- **[Create Table Index](./process/CreateTableIndex_Process_ID-200057_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.CreateTableIndex +- **[Field Group](./window/FieldGroup_Window_ID-200_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_field · ad_fieldgroup · ad_fieldgroup_trl +- **[Create/Update Table Partition](./process/CreateUpdateTablePartition_Process_ID-200157_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.tablepartition.process.CreatePartition +- **[Window, Tab and Field](./window/WindowTabandField_Window_ID-102_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_field · ad_field · ad_field · ad_field_trl · ad_tab · ad_tab_trl · ad_toolbarbutton · ad_window · ad_window_access · ad_window_trl +- **[Info Window](./window/InfoWindow_Window_ID-385_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_infocolumn · ad_infocolumn_trl · ad_infoprocess · ad_inforelated · ad_infowindow · ad_infowindow_access · ad_infowindow_trl +- **[Toolbar Button](./window/ToolbarButton_Window_ID-200000_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_toolbarbutton +- **[Form](./window/Form_Window_ID-187_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_form · ad_form_access · ad_form_trl +- **[Reference](./window/Reference_Window_ID-101_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_column · ad_reference · ad_reference_trl · ad_ref_list · ad_ref_list_trl · ad_ref_table +- **[Validation Rules](./window/ValidationRules_Window_ID-103_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_column · ad_column · ad_val_rule +- **[Model Validator](./window/ModelValidator_Window_ID-53003_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_modelvalidator +- **[Required Plugin](./window/RequiredPlugin_Window_ID-200155_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_requiredplugin +- **[Message](./window/Message_Window_ID-104_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_message · ad_message_trl +- **[Report View](./window/ReportView_Window_ID-180_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_reportview · ad_reportview_col · ad_reportview_column +- **[Report and Process](./window/ReportandProcess_Window_ID-165_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_process · ad_process_access · ad_process_para · ad_process_para_trl · ad_process_trl +- **[Status Line](./window/StatusLine_Window_ID-200049_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_statusline · ad_statuslineusedin +- **[Rule](./window/Rule_Window_ID-53017_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_rule +- **[Window Customization](./window/WindowCustomization_Window_ID-229_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_userdef_field · ad_userdef_tab · ad_userdef_win +- **[Process Customization](./window/ProcessCustomization_Window_ID-200095_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_userdef_proc · ad_userdef_proc_parameter +- **[Info Window Customization](./window/InfoWindowCustomization_Window_ID-200110_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_userdef_info · ad_userdef_info_column · ad_userdef_info_related +- **[Theme Customization](./window/ThemeCustomization_Window_ID-200151_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_userdef_theme · ad_userdef_theme_detail +- **[Migration Scripts](./window/MigrationScripts_Window_ID-53019_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_migrationscript +- **[Context Help](./window/ContextHelp_Window_ID-200034_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_ctxhelp · ad_ctxhelpmsg · ad_ctxhelpmsg_trl +- **[Context Help Suggestion](./window/ContextHelpSuggestion_Window_ID-200088_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_ctxhelpsuggestion +- **[CSS Style](./window/CSSStyle_Window_ID-200086_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_style · ad_styleline +- **[Tenant level messages](./window/Tenantlevelmessages_Window_ID-200120_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_message_trl +- **[Label Category](./window/LabelCategory_Window_ID-200128_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_labelcategory · ad_labelcategorytable · ad_labelcategory_trl +- **[Label](./window/Label_Window_ID-200129_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_label · ad_label_trl +- **[Label Assignment](./window/LabelAssignment_Window_ID-200130_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_labelassignment +- **[Model Generator Template](./window/ModelGeneratorTemplate_Window_ID-200141_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_modelgeneratortemplate +- **[Generate Model](./process/GenerateModel_Process_ID-200154_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.process.GenerateModel +- **[Table Attribute Instance](./window/TableAttributeInstance_Window_ID-200157_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_tableattribute · ad_tableattributeset + +#### Application Packaging + +- **[Pack Out](./window/PackOut_Window_ID-50003_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_package_exp · ad_package_exp_detail +- **[Pack In](./window/PackIn_Window_ID-50005_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_package_imp · ad_package_imp_proc +- **[Packages Installed](./window/PackagesInstalled_Window_ID-50001_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_package_imp_inst +- **[Package Maintenance](./window/PackageMaintenance_Window_ID-50002_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_package_imp · ad_package_imp_backup · ad_package_imp_detail +- **[Apply Pack In from Folder](./process/ApplyPackInfromFolder_Process_ID-200099_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.adempiere.pipo2.PackInFolder + +### Partner Relations + +#### Business Partner Rules + +- **[Business Partner Setup](./workflow/BusinessPartnerSetup_Workflow_ID-106_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Workflow +- **[Business Partner Group](./window/BusinessPartnerGroup_Window_ID-192_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_bpartner · c_bp_group · c_bp_group_acct +- **[Greeting](./window/Greeting_Window_ID-178_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_greeting · c_greeting_trl +- **[Payment Term](./window/PaymentTerm_Window_ID-141_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_paymentterm · c_paymentterm_trl · c_payschedule +- **[Invoice Schedule](./window/InvoiceSchedule_Window_ID-147_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_invoiceschedule +- **[Dunning](./window/Dunning_Window_ID-159_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_dunning · c_dunninglevel · c_dunninglevel_trl +- **[Business Partner](./window/BusinessPartner_Window_ID-123_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_user · ad_userbpaccess · c_bpartner · c_bpartner_location · c_bp_bankaccount · c_bp_customer_acct · c_bp_shippingacct · c_bp_vendor_acct · r_contactinterest +- **[Business Partner Info](./window/BusinessPartnerInfo_Window_ID-291_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · a_asset · c_bpartner · c_invoice · c_order · c_payment · m_inout · r_request +- **[Business Partner Detail](./report/BusinessPartnerDetail_Report_ID-334_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Business Partner Open](./report/BusinessPartnerOpen_Report_ID-319_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Validate Business Partner](./process/ValidateBusinessPartner_Process_ID-314_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.BPartnerValidate +- **[Business Partner Organization](./process/BusinessPartnerOrganization_Process_ID-246_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.OrgOwnership +- **[Partner Relation](./window/PartnerRelation_Window_ID-313_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_bp_relation +- **[Revenue Recognition](./window/RevenueRecognition_Window_ID-174_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_revenuerecognition · c_revenuerecognition_plan · c_revenuerecognition_run · c_revenuerecog_service +- **[UnLink Business Partner Org](./process/UnLinkBusinessPartnerOrg_Process_ID-272_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.BPartnerOrgUnLink +- **[Position Category](./window/PositionCategory_Window_ID-352_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_jobcategory +- **[Position](./window/Position_Window_ID-351_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_job · c_jobassignment · c_jobremuneration + +#### Service + +- **[Resource Type](./window/ResourceType_Window_ID-237_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · s_resourcetype +- **[Resource](./window/Resource_Window_ID-236_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_product · m_product_acct · m_productprice · s_resource · s_resourceassignment · s_resourceunavailable +- **[Time Type](./window/TimeType_Window_ID-272_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · s_timetype +- **[Expense Type](./window/ExpenseType_Window_ID-234_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_product · m_product_acct · m_productprice · s_expensetype +- **[Expense Report](./window/ExpenseReport_Window_ID-235_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · s_timeexpense · s_timeexpenseline +- **[Expenses (to be invoiced)](./window/Expensestobeinvoiced_Window_ID-242_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_bpartner · s_timeexpenseline +- **[Create Sales Orders from Expense](./process/CreateSalesOrdersfromExpense_Process_ID-186_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.ExpenseSOrder +- **[Expenses (not reimbursed)](./window/Expensesnotreimbursed_Window_ID-254_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_bpartner · s_timeexpenseline +- **[Create AP Expense Invoices](./process/CreateAPExpenseInvoices_Process_ID-187_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.ExpenseAPInvoice + +#### Request + +- **[Request Setup](./workflow/RequestSetup_Workflow_ID-113_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Workflow +- **[Request Type](./window/RequestType_Window_ID-244_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · r_requesttype · r_requesttypeupdates +- **[Request Group](./window/RequestGroup_Window_ID-346_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · r_group · r_groupupdates +- **[Request Category](./window/RequestCategory_Window_ID-345_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · r_category · r_categoryupdates +- **[Request Resolution](./window/RequestResolution_Window_ID-347_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · r_resolution +- **[Request Status](./window/RequestStatus_Window_ID-349_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · r_status · r_statuscategory +- **[Request Standard Response](./window/RequestStandardResponse_Window_ID-348_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · r_standardresponse +- **[Request (all)](./window/Requestall_Window_ID-232_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · r_request · r_requestaction · r_requestupdate · r_requestupdates · rv_requestupdates +- **[Invoice Requests](./process/InvoiceRequests_Process_ID-324_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.RequestInvoice +- **[Reopen Request](./process/ReopenRequest_Process_ID-195_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.RequestReOpen +- **[Interest Area](./window/InterestArea_Window_ID-245_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_ldapaccess · r_contactinterest · r_interestarea +- **[Request](./window/Request_Window_ID-201_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · r_request · r_requestaction · r_requestupdate · r_requestupdates +- **[Sales Rep Info](./window/SalesRepInfo_Window_ID-293_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_user · c_invoice · c_invoiceline · c_order · c_orderline +- **[Mail Template](./window/MailTemplate_Window_ID-204_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_usermail · r_mailtext · r_mailtext_trl +- **[Send Mail Text](./process/SendMailText_Process_ID-209_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.SendMailText + +### Quote-to-Invoice (Sales) + +#### Sales and Marketing + +- **[Sales Setup](./workflow/SalesSetup_Workflow_ID-111_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Workflow +- **[Sales Region](./window/SalesRegion_Window_ID-152_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_salesregion · c_salesregion_trl +- **[Commission](./window/Commission_Window_ID-207_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_commission · c_commissionline +- **[Commission Run](./window/CommissionRun_Window_ID-210_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_commissionamt · c_commissiondetail · c_commissionrun +- **[Commission Run Detail](./report/CommissionRunDetail_Report_ID-320_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Marketing Channel](./window/MarketingChannel_Window_ID-150_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_channel +- **[Marketing Campaign](./window/MarketingCampaign_Window_ID-149_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_campaign · c_campaign_trl · c_opportunity +- **[Order Source](./window/OrderSource_Window_ID-53101_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_ordersource +- **[POS Tender Type](./window/POSTenderType_Window_ID-200009_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_postendertype + +#### Sales Orders + +- **[Sales Order](./window/SalesOrder_Window_ID-143_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_order · c_orderline · c_orderpayschedule · c_ordertax · c_pospayment +- **[Order Detail](./report/OrderDetail_Report_ID-333_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Open Orders](./report/OpenOrders_Report_ID-121_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Order Transactions](./report/OrderTransactions_Report_ID-53176_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Quote convert](./process/Quoteconvert_Process_ID-231_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.CopyOrder +- **[RePrice Order/Invoice](./process/RePriceOrderInvoice_Process_ID-232_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.OrderRePrice +- **[Generate PO from Sales Order](./process/GeneratePOfromSalesOrder_Process_ID-193_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.OrderPOCreate +- **[Reopen Order](./process/ReopenOrder_Process_ID-255_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.OrderOpen +- **[Order Batch Process](./process/OrderBatchProcess_Process_ID-315_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.OrderBatchProcess +- **[POS Key Layout](./window/POSKeyLayout_Window_ID-339_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_poskey · c_poskey · c_poskeylayout +- **[POS Key Generate](./process/POSKeyGenerate_Process_ID-53202_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.PosKeyGenerate +- **[POS Terminal](./window/POSTerminal_Window_ID-338_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_pos +- **[POS Payment](./window/POSPayment_Window_ID-200008_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_pospayment + +#### Shipments + +- **[Generate Shipments (manual)](./info/GenerateShipmentsmanual_Info_ID-200008_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Info Window · M_InOut_Candidate_v a +- **[Generate Shipments](./process/GenerateShipments_Process_ID-118_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.InOutGenerate +- **[Shipment (Customer)](./window/ShipmentCustomer_Window_ID-169_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_inout · m_inoutline · m_inoutlineconfirm · m_inoutlinema · m_package · m_packageline · m_packagemps +- **[Shipment Details](./report/ShipmentDetails_Report_ID-294_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Commodity Shipment](./window/CommodityShipment_Window_ID-200026_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_commodityshipment +- **[Shipment Package](./window/ShipmentPackage_Window_ID-200025_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_package · m_packageline · m_packagemps +- **[Shipping Transaction](./window/ShippingTransaction_Window_ID-200030_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_shippingtransaction · m_shippingtransactionline + +#### Sales Invoices + +- **[Generate Invoices (manual)](./info/GenerateInvoicesmanual_Info_ID-200011_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Info Window · c_invoice_candidate_v a +- **[Generate Invoices](./process/GenerateInvoices_Process_ID-119_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.InvoiceGenerate +- **[Sales Invoice and Credit/Debit Note](./window/SalesInvoiceandCreditDebitNote_Window_ID-167_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_allocationline · c_invoice · c_invoiceline · c_invoicepayschedule · c_invoicetax +- **[Invoice Payment Schedule](./window/InvoicePaymentSchedule_Window_ID-275_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_invoice · c_invoicepayschedule +- **[Print Invoices](./process/PrintInvoices_Process_ID-200_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.InvoicePrint + +#### Invoice Inquiry + +- **[Invoice Transactions (Acct)](./report/InvoiceTransactionsAcct_Report_ID-127_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Invoice Transactions (Doc)](./report/InvoiceTransactionsDoc_Report_ID-151_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Invoice Detail and Margin](./report/InvoiceDetailandMargin_Report_ID-152_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Daily Invoice](./report/DailyInvoice_Report_ID-128_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Weekly Invoice](./report/WeeklyInvoice_Report_ID-130_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Weekly Invoice Prod Cat](./report/WeeklyInvoiceProdCat_Report_ID-131_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Monthly Invoice](./report/MonthlyInvoice_Report_ID-129_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Monthly Invoice Prod Cat](./report/MonthlyInvoiceProdCat_Report_ID-132_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Monthly Invoice Vendor](./report/MonthlyInvoiceVendor_Report_ID-133_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Monthly Invoice Product](./report/MonthlyInvoiceProduct_Report_ID-340_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Quarterly Invoice Customer by Vendor](./report/QuarterlyInvoiceCustomerbyVendor_Report_ID-139_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Quarterly Invoice Customer by Product](./report/QuarterlyInvoiceCustomerbyProduct_Report_ID-138_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Quarter Invoice Product](./report/QuarterInvoiceProduct_Report_ID-341_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report + +#### Sales Management + +- **[Sales Rep Dashboard](./window/SalesRepDashboard_Window_ID-53156_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_user · c_contactactivity · c_opportunity · c_salesdashboard +- **[Lead](./window/Lead_Window_ID-53153_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_user · c_contactactivity +- **[Sales Opportunity](./window/SalesOpportunity_Window_ID-53155_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_contactactivity · c_opportunity · c_order · c_orderline +- **[Customer](./window/Customer_Window_ID-53165_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_user · c_bpartner · c_bpartner_location · c_contactactivity · c_opportunity · m_bp_price · r_request · rv_orderdetail +- **[Contact](./window/Contact_Window_ID-53152_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_user · c_contactactivity +- **[Sales Stage](./window/SalesStage_Window_ID-53154_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_opportunity · c_salesstage · c_salesstage_trl + +### Requisition-to-Invoice (Purchasing) + +- **[RfQ Topic](./window/RfQTopic_Window_ID-314_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_rfq_topic · c_rfq_topicsubscriber · c_rfq_topicsubscriberonly +- **[RfQ](./window/RfQ_Window_ID-315_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_rfq · c_rfqline · c_rfqlineqty +- **[RfQ Response](./window/RfQResponse_Window_ID-324_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_rfqresponse · c_rfqresponseline · c_rfqresponselineqty +- **[RfQ Unanswered](./report/RfQUnanswered_Report_ID-263_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[RfQ Response](./report/RfQResponse_Report_ID-264_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Requisition](./window/Requisition_Window_ID-322_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_orderline · m_requisition · m_requisitionline +- **[Create PO from Requisition](./process/CreatePOfromRequisition_Process_ID-337_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.RequisitionPOCreate +- **[Open Requisitions](./report/OpenRequisitions_Report_ID-270_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Purchase Order](./window/PurchaseOrder_Window_ID-181_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_order · c_orderlandedcost · c_orderlandedcostallocation · c_orderline · c_orderpayschedule · c_ordertax · m_matchpo · m_requisitionline +- **[Material Receipt](./window/MaterialReceipt_Window_ID-184_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_inout · m_inoutline · m_inoutlineconfirm · m_inoutlinema · m_matchinv · m_matchpo +- **[Material Receipt Details](./report/MaterialReceiptDetails_Report_ID-293_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Purchase Invoice and Credit/Debit Note](./window/PurchaseInvoiceandCreditDebitNote_Window_ID-183_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_allocationline · c_invoice · c_invoiceline · c_invoicepayschedule · c_invoicetax · c_landedcost · c_landedcostallocation · m_matchinv · m_matchpo +- **[Invoice Batch](./window/InvoiceBatch_Window_ID-342_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_invoicebatch · c_invoicebatchline +- **[Matching PO-Receipt-Invoice](./form/MatchingPOReceiptInvoice_Form_ID-108_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.form.VMatch +- **[Matched Purchase Orders](./window/MatchedPurchaseOrders_Window_ID-228_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_matchpo +- **[Matched Invoices](./window/MatchedInvoices_Window_ID-107_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_matchinv + +### Returns + +- **[RMA Type](./window/RMAType_Window_ID-331_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_rmatype +- **[Customer RMA](./window/CustomerRMA_Window_ID-320_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_rma · m_rmaline · m_rmatax +- **[Customer Return](./window/CustomerReturn_Window_ID-53097_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_inout · m_inoutline · m_inoutlineconfirm · m_inoutlinema · m_matchinv · m_matchpo +- **[Vendor RMA](./window/VendorRMA_Window_ID-53099_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_rma · m_rmaline · m_rmatax +- **[Return to Vendor](./window/ReturntoVendor_Window_ID-53098_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_inout · m_inoutline · m_inoutlineconfirm · m_inoutlinema + +### Open Items (Financial Movements and Aging) + +- **[Invoice Tax](./report/InvoiceTax_Report_ID-251_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Open Items (Aging)](./report/OpenItemsAging_Report_ID-145_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Aging](./report/Aging_Report_ID-238_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report · org.compiere.process.Aging +- **[Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss](./report/InvoiceNotRealizedGainLoss_Report_ID-326_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report · org.idempiere.acct.process.InvoiceNGL +- **[Dunning Run](./window/DunningRun_Window_ID-321_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_dunningrun · c_dunningrunentry · c_dunningrunline +- **[Print Dunning Letters](./process/PrintDunningLetters_Process_ID-312_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.DunningPrint +- **[Payment Transaction](./window/PaymentTransaction_Window_ID-200017_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_paymenttransaction +- **[Payment and Receipt](./window/PaymentandReceipt_Window_ID-195_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_allocationline · c_payment · c_paymentallocate +- **[Payment Details](./report/PaymentDetails_Report_ID-318_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Payment Allocation](./form/PaymentAllocation_Form_ID-104_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.form.VAllocation +- **[View Allocation](./window/ViewAllocation_Window_ID-205_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_allocationhdr · c_allocationline +- **[Allocation](./report/Allocation_Report_ID-148_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[UnAllocated Invoices](./report/UnAllocatedInvoices_Report_ID-316_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[UnAllocated Payments](./report/UnAllocatedPayments_Report_ID-317_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Reset Allocation](./process/ResetAllocation_Process_ID-303_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.AllocationReset +- **[Auto Allocation](./process/AutoAllocation_Process_ID-302_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.AllocationAuto +- **[Receivables Write-Off](./process/ReceivablesWriteOff_Process_ID-171_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.InvoiceWriteOff +- **[Payment Selection](./window/PaymentSelection_Window_ID-206_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_payselection · c_payselectioncheck · c_payselectionline +- **[Payment Selection (manual)](./form/PaymentSelectionmanual_Form_ID-107_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.form.VPaySelect +- **[Payment Print/Export](./form/PaymentPrintExport_Form_ID-106_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.form.VPayPrint +- **[Payment Batch](./window/PaymentBatch_Window_ID-303_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_payment · c_paymentbatch +- **[Bank/Cash Statement](./window/BankCashStatement_Window_ID-194_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_bankstatement · c_bankstatementline +- **[Payments into Batch](./window/PaymentsintoBatch_Window_ID-200031_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_depositbatch · c_depositbatchline +- **[UnReconciled Payments](./report/UnReconciledPayments_Report_ID-146_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Cash Plan](./window/CashPlan_Window_ID-53134_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_cashplan · c_cashplanline +- **[Cash Flow Report](./report/CashFlowReport_Report_ID-53248_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report · org.globalqss.process.CashFlow +- **[Bank/Cash Transfer Process](./process/BankCashTransferProcess_Process_ID-53153_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.eevolution.process.BankTransfer +- **[Bank Register Report](./report/BankRegisterReport_Report_ID-200035_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report · org.idempiere.acct.report.BankRegister +- **[Bank/Cash Transfer](./window/BankCashTransfer_Window_ID-200105_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_banktransfer · c_payment +- **[1099 Box](./window/1099Box_Window_ID-200036_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_1099box +- **[1099 Extract](./report/1099Extract_Report_ID-200034_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report · org.adempiere.process.Fill1099Extract +- **[Online Transaction History](./window/OnlineTransactionHistory_Window_ID-200018_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_onlinetrxhistory + +### Material Management and Pricing + +#### Material Management Rules + +- **[Product Setup](./workflow/ProductSetup_Workflow_ID-107_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Workflow +- **[Locator Type](./window/LocatorType_Window_ID-200074_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_locatortype +- **[Warehouse and Locators](./window/WarehouseandLocators_Window_ID-139_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_locator · m_replenish · m_storage · m_warehouse · m_warehouse_acct +- **[Warehouse Organization](./process/WarehouseOrganization_Process_ID-244_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.OrgOwnership +- **[Unit of Measure](./window/UnitofMeasure_Window_ID-120_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_uom · c_uom_conversion · c_uom_trl +- **[Product Category](./window/ProductCategory_Window_ID-144_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_product · m_product_category · m_product_category_acct · m_product_category_trl +- **[Vendor Details](./window/VendorDetails_Window_ID-176_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_bpartner · m_product_po +- **[Vendor Selection](./report/VendorSelection_Report_ID-115_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Freight Category](./window/FreightCategory_Window_ID-282_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_freightcategory +- **[Product](./window/Product_Window_ID-140_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_bpartner_product · c_uom_conversion · m_cost · m_product · m_product_acct · m_product_po · m_productprice · m_product_trl · m_relatedproduct · m_replenish · m_storage · m_storagereservationlog · m_storagereservationlog · m_substitute · m_transaction · pp_product_bom · pp_product_bomline +- **[Product Organization](./process/ProductOrganization_Process_ID-245_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.OrgOwnership +- **[Product/Component Where Used](./report/ProductComponentWhereUsed_Report_ID-200036_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Price List Setup](./workflow/PriceListSetup_Workflow_ID-108_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Workflow +- **[Price List Schema](./window/PriceListSchema_Window_ID-337_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_discountschema · m_discountschemaline +- **[Price List](./window/PriceList_Window_ID-146_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_pricelist · m_pricelist_trl · m_pricelist_version · m_pricelist_version_trl · m_productprice · m_productpricevendorbreak +- **[Discount Schema](./window/DiscountSchema_Window_ID-233_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_discountschema · m_discountschemabreak +- **[Shipping Processor Configuration](./window/ShippingProcessorConfiguration_Window_ID-200028_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_shippercfg · m_shipperlabelscfg · m_shipperpackagingcfg · m_shipperpickuptypescfg · m_shippingprocessorcfg +- **[Shipper Configuration](./window/ShipperConfiguration_Window_ID-200029_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_shippercfg · m_shipperlabelscfg · m_shipperpackagingcfg · m_shipperpickuptypescfg +- **[Shipping Processor](./window/ShippingProcessor_Window_ID-200024_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_shippingprocessor +- **[Shipper](./window/Shipper_Window_ID-142_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_freight · m_shipper · m_shipperlabels · m_shipperpackaging · m_shipperpickuptypes + +#### Product Attributes + +- **[Lot Control](./window/LotControl_Window_ID-258_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_lotctl · m_lotctlexclude +- **[Serial No Control](./window/SerialNoControl_Window_ID-259_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_sernoctl · m_sernoctlexclude +- **[Attribute](./window/Attribute_Window_ID-260_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_attribute · m_attributevalue +- **[Attribute Set](./window/AttributeSet_Window_ID-256_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_attributeset · m_attributesetexclude · m_attributeuse +- **[Attribute Set Instance](./window/AttributeSetInstance_Window_ID-358_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_attributesetinstance · m_inoutlinema_v · m_movementlinema_v · rv_c_invoiceline +- **[Lot](./window/Lot_Window_ID-257_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_lot +- **[Product Attribute Grid](./form/ProductAttributeGrid_Form_ID-120_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.form.VAttributeGrid +- **[Material Transactions](./form/MaterialTransactions_Form_ID-103_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.form.VTrxMaterial +- **[Transaction Detail](./report/TransactionDetail_Report_ID-237_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Product Transaction Value](./report/ProductTransactionValue_Report_ID-161_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Product Transaction Summary](./report/ProductTransactionSummary_Report_ID-124_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Inventory Move](./window/InventoryMove_Window_ID-170_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_movement · m_movementline · m_movementlinema +- **[Move Confirmation](./window/MoveConfirmation_Window_ID-333_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_movementconfirm · m_movementlineconfirm +- **[Physical Inventory](./window/PhysicalInventory_Window_ID-168_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_inventory · m_inventoryline · m_inventorylinema +- **[Inventory Decrease/Increase](./window/InventoryDecreaseIncrease_Window_ID-341_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_inventory · m_inventoryline · m_inventorylinema +- **[Cost Adjustment](./window/CostAdjustment_Window_ID-200043_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_inventory · m_inventoryline +- **[Replenish Report](./report/ReplenishReport_Report_ID-53267_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report · org.compiere.process.ReplenishReportProduction +- **[Ship/Receipt Confirm](./window/ShipReceiptConfirm_Window_ID-330_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_inoutconfirm · m_inoutlineconfirm +- **[Open Confirmations](./report/OpenConfirmations_Report_ID-285_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Open Confirmation Details](./report/OpenConfirmationDetails_Report_ID-284_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Storage Detail](./report/StorageDetail_Report_ID-236_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Storage per Product](./report/StorageperProduct_Report_ID-53189_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[BOM Drop](./form/BOMDrop_Form_ID-114_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.form.VBOMDrop +- **[Storage Cleanup](./process/StorageCleanup_Process_ID-325_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.StorageCleanup +- **[Recreate Storage Reservation](./process/RecreateStorageReservation_Process_ID-200107_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.adempiere.process.RecreateStorageReservation +- **[Inventory Valuation Report](./report/InventoryValuationReport_Report_ID-180_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report · org.compiere.process.InventoryValue +- **[Material Reference](./report/MaterialReference_Report_ID-322_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report · org.compiere.process.TransactionXRef + +### Project Management + +- **[Project Setup and Use](./workflow/ProjectSetupandUse_Workflow_ID-101_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Workflow +- **[Project Type](./window/ProjectType_Window_ID-265_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_phase · c_projecttype · c_task +- **[Project](./window/Project_Window_ID-130_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_project · c_project_acct · c_projectline · c_projectline · c_projectline · c_projectphase · c_projecttask +- **[Project (Lines/Issues)](./window/ProjectLinesIssues_Window_ID-286_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_project · c_project_acct · c_projectissue · c_projectline +- **[Generate PO from Project](./process/GeneratePOfromProject_Process_ID-225_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.ProjectGenPO +- **[Issue to Project](./process/IssuetoProject_Process_ID-224_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.ProjectIssue +- **[Generate Production from Project](./process/GenerateProductionfromProject_Process_ID-200077_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.ProjectGenProduction +- **[Project Lines not Issued](./report/ProjectLinesnotIssued_Report_ID-228_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Project POs not Issued](./report/ProjectPOsnotIssued_Report_ID-229_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Project Margin (Work Order)](./report/ProjectMarginWorkOrder_Report_ID-234_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Project Reporting](./window/ProjectReporting_Window_ID-208_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_cycle · c_cyclephase · c_cyclestep +- **[Project Cycle Report](./report/ProjectCycleReport_Report_ID-218_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Project Detail Accounting Report](./report/ProjectDetailAccountingReport_Report_ID-226_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report + +### Performance Analysis and Accounting + +#### Accounting Rules + +- **[Accounting Setup](./workflow/AccountingSetup_Workflow_ID-105_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Workflow +- **[Calendar Year and Period](./window/CalendarYearandPeriod_Window_ID-117_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_calendar · c_nonbusinessday · c_period · c_periodcontrol · c_year +- **[Period Control Management](./info/PeriodControlManagement_Info_ID-200019_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Info Window · C_PeriodControl pc JOIN C_Period p ON (pc.C_Period_ID=p.C_Period_ID) JOIN C_Year y ON (p.C_Year_ID=y.C_Year_ID) LEFT JOIN C_DocBaseGroupLine gl ON (gl.DocBaseType = pc.DocBaseType) +- **[Document Base Type Group](./window/DocumentBaseTypeGroup_Window_ID-200140_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_docbasegroup · c_docbasegroupline +- **[Account Element (Chart of Accounts)](./window/AccountElementChartofAccounts_Window_ID-118_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_element · c_elementvalue · c_elementvalue_trl · c_subacct +- **[Accounting Dimensions](./window/AccountingDimensions_Window_ID-283_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_org · c_activity · c_bpartner · c_campaign · c_project · c_salesregion · m_product +- **[Accounting Schema](./window/AccountingSchema_Window_ID-125_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_acctschema · c_acctschema_default · c_acctschema_element · c_acctschema_gl +- **[Account Combination](./window/AccountCombination_Window_ID-153_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_validcombination +- **[GL Category](./window/GLCategory_Window_ID-131_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · gl_category · gl_category_trl +- **[Currency Type](./window/CurrencyType_Window_ID-295_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_conversiontype +- **[Currency](./window/Currency_Window_ID-115_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_conversion_rate · c_currency · c_currency_trl +- **[Currency Rate](./window/CurrencyRate_Window_ID-116_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_conversion_rate +- **[Tax Setup](./workflow/TaxSetup_Workflow_ID-110_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Workflow +- **[Document Type](./window/DocumentType_Window_ID-135_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_doctype · c_doctype_trl +- **[Counter Document](./window/CounterDocument_Window_ID-327_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_doctypecounter +- **[Verify Document Types](./process/VerifyDocumentTypes_Process_ID-233_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.DocumentTypeVerify +- **[Document Sequence](./window/DocumentSequence_Window_ID-112_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_sequence · ad_sequence_no +- **[GL Distribution](./window/GLDistribution_Window_ID-323_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · gl_distribution · gl_distributionline +- **[Tax Category](./window/TaxCategory_Window_ID-138_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_tax · c_taxcategory · c_taxcategory_trl +- **[Tax Rate](./window/TaxRate_Window_ID-137_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_tax · c_tax_acct · c_taxpostal · c_tax_trl +- **[Charge Type](./window/ChargeType_Window_ID-53062_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_chargetype · c_chargetype_doctype +- **[Charge](./window/Charge_Window_ID-161_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_charge · c_charge_acct · c_charge_trl +- **[Generate Charges](./form/GenerateCharges_Form_ID-105_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.idempiere.acct.form.WCharge +- **[Activity (ABC)](./window/ActivityABC_Window_ID-134_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_activity · c_activity_trl +- **[GL Budget](./window/GLBudget_Window_ID-154_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · gl_budget +- **[Resubmit Posting](./process/ResubmitPosting_Process_ID-175_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.acct.process.FactAcctReset +- **[C_Invoice Calculate Tax](./process/C_InvoiceCalculateTax_Process_ID-53072_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.eevolution.process.InvoiceCalculateTax +- **[UnPosted Documents](./window/UnPostedDocuments_Window_ID-294_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · rv_unposted +- **[Reset Accounting](./process/ResetAccounting_Process_ID-176_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.acct.process.FactAcctReset +- **[Tenant Accounting Processor](./process/TenantAccountingProcessor_Process_ID-53187_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.acct.process.ClientAcctProcessor + +#### Financial Reporting + +- **[Report Line Set](./window/ReportLineSet_Window_ID-218_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · pa_reportline · pa_reportlineset · pa_reportline_trl · pa_reportsource +- **[Report Column Set](./window/ReportColumnSet_Window_ID-217_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · pa_reportcolumn · pa_reportcolumnset · pa_reportcolumn_trl +- **[Reporting Hierarchy](./window/ReportingHierarchy_Window_ID-360_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · pa_hierarchy +- **[Report Cube](./window/ReportCube_Window_ID-53078_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · pa_reportcube +- **[Recalculate Cube](./process/RecalculateCube_Process_ID-53166_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.acct.process.FactAcctSummary +- **[Financial Report](./window/FinancialReport_Window_ID-216_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · pa_report +- **[Statement of Accounts](./report/StatementofAccounts_Report_ID-204_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report · org.idempiere.acct.report.FinStatement +- **[Trial Balance](./report/TrialBalance_Report_ID-310_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report · org.idempiere.acct.report.TrialBalance + +#### Performance Measurement + +- **[Alert](./window/Alert_Window_ID-276_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_alert · ad_alertrecipient · ad_alertrule +- **[Performance Measurement Setup](./workflow/PerformanceMeasurementSetup_Workflow_ID-112_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Workflow +- **[Performance Color Schema](./window/PerformanceColorSchema_Window_ID-364_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · pa_colorschema +- **[Performance Measure](./window/PerformanceMeasure_Window_ID-215_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · pa_achievement · pa_measure +- **[Performance Measure Calculation](./window/PerformanceMeasureCalculation_Window_ID-213_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · pa_measurecalc +- **[Performance Ratio](./window/PerformanceRatio_Window_ID-366_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · pa_ratio · pa_ratioelement +- **[Performance Goal](./window/PerformanceGoal_Window_ID-212_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · pa_goal · pa_goalrestriction +- **[Performance Benchmark](./window/PerformanceBenchmark_Window_ID-365_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · pa_benchmark · pa_benchmarkdata +- **[Chart](./window/Chart_Window_ID-53124_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · ad_chart · ad_chartdatasource · ad_chartdatasource_trl · ad_chart_trl +- **[Performance Indicators](./form/PerformanceIndicators_Form_ID-119_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.adempiere.apps.graph.ViewPI + +#### Costing + +- **[Cost Type](./window/CostType_Window_ID-271_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_costtype +- **[Cost Element](./window/CostElement_Window_ID-343_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_costelement +- **[Product Costs](./window/ProductCosts_Window_ID-344_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_cost · m_costdetail · m_costmovement_v · m_costqueue · m_product +- **[Create Costing Records](./process/CreateCostingRecords_Process_ID-335_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.acct.process.CostCreate +- **[Standard Cost Update](./process/StandardCostUpdate_Process_ID-182_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.acct.process.CostUpdate +- **[Product Cost Summary](./report/ProductCostSummary_Report_ID-330_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Product Cost](./report/ProductCost_Report_ID-329_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Product Cost Detail](./report/ProductCostDetail_Report_ID-331_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[GL Journal](./window/GLJournal_Window_ID-200005_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · gl_journal · gl_journalline +- **[GL Journal Batch](./window/GLJournalBatch_Window_ID-132_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · gl_journal · gl_journalbatch · gl_journalline +- **[Automatic account reconciliation](./process/Automaticaccountreconciliation_Process_ID-53221_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.acct.process.FactReconcile +- **[Accounting Fact Details](./window/AccountingFactDetails_Window_ID-162_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · fact_acct +- **[Accounting Fact Reconciliation (manual)](./form/AccountingFactReconciliationmanual_Form_ID-53016_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.idempiere.acct.form.WFactReconcile +- **[Accounting Fact Details](./report/AccountingFactDetails_Report_ID-252_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Unreconciled accounting facts](./report/Unreconciledaccountingfacts_Report_ID-53220_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report · org.idempiere.acct.process.FactReconciliation +- **[Accounting Fact Balances](./window/AccountingFactBalances_Window_ID-255_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · fact_acct_balance +- **[Accounting Fact Daily](./report/AccountingFactDaily_Report_ID-253_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Accounting Fact Period](./report/AccountingFactPeriod_Report_ID-254_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Simple Fact View](./report/SimpleFactView_Report_ID-200037_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[GL Journal Generator](./window/GLJournalGenerator_Window_ID-200013_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · gl_journalgenerator · gl_journalgeneratorline · gl_journalgeneratorsource +- **[Revenue Recognition Run](./process/RevenueRecognitionRun_Process_ID-53710_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.acct.process.RevenueRecognition + +### Assets + +- **[Asset](./window/Asset_Window_ID-251_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · a_asset · a_asset_acct · a_asset_addition · a_asset_change · a_asset_disposed · a_asset_info_fin · a_asset_info_ins · a_asset_info_lic · a_asset_info_oth · a_asset_info_tax · a_asset_product · a_depreciation_exp · a_depreciation_workfile · r_issueproject +- **[Asset Group](./window/AssetGroup_Window_ID-252_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · a_asset_group · a_asset_group_acct · a_asset_group_trl + +#### Depreciation Setup + +- **[Depreciation Methods](./window/DepreciationMethods_Window_ID-53058_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · a_depreciation + +#### Depreciation Processing + +- **[Post Depreciation Entry](./window/PostDepreciationEntry_Window_ID-53053_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · a_depreciation_entry · a_depreciation_exp +- **[Depreciation Expense Entry](./report/DepreciationExpenseEntry_Report_ID-53109_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report + +#### Asset Transactions + +- **[Create Asset from Project](./process/CreateAssetfromProject_Process_ID-200000_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.idempiere.fa.process.ProjectCreateAsset +- **[Asset Addition](./window/AssetAddition_Window_ID-53113_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · a_asset_addition +- **[Asset Disposal](./window/AssetDisposal_Window_ID-53114_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · a_asset_disposed + +#### Reporting + +#### Customer Service + +- **[Registration](./window/Registration_Window_ID-301_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · a_registration · a_registrationvalue +- **[Registration Attributes](./window/RegistrationAttributes_Window_ID-300_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · a_registrationattribute · a_registrationproduct +- **[Asset Delivery Month](./report/AssetDeliveryMonth_Report_ID-274_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Asset Delivery Details](./report/AssetDeliveryDetails_Report_ID-223_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Customer Assets](./report/CustomerAssets_Report_ID-222_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report +- **[Deliver Assets](./process/DeliverAssets_Process_ID-201_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.AssetDelivery + +### Manufacturing + +- **[Quality Test](./window/QualityTest_Window_ID-53149_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_product_qualitytest · m_qualitytest +- **[Part Type](./window/PartType_Window_ID-53150_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_parttype +- **[Bill of Materials and Formula](./window/BillofMaterialsandFormula_Window_ID-53006_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · pp_product_bom · pp_product_bomline · pp_product_bomline_trl · pp_product_bom_trl +- **[Validate BOM Flags](./process/ValidateBOMFlags_Process_ID-53228_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.BOMFlagValidate +- **[Verify BOM Structure](./process/VerifyBOMStructure_Process_ID-53229_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.BOMVerify +- **[Rollup BOM Cost](./process/RollupBOMCost_Process_ID-53230_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.RollUpCosts +- **[Universal substitution](./process/Universalsubstitution_Process_ID-53265_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Process · org.compiere.process.UniversalSubstitution +- **[BOM Viewer](./form/BOMViewer_Form_ID-53017_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Special Form · org.compiere.apps.form.VTreeBOM +- **[Indented Bill of Material](./report/IndentedBillofMaterial_Report_ID-53266_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Report · org.compiere.process.IndentedBOM +- **[Production (Single Product)](./window/ProductionSingleProduct_Window_ID-53127_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · m_production · m_productionline · m_productionlinema · m_qualitytestresult +- **[Department](./window/Department_Window_ID-200148_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_department +- **[Cost Center](./window/CostCenter_Window_ID-200149_v14.0.0.mdx)** — Window · c_costcenter + diff --git a/manual/info/GenerateInvoicesmanual_Info_ID-200011_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/info/GenerateInvoicesmanual_Info_ID-200011_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af053fc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/info/GenerateInvoicesmanual_Info_ID-200011_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +--- +title: 'Generate Invoices (manual)' +sidebar_label: 'Generate Invoices (manual)' +description: 'Select and generate invoices' +tags: ['Info Window'] +--- + +# Generate Invoices (manual) + +Info Window ID 200011 + +*05/06/2014 → 01/08/2022* + +![Generate Invoices (manual)](/img/manual/GenerateInvoicesmanual-Info_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Select and generate invoices + diff --git a/manual/info/GenerateShipmentsmanual_Info_ID-200008_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/info/GenerateShipmentsmanual_Info_ID-200008_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d22a7c16 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/info/GenerateShipmentsmanual_Info_ID-200008_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +--- +title: 'Generate Shipments (manual)' +sidebar_label: 'Generate Shipments (manual)' +description: 'Select and generate shipments' +tags: ['Info Window'] +--- + +# Generate Shipments (manual) + +Info Window ID 200008 + +*05/06/2014 → 19/07/2022* + +![Generate Shipments (manual)](/img/manual/GenerateShipmentsmanual-Info_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Select and generate shipments + diff --git a/manual/info/PeriodControlManagement_Info_ID-200019_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/info/PeriodControlManagement_Info_ID-200019_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..52ec96e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/info/PeriodControlManagement_Info_ID-200019_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +--- +title: 'Period Control Management' +sidebar_label: 'Period Control Management' +description: 'Management of Calendars, Years and Periods' +tags: ['Info Window'] +--- + +# Period Control Management + +Info Window ID 200019 + +*12/10/2021 → 03/04/2023* + +![Period Control Management](/img/manual/PeriodControlManagement-Info_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Management of Calendars, Years and Periods + diff --git a/manual/info/SupportUsersvsRoles_Info_ID-200014_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/info/SupportUsersvsRoles_Info_ID-200014_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf49fe0d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/info/SupportUsersvsRoles_Info_ID-200014_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +--- +title: 'Support Users vs Roles' +sidebar_label: 'Support Users vs Roles' +tags: ['Info Window'] +--- + +# Support Users vs Roles + +Info Window ID 200014 + +*27/03/2019 → 27/03/2019* + +![Support Users vs Roles](/img/manual/SupportUsersvsRoles-Info_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + diff --git a/manual/info/_category_.json b/manual/info/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000..97f78f14 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/info/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +{ + "label": "Info Windows", + "position": 2, + "collapsed": true +} diff --git a/manual/process/AddAuthorizationAccount_Process_ID-200128_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/AddAuthorizationAccount_Process_ID-200128_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d2cacd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/AddAuthorizationAccount_Process_ID-200128_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'Add Authorization Account' +sidebar_label: 'Add Authorization Account' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Add Authorization Account + +Process ID 200128 + +*02/03/2021 → 06/05/2021* + +![Add Authorization Account](/img/manual/AddAuthorizationAccount-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.AddAuthorizationProcess` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Authorization Scopes | | | AD_AuthorizationScopes
Chosen Multiple Selection List | +| Authorization Credential | | | AD_AuthorizationCredential_ID
Table Direct | +| Open Authorization in Popup Window | | | Auth_OpenPopup
Yes-No | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Language
Table | +| Callback Answer | | | Auth_CallbackAnswer
String | + diff --git a/manual/process/ApplyPackInfromFolder_Process_ID-200099_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/ApplyPackInfromFolder_Process_ID-200099_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2fbcc1cc --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/ApplyPackInfromFolder_Process_ID-200099_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +--- +title: 'Apply Pack In from Folder' +sidebar_label: 'Apply Pack In from Folder' +description: 'Apply all zip files from a folder following the rules and conventions of Automatic Pack In process' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Apply Pack In from Folder + +Process ID 200099 + +*15/03/2018 → 10/03/2022* + +![Apply Pack In from Folder](/img/manual/ApplyPackInfromFolder-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Apply all zip files from a folder following the rules and conventions of Automatic Pack In process + +**Comment/Help:** <p>This process apply all the pack in files found in a folder recursively - ordered by timestamp.<br /> +The filename of the pack in files is important, it must follow the following convention:<br /> +[Timestamp]_[ClientValue][_AdditionalInformation].zip</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Timestamp:</strong> must be in the format yyyymmddHHMM</li> + <li><strong>ClientValue:</strong> case sensitive and compared against AD_Client.Value to find the tenant where the pack in must be applied</li> + <li><strong>AdditionalInformation:</strong> Any additional information to identify the zip file</li> +</ul> + +<p>NOTE that AD_Client.Value must not contain underscore in order for this process to work.<br /> +There is a special case for ClientValue, if the ClientValue is ALL-CLIENTS then the 2pack is intended to be applied in all active non-system tenants.<br /> +If there is a need to apply initially in a seed tenant then the ClientValue must take the form ALL-CLIENTS-Seed.<br /> +For example:<br /> +201803151607_ALL-CLIENTS-GardenWorld_Test123.zip</p> + + +**Classname:** `org.adempiere.pipo2.PackInFolder` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Folder | Path on the server where the pack in files are located | | Folder
String | + diff --git a/manual/process/AutoAllocation_Process_ID-302_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/AutoAllocation_Process_ID-302_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..67a48f42 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/AutoAllocation_Process_ID-302_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: 'Auto Allocation' +sidebar_label: 'Auto Allocation' +description: 'Automatic allocation of invoices to payments' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Auto Allocation + +Process ID 302 + +*15/08/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Auto Allocation](/img/manual/AutoAllocation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Automatic allocation of invoices to payments + +**Comment/Help:** Try to allocate invoices to payments for a business partner or group. You may want to reset existing allocations first.<br> +The allocation is based on (1) payments entered with reference to invoices (2) payment selections (3) business partner balance (4) matching amount of invoice & payment. Allocation is based on exact amount and includes AP/AR imvoices/payments.<br> +Optionally as (5), you can enable to allocate payments to the oldest invoice. In this case, there might be an unallocated amount remaining. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.AllocationAuto` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BP_Group_ID
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| AP - AR | Include Receivables and/or Payables transactions | | APAR
List | +| Allocate Oldest First | Allocate payments to the oldest invoice | Allocate payments to the oldest invoice. There might be an unallocated amount remaining. | AllocateOldest
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/Automaticaccountreconciliation_Process_ID-53221_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/Automaticaccountreconciliation_Process_ID-53221_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..48fc7816 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/Automaticaccountreconciliation_Process_ID-53221_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'Automatic account reconciliation' +sidebar_label: 'Automatic account reconciliation' +description: 'Reconcile account transactions according to standard rules' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Automatic account reconciliation + +Process ID 53221 + +*02/09/2010 → 23/03/2026* + +![Automatic account reconciliation](/img/manual/Automaticaccountreconciliation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Reconcile account transactions according to standard rules + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.acct.process.FactReconcile` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | Account_ID
Table | +| Rule | | | AD_Rule_ID
Table | + diff --git a/manual/process/BankCashTransferProcess_Process_ID-53153_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/BankCashTransferProcess_Process_ID-53153_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..23b97c18 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/BankCashTransferProcess_Process_ID-53153_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +--- +title: 'Bank/Cash Transfer Process' +sidebar_label: 'Bank/Cash Transfer Process' +description: 'Bank/Cash Transfer let money transfer between Banks' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Bank/Cash Transfer Process + +Process ID 53153 + +*04/09/2008 → 29/04/2022* + +![Bank/Cash Transfer Process](/img/manual/BankCashTransferProcess-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Bank/Cash Transfer let money transfer between Banks + +**Classname:** `org.eevolution.process.BankTransfer` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Bank Account From | | | From_C_BankAccount_ID
Table | +| Bank Account To | | | To_C_BankAccount_ID
Table | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Currency_ID
Table Direct | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | C_ConversionType_ID
Table Direct | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_Charge_ID
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | DocumentNo
String | +| Amount | Amount in a defined currency | The Amount indicates the amount for this document line. | Amount
Amount | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | Description
String | +| Statement date | Date of the statement | The Statement Date field defines the date of the statement. | StatementDate
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | DateAcct
Date | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Table Direct | +| Create Bank Transfer Document | | | IsCreateBankTransferDoc
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/BusinessPartnerOrganization_Process_ID-246_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/BusinessPartnerOrganization_Process_ID-246_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c13d4ad3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/BusinessPartnerOrganization_Process_ID-246_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Business Partner Organization' +sidebar_label: 'Business Partner Organization' +description: 'Set and verify Organization ownership of Business Partners' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Business Partner Organization + +Process ID 246 + +*23/12/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Business Partner Organization](/img/manual/BusinessPartnerOrganization-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Set and verify Organization ownership of Business Partners + +**Comment/Help:** The process allows you to change or verify the organization ownership of Business Partners and its dependent entities (Location, Contact/User, Bank Account, Withholding). <br> +Select either a Business Partner Group ar a specific Business Partner + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.OrgOwnership` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Table Direct | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BP_Group_ID
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/process/C_InvoiceCalculateTax_Process_ID-53072_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/C_InvoiceCalculateTax_Process_ID-53072_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d0ee44fc --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/C_InvoiceCalculateTax_Process_ID-53072_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +--- +title: 'C_Invoice Calculate Tax' +sidebar_label: 'C_Invoice Calculate Tax' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# C_Invoice Calculate Tax + +Process ID 53072 + +*03/03/2008 → 17/02/2022* + +![C_Invoice Calculate Tax](/img/manual/C_InvoiceCalculateTax-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.eevolution.process.InvoiceCalculateTax` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_Invoice_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/process/CacheReset_Process_ID-205_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/CacheReset_Process_ID-205_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9826c2ee --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/CacheReset_Process_ID-205_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'Cache Reset' +sidebar_label: 'Cache Reset' +description: 'Reset Cache of the System ** Close all Windows before proceeding **' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Cache Reset + +Process ID 205 + +*16/06/2003 → 06/08/2006* + +![Cache Reset](/img/manual/CacheReset-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Reset Cache of the System ** Close all Windows before proceeding ** + +**Comment/Help:** To increase performance, iDempiere caches repeatedly used data. This process clears the local cache. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.CacheReset` + diff --git a/manual/process/ChangeBaseLanguage_Process_ID-200040_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/ChangeBaseLanguage_Process_ID-200040_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e6d1accb --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/ChangeBaseLanguage_Process_ID-200040_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +--- +title: 'Change Base Language' +sidebar_label: 'Change Base Language' +description: 'Change Base Language' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Change Base Language + +Process ID 200040 + +*26/03/2013 → 15/01/2021* + +![Change Base Language](/img/manual/ChangeBaseLanguage-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Change Base Language + +**Comment/Help:** In order to enable en_US as a translation you can enable any other language as base language.<br> +If you don't want to have a base language choose a language that won't be used for login.<br> +If all languages are going to be used as login, create an xx_XX language not login and use it as base.<br> +Please note that base language cannot be a system language.<br> +After running this process you must close all sessions and login again.<br> + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.process.ChangeBaseLanguage` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Language
Table | + diff --git a/manual/process/CleanOrphanCascadeRecords_Process_ID-200102_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/CleanOrphanCascadeRecords_Process_ID-200102_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d863ab04 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/CleanOrphanCascadeRecords_Process_ID-200102_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: 'Clean Orphan Cascade Records' +sidebar_label: 'Clean Orphan Cascade Records' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Clean Orphan Cascade Records + +Process ID 200102 + +*06/10/2018 → 06/10/2018* + +![Clean Orphan Cascade Records](/img/manual/CleanOrphanCascadeRecords-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Comment/Help:** Some processes accessing directly the database can leave orphan records, this process clean those orphan records deleting them + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.process.CleanOrphanCascade` + diff --git a/manual/process/CompleteMFARegistration_Process_ID-200130_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/CompleteMFARegistration_Process_ID-200130_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1ad2a0ee --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/CompleteMFARegistration_Process_ID-200130_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Complete MFA Registration' +sidebar_label: 'Complete MFA Registration' +description: 'Complete a registration for a multi-factor authentication mechanism' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Complete MFA Registration + +Process ID 200130 + +*30/05/2021 → 04/06/2021* + +![Complete MFA Registration](/img/manual/CompleteMFARegistration-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Complete a registration for a multi-factor authentication mechanism + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.MFACompleteRegistration` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| MFA Registration | | | MFA_Registration_ID
Table | +| Validation Code | | | MFAValidationCode
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | Name
String | +| Preferred | | | IsUserMFAPreferred
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/Convertpasswordstohashes_Process_ID-53259_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/Convertpasswordstohashes_Process_ID-53259_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7a487bf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/Convertpasswordstohashes_Process_ID-53259_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Convert passwords to hashes' +sidebar_label: 'Convert passwords to hashes' +description: 'Convert existing plain text/encrypted user passwords to one way hash' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Convert passwords to hashes + +Process ID 53259 + +*29/06/2011 → 31/10/2025* + +![Convert passwords to hashes](/img/manual/Convertpasswordstohashes-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Convert existing plain text/encrypted user passwords to one way hash + +**Comment/Help:** This process will overwrite existing user passwords with a salted hash of the password so that they cannot be recovered if your database is compromised. +(Note: If your password column is currently encrypted, the hash will also be encrypted.) + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.HashPasswords` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Password Hash Algorithm | Algorithm use to perform hashing of password | | PasswordHashAlgorithm
List | + diff --git a/manual/process/CopyRole_Process_ID-50010_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/CopyRole_Process_ID-50010_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0ca771ae --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/CopyRole_Process_ID-50010_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Copy Role' +sidebar_label: 'Copy Role' +description: 'WARNING! when executing the process, all Role to access records will be lost, being replaced by Role from records' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Copy Role + +Process ID 50010 + +*11/12/2006 → 25/04/2023* + +![Copy Role](/img/manual/CopyRole-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** WARNING! when executing the process, all Role to access records will be lost, being replaced by Role from records + +**Comment/Help:** Copy role access records from one role to another. The existing access records for the destination role will be deleted. This process can be executed just by advanced roles. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.CopyRole` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Table Direct | +| Role From | Role that will be copied all accesses | Inform the role that you want to copy the access information | AD_Role_ID_From
Table | +| Role To | Role that will receive the copy of access permissions | Inform the role that will receive access information | AD_Role_ID_To
Table | + diff --git a/manual/process/CopyTenant_Process_ID-200110_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/CopyTenant_Process_ID-200110_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7b6e1e54 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/CopyTenant_Process_ID-200110_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +--- +title: 'Copy Tenant' +sidebar_label: 'Copy Tenant' +description: 'Process to copy a tenant' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Copy Tenant + +Process ID 200110 + +*13/03/2019 → 10/03/2022* + +![Copy Tenant](/img/manual/CopyTenant-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Process to copy a tenant + +**Comment/Help:** This process can be used to copy a tenant from an external database to the current database, or to duplicate a template tenant within the current database. + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.process.MoveClient` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Copy Template Tenant | | | IsCopyClient
Yes-No | +| JDBC URL | | | JDBC_URL
String | +| User Name | | | UserName
String | +| Password | Password of any length (case sensitive) | The Password for this User. Passwords are required to identify authorized users. For iDempiere Users, you can change the password via the Process "Reset Password". | Password
String | +| Tenant Name | | Tenant in which current session user logged in | ClientName
String | +| Tenant Key | Key of the Tenant | | ClientValue
String | +| Tables to Exclude | Comma separated list of tables to exclude | | TablesToExclude
String | +| Tenants to Include | Comma separated list of tenant IDs to include | | ClientsToInclude
String | +| Tenants to Exclude | Comma separated list of tenant IDs to exclude | | ClientsToExclude
String | +| Only Validate Data | Validate the date and do not process | | IsValidateOnly
Yes-No | +| Preserve IDs | | | IsPreserveIDs
String | +| Skip Some Validations | | | IsSkipSomeValidations
Yes-No | +| Fallback Records when FK not found | | Accept pairs of table=idOrUuid separated by commas. When there is more than one missing key, the table can also be set as table.foreignUuid=idOrUuid | FallbackRecordsWhenFKNotFound
String | + diff --git a/manual/process/CreateAPExpenseInvoices_Process_ID-187_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/CreateAPExpenseInvoices_Process_ID-187_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d74c6c6a --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/CreateAPExpenseInvoices_Process_ID-187_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'Create AP Expense Invoices' +sidebar_label: 'Create AP Expense Invoices' +description: 'Create AP Invoices from Expenses to be paid to employees' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Create AP Expense Invoices + +Process ID 187 + +*14/07/2002 → 02/01/2000* + +![Create AP Expense Invoices](/img/manual/CreateAPExpenseInvoices-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Create AP Invoices from Expenses to be paid to employees + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.ExpenseAPInvoice` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Table | +| Report Date | Expense/Time Report Date | Date of Expense/Time Report | DateReport
Date | + diff --git a/manual/process/CreateAssetfromProject_Process_ID-200000_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/CreateAssetfromProject_Process_ID-200000_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0f1fbb5f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/CreateAssetfromProject_Process_ID-200000_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: 'Create Asset from Project' +sidebar_label: 'Create Asset from Project' +description: 'This process creates asset from project and automatically close the project' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Create Asset from Project + +Process ID 200000 + +*15/03/2012 → 11/11/2022* + +![Create Asset from Project](/img/manual/CreateAssetfromProject-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** This process creates asset from project and automatically close the project + +**Comment/Help:** There are four parameters: +a. Project, is the Project that will be converted to asset. This project will be closed after this process completes +b. Product, is the asset product that will be act as the base for the newly created asset +c. UseLifeYears, is an optional parameter. Use this if you want a different use life years for the newly created asset, instead of the default uselifeyears from asset group accounting. +d. Transaction Date, will become in-service-date for the newly created asset. + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.fa.process.ProjectCreateAsset` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Project_ID
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Search | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | DateTrx
Date | +| Usable Life - Years | Years of the usable life of the asset | | UseLifeYears
Integer | + diff --git a/manual/process/CreateCompleteTable_Process_ID-200134_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/CreateCompleteTable_Process_ID-200134_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1d400599 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/CreateCompleteTable_Process_ID-200134_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +--- +title: 'Create/Complete Table' +sidebar_label: 'Create/Complete Table' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Create/Complete Table + +Process ID 200134 + +*08/07/2021 → 21/07/2021* + +![Create/Complete Table](/img/manual/CreateCompleteTable-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.process.CreateTable` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| DB Table Name | Name of the table in the database | The DB Table Name indicates the name of the table in database. | TableName
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | Name
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | Description
String | +| Data Access Level | Access Level required | Indicates the access level required for this record or process. | AccessLevel
List | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | EntityType
Table | +| Create KeyColumn | | | IsCreateKeyColumn
Yes-No | +| Create a Workflow | | | IsCreateWorkflow
Yes-No | +| Create a Translation Table | | | IsCreateTranslationTable
Yes-No | +| Create 'Value' column | | | IsCreateColValue
Yes-No | +| Create 'Name' column | | | IsCreateColName
Yes-No | +| Create 'Description' column | | | IsCreateColDescription
Yes-No | +| Create 'Help' column | | | IsCreateColHelp
Yes-No | +| Create 'DocumentNo' column | | | IsCreateColDocumentNo
Yes-No | +| Create 'DocAction' column | | | IsCreateColDocAction
Yes-No | +| Create 'DocStatus' column | | | IsCreateColDocStatus
Yes-No | +| Create 'Processed' column | | | IsCreateColProcessed
Yes-No | +| Create 'ProcessedOn' column | | | IsCreateColProcessedOn
Yes-No | +| Create 'Processing' column | | | IsCreateColProcessing
Yes-No | +| Create 'C_DocTypeTarget_ID' column | | | IsCreateColC_DocTypeTarget_ID
Yes-No | +| Create 'C_DocType_ID' column | | | IsCreateColC_DocType_ID
Yes-No | +| Create 'C_Currency_ID' column | | | IsCreateColC_Currency_ID
Yes-No | +| Create 'DateTrx' column | | | IsCreateColDateTrx
Yes-No | +| Create 'DateAcct' column | | | IsCreateColDateAcct
Yes-No | +| Create 'Posted' column | | | IsCreateColPosted
Yes-No | +| Create 'IsApproved' column | | | IsCreateColIsApproved
Yes-No | +| Create 'SalesRep_ID' column | | | IsCreateColSalesRep_ID
Yes-No | +| Create 'AD_User_ID' column | | | IsCreateColAD_User_ID
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/CreateCostingRecords_Process_ID-335_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/CreateCostingRecords_Process_ID-335_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e3eb8a86 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/CreateCostingRecords_Process_ID-335_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Create Costing Records' +sidebar_label: 'Create Costing Records' +description: 'Create Costing Records' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Create Costing Records + +Process ID 335 + +*19/09/2005 → 23/03/2026* + +![Create Costing Records](/img/manual/CreateCostingRecords-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Create Costing Records + +**Comment/Help:** The costing records are created when needed or by batch processes. You can force the creation of the costing information here. + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.acct.process.CostCreate` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/process/CreateForeignKey_Process_ID-200058_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/CreateForeignKey_Process_ID-200058_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..479961af --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/CreateForeignKey_Process_ID-200058_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +--- +title: 'Create Foreign Key' +sidebar_label: 'Create Foreign Key' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Create Foreign Key + +Process ID 200058 + +*17/07/2013 → 17/07/2013* + +![Create Foreign Key](/img/manual/CreateForeignKey-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.CreateForeignKey` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Table_ID
Table Direct | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_Column_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/CreatePOfromRequisition_Process_ID-337_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/CreatePOfromRequisition_Process_ID-337_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da1f4bea --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/CreatePOfromRequisition_Process_ID-337_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +--- +title: 'Create PO from Requisition' +sidebar_label: 'Create PO from Requisition' +description: 'Create Purchase Orders from Requisitions' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Create PO from Requisition + +Process ID 337 + +*24/10/2005 → 25/10/2005* + +![Create PO from Requisition](/img/manual/CreatePOfromRequisition-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Create Purchase Orders from Requisitions + +**Comment/Help:** Create Purchase orders from Purchase Requisitions. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.RequisitionPOCreate` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Requisition | Material Requisition | | M_Requisition_ID
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Warehouse_ID
Table Direct | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | DateDoc
Date | +| Date Required | Date when required | | DateRequired
Date | +| Priority | Priority of a document | The Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document | PriorityRule
List | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_User_ID
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Search | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Table Direct | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BP_Group_ID
Table Direct | +| Consolidate to one Document | Consolidate Lines into one Document | | ConsolidateDocument
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/CreateSalesOrdersfromExpense_Process_ID-186_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/CreateSalesOrdersfromExpense_Process_ID-186_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..10a3f7f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/CreateSalesOrdersfromExpense_Process_ID-186_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'Create Sales Orders from Expense' +sidebar_label: 'Create Sales Orders from Expense' +description: 'Create Sales Orders for Customers from Expense Reports' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Create Sales Orders from Expense + +Process ID 186 + +*14/07/2002 → 02/01/2000* + +![Create Sales Orders from Expense](/img/manual/CreateSalesOrdersfromExpense-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Create Sales Orders for Customers from Expense Reports + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.ExpenseSOrder` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| Expense Date | Date of expense | Date of expense | DateExpense
Date | + diff --git a/manual/process/CreateTableIndex_Process_ID-200057_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/CreateTableIndex_Process_ID-200057_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1fa57daf --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/CreateTableIndex_Process_ID-200057_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +--- +title: 'Create Table Index' +sidebar_label: 'Create Table Index' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Create Table Index + +Process ID 200057 + +*12/07/2013 → 12/07/2013* + +![Create Table Index](/img/manual/CreateTableIndex-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.CreateTableIndex` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Table_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/CreateUpdateTablePartition_Process_ID-200157_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/CreateUpdateTablePartition_Process_ID-200157_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e242ba1 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/CreateUpdateTablePartition_Process_ID-200157_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Create/Update Table Partition' +sidebar_label: 'Create/Update Table Partition' +description: 'Process which create or update table partitions based on the table and column records' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Create/Update Table Partition + +Process ID 200157 + +*04/12/2023 → 30/12/2023* + +![Create/Update Table Partition](/img/manual/CreateUpdateTablePartition-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Process which create or update table partitions based on the table and column records + +**Comment/Help:** The Create/update partition process will create or update table partitions based on the information in the table and column records + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.tablepartition.process.CreatePartition` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Partitioning Method | | | PartitioningMethod
List | +| Table Name | | | TableName
String | + diff --git a/manual/process/DeleteImport_Process_ID-248_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/DeleteImport_Process_ID-248_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85ad808d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/DeleteImport_Process_ID-248_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Delete Import' +sidebar_label: 'Delete Import' +description: 'Delete all data in Import Table' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Delete Import + +Process ID 248 + +*26/12/2003 → 23/10/2005* + +![Delete Import](/img/manual/DeleteImport-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Delete all data in Import Table + +**Comment/Help:** You would delete all data in an import table, if there was a problem with data loading. The delete does not distinguish between imported and not imported data. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.ImportDelete` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Table_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/DeleteTraceLogs_Process_ID-200156_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/DeleteTraceLogs_Process_ID-200156_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c1f6171 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/DeleteTraceLogs_Process_ID-200156_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +--- +title: 'Delete Trace Logs' +sidebar_label: 'Delete Trace Logs' +description: 'delete log files with last modified older than n days of current time' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Delete Trace Logs + +Process ID 200156 + +*05/11/2023 → 05/11/2023* + +![Delete Trace Logs](/img/manual/DeleteTraceLogs-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** delete log files with last modified older than n days of current time + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.process.DeleteTraceLogs` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Keep Log Days | | | KeepLogDays
Integer | + diff --git a/manual/process/DeliverAssets_Process_ID-201_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/DeliverAssets_Process_ID-201_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86cfe092 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/DeliverAssets_Process_ID-201_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +--- +title: 'Deliver Assets' +sidebar_label: 'Deliver Assets' +description: 'Deliver Customer Assets electronically' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Deliver Assets + +Process ID 201 + +*29/01/2003 → 17/02/2022* + +![Deliver Assets](/img/manual/DeliverAssets-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Deliver Customer Assets electronically + +**Comment/Help:** Send Mail to customers and attach new delivery (optional). + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.AssetDelivery` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Asset Group | Group of Assets | The group of assets determines default accounts. If an asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset. | A_Asset_Group_ID
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Asset_ID
Search | +| Guarantee Date | Date when guarantee expires | Date when the normal guarantee or availability expires | GuaranteeDate
Date | +| Expired Guarantee Mail | Send email to partners with expired guarantee | | NoGuarantee_MailText_ID
Table | +| Attach Asset | Attach Asset to be delivered per email | | AttachAsset
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/EnableNativeSequence_Process_ID-53156_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/EnableNativeSequence_Process_ID-53156_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..883f5d13 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/EnableNativeSequence_Process_ID-53156_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +--- +title: 'Enable Native Sequence' +sidebar_label: 'Enable Native Sequence' +description: 'Enable Native Sequence' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Enable Native Sequence + +Process ID 53156 + +*08/09/2008 → 08/09/2008* + +![Enable Native Sequence](/img/manual/EnableNativeSequence-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Enable Native Sequence + +**Comment/Help:** This process allows Enable the native sequences based in the current AD_Sequence. + +This process should be implemented when the users are not connected. + +**Classname:** `org.eevolution.process.EnableNativeSequence` + diff --git a/manual/process/ExportFormatGenerator_Process_ID-53085_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/ExportFormatGenerator_Process_ID-53085_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c91aa100 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/ExportFormatGenerator_Process_ID-53085_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Export Format Generator' +sidebar_label: 'Export Format Generator' +description: 'Create multiple Export Format based in a Window' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Export Format Generator + +Process ID 53085 + +*24/03/2008 → 01/12/2009* + +![Export Format Generator](/img/manual/ExportFormatGenerator-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Create multiple Export Format based in a Window + +**Classname:** `org.eevolution.process.ExportFormatGenerator` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_Window_ID
Table Direct | +| Includes only the Tabs that Insert records | Generated Export Format for the Tabs with Insert Record is Yes | | IsInsertRecord
Yes-No | +| Includes only the mandatory columns | Generated an Export Format Line if the column is mandatory | | IsMandatory
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/GenerateInvoices_Process_ID-119_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/GenerateInvoices_Process_ID-119_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c6289aff --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/GenerateInvoices_Process_ID-119_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +--- +title: 'Generate Invoices' +sidebar_label: 'Generate Invoices' +description: 'Generate and print Invoices from open Orders' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Generate Invoices + +Process ID 119 + +*26/04/2000 → 02/01/2000* + +![Generate Invoices](/img/manual/GenerateInvoices-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Generate and print Invoices from open Orders + +**Comment/Help:** Invoices for open Orders are created based on the invoice rule of the Order. +If several Orders of a business partner have the same bill location, the orders can be consolidated into one Invoice. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.InvoiceGenerate` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | DateInvoiced
Date | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Table | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Order_ID
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Table Direct | +| Document Action | The targeted status of the document | You find the current status in the Document Status field. The options are listed in a popup | DocAction
List | +| Consolidate to one Document | Consolidate Lines into one Document | | ConsolidateDocument
Yes-No | +| Minimum Amt | Minimum Amount in Document Currency | | MinimumAmt
Amount | +| Shipment/Receipt | Material Shipment Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | M_InOut_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/process/GenerateModel_Process_ID-200154_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/GenerateModel_Process_ID-200154_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d37591c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/GenerateModel_Process_ID-200154_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Generate Model' +sidebar_label: 'Generate Model' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Generate Model + +Process ID 200154 + +*10/07/2023 → 10/07/2023* + +![Generate Model](/img/manual/GenerateModel-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.process.GenerateModel` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Model Generator Template | | | AD_ModelGeneratorTemplate_ID
Table Direct | +| Folder | A folder on a local or remote system to store data into | We store files in folders, especially media files. | Folder
String | +| Package Name | | | PackageName
String | +| Table Like | You can use % or a comma separated list of table names enclosed within single quotes (case sensitive) | The DB Table Name indicates the name of the table in database. | TableLike
String | +| Table Entity Type | | | TableEntityType
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Column Entity Type | | | ColumnEntityType
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Generate Interface | | | IsGenerateInterface
Yes-No | +| Generate Class | | | IsGenerateClass
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/GeneratePOfromProject_Process_ID-225_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/GeneratePOfromProject_Process_ID-225_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ffd763da --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/GeneratePOfromProject_Process_ID-225_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +--- +title: 'Generate PO from Project' +sidebar_label: 'Generate PO from Project' +description: 'Generate PO from Project Line(s)' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Generate PO from Project + +Process ID 225 + +*02/09/2003 → 04/02/2015* + +![Generate PO from Project](/img/manual/GeneratePOfromProject-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Generate PO from Project Line(s) + +**Comment/Help:** + + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.ProjectGenPO` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Project_ID
Table Direct | +| Project Phase | Phase of a Project | | C_ProjectPhase_ID
Table Direct | +| Project Line | Task or step in a project | The Project Line indicates a unique project line. | C_ProjectLine_ID
Table Direct | +| Consolidate to one Document | Consolidate Lines into one Document | | ConsolidateDocument
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/GeneratePOfromSalesOrder_Process_ID-193_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/GeneratePOfromSalesOrder_Process_ID-193_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b50e3cd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/GeneratePOfromSalesOrder_Process_ID-193_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +--- +title: 'Generate PO from Sales Order' +sidebar_label: 'Generate PO from Sales Order' +description: 'Create Purchase Order from Sales Orders' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Generate PO from Sales Order + +Process ID 193 + +*09/12/2002 → 10/03/2022* + +![Generate PO from Sales Order](/img/manual/GeneratePOfromSalesOrder-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Create Purchase Order from Sales Orders + +**Comment/Help:** After completing sales orders, you can create one or more purchase orders for each sales order. A purchase order references always only one sales order (i.e. no consolidation of sales orders). +The Organization of the Sales Order is used to create the Purchase Order. If a (default) PO document type is defined on Organization level, that is used instead of the document types defined on Tenant level. + +POs are created for all sales order lines where the product has a current vendor, the vendor has a Vendor Price List with all Products on the most current Price List Version. The Unit of Measure is copied; PO and SO can have different currencies. + +Once the process is run, you need to synchronize the SO/PO manually (e.g. in case of additional lines and changed lines (product & quantity). + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.OrderPOCreate` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | DateOrdered
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| Vendor | The Vendor of the product/service | | Vendor_ID
Table | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Order_ID
Search | +| Drop Shipment | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location using the Drop Ship Business Partner name and contact. | IsDropShip
List | + diff --git a/manual/process/GenerateProductionfromProject_Process_ID-200077_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/GenerateProductionfromProject_Process_ID-200077_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d50e5cc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/GenerateProductionfromProject_Process_ID-200077_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Generate Production from Project' +sidebar_label: 'Generate Production from Project' +description: 'Generate Production from Project Line(s)' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Generate Production from Project + +Process ID 200077 + +*04/02/2015 → 04/02/2015* + +![Generate Production from Project](/img/manual/GenerateProductionfromProject-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Generate Production from Project Line(s) + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.ProjectGenProduction` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Project_ID
Table Direct | +| Project Phase | Phase of a Project | | C_ProjectPhase_ID
Table Direct | +| Project Line | Task or step in a project | The Project Line indicates a unique project line. | C_ProjectLine_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/GenerateShipments_Process_ID-118_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/GenerateShipments_Process_ID-118_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f62291d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/GenerateShipments_Process_ID-118_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +--- +title: 'Generate Shipments' +sidebar_label: 'Generate Shipments' +description: 'Generate and print Shipments from open Orders' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Generate Shipments + +Process ID 118 + +*26/04/2000 → 05/01/2005* + +![Generate Shipments](/img/manual/GenerateShipments-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Generate and print Shipments from open Orders + +**Comment/Help:** Shipments for open Orders are created based on the delivery rule of the Order and the relative order priority. If a Promise Date is selected only orders up to (including) the date are selected.<br> +If several Orders of a business partner have the same location, the orders can be consolidated into one Shipment.<br> +You can also include orders who have outstanding confirmations (e.g. ordered=10 - not confirmed shipments=4 - would create a new shipment of 6 if available). + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.InOutGenerate` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Warehouse_ID
Table Direct | +| Shipment Date | Date printed on shipment | The Shipment Date indicates the date printed on the shipment. | MovementDate
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| Date Promised | Date Order was promised | The Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for. | DatePromised
Date | +| Orders with unconfirmed Shipments | Generate shipments for Orders with open delivery confirmations? | You can also include orders who have outstanding confirmations (e.g. ordered=10 - not confirmed shipments=4 - would create a new shipment of 6 if available). | IsUnconfirmedInOut
Yes-No | +| Document Action | The targeted status of the document | You find the current status in the Document Status field. The options are listed in a popup | DocAction
List | +| Consolidate to one Document | Consolidate Lines into one Document | | ConsolidateDocument
Yes-No | +| Subtract In Progress Shipment From On Hand | Subtract In Progress Shipment From On Hand | | SubtractOnHand
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/HouseKeeping_Process_ID-53154_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/HouseKeeping_Process_ID-53154_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c78475d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/HouseKeeping_Process_ID-53154_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +--- +title: 'HouseKeeping' +sidebar_label: 'HouseKeeping' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# HouseKeeping + +Process ID 53154 + +*06/09/2008 → 06/09/2008* + +![HouseKeeping](/img/manual/HouseKeeping-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.adempiere.process.HouseKeeping` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| House Keeping Configuration | | | AD_HouseKeeping_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/ImportCSVProcess_Process_ID-200076_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/ImportCSVProcess_Process_ID-200076_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d0c6742e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/ImportCSVProcess_Process_ID-200076_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +--- +title: 'Import CSV Process' +sidebar_label: 'Import CSV Process' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Import CSV Process + +Process ID 200076 + +*02/12/2014 → 02/12/2014* + +![Import CSV Process](/img/manual/ImportCSVProcess-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.process.ImportCSVProcess` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Import Template | | | AD_ImportTemplate_ID
Table Direct | +| File Name | Name of the local file or URL | Name of a file in the local directory space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..) | FileName
FileName | +| Import Mode | | | ImportMode
List | + diff --git a/manual/process/InitialTenantSetup_Process_ID-53161_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/InitialTenantSetup_Process_ID-53161_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..033a5c65 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/InitialTenantSetup_Process_ID-53161_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: 'Initial Tenant Setup' +sidebar_label: 'Initial Tenant Setup' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Initial Tenant Setup + +Process ID 53161 + +*14/02/2009 → 10/03/2022* + +![Initial Tenant Setup](/img/manual/InitialTenantSetup-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.adempiere.process.InitialClientSetup` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant Name | | | ClientName
String | +| Org Key | Key of the Organization | | OrgValue
String | +| Organization Name | Name of the Organization | | OrgName
String | +| Administrative User Name | | | AdminUserName
String | +| Administrative User Email | | | AdminUserEmail
String | +| Normal User Name | | | NormalUserName
String | +| Normal User Email | | | NormalUserEmail
String | +| Set Initial Password | | | IsSetInitialPassword
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Currency_ID
Table Direct | +| Country | Country | The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document. | C_Country_ID
Table Direct | +| Region | Identifies a geographical Region | The Region identifies a unique Region for this Country. | C_Region_ID
Table Direct | +| City Name | | | CityName
String | +| City | City | City in a country | C_City_ID
Table Direct | +| ZIP | Postal code | The Postal Code or ZIP identifies the postal code for this entity's address. | Postal
String | +| Address 1 | Address line 1 for this location | The Address 1 identifies the address for an entity's location | Address1
String | +| BP Accounting | Use BP accounting dimension | Define if this tenant will use business partner accounting dimension. This can be changed later in Accounting Schema window of the tenant. | IsUseBPDimension
Yes-No | +| Product Accounting | Use Product accounting dimension | Define if this tenant will use product accounting dimension. This can be changed later in Accounting Schema window of the tenant. | IsUseProductDimension
Yes-No | +| Project Accounting | Use Project accounting dimension | Define if this tenant will use project accounting dimension. This can be changed later in Accounting Schema window of the tenant. | IsUseProjectDimension
Yes-No | +| Campaign Accounting | Use Campaign accounting dimension | Define if this tenant will use campaign accounting dimension. This can be changed later in Accounting Schema window of the tenant. | IsUseCampaignDimension
Yes-No | +| Sales Region Accounting | Use Sales Region accounting dimension | Define if this tenant will use sales region accounting dimension. This can be changed later in Accounting Schema window of the tenant. | IsUseSalesRegionDimension
Yes-No | +| Activity Accounting | Use Activity accounting dimension | Define if this tenant will use activity accounting dimension. This can be changed later in Accounting Schema window of the tenant. | IsUseActivityDimension
Yes-No | +| Use Default CoA | Use Default Chart of Accounts | | UseDefaultCoA
Yes-No | +| Chart of Accounts File | Location of the chart of accounts to be used with this tenant. At this stage just the default accounts will be created. | | CoAFile
FileName | +| Inactivate Defaults | Inactivate Defaults after Created | | InactivateDefaults
Yes-No | +| Phone | Identifies a telephone number | The Phone field identifies a telephone number | Phone
String | +| 2nd Phone | Identifies an alternate telephone number. | The 2nd Phone field identifies an alternate telephone number. | Phone2
String | +| Fax | Facsimile number | The Fax identifies a facsimile number for this Business Partner or Location | Fax
String | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | EMail
String | +| Tax ID | Tax Identification | The Tax ID field identifies the legal Identification number of this Entity. | TaxID
String | + diff --git a/manual/process/InvoiceRequests_Process_ID-324_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/InvoiceRequests_Process_ID-324_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d5b26e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/InvoiceRequests_Process_ID-324_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +--- +title: 'Invoice Requests' +sidebar_label: 'Invoice Requests' +description: 'Create Invoice for Requests' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Invoice Requests + +Process ID 324 + +*19/05/2005 → 19/05/2005* + +![Invoice Requests](/img/manual/InvoiceRequests-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Create Invoice for Requests + +**Comment/Help:** Create invoice for Request Type with optional Request Group, Category for Business Partner. If the used product for invoicing is not defined, the product defined in the parameter is used. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.RequestInvoice` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Request Type | Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..) | Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. | R_RequestType_ID
Table Direct | +| Group | Request Group | Group of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...) | R_Group_ID
Table Direct | +| Category | Request Category | Category or Topic of the Request | R_Category_ID
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/process/IssuetoProject_Process_ID-224_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/IssuetoProject_Process_ID-224_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9798019d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/IssuetoProject_Process_ID-224_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +--- +title: 'Issue to Project' +sidebar_label: 'Issue to Project' +description: 'Issue Material to Project from Receipt or manual Inventory Location' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Issue to Project + +Process ID 224 + +*02/09/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Issue to Project](/img/manual/IssuetoProject-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Issue Material to Project from Receipt or manual Inventory Location + +**Comment/Help:** Select a Project and either +<br>- Material Receipt +<br>- Expense Report +<br<- Inventory Location and Project Line not issued yet +<br>- Inventory Location, Product and Quantity +The default Movement Date is today's date. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.ProjectIssue` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Project_ID
Table Direct | +| Shipment/Receipt | Material Shipment Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | M_InOut_ID
Search | +| Expense Report | Time and Expense Report | | S_TimeExpense_ID
Table Direct | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_Locator_ID
Locator (WH) | +| Project Line | Task or step in a project | The Project Line indicates a unique project line. | C_ProjectLine_ID
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_AttributeSetInstance_ID
Product Attribute | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | MovementQty
Quantity | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | MovementDate
Date | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | Description
String | + diff --git a/manual/process/LoadBankStatement_Process_ID-247_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/LoadBankStatement_Process_ID-247_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fbee85d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/LoadBankStatement_Process_ID-247_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Load Bank Statement' +sidebar_label: 'Load Bank Statement' +description: 'Load Bank Statement' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Load Bank Statement + +Process ID 247 + +*25/12/2003 → 03/03/2005* + +![Load Bank Statement](/img/manual/LoadBankStatement-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Load Bank Statement + +**Comment/Help:** Load the bank statement into the import table. The parameters used depend on the actual loader. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.LoadBankStatement` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Bank Statement Loader | Definition of Bank Statement Loader (SWIFT, OFX) | The loader definition provides the parameters to load bank statements from EFT formats like SWIFT (MT940) or OFX | C_BankStatementLoader_ID
Table Direct | +| File Name | Name of the local file or URL | Name of a file in the local directory space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..) | FileName
FileName | + diff --git a/manual/process/MigrateID_Process_ID-200111_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/MigrateID_Process_ID-200111_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..249c88f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/MigrateID_Process_ID-200111_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Migrate ID' +sidebar_label: 'Migrate ID' +description: 'Process to migrate an ID or a UUID' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Migrate ID + +Process ID 200111 + +*14/03/2019 → 14/03/2019* + +![Migrate ID](/img/manual/MigrateID-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Process to migrate an ID or a UUID + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.process.MigraID` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Table_ID
Search | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | Record_ID
Integer | +| To Record ID | | | To_Record_ID
Integer | +| Source UUID | UUID from the source tenant | | Source_UUID
String | +| Target UUID | New UUID created by the pack in tenant | | Target_UUID
String | + diff --git a/manual/process/MigrateStorageProvider_Process_ID-200117_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/MigrateStorageProvider_Process_ID-200117_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a749f526 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/MigrateStorageProvider_Process_ID-200117_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +--- +title: 'Migrate Storage Provider' +sidebar_label: 'Migrate Storage Provider' +description: 'Migrate the storage provider for attachments, archives and/or images' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Migrate Storage Provider + +Process ID 200117 + +*28/02/2020 → 10/03/2022* + +![Migrate Storage Provider](/img/manual/MigrateStorageProvider-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Migrate the storage provider for attachments, archives and/or images + +**Comment/Help:** <p><span style="color:#ff0000"><b>WARNING: This process can be destructive, so please be sure that you have a backup of the database, as well as a backup of your old storage provider.</b></span></p> + +<p>The process migrates files between storage providers.</p> + +<ul><li><b>Tenant:</b> Optional, select a tenant to migrate, when empty it will migrate all tenants with the Actual Storage Provider</li><li><b>Actual Storage Provider:</b> Alternatively, you can define here the storage provider to migrate</li><li><b>Storage Provider:</b> The new storage provider to migrate the files</li><li><b>Migrate Attachment:</b> Migrate the attachment files</li><li><b>Migrate Archive:</b> Migate the archive files</li><li><b>Migrate Image:</b> Migrate the image  files</li><li><b>Migrate Data:</b> When unchecked, just the storage provider is changed in tenant, but the files are not migrated (they can be migrated in a future execution of this same process)</li><li><b>Record ID Range:</b> Optionally you can define a range of IDs for the records to migrate, so you can run this process in parallel to migrate the data</li><li><b>Delete old/existing files:</b> If enabled, when a file is migrated the program tries to free space deleting the file from the previous storage provider.  <span style="color:#ff0000">Note that migrating from/to a DB storage provider is a destructive action that cannot be recovered, it implies deleting the old/existing files</span>.</li></ul> + +<p>In case of failure or timeout, the process can be launched again, it commits on every file migrated.</p> + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.process.MigrateStorageProvider` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_AllClients_V_ID
Table Direct | +| Actual Storage Provider | | | Actual_StorageProvider_ID
Table | +| Storage Provider | | | AD_StorageProvider_ID
Table Direct | +| Migrate Attachment | | | IsMigrateAttachment
Yes-No | +| Migrate Archive | | | IsMigrateArchive
Yes-No | +| Migrate Image | | | IsMigrateImage
Yes-No | +| Migrate Data | | | IsMigrateData
Yes-No | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | Record_ID
Integer | +| Delete old/existing files | Delete the records from the old storage provider after moved | WARNING! This option cannot be rolled back! Be cautious, take backups. If not enabled, the system administrator can/must remove manually the old files from the previous storage provider later. | DeleteOld
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/OrderBatchProcess_Process_ID-315_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/OrderBatchProcess_Process_ID-315_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef55840d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/OrderBatchProcess_Process_ID-315_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: 'Order Batch Process' +sidebar_label: 'Order Batch Process' +description: 'Process Orders in Batch' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Order Batch Process + +Process ID 315 + +*07/01/2005 → 07/01/2005* + +![Order Batch Process](/img/manual/OrderBatchProcess-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Process Orders in Batch + +**Comment/Help:** Based on the selection criteria, the orders are processed using the document action selected. Make sure that the document action is valid for the documents. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.OrderBatchProcess` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Target Document Type | Target document type for conversing documents | You can convert document types (e.g. from Offer to Order or Invoice). The conversion is then reflected in the current type. This processing is initiated by selecting the appropriate Document Action. | C_DocTypeTarget_ID
Table | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | DocStatus
List | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | IsSelfService
List | +| Delivered | | | IsDelivered
List | +| Invoiced | Is this invoiced? | If selected, invoices are created | IsInvoiced
List | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | DateOrdered
Date | +| Document Action | The targeted status of the document | You find the current status in the Document Status field. The options are listed in a popup | DocAction
List | + diff --git a/manual/process/POSKeyGenerate_Process_ID-53202_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/POSKeyGenerate_Process_ID-53202_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..420c9ba4 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/POSKeyGenerate_Process_ID-53202_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'POS Key Generate' +sidebar_label: 'POS Key Generate' +description: 'Generate POS Keys from products.' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# POS Key Generate + +Process ID 53202 + +*24/03/2010 → 24/03/2010* + +![POS Key Generate](/img/manual/POSKeyGenerate-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Generate POS Keys from products. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.PosKeyGenerate` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| POS Key Layout | POS Function Key Layout | POS Function Key Layout | C_POSKeyLayout_ID
Table Direct | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/PrintDunningLetters_Process_ID-312_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/PrintDunningLetters_Process_ID-312_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..39f74ad2 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/PrintDunningLetters_Process_ID-312_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: 'Print Dunning Letters' +sidebar_label: 'Print Dunning Letters' +description: 'Print Dunning letters to paper or send PDF' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Print Dunning Letters + +Process ID 312 + +*30/11/2004 → 15/01/2024* + +![Print Dunning Letters](/img/manual/PrintDunningLetters-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Print Dunning letters to paper or send PDF + +**Comment/Help:** (Re)Print Dunning Letters or send them as PDF attachments to the Business Partner Contact with a valid EMail address. + + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.DunningPrint` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| EMail PDF | Email Document PDF files to Business Partner | | EMailPDF
Yes-No | +| Mail Template | Text templates for mailings | The Mail Template indicates the mail template for return messages. Mail text can include variables. The priority of parsing is User/Contact, Business Partner and then the underlying business object (like Request, Dunning, Workflow object).<br>
So, @Name@ would resolve into the User name (if user is defined defined), then Business Partner name (if business partner is defined) and then the Name of the business object if it has a Name.<br>
For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is translated based on the Business Partner's language selection. | R_MailText_ID
Table Direct | +| Dunning Run | Dunning Run | | C_DunningRun_ID
Table Direct | +| Only If BP has Balance | Include only if Business Partner has outstanding Balance | | IsOnlyIfBPBalance
Yes-No | +| Print Unprocessed Entries Only | Print the unprocessed (unprinted) entries of the dunning run only. | Print the unprocessed (unprinted) entries of the dunning run only. This allows you to reprint only certain dunning entries. | PrintUnprocessedOnly
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/PrintInvoices_Process_ID-200_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/PrintInvoices_Process_ID-200_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8c9d07e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/PrintInvoices_Process_ID-200_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +--- +title: 'Print Invoices' +sidebar_label: 'Print Invoices' +description: 'Print Invoices to paper or send PDF' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Print Invoices + +Process ID 200 + +*29/01/2003 → 15/01/2024* + +![Print Invoices](/img/manual/PrintInvoices-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Print Invoices to paper or send PDF + +**Comment/Help:** (Re)Print Invoices or send them as PDF attachments to the Business Partner Contact with a valid EMail address. +<br> +Remark: If you only enter a Document No FROM value, all invoices greater or equal that document number are printed; you can alternatively use the % character as a widcard. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.InvoicePrint` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| EMail PDF | Email Document PDF files to Business Partner | | EMailPDF
Yes-No | +| Mail Template | Text templates for mailings | The Mail Template indicates the mail template for return messages. Mail text can include variables. The priority of parsing is User/Contact, Business Partner and then the underlying business object (like Request, Dunning, Workflow object).<br>
So, @Name@ would resolve into the User name (if user is defined defined), then Business Partner name (if business partner is defined) and then the Name of the business object if it has a Name.<br>
For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is translated based on the Business Partner's language selection. | R_MailText_ID
Table Direct | +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | DateInvoiced
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_Invoice_ID
Search | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | DocumentNo
String | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_DocType_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Paid | The document is fully paid | | IsPaid
List | +| Printed | Indicates if this document / line is printed | The Printed checkbox indicates if this document or line will included when printing. | IsPrinted
List | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | PaymentRule
Payment | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_PaymentTerm_ID
Table Direct | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | DocStatus
List | + diff --git a/manual/process/ProductOrganization_Process_ID-245_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/ProductOrganization_Process_ID-245_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c07774d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/ProductOrganization_Process_ID-245_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Product Organization' +sidebar_label: 'Product Organization' +description: 'Set and verify Organization ownership of Products' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Product Organization + +Process ID 245 + +*23/12/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Product Organization](/img/manual/ProductOrganization-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Set and verify Organization ownership of Products + +**Comment/Help:** The process allows you to change or verify the organization ownership of Products and its dependent entities (BOM, Substitute, Replenish, Purchasing, Business Partner Info, Costing). <br> +Select either a Product Category ar a specific Product. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.OrgOwnership` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Table Direct | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/process/Quoteconvert_Process_ID-231_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/Quoteconvert_Process_ID-231_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b1c386b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/Quoteconvert_Process_ID-231_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Quote convert' +sidebar_label: 'Quote convert' +description: 'Convert open Proposal or Quotation to Order' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Quote convert + +Process ID 231 + +*04/10/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Quote convert](/img/manual/Quoteconvert-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Convert open Proposal or Quotation to Order + +**Comment/Help:** You can convert a Proposal or Quotation to any other Order document type. You would use this process, if you want to maintain/keep the Proposal or Quotation. The document status needs to be In Process. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.CopyOrder` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Order_ID
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_DocType_ID
Table Direct | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | DateDoc
Date | +| Close Document | Close Document (process) | | IsCloseDocument
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/RePriceOrderInvoice_Process_ID-232_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/RePriceOrderInvoice_Process_ID-232_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4dcb191f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/RePriceOrderInvoice_Process_ID-232_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'RePrice Order/Invoice' +sidebar_label: 'RePrice Order/Invoice' +description: 'Recalculate the price based on the latest price list version of an open order or invoice' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# RePrice Order/Invoice + +Process ID 232 + +*04/10/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![RePrice Order/Invoice](/img/manual/RePriceOrderInvoice-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Recalculate the price based on the latest price list version of an open order or invoice + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.OrderRePrice` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Order_ID
Table Direct | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_Invoice_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/RecalculateCube_Process_ID-53166_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/RecalculateCube_Process_ID-53166_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..58dab2d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/RecalculateCube_Process_ID-53166_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Recalculate Cube' +sidebar_label: 'Recalculate Cube' +description: 'Recalculate summary facts based on report cube definitions.' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Recalculate Cube + +Process ID 53166 + +*15/05/2009 → 23/03/2026* + +![Recalculate Cube](/img/manual/RecalculateCube-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Recalculate summary facts based on report cube definitions. + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.acct.process.FactAcctSummary` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Report Cube | Define reporting cube for pre-calculation of summary accounting data. | Summary data will be generated for each period of the selected calendar, grouped by the selected dimensions.. | PA_ReportCube_ID
Table | +| Full rebuild | Delete all existing summary data and recalculate. | If not selected, only those periods with recently posted accounting facts will be recalculated. | Reset
Yes-No | +| Force | Force rebuild of cube even if locked. | | Force
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/ReceivablesWriteOff_Process_ID-171_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/ReceivablesWriteOff_Process_ID-171_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4bfe22ad --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/ReceivablesWriteOff_Process_ID-171_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +--- +title: 'Receivables Write-Off' +sidebar_label: 'Receivables Write-Off' +description: 'Write off open receivables' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Receivables Write-Off + +Process ID 171 + +*14/11/2001 → 27/11/2005* + +![Receivables Write-Off](/img/manual/ReceivablesWriteOff-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Write off open receivables + +**Comment/Help:** Write-off receivables causes the invoices selected by the criteria to be marked as paid and the open invoice amount to be written off. Alternatively you can create payments. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.InvoiceWriteOff` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BP_Group_ID
Table Direct | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_Invoice_ID
Search | +| Maximum write-off per Invoice | Maximum invoice amount to be written off in invoice currency | | MaxInvWriteOffAmt
Amount | +| AP - AR | Include Receivables and/or Payables transactions | | APAR
List | +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | DateInvoiced
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | DateAcct
Date | +| Create Payment | | | CreatePayment
Yes-No | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_BankAccount_ID
Table Direct | +| Simulation | Performing the function is only simulated | | IsSimulation
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/RecompileDBObjects_Process_ID-185_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/RecompileDBObjects_Process_ID-185_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..daea261e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/RecompileDBObjects_Process_ID-185_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: 'Recompile DB Objects' +sidebar_label: 'Recompile DB Objects' +description: 'Recompile Database Objects' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Recompile DB Objects + +Process ID 185 + +*23/06/2002 → 02/01/2000* + +![Recompile DB Objects](/img/manual/RecompileDBObjects-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Recompile Database Objects + +**Comment/Help:** Recompile Functions, Procedures, Triggers, Views, etc. + diff --git a/manual/process/RecreateStorageReservation_Process_ID-200107_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/RecreateStorageReservation_Process_ID-200107_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..48c0ca22 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/RecreateStorageReservation_Process_ID-200107_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +--- +title: 'Recreate Storage Reservation' +sidebar_label: 'Recreate Storage Reservation' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Recreate Storage Reservation + +Process ID 200107 + +*11/02/2019 → 11/02/2019* + +![Recreate Storage Reservation](/img/manual/RecreateStorageReservation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Comment/Help:** The process checks if there are errors in storage reservartion (storageqtyReserved <> orderqtyreserved), if there are, it recreates all the reservation records for the offending products. + +**Classname:** `org.adempiere.process.RecreateStorageReservation` + diff --git a/manual/process/RecurringRun_Process_ID-200074_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/RecurringRun_Process_ID-200074_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e2aa0e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/RecurringRun_Process_ID-200074_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Recurring Run' +sidebar_label: 'Recurring Run' +description: 'Recurring Run' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Recurring Run + +Process ID 200074 + +*27/07/2014 → 27/07/2014* + +![Recurring Run](/img/manual/RecurringRun-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Recurring Run + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.process.RecurringRun` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Recurring Group | | | C_RecurringGroup_ID
Table Direct | +| Cut Date | | | Cut_Date
Date | +| Document Action | The targeted status of the document | You find the current status in the Document Status field. The options are listed in a popup | DocAction
List | +| Parameter Comment | To replace the tag @Prm_Comment@ on the description of the documents being generated with the text you fill on the parameter | | Prm_Comment
String | + diff --git a/manual/process/RegisterMFA_Process_ID-200132_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/RegisterMFA_Process_ID-200132_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f715517 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/RegisterMFA_Process_ID-200132_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Register MFA' +sidebar_label: 'Register MFA' +description: 'Register a multi-factor authentication mechanism' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Register MFA + +Process ID 200132 + +*30/05/2021 → 04/06/2021* + +![Register MFA](/img/manual/RegisterMFA-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Register a multi-factor authentication mechanism + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.MFARegister` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| MFA Method | Multi-factor Authentication Method | | MFA_Method_ID
Table | +| Parameter Element | | | MFA_ElementPrm_ID
Search | +| Parameter Value | | | ParameterValue
String | + diff --git a/manual/process/ReopenOrder_Process_ID-255_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/ReopenOrder_Process_ID-255_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b772c6d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/ReopenOrder_Process_ID-255_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +--- +title: 'Reopen Order' +sidebar_label: 'Reopen Order' +description: 'Open previously closed Order' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Reopen Order + +Process ID 255 + +*16/01/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Reopen Order](/img/manual/ReopenOrder-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Open previously closed Order + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.OrderOpen` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Order_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/process/ReopenRequest_Process_ID-195_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/ReopenRequest_Process_ID-195_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..976205f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/ReopenRequest_Process_ID-195_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +--- +title: 'Reopen Request' +sidebar_label: 'Reopen Request' +description: 'Reopen closed requests' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Reopen Request + +Process ID 195 + +*10/01/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Reopen Request](/img/manual/ReopenRequest-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Reopen closed requests + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.RequestReOpen` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Request | Request from a Business Partner or Prospect | The Request identifies a unique request from a Business Partner or Prospect. | R_Request_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/process/RequestEMailProcessor_Process_ID-50012_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/RequestEMailProcessor_Process_ID-50012_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..efc98dff --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/RequestEMailProcessor_Process_ID-50012_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +--- +title: 'Request EMail Processor' +sidebar_label: 'Request EMail Processor' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Request EMail Processor + +Process ID 50012 + +*28/02/2007 → 28/02/2007* + +![Request EMail Processor](/img/manual/RequestEMailProcessor-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.RequestEMailProcessor` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| IMAP Host | | | p_IMAPHost
String | +| IMAP User | | | p_IMAPUser
String | +| IMAP Password | | | p_IMAPPwd
String | +| Request Folder | After take email form inbox folder, and process it success, email will move to this folder | folder can define as hierarchy, use "\" to separate folder. example customer\vietnam
will read email from folder vietnam under folder customer
after take email form inbox folder, and process it success, email will move to this folder | p_RequestFolder
String | +| Inbox Folder | Mail folder, where process will take email and make request | folder can define as hierarchy, use "\" to separate folder. example customer\vietnam
will read email from folder vietnam under folder customer | p_InboxFolder
String | +| Error Folder | Mail folder to push unsuccess email | folder can define as hierarchy, use "\" to separate folder. example customer\error\vietnam
will puss email can't process to folder vietnam under folder error under folder customer | p_ErrorFolder
String | +| Inbox As Root Folder | True if other folder (request, error,..) occupy in inbox folder | Some email server as outlook, every folder occupy in inbox, with web mail as google, we easy create my folder outside inbox folder.
this field define where request, error,.. occupy. | p_NestInbox
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_User_ID
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Role_ID
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | SalesRep_ID
Table | +| Request Type | Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..) | Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. | R_RequestType_ID
Table Direct | +| User Importance | Priority of the issue for the User | | p_DefaultPriority
List | +| Confidentiality | Type of Confidentiality | | p_DefaultConfidentiality
List | +| HTML Attachment Type | Define html email body processing behaviour. HTML Email body can be converted as attachment *.html file or parse images into attachment. | | HTMLAttachmentType
List | + diff --git a/manual/process/ResetAccounting_Process_ID-176_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/ResetAccounting_Process_ID-176_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7fd41e5a --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/ResetAccounting_Process_ID-176_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +--- +title: 'Reset Accounting' +sidebar_label: 'Reset Accounting' +description: 'Reset Accounting Entries ** Stop Accounting Server before starting **' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Reset Accounting + +Process ID 176 + +*02/12/2001 → 23/03/2026* + +![Reset Accounting](/img/manual/ResetAccounting-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Reset Accounting Entries ** Stop Accounting Server before starting ** + +**Comment/Help:** Delete accounting records of documents to be re-created by the next run of the accounting engine. This is a dramatic step and you want to do this ONLY after changes of the accounting structure (e.g. different default accounts, etc.) and if fixing via manual Journal entries is not sensible. + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.acct.process.FactAcctReset` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Client_ID
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Table_ID
Table | +| Delete existing Accounting Entries | The selected accounting entries will be deleted! DANGEROUS !!! | | DeletePosting
Yes-No | +| Account Date | Optional account date range | Only documents within this date range which are also in open periods will be reset. | DateAcct
Date | +| Also Without Postings | | | AlsoWithoutPostings
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/ResetAllocation_Process_ID-303_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/ResetAllocation_Process_ID-303_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f06ae992 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/ResetAllocation_Process_ID-303_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +--- +title: 'Reset Allocation' +sidebar_label: 'Reset Allocation' +description: 'Reset (delete) allocation of invoices to payments' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Reset Allocation + +Process ID 303 + +*15/08/2004 → 21/02/2005* + +![Reset Allocation](/img/manual/ResetAllocation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Reset (delete) allocation of invoices to payments + +**Comment/Help:** Delete Allocations for a business partner or business partner group, accounting date range or individual allocation. In contrast to "Void" in "View Allocation", the allocation is deleted (no trace), if the period is open. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.AllocationReset` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BP_Group_ID
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | DateAcct
Date | +| Allocation | Payment allocation | | C_AllocationHdr_ID
Search | +| All Allocations | | | AllAllocations
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/ResubmitPosting_Process_ID-175_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/ResubmitPosting_Process_ID-175_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..538d4191 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/ResubmitPosting_Process_ID-175_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Resubmit Posting' +sidebar_label: 'Resubmit Posting' +description: 'Resubmit posting of documents with posting errors or locked documents' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Resubmit Posting + +Process ID 175 + +*02/12/2001 → 23/03/2026* + +![Resubmit Posting](/img/manual/ResubmitPosting-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Resubmit posting of documents with posting errors or locked documents + +**Comment/Help:** After resubmitting, the accounting engine will try to post the document again. You resubmit documents, if they are locked or when the document had posting errors - after fixing the cause (e.g. opening period). + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.acct.process.FactAcctReset` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Client_ID
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Table_ID
Table | + diff --git a/manual/process/RevenueRecognitionRun_Process_ID-53710_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/RevenueRecognitionRun_Process_ID-53710_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..68628c0a --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/RevenueRecognitionRun_Process_ID-53710_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Revenue Recognition Run' +sidebar_label: 'Revenue Recognition Run' +description: 'Generate revenue recognition journal' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Revenue Recognition Run + +Process ID 53710 + +*28/10/2014 → 23/03/2026* + +![Revenue Recognition Run](/img/manual/RevenueRecognitionRun-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Generate revenue recognition journal + +**Comment/Help:** Generate GL journal based on valid revenue recognition run entries + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.acct.process.RevenueRecognition` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_DocType_ID
Table | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | DateAcct
Date | +| Revenue Recognition | Method for recording revenue | The Revenue Recognition indicates how revenue will be recognized for this product | C_RevenueRecognition_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/RevokeMFATrustedDevice_Process_ID-200131_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/RevokeMFATrustedDevice_Process_ID-200131_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f0bf4e13 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/RevokeMFATrustedDevice_Process_ID-200131_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'Revoke MFA Trusted Device' +sidebar_label: 'Revoke MFA Trusted Device' +description: 'Revoke one multi-factor authentication trusted device or all' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Revoke MFA Trusted Device + +Process ID 200131 + +*30/05/2021 → 04/06/2021* + +![Revoke MFA Trusted Device](/img/manual/RevokeMFATrustedDevice-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Revoke one multi-factor authentication trusted device or all + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.MFARevokeDevice` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Revoke All | | | MFARevokeAll
Yes-No | +| MFA Registered Device | | | MFA_RegisteredDevice_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/RoleAccessUpdate_Process_ID-295_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/RoleAccessUpdate_Process_ID-295_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c50e80bd --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/RoleAccessUpdate_Process_ID-295_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Role Access Update' +sidebar_label: 'Role Access Update' +description: 'Update the access rights of a role or roles of a tenant' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Role Access Update + +Process ID 295 + +*21/07/2004 → 15/01/2024* + +![Role Access Update](/img/manual/RoleAccessUpdate-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Update the access rights of a role or roles of a tenant + +**Comment/Help:** Update the access rights of a role or all roles of a tenant to windows, forms, processes and workflows. Note that a role is only updated if it is not marked as manual. Note that if is executed from System tenant and role is not set, all tenants will be updated + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.RoleAccessUpdate` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Role_ID
Table Direct | +| Reset Existing Access | Reset Existing Access | | ResetAccess
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/RollupBOMCost_Process_ID-53230_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/RollupBOMCost_Process_ID-53230_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5884ba40 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/RollupBOMCost_Process_ID-53230_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Rollup BOM Cost' +sidebar_label: 'Rollup BOM Cost' +description: 'Rollup BOM cost' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Rollup BOM Cost + +Process ID 53230 + +*27/07/2011 → 27/07/2011* + +![Rollup BOM Cost](/img/manual/RollupBOMCost-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Rollup BOM cost + +**Comment/Help:** Rollup BOM costs from the lowest level recursively. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.RollUpCosts` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Search | +| Cost Element | Product Cost Element | | M_CostElement_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/SendMailText_Process_ID-209_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/SendMailText_Process_ID-209_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2257d009 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/SendMailText_Process_ID-209_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +--- +title: 'Send Mail Text' +sidebar_label: 'Send Mail Text' +description: 'Send EMails to active subscribers of an Interest Area OR a Business Partner Group from a selected User' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Send Mail Text + +Process ID 209 + +*04/08/2003 → 10/03/2022* + +![Send Mail Text](/img/manual/SendMailText-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Send EMails to active subscribers of an Interest Area OR a Business Partner Group from a selected User + +**Comment/Help:** Select the Interest Area to which subscribers you send the Mail Text from the User selected. Additionally, you can send mails to the Contacts of a Business Partner Group.<br> +The User to send emails from needs to have valid EMail information. If you don't select a user, the Mail is sent from the Tenant's Request Mail User. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.SendMailText` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Mail Template | Text templates for mailings | The Mail Template indicates the mail template for return messages. Mail text can include variables. The priority of parsing is User/Contact, Business Partner and then the underlying business object (like Request, Dunning, Workflow object).<br>
So, @Name@ would resolve into the User name (if user is defined defined), then Business Partner name (if business partner is defined) and then the Name of the business object if it has a Name.<br>
For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is translated based on the Business Partner's language selection. | R_MailText_ID
Table Direct | +| Interest Area | Interest Area or Topic | Interest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns. | R_InterestArea_ID
Table Direct | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BP_Group_ID
Table Direct | +| From User | Send EMail from user | The email is sent from the user selected - otherwise it is sent from the request email address of the tenant | AD_User_ID
Table | + diff --git a/manual/process/SequenceCheck_Process_ID-258_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/SequenceCheck_Process_ID-258_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e2b7d9e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/SequenceCheck_Process_ID-258_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'Sequence Check' +sidebar_label: 'Sequence Check' +description: 'Check System and Document Sequences' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Sequence Check + +Process ID 258 + +*05/03/2004 → 26/03/2008* + +![Sequence Check](/img/manual/SequenceCheck-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Check System and Document Sequences + +**Comment/Help:** Check that System and Document sequences are correct. Run this process, if you get Duplicate Key error messages. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.SequenceCheck` + diff --git a/manual/process/StandardCostUpdate_Process_ID-182_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/StandardCostUpdate_Process_ID-182_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..faa2228c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/StandardCostUpdate_Process_ID-182_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +--- +title: 'Standard Cost Update' +sidebar_label: 'Standard Cost Update' +description: 'Set standard and future cost price' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Standard Cost Update + +Process ID 182 + +*21/02/2002 → 23/03/2026* + +![Standard Cost Update](/img/manual/StandardCostUpdate-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Set standard and future cost price + +**Comment/Help:** For Standard Costs you can set/recalculate the current or future cost price (for the cost type of the accounting schema). If the Costing Level of the Accounting Schema is set to Tenant, missing cost records are created. The historical costs are calculated based on the accumulated amount/quantity of the costing method. + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.acct.process.CostUpdate` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Table Direct | +| Set Standard Cost to | Set new Standard Costs to the selection | | SetStandardCostTo
List | +| Set Future Costs to | Set the Future costs to the selection | | SetFutureCostTo
List | +| Pricelist Version | Only used if Price List is used to set future/standard cost price | | M_PriceList_Version_ID
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Inventory Cost Adjustment Document Type | | C_DocType_ID
Table | + diff --git a/manual/process/StorageCleanup_Process_ID-325_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/StorageCleanup_Process_ID-325_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4e0ad46 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/StorageCleanup_Process_ID-325_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Storage Cleanup' +sidebar_label: 'Storage Cleanup' +description: 'Inventory Storage Cleanup' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Storage Cleanup + +Process ID 325 + +*29/05/2005 → 29/05/2005* + +![Storage Cleanup](/img/manual/StorageCleanup-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Inventory Storage Cleanup + +**Comment/Help:** Create Inventory Movements for unbalanced Inventory Location Storage (i.e. within a warehouse move inventory to locations with negative on hand quantity). + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.StorageCleanup` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_DocType_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/SynchronizeDocTranslation_Process_ID-321_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/SynchronizeDocTranslation_Process_ID-321_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ab0bbfe1 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/SynchronizeDocTranslation_Process_ID-321_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +--- +title: 'Synchronize Doc Translation' +sidebar_label: 'Synchronize Doc Translation' +description: 'Synchronize Document Translation' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Synchronize Doc Translation + +Process ID 321 + +*10/03/2005 → 15/01/2024* + +![Synchronize Doc Translation](/img/manual/SynchronizeDocTranslation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Synchronize Document Translation + +**Comment/Help:** This applies to the tenant defined document translations, e.g. for UoM, Payment Terms, Product Info, etc.<br> +<br> +If the current tenant has multi-lingual documents enabled, then the main record is copied to the tenant language (defined in Tenant window). BE CAREFUL as this option can potentially damage data you modified, it is recommended to take a backup and plan carefully what you're doing if this is the first time running this process.<br> +<br> +If the current tenant has not multi-lingual documents enabled, the translations for documents are synchronized with the main record (i.e. it copies the content of the main record to the translation records). This process is necessary when switching to a mono-lingual environment as there the terminology is maintained not in the translation records. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.TranslationDocSync` + diff --git a/manual/process/SynchronizePrintFormatbasedonReportView_Process_ID-200146_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/SynchronizePrintFormatbasedonReportView_Process_ID-200146_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4d57121b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/SynchronizePrintFormatbasedonReportView_Process_ID-200146_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +--- +title: 'Synchronize Print Format based on Report View' +sidebar_label: 'Synchronize Print Format based on Report View' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Synchronize Print Format based on Report View + +Process ID 200146 + +*02/12/2022 → 30/05/2023* + +![Synchronize Print Format based on Report View](/img/manual/SynchronizePrintFormatbasedonReportView-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.process.PrintFormatItemSync` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Source | | | Source
List | +| Report View | View used to generate this report | The Report View indicates the view used to generate this report. | AD_ReportView_ID
Table Direct | +| Print Format | Data Print Format | The print format determines how data is rendered for print. | AD_PrintFormat_ID
Table Direct | +| AD_Language | | | AD_Language
Table | + diff --git a/manual/process/SynchronizeTerminology_Process_ID-172_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/SynchronizeTerminology_Process_ID-172_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f6f51129 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/SynchronizeTerminology_Process_ID-172_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +--- +title: 'Synchronize Terminology' +sidebar_label: 'Synchronize Terminology' +description: 'Synchronize the terminology within the system.' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Synchronize Terminology + +Process ID 172 + +*18/11/2001 → 26/03/2008* + +![Synchronize Terminology](/img/manual/SynchronizeTerminology-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Synchronize the terminology within the system. + +**Comment/Help:** Based on the entries in Window Element, the fields in windows, parameters, etc. are synchronized, if they are centrally maintained. Also synchronizes Language Translation. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.SynchronizeTerminology` + diff --git a/manual/process/TenantAccountingProcessor_Process_ID-53187_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/TenantAccountingProcessor_Process_ID-53187_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9f39207f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/TenantAccountingProcessor_Process_ID-53187_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Tenant Accounting Processor' +sidebar_label: 'Tenant Accounting Processor' +description: 'Tenant Accounting Processor' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Tenant Accounting Processor + +Process ID 53187 + +*13/09/2009 → 23/03/2026* + +![Tenant Accounting Processor](/img/manual/TenantAccountingProcessor-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Tenant Accounting Processor + +**Comment/Help:** The tenant accounting processor allows a user to run the accounting processor in a tenant session. The system configurator parameter CLIENT_ACCOUNTING must be enabled (configured as [I]mmediate or [Q]ueue). + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.acct.process.ClientAcctProcessor` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_ID
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Table_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/TestExportModel_Process_ID-53089_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/TestExportModel_Process_ID-53089_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce825bfe --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/TestExportModel_Process_ID-53089_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'Test Export Model' +sidebar_label: 'Test Export Model' +description: 'Test Export of XML files' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Test Export Model + +Process ID 53089 + +*13/05/2008 → 17/02/2022* + +![Test Export Model](/img/manual/TestExportModel-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Test Export of XML files + +**Classname:** `org.adempiere.process.rpl.exp.ModelExporter` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Export Format | | | EXP_Format_ID
Table Direct | +| File Name | Name of the local file or URL | Name of a file in the local directory space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..) | FileName
FilePath | + diff --git a/manual/process/TestImportModel_Process_ID-53074_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/TestImportModel_Process_ID-53074_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e97efd32 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/TestImportModel_Process_ID-53074_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'Test Import Model' +sidebar_label: 'Test Import Model' +description: 'Test Import of XML files' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Test Import Model + +Process ID 53074 + +*05/03/2008 → 17/02/2022* + +![Test Import Model](/img/manual/TestImportModel-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Test Import of XML files + +**Classname:** `org.adempiere.process.rpl.imp.ModelImporter` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Export Format | | | EXP_Format_ID
Table Direct | +| File Name | Name of the local file or URL | Name of a file in the local directory space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..) | FileName
FileName | + diff --git a/manual/process/TranslationImportExport_Process_ID-200126_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/TranslationImportExport_Process_ID-200126_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2bdfe83c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/TranslationImportExport_Process_ID-200126_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +--- +title: 'Translation Import/Export' +sidebar_label: 'Translation Import/Export' +description: 'Import or Export Language Translation' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Translation Import/Export + +Process ID 200126 + +*24/11/2020 → 24/11/2020* + +![Translation Import/Export](/img/manual/TranslationImportExport-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Import or Export Language Translation + +**Comment/Help:** Export/Import Translation info to/from xml for translation in external tool. Please note that the Language MUST be an enabled and verified System Language. + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.process.TranslationImpExp` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Import/Export | | | ImportOrExport
List | +| Tenant (All) | | | AD_AllClients_V_ID
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Language
Table | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Table_ID
Table | +| Only Centralized Data | | | IsOnlyCentralizedData
Yes-No | +| File Name | Name of the local file or URL | Name of a file in the local directory space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..) | FileName
FileName | +| Folder | A folder on a local or remote system to store data into | We store files in folders, especially media files. | Folder
FilePath | + diff --git a/manual/process/UUIDGenerator_Process_ID-53252_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/UUIDGenerator_Process_ID-53252_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..59d54e57 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/UUIDGenerator_Process_ID-53252_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +--- +title: 'UUID Generator' +sidebar_label: 'UUID Generator' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# UUID Generator + +Process ID 53252 + +*28/03/2011 → 28/03/2011* + +![UUID Generator](/img/manual/UUIDGenerator-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.adempiere.process.UUIDGenerator` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| DB Table Name | Name of the table in the database | The DB Table Name indicates the name of the table in database. | TableName
String | +| Fill UUID | | | IsFillUUID
Yes-No | +| Clear UUID | Clear UUID when column is inactive | | IsClearUUID
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/UnLinkBusinessPartnerOrg_Process_ID-272_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/UnLinkBusinessPartnerOrg_Process_ID-272_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f609a2af --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/UnLinkBusinessPartnerOrg_Process_ID-272_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'UnLink Business Partner Org' +sidebar_label: 'UnLink Business Partner Org' +description: 'UnLink Business Partner from an Organization' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# UnLink Business Partner Org + +Process ID 272 + +*07/04/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![UnLink Business Partner Org](/img/manual/UnLinkBusinessPartnerOrg-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** UnLink Business Partner from an Organization + +**Comment/Help:** UnLink a Business Partner Linked to an Organization (for explicit inter-org documents) + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.BPartnerOrgUnLink` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/Universalsubstitution_Process_ID-53265_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/Universalsubstitution_Process_ID-53265_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d846420 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/Universalsubstitution_Process_ID-53265_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'Universal substitution' +sidebar_label: 'Universal substitution' +description: 'Substitute one product for another in all BOMs' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Universal substitution + +Process ID 53265 + +*27/07/2011 → 27/07/2011* + +![Universal substitution](/img/manual/Universalsubstitution-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Substitute one product for another in all BOMs + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.UniversalSubstitution` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Search | +| Substitute | Entity which can be used in place of this entity | The Substitute identifies the entity to be used as a substitute for this entity. | Substitute_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/process/UnlockAccount_Process_ID-200008_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/UnlockAccount_Process_ID-200008_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea3ae9cc --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/UnlockAccount_Process_ID-200008_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Unlock Account' +sidebar_label: 'Unlock Account' +description: 'Unlock Account for User' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Unlock Account + +Process ID 200008 + +*03/09/2012 → 04/07/2025* + +![Unlock Account](/img/manual/UnlockAccount-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Unlock Account for User + +**Comment/Help:** Select a locked user from the list to unlock it. Alternatively you can run the process without selecting any user, in this case the process will unlock all locked users from the tenant applying accordingly the policies configured for "max account lock" and "max inactive period". + +**Classname:** `org.adempiere.process.ResetLockedAccount` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_User_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/UnregisterMFAMechanism_Process_ID-200129_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/UnregisterMFAMechanism_Process_ID-200129_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..06de6902 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/UnregisterMFAMechanism_Process_ID-200129_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +--- +title: 'Unregister MFA Mechanism' +sidebar_label: 'Unregister MFA Mechanism' +description: 'Unregister a multi-factor authentication registration' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Unregister MFA Mechanism + +Process ID 200129 + +*30/05/2021 → 04/06/2021* + +![Unregister MFA Mechanism](/img/manual/UnregisterMFAMechanism-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Unregister a multi-factor authentication registration + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.MFAUnregister` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| MFA Registration | | | MFA_Registration_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/ValidateBOMFlags_Process_ID-53228_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/ValidateBOMFlags_Process_ID-53228_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6fdde98f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/ValidateBOMFlags_Process_ID-53228_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Validate BOM Flags' +sidebar_label: 'Validate BOM Flags' +description: 'Validate BOM Flags' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Validate BOM Flags + +Process ID 53228 + +*27/07/2011 → 27/07/2011* + +![Validate BOM Flags](/img/manual/ValidateBOMFlags-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Validate BOM Flags + +**Comment/Help:** The Validate BOM Flags process checks that all Products with bills of materials are correctly flagged. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.BOMFlagValidate` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/ValidateBusinessPartner_Process_ID-314_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/ValidateBusinessPartner_Process_ID-314_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b7ee7a4d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/ValidateBusinessPartner_Process_ID-314_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Validate Business Partner' +sidebar_label: 'Validate Business Partner' +description: 'Check data consistency of Business Partner' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Validate Business Partner + +Process ID 314 + +*06/01/2005 → 27/05/2013* + +![Validate Business Partner](/img/manual/ValidateBusinessPartner-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Check data consistency of Business Partner + +**Comment/Help:** Check the payments and invoices of a business partner and checks the balances. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.BPartnerValidate` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BP_Group_ID
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/process/VerifyBOMStructure_Process_ID-53229_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/VerifyBOMStructure_Process_ID-53229_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..604ffe25 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/VerifyBOMStructure_Process_ID-53229_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Verify BOM Structure' +sidebar_label: 'Verify BOM Structure' +description: 'Verify BOM for correctness' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Verify BOM Structure + +Process ID 53229 + +*27/07/2011 → 27/07/2011* + +![Verify BOM Structure](/img/manual/VerifyBOMStructure-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Verify BOM for correctness + +**Comment/Help:** The Verify BOM process checks for circular BOMs (unsupported). + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.BOMVerify` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Search | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Table Direct | +| Re-Validate | Re-Validate entries | | IsReValidate
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/process/VerifyDocumentTypes_Process_ID-233_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/VerifyDocumentTypes_Process_ID-233_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..43f0daaf --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/VerifyDocumentTypes_Process_ID-233_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +--- +title: 'Verify Document Types' +sidebar_label: 'Verify Document Types' +description: 'Verify Document Types and Period Controls' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Verify Document Types + +Process ID 233 + +*11/10/2003 → 14/03/2006* + +![Verify Document Types](/img/manual/VerifyDocumentTypes-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Verify Document Types and Period Controls + +**Comment/Help:** Makes sure that there is a DocumentType for all Document Base Types<br> +Creates missing Period Controls for Document Type (You may have to open them) + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.DocumentTypeVerify` + diff --git a/manual/process/VerifyLanguageConfiguration_Process_ID-200039_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/VerifyLanguageConfiguration_Process_ID-200039_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fbff6c06 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/VerifyLanguageConfiguration_Process_ID-200039_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +--- +title: 'Verify Language Configuration' +sidebar_label: 'Verify Language Configuration' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Verify Language Configuration + +Process ID 200039 + +*26/03/2013 → 26/03/2013* + +![Verify Language Configuration](/img/manual/VerifyLanguageConfiguration-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.process.VerifyLanguageConfiguration` + diff --git a/manual/process/VerifyMigrationProcess_Process_ID-200149_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/VerifyMigrationProcess_Process_ID-200149_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fa75d753 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/VerifyMigrationProcess_Process_ID-200149_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Verify Migration Process' +sidebar_label: 'Verify Migration Process' +description: 'This process helps to verify if everything is OK after a migration and discover possible customizations lost' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Verify Migration Process + +Process ID 200149 + +*13/01/2023 → 13/01/2023* + +![Verify Migration Process](/img/manual/VerifyMigrationProcess-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** This process helps to verify if everything is OK after a migration and discover possible customizations lost + +**Comment/Help:** The Date To parameter serves to filter the change audit records, in case you want to detect changes just until some date, when empty it process all change audit records + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.process.VerifyMigration` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Date To | Last Date to verify Change Log | The change log is verified until this date (useful for example to exclude the application of some 2Packs) | DateTo
Date | + diff --git a/manual/process/WarehouseOrganization_Process_ID-244_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/WarehouseOrganization_Process_ID-244_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b8e2e021 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/WarehouseOrganization_Process_ID-244_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Warehouse Organization' +sidebar_label: 'Warehouse Organization' +description: 'Set and verify Organization ownership of Warehouse' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Warehouse Organization + +Process ID 244 + +*23/12/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Warehouse Organization](/img/manual/WarehouseOrganization-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Set and verify Organization ownership of Warehouse + +**Comment/Help:** The process allows you to change or verify the organization ownership of a warehouse and its dependent entities (Location, Storage). + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.OrgOwnership` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Warehouse_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/WorkflowtoTenant_Process_ID-309_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/process/WorkflowtoTenant_Process_ID-309_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a6792fdc --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/WorkflowtoTenant_Process_ID-309_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Workflow to Tenant' +sidebar_label: 'Workflow to Tenant' +description: 'Move custom workflow elements to the current tenant' +tags: ['Process'] +--- + +# Workflow to Tenant + +Process ID 309 + +*28/09/2004 → 10/03/2022* + +![Workflow to Tenant](/img/manual/WorkflowtoTenant-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Move custom workflow elements to the current tenant + +**Comment/Help:** The security architecture prevents you from adding tenant specific modifications/customizations to existing standard workflows. This process moves your customization made on system level to this tenant to add tenant specific details. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.wf.WorkflowMoveToClient` + +## Table: Process Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Client_ID
Table Direct | +| Workflow | Workflow or combination of tasks | The Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system. | AD_Workflow_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/process/_category_.json b/manual/process/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e1ec4a8e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/process/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +{ + "label": "Processes", + "position": 3, + "collapsed": true +} diff --git a/manual/report/1099Extract_Report_ID-200034_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/1099Extract_Report_ID-200034_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a636aab2 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/1099Extract_Report_ID-200034_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +--- +title: '1099 Extract' +sidebar_label: '1099 Extract' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# 1099 Extract + +Report ID 200034 + +*28/02/2013 → 18/03/2013* + +![1099 Extract](/img/manual/1099Extract-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.adempiere.process.Fill1099Extract` + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Cut Date | | | Cut_Date
Date | + diff --git a/manual/report/AccountingFactDaily_Report_ID-253_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/AccountingFactDaily_Report_ID-253_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e2eb31b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/AccountingFactDaily_Report_ID-253_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: 'Accounting Fact Daily' +sidebar_label: 'Accounting Fact Daily' +description: 'Accounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting Date' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Accounting Fact Daily + +Report ID 253 + +*09/01/2004 → 27/08/2005* + +![Accounting Fact Daily](/img/manual/AccountingFactDaily-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Accounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting Date + +**Comment/Help:** The report lists the daily summary of accounting transactions + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_ID
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | DateAcct
Date | +| Period | Period of the Calendar | The Period indicates an exclusive range of dates for a calendar. | C_Period_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | Account_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_Tax_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_AttributeSetInstance_ID
Table | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_Charge_ID
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | C_CostCenter_ID
Table Direct | +| Department | | | C_Department_ID
Table Direct | +| Employee | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Employee_ID
Table | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Warehouse_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/report/AccountingFactDetails_Report_ID-252_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/AccountingFactDetails_Report_ID-252_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..99eed33b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/AccountingFactDetails_Report_ID-252_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +--- +title: 'Accounting Fact Details' +sidebar_label: 'Accounting Fact Details' +description: 'Accounting Fact Details Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Accounting Fact Details + +Report ID 252 + +*09/01/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Accounting Fact Details](/img/manual/AccountingFactDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Accounting Fact Details Report + +**Comment/Help:** Report with detail accounting details. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_ID
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | DateAcct
Date | +| Period | Period of the Calendar | The Period indicates an exclusive range of dates for a calendar. | C_Period_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | Account_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Account Key | Key of Account Element | | AccountValue
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_Tax_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| GL Category | General Ledger Category | The General Ledger Category is an optional, user defined method of grouping journal lines. | GL_Category_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_AttributeSetInstance_ID
Table | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_Charge_ID
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | C_CostCenter_ID
Table Direct | +| Department | | | C_Department_ID
Table Direct | +| Employee | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Employee_ID
Table | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Warehouse_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/report/AccountingFactPeriod_Report_ID-254_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/AccountingFactPeriod_Report_ID-254_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..abb03349 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/AccountingFactPeriod_Report_ID-254_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +--- +title: 'Accounting Fact Period' +sidebar_label: 'Accounting Fact Period' +description: 'Accounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting Period' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Accounting Fact Period + +Report ID 254 + +*09/01/2004 → 10/03/2022* + +![Accounting Fact Period](/img/manual/AccountingFactPeriod-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Accounting Fact Details summarized by Accounting Period + +**Comment/Help:** The Period is based on the the Calendar defined on Tenant level. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_ID
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Period | Period of the Calendar | The Period indicates an exclusive range of dates for a calendar. | C_Period_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | Account_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_Tax_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_AttributeSetInstance_ID
Table Direct | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_Charge_ID
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | C_CostCenter_ID
Table Direct | +| Department | | | C_Department_ID
Table Direct | +| Employee | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Employee_ID
Table | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Warehouse_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/report/Aging_Report_ID-238_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/Aging_Report_ID-238_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8d51dd04 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/Aging_Report_ID-238_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +--- +title: 'Aging' +sidebar_label: 'Aging' +description: 'Aging Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Aging + +Report ID 238 + +*05/12/2003 → 29/07/2019* + +![Aging](/img/manual/Aging-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Aging Report + +**Comment/Help:** The aging report allows you to report on Open Items (Invoices). Select the aging buckets, you want to have in your report. If you select a currency, you get only invoices of that currency. +If you fill the "Convert Amounts in Currency", all amounts will be converted in that currency. If you do not select a Statement Date, the system date is used to calculate the buckets. If you do not list the individual invoices, the Due Date is the earliest due date for the business partner and the Due Days are the average due days of all invoices.<br> +<br> +If you select an Account Date the report will generate the Aging as of that date. The report will exclude documents after the selected date.<br> +<br> +For example: A customer has one invoice for $100 with the Account Date of 03/31/08 and one payment for $100 with the Account Date of 05/01/08. The report will show the following balances based on the Account Date selected: 03/15/08= 0; 04/15/08=100; 05/15/08 = 0. + + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.Aging` + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Statement date | Date of the statement | The Statement Date field defines the date of the statement. | StatementDate
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | DateAcct
Yes-No | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | IsSOTrx
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Currency_ID
Table Direct | +| Convert Amounts in Currency | | | ConvertAmountsInCurrency_ID
Table | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BP_Group_ID
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| List Invoices | Include List of Invoices | | IsListInvoices
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/report/Allocation_Report_ID-148_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/Allocation_Report_ID-148_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76feaa9d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/Allocation_Report_ID-148_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Allocation' +sidebar_label: 'Allocation' +description: 'Payment - Invoice - Allocation' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Allocation + +Report ID 148 + +*09/01/2001 → 27/01/2005* + +![Allocation](/img/manual/Allocation-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Payment - Invoice - Allocation + +**Comment/Help:** The report displays invoice allocations to payments and cash journals. Previous allocations are displayed as reversed. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_Invoice_ID
Search | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_Payment_ID
Search | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | DocStatus
List | + diff --git a/manual/report/AssetDeliveryDetails_Report_ID-223_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/AssetDeliveryDetails_Report_ID-223_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..226c4de4 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/AssetDeliveryDetails_Report_ID-223_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Asset Delivery Details' +sidebar_label: 'Asset Delivery Details' +description: 'Report Asset Deliveries Details' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Asset Delivery Details + +Report ID 223 + +*28/08/2003 → 17/02/2022* + +![Asset Delivery Details](/img/manual/AssetDeliveryDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Report Asset Deliveries Details + +**Comment/Help:** The report lists the details of Asset Deliveries for the records selected. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Asset Group | Group of Assets | The group of assets determines default accounts. If an asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset. | A_Asset_Group_ID
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Asset_ID
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_User_ID
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Search | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | MovementDate
Date | + diff --git a/manual/report/AssetDeliveryMonth_Report_ID-274_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/AssetDeliveryMonth_Report_ID-274_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..235a433d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/AssetDeliveryMonth_Report_ID-274_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Asset Delivery Month' +sidebar_label: 'Asset Delivery Month' +description: 'Report Asset Deliveries Summary per month' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Asset Delivery Month + +Report ID 274 + +*13/04/2004 → 17/02/2022* + +![Asset Delivery Month](/img/manual/AssetDeliveryMonth-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Report Asset Deliveries Summary per month + +**Comment/Help:** The report lists the Asset and the deliveries per month for the records selected. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Asset Group | Group of Assets | The group of assets determines default accounts. If an asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset. | A_Asset_Group_ID
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_User_ID
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Search | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | MovementDate
Date | + diff --git a/manual/report/BankRegisterReport_Report_ID-200035_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/BankRegisterReport_Report_ID-200035_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..65b09968 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/BankRegisterReport_Report_ID-200035_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +--- +title: 'Bank Register Report' +sidebar_label: 'Bank Register Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Bank Register Report + +Report ID 200035 + +*01/03/2013 → 23/03/2026* + +![Bank Register Report](/img/manual/BankRegisterReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.acct.report.BankRegister` + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Bank | Bank | The Bank is a unique identifier of a Bank for this Organization or for a Business Partner with whom this Organization transacts. | C_Bank_ID
Table Direct | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_BankAccount_ID
Table Direct | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | DateAcct
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/report/BusinessPartnerDetail_Report_ID-334_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/BusinessPartnerDetail_Report_ID-334_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..61f6562a --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/BusinessPartnerDetail_Report_ID-334_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Business Partner Detail' +sidebar_label: 'Business Partner Detail' +description: 'Business Partner Detail Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Business Partner Detail + +Report ID 334 + +*27/08/2005 → 04/01/2006* + +![Business Partner Detail](/img/manual/BusinessPartnerDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Business Partner Detail Report + +**Comment/Help:** The report list details of Business Partner, Addresses and Contacts for any active Business Partner with an Address and Contact + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | Name
String | +| Contact Name | Business Partner Contact Name | | ContactName
String | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | EMail
String | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | SalesRep_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BP_Group_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Credit Status | Business Partner Credit Status | Credit Management is inactive if Credit Status is No Credit Check, Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit is 0.
If active, the status is set automatically set to Credit Hold, if the Total Open Balance (including Vendor activities) is higher then the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit Watch, if above 90% of the Credit Limit and Credit OK otherwise. | SOCreditStatus
Chosen Multiple Selection List | + diff --git a/manual/report/BusinessPartnerOpen_Report_ID-319_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/BusinessPartnerOpen_Report_ID-319_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bad0d964 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/BusinessPartnerOpen_Report_ID-319_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +--- +title: 'Business Partner Open' +sidebar_label: 'Business Partner Open' +description: 'Business Partner Open Amount' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Business Partner Open + +Report ID 319 + +*11/02/2005 → 11/02/2005* + +![Business Partner Open](/img/manual/BusinessPartnerOpen-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Business Partner Open Amount + +**Comment/Help:** The report lists open invoices and payments + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | + diff --git a/manual/report/CashFlowReport_Report_ID-53248_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/CashFlowReport_Report_ID-53248_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e5df785 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/CashFlowReport_Report_ID-53248_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +--- +title: 'Cash Flow Report' +sidebar_label: 'Cash Flow Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Cash Flow Report + +Report ID 53248 + +*08/12/2010 → 08/12/2010* + +![Cash Flow Report](/img/manual/CashFlowReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.globalqss.process.CashFlow` + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Date To | End date of a date range | The Date To indicates the end date of a range (inclusive) | DateTo
Date | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_ID
Table Direct | +| Account Element | Account Element | Account Elements can be natural accounts or user defined values. | C_ElementValue_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/report/CommissionRunDetail_Report_ID-320_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/CommissionRunDetail_Report_ID-320_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d70f4f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/CommissionRunDetail_Report_ID-320_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Commission Run Detail' +sidebar_label: 'Commission Run Detail' +description: 'Commission Run Detail Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Commission Run Detail + +Report ID 320 + +*25/02/2005 → 25/02/2005* + +![Commission Run Detail](/img/manual/CommissionRunDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Commission Run Detail Report + +**Comment/Help:** Commission Run, Amount Details with Order/Invoice details + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Commission | Commission | The Commission Rules or internal or external company agents, sales reps or vendors. | C_Commission_ID
Table Direct | +| Commission Run | Commission Run or Process | The Commission Run is a unique system defined identifier of a specific run of commission. When a Commission is processed on the Commission Screen, the Commission Run will display. | C_CommissionRun_ID
Search | +| Commissioned B.Partner | Business Partner receiving the Commission | | Commission_BPartner_ID
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/report/CustomerAssets_Report_ID-222_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/CustomerAssets_Report_ID-222_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..473aac0d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/CustomerAssets_Report_ID-222_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Customer Assets' +sidebar_label: 'Customer Assets' +description: 'Report Customer Assets with Delivery Count' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Customer Assets + +Report ID 222 + +*28/08/2003 → 17/02/2022* + +![Customer Assets](/img/manual/CustomerAssets-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Report Customer Assets with Delivery Count + +**Comment/Help:** The report lists the assets of business partners with the total asset delivery count. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Asset Group | Group of Assets | The group of assets determines default accounts. If an asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset. | A_Asset_Group_ID
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_User_ID
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Search | +| In Service Date | Date when Asset was put into service | The date when the asset was put into service - usually used as start date for depreciation. | AssetServiceDate
Date | +| Guarantee Date | Date when guarantee expires | Date when the normal guarantee or availability expires | GuaranteeDate
Date | + diff --git a/manual/report/DailyInvoice_Report_ID-128_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/DailyInvoice_Report_ID-128_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..37bf62f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/DailyInvoice_Report_ID-128_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Daily Invoice' +sidebar_label: 'Daily Invoice' +description: 'Invoice Report per Day' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Daily Invoice + +Report ID 128 + +*01/06/2000 → 02/12/2008* + +![Daily Invoice](/img/manual/DailyInvoice-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Invoice Report per Day + +**Comment/Help:** Invoiced amount by Organization and Sales Rep + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | DateInvoiced
Date | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | IsSOTrx
Yes-No | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | SalesRep_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | + diff --git a/manual/report/DepreciationExpenseEntry_Report_ID-53109_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/DepreciationExpenseEntry_Report_ID-53109_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5ff7f15 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/DepreciationExpenseEntry_Report_ID-53109_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +--- +title: 'Depreciation Expense Entry' +sidebar_label: 'Depreciation Expense Entry' +description: 'Used to review Depreciation Expense Entry not yet booked' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Depreciation Expense Entry + +Report ID 53109 + +*30/05/2008 → 30/05/2008* + +![Depreciation Expense Entry](/img/manual/DepreciationExpenseEntry-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Used to review Depreciation Expense Entry not yet booked + diff --git a/manual/report/IndentedBillofMaterial_Report_ID-53266_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/IndentedBillofMaterial_Report_ID-53266_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e9e49058 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/IndentedBillofMaterial_Report_ID-53266_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Indented Bill of Material' +sidebar_label: 'Indented Bill of Material' +description: 'Indented BOM report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Indented Bill of Material + +Report ID 53266 + +*27/07/2011 → 27/07/2011* + +![Indented Bill of Material](/img/manual/IndentedBillofMaterial-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Indented BOM report + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.IndentedBOM` + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_ID
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Search | +| Cost Element | Product Cost Element | | M_CostElement_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/report/InventoryValuationReport_Report_ID-180_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/InventoryValuationReport_Report_ID-180_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..139dfc5d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/InventoryValuationReport_Report_ID-180_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +--- +title: 'Inventory Valuation Report' +sidebar_label: 'Inventory Valuation Report' +description: 'Inventory Valuation Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Inventory Valuation Report + +Report ID 180 + +*17/01/2002 → 11/01/2006* + +![Inventory Valuation Report](/img/manual/InventoryValuationReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Inventory Valuation Report + +**Comment/Help:** Report lists products with their on-hand quantity and values at the valuation date. In addition to several prices, standard costs and an optional other cost element is used to calculate the inventory of the particular warehouse. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.InventoryValue` + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Warehouses | | | M_Warehouse_IDs
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Currency_ID
Table Direct | +| Price List Version | Identifies a unique instance of a Price List | Each Price List can have multiple versions. The most common use is to indicate the dates that a Price List is valid for. | M_PriceList_Version_ID
Table Direct | +| Valuation Date | Date of valuation | | DateValue
Date | +| Cost Element | Product Cost Element | | M_CostElement_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/report/InvoiceDetailandMargin_Report_ID-152_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/InvoiceDetailandMargin_Report_ID-152_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..be1b6ebd --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/InvoiceDetailandMargin_Report_ID-152_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Invoice Detail and Margin' +sidebar_label: 'Invoice Detail and Margin' +description: 'Invoice (Line) Detail and Margin Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Invoice Detail and Margin + +Report ID 152 + +*27/01/2001 → 08/12/2023* + +![Invoice Detail and Margin](/img/manual/InvoiceDetailandMargin-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Invoice (Line) Detail and Margin Report + +**Comment/Help:** The Report lists Customer and Vendor Invoice Details with Margines. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BP_Group_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | DateInvoiced
Date | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | IsSOTrx
List | + diff --git a/manual/report/InvoiceNotRealizedGainLoss_Report_ID-326_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/InvoiceNotRealizedGainLoss_Report_ID-326_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ad1be40 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/InvoiceNotRealizedGainLoss_Report_ID-326_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +--- +title: 'Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss' +sidebar_label: 'Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss' +description: 'Invoice Not Realized Gain & Loss Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss + +Report ID 326 + +*30/05/2005 → 23/03/2026* + +![Invoice Not Realized Gain/Loss](/img/manual/InvoiceNotRealizedGainLoss-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Invoice Not Realized Gain & Loss Report + +**Comment/Help:** The Report lists not fully paid invoices with open amount, the GL amounts and the revalued amounts. If an invoice is partially paid, the percentage of the open amount is used to calculate the revaluation amount.<br> +If you select a currency, only invoices of that currency are included; if you select Include All Currencies, all invoices are included and you can use the report to reconcile your AP/AR accounts.<br> +If you select a GL Document Type, a GL Journal is created. +Note that the report only includes posted invoices. + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.acct.process.InvoiceNGL` + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_ID
Table Direct | +| Revaluation Conversion Type | Revaluation Currency Conversion Type | | C_ConversionTypeReval_ID
Table | +| Revaluation Date | Date of Revaluation | | DateReval
Date | +| AP - AR | Include Receivables and/or Payables transactions | | APAR
List | +| Include All Currencies | Report not just foreign currency Invoices | | IsAllCurrencies
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Currency_ID
Table Direct | +| Revaluation Document Type | Document Type for Revaluation Journal | | C_DocTypeReval_ID
Table | + diff --git a/manual/report/InvoiceTax_Report_ID-251_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/InvoiceTax_Report_ID-251_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..186b8e02 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/InvoiceTax_Report_ID-251_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Invoice Tax' +sidebar_label: 'Invoice Tax' +description: 'Invoice Tax Reconciliation' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Invoice Tax + +Report ID 251 + +*09/01/2004 → 21/11/2005* + +![Invoice Tax](/img/manual/InvoiceTax-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Invoice Tax Reconciliation + +**Comment/Help:** The Report lists Invoice Tax lines with Business Partner Tax information. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | DateInvoiced
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | DateAcct
Date | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_Tax_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_DocType_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | + diff --git a/manual/report/InvoiceTransactionsAcct_Report_ID-127_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/InvoiceTransactionsAcct_Report_ID-127_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..56ab0fb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/InvoiceTransactionsAcct_Report_ID-127_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Invoice Transactions (Acct)' +sidebar_label: 'Invoice Transactions (Acct)' +description: 'Invoice Transactions by Accounting Date' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Invoice Transactions (Acct) + +Report ID 127 + +*15/05/2000 → 02/12/2008* + +![Invoice Transactions (Acct)](/img/manual/InvoiceTransactionsAcct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Invoice Transactions by Accounting Date + +**Comment/Help:** The report lists the invoice transactions by accounting date + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | DateAcct
Date | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | IsSOTrx
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/report/InvoiceTransactionsDoc_Report_ID-151_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/InvoiceTransactionsDoc_Report_ID-151_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bad94228 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/InvoiceTransactionsDoc_Report_ID-151_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Invoice Transactions (Doc)' +sidebar_label: 'Invoice Transactions (Doc)' +description: 'Invoice Transactions by Invoice Date' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Invoice Transactions (Doc) + +Report ID 151 + +*27/01/2001 → 18/09/2019* + +![Invoice Transactions (Doc)](/img/manual/InvoiceTransactionsDoc-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Invoice Transactions by Invoice Date + +**Comment/Help:** The report lists the invoice transactions by invoice date + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BP_Group_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | DateInvoiced
Date | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | PaymentRule
Chosen Multiple Selection List | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | IsSOTrx
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/report/MaterialReceiptDetails_Report_ID-293_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/MaterialReceiptDetails_Report_ID-293_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eed5f0c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/MaterialReceiptDetails_Report_ID-293_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Material Receipt Details' +sidebar_label: 'Material Receipt Details' +description: 'Material Receipt Detail Information' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Material Receipt Details + +Report ID 293 + +*20/07/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Material Receipt Details](/img/manual/MaterialReceiptDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Material Receipt Detail Information + +**Comment/Help:** The report provides Material Repecipt Header and Line with locator information. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Warehouse_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | MovementDate
Date | + diff --git a/manual/report/MaterialReference_Report_ID-322_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/MaterialReference_Report_ID-322_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5534b809 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/MaterialReference_Report_ID-322_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Material Reference' +sidebar_label: 'Material Reference' +description: 'Material Transactions Cross Reference (used/resourced)' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Material Reference + +Report ID 322 + +*30/03/2005 → 30/03/2005* + +![Material Reference](/img/manual/MaterialReference-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Material Transactions Cross Reference (used/resourced) + +**Comment/Help:** The report displays, e.g. where Material Receipts are used or Customer Shipments are resourced from + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.TransactionXRef` + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Search Order | Order Identifier | Order is a control document. | Search_Order_ID
Search | +| Search Invoice | Search Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | Search_Invoice_ID
Search | +| Search Shipment/Receipt | Material Shipment Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | Search_InOut_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/report/MonthlyInvoiceProdCat_Report_ID-132_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/MonthlyInvoiceProdCat_Report_ID-132_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..607b6276 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/MonthlyInvoiceProdCat_Report_ID-132_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Monthly Invoice Prod Cat' +sidebar_label: 'Monthly Invoice Prod Cat' +description: 'Invoice Report by Product Category per Month' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Monthly Invoice Prod Cat + +Report ID 132 + +*01/06/2000 → 02/12/2008* + +![Monthly Invoice Prod Cat](/img/manual/MonthlyInvoiceProdCat-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Invoice Report by Product Category per Month + +**Comment/Help:** Invoiced Amount by Product Category + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | DateInvoiced
Date | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | IsSOTrx
Yes-No | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | + diff --git a/manual/report/MonthlyInvoiceProduct_Report_ID-340_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/MonthlyInvoiceProduct_Report_ID-340_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f808271 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/MonthlyInvoiceProduct_Report_ID-340_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Monthly Invoice Product' +sidebar_label: 'Monthly Invoice Product' +description: 'Invoice Report by Product per Month' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Monthly Invoice Product + +Report ID 340 + +*15/12/2005 → 02/12/2008* + +![Monthly Invoice Product](/img/manual/MonthlyInvoiceProduct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Invoice Report by Product per Month + +**Comment/Help:** Invoiced Amount by Product and Month + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | DateInvoiced
Date | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | IsSOTrx
List | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | + diff --git a/manual/report/MonthlyInvoiceVendor_Report_ID-133_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/MonthlyInvoiceVendor_Report_ID-133_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6101ae02 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/MonthlyInvoiceVendor_Report_ID-133_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Monthly Invoice Vendor' +sidebar_label: 'Monthly Invoice Vendor' +description: 'Invoice Report by Product Vendor per Month' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Monthly Invoice Vendor + +Report ID 133 + +*01/06/2000 → 02/12/2008* + +![Monthly Invoice Vendor](/img/manual/MonthlyInvoiceVendor-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Invoice Report by Product Vendor per Month + +**Comment/Help:** Invoiced Amount by Vendor and Product Category + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | DateInvoiced
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | + diff --git a/manual/report/MonthlyInvoice_Report_ID-129_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/MonthlyInvoice_Report_ID-129_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4d28d22 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/MonthlyInvoice_Report_ID-129_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Monthly Invoice' +sidebar_label: 'Monthly Invoice' +description: 'Invoice Report per Month' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Monthly Invoice + +Report ID 129 + +*01/06/2000 → 02/12/2008* + +![Monthly Invoice](/img/manual/MonthlyInvoice-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Invoice Report per Month + +**Comment/Help:** Invoiced amount by Organization and Sales Rep + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | DateInvoiced
Date | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | IsSOTrx
Yes-No | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | SalesRep_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | + diff --git a/manual/report/OpenConfirmationDetails_Report_ID-284_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/OpenConfirmationDetails_Report_ID-284_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e5f74f86 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/OpenConfirmationDetails_Report_ID-284_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Open Confirmation Details' +sidebar_label: 'Open Confirmation Details' +description: 'Open Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Details' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Open Confirmation Details + +Report ID 284 + +*18/05/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Open Confirmation Details](/img/manual/OpenConfirmationDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Open Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Details + +**Comment/Help:** The Report lists the open confirmation lines + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Warehouse_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Confirmation Type | Type of confirmation | | ConfirmType
Chosen Multiple Selection List | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Order_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/report/OpenConfirmations_Report_ID-285_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/OpenConfirmations_Report_ID-285_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0b3a277e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/OpenConfirmations_Report_ID-285_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Open Confirmations' +sidebar_label: 'Open Confirmations' +description: 'Open Shipment or Receipt Confirmations' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Open Confirmations + +Report ID 285 + +*18/05/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Open Confirmations](/img/manual/OpenConfirmations-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Open Shipment or Receipt Confirmations + +**Comment/Help:** The report lists the open confirmations + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Warehouse_ID
Table Direct | +| Confirmation Type | Type of confirmation | | ConfirmType
List | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Order_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/report/OpenItemsAging_Report_ID-145_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/OpenItemsAging_Report_ID-145_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c933692 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/OpenItemsAging_Report_ID-145_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Open Items (Aging)' +sidebar_label: 'Open Items (Aging)' +description: 'Open Items (Invoice and Aging) List' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Open Items (Aging) + +Report ID 145 + +*03/01/2001 → 08/12/2023* + +![Open Items (Aging)](/img/manual/OpenItemsAging-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Open Items (Invoice and Aging) List + +**Comment/Help:** Displays all unpaid invoices for a given Business Partner and date range. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | IsSOTrx
Yes-No | +| Days due | Number of days due (negative: due in number of days) | | DaysDue
Number | +| Collection Status | Invoice Collection Status | Status of the invoice collection process | InvoiceCollectionType
Chosen Multiple Selection List | + diff --git a/manual/report/OpenOrders_Report_ID-121_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/OpenOrders_Report_ID-121_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..87284708 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/OpenOrders_Report_ID-121_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Open Orders' +sidebar_label: 'Open Orders' +description: 'Open Order Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Open Orders + +Report ID 121 + +*26/04/2000 → 02/01/2000* + +![Open Orders](/img/manual/OpenOrders-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Open Order Report + +**Comment/Help:** Orders with quantities to deliver (Backordered) or quantities to invoice + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | IsSOTrx
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/report/OpenRequisitions_Report_ID-270_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/OpenRequisitions_Report_ID-270_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c6194f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/OpenRequisitions_Report_ID-270_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'Open Requisitions' +sidebar_label: 'Open Requisitions' +description: 'Detail Open Requisition Information' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Open Requisitions + +Report ID 270 + +*25/03/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Open Requisitions](/img/manual/OpenRequisitions-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Detail Open Requisition Information + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Warehouse_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_User_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Date Required | Date when required | | DateRequired
Date | + diff --git a/manual/report/OrderDetail_Report_ID-333_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/OrderDetail_Report_ID-333_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8e4b580 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/OrderDetail_Report_ID-333_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Order Detail' +sidebar_label: 'Order Detail' +description: 'Order Detail Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Order Detail + +Report ID 333 + +*27/08/2005 → 27/08/2005* + +![Order Detail](/img/manual/OrderDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Order Detail Report + +**Comment/Help:** The report includes order detail information including lost sales. The report can be used for Sales and Purchasing. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_DocType_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | DateOrdered
Date | + diff --git a/manual/report/OrderTransactions_Report_ID-53176_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/OrderTransactions_Report_ID-53176_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6d304941 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/OrderTransactions_Report_ID-53176_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +--- +title: 'Order Transactions' +sidebar_label: 'Order Transactions' +description: 'Sales Order Transaction Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Order Transactions + +Report ID 53176 + +*15/06/2009 → 15/06/2009* + +![Order Transactions](/img/manual/OrderTransactions-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Sales Order Transaction Report + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | DateOrdered
Date | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | IsSOTrx
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/report/PaymentDetails_Report_ID-318_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/PaymentDetails_Report_ID-318_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e3b6075 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/PaymentDetails_Report_ID-318_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Payment Details' +sidebar_label: 'Payment Details' +description: 'Payment Detail Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Payment Details + +Report ID 318 + +*07/02/2005 → 08/02/2005* + +![Payment Details](/img/manual/PaymentDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Payment Detail Report + +**Comment/Help:** Type adjusted payments (receipts positive, payments negative) with allocated and available amounts + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_BankAccount_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_DocType_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Allocated | Indicates if the payment has been allocated | The Allocated checkbox indicates if a payment has been allocated or associated with an invoice or invoices. | IsAllocated
List | + diff --git a/manual/report/PrintFormatDetail_Report_ID-287_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/PrintFormatDetail_Report_ID-287_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..79c01d61 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/PrintFormatDetail_Report_ID-287_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +--- +title: 'Print Format Detail' +sidebar_label: 'Print Format Detail' +description: 'Print Format Detail Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Print Format Detail + +Report ID 287 + +*18/06/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Print Format Detail](/img/manual/PrintFormatDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Print Format Detail Report + +**Comment/Help:** Print Format with Item details + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Print Format | Data Print Format | The print format determines how data is rendered for print. | AD_PrintFormat_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/report/ProductComponentWhereUsed_Report_ID-200036_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/ProductComponentWhereUsed_Report_ID-200036_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a67c335b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/ProductComponentWhereUsed_Report_ID-200036_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +--- +title: 'Product/Component Where Used' +sidebar_label: 'Product/Component Where Used' +description: 'Product/Component Where Used' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Product/Component Where Used + +Report ID 200036 + +*01/03/2013 → 01/03/2013* + +![Product/Component Where Used](/img/manual/ProductComponentWhereUsed-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Product/Component Where Used + +**Comment/Help:** Enter a product/component below, and the system will check for BOM(s) that contain that product/component. This report is non-recursive. In other words, it will only show one parent level above the product/component. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Product | Please enter the product (component) you wish to search for | | M_Product_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/report/ProductCostDetail_Report_ID-331_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/ProductCostDetail_Report_ID-331_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7097c12d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/ProductCostDetail_Report_ID-331_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Product Cost Detail' +sidebar_label: 'Product Cost Detail' +description: 'Product Invoice Cost Detail Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Product Cost Detail + +Report ID 331 + +*26/07/2005 → 26/07/2005* + +![Product Cost Detail](/img/manual/ProductCostDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Product Invoice Cost Detail Report + +**Comment/Help:** The Product Invoice Cost Detail Report lists the products with the individual invoice cost allocation + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_ID
Table Direct | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | Value
String | + diff --git a/manual/report/ProductCostSummary_Report_ID-330_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/ProductCostSummary_Report_ID-330_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9a468ed0 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/ProductCostSummary_Report_ID-330_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Product Cost Summary' +sidebar_label: 'Product Cost Summary' +description: 'Product Cost Summary Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Product Cost Summary + +Report ID 330 + +*25/07/2005 → 26/07/2005* + +![Product Cost Summary](/img/manual/ProductCostSummary-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Product Cost Summary Report + +**Comment/Help:** The Product Cost report lists the summarized product costs for the product + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_ID
Table Direct | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | Value
String | + diff --git a/manual/report/ProductCost_Report_ID-329_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/ProductCost_Report_ID-329_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b104075 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/ProductCost_Report_ID-329_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Product Cost' +sidebar_label: 'Product Cost' +description: 'Product Cost Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Product Cost + +Report ID 329 + +*25/07/2005 → 26/07/2005* + +![Product Cost](/img/manual/ProductCost-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Product Cost Report + +**Comment/Help:** The Product Cost report lists the product costs for the product, cost type and cost element + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_ID
Table Direct | +| Cost Type | Type of Cost (e.g. Current, Plan, Future) | You can define multiple cost types. A cost type selected in an Accounting Schema is used for accounting. | M_CostType_ID
Table Direct | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | Value
String | +| Cost Element | Product Cost Element | | M_CostElement_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/report/ProductTransactionSummary_Report_ID-124_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/ProductTransactionSummary_Report_ID-124_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..83e36407 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/ProductTransactionSummary_Report_ID-124_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Product Transaction Summary' +sidebar_label: 'Product Transaction Summary' +description: 'Product Transaction Summary' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Product Transaction Summary + +Report ID 124 + +*11/05/2000 → 02/01/2000* + +![Product Transaction Summary](/img/manual/ProductTransactionSummary-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Product Transaction Summary + +**Comment/Help:** The report shows transaction summary for stored products + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | MovementDate
Date | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Warehouse_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Movement Type | Method of moving the inventory | The Movement Type indicates the type of movement (in, out, to production, etc) | MovementType
Chosen Multiple Selection List | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | + diff --git a/manual/report/ProductTransactionValue_Report_ID-161_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/ProductTransactionValue_Report_ID-161_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fd3ededd --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/ProductTransactionValue_Report_ID-161_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Product Transaction Value' +sidebar_label: 'Product Transaction Value' +description: 'Product Transaction Value' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Product Transaction Value + +Report ID 161 + +*25/02/2001 → 02/01/2000* + +![Product Transaction Value](/img/manual/ProductTransactionValue-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Product Transaction Value + +**Comment/Help:** The report shows product transactions with current vendor prices + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | MovementDate
Date | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | Value
String | + diff --git a/manual/report/ProjectCycleReport_Report_ID-218_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/ProjectCycleReport_Report_ID-218_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f2f32f80 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/ProjectCycleReport_Report_ID-218_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'Project Cycle Report' +sidebar_label: 'Project Cycle Report' +description: 'Report Projects based on Project Cycle' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Project Cycle Report + +Report ID 218 + +*17/08/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Project Cycle Report](/img/manual/ProjectCycleReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Report Projects based on Project Cycle + +**Comment/Help:** The Project Cycle reports on common project phases of a Cycle Step/Phase. All Report information is weighted by the relative weight of the Cycle Step and converted to the currency of the Project Cycle (e.g. for Sales Funnel Reporting).<p> +The Projects must have a Project Type, Phase and Currency defined. The Phase must be assigned to a Cycle Step. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Project Cycle | Identifier for this Project Reporting Cycle | Identifies a Project Cycle which can be made up of one or more cycle steps and cycle phases. | C_Cycle_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/report/ProjectDetailAccountingReport_Report_ID-226_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/ProjectDetailAccountingReport_Report_ID-226_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..66af32ed --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/ProjectDetailAccountingReport_Report_ID-226_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +--- +title: 'Project Detail Accounting Report' +sidebar_label: 'Project Detail Accounting Report' +description: 'Accounting Fact Details of Project' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Project Detail Accounting Report + +Report ID 226 + +*02/09/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Project Detail Accounting Report](/img/manual/ProjectDetailAccountingReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Accounting Fact Details of Project + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_ID
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Project_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/report/ProjectLinesnotIssued_Report_ID-228_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/ProjectLinesnotIssued_Report_ID-228_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6878900f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/ProjectLinesnotIssued_Report_ID-228_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +--- +title: 'Project Lines not Issued' +sidebar_label: 'Project Lines not Issued' +description: 'Lists Project Lines of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Project Lines not Issued + +Report ID 228 + +*04/09/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Project Lines not Issued](/img/manual/ProjectLinesnotIssued-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Lists Project Lines of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Project_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/report/ProjectMarginWorkOrder_Report_ID-234_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/ProjectMarginWorkOrder_Report_ID-234_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b1a96de9 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/ProjectMarginWorkOrder_Report_ID-234_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Project Margin (Work Order)' +sidebar_label: 'Project Margin (Work Order)' +description: 'Work Order Project Lines (planned revenue) vs. Project Issues (costs)' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Project Margin (Work Order) + +Report ID 234 + +*12/10/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Project Margin (Work Order)](/img/manual/ProjectMarginWorkOrder-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Work Order Project Lines (planned revenue) vs. Project Issues (costs) + +**Comment/Help:** The Project Margin Report for Work Orders compares the Project lines (planned revenue) against the Project issues (actual effort and costs). The margin amount is calculated by subtracting the costs (issue) from the revenue (line). +The costs are in the currency of the Accounting Schema - the lines are in the currency of the price list of the project. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Project_ID
Search | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/report/ProjectPOsnotIssued_Report_ID-229_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/ProjectPOsnotIssued_Report_ID-229_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1804e4c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/ProjectPOsnotIssued_Report_ID-229_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +--- +title: 'Project POs not Issued' +sidebar_label: 'Project POs not Issued' +description: 'Lists Project Lines with generated Purchase Orders of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Project POs not Issued + +Report ID 229 + +*04/09/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Project POs not Issued](/img/manual/ProjectPOsnotIssued-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Lists Project Lines with generated Purchase Orders of a Work Order or Asset Project, which are not issued to the Project + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Project_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/report/QuarterInvoiceProduct_Report_ID-341_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/QuarterInvoiceProduct_Report_ID-341_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5bd0e946 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/QuarterInvoiceProduct_Report_ID-341_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Quarter Invoice Product' +sidebar_label: 'Quarter Invoice Product' +description: 'Invoice Report by Product per Quarter' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Quarter Invoice Product + +Report ID 341 + +*15/12/2005 → 02/12/2008* + +![Quarter Invoice Product](/img/manual/QuarterInvoiceProduct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Invoice Report by Product per Quarter + +**Comment/Help:** Invoiced Amount by Product and Quarter + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | DateInvoiced
Date | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | IsSOTrx
List | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | + diff --git a/manual/report/QuarterlyInvoiceCustomerbyProduct_Report_ID-138_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/QuarterlyInvoiceCustomerbyProduct_Report_ID-138_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a93724a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/QuarterlyInvoiceCustomerbyProduct_Report_ID-138_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Quarterly Invoice Customer by Product' +sidebar_label: 'Quarterly Invoice Customer by Product' +description: 'Invoice Report by Customer and Product Category per Quarter' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Quarterly Invoice Customer by Product + +Report ID 138 + +*04/12/2000 → 15/12/2005* + +![Quarterly Invoice Customer by Product](/img/manual/QuarterlyInvoiceCustomerbyProduct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Invoice Report by Customer and Product Category per Quarter + +**Comment/Help:** Invoiced Amount by Customer and Product Category + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | DateInvoiced
Date | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | IsSOTrx
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | + diff --git a/manual/report/QuarterlyInvoiceCustomerbyVendor_Report_ID-139_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/QuarterlyInvoiceCustomerbyVendor_Report_ID-139_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..16377e2b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/QuarterlyInvoiceCustomerbyVendor_Report_ID-139_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Quarterly Invoice Customer by Vendor' +sidebar_label: 'Quarterly Invoice Customer by Vendor' +description: 'Invoice Report by Customer and Product Vendor per Quarter' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Quarterly Invoice Customer by Vendor + +Report ID 139 + +*04/12/2000 → 07/02/2005* + +![Quarterly Invoice Customer by Vendor](/img/manual/QuarterlyInvoiceCustomerbyVendor-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Invoice Report by Customer and Product Vendor per Quarter + +**Comment/Help:** Invoiced Amount by Customer and Vendor (what customer bought from which vendor) + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | DateInvoiced
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Vendor | The Vendor of the product/service | | Vendor_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | + diff --git a/manual/report/ReplenishReport_Report_ID-53267_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/ReplenishReport_Report_ID-53267_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6752a19f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/ReplenishReport_Report_ID-53267_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +--- +title: 'Replenish Report' +sidebar_label: 'Replenish Report' +description: 'Inventory Replenish Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Replenish Report + +Report ID 53267 + +*27/07/2011 → 10/04/2023* + +![Replenish Report](/img/manual/ReplenishReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Inventory Replenish Report + +**Comment/Help:** Report lists products to be replenished. Note that a product can have only one current vendor. If there are more then vendor per product, both records are reset. You need to select a current vendor manually.<br> +Movements are only created, if a sourcing warehouse is defined for the warehouse to be replenished. + +**Classname:** `org.compiere.process.ReplenishReportProduction` + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Warehouse_ID
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Table | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Table Direct | +| Is Kanban | | | IsKanban
List | +| Create | Create from Replenishment | | ReplenishmentCreate
List | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_DocType_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/report/RfQResponse_Report_ID-264_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/RfQResponse_Report_ID-264_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..37fac4fb --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/RfQResponse_Report_ID-264_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'RfQ Response' +sidebar_label: 'RfQ Response' +description: 'Detail RfQ Responses' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# RfQ Response + +Report ID 264 + +*24/03/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![RfQ Response](/img/manual/RfQResponse-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Detail RfQ Responses + +**Comment/Help:** Lists detail Responses of active RfQs (not closed/processed) where the Response is marked as complete. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| RfQ Topic | Topic for Request for Quotations | A Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs | C_RfQ_Topic_ID
Table Direct | +| RfQ | Request for Quotation | Request for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s) | C_RfQ_ID
Search | + diff --git a/manual/report/RfQUnanswered_Report_ID-263_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/RfQUnanswered_Report_ID-263_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ae70533 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/RfQUnanswered_Report_ID-263_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'RfQ Unanswered' +sidebar_label: 'RfQ Unanswered' +description: 'Outstanding RfQ Responses' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# RfQ Unanswered + +Report ID 263 + +*24/03/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![RfQ Unanswered](/img/manual/RfQUnanswered-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Outstanding RfQ Responses + +**Comment/Help:** Lists Responses of active RfQs (not closed/processed) where the Response is not marked as complete. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| RfQ Topic | Topic for Request for Quotations | A Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs | C_RfQ_Topic_ID
Table Direct | +| RfQ | Request for Quotation | Request for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s) | C_RfQ_ID
Search | +| Response Date | Date of the Response | Date of the Response | DateResponse
Date | + diff --git a/manual/report/ShipmentDetails_Report_ID-294_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/ShipmentDetails_Report_ID-294_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5e884a53 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/ShipmentDetails_Report_ID-294_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Shipment Details' +sidebar_label: 'Shipment Details' +description: 'Shipment Detail Information' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Shipment Details + +Report ID 294 + +*20/07/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Shipment Details](/img/manual/ShipmentDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Shipment Detail Information + +**Comment/Help:** The report provides Material Shipment Header and Line with locator information. You can use the report to create a Consolidated Picking List. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Warehouse_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | MovementDate
Date | +| Locator Key | Key of the Warehouse Locator | | LocatorValue
String | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | DocStatus
Chosen Multiple Selection List | + diff --git a/manual/report/SimpleFactView_Report_ID-200037_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/SimpleFactView_Report_ID-200037_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4478a650 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/SimpleFactView_Report_ID-200037_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +--- +title: 'Simple Fact View' +sidebar_label: 'Simple Fact View' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Simple Fact View + +Report ID 200037 + +*01/03/2013 → 01/03/2013* + +![Simple Fact View](/img/manual/SimpleFactView-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_ID
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | Account_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Account Key | Key of Account Element | | AccountValue
String | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | DateAcct
Date | + diff --git a/manual/report/StatementofAccounts_Report_ID-204_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/StatementofAccounts_Report_ID-204_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec8d8bcb --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/StatementofAccounts_Report_ID-204_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +--- +title: 'Statement of Accounts' +sidebar_label: 'Statement of Accounts' +description: 'Report Account Statement Beginning Balance and Transactions' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Statement of Accounts + +Report ID 204 + +*14/02/2003 → 23/03/2026* + +![Statement of Accounts](/img/manual/StatementofAccounts-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Report Account Statement Beginning Balance and Transactions + +**Comment/Help:** Select a Period (current period if empty) or enter a Account Date Range. You can select an alternative Reporting Hierarchy. + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.acct.report.FinStatement` + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_ID
Table Direct | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | PostingType
List | +| Period | Period of the Calendar | The Period indicates an exclusive range of dates for a calendar. | C_Period_ID
Table | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | DateAcct
Date | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Table Direct | +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | Account_ID
Table | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Project_ID
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_Activity_ID
Table Direct | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | C_SalesRegion_ID
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Campaign_ID
Table Direct | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | User1_ID
Table | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | User2_ID
Table | +| Reporting Hierarchy | Optional Reporting Hierarchy - If not selected the default hierarchy trees are used. | Reporting Hierarchy allows you to select different Hierarchies/Trees for the report.
Accounting Segments like Organization, Account, Product may have several hierarchies to accommodate different views on the business. | PA_Hierarchy_ID
Table Direct | +| Employee | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Employee_ID
Table | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_Charge_ID
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | C_CostCenter_ID
Table Direct | +| Department | | | C_Department_ID
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Warehouse_ID
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Asset_ID
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_AttributeSetInstance_ID
Table | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_Tax_ID
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/report/StorageDetail_Report_ID-236_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/StorageDetail_Report_ID-236_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..51020647 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/StorageDetail_Report_ID-236_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Storage Detail' +sidebar_label: 'Storage Detail' +description: 'Storage Detail Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Storage Detail + +Report ID 236 + +*04/12/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Storage Detail](/img/manual/StorageDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Storage Detail Report + +**Comment/Help:** The report shows storage details including product instance (Lot, Serial No) info + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Warehouse_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_Locator_ID
Locator (WH) | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Lot | Product Lot Definition | The individual Lot of a Product | M_Lot_ID
Search | +| Lot No | Lot number (alphanumeric) | The Lot Number indicates the specific lot that a product was part of. | Lot
String | + diff --git a/manual/report/StorageperProduct_Report_ID-53189_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/StorageperProduct_Report_ID-53189_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bde13e99 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/StorageperProduct_Report_ID-53189_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +--- +title: 'Storage per Product' +sidebar_label: 'Storage per Product' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Storage per Product + +Report ID 53189 + +*01/12/2009 → 01/12/2009* + +![Storage per Product](/img/manual/StorageperProduct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | + diff --git a/manual/report/TransactionDetail_Report_ID-237_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/TransactionDetail_Report_ID-237_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c70f5442 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/TransactionDetail_Report_ID-237_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: 'Transaction Detail' +sidebar_label: 'Transaction Detail' +description: 'Transaction Detail Report' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Transaction Detail + +Report ID 237 + +*04/12/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Transaction Detail](/img/manual/TransactionDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Transaction Detail Report + +**Comment/Help:** The report shows transaction details (receipts, shipments, inventory, movements, ...) including product instance (Lot, Serial No) info + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Movement Type | Method of moving the inventory | The Movement Type indicates the type of movement (in, out, to production, etc) | MovementType
List | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | MovementDate
Date | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_Locator_ID
Locator (WH) | +| Lot | Product Lot Definition | The individual Lot of a Product | M_Lot_ID
Search | +| Lot No | Lot number (alphanumeric) | The Lot Number indicates the specific lot that a product was part of. | Lot
String | +| Serial No | Product Serial Number | The Serial Number identifies a tracked, warranted product. It can only be used when the quantity is 1. | SerNo
String | + diff --git a/manual/report/TrialBalance_Report_ID-310_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/TrialBalance_Report_ID-310_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..176a0e81 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/TrialBalance_Report_ID-310_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +--- +title: 'Trial Balance' +sidebar_label: 'Trial Balance' +description: 'Trial Balance for a period or date range' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Trial Balance + +Report ID 310 + +*08/10/2004 → 23/03/2026* + +![Trial Balance](/img/manual/TrialBalance-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Trial Balance for a period or date range + +**Comment/Help:** Select a Period (current period if empty) or enter a Account Date Range. If an account is selected, the balance is calculated based on the account type and the primary calendar of the tenant (i.e. for revenue/expense accounts from the beginning of the year). If no account is selected, the balance is the sum of all transactions before the selected account range or first day of the period selected. You can select an alternative Reporting Hierarchy. + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.acct.report.TrialBalance` + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_ID
Table Direct | +| Period | Period of the Calendar | The Period indicates an exclusive range of dates for a calendar. | C_Period_ID
Table | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | DateAcct
Date | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Org_ID
Table Direct | +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | Account_ID
Table | +| Account Key | Key of Account Element | | AccountValue
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_ID
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Project_ID
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_Activity_ID
Table Direct | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | C_SalesRegion_ID
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Campaign_ID
Table Direct | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | PostingType
List | +| Reporting Hierarchy | Optional Reporting Hierarchy - If not selected the default hierarchy trees are used. | Reporting Hierarchy allows you to select different Hierarchies/Trees for the report.
Accounting Segments like Organization, Account, Product may have several hierarchies to accommodate different views on the business. | PA_Hierarchy_ID
Table Direct | +| Group by Organization | Grouping based on Organization | An Organization wise grouping apply | IsGroupByOrg
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/report/UnAllocatedInvoices_Report_ID-316_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/UnAllocatedInvoices_Report_ID-316_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..29437177 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/UnAllocatedInvoices_Report_ID-316_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'UnAllocated Invoices' +sidebar_label: 'UnAllocated Invoices' +description: 'Invoices not allocated to Payments' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# UnAllocated Invoices + +Report ID 316 + +*27/01/2005 → 07/02/2005* + +![UnAllocated Invoices](/img/manual/UnAllocatedInvoices-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Invoices not allocated to Payments + +**Comment/Help:** Report of not allocated Invoices (for partially paid/allocated invoices see Open Item) + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_DocType_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | + diff --git a/manual/report/UnAllocatedPayments_Report_ID-317_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/UnAllocatedPayments_Report_ID-317_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c50b2425 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/UnAllocatedPayments_Report_ID-317_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +--- +title: 'UnAllocated Payments' +sidebar_label: 'UnAllocated Payments' +description: 'Payments not allocated to Invoices' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# UnAllocated Payments + +Report ID 317 + +*27/01/2005 → 07/02/2005* + +![UnAllocated Payments](/img/manual/UnAllocatedPayments-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Payments not allocated to Invoices + +**Comment/Help:** Report of not allocated Payments (for partially allocated payments, use Payment Detail) + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Search | + diff --git a/manual/report/UnReconciledPayments_Report_ID-146_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/UnReconciledPayments_Report_ID-146_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc48f567 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/UnReconciledPayments_Report_ID-146_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'UnReconciled Payments' +sidebar_label: 'UnReconciled Payments' +description: 'Payments not reconciled with Bank Statement' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# UnReconciled Payments + +Report ID 146 + +*03/01/2001 → 27/01/2005* + +![UnReconciled Payments](/img/manual/UnReconciledPayments-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Payments not reconciled with Bank Statement + +**Comment/Help:** The report lists payments which are not reconciled with a bank statement. Payments with a zero payment amount are not listed. + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_BankAccount_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | DateTrx
Date | +| Transaction Type | Type of credit card transaction | The Transaction Type indicates the type of transaction to be submitted to the Credit Card Company. | TrxType
Chosen Multiple Selection List | + diff --git a/manual/report/Unreconciledaccountingfacts_Report_ID-53220_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/Unreconciledaccountingfacts_Report_ID-53220_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bcd311a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/Unreconciledaccountingfacts_Report_ID-53220_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +--- +title: 'Unreconciled accounting facts' +sidebar_label: 'Unreconciled accounting facts' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Unreconciled accounting facts + +Report ID 53220 + +*02/09/2010 → 23/03/2026* + +![Unreconciled accounting facts](/img/manual/Unreconciledaccountingfacts-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Classname:** `org.idempiere.acct.process.FactReconciliation` + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | Account_ID
Table | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | DateAcct
Date | + diff --git a/manual/report/VendorSelection_Report_ID-115_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/VendorSelection_Report_ID-115_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bdf0f431 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/VendorSelection_Report_ID-115_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: 'Vendor Selection' +sidebar_label: 'Vendor Selection' +description: 'Products with more than one vendor' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Vendor Selection + +Report ID 115 + +*22/03/2000 → 02/01/2000* + +![Vendor Selection](/img/manual/VendorSelection-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Products with more than one vendor + +**Comment/Help:** Vendor Selection is initiated when there is a product that is supplied by more than one vendor. It allows the selection of a specific vendor for a Purchase Order. + diff --git a/manual/report/WeeklyInvoiceProdCat_Report_ID-131_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/WeeklyInvoiceProdCat_Report_ID-131_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8cb33ffa --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/WeeklyInvoiceProdCat_Report_ID-131_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Weekly Invoice Prod Cat' +sidebar_label: 'Weekly Invoice Prod Cat' +description: 'Invoice Report by Product Category per Week' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Weekly Invoice Prod Cat + +Report ID 131 + +*01/06/2000 → 02/12/2008* + +![Weekly Invoice Prod Cat](/img/manual/WeeklyInvoiceProdCat-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Invoice Report by Product Category per Week + +**Comment/Help:** Invoiced Amount by Product Category + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | DateInvoiced
Date | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | IsSOTrx
Yes-No | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | + diff --git a/manual/report/WeeklyInvoice_Report_ID-130_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/report/WeeklyInvoice_Report_ID-130_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4c2f8f13 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/WeeklyInvoice_Report_ID-130_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Weekly Invoice' +sidebar_label: 'Weekly Invoice' +description: 'Invoice Report per Week' +tags: ['Report'] +--- + +# Weekly Invoice + +Report ID 130 + +*01/06/2000 → 02/12/2008* + +![Weekly Invoice](/img/manual/WeeklyInvoice-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Invoice Report per Week + +**Comment/Help:** Invoiced amount by Organization and Sales Rep + +## Table: Report Parameters + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | DateInvoiced
Date | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | IsSOTrx
Yes-No | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | SalesRep_ID
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | + diff --git a/manual/report/_category_.json b/manual/report/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b1a5032 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/report/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +{ + "label": "Reports", + "position": 4, + "collapsed": true +} diff --git a/manual/task/Databaseexport_Task_ID-103_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/task/Databaseexport_Task_ID-103_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..89b6e418 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/task/Databaseexport_Task_ID-103_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: 'Database export' +sidebar_label: 'Database export' +description: 'Export (save) the database' +tags: ['OS Task'] +--- + +# Database export + +OS Task ID 103 + +*17/10/2001 → 31/05/2006* + +![Database export](/img/manual/Databaseexport-Task_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Export (save) the database + +**Comment/Help:** Run this command from the server + diff --git a/manual/task/Databasetransfer_Task_ID-104_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/task/Databasetransfer_Task_ID-104_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c6b11edb --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/task/Databasetransfer_Task_ID-104_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: 'Database transfer' +sidebar_label: 'Database transfer' +description: 'Transfer the database' +tags: ['OS Task'] +--- + +# Database transfer + +OS Task ID 104 + +*17/10/2001 → 31/05/2006* + +![Database transfer](/img/manual/Databasetransfer-Task_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Transfer the database + +**Comment/Help:** Run this command from the server + diff --git a/manual/task/JavaVersion_Task_ID-102_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/task/JavaVersion_Task_ID-102_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bbe5ab31 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/task/JavaVersion_Task_ID-102_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- +title: 'Java Version' +sidebar_label: 'Java Version' +description: 'Displays the version of the default Java VM' +tags: ['OS Task'] +--- + +# Java Version + +OS Task ID 102 + +*05/12/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Java Version](/img/manual/JavaVersion-Task_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Displays the version of the default Java VM + +**Comment/Help:** The java version used by the application might be different. + diff --git a/manual/task/_category_.json b/manual/task/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ee39df91 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/task/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +{ + "label": "Tasks", + "position": 5, + "collapsed": true +} diff --git a/manual/window/1099Box_Window_ID-200036_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/1099Box_Window_ID-200036_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..60f66504 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/1099Box_Window_ID-200036_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: '1099 Box' +sidebar_label: '1099 Box' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# 1099 Box + +Window ID 200036 + +*28/02/2013 → 28/02/2013* + +![1099 Box](/img/manual/1099Box-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: 1099 Box + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 28/02/2013 · Updated 28/02/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_1099Box.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_1099Box.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_1099Box.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_1099Box.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Bucket | | | C_1099Box.Bucket numeric(10)
Integer | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_1099Box.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_1099Box.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_1099Box.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ASPModules_Window_ID-53015_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ASPModules_Window_ID-53015_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6f43a819 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ASPModules_Window_ID-53015_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +--- +title: 'ASP Modules' +sidebar_label: 'ASP Modules' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# ASP Modules + +Window ID 53015 + +*09/01/2008 → 19/09/2012* + +![ASP Modules](/img/manual/ASPModules-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Module + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/01/2008 · Updated 09/01/2008* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | ASP_Module.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | ASP_Module.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | ASP_Module.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | ASP_Module.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | ASP_Module.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | ASP_Module.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | ASP_Module.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Level + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 09/01/2008 · Updated 16/01/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | ASP_Level.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | ASP_Level.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Module | | | ASP_Level.ASP_Module_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | ASP_Level.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | ASP_Level.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | ASP_Level.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | ASP_Level.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| ASP Generate Level | | | ASP_Level.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | ASP_Level.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Window + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 09/01/2008 · Updated 16/01/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | ASP_Window.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | ASP_Window.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Level | | | ASP_Window.ASP_Level_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | ASP_Window.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Status | | | ASP_Window.ASP_Status character(1)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | ASP_Window.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › › Tab + +*Tab Level 3 · Created 09/01/2008 · Updated 16/01/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | ASP_Tab.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | ASP_Tab.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Window | | | ASP_Tab.ASP_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tab | Tab within a Window | The Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window. | ASP_Tab.AD_Tab_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Status | | | ASP_Tab.ASP_Status character(1)
List | +| All Fields | | | ASP_Tab.AllFields character(1)
Yes-No | +| ASP Generate Fields | | | ASP_Tab.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | ASP_Tab.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › › › Field + +*Tab Level 4 · Created 09/01/2008 · Updated 16/08/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | ASP_Field.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | ASP_Field.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Tab | | | ASP_Field.ASP_Tab_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Field | Field on a database table | The Field identifies a field on a database table. | ASP_Field.AD_Field_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Status | | | ASP_Field.ASP_Status character(1)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | ASP_Field.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Process + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 09/01/2008 · Updated 16/01/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | ASP_Process.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | ASP_Process.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Level | | | ASP_Process.ASP_Level_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | ASP_Process.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Status | | | ASP_Process.ASP_Status character(1)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | ASP_Process.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › › Process Parameter + +*Tab Level 3 · Created 09/01/2008 · Updated 16/01/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | ASP_Process_Para.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | ASP_Process_Para.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Process | | | ASP_Process_Para.ASP_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process Parameter | | | ASP_Process_Para.AD_Process_Para_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Status | | | ASP_Process_Para.ASP_Status character(1)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | ASP_Process_Para.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Form + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 09/01/2008 · Updated 16/01/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | ASP_Form.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | ASP_Form.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Level | | | ASP_Form.ASP_Level_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Special Form | Special Form | The Special Form field identifies a unique Special Form in the system. | ASP_Form.AD_Form_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Status | | | ASP_Form.ASP_Status character(1)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | ASP_Form.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Task + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 09/01/2008 · Updated 16/01/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | ASP_Task.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | ASP_Task.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Level | | | ASP_Task.ASP_Level_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| OS Task | Operation System Task | The Task field identifies a Operation System Task in the system. | ASP_Task.AD_Task_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Status | | | ASP_Task.ASP_Status character(1)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | ASP_Task.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Workflow + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 09/01/2008 · Updated 16/01/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | ASP_Workflow.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | ASP_Workflow.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Level | | | ASP_Workflow.ASP_Level_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow | Workflow or combination of tasks | The Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system. | ASP_Workflow.AD_Workflow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Status | | | ASP_Workflow.ASP_Status character(1)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | ASP_Workflow.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Ref List + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 14/08/2012 · Updated 14/08/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | ASP_Ref_List.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | ASP_Ref_List.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Level | | | ASP_Ref_List.ASP_Level_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Reference | System Reference and Validation | The Reference could be a display type, list or table validation. | ASP_Ref_List.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Reference List | Reference List based on Table | The Reference List field indicates a list of reference values from a database tables. Reference lists populate drop down list boxes in data entry screens | ASP_Ref_List.AD_Ref_List_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Status | | | ASP_Ref_List.ASP_Status character(1)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | ASP_Ref_List.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ASPSubscribedModules_Window_ID-53016_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ASPSubscribedModules_Window_ID-53016_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..74691dd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ASPSubscribedModules_Window_ID-53016_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +--- +title: 'ASP Subscribed Modules' +sidebar_label: 'ASP Subscribed Modules' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# ASP Subscribed Modules + +Window ID 53016 + +*09/01/2008 → 19/09/2012* + +![ASP Subscribed Modules](/img/manual/ASPSubscribedModules-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Tenant Level + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/01/2008 · Updated 10/03/2022* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | ASP_ClientLevel.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | ASP_ClientLevel.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Module | | | ASP_ClientLevel.ASP_Module_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Level | | | ASP_ClientLevel.ASP_Level_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | ASP_ClientLevel.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | ASP_ClientLevel.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: Exceptions + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/01/2008 · Updated 06/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | ASP_ClientException.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | ASP_ClientException.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | ASP_ClientException.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Tab | Tab within a Window | The Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window. | ASP_ClientException.AD_Tab_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Field | Field on a database table | The Field identifies a field on a database table. | ASP_ClientException.AD_Field_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | ASP_ClientException.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process Parameter | | | ASP_ClientException.AD_Process_Para_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Special Form | Special Form | The Special Form field identifies a unique Special Form in the system. | ASP_ClientException.AD_Form_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| OS Task | Operation System Task | The Task field identifies a Operation System Task in the system. | ASP_ClientException.AD_Task_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow | Workflow or combination of tasks | The Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system. | ASP_ClientException.AD_Workflow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ASP Status | | | ASP_ClientException.ASP_Status character(1)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | ASP_ClientException.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/AccountCombination_Window_ID-153_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AccountCombination_Window_ID-153_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e3a1ba9 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AccountCombination_Window_ID-153_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +--- +title: 'Account Combination' +sidebar_label: 'Account Combination' +description: 'Maintain Valid Account Combinations' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Account Combination + +Window ID 153 + +*26/09/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Account Combination](/img/manual/AccountCombination-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Valid Account Combinations + +**Comment/Help:** The Account Combination Window defines and displays valid account combinations. + +## Tab: Combination + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 26/09/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Valid Account Combinations + +**Comment/Help:** The Account Combination Tab defines and displays valid account combination. An Alias can be defined to facilitate document entry. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ValidCombination.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_ValidCombination.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Alias | Defines an alternate method of indicating an account combination. | The Alias field allows you to define a alternate method for referring to a full account combination. For example, the Account Receivable Account for Garden World may be aliased as GW_AR. | C_ValidCombination.Alias character varying(40)
String | +| Combination | Unique combination of account elements | The Combination field defines the unique combination of element values which comprise this account. | C_ValidCombination.Combination character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ValidCombination.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_ValidCombination.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Fully Qualified | This account is fully qualified | The Fully Qualified check box indicates that all required elements for an account combination are present. | C_ValidCombination.IsFullyQualified character(1)
Yes-No | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ValidCombination.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_ValidCombination.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | C_ValidCombination.Account_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sub Account | Sub account for Element Value | The Element Value (e.g. Account) may have optional sub accounts for further detail. The sub account is dependent on the value of the account, so a further specification. If the sub-accounts are more or less the same, consider using another accounting dimension. | C_ValidCombination.C_SubAcct_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_ValidCombination.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_ValidCombination.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_ValidCombination.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_ValidCombination.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_ValidCombination.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Location From | Location that inventory was moved from | The Location From indicates the location that a product was moved from. | C_ValidCombination.C_LocFrom_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Location To | Location that inventory was moved to | The Location To indicates the location that a product was moved to. | C_ValidCombination.C_LocTo_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | C_ValidCombination.C_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_ValidCombination.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_ValidCombination.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Column 1 | User defined accounting Element | A user defined accounting element refers to an iDempiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Project Task). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested) | C_ValidCombination.UserElement1_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| User Column 2 | User defined accounting Element | A user defined accounting element refers to an iDempiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Project Task). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested) | C_ValidCombination.UserElement2_ID numeric(10)
ID | + diff --git a/manual/window/AccountElementChartofAccounts_Window_ID-118_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AccountElementChartofAccounts_Window_ID-118_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..00899ac7 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AccountElementChartofAccounts_Window_ID-118_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +--- +title: 'Account Element (Chart of Accounts)' +sidebar_label: 'Account Element (Chart of Accounts)' +description: 'Maintain Account Elements' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Account Element (Chart of Accounts) + +Window ID 118 + +*11/06/1999 → 08/12/2023* + +![Account Element (Chart of Accounts)](/img/manual/AccountElementChartofAccounts-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Account Elements + +**Comment/Help:** The Account Element Window is used to define and maintain the Accounting Element and User Defined Elements. +One of the account segments is your natural account segment (Chart of Account). You may add a new account element for parallel reporting or for user defined accounting segments. + +## Tab: Element + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/06/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Account Element definition + +**Comment/Help:** The Element Tab defines the Name, Description and Format for an Element. Additionally, a Type of Account or User Defined is selected. Each Account Schema must have an Account Element type. The User Defined Elements are optional. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Element.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Element.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Element.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Element.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Element.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Value Format | Format of the value; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09", or ~regex | <B>Validation elements:</B>

~regex - Validates a regular expression

(Space) any character
_ Space (fixed character)
l any Letter a..Z NO space
L any Letter a..Z NO space converted to upper case
o any Letter a..Z or space
O any Letter a..Z or space converted to upper case
a any Letters & Digits NO space
A any Letters & Digits NO space converted to upper case
c any Letters & Digits or space
C any Letters & Digits or space converted to upper case
0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space

Example of format "(000)_000-0000" | C_Element.VFormat character varying(40)
String | +| Type | Element Type (account or user defined) | The Element Type indicates if this element is the Account element or is a User Defined element. | C_Element.ElementType character(1)
List | +| Natural Account | The primary natural account | The natural account is often based on (industry specific) chart of accounts | C_Element.IsNaturalAccount character(1)
Yes-No | +| Balancing | All transactions within an element value must balance (e.g. cost centers) | The Balancing checkbox indicates the this element must balance in each journal transaction. For example, if cost centers have been defined as an element which is balance then the debits and credits for each unique cost center must net to 0.00. This is commonly used to define parts of an organization which report as their own entity. Balancing is not an option for the Account element. | C_Element.IsBalancing character(1)
Yes-No | +| Tree | Identifies a Tree | The Tree field identifies a unique Tree in the system. Trees define roll ups or summary levels of information. They are used in reports for defining report points and summarization levels. | C_Element.AD_Tree_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Element Value + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Element Values + +**Comment/Help:** The Element Value Tab defines the individual valid values for the Element. The values must conform to the format defined. If the Element is an Account Type then the Account Classification (Asset, Liability etc) and posting controls are also defined + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ElementValue.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ElementValue.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Element | Accounting Element | The Account Element uniquely identifies an Account Type. These are commonly known as a Chart of Accounts. | C_ElementValue.C_Element_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_ElementValue.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_ElementValue.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ElementValue.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_ElementValue.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | C_ElementValue.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Account Type | Indicates the type of account | Valid account types are A - Asset, E - Expense, L - Liability, O- Owner's Equity, R -Revenue and M- Memo. The account type is used to determine what taxes, if any are applicable, validating payables and receivables for business partners. Note: Memo account amounts are ignored when checking for balancing | C_ElementValue.AccountType character(1)
List | +| Post Actual | Actual Values can be posted | The Post Actual indicates if actual values can be posted to this element value. | C_ElementValue.PostActual character(1)
Yes-No | +| Account Sign | Indicates the Natural Sign of the Account as a Debit or Credit | Indicates if the expected balance for this account should be a Debit or a Credit. If set to Natural, the account sign for an asset or expense account is Debit Sign (i.e. negative if a credit balance). | C_ElementValue.AccountSign character(1)
List | +| Post Budget | Budget values can be posted | The Post Budget indicates if budget values can be posted to this element value. | C_ElementValue.PostBudget character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Controlled | Control account - If an account is controlled by a document, you cannot post manually to it | | C_ElementValue.IsDocControlled character(1)
Yes-No | +| Post Statistical | Post statistical quantities to this account? | | C_ElementValue.PostStatistical character(1)
Yes-No | +| Bank Account | Indicates if this is the Bank Account | The Bank Account checkbox indicates if this is account is the bank account. | C_ElementValue.IsBankAccount character(1)
Yes-No | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_ElementValue.C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Foreign Currency Account | Balances in foreign currency accounts are held in the nominated currency | Balances in foreign currency accounts are held in the nominated currency and translated to functional currency | C_ElementValue.IsForeignCurrency character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_ElementValue.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Manage Business Partners | | | C_ElementValue.IsDetailBPartner character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner Type | | | C_ElementValue.BPartnerType character(1)
List | +| Manage Products | | | C_ElementValue.IsDetailProduct character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 04/12/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Define Translation + +**Comment/Help:** The Translation Tab defines the translation to an alternate language + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ElementValue_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ElementValue_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Account Element | Account Element | Account Elements can be natural accounts or user defined values. | C_ElementValue_Trl.C_ElementValue_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_ElementValue_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_ElementValue_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_ElementValue_Trl.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ElementValue_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_ElementValue_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Sub Account + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 31/10/2005 · Updated 31/10/2005* + +**Description:** Sub Account for Element Value + +**Comment/Help:** The Element Value (e.g. Account) may have optional sub accounts for further detail. The sub account is dependent on the value of the account, so a further specification. If the sub-accounts are more or less the same, consider using another accounting dimension. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_SubAcct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_SubAcct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Account Element | Account Element | Account Elements can be natural accounts or user defined values. | C_SubAcct.C_ElementValue_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_SubAcct.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_SubAcct.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_SubAcct.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_SubAcct.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_SubAcct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/AccountingDimensions_Window_ID-283_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AccountingDimensions_Window_ID-283_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44c5b04f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AccountingDimensions_Window_ID-283_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +--- +title: 'Accounting Dimensions' +sidebar_label: 'Accounting Dimensions' +description: 'Maintain Non-Account Dimension Trees' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Accounting Dimensions + +Window ID 283 + +*16/06/2003 → 30/06/2021* + +![Accounting Dimensions](/img/manual/AccountingDimensions-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Non-Account Dimension Trees + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain Trees of non account segment trees. Account segment trees (as well as user defined dimensions) are mainatained in the Account Element window. Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all manfatory values! + +## Tab: Organization Dimension + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 16/06/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Organizationt Accounting Dimension Tree + +**Comment/Help:** Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values! + + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Org.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_Org.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Org.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Org.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Org.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | AD_Org.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: Sales Region Dimension + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 16/06/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Sales Region Accounting Dimension Tree + +**Comment/Help:** Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values! + + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_SalesRegion.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_SalesRegion.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_SalesRegion.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_SalesRegion.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_SalesRegion.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_SalesRegion.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | C_SalesRegion.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: Activity Dimension + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 16/06/2003 · Updated 05/06/2013* + +**Description:** Maintain Activity Accounting Dimension Tree + +**Comment/Help:** Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values! + + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Activity.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Activity.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Activity.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Activity.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Activity.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Activity.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | C_Activity.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: Project Dimension + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 16/06/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Project Accounting Dimension Tree + +**Comment/Help:** Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values! + + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Project.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Project.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Project.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Project.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Project.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Project.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | C_Project.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Set Project Type | Set Project Type and for Service Projects copy Phases and Tasks of Project Type into Project |
| C_Project.C_ProjectType_ID numeric(10)
Button | + +## Tab: Business Partner Dimension + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 16/06/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Business Partner Accounting Dimension Tree + +**Comment/Help:** Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values! + + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BPartner.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BPartner.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_BPartner.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BPartner.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_BPartner.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BPartner.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | C_BPartner.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BPartner.C_BP_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Open Balance | Total Open Balance Amount in primary Accounting Currency | The Total Open Balance Amount is the calculated open item amount for Customer and Vendor activity. If the Balance is below zero, we owe the Business Partner. The amount is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations determine the Open Balance (i.e. not Orders or Payments). | C_BPartner.TotalOpenBalance numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: Product Dimension + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 16/06/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Product Accounting Dimension Tree + +**Comment/Help:** Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values! + + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Product.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Product.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Product.Value character varying(510)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_Product.Name character varying(255)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Product.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Product.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | M_Product.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: Campaign Dimension + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/06/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Marketing Campaign Accounting Dimension Tree + +**Comment/Help:** Please note that you will not be able to create new entities in this window if you have not default set for all mandatory values! + + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Campaign.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Campaign.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Campaign.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Campaign.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Campaign.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Campaign.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | C_Campaign.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Channel | Sales Channel | The Sales Channel identifies a channel (or method) of sales generation. | C_Campaign.C_Channel_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/AccountingFactBalances_Window_ID-255_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AccountingFactBalances_Window_ID-255_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb591207 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AccountingFactBalances_Window_ID-255_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: 'Accounting Fact Balances' +sidebar_label: 'Accounting Fact Balances' +description: 'Query Accounting Daily Balances' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Accounting Fact Balances + +Window ID 255 + +*18/04/2003 → 09/02/2005* + +![Accounting Fact Balances](/img/manual/AccountingFactBalances-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Query Accounting Daily Balances + +**Comment/Help:** Query daily account balances + +## Tab: Daily Balances + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 18/04/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** View daily accounting balances + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | Fact_Acct_Balance.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | Fact_Acct_Balance.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | Fact_Acct_Balance.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | Fact_Acct_Balance.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | Fact_Acct_Balance.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | Fact_Acct_Balance.Account_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sub Account | Sub account for Element Value | The Element Value (e.g. Account) may have optional sub accounts for further detail. The sub account is dependent on the value of the account, so a further specification. If the sub-accounts are more or less the same, consider using another accounting dimension. | Fact_Acct_Balance.C_SubAcct_ID numeric
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | Fact_Acct_Balance.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | Fact_Acct_Balance.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | Fact_Acct_Balance.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | Fact_Acct_Balance.C_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | Fact_Acct_Balance.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | Fact_Acct_Balance.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Location From | Location that inventory was moved from | The Location From indicates the location that a product was moved from. | Fact_Acct_Balance.C_LocFrom_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Location To | Location that inventory was moved to | The Location To indicates the location that a product was moved to. | Fact_Acct_Balance.C_LocTo_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | Fact_Acct_Balance.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | Fact_Acct_Balance.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | Fact_Acct_Balance.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Column 1 | User defined accounting Element | A user defined accounting element refers to an iDempiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Project Task). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested) | Fact_Acct_Balance.UserElement1_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| User Column 2 | User defined accounting Element | A user defined accounting element refers to an iDempiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Project Task). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested) | Fact_Acct_Balance.UserElement2_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Budget | General Ledger Budget | The General Ledger Budget identifies a user defined budget. These can be used in reporting as a comparison against your actual amounts. | Fact_Acct_Balance.GL_Budget_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounted Debit | Accounted Debit Amount | The Account Debit Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency | Fact_Acct_Balance.AmtAcctDr numeric
Amount | +| Accounted Credit | Accounted Credit Amount | The Account Credit Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency | Fact_Acct_Balance.AmtAcctCr numeric
Amount | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | Fact_Acct_Balance.Qty numeric
Quantity | + diff --git a/manual/window/AccountingFactDetails_Window_ID-162_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AccountingFactDetails_Window_ID-162_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0fe8872a --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AccountingFactDetails_Window_ID-162_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: 'Accounting Fact Details' +sidebar_label: 'Accounting Fact Details' +description: 'Query Accounting Facts' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Accounting Fact Details + +Window ID 162 + +*04/12/1999 → 09/02/2005* + +![Accounting Fact Details](/img/manual/AccountingFactDetails-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Query Accounting Facts + +**Comment/Help:** Query the detail accounting transactions + +## Tab: Accounting + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 04/12/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** View Accounting Fact Details + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | Fact_Acct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | Fact_Acct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | Fact_Acct.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | Fact_Acct.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | Fact_Acct.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | Fact_Acct.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Period | Period of the Calendar | The Period indicates an exclusive range of dates for a calendar. | Fact_Acct.C_Period_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | Fact_Acct.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | Fact_Acct.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | Fact_Acct.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | Fact_Acct.Account_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sub Account | Sub account for Element Value | The Element Value (e.g. Account) may have optional sub accounts for further detail. The sub account is dependent on the value of the account, so a further specification. If the sub-accounts are more or less the same, consider using another accounting dimension. | Fact_Acct.C_SubAcct_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | Fact_Acct.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | Fact_Acct.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | Fact_Acct.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | Fact_Acct.C_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | Fact_Acct.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | Fact_Acct.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Location From | Location that inventory was moved from | The Location From indicates the location that a product was moved from. | Fact_Acct.C_LocFrom_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Location To | Location that inventory was moved to | The Location To indicates the location that a product was moved to. | Fact_Acct.C_LocTo_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | Fact_Acct.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | Fact_Acct.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | Fact_Acct.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Column 1 | User defined accounting Element | A user defined accounting element refers to an iDempiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Project Task). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested) | Fact_Acct.UserElement1_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| User Column 2 | User defined accounting Element | A user defined accounting element refers to an iDempiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Project Task). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested) | Fact_Acct.UserElement2_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| GL Category | General Ledger Category | The General Ledger Category is an optional, user defined method of grouping journal lines. | Fact_Acct.GL_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Budget | General Ledger Budget | The General Ledger Budget identifies a user defined budget. These can be used in reporting as a comparison against your actual amounts. | Fact_Acct.GL_Budget_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | Fact_Acct.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | Fact_Acct.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | Fact_Acct.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | Fact_Acct.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Source Debit | Source Debit Amount | The Source Debit Amount indicates the credit amount for this line in the source currency. | Fact_Acct.AmtSourceDr numeric
Amount | +| Source Credit | Source Credit Amount | The Source Credit Amount indicates the credit amount for this line in the source currency. | Fact_Acct.AmtSourceCr numeric
Amount | +| Accounted Debit | Accounted Debit Amount | The Account Debit Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency | Fact_Acct.AmtAcctDr numeric
Amount | +| Accounted Credit | Accounted Credit Amount | The Account Credit Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency | Fact_Acct.AmtAcctCr numeric
Amount | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | Fact_Acct.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | Fact_Acct.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Project Phase | Phase of a Project | | Fact_Acct.C_ProjectPhase_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Task | Actual Project Task in a Phase | A Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work. | Fact_Acct.C_ProjectTask_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Text Column 1 | User defined accounting Element | A user defined accounting element referres to a iDempiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Description). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested) | Fact_Acct.CustomFieldText1 character varying(255)
Text | +| Text Column 2 | User defined accounting Element | A user defined accounting element referres to a iDempiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Description). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested) | Fact_Acct.CustomFieldText2 character varying(255)
Text | +| Text Column 3 | User defined accounting Element | A user defined accounting element referres to a iDempiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Description). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested) | Fact_Acct.CustomFieldText3 character varying(255)
Text | +| Text Column 4 | User defined accounting Element | A user defined accounting element referres to a iDempiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Description). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested) | Fact_Acct.CustomFieldText4 character varying(255)
Text | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | Fact_Acct.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Employee | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | Fact_Acct.C_Employee_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | Fact_Acct.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | Fact_Acct.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | Fact_Acct.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/AccountingProcessor_Window_ID-311_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AccountingProcessor_Window_ID-311_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0bd149d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AccountingProcessor_Window_ID-311_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +--- +title: 'Accounting Processor' +sidebar_label: 'Accounting Processor' +description: 'Maintain Accounting Processor and Logs' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Accounting Processor + +Window ID 311 + +*19/02/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Accounting Processor](/img/manual/AccountingProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Accounting Processor and Logs + +**Comment/Help:** Accounting Processor/Server Parameters and Logs + +## Tab: Accounting Processor + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Accounting Processor/Server Parameters + +**Comment/Help:** Accounting Processor/Server Parameters. If no account schema is selected, all accounting schema are processed. If no transaction table is selected, accounting for all transaction is created. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_AcctProcessor.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_AcctProcessor.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_AcctProcessor.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_AcctProcessor.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_AcctProcessor.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctProcessor.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | C_AcctProcessor.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Schedule | | | C_AcctProcessor.AD_Schedule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Supervisor | Supervisor for this user/organization - used for escalation and approval | The Supervisor indicates who will be used for forwarding and escalating issues for this user - or for approvals. | C_AcctProcessor.Supervisor_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Days to keep Log | Number of days to keep the log entries | Older Log entries may be deleted | C_AcctProcessor.KeepLogDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Date Last Run | Date the process was last run. | The Date Last Run indicates the last time that a process was run. | C_AcctProcessor.DateLastRun timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Date Next Run | Date the process will run next | The Date Next Run indicates the next time this process will run. | C_AcctProcessor.DateNextRun timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | + +## Tab: › Log + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Result of the execution of the Accounting Processor + +**Comment/Help:** Result of the execution of the Accounting Processor + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_AcctProcessorLog.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_AcctProcessorLog.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Processor | Accounting Processor/Server Parameters | Accounting Processor/Server Parameters | C_AcctProcessorLog.C_AcctProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | C_AcctProcessorLog.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Summary | Textual summary of this request | The Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request. | C_AcctProcessorLog.Summary character varying(2000)
Text | +| Error | An Error occurred in the execution | | C_AcctProcessorLog.IsError character(1)
Yes-No | +| Reference | Reference for this record | The Reference displays the source document number. | C_AcctProcessorLog.Reference character varying(60)
String | +| Text Message | Text Message | | C_AcctProcessorLog.TextMsg character varying(2000)
Text | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_AcctProcessorLog.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/AccountingSchema_Window_ID-125_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AccountingSchema_Window_ID-125_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8cdd804f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AccountingSchema_Window_ID-125_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +--- +title: 'Accounting Schema' +sidebar_label: 'Accounting Schema' +description: 'Maintain Accounting Schema - For changes to become effective you must re-login' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Accounting Schema + +Window ID 125 + +*11/06/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Accounting Schema](/img/manual/AccountingSchema-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Accounting Schema - For changes to become effective you must re-login + +**Comment/Help:** The Accounting Schema Window defines an accounting method and the elements that will comprise an account structure. Create and activate elements for detailed accounting for Business Partners, Products, Locations, etc. +Review and change the GL and Default accounts. The actual accounts used in transactions depend on the executing organization; Most of the information is derived from the context. + +## Tab: Accounting Schema + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/09/1999 · Updated 10/03/2022* + +**Description:** Define your Account Schema Structure + +**Comment/Help:** The Accounting Schema Tab defines the controls used for accounting. You can define multiple accounting schema per tenant (for parallel accounting). +Postings are generated for an accounting schema, if the schema is valid and you have defined GL and Default accounts and after completion of the Add / Copy Accounts process. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_AcctSchema.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_AcctSchema.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_AcctSchema.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_AcctSchema.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_AcctSchema.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| GAAP | Generally Accepted Accounting Principles | The GAAP identifies the account principles that this accounting schema will adhere to. | C_AcctSchema.GAAP character(2)
List | +| Commitment Type | Create Commitment and/or Reservations for Budget Control | The Posting Type Commitments is created when posting Purchase Orders; The Posting Type Reservation is created when posting Requisitions. This is used for budgetary control. | C_AcctSchema.CommitmentType character(1)
List | +| Accrual | Indicates if Accrual or Cash Based accounting will be used | The Accrual checkbox indicates if this accounting schema will use accrual based account or cash based accounting. The Accrual method recognizes revenue when the product or service is delivered. Cash based method recognizes income when then payment is received. | C_AcctSchema.IsAccrual character(1)
Yes-No | +| Costing Method | Indicates how Costs will be calculated | The Costing Method indicates how costs will be calculated (Standard, Average, Lifo, FiFo). The default costing method is defined on accounting schema level and can be optionally overwritten in the product category. The costing method cannot conflict with the Material Movement Policy (defined on Product Category). | C_AcctSchema.CostingMethod character(1)
List | +| Cost Type | Type of Cost (e.g. Current, Plan, Future) | You can define multiple cost types. A cost type selected in an Accounting Schema is used for accounting. | C_AcctSchema.M_CostType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Costing Level | The lowest level to accumulate Costing Information | If you want to maintain different costs per organization (warehouse) or per Batch/Lot, you need to make sure that you define the costs for each of the organizations or batch/lot. The Costing Level is defined per Accounting Schema and can be overwritten by Product Category and Accounting Schema. | C_AcctSchema.CostingLevel character(1)
List | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_AcctSchema.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Explicit Cost Adjustment | Post the cost adjustment explicitly | If selected, landed costs are posted to the account in the line and then this posting is reversed by the postings to the cost adjustment accounts. If not selected, it is directly posted to the cost adjustment accounts. | C_AcctSchema.IsExplicitCostAdjustment character(1)
Yes-No | +| Automatic Period Control | If selected, the periods are automatically opened and closed | In the Automatic Period Control, periods are opened and closed based on the current date. If the Manual alternative is activated, you have to open and close periods explicitly. | C_AcctSchema.AutoPeriodControl character(1)
Yes-No | +| Period | Period of the Calendar | The Period indicates an exclusive range of dates for a calendar. | C_AcctSchema.C_Period_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| History Days | Number of days to be able to post in the past (based on system date) | If Automatic Period Control is enabled, the current period is calculated based on the system date and you can always post to all days in the current period. History Days enable to post to previous periods. E.g. today is May 15th and History Days is set to 30, you can post back to April 15th | C_AcctSchema.Period_OpenHistory numeric(10)
Integer | +| Future Days | Number of days to be able to post to a future date (based on system date) | If Automatic Period Control is enabled, the current period is calculated based on the system date and you can always post to all days in the current period. Future Days enable to post to future periods. E.g. today is Apr 15th and Future Days is set to 30, you can post up to May 15th | C_AcctSchema.Period_OpenFuture numeric(10)
Integer | +| Element Separator | Element Separator | The Element Separator defines the delimiter printed between elements of the structure | C_AcctSchema.Separator character(1)
String | +| Back-Date Days | Number of days to be able to post a back-date transaction (based on system date) | | C_AcctSchema.BackDateDay numeric(10)
Integer | +| Use Account Alias | Ability to select (partial) account combinations by an Alias | The Alias checkbox indicates that account combination can be selected using a user defined alias or short key. | C_AcctSchema.HasAlias character(1)
Yes-No | +| Post Trade Discount | Generate postings for trade discounts | If the invoice is based on an item with a list price, the amount based on the list price and the discount is posted instead of the net amount.
Example: Quantity 10 - List Price: 20 - Actual Price: 17
If selected for a sales invoice 200 is posted to Product Revenue and 30 to Discount Granted - rather than 170 to Product Revenue.
The same applies to vendor invoices. | C_AcctSchema.IsTradeDiscountPosted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Post if Clearing Equal | This flag controls if Adempiere must post when clearing (transit) and final accounts are the same | | C_AcctSchema.IsPostIfClearingEqual character(1)
Yes-No | +| Tax Correction | Type of Tax Correction | Determines if/when tax is corrected. Discount could be agreed or granted underpayments; Write-off may be partial or complete write-off. | C_AcctSchema.TaxCorrectionType character(1)
List | +| Allow Negative Posting | Allow to post negative accounting values | | C_AcctSchema.IsAllowNegativePosting character(1)
Yes-No | +| Only Organization | Create posting entries only for this organization | When you have multiple accounting schema, you may want to restrict the generation of postings entries for the additional accounting schema (i.e. not for the primary). Example: You have a US and a FR organization. The primary accounting schema is in USD, the second in EUR. If for the EUR accounting schema, you select the FR organizations, you would not create accounting entries for the transactions of the US organization in EUR. | C_AcctSchema.AD_OrgOnly_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Create GL/Default | Copy matching account element values from existing Accounting Schema | Create the GL and Default accounts for this accounting schema and copy matching account element values. | C_AcctSchema.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Start Date | First effective day (inclusive) | The Start Date indicates the first or starting date | C_AcctSchema.StartDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| End Date | Last effective date (inclusive) | The End Date indicates the last date in this range. | C_AcctSchema.EndDate timestamp without time zone
Date | + +## Tab: › Account Schema Dimensions + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 05/10/1999 · Updated 24/02/2018* + +**Description:** Define the dimensions of your Account Key + +**Comment/Help:** The Account Schema Dimensions Tab defines the dimensions that comprise the account key. A name is defined which will display in documents. Also the order of the dimensions and if they are balanced and mandatory are indicated. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_AcctSchema_Element.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_AcctSchema_Element.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_Element.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_AcctSchema_Element.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_AcctSchema_Element.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Type | Element Type (account or user defined) | The Element Type indicates if this element is the Account element or is a User Defined element. | C_AcctSchema_Element.ElementType character(2)
List | +| Element | Accounting Element | The Account Element uniquely identifies an Account Type. These are commonly known as a Chart of Accounts. | C_AcctSchema_Element.C_Element_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Balanced | | | C_AcctSchema_Element.IsBalanced character(1)
Yes-No | +| Mandatory | Data entry is required in this column | The field must have a value for the record to be saved to the database. | C_AcctSchema_Element.IsMandatory character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | C_AcctSchema_Element.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. | C_AcctSchema_Element.Org_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Account Element | Account Element | Account Elements can be natural accounts or user defined values. | C_AcctSchema_Element.C_ElementValue_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_AcctSchema_Element.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_AcctSchema_Element.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Address | Location or Address | The Location / Address field defines the location of an entity. | C_AcctSchema_Element.C_Location_ID numeric(10)
Location (Address) | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | C_AcctSchema_Element.C_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_AcctSchema_Element.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_AcctSchema_Element.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_AcctSchema_Element.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | C_AcctSchema_Element.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_AcctSchema_Element.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | C_AcctSchema_Element.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | C_AcctSchema_Element.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Column 2 | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | C_AcctSchema_Element.AD_Column2_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Employee | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_AcctSchema_Element.C_Employee_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Department | | | C_AcctSchema_Element.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | C_AcctSchema_Element.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Set Instance | Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Attribute Instances. | C_AcctSchema_Element.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › General Ledger + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 23/09/1999 · Updated 24/02/2018* + +**Description:** Accounts for GL + +**Comment/Help:** The General Ledger Tab defines error and balance handling to use as well as the necessary accounts for posting to General Ledger. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_AcctSchema_GL.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_AcctSchema_GL.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_GL.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_AcctSchema_GL.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Use Suspense Balancing | | | C_AcctSchema_GL.UseSuspenseBalancing character(1)
Yes-No | +| Suspense Balancing Acct | | | C_AcctSchema_GL.SuspenseBalancing_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Use Currency Balancing | | | C_AcctSchema_GL.UseCurrencyBalancing character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency Balancing Acct | Account used when a currency is out of balance | The Currency Balancing Account indicates the account to used when a currency is out of balance (generally due to rounding) | C_AcctSchema_GL.CurrencyBalancing_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Intercompany Due To Acct | Intercompany Due To / Payable Account | The Intercompany Due To Account indicates the account that represents money owed to other organizations. | C_AcctSchema_GL.IntercompanyDueTo_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Intercompany Due From Acct | Intercompany Due From / Receivables Account | The Intercompany Due From account indicates the account that represents money owed to this organization from other organizations. | C_AcctSchema_GL.IntercompanyDueFrom_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| PPV Offset | Purchase Price Variance Offset Account | Offset account for standard costing purchase price variances. The counter account is Product PPV. | C_AcctSchema_GL.PPVOffset_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Commitment Offset | Budgetary Commitment Offset Account | The Commitment Offset Account is used for posting Commitments and Reservations. It is usually an off-balance sheet and gain-and-loss account. | C_AcctSchema_GL.CommitmentOffset_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Commitment Offset Sales | Budgetary Commitment Offset Account for Sales | The Commitment Offset Account is used for posting Commitments Sales and Reservations. It is usually an off-balance sheet and gain-and-loss account. | C_AcctSchema_GL.CommitmentOffsetSales_Acct numeric(10)
Account | + +## Tab: › Defaults + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/12/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Default Accounts + +**Comment/Help:** The Defaults Tab displays the Default accounts for an Accounting Schema. These values will display when a new document is opened. The user can override these defaults within the document. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_AcctSchema_Default.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_AcctSchema_Default.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_AcctSchema_Default.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Unrealized Gain Acct | Unrealized Gain Account for currency revaluation | The Unrealized Gain Account indicates the account to be used when recording gains achieved from currency revaluation that have yet to be realized. | C_AcctSchema_Default.UnrealizedGain_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Unrealized Loss Acct | Unrealized Loss Account for currency revaluation | The Unrealized Loss Account indicates the account to be used when recording losses incurred from currency revaluation that have yet to be realized. | C_AcctSchema_Default.UnrealizedLoss_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Realized Gain Acct | Realized Gain Account | The Realized Gain Account indicates the account to be used when recording gains achieved from currency revaluation that have been realized. | C_AcctSchema_Default.RealizedGain_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Realized Loss Acct | Realized Loss Account | The Realized Loss Account indicates the account to be used when recording losses incurred from currency revaluation that have yet to be realized. | C_AcctSchema_Default.RealizedLoss_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Not-invoiced Receipts | Account for not-invoiced Material Receipts | The Not Invoiced Receipts account indicates the account used for recording receipts for materials that have not yet been invoiced. | C_AcctSchema_Default.NotInvoicedReceipts_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Unearned Revenue | Account for unearned revenue | The Unearned Revenue indicates the account used for recording invoices sent for products or services not yet delivered. It is used in revenue recognition | C_AcctSchema_Default.UnEarnedRevenue_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Payment Discount Expense | Payment Discount Expense Account | Indicates the account to be charged for payment discount expenses. | C_AcctSchema_Default.PayDiscount_Exp_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Payment Discount Revenue | Payment Discount Revenue Account | Indicates the account to be charged for payment discount revenues. | C_AcctSchema_Default.PayDiscount_Rev_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Write-off | Account for Receivables write-off | The Write Off Account identifies the account to book write off transactions to. | C_AcctSchema_Default.WriteOff_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Customer Receivables | Account for Customer Receivables | The Customer Receivables Accounts indicates the account to be used for recording transaction for customers receivables. | C_AcctSchema_Default.C_Receivable_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Vendor Liability | Account for Vendor Liability | The Vendor Liability account indicates the account used for recording transactions for vendor liabilities | C_AcctSchema_Default.V_Liability_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Customer Prepayment | Account for customer prepayments | The Customer Prepayment account indicates the account to be used for recording prepayments from a customer. | C_AcctSchema_Default.C_Prepayment_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Vendor Prepayment | Account for Vendor Prepayments | The Vendor Prepayment Account indicates the account used to record prepayments from a vendor. | C_AcctSchema_Default.V_Prepayment_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product Asset | Account for Product Asset (Inventory) | The Product Asset Account indicates the account used for valuing this a product in inventory. | C_AcctSchema_Default.P_Asset_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product Expense | Account for Product Expense | The Product Expense Account indicates the account used to record expenses associated with this product. | C_AcctSchema_Default.P_Expense_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Cost Adjustment | Product Cost Adjustment Account | Account used for posting product cost adjustments (e.g. landed costs) | C_AcctSchema_Default.P_CostAdjustment_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Inventory Clearing | Product Inventory Clearing Account | Account used for posting matched product (item) expenses (e.g. AP Invoice, Invoice Match). You would use a different account then Product Expense, if you want to differentiate service related costs from item related costs. The balance on the clearing account should be zero and accounts for the timing difference between invoice receipt and matching. | C_AcctSchema_Default.P_InventoryClearing_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product COGS | Account for Cost of Goods Sold | The Product COGS Account indicates the account used when recording costs associated with this product. | C_AcctSchema_Default.P_COGS_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product Revenue | Account for Product Revenue (Sales Account) | The Product Revenue Account indicates the account used for recording sales revenue for this product. | C_AcctSchema_Default.P_Revenue_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Purchase Price Variance | Difference between Standard Cost and Purchase Price (PPV) | The Purchase Price Variance is used in Standard Costing. It reflects the difference between the Standard Cost and the Purchase Order Price. | C_AcctSchema_Default.P_PurchasePriceVariance_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Invoice Price Variance | Difference between Costs and Invoice Price (IPV) | The Invoice Price Variance is used reflects the difference between the current Costs and the Invoice Price. | C_AcctSchema_Default.P_InvoicePriceVariance_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Trade Discount Received | Trade Discount Receivable Account | The Trade Discount Receivables Account indicates the account for received trade discounts in vendor invoices | C_AcctSchema_Default.P_TradeDiscountRec_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Trade Discount Granted | Trade Discount Granted Account | The Trade Discount Granted Account indicates the account for granted trade discount in sales invoices | C_AcctSchema_Default.P_TradeDiscountGrant_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Rate Variance | The Rate Variance account is the account used Manufacturing Order | The Rate Variance is used in Standard Costing. It reflects the difference between the Standard Cost Rates and The Cost Rates of Manufacturing Order.

If you change the Standard Rates then this variance is generate. | C_AcctSchema_Default.P_RateVariance_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Average Cost Variance | Average Cost Variance | The Average Cost Variance is used in weighted average costing to reflect differences when posting costs for negative inventory. | C_AcctSchema_Default.P_AverageCostVariance_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Landed Cost Clearing | Product Landed Cost Clearing Account | Account used for posting of estimated and actual landed cost amount. The balance on the clearing account should be zero and accounts for the timing difference between material receipt and landed cost invoice. | C_AcctSchema_Default.P_LandedCostClearing_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Warehouse Differences | Warehouse Differences Account | The Warehouse Differences Account indicates the account used recording differences identified during inventory counts. | C_AcctSchema_Default.W_Differences_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Bank Asset | Bank Asset Account | The Bank Asset Account identifies the account to be used for booking changes to the balance in this bank account | C_AcctSchema_Default.B_Asset_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Bank In Transit | Bank In Transit Account | The Bank in Transit Account identifies the account to be used for funds which are in transit. | C_AcctSchema_Default.B_InTransit_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Payment Selection | AP Payment Selection Clearing Account | | C_AcctSchema_Default.B_PaymentSelect_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Unallocated Cash | Unallocated Cash Clearing Account | Receipts not allocated to Invoices | C_AcctSchema_Default.B_UnallocatedCash_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Bank Interest Expense | Bank Interest Expense Account | The Bank Interest Expense Account identifies the account to be used for recording interest expenses. | C_AcctSchema_Default.B_InterestExp_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Bank Interest Revenue | Bank Interest Revenue Account | The Bank Interest Revenue Account identifies the account to be used for recording interest revenue from this Bank. | C_AcctSchema_Default.B_InterestRev_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Tax Due | Account for Tax you have to pay | The Tax Due Account indicates the account used to record taxes that you are liable to pay. | C_AcctSchema_Default.T_Due_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Tax Credit | Account for Tax you can reclaim | The Tax Credit Account indicates the account used to record taxes that can be reclaimed | C_AcctSchema_Default.T_Credit_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Tax Expense | Account for paid tax you cannot reclaim | The Tax Expense Account indicates the account used to record the taxes that have been paid that cannot be reclaimed. | C_AcctSchema_Default.T_Expense_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Charge Account | Charge Account | The Charge Account identifies the account to use when recording charges | C_AcctSchema_Default.Ch_Expense_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Project Asset | Project Asset Account | The Project Asset account is the account used as the final asset account in capital projects | C_AcctSchema_Default.PJ_Asset_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Work In Progress | Account for Work in Progress | The Work in Process account is the account used in capital projects until the project is completed | C_AcctSchema_Default.PJ_WIP_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Add or Copy Accounts | Add missing Accounts - or Copy&Overwrite Accounts (DANGEROUS!!) | Either add missing accounts - or copy and overwrite all default accounts. If you copy and overwrite the current default values, you may have to repeat previous updates (e.g. set the bank account asset accounts, ...). If no Accounting Schema is selected all Accounting Schemas will be updated / inserted. | C_AcctSchema_Default.Processing character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/ActiveSession_Window_ID-200016_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ActiveSession_Window_ID-200016_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..32c517b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ActiveSession_Window_ID-200016_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +--- +title: 'Active Session' +sidebar_label: 'Active Session' +description: 'List of Current Logged in user' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Active Session + +Window ID 200016 + +*11/10/2012 → 18/10/2012* + +![Active Session](/img/manual/ActiveSession-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** List of Current Logged in user + +## Tab: Sessions + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/10/2012 · Updated 03/06/2020* + +**Description:** Current Sessions + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant Name | | Tenant in which current session user logged in | AD_SessionInfo_v.ClientName text
String | +| Organization Name | Name of the Organization | | AD_SessionInfo_v.OrgName text
String | +| Remote Addr | Remote Address | The Remote Address indicates an alternative or external address. | AD_SessionInfo_v.Remote_Addr text
String | +| Remote Host | Remote host Info | | AD_SessionInfo_v.Remote_Host text
String | +| User Name | | Login User Name | AD_SessionInfo_v.LoginName text
String | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | AD_SessionInfo_v.EMail text
String | +| LDAP User Name | User Name used for authorization via LDAP (directory) services | Optional LDAP system user name for the user. If not defined, the normal Name of the user is used. This allows to use the internal (LDAP) user id (e.g. jjanke) and the normal display name (e.g. Jorg Janke). The LDAP User Name can also be used without LDAP enables (see system window). This would allow to sign in as jjanke and use the display name of Jorg Janke. | AD_SessionInfo_v.LDAPUser text
String | +| Login Role | | Role name of user logged in with | AD_SessionInfo_v.roleName text
String | +| Login date | | | AD_SessionInfo_v.LoginDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Session | User Session Online or Web | Online or Web Session Information | AD_SessionInfo_v.AD_Session_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Web Session | Web Session ID | | AD_SessionInfo_v.WebSession text
String | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_SessionInfo_v.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Updated | Date this record was updated | The Updated field indicates the date that this record was updated. | AD_SessionInfo_v.Updated timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Server Name | | Node instance name | AD_SessionInfo_v.ServerName text
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_SessionInfo_v.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_SessionInfo_v.Description text
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/ActivityABC_Window_ID-134_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ActivityABC_Window_ID-134_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f7331a38 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ActivityABC_Window_ID-134_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: 'Activity (ABC)' +sidebar_label: 'Activity (ABC)' +description: 'Maintain Activities for Activity Based Costing' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Activity (ABC) + +Window ID 134 + +*29/06/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Activity (ABC)](/img/manual/ActivityABC-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Activities for Activity Based Costing + +**Comment/Help:** The Activity Based Costing Window defines the different activities for which you want to capture costs. + +## Tab: Activity + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/12/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Activity for Activity Based Costing + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Activity.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Activity.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Activity.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Activity.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Activity.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_Activity.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Activity.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | C_Activity.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/03/2014 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Activity_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Activity_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_Activity_Trl.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_Activity_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Activity_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_Activity_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Activity_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Activity_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_Activity_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/AddressTransaction_Window_ID-200048_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AddressTransaction_Window_ID-200048_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b42fff43 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AddressTransaction_Window_ID-200048_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: 'Address Transaction' +sidebar_label: 'Address Transaction' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Address Transaction + +Window ID 200048 + +*19/08/2013 → 19/08/2013* + +![Address Transaction](/img/manual/AddressTransaction-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Address Transaction + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/08/2013 · Updated 19/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_AddressTransaction.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_AddressTransaction.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Address | Location or Address | The Location / Address field defines the location of an entity. | C_AddressTransaction.C_Location_ID numeric(10)
Location (Address) | +| Address 1 | Address line 1 for this location | The Address 1 identifies the address for an entity's location | C_AddressTransaction.Address1 character varying(60)
String | +| Address 2 | Address line 2 for this location | The Address 2 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information. | C_AddressTransaction.Address2 character varying(60)
String | +| Address 3 | Address Line 3 for the location | The Address 2 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information. | C_AddressTransaction.Address3 character varying(60)
String | +| Address 4 | Address Line 4 for the location | The Address 4 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information. | C_AddressTransaction.Address4 character varying(60)
String | +| City | Identifies a City | The City identifies a unique City for this Country or Region. | C_AddressTransaction.City character varying(60)
String | +| Address 5 | Address Line 5 for the location | The Address 5 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information. | C_AddressTransaction.Address5 character varying(60)
String | +| Region | | | C_AddressTransaction.Region character varying(60)
String | +| ZIP | Postal code | The Postal Code or ZIP identifies the postal code for this entity's address. | C_AddressTransaction.Postal character varying(10)
String | +| Country | | | C_AddressTransaction.Country character varying(60)
String | +| Result | Result of the action taken | The Result indicates the result of any action taken on this request. | C_AddressTransaction.Result character varying(2000)
Text | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | C_AddressTransaction.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Address Validation | | | C_AddressTransaction.C_AddressValidation_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_AddressTransaction.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | C_AddressTransaction.Comments character varying(2000)
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/AddressValidationConfiguration_Window_ID-200046_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AddressValidationConfiguration_Window_ID-200046_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa2c8699 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AddressValidationConfiguration_Window_ID-200046_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: 'Address Validation Configuration' +sidebar_label: 'Address Validation Configuration' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Address Validation Configuration + +Window ID 200046 + +*19/08/2013 → 19/08/2013* + +![Address Validation Configuration](/img/manual/AddressValidationConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Address Validation + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/08/2013 · Updated 19/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_AddressValidationCfg.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_AddressValidationCfg.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_AddressValidationCfg.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_AddressValidationCfg.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_AddressValidationCfg.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Host Address | Host Address URL or DNS | The Host Address identifies the URL or DNS of the target host | C_AddressValidationCfg.HostAddress character varying(60)
String | +| Host port | Host Communication Port | The Host Port identifies the port to communicate with the host. | C_AddressValidationCfg.HostPort numeric(10)
Integer | +| Proxy address | Address of your proxy server | The Proxy Address must be defined if you must pass through a firewall to access your payment processor. | C_AddressValidationCfg.ProxyAddress character varying(60)
String | +| Proxy port | Port of your proxy server | The Proxy Port identifies the port of your proxy server. | C_AddressValidationCfg.ProxyPort numeric(10)
Integer | +| Proxy logon | Logon of your proxy server | The Proxy Logon identifies the Logon ID for your proxy server. | C_AddressValidationCfg.ProxyLogon character varying(60)
String | +| Proxy password | Password of your proxy server | The Proxy Password identifies the password for your proxy server. | C_AddressValidationCfg.ProxyPassword character varying(60)
String | +| Service Path | | | C_AddressValidationCfg.ServicePath character varying(60)
String | +| Address Validation Class | | | C_AddressValidationCfg.AddressValidationClass character varying(100)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/AddressValidation_Window_ID-200047_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AddressValidation_Window_ID-200047_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9bab16a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AddressValidation_Window_ID-200047_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: 'Address Validation' +sidebar_label: 'Address Validation' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Address Validation + +Window ID 200047 + +*19/08/2013 → 19/08/2013* + +![Address Validation](/img/manual/AddressValidation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Address Validation + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/08/2013 · Updated 19/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_AddressValidation.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_AddressValidation.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Address Validation Configuration | | | C_AddressValidation.C_AddressValidationCfg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_AddressValidation.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_AddressValidation.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | C_AddressValidation.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| User ID | User ID or account number | The User ID identifies a user and allows access to records or processes. | C_AddressValidation.UserID character varying(60)
String | +| Connection Key | | | C_AddressValidation.ConnectionKey character varying(60)
String | +| Connection Password | | | C_AddressValidation.ConnectionPassword character varying(60)
String | +| Shipper Account Number | | | C_AddressValidation.ShipperAccount character varying(40)
String | +| Shipper Meter | | | C_AddressValidation.ShipperMeter character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/AlertProcessor_Window_ID-312_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AlertProcessor_Window_ID-312_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bcf5ad39 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AlertProcessor_Window_ID-312_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: 'Alert Processor' +sidebar_label: 'Alert Processor' +description: 'Maintain Alert Processor/Server Parameter and Logs' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Alert Processor + +Window ID 312 + +*19/02/2004 → 19/09/2012* + +![Alert Processor](/img/manual/AlertProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Alert Processor/Server Parameter and Logs + +**Comment/Help:** Alert Processor/Server Parameter + +## Tab: Processor + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 29/02/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Alert Processor + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_AlertProcessor.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_AlertProcessor.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_AlertProcessor.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_AlertProcessor.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_AlertProcessor.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Schedule | | | AD_AlertProcessor.AD_Schedule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Supervisor | Supervisor for this user/organization - used for escalation and approval | The Supervisor indicates who will be used for forwarding and escalating issues for this user - or for approvals. | AD_AlertProcessor.Supervisor_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Days to keep Log | Number of days to keep the log entries | Older Log entries may be deleted | AD_AlertProcessor.KeepLogDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Date Last Run | Date the process was last run. | The Date Last Run indicates the last time that a process was run. | AD_AlertProcessor.DateLastRun timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Date Next Run | Date the process will run next | The Date Next Run indicates the next time this process will run. | AD_AlertProcessor.DateNextRun timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | + +## Tab: › Log + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 29/02/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Alert Processor Log + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_AlertProcessorLog.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_AlertProcessorLog.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Alert Processor | Alert Processor/Server Parameter | Alert Processor/Server Parameter | AD_AlertProcessorLog.AD_AlertProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_AlertProcessorLog.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Summary | Textual summary of this request | The Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request. | AD_AlertProcessorLog.Summary character varying(2000)
Text | +| Error | An Error occurred in the execution | | AD_AlertProcessorLog.IsError character(1)
Yes-No | +| Reference | Reference for this record | The Reference displays the source document number. | AD_AlertProcessorLog.Reference character varying(60)
String | +| Text Message | Text Message | | AD_AlertProcessorLog.TextMsg character varying(2000)
Text | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_AlertProcessorLog.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/Alert_Window_ID-276_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Alert_Window_ID-276_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91b514be --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Alert_Window_ID-276_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +--- +title: 'Alert' +sidebar_label: 'Alert' +description: 'iDempiere Alert' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Alert + +Window ID 276 + +*07/06/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Alert](/img/manual/Alert-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** iDempiere Alert + +**Comment/Help:** iDempiere Alerts allow you define system conditions you want to be alerted of + +## Tab: Alert + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 07/06/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** iDempiere Alert + +**Comment/Help:** iDempiere Alerts allow you define system conditions you want to be alerted of. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Alert.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Alert.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Alert.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Alert.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Alert.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Alert.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | AD_Alert.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Alert Processor | Alert Processor/Server Parameter | Alert Processor/Server Parameter | AD_Alert.AD_AlertProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Enforce Tenant Security | Send alerts to recipient only if the tenant security rules of the role allows | | AD_Alert.EnforceClientSecurity character(1)
Yes-No | +| Enforce Role Security | Send alerts to recipient only if the data security rules of the role allows | | AD_Alert.EnforceRoleSecurity character(1)
Yes-No | +| Alert Subject | Subject of the Alert | The subject of the email message sent for the alert | AD_Alert.AlertSubject character varying(255)
String | +| Alert Message | Message of the Alert | The message of the email sent for the alert | AD_Alert.AlertMessage character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Alert Rule + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 07/06/2003 · Updated 06/08/2013* + +**Description:** Definition of the alert element + +**Comment/Help:** The definition of the altert or action + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_AlertRule.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_AlertRule.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Alert | iDempiere Alert | iDempiere Alerts allow you define system conditions you want to be alerted of | AD_AlertRule.AD_Alert_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_AlertRule.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_AlertRule.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | AD_AlertRule.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Error Msg | | | AD_AlertRule.ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
Text | +| Pre Processing | Process SQL before executing the query | Could be Update/Delete/etc. statement | AD_AlertRule.PreProcessing character varying(2000)
Text | +| Sql SELECT | SQL SELECT clause | The Select Clause indicates the SQL SELECT clause to use for selecting the record for a measure calculation. Do not include the SELECT itself. | AD_AlertRule.SelectClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_AlertRule.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sql FROM | SQL FROM clause | The Select Clause indicates the SQL FROM clause to use for selecting the record for a measure calculation. It can have JOIN clauses. Do not include the FROM itself. | AD_AlertRule.FromClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Sql WHERE | Fully qualified SQL WHERE clause | The Where Clause indicates the SQL WHERE clause to use for record selection. The WHERE clause is added to the query. Fully qualified means "tablename.columnname". | AD_AlertRule.WhereClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Other SQL Clause | Other SQL Clause | Any other complete clause like GROUP BY, HAVING, ORDER BY, etc. after WHERE clause. | AD_AlertRule.OtherClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Post Processing | Process SQL after executing the query | Could be Update/Delete/etc. statement | AD_AlertRule.PostProcessing character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Alert Recipient + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 07/06/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Recipient of the Alert Notification + +**Comment/Help:** You can send the notifications to users or roles + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_AlertRecipient.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_AlertRecipient.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Alert | iDempiere Alert | iDempiere Alerts allow you define system conditions you want to be alerted of | AD_AlertRecipient.AD_Alert_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_AlertRecipient.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_AlertRecipient.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_AlertRecipient.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/AllRoles_Window_ID-200108_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AllRoles_Window_ID-200108_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c26f656a --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AllRoles_Window_ID-200108_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +--- +title: 'All Roles' +sidebar_label: 'All Roles' +description: 'Roles from All Tenants' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# All Roles + +Window ID 200108 + +*26/03/2019 → 10/03/2022* + +![All Roles](/img/manual/AllRoles-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Roles from All Tenants + +## Tab: Role + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 26/03/2019 · Updated 26/03/2019* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant (All) | | | AD_AllRoles_V.AD_AllClients_V_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_AllRoles_V.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_AllRoles_V.Description character varying(255)
String | +| User Level | System Tenant Organization | The User Level field determines if users of this Role will have access to System level data, Organization level data, Tenant level data or Tenant and Organization level data. | AD_AllRoles_V.UserLevel character(3)
List | +| Preference Level | Determines what preferences the user can set | Preferences allow you to define default values. If set to None, you cannot set any preference nor value preference. Only if set to Tenant, you can see the Record Info Change Log. | AD_AllRoles_V.PreferenceType character(1)
List | +| Manual | This is a manual process | The Manual check box indicates if the process will done manually. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsManual character(1)
Yes-No | +| Role Template | A role template cannot be assigned to users, it is intended to define access to menu option and documents and inherit to other roles | | AD_AllRoles_V.IsMasterRole character(1)
Yes-No | +| Access all Orgs | Access all Organizations (no org access control) of the tenant | When selected, the role has access to all organizations of the tenant automatically. This also increases performance where you have many organizations. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsAccessAllOrgs character(1)
Yes-No | +| Use User Org Access | Use Org Access defined by user instead of Role Org Access | You can define the access to Organization either by Role or by User. You would select this, if you have many organizations. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsUseUserOrgAccess character(1)
Yes-No | +| Can Export | Users with this role can export data | You can restrict the ability to export data from iDempiere. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsCanExport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Can Report | Users with this role can create reports | You can restrict the ability to report on data. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsCanReport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Show Accounting | Users with this role can see accounting information | This allows to prevent access to any accounting information. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsShowAcct character(1)
Yes-No | +| Personal Lock | Allow users with role to lock access to personal records | If enabled, the user with the role can prevent access of others to personal records. If a record is locked, only the user or people who can read personal locked records can see the record. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsPersonalLock character(1)
Yes-No | +| Personal Access | Allow access to all personal records | Users of this role have access to all records locked as personal. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsPersonalAccess character(1)
Yes-No | +| Access Advanced | | | AD_AllRoles_V.IsAccessAdvanced character(1)
Yes-No | +| Maintain Change Log | Maintain a log of changes | If selected, a log of all changes is maintained. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsChangeLog character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Role Type | | | AD_AllRoles_V.RoleType character varying(2)
List | + +## Tab: › User Roles + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/03/2019 · Updated 26/03/2019* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant (All) | | | AD_AllUserRoles_V.AD_AllClients_V_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role (All) | | | AD_AllUserRoles_V.AD_AllRoles_V_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User (All) | | | AD_AllUserRoles_V.AD_AllUsers_V_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/AllTenants_Window_ID-200092_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AllTenants_Window_ID-200092_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..28446156 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AllTenants_Window_ID-200092_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +--- +title: 'All Tenants' +sidebar_label: 'All Tenants' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# All Tenants + +Window ID 200092 + +*28/07/2017 → 10/03/2022* + +![All Tenants](/img/manual/AllTenants-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Tenant + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 28/07/2017 · Updated 10/03/2022* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_AllClients_V.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_AllClients_V.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_AllClients_V.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_AllClients_V.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_AllClients_V.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › User + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 28/07/2017 · Updated 28/07/2017* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | | | AD_AllUsers_V.AD_AllClients_V_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | AD_AllUsers_V.EMail character varying(60)
String | +| LDAP User Name | User Name used for authorization via LDAP (directory) services | Optional LDAP system user name for the user. If not defined, the normal Name of the user is used. This allows to use the internal (LDAP) user id (e.g. jjanke) and the normal display name (e.g. Jorg Janke). The LDAP User Name can also be used without LDAP enables (see system window). This would allow to sign in as jjanke and use the display name of Jorg Janke. | AD_AllUsers_V.LDAPUser character varying(60)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_AllUsers_V.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_AllUsers_V.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Date Last Login | | | AD_AllUsers_V.DateLastLogin timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Failed Login Count | | | AD_AllUsers_V.FailedLoginCount numeric(10)
Integer | +| Date Password Changed | | | AD_AllUsers_V.DatePasswordChanged timestamp without time zone
Date | +| No Password Reset | | | AD_AllUsers_V.IsNoPasswordReset character(1)
Yes-No | +| Expired | | | AD_AllUsers_V.IsExpired character(1)
Yes-No | +| No Expire | | | AD_AllUsers_V.IsNoExpire character(1)
Yes-No | +| Password | Password of any length (case sensitive) | The Password for this User. Passwords are required to identify authorized users. For iDempiere Users, you can change the password via the Process "Reset Password". | AD_AllUsers_V.Password character varying(1024)
String | +| Salt | Random data added to improve password hash effectiveness | | AD_AllUsers_V.Salt character varying(32)
String | +| User PIN | | | AD_AllUsers_V.UserPIN character varying(20)
String | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_AllUsers_V.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Support User | | | AD_AllUsers_V.IsSupportUser character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_AllUsers_V.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Locked | | | AD_AllUsers_V.IsLocked character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Account Locked | | | AD_AllUsers_V.DateAccountLocked timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | + +## Tab: › Role + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/03/2019 · Updated 26/03/2019* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant (All) | | | AD_AllRoles_V.AD_AllClients_V_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_AllRoles_V.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_AllRoles_V.Description character varying(255)
String | +| User Level | System Tenant Organization | The User Level field determines if users of this Role will have access to System level data, Organization level data, Tenant level data or Tenant and Organization level data. | AD_AllRoles_V.UserLevel character(3)
List | +| Preference Level | Determines what preferences the user can set | Preferences allow you to define default values. If set to None, you cannot set any preference nor value preference. Only if set to Tenant, you can see the Record Info Change Log. | AD_AllRoles_V.PreferenceType character(1)
List | +| Manual | This is a manual process | The Manual check box indicates if the process will done manually. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsManual character(1)
Yes-No | +| Role Template | A role template cannot be assigned to users, it is intended to define access to menu option and documents and inherit to other roles | | AD_AllRoles_V.IsMasterRole character(1)
Yes-No | +| Access all Orgs | Access all Organizations (no org access control) of the tenant | When selected, the role has access to all organizations of the tenant automatically. This also increases performance where you have many organizations. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsAccessAllOrgs character(1)
Yes-No | +| Use User Org Access | Use Org Access defined by user instead of Role Org Access | You can define the access to Organization either by Role or by User. You would select this, if you have many organizations. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsUseUserOrgAccess character(1)
Yes-No | +| Can Export | Users with this role can export data | You can restrict the ability to export data from iDempiere. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsCanExport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Can Report | Users with this role can create reports | You can restrict the ability to report on data. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsCanReport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Show Accounting | Users with this role can see accounting information | This allows to prevent access to any accounting information. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsShowAcct character(1)
Yes-No | +| Personal Lock | Allow users with role to lock access to personal records | If enabled, the user with the role can prevent access of others to personal records. If a record is locked, only the user or people who can read personal locked records can see the record. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsPersonalLock character(1)
Yes-No | +| Personal Access | Allow access to all personal records | Users of this role have access to all records locked as personal. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsPersonalAccess character(1)
Yes-No | +| Access Advanced | | | AD_AllRoles_V.IsAccessAdvanced character(1)
Yes-No | +| Maintain Change Log | Maintain a log of changes | If selected, a log of all changes is maintained. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsChangeLog character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_AllRoles_V.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Role Type | | | AD_AllRoles_V.RoleType character varying(2)
List | + diff --git a/manual/window/AllUserRoles_Window_ID-200107_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AllUserRoles_Window_ID-200107_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1b3324ef --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AllUserRoles_Window_ID-200107_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +--- +title: 'All User Roles' +sidebar_label: 'All User Roles' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# All User Roles + +Window ID 200107 + +*31/01/2019 → 31/01/2019* + +![All User Roles](/img/manual/AllUserRoles-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: User Roles + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 31/01/2019 · Updated 31/01/2019* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant (All) | | | AD_AllUserRoles_V.AD_AllClients_V_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User (All) | | | AD_AllUserRoles_V.AD_AllUsers_V_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role (All) | | | AD_AllUserRoles_V.AD_AllRoles_V_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.Description character varying(255)
String | +| User Level | System Tenant Organization | The User Level field determines if users of this Role will have access to System level data, Organization level data, Tenant level data or Tenant and Organization level data. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.UserLevel character(3)
List | +| Preference Level | Determines what preferences the user can set | Preferences allow you to define default values. If set to None, you cannot set any preference nor value preference. Only if set to Tenant, you can see the Record Info Change Log. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.PreferenceType character(1)
List | +| Manual | This is a manual process | The Manual check box indicates if the process will done manually. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsManual character(1)
Yes-No | +| Role Template | A role template cannot be assigned to users, it is intended to define access to menu option and documents and inherit to other roles | | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsMasterRole character(1)
Yes-No | +| Access all Orgs | Access all Organizations (no org access control) of the tenant | When selected, the role has access to all organizations of the tenant automatically. This also increases performance where you have many organizations. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsAccessAllOrgs character(1)
Yes-No | +| Use User Org Access | Use Org Access defined by user instead of Role Org Access | You can define the access to Organization either by Role or by User. You would select this, if you have many organizations. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsUseUserOrgAccess character(1)
Yes-No | +| Can Export | Users with this role can export data | You can restrict the ability to export data from iDempiere. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsCanExport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Can Report | Users with this role can create reports | You can restrict the ability to report on data. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsCanReport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Show Accounting | Users with this role can see accounting information | This allows to prevent access to any accounting information. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsShowAcct character(1)
Yes-No | +| Personal Lock | Allow users with role to lock access to personal records | If enabled, the user with the role can prevent access of others to personal records. If a record is locked, only the user or people who can read personal locked records can see the record. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsPersonalLock character(1)
Yes-No | +| Personal Access | Allow access to all personal records | Users of this role have access to all records locked as personal. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsPersonalAccess character(1)
Yes-No | +| Access Advanced | | | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsAccessAdvanced character(1)
Yes-No | +| Maintain Change Log | Maintain a log of changes | If selected, a log of all changes is maintained. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsChangeLog character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Role Type | | | AD_AllUserRoles_V.RoleType character varying(2)
List | + diff --git a/manual/window/AllUsers_Window_ID-200093_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AllUsers_Window_ID-200093_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5cf74c47 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AllUsers_Window_ID-200093_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +--- +title: 'All Users' +sidebar_label: 'All Users' +description: 'Users from All Tenants' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# All Users + +Window ID 200093 + +*28/07/2017 → 10/03/2022* + +![All Users](/img/manual/AllUsers-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Users from All Tenants + +## Tab: User + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 28/07/2017 · Updated 28/07/2017* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | | | AD_AllUsers_V.AD_AllClients_V_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | AD_AllUsers_V.EMail character varying(60)
String | +| LDAP User Name | User Name used for authorization via LDAP (directory) services | Optional LDAP system user name for the user. If not defined, the normal Name of the user is used. This allows to use the internal (LDAP) user id (e.g. jjanke) and the normal display name (e.g. Jorg Janke). The LDAP User Name can also be used without LDAP enables (see system window). This would allow to sign in as jjanke and use the display name of Jorg Janke. | AD_AllUsers_V.LDAPUser character varying(60)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_AllUsers_V.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_AllUsers_V.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Date Last Login | | | AD_AllUsers_V.DateLastLogin timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Failed Login Count | | | AD_AllUsers_V.FailedLoginCount numeric(10)
Integer | +| Date Password Changed | | | AD_AllUsers_V.DatePasswordChanged timestamp without time zone
Date | +| No Password Reset | | | AD_AllUsers_V.IsNoPasswordReset character(1)
Yes-No | +| Expired | | | AD_AllUsers_V.IsExpired character(1)
Yes-No | +| No Expire | | | AD_AllUsers_V.IsNoExpire character(1)
Yes-No | +| Password | Password of any length (case sensitive) | The Password for this User. Passwords are required to identify authorized users. For iDempiere Users, you can change the password via the Process "Reset Password". | AD_AllUsers_V.Password character varying(1024)
String | +| Salt | Random data added to improve password hash effectiveness | | AD_AllUsers_V.Salt character varying(32)
String | +| User PIN | | | AD_AllUsers_V.UserPIN character varying(20)
String | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_AllUsers_V.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Support User | | | AD_AllUsers_V.IsSupportUser character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_AllUsers_V.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Locked | | | AD_AllUsers_V.IsLocked character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Account Locked | | | AD_AllUsers_V.DateAccountLocked timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | + +## Tab: › User Roles + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 31/01/2019 · Updated 31/01/2019* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant (All) | | | AD_AllUserRoles_V.AD_AllClients_V_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User (All) | | | AD_AllUserRoles_V.AD_AllUsers_V_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role (All) | | | AD_AllUserRoles_V.AD_AllRoles_V_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.Description character varying(255)
String | +| User Level | System Tenant Organization | The User Level field determines if users of this Role will have access to System level data, Organization level data, Tenant level data or Tenant and Organization level data. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.UserLevel character(3)
List | +| Preference Level | Determines what preferences the user can set | Preferences allow you to define default values. If set to None, you cannot set any preference nor value preference. Only if set to Tenant, you can see the Record Info Change Log. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.PreferenceType character(1)
List | +| Manual | This is a manual process | The Manual check box indicates if the process will done manually. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsManual character(1)
Yes-No | +| Role Template | A role template cannot be assigned to users, it is intended to define access to menu option and documents and inherit to other roles | | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsMasterRole character(1)
Yes-No | +| Access all Orgs | Access all Organizations (no org access control) of the tenant | When selected, the role has access to all organizations of the tenant automatically. This also increases performance where you have many organizations. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsAccessAllOrgs character(1)
Yes-No | +| Use User Org Access | Use Org Access defined by user instead of Role Org Access | You can define the access to Organization either by Role or by User. You would select this, if you have many organizations. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsUseUserOrgAccess character(1)
Yes-No | +| Can Export | Users with this role can export data | You can restrict the ability to export data from iDempiere. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsCanExport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Can Report | Users with this role can create reports | You can restrict the ability to report on data. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsCanReport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Show Accounting | Users with this role can see accounting information | This allows to prevent access to any accounting information. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsShowAcct character(1)
Yes-No | +| Personal Lock | Allow users with role to lock access to personal records | If enabled, the user with the role can prevent access of others to personal records. If a record is locked, only the user or people who can read personal locked records can see the record. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsPersonalLock character(1)
Yes-No | +| Personal Access | Allow access to all personal records | Users of this role have access to all records locked as personal. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsPersonalAccess character(1)
Yes-No | +| Access Advanced | | | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsAccessAdvanced character(1)
Yes-No | +| Maintain Change Log | Maintain a log of changes | If selected, a log of all changes is maintained. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsChangeLog character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_AllUserRoles_V.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Role Type | | | AD_AllUserRoles_V.RoleType character varying(2)
List | + diff --git a/manual/window/AssetAddition_Window_ID-53113_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AssetAddition_Window_ID-53113_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7f96ee1f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AssetAddition_Window_ID-53113_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +--- +title: 'Asset Addition' +sidebar_label: 'Asset Addition' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Asset Addition + +Window ID 53113 + +*17/06/2010 → 17/06/2010* + +![Asset Addition](/img/manual/AssetAddition-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Addition + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 17/06/2010 · Updated 20/06/2010* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset_Addition.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset_Addition.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | A_Asset_Addition.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | A_Asset_Addition.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Asset_Addition.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Create Asset | | | A_Asset_Addition.A_CreateAsset character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | A_Asset_Addition.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | A_Asset_Addition.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | A_Asset_Addition.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Source Type | | | A_Asset_Addition.A_SourceType character varying(3)
List | +| Capital/Expense | | | A_Asset_Addition.A_CapvsExp character varying(3)
List | +| Journal Batch | General Ledger Journal Batch | The General Ledger Journal Batch identifies a group of journals to be processed as a group. | A_Asset_Addition.GL_JournalBatch_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | A_Asset_Addition.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Match Invoice | Match Shipment/Receipt to Invoice | | A_Asset_Addition.M_MatchInv_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | A_Asset_Addition.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Shipment/Receipt Line | Line on Shipment or Receipt document | The Shipment/Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment/Receipt document | A_Asset_Addition.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | A_Asset_Addition.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | A_Asset_Addition.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Imported Fixed Asset | | | A_Asset_Addition.I_FixedAsset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | A_Asset_Addition.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | A_Asset_Addition.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | A_Asset_Addition.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_Asset_Addition.Description character varying(510)
String | +| Entered Amount | | | A_Asset_Addition.AssetAmtEntered numeric
Amount | +| Asset value | Book Value of the asset | | A_Asset_Addition.AssetValueAmt numeric
Amount | +| Source Amount | | | A_Asset_Addition.AssetSourceAmt numeric
Amount | +| Asset Salvage Value | | | A_Asset_Addition.A_Salvage_Value numeric
Number | +| Current Qty | | | A_Asset_Addition.A_QTY_Current numeric
Number | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | A_Asset_Addition.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | A_Asset_Addition.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Life periods (min) | | | A_Asset_Addition.A_Life_Period_Min
Integer | +| Life periods (max) | | | A_Asset_Addition.A_Life_Period_Max
Integer | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | A_Asset_Addition.DocStatus character varying(2)
List | +| Asset Addition Process | | | A_Asset_Addition.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | A_Asset_Addition.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Cost Center | | | A_Asset_Addition.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | A_Asset_Addition.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/AssetDisposal_Window_ID-53114_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AssetDisposal_Window_ID-53114_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..23a1f286 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AssetDisposal_Window_ID-53114_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +--- +title: 'Asset Disposal' +sidebar_label: 'Asset Disposal' +description: 'Dispose of Assets' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Asset Disposal + +Window ID 53114 + +*17/06/2010 → 24/03/2013* + +![Asset Disposal](/img/manual/AssetDisposal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Dispose of Assets + +## Tab: Asset Disposal + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 17/06/2010 · Updated 26/06/2013* + +**Description:** Process the Disposal + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset_Disposed.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset_Disposed.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | A_Asset_Disposed.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | A_Asset_Disposed.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_Asset_Disposed.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | A_Asset_Disposed.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | A_Asset_Disposed.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Asset_Disposed.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Disposed Date | | | A_Asset_Disposed.A_Disposed_Date timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Disposed Method | | | A_Asset_Disposed.A_Disposed_Method character varying(2)
List | +| Disposal Amount | | | A_Asset_Disposed.A_Disposal_Amt numeric
Amount | +| Disposed Reason | | | A_Asset_Disposed.A_Disposed_Reason character varying(10)
List | +| Disposed | The asset is disposed | The asset is no longer used and disposed | A_Asset_Disposed.IsDisposed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Asset Cost | | | A_Asset_Disposed.A_Asset_Cost numeric
Amount | +| Expense | | | A_Asset_Disposed.Expense numeric
Number | +| Accumulated Depreciation | | | A_Asset_Disposed.A_Accumulated_Depr numeric
Amount | +| Accumulated Depreciation (delta) | | | A_Asset_Disposed.A_Accumulated_Depr_Delta numeric
Amount | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | A_Asset_Disposed.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Asset Status | | | A_Asset_Disposed.A_Asset_Status character varying(2)
List | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | A_Asset_Disposed.DocStatus character varying(2)
List | +| Asset Disposed Process | | | A_Asset_Disposed.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | A_Asset_Disposed.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | A_Asset_Disposed.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Cost Center | | | A_Asset_Disposed.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | A_Asset_Disposed.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/AssetGroup_Window_ID-252_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AssetGroup_Window_ID-252_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8c46232e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AssetGroup_Window_ID-252_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +--- +title: 'Asset Group' +sidebar_label: 'Asset Group' +description: 'Group of Assets' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Asset Group + +Window ID 252 + +*23/01/2003 → 17/06/2010* + +![Asset Group](/img/manual/AssetGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Group of Assets + +**Comment/Help:** The group of assets determines default accounts. If a asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset. + +## Tab: Asset Group + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/01/2003 · Updated 17/06/2010* + +**Description:** Group of Assets + +**Comment/Help:** The group of assets determines default accounts. If a asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset_Group.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset_Group.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | A_Asset_Group.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_Asset_Group.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | A_Asset_Group.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | A_Asset_Group.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | A_Asset_Group.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Owned | The asset is owned by the organization | The asset may not be in possession, but the asset is legally owned by the organization | A_Asset_Group.IsOwned character(1)
Yes-No | +| Depreciate | The asset will be depreciated | The asset is used internally and will be depreciated | A_Asset_Group.IsDepreciated character(1)
Yes-No | +| One Asset Per UOM | Create one asset per UOM | If selected, one asset per UOM is created, otherwise one asset with the quantity received/shipped. If you have multiple lines, one asset is created per line. | A_Asset_Group.IsOneAssetPerUOM character(1)
Yes-No | +| Is Fixed Asset | | | A_Asset_Group.IsFixedAsset character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Group Account + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 30/05/2008 · Updated 06/12/2011* + +**Description:** Setup for Group Accounts + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset_Group_Acct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset_Group_Acct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset Group | Group of Assets | The group of assets determines default accounts. If an asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset. | A_Asset_Group_Acct.A_Asset_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | A_Asset_Group_Acct.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | A_Asset_Group_Acct.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Depreciation | | | A_Asset_Group_Acct.A_Depreciation_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Depreciation (fiscal) | | | A_Asset_Group_Acct.A_Depreciation_F_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Usable Life - Years | Years of the usable life of the asset | | A_Asset_Group_Acct.UseLifeYears numeric
Number | +| Use Life - Years (fiscal) | | | A_Asset_Group_Acct.UseLifeYears_F numeric
Number | +| Usable Life - Months | Months of the usable life of the asset | | A_Asset_Group_Acct.UseLifeMonths numeric(10)
Integer | +| Use Life - Months (fiscal) | | | A_Asset_Group_Acct.UseLifeMonths_F numeric(10)
Integer | +| Asset Acct | | | A_Asset_Group_Acct.A_Asset_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Accumulated Depreciation Account | | | A_Asset_Group_Acct.A_Accumdepreciation_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Depreciation Account | | | A_Asset_Group_Acct.A_Depreciation_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Disposal Revenue Acct | | | A_Asset_Group_Acct.A_Disposal_Revenue_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Disposal Loss Acct | | | A_Asset_Group_Acct.A_Disposal_Loss_Acct numeric(10)
Account | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/03/2014 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset_Group_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset_Group_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset Group | Group of Assets | The group of assets determines default accounts. If an asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset. | A_Asset_Group_Trl.A_Asset_Group_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | A_Asset_Group_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | A_Asset_Group_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | A_Asset_Group_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | A_Asset_Group_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_Asset_Group_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | A_Asset_Group_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/Asset_Window_ID-251_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Asset_Window_ID-251_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d1d1c00f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Asset_Window_ID-251_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,447 @@ +--- +title: 'Asset' +sidebar_label: 'Asset' +description: 'Asset used internally or by customers' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Asset + +Window ID 251 + +*23/01/2003 → 17/06/2010* + +![Asset](/img/manual/Asset-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Asset used internally or by customers + +**Comment/Help:** An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. + +## Tab: Asset + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/01/2003 · Updated 20/06/2010* + +**Description:** Asset used internally or by customers + +**Comment/Help:** An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | A_Asset.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Inventory No | | | A_Asset.InventoryNo character varying(30)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | A_Asset.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_Asset.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | A_Asset.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | A_Asset.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Parent Asset | | | A_Asset.A_Parent_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Asset Group | Group of Assets | The group of assets determines default accounts. If an asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset. | A_Asset.A_Asset_Group_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Version No | Version Number | | A_Asset.VersionNo character varying(20)
String | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | A_Asset.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | A_Asset.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Serial No | Product Serial Number | The Serial Number identifies a tracked, warranted product. It can only be used when the quantity is 1. | A_Asset.SerNo character varying(255)
String | +| Manufactured Year | | | A_Asset.ManufacturedYear numeric(10)
Integer | +| Lot No | Lot number (alphanumeric) | The Lot Number indicates the specific lot that a product was part of. | A_Asset.Lot character varying(255)
String | +| In Service Date | Date when Asset was put into service | The date when the asset was put into service - usually used as start date for depreciation. | A_Asset.AssetServiceDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Guarantee Date | Date when guarantee expires | Date when the normal guarantee or availability expires | A_Asset.GuaranteeDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Create Date | | | A_Asset.A_Asset_CreateDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Revaluation Date | | | A_Asset.A_Asset_RevalDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | A_Asset.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | A_Asset.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| In Possession | The asset is in the possession of the organization | Assets which are not in possession are e.g. at Customer site and may or may not be owned by the company. | A_Asset.IsInPosession character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | A_Asset.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | A_Asset.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | A_Asset.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | A_Asset.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| BPartner (Agent) | Business Partner (Agent or Sales Rep) | | A_Asset.C_BPartnerSR_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Address | Location or Address | The Location / Address field defines the location of an entity. | A_Asset.C_Location_ID numeric(10)
Location (Address) | +| Location comment | Additional comments or remarks concerning the location | | A_Asset.LocationComment character varying(255)
String | +| Owned | The asset is owned by the organization | The asset may not be in possession, but the asset is legally owned by the organization | A_Asset.IsOwned character(1)
Yes-No | +| Lessor | The Business Partner who rents or leases | | A_Asset.Lease_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Lease Termination | Lease Termination Date | Last Date of Lease | A_Asset.LeaseTerminationDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Depreciate | The asset will be depreciated | The asset is used internally and will be depreciated | A_Asset.IsDepreciated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Fully depreciated | The asset is fully depreciated | The asset costs are fully amortized. | A_Asset.IsFullyDepreciated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Life use | Units of use until the asset is not usable anymore | Life use and the actual use may be used to calculate the depreciation | A_Asset.LifeUseUnits numeric
Integer | +| Use units | Currently used units of the assets | | A_Asset.UseUnits numeric
Integer | +| Last Maintenance | Last Maintenance Date | | A_Asset.LastMaintenanceDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Last Unit | Last Maintenance Unit | | A_Asset.LastMaintenanceUnit numeric(10)
Integer | +| Last Note | Last Maintenance Note | | A_Asset.LastMaintenanceNote character varying(60)
String | +| Next Maintenance | Next Maintenance Date | | A_Asset.NextMaintenenceDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Next Unit | Next Maintenance Unit | | A_Asset.NextMaintenenceUnit numeric(10)
Integer | +| Asset Status | | | A_Asset.A_Asset_Status character varying(2)
List | +| Activation Date | | | A_Asset.AssetActivationDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Asset Depreciation Date | Date of last depreciation | Date of the last deprecation, if the asset is used internally and depreciated. | A_Asset.AssetDepreciationDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Disposed | The asset is disposed | The asset is no longer used and disposed | A_Asset.IsDisposed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Asset Disposal Date | Date when the asset is/was disposed | | A_Asset.AssetDisposalDate timestamp without time zone
Date | + +## Tab: › Product + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/06/2010 · Updated 19/05/2011* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset_Product.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset_Product.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Asset_Product.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | A_Asset_Product.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | A_Asset_Product.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | A_Asset_Product.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Current Qty | | | A_Asset_Product.A_QTY_Current numeric
Quantity | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | A_Asset_Product.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_Asset_Product.Description character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Asset Balances + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 30/05/2008 · Updated 17/06/2010* + +**Description:** Asset Balance Report and Adjustments + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Depreciation_Workfile.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Depreciation_Workfile.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Depreciation_Workfile.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_Depreciation_Workfile.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Asset Cost | | | A_Depreciation_Workfile.A_Asset_Cost numeric
Amount | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | A_Depreciation_Workfile.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Asset Salvage Value | | | A_Depreciation_Workfile.A_Salvage_Value numeric
Amount | +| Accumulated Depreciation | | | A_Depreciation_Workfile.A_Accumulated_Depr numeric
Amount | +| Accumulated Depreciation (fiscal) | | | A_Depreciation_Workfile.A_Accumulated_Depr_F numeric
Amount | +| Remaining Amt | | | A_Depreciation_Workfile.A_Asset_Remaining numeric
Amount | +| Remaining Amt (fiscal) | | | A_Depreciation_Workfile.A_Asset_Remaining_F numeric
Amount | +| SL Expense/Period | | | A_Depreciation_Workfile.A_Expense_SL
Amount | +| SL Expense/Period (fiscal) | | | A_Depreciation_Workfile.A_Expense_SL_F
Amount | +| Life periods (min) | | | A_Depreciation_Workfile.A_Life_Period_Min
Integer | +| Life periods (max) | | | A_Depreciation_Workfile.A_Life_Period_Max
Integer | +| Usable Life - Years | Years of the usable life of the asset | | A_Depreciation_Workfile.UseLifeYears numeric
Number | +| Use Life - Years (fiscal) | | | A_Depreciation_Workfile.UseLifeYears_F numeric
Number | +| Usable Life - Months | Months of the usable life of the asset | | A_Depreciation_Workfile.UseLifeMonths numeric(10)
Integer | +| Use Life - Months (fiscal) | | | A_Depreciation_Workfile.UseLifeMonths_F numeric(10)
Integer | +| Depreciate | The asset will be depreciated | The asset is used internally and will be depreciated | A_Depreciation_Workfile.IsDepreciated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Current Period | | | A_Depreciation_Workfile.A_Current_Period numeric(10)
Integer | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | A_Depreciation_Workfile.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Update depreciation | | | A_Depreciation_Workfile.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | A_Depreciation_Workfile.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Accounting Setup + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 30/05/2008 · Updated 17/06/2010* + +**Description:** Enter accounting setup information + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset_Acct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset_Acct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | A_Asset_Acct.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Asset_Acct.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | A_Asset_Acct.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Asset Salvage Value | | | A_Asset_Acct.A_Salvage_Value numeric
Amount | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | A_Asset_Acct.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Depreciation | | | A_Asset_Acct.A_Depreciation_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Depreciation (fiscal) | | | A_Asset_Acct.A_Depreciation_F_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Asset Acct | | | A_Asset_Acct.A_Asset_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Accumulated Depreciation Account | | | A_Asset_Acct.A_Accumdepreciation_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Depreciation Account | | | A_Asset_Acct.A_Depreciation_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Disposal Revenue Acct | | | A_Asset_Acct.A_Disposal_Revenue_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Disposal Loss Acct | | | A_Asset_Acct.A_Disposal_Loss_Acct numeric(10)
Account | + +## Tab: › Activation/Addition + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/06/2010 · Updated 19/05/2011* + +**Description:** Activation/Addition + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset_Addition.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset_Addition.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | A_Asset_Addition.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Create Asset | | | A_Asset_Addition.A_CreateAsset character(1)
Yes-No | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Asset_Addition.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | A_Asset_Addition.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | A_Asset_Addition.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | A_Asset_Addition.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Capital/Expense | | | A_Asset_Addition.A_CapvsExp character varying(3)
List | +| Source Type | | | A_Asset_Addition.A_SourceType character varying(3)
List | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | A_Asset_Addition.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | A_Asset_Addition.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Match Invoice | Match Shipment/Receipt to Invoice | | A_Asset_Addition.M_MatchInv_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Shipment/Receipt Line | Line on Shipment or Receipt document | The Shipment/Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment/Receipt document | A_Asset_Addition.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | A_Asset_Addition.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | A_Asset_Addition.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Imported Fixed Asset | | | A_Asset_Addition.I_FixedAsset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | A_Asset_Addition.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | A_Asset_Addition.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | A_Asset_Addition.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_Asset_Addition.Description character varying(510)
String | +| Source Amount | | | A_Asset_Addition.AssetSourceAmt numeric
Amount | +| Asset value | Book Value of the asset | | A_Asset_Addition.AssetValueAmt numeric
Amount | +| Entered Amount | | | A_Asset_Addition.AssetAmtEntered numeric
Amount | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | A_Asset_Addition.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Current Qty | | | A_Asset_Addition.A_QTY_Current numeric
Number | +| Accumulated Depreciation | | | A_Asset_Addition.A_Accumulated_Depr numeric
Amount | +| Accumulated Depreciation (fiscal) | | | A_Asset_Addition.A_Accumulated_Depr_F numeric
Amount | +| Delta Use Life Years | | | A_Asset_Addition.DeltaUseLifeYears numeric(10)
Integer | +| Delta Use Life Years (fiscal) | Delta Use Life Years (fiscal) | | A_Asset_Addition.DeltaUseLifeYears_F numeric(10)
Integer | +| Life periods (min) | | | A_Asset_Addition.A_Life_Period_Min
Integer | +| Life periods (max) | | | A_Asset_Addition.A_Life_Period_Max
Integer | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | A_Asset_Addition.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | A_Asset_Addition.DocStatus character varying(2)
List | +| Asset Addition Process | | | A_Asset_Addition.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Cost Center | | | A_Asset_Addition.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | A_Asset_Addition.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Disposal + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/06/2010 · Updated 19/05/2011* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset_Disposed.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset_Disposed.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Asset_Disposed.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Disposed Method | | | A_Asset_Disposed.A_Disposed_Method character varying(2)
List | +| Disposed Date | | | A_Asset_Disposed.A_Disposed_Date timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | A_Asset_Disposed.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | A_Asset_Disposed.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Asset Proceeds | | | A_Asset_Disposed.A_Proceeds numeric
Amount | +| Asset Trade | | | A_Asset_Disposed.A_Asset_Trade_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | A_Asset_Disposed.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | A_Asset_Disposed.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Asset History + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 30/05/2008 · Updated 20/06/2010* + +**Description:** Detail asset transaction history + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset_Change.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset_Change.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Asset_Change.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Details | | | A_Asset_Change.TextDetails character varying(60)
String | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | A_Asset_Change.PostingType character varying(10)
List | +| Change Type | | | A_Asset_Change.ChangeType character varying(3)
List | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | A_Asset_Change.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Updated By | User who updated this records | The Updated By field indicates the user who updated this record. | A_Asset_Change.UpdatedBy numeric(10)
Search | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | A_Asset_Change.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| A_Period_Start | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Period_Start numeric(10)
Integer | +| A_Period_End | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Period_End numeric(10)
Integer | +| A_Depreciation_Manual_Amount | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Depreciation_Manual_Amount numeric
Amount | +| A_Depreciation_Manual_Period | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Depreciation_Manual_Period character varying(2)
List | +| Variable Percent | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Depreciation_Variable_Perc numeric
Number | +| A_Depreciation_Table_Header_ID | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Depreciation_Table_Header_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Spread Type | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Asset_Spread_Type character varying(10)
Table | +| Asset Salvage Value | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Salvage_Value numeric
Amount | +| Split Percent | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Split_Percent numeric
Number | +| Owned | The asset is owned by the organization | The asset may not be in possession, but the asset is legally owned by the organization | A_Asset_Change.IsOwned character(1)
Yes-No | +| In Possession | The asset is in the possession of the organization | Assets which are not in possession are e.g. at Customer site and may or may not be owned by the company. | A_Asset_Change.IsInPosession character(1)
Yes-No | +| Depreciate | The asset will be depreciated | The asset is used internally and will be depreciated | A_Asset_Change.IsDepreciated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Fully depreciated | The asset is fully depreciated | The asset costs are fully amortized. | A_Asset_Change.IsFullyDepreciated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Disposed | The asset is disposed | The asset is no longer used and disposed | A_Asset_Change.IsDisposed character(1)
Yes-No | +| A_Reval_Cal_Method | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Reval_Cal_Method character varying(3)
List | +| Change Amt | | | A_Asset_Change.ChangeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Asset value | Book Value of the asset | | A_Asset_Change.AssetValueAmt numeric
Amount | +| Asset Book Value Amt | | | A_Asset_Change.AssetBookValueAmt numeric
Amount | +| Asset Accum Depreciation Amt | | | A_Asset_Change.AssetAccumDepreciationAmt numeric
Amount | +| Market value Amount | Market value of the asset | For reporting, the market value of the asset | A_Asset_Change.AssetMarketValueAmt numeric
Amount | +| A_QTY_Original | | | A_Asset_Change.A_QTY_Original numeric
Number | +| Current Qty | | | A_Asset_Change.A_QTY_Current numeric
Number | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | A_Asset_Change.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Create Date | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Asset_CreateDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| In Service Date | Date when Asset was put into service | The date when the asset was put into service - usually used as start date for depreciation. | A_Asset_Change.AssetServiceDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Asset Depreciation Date | Date of last depreciation | Date of the last deprecation, if the asset is used internally and depreciated. | A_Asset_Change.AssetDepreciationDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Revaluation Date | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Asset_RevalDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Asset Disposal Date | Date when the asset is/was disposed | | A_Asset_Change.AssetDisposalDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Usable Life - Years | Years of the usable life of the asset | | A_Asset_Change.UseLifeYears numeric
Number | +| Usable Life - Months | Months of the usable life of the asset | | A_Asset_Change.UseLifeMonths numeric(10)
Integer | +| Life use | Units of use until the asset is not usable anymore | Life use and the actual use may be used to calculate the depreciation | A_Asset_Change.LifeUseUnits numeric(10)
Integer | +| Use units | Currently used units of the assets | | A_Asset_Change.UseUnits numeric(10)
Integer | +| Parent Asset | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Parent_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | A_Asset_Change.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Address | Location or Address | The Location / Address field defines the location of an entity. | A_Asset_Change.C_Location_ID numeric(10)
Location (Address) | +| Lot No | Lot number (alphanumeric) | The Lot Number indicates the specific lot that a product was part of. | A_Asset_Change.Lot character varying(40)
String | +| Serial No | Product Serial Number | The Serial Number identifies a tracked, warranted product. It can only be used when the quantity is 1. | A_Asset_Change.SerNo character varying(40)
String | +| Version No | Version Number | | A_Asset_Change.VersionNo character varying(40)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | A_Asset_Change.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | A_Asset_Change.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Asset Acct | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Asset_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Depreciation Account | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Depreciation_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Accumulated Depreciation Account | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Accumdepreciation_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Disposal Revenue Acct | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Disposal_Revenue_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Disposal Loss Acct | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Disposal_Loss_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Revaluation Cost Offset for Current Year | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Reval_Cost_Offset numeric(10)
Integer | +| Reval Cost Offset Acct | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Reval_Cost_Offset_Acct numeric(10)
Integer | +| Revaluation Cost Offset for Prior Year | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Reval_Cost_Offset_Prior numeric(10)
Integer | +| Reval Cost Offset Prior Acct | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Reval_Cost_Offset_Prior_Acct numeric(10)
Integer | +| Revaluation Accumulated Depreciation Offset for Current Year | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Reval_Accumdep_Offset_Cur numeric(10)
Integer | +| A_Reval_Accumdep_Offset_Cur | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Reval_Adep_Offset_Cur_Acct numeric(10)
Integer | +| Revaluation Accumulated Depreciation Offset for Prior Year | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Reval_Accumdep_Offset_Prior numeric(10)
Integer | +| A_Reval_Accumdep_Offset_Prior | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Reval_Adep_Offset_Prior_Acct numeric(10)
Integer | +| Revaluation Expense Offs | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Reval_Depexp_Offset numeric(10)
Integer | +| Reval Depexp Offset Acct | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Reval_Depexp_Offset_Acct numeric(10)
Integer | +| A_Asset_Change_ID | | | A_Asset_Change.A_Asset_Change_ID numeric(10)
ID | + +## Tab: › Issue Project + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 31/12/2005 · Updated 20/06/2010* + +**Description:** Automatic Issue Reporting + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_IssueProject.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_IssueProject.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | R_IssueProject.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | R_IssueProject.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | R_IssueProject.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | R_IssueProject.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_IssueProject.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| System Status | Status of the system - Support priority depends on system status | System status helps to prioritize support resources | R_IssueProject.SystemStatus character(1)
List | +| Statistics | Information to help profiling the system for solving support issues | Profile information do not contain sensitive information and are used to support issue detection and diagnostics as well as general anonymous statistics | R_IssueProject.StatisticsInfo character varying(60)
String | +| Profile | Information to help profiling the system for solving support issues | Profile information do not contain sensitive information and are used to support issue detection and diagnostics | R_IssueProject.ProfileInfo character varying(4000)
String | + +## Tab: › Finance Information + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 30/05/2008 · Updated 19/05/2011* + +**Description:** Finace Information for the Asset + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset_Info_Fin.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset_Info_Fin.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Asset_Info_Fin.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | A_Asset_Info_Fin.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Asset Finance Method | | | A_Asset_Info_Fin.A_Finance_Meth character varying(2)
List | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | A_Asset_Info_Fin.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Contract Date | | | A_Asset_Info_Fin.A_Contract_Date timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Asset Expired Date | | | A_Asset_Info_Fin.A_Expired_Date timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Asset Monthly Payment | | | A_Asset_Info_Fin.A_Monthly_Payment numeric
Amount | +| Asset Due On | | | A_Asset_Info_Fin.A_Due_On character varying(22)
List | +| Purchase Option | | | A_Asset_Info_Fin.A_Purchase_Option character(1)
Yes-No | +| Purchase Price | | | A_Asset_Info_Fin.A_Purchase_Price numeric
Amount | +| Purchase Option Credit | | | A_Asset_Info_Fin.A_Purchase_Option_Credit numeric(10)
Integer | +| Purchase Option Credit % | | | A_Asset_Info_Fin.A_Purchase_Option_Credit_Per numeric
Number | +| Text Message | Text Message | | A_Asset_Info_Fin.TextMsg character varying(510)
Text | + +## Tab: › License Information + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 30/05/2008 · Updated 19/05/2011* + +**Description:** License Information for Asset + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset_Info_Lic.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset_Info_Lic.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Asset_Info_Lic.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Description | | | A_Asset_Info_Lic.Text character varying(510)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | A_Asset_Info_Lic.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Account State | State of the Credit Card or Account holder | The State of the Credit Card or Account holder | A_Asset_Info_Lic.A_State character varying(60)
String | +| Issuing Agency | | | A_Asset_Info_Lic.A_Issuing_Agency character varying(22)
String | +| Asset License No | | | A_Asset_Info_Lic.A_License_No character varying(120)
String | +| Asset License Fee | | | A_Asset_Info_Lic.A_License_Fee numeric
Amount | +| Asset Renewal Date | | | A_Asset_Info_Lic.A_Renewal_Date timestamp without time zone
Date | + +## Tab: › Insurance Information + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 30/05/2008 · Updated 20/06/2010* + +**Description:** Insurance Information for asset + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset_Info_Ins.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset_Info_Ins.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Asset_Info_Ins.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Insurance Company | | | A_Asset_Info_Ins.A_Insurance_Co character varying(22)
String | +| Asset Policy No | | | A_Asset_Info_Ins.A_Policy_No character varying(100)
String | +| Asset Renewal Date | | | A_Asset_Info_Ins.A_Renewal_Date timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Asset Insurance Premium | | | A_Asset_Info_Ins.A_Ins_Premium numeric
Amount | +| Asset Replace Cost | | | A_Asset_Info_Ins.A_Replace_Cost numeric
Amount | +| Asset Insurance Value | | | A_Asset_Info_Ins.A_Ins_Value numeric
Amount | +| Description | | | A_Asset_Info_Ins.Text character varying(510)
String | + +## Tab: › Tax Information + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 30/05/2008 · Updated 20/06/2010* + +**Description:** Tax information for asset + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset_Info_Tax.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset_Info_Tax.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Asset_Info_Tax.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Asset Tax Entity | | | A_Asset_Info_Tax.A_Tax_Entity character varying(22)
String | +| Account State | State of the Credit Card or Account holder | The State of the Credit Card or Account holder | A_Asset_Info_Tax.A_State character varying(60)
String | +| Asset New Used | | | A_Asset_Info_Tax.A_New_Used character(1)
Yes-No | +| Asset Finance Method | | | A_Asset_Info_Tax.A_Finance_Meth character varying(2)
List | +| Asset Investment CR | | | A_Asset_Info_Tax.A_Investment_CR numeric(10)
Integer | +| Text Message | Text Message | | A_Asset_Info_Tax.TextMsg character varying(510)
String | + +## Tab: › Other Information + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 30/05/2008 · Updated 20/06/2010* + +**Description:** Other information associated with asset + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset_Info_Oth.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset_Info_Oth.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Asset_Info_Oth.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| A_User1 | | | A_Asset_Info_Oth.A_User1 character varying(3)
String | +| A_User10 | | | A_Asset_Info_Oth.A_User10 character varying(3)
String | +| A_User2 | | | A_Asset_Info_Oth.A_User2 character varying(3)
String | +| A_User11 | | | A_Asset_Info_Oth.A_User11 character varying(10)
String | +| A_User3 | | | A_Asset_Info_Oth.A_User3 character varying(3)
String | +| A_User12 | | | A_Asset_Info_Oth.A_User12 character varying(10)
String | +| A_User4 | | | A_Asset_Info_Oth.A_User4 character varying(3)
String | +| A_User13 | | | A_Asset_Info_Oth.A_User13 character varying(10)
String | +| A_User5 | | | A_Asset_Info_Oth.A_User5 character varying(3)
String | +| A_User14 | | | A_Asset_Info_Oth.A_User14 character varying(10)
String | +| A_User6 | | | A_Asset_Info_Oth.A_User6 character varying(3)
String | +| A_User15 | | | A_Asset_Info_Oth.A_User15 character varying(10)
String | +| A_User7 | | | A_Asset_Info_Oth.A_User7 character varying(3)
String | +| A_User8 | | | A_Asset_Info_Oth.A_User8 character varying(3)
String | +| A_User9 | | | A_Asset_Info_Oth.A_User9 character varying(3)
String | +| Description | | | A_Asset_Info_Oth.Text character varying(510)
Memo | + +## Tab: › Expense + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/06/2010 · Updated 19/05/2011* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Entry Type | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Entry_Type character varying(3)
List | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_Depreciation_Exp.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Expense | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.Expense numeric
Amount | +| Expense (fiscal) | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.Expense_F numeric
Amount | +| Account (debit) | Account used | The (natural) account used | A_Depreciation_Exp.DR_Account_ID numeric(10)
Account | +| Account (credit) | Account used | The (natural) account used | A_Depreciation_Exp.CR_Account_ID numeric(10)
Account | +| Asset Period | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Period numeric(10)
Integer | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | A_Depreciation_Exp.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | A_Depreciation_Exp.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | A_Depreciation_Exp.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Process Depreciation Expense | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | A_Depreciation_Exp.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Asset Cost | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Asset_Cost numeric
Amount | +| Delta Asset Cost | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Asset_Cost_Delta numeric
Amount | +| Accumulated Depreciation | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Accumulated_Depr numeric
Amount | +| Accumulated Depreciation (delta) | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Accumulated_Depr_Delta numeric
Amount | +| Accumulated Depreciation (fiscal) | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Accumulated_Depr_F numeric
Amount | +| Accumulated Depreciation - fiscal (delta) | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Accumulated_Depr_F_Delta numeric
Amount | +| Remaining Amt | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Asset_Remaining numeric
Amount | +| Remaining Amt (fiscal) | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Asset_Remaining_F numeric
Amount | +| Usable Life - Months | Months of the usable life of the asset | | A_Depreciation_Exp.UseLifeMonths numeric(10)
Integer | +| Use Life - Months (fiscal) | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.UseLifeMonths_F numeric(10)
Integer | +| Asset Addition | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Asset_Addition_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Asset Disposed | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Asset_Disposed_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | A_Depreciation_Exp.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/Attachment_Window_ID-128_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Attachment_Window_ID-128_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e5bf9b34 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Attachment_Window_ID-128_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: 'Attachment' +sidebar_label: 'Attachment' +description: 'Maintain Attachments' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Attachment + +Window ID 128 + +*29/06/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Attachment](/img/manual/Attachment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Attachments + +**Comment/Help:** For System Maintenance Only. The Maintain Attachments window is used for diagnostic purposes to display the attributes of an attachment. + +## Tab: Attachment + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Attachment + +**Comment/Help:** The Attachment tab displays the attributes of an attachment. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Attachment.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Attachment.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Attachment.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record UUID | | | AD_Attachment.Record_UU uuid
Record UUID | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_Attachment.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| List of Files | Where to find the list of files on this attachment | Where to find the list of files on this attachment, it can be ZIP, XML or in Attachment File | AD_Attachment.Title character varying(60)
List | +| Text Message | Text Message | | AD_Attachment.TextMsg character varying(2000)
Text | +| Storage Provider | | | AD_Attachment.AD_StorageProvider_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Attachment.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Attachment File + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 31/07/2025 · Updated 25/12/2025* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_AttachmentFile.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_AttachmentFile.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attachment | Attachment for the document | Attachment can be of any document/file type and can be attached to any record in the system. | AD_AttachmentFile.AD_Attachment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_AttachmentFile.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| File Name | Name of the local file or URL | Name of a file in the local directory space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..) | AD_AttachmentFile.FileName character varying(1000)
String | +| File Size | Size of the File in bytes | | AD_AttachmentFile.FileSize numeric
Number | +| SHA256 Checksum | | | AD_AttachmentFile.SHA256Checksum character varying(64)
String | +| MIME Type | | | AD_AttachmentFile.MIMEType character varying(1000)
String | +| File Path | Path where the file can be found | | AD_AttachmentFile.FilePath character varying(4000)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_AttachmentFile.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/AttributeSetInstance_Window_ID-358_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AttributeSetInstance_Window_ID-358_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a8a97413 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AttributeSetInstance_Window_ID-358_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +--- +title: 'Attribute Set Instance' +sidebar_label: 'Attribute Set Instance' +description: 'View Attribute Set Instance detail and use' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Attribute Set Instance + +Window ID 358 + +*12/09/2005 → 12/09/2005* + +![Attribute Set Instance](/img/manual/AttributeSetInstance-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** View Attribute Set Instance detail and use + +## Tab: Instance + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 12/09/2005 · Updated 12/09/2005* + +**Description:** Attribute Set Instance + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_AttributeSetInstance.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_AttributeSetInstance.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_AttributeSetInstance.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Attribute Set | Product Attribute Set | Define Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number tracking. | M_AttributeSetInstance.M_AttributeSet_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_AttributeSetInstance.Description character varying(1023)
String | +| Lot | Product Lot Definition | The individual Lot of a Product | M_AttributeSetInstance.M_Lot_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Lot No | Lot number (alphanumeric) | The Lot Number indicates the specific lot that a product was part of. | M_AttributeSetInstance.Lot character varying(40)
String | +| Guarantee Date | Date when guarantee expires | Date when the normal guarantee or availability expires | M_AttributeSetInstance.GuaranteeDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Serial No | Product Serial Number | The Serial Number identifies a tracked, warranted product. It can only be used when the quantity is 1. | M_AttributeSetInstance.SerNo character varying(40)
String | + +## Tab: › Shipment, Receipt + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 12/09/2005 · Updated 12/09/2005* + +**Description:** Material Shipment and Receipt Lines + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOutLineMA_v.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOutLineMA_v.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_InOutLineMA_v.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Receipt | Material Receipt Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | M_InOutLineMA_v.M_InOut_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | M_InOutLineMA_v.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | M_InOutLineMA_v.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_InOutLineMA_v.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_InOutLineMA_v.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_InOutLineMA_v.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | + +## Tab: › Movement + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 12/09/2005 · Updated 12/09/2005* + +**Description:** Material Movement Lines + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_MovementLineMA_v.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_MovementLineMA_v.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_MovementLineMA_v.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Inventory Move | Movement of Inventory | The Inventory Movement uniquely identifies a group of movement lines. | M_MovementLineMA_v.M_Movement_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Move Line | Inventory Move document Line | The Movement Line indicates the inventory movement document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_MovementLineMA_v.M_MovementLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | M_MovementLineMA_v.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_MovementLineMA_v.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Locator To | Location inventory is moved to | The Locator To indicates the location where the inventory is being moved to. | M_MovementLineMA_v.M_LocatorTo_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_MovementLineMA_v.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_MovementLineMA_v.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | + +## Tab: › Invoice + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 12/09/2005 · Updated 12/09/2005* + +**Description:** AP / AR Invoice Lines + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | RV_C_InvoiceLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | RV_C_InvoiceLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | RV_C_InvoiceLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | RV_C_InvoiceLine.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | RV_C_InvoiceLine.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | RV_C_InvoiceLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quantity Invoiced | Invoiced Quantity | The Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced. | RV_C_InvoiceLine.QtyInvoiced numeric
Quantity | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | RV_C_InvoiceLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Unit Price | Actual Price | The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency. | RV_C_InvoiceLine.PriceActual numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Lot No | Lot number (alphanumeric) | The Lot Number indicates the specific lot that a product was part of. | RV_C_InvoiceLine.Lot character varying(40)
String | +| Lot | Product Lot Definition | The individual Lot of a Product | RV_C_InvoiceLine.M_Lot_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Serial No | Product Serial Number | The Serial Number identifies a tracked, warranted product. It can only be used when the quantity is 1. | RV_C_InvoiceLine.SerNo character varying(40)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/AttributeSet_Window_ID-256_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AttributeSet_Window_ID-256_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ad38a801 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AttributeSet_Window_ID-256_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +--- +title: 'Attribute Set' +sidebar_label: 'Attribute Set' +description: 'Maintain Product Attribute Set' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Attribute Set + +Window ID 256 + +*05/05/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Attribute Set](/img/manual/AttributeSet-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Product Attribute Set + +**Comment/Help:** Define Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number tracking. + +## Tab: Attribute Set + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 05/05/2003 · Updated 16/03/2009* + +**Description:** Maintain Product Attribute Set + +**Comment/Help:** Define Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define an Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number and Guarantee Date tracking. Note that the Guarantee Days here determine the Shelf Life of a product instance after manufacturing (the Guarantee Days on the product determines a Customer Service date after selling) +If the Attribute Set is mandatory, a product instance needs to be selected/created before shipping. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_AttributeSet.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_AttributeSet.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_AttributeSet.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_AttributeSet.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_AttributeSet.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Instance Attribute | The product attribute is specific to the instance (like Serial No, Lot or Guarantee Date) | If selected, the individual instance of the product has this attribute - like the individual Serial or Lot Numbers or Guarantee Date of a product instance. If not selected, all instances of the product share the attribute (e.g. color=green). | M_AttributeSet.IsInstanceAttribute character(1)
Yes-No | +| Lot | The product instances have a Lot Number | For individual products, you can define Lot Numbers | M_AttributeSet.IsLot character(1)
Yes-No | +| Mandatory Lot | The entry of Lot info is mandatory when creating a Product Instance | | M_AttributeSet.IsLotMandatory character(1)
Yes-No | +| Lot Control | Product Lot Control | Definition to create Lot numbers for Products | M_AttributeSet.M_LotCtl_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | M_AttributeSet.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Lot Char Start Overwrite | Lot/Batch Start Indicator overwrite - default « | If not defined, the default character « is used | M_AttributeSet.LotCharSOverwrite character(1)
String | +| Lot Char End Overwrite | Lot/Batch End Indicator overwrite - default » | If not defined, the default character » is used | M_AttributeSet.LotCharEOverwrite character(1)
String | +| Serial No | The product instances have Serial Numbers | For individual products, you can define Serial Numbers | M_AttributeSet.IsSerNo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Mandatory Serial No | The entry of a Serial No is mandatory when creating a Product Instance | | M_AttributeSet.IsSerNoMandatory character(1)
Yes-No | +| Serial No Control | Product Serial Number Control | Definition to create Serial numbers for Products | M_AttributeSet.M_SerNoCtl_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Ser No Char Start Overwrite | Serial Number Start Indicator overwrite - default # | If not defined, the default character # is used | M_AttributeSet.SerNoCharSOverwrite character(1)
String | +| Ser No Char End Overwrite | Serial Number End Indicator overwrite - default empty | If not defined, no character is used | M_AttributeSet.SerNoCharEOverwrite character(1)
String | +| Guarantee Date | Product has Guarantee or Expiry Date | For individual products, you can define a guarantee or expiry date | M_AttributeSet.IsGuaranteeDate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Mandatory Guarantee Date | The entry of a Guarantee Date is mandatory when creating a Product Instance | | M_AttributeSet.IsGuaranteeDateMandatory character(1)
Yes-No | +| Guarantee Days | Number of days the product is guaranteed or available | If the value is 0, there is no limit to the availability or guarantee, otherwise the guarantee date is calculated by adding the days to the delivery date. | M_AttributeSet.GuaranteeDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Use Guarantee Date for Material Policy | | | M_AttributeSet.UseGuaranteeDateForMPolicy character(1)
Yes-No | +| Mandatory Type | The specification of a Product Attribute Instance is mandatory | | M_AttributeSet.MandatoryType character(1)
List | +| Attribute Set Type | | | M_AttributeSet.M_AttributeSet_Type character varying(3)
List | +| Is Auto Generate Lot | | | M_AttributeSet.IsAutoGenerateLot character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Attribute Use + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 06/05/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Attributes Used for the Product Attribute Set + +**Comment/Help:** Attributes and Attribute Values used for the product + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_AttributeUse.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_AttributeUse.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Set | Product Attribute Set | Define Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number tracking. | M_AttributeUse.M_AttributeSet_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | M_AttributeUse.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Attribute | Product Attribute | Product Attribute like Color, Size | M_AttributeUse.M_Attribute_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_AttributeUse.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | M_AttributeUse.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Default Logic | Default value hierarchy, separated by ; | The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Tenant_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc/DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Tenant as well as Buttons. | M_AttributeUse.DefaultValue character varying(2000)
String | + +## Tab: › Exclude + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 01/09/2005 · Updated 02/09/2005* + +**Description:** Exclude the ability to enter Attribute Sets + +**Comment/Help:** Create a record, if you want to exclude the ability to enter Product Attribute Set information. +Note that the information is cached. To have effect you may have to re-login or reset cache. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_AttributeSetExclude.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_AttributeSetExclude.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Set | Product Attribute Set | Define Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number tracking. | M_AttributeSetExclude.M_AttributeSet_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_AttributeSetExclude.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | M_AttributeSetExclude.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | M_AttributeSetExclude.IsSOTrx character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Attribute_Window_ID-260_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Attribute_Window_ID-260_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..52be0961 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Attribute_Window_ID-260_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +--- +title: 'Attribute' +sidebar_label: 'Attribute' +description: 'Product Attribute' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Attribute + +Window ID 260 + +*06/05/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Attribute](/img/manual/Attribute-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Product Attribute + +**Comment/Help:** Product Attribute like Color, Size, etc. + +## Tab: Attribute + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 05/05/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Product Attribute + +**Comment/Help:** Product Attribute like Color, Size, etc. If it is an Instance Attribute, all products have the same value. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Attribute.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Attribute.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_Attribute.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Attribute.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | M_Attribute.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Attribute.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Mandatory | Data entry is required in this column | The field must have a value for the record to be saved to the database. | M_Attribute.IsMandatory character(1)
Yes-No | +| Attribute Value Type | Type of Attribute Value | The Attribute Value type determines the data/validation type | M_Attribute.AttributeValueType character(1)
List | +| Instance Attribute | The product attribute is specific to the instance (like Serial No, Lot or Guarantee Date) | If selected, the individual instance of the product has this attribute - like the individual Serial or Lot Numbers or Guarantee Date of a product instance. If not selected, all instances of the product share the attribute (e.g. color=green). | M_Attribute.IsInstanceAttribute character(1)
Yes-No | +| Reference | System Reference and Validation | The Reference could be a display type, list or table validation. | M_Attribute.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Reference Key | Required to specify, if data type is Table or List | The Reference Value indicates where the reference values are stored. It must be specified if the data type is Table or List. | M_Attribute.AD_Reference_Value_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Date Format | Date format used in the input format | The date format is usually detected, but sometimes need to be defined. | M_Attribute.DateFormat character varying(20)
String | +| Dynamic Validation | Dynamic Validation Rule | These rules define how an entry is determined to valid. You can use variables for dynamic (context sensitive) validation. | M_Attribute.AD_Val_Rule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Default Logic | Default value hierarchy, separated by ; | The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Tenant_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc/DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Tenant as well as Buttons. | M_Attribute.DefaultValue character varying(2000)
String | + +## Tab: › Attribute Value + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 05/05/2003 · Updated 27/02/2024* + +**Description:** Product Attribute Value + +**Comment/Help:** Individual value of a product attribute (e.g. green, large, ..) + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_AttributeValue.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_AttributeValue.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute | Product Attribute | Product Attribute like Color, Size | M_AttributeValue.M_Attribute_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | M_AttributeValue.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_AttributeValue.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_AttributeValue.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_AttributeValue.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_AttributeValue.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/AuthorizationCredential_Window_ID-200113_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AuthorizationCredential_Window_ID-200113_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4d89d8d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AuthorizationCredential_Window_ID-200113_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +--- +title: 'Authorization Credential' +sidebar_label: 'Authorization Credential' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Authorization Credential + +Window ID 200113 + +*17/02/2021 → 17/02/2021* + +![Authorization Credential](/img/manual/AuthorizationCredential-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Authorization Credential + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 17/02/2021 · Updated 17/02/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_AuthorizationCredential.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_AuthorizationCredential.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Authorization Provider | | | AD_AuthorizationCredential.AD_AuthorizationProvider_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Scope List | | | AD_AuthorizationCredential.AD_AuthorizationScopeList character varying(2000)
Chosen Multiple Selection List | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_AuthorizationCredential.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_AuthorizationCredential.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Authorization client-id | | | AD_AuthorizationCredential.AuthorizationClientId character varying(2000)
String | +| Authorization client-secret | | | AD_AuthorizationCredential.AuthorizationClientSecret character varying(2000)
String | +| Authorization Redirect URL | | | AD_AuthorizationCredential.AuthorizationRedirectURL character varying(2000)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_AuthorizationCredential.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Authorization Account + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/02/2021 · Updated 11/05/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_AuthorizationAccount.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_AuthorizationAccount.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Authorization Credential | | | AD_AuthorizationAccount.AD_AuthorizationCredential_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Authorization Scopes | | | AD_AuthorizationAccount.AD_AuthorizationScopes character varying(255)
Chosen Multiple Selection List | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_AuthorizationAccount.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | AD_AuthorizationAccount.EMail character varying(200)
String | +| Preferred User Name | | | AD_AuthorizationAccount.Preferred_UserName character varying(1000)
String | +| Access Token | | | AD_AuthorizationAccount.AccessToken text
Text | +| Refresh Token | | | AD_AuthorizationAccount.RefreshToken character varying(4000)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_AuthorizationAccount.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Expire in Seconds | | | AD_AuthorizationAccount.ExpireInSeconds numeric
Number | +| Access Token Timestamp | | | AD_AuthorizationAccount.AccessTokenTimestamp timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Authorized | | | AD_AuthorizationAccount.IsAuthorized character(1)
Yes-No | +| Access Revoked | | | AD_AuthorizationAccount.IsAccessRevoked character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_AuthorizationAccount.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/AuthorizationProvider_Window_ID-200112_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/AuthorizationProvider_Window_ID-200112_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..71928972 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/AuthorizationProvider_Window_ID-200112_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +--- +title: 'Authorization Provider' +sidebar_label: 'Authorization Provider' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Authorization Provider + +Window ID 200112 + +*17/02/2021 → 17/02/2021* + +![Authorization Provider](/img/manual/AuthorizationProvider-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Authorization Provider + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 17/02/2021 · Updated 17/02/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_AuthorizationProvider.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_AuthorizationProvider.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_AuthorizationProvider.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Authorization Type | | | AD_AuthorizationProvider.AD_AuthorizationType character varying(10)
List | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_AuthorizationProvider.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_AuthorizationProvider.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Authorization Endpoint | | | AD_AuthorizationProvider.AuthorizationEndpoint character varying(2000)
String | +| Token Endpoint | | | AD_AuthorizationProvider.TokenEndpoint character varying(2000)
String | +| Revoke Endpoint | | | AD_AuthorizationProvider.RevokeEndpoint character varying(2000)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_AuthorizationProvider.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Authorization Scope Provider + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/02/2021 · Updated 17/02/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_AuthorizationScopeProv.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_AuthorizationScopeProv.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Authorization Provider | | | AD_AuthorizationScopeProv.AD_AuthorizationProvider_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Authorization Scope | | | AD_AuthorizationScopeProv.AD_AuthorizationScope character varying(10)
List | +| Scope URL | | | AD_AuthorizationScopeProv.ScopeURL character varying(2000)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_AuthorizationScopeProv.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/BankCashStatement_Window_ID-194_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/BankCashStatement_Window_ID-194_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41da458b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/BankCashStatement_Window_ID-194_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +--- +title: 'Bank/Cash Statement' +sidebar_label: 'Bank/Cash Statement' +description: 'Process Bank Statements' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Bank/Cash Statement + +Window ID 194 + +*18/12/2000 → 26/06/2013* + +![Bank/Cash Statement](/img/manual/BankCashStatement-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Process Bank Statements + +**Comment/Help:** The Process Bank Statements window allows you to reconcile your Bank Statements. You can either enter the line items from the statement in the Statement Line tab or select the 'Create From' button to automatically generate the statement from all unreconciled payments to this bank account. Once you have completed reconciling, select the 'Process Statement' button to mark the payments as reconciled and update the appropriate GL accounts. + +## Tab: Bank/Cash Statement + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 18/12/2000 · Updated 26/06/2013* + +**Description:** Bank/Cash Statement + +**Comment/Help:** The Bank/Cash Statement Tab defines the Bank/Cash Statement to be reconciled. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BankStatement.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BankStatement.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_BankStatement.C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_BankStatement.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_BankStatement.DocumentNo character varying(60)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BankStatement.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Statement date | Date of the statement | The Statement Date field defines the date of the statement. | C_BankStatement.StatementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | C_BankStatement.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_BankStatement.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BankStatement.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Manual | This is a manual process | The Manual check box indicates if the process will done manually. | C_BankStatement.IsManual character(1)
Yes-No | +| Beginning Balance | Balance prior to any transactions | The Beginning Balance is the balance prior to making any adjustments for payments or disbursements. | C_BankStatement.BeginningBalance numeric
Amount | +| Create lines from | Process which will generate a new document lines based on an existing document | The Create From process will create a new document based on information in an existing document selected by the user. | C_BankStatement.CreateFrom character(1)
Button | +| Bank Statement Create From Batch | | | C_BankStatement.CreateFromBatch character(1)
Button | +| Statement difference | Difference between statement ending balance and actual ending balance | The Statement Difference reflects the difference between the Statement Ending Balance and the Actual Ending Balance. | C_BankStatement.StatementDifference numeric
Amount | +| Match Bank Statement | Match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments | | C_BankStatement.MatchStatement character(1)
Button | +| Copy Lines | Copy Lines from other bank statement | | C_BankStatement.CopyFrom character(1)
Button | +| Ending balance | Ending or closing balance | The Ending Balance is the result of adjusting the Beginning Balance by any payments or disbursements. | C_BankStatement.EndingBalance numeric
Amount | +| EFT Statement Reference | Electronic Funds Transfer Statement Reference | Information from EFT media | C_BankStatement.EftStatementReference character varying(60)
String | +| EFT Statement Date | Electronic Funds Transfer Statement Date | Information from EFT media | C_BankStatement.EftStatementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_BankStatement.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Statement | | | C_BankStatement.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | C_BankStatement.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | C_BankStatement.Posted character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Statement Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 18/12/2000 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** Statement Line + +**Comment/Help:** The Statement Line Tab defines the individual line items on the Bank Statement. They can be entered manually or generated from payments entered. +<br>For Posting, the bank account organization is used, if it is not a charge. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BankStatementLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BankStatementLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Bank Statement | Bank Statement of account | The Bank Statement identifies a unique Bank Statement for a defined time period. The statement defines all transactions that occurred | C_BankStatementLine.C_BankStatement_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_BankStatementLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_BankStatementLine.Description character varying(1000)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BankStatementLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Manual | This is a manual process | The Manual check box indicates if the process will done manually. | C_BankStatementLine.IsManual character(1)
Yes-No | +| Statement Line Date | Date of the Statement Line | | C_BankStatementLine.StatementLineDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Conversion Date | Accounting Conversion Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion.
The Accounting Date on Bank/Cash Statement Line is used for currency conversion and reporting purposes, the accounting is posted using the header date account. | C_BankStatementLine.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Effective date | Date when money is available | The Effective Date indicates the date that money is available from the bank. | C_BankStatementLine.ValutaDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_BankStatementLine.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Statement amount | Statement Amount | The Statement Amount indicates the amount of a single statement line. | C_BankStatementLine.StmtAmt numeric
Amount | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_BankStatementLine.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Transaction Amount | Amount of a transaction | The Transaction Amount indicates the amount for a single transaction. | C_BankStatementLine.TrxAmt numeric
Amount | +| Deposit Batch | | | C_BankStatementLine.C_DepositBatch_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Charge amount | Charge Amount | The Charge Amount indicates the amount for an additional charge. | C_BankStatementLine.ChargeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_BankStatementLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Interest Amount | Interest Amount | The Interest Amount indicates any interest charged or received on a Bank Statement. | C_BankStatementLine.InterestAmt numeric
Amount | +| Reference No | Your customer or vendor number at the Business Partner's site | The reference number can be printed on orders and invoices to allow your business partner to faster identify your records. | C_BankStatementLine.ReferenceNo character varying(255)
String | +| Memo | Memo Text | | C_BankStatementLine.Memo character varying(4000)
String | +| Match Bank Statement | Match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments | | C_BankStatementLine.MatchStatement character(1)
Button | +| Create Payment | Create Payment from Bank Statement Info | | C_BankStatementLine.CreatePayment character(1)
Button | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BankStatementLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_BankStatementLine.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| EFT Trx ID | Electronic Funds Transfer Transaction ID | Information from EFT media | C_BankStatementLine.EftTrxID character varying(40)
String | +| EFT Trx Type | Electronic Funds Transfer Transaction Type | Information from EFT media | C_BankStatementLine.EftTrxType character varying(255)
String | +| EFT Check No | Electronic Funds Transfer Check No | Information from EFT media | C_BankStatementLine.EftCheckNo character varying(20)
String | +| EFT Reference | Electronic Funds Transfer Reference | Information from EFT media | C_BankStatementLine.EftReference character varying(255)
String | +| EFT Memo | Electronic Funds Transfer Memo | Information from EFT media | C_BankStatementLine.EftMemo character varying(4000)
String | +| EFT Payee | Electronic Funds Transfer Payee information | Information from EFT media | C_BankStatementLine.EftPayee character varying(255)
String | +| EFT Payee Account | Electronic Funds Transfer Payee Account Information | Information from EFT media | C_BankStatementLine.EftPayeeAccount character varying(40)
String | +| EFT Statement Line Date | Electronic Funds Transfer Statement Line Date | Information from EFT media | C_BankStatementLine.EftStatementLineDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| EFT Effective Date | Electronic Funds Transfer Valuta (effective) Date | Information from EFT media | C_BankStatementLine.EftValutaDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| EFT Currency | Electronic Funds Transfer Currency | Information from EFT media | C_BankStatementLine.EftCurrency character varying(20)
String | +| EFT Amount | Electronic Funds Transfer Amount | | C_BankStatementLine.EftAmt numeric
Amount | + diff --git a/manual/window/BankCashTransfer_Window_ID-200105_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/BankCashTransfer_Window_ID-200105_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..89255c90 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/BankCashTransfer_Window_ID-200105_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +--- +title: 'Bank/Cash Transfer' +sidebar_label: 'Bank/Cash Transfer' +description: 'Manage Bank Transfer' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Bank/Cash Transfer + +Window ID 200105 + +*03/04/2022 → 04/07/2025* + +![Bank/Cash Transfer](/img/manual/BankCashTransfer-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Manage Bank Transfer + +## Tab: Bank Transfer + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 03/04/2022 · Updated 03/04/2022* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BankTransfer.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BankTransfer.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_BankTransfer.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_BankTransfer.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Payment date | Date Payment made | The Payment Date indicates the date the payment was made. | C_BankTransfer.PayDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | C_BankTransfer.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| From Bank Account | | | C_BankTransfer.From_C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| From Organization | | | C_BankTransfer.From_AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| From Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BankTransfer.From_C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| From Charge | | | C_BankTransfer.From_C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| From Bank Currency | | | C_BankTransfer.From_C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| From Amount | | | C_BankTransfer.From_Amt numeric
Amount | +| From Tender Type | | | C_BankTransfer.From_TenderType character(1)
List | +| To Bank Account | | | C_BankTransfer.To_C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| To Organization | | | C_BankTransfer.To_AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| To Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BankTransfer.To_C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| To Charge | | | C_BankTransfer.To_C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| To Bank Currency | | | C_BankTransfer.To_C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | C_BankTransfer.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Override Currency Conversion Rate | Override Currency Conversion Rate | | C_BankTransfer.IsOverrideCurrencyRate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Rate | Rate or Tax or Exchange | The Rate indicates the percentage to be multiplied by the source to arrive at the tax or exchange amount. | C_BankTransfer.Rate numeric
Number | +| To Amount | | | C_BankTransfer.To_Amt numeric
Amount | +| To Tender Type | | | C_BankTransfer.To_TenderType character(1)
List | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_BankTransfer.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Bank Transfer | | | C_BankTransfer.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_BankTransfer.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Payments + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 03/04/2022 · Updated 03/04/2022* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Payment.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Payment.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Bank Transfer | Bank Transfer | | C_Payment.C_BankTransfer_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_Payment.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_Payment.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Payment.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_Payment.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | C_Payment.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | C_Payment.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_Payment.C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Online Access | Can be accessed online | The Online Access check box indicates if the application can be accessed via the web. | C_Payment.IsOnline character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Payment.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment amount | Amount being paid | Indicates the amount this payment is for. The payment amount can be for single or multiple invoices or a partial payment for an invoice. | C_Payment.PayAmt numeric
Amount | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | C_Payment.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Override Currency Conversion Rate | Override Currency Conversion Rate | | C_Payment.IsOverrideCurrencyRate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Rate | Currency Conversion Rate | The Currency Conversion Rate indicates the rate to use when converting the source currency to the accounting currency | C_Payment.CurrencyRate numeric
Number | +| Converted Amount | Converted Amount | The Converted Amount is the result of multiplying the Source Amount by the Conversion Rate for this target currency. | C_Payment.ConvertedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | C_Payment.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Write-off Amount | Amount to write-off | The Write Off Amount indicates the amount to be written off as uncollectible. | C_Payment.WriteOffAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tender type | Method of Payment | The Tender Type indicates the method of payment (ACH or Direct Deposit, Credit Card, Check, Direct Debit) | C_Payment.TenderType character(1)
List | +| Prepayment | The Payment/Receipt is a Prepayment | Payments not allocated to an invoice with a charge are posted to Unallocated Payments. When setting this flag, the payment is posted to the Customer or Vendor Prepayment account. | C_Payment.IsPrepayment character(1)
Yes-No | +| Delayed Capture | Charge after Shipment | Delayed Capture is required, if you ship products. The first credit card transaction is the Authorization, the second is the actual transaction after the shipment of the product. | C_Payment.IsDelayedCapture character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_Payment.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_Payment.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/BankCash_Window_ID-158_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/BankCash_Window_ID-158_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..13e12814 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/BankCash_Window_ID-158_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ +--- +title: 'Bank/Cash' +sidebar_label: 'Bank/Cash' +description: 'Maintain Bank/Cash' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Bank/Cash + +Window ID 158 + +*04/12/1999 → 15/01/2024* + +![Bank/Cash](/img/manual/BankCash-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Bank/Cash + +**Comment/Help:** The Bank/Cash Window is used to define the banks and accounts associated with an organization or business partner + +## Tab: Bank/Cash + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 04/12/1999 · Updated 15/01/2024* + +**Description:** Maintain Bank + +**Comment/Help:** The Bank Tab defines a bank that is used by an organization or business partner. Each Bank is given an identifying Name, Address, Routing No and Swift Code + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Bank.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Bank.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Bank.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Bank.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Bank.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Address | Location or Address | The Location / Address field defines the location of an entity. | C_Bank.C_Location_ID numeric(10)
Location (Address) | +| Own Bank | Bank for this Organization | The Own Bank field indicates if this bank is for this Organization as opposed to a Bank for a Business Partner. | C_Bank.IsOwnBank character(1)
Yes-No | +| Routing No | Bank Routing Number | The Bank Routing Number (ABA Number) identifies a legal Bank. It is used in routing checks and electronic transactions. | C_Bank.RoutingNo character varying(20)
String | +| Swift code | Swift Code or BIC | The Swift Code (Society of Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications) or BIC (Bank Identifier Code) is an identifier of a Bank. The first 4 characters are the bank code, followed by the 2 character country code, the two character location code and optional 3 character branch code. For details see http://www.swift.com/biconline/index.cfm | C_Bank.SwiftCode character varying(20)
String | + +## Tab: › Account + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/12/1999 · Updated 11/10/2005* + +**Description:** Maintain Bank Account + +**Comment/Help:** The Account Tab is used to define one or more accounts for a Bank. Each account has a unique Account No and Currency. The bank account organization is used for accounting. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BankAccount.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BankAccount.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_BankAccount.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BankAccount.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Bank | Bank | The Bank is a unique identifier of a Bank for this Organization or for a Business Partner with whom this Organization transacts. | C_BankAccount.C_Bank_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Account No | Account Number | The Account Number indicates the Number assigned to this bank account. | C_BankAccount.AccountNo character varying(20)
String | +| BBAN | Basic Bank Account Number | The Basic (or Domestic) Bank Account Number is used in Bank transfers (see also IBAN). For details see ISO 13616 and http://www.ecbs.org/ | C_BankAccount.BBAN character varying(40)
String | +| IBAN | International Bank Account Number | If your bank provides an International Bank Account Number, enter it here
Details ISO 13616 and http://www.ecbs.org. The account number has the maximum length of 22 characters (without spaces). The IBAN is often printed with a apace after 4 characters. Do not enter the spaces in iDempiere. | C_BankAccount.IBAN character varying(40)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_BankAccount.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BankAccount.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | C_BankAccount.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_BankAccount.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Bank Account Type | Bank Account Type | The Bank Account Type field indicates the type of account (savings, checking etc) this account is defined as. | C_BankAccount.BankAccountType character(1)
List | +| Credit limit | Amount of Credit allowed | The Credit Limit field indicates the credit limit for this account. | C_BankAccount.CreditLimit numeric
Number | +| Payment Export Class | | | C_BankAccount.PaymentExportClass character varying(60)
String | +| Current balance | Current Balance | The Current Balance field indicates the current balance in this account. | C_BankAccount.CurrentBalance numeric
Number | + +## Tab: › › Bank Account Document + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 28/07/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Bank Account Documents + +**Comment/Help:** In this tab, you define the documents used for this bank account. You define your check and other payment document (sequence) number as well as format. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BankAccountDoc.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BankAccountDoc.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_BankAccountDoc.C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BankAccountDoc.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_BankAccountDoc.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BankAccountDoc.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | C_BankAccountDoc.PaymentRule character(1)
List | +| Current Next | The next number to be used | The Current Next indicates the next number to use for this document | C_BankAccountDoc.CurrentNext numeric(10)
Integer | +| Check Print Format | Print Format for printing Checks | You need to define a Print Format to print the document. | C_BankAccountDoc.Check_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table | + +## Tab: › › Bank Account Processor + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 17/10/2012 · Updated 17/10/2012* + +**Description:** Maintain Bank Account Payment Processors + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BankAccount_Processor.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BankAccount_Processor.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_BankAccount_Processor.C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Processor | Payment processor for electronic payments | The Payment Processor indicates the processor to be used for electronic payments | C_BankAccount_Processor.C_PaymentProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BankAccount_Processor.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Partner ID | Partner ID or Account for the Payment Processor | Partner ID (Verisign) or Account ID (Optimal) | C_BankAccount_Processor.PartnerID character varying(60)
String | +| Vendor ID | Vendor ID for the Payment Processor | | C_BankAccount_Processor.VendorID character varying(60)
String | +| User ID | User ID or account number | The User ID identifies a user and allows access to records or processes. | C_BankAccount_Processor.UserID character varying(100)
String | +| Password | Password of any length (case sensitive) | The Password for this User. Passwords are required to identify authorized users. For iDempiere Users, you can change the password via the Process "Reset Password". | C_BankAccount_Processor.Password character varying(60)
String | +| Accept MasterCard | Accept Master Card | Indicates if Master Cards are accepted | C_BankAccount_Processor.AcceptMC character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept Visa | Accept Visa Cards | Indicates if Visa Cards are accepted | C_BankAccount_Processor.AcceptVisa character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept AMEX | Accept American Express Card | Indicates if American Express Cards are accepted | C_BankAccount_Processor.AcceptAMEX character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept Diners | Accept Diner's Club | Indicates if Diner's Club Cards are accepted | C_BankAccount_Processor.AcceptDiners character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept Corporate | Accept Corporate Purchase Cards | Indicates if Corporate Purchase Cards are accepted | C_BankAccount_Processor.AcceptCorporate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept Discover | Accept Discover Card | Indicates if Discover Cards are accepted | C_BankAccount_Processor.AcceptDiscover character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept Direct Deposit | Accept Direct Deposit (payee initiated) | Indicates if Direct Deposits (wire transfers, etc.) are accepted. Direct Deposits are initiated by the payee. | C_BankAccount_Processor.AcceptDirectDeposit character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept Direct Debit | Accept Direct Debits (vendor initiated) | Accept Direct Debit transactions. Direct Debits are initiated by the vendor who has permission to deduct amounts from the payee's account. | C_BankAccount_Processor.AcceptDirectDebit character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept Electronic Check | Accept ECheck (Electronic Checks) | Indicates if EChecks are accepted | C_BankAccount_Processor.AcceptCheck character(1)
Yes-No | +| Minimum Amt | Minimum Amount in Document Currency | | C_BankAccount_Processor.MinimumAmt numeric
Amount | +| Only Currency | Restrict accepting only this currency | The Only Currency field indicates that this bank account accepts only the currency identified here. | C_BankAccount_Processor.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Require Credit Card Verification Code | Require 3/4 digit Credit Verification Code | The Require CC Verification checkbox indicates if this bank accounts requires a verification number for credit card transactions. | C_BankAccount_Processor.RequireVV character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Statement Loader + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 25/12/2003 · Updated 15/01/2024* + +**Description:** Definition of Bank Statement Loader (SWIFT, OFX) + +**Comment/Help:** The loader definition provides the parameters to load bank statements from EFT formats like SWIFT (MT940) or OFX. The required parameters depend on the actual statement loader class + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BankStatementLoader.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BankStatementLoader.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_BankStatementLoader.C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BankStatementLoader.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_BankStatementLoader.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BankStatementLoader.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Financial Institution ID | The ID of the Financial Institution / Bank | Depending on the loader, it might require a ID of the financial institution | C_BankStatementLoader.FinancialInstitutionID character varying(20)
String | +| Branch ID | Bank Branch ID | Dependent on the loader, you may have to provide a bank branch ID | C_BankStatementLoader.BranchID character varying(20)
String | +| Account No | Account Number | The Account Number indicates the Number assigned to this bank account. | C_BankStatementLoader.AccountNo character varying(20)
String | +| PIN | Personal Identification Number | | C_BankStatementLoader.PIN character varying(20)
String | +| User ID | User ID or account number | The User ID identifies a user and allows access to records or processes. | C_BankStatementLoader.UserID character varying(60)
String | +| Password | Password of any length (case sensitive) | The Password for this User. Passwords are required to identify authorized users. For iDempiere Users, you can change the password via the Process "Reset Password". | C_BankStatementLoader.Password character varying(60)
String | +| Host Address | Host Address URL or DNS | The Host Address identifies the URL or DNS of the target host | C_BankStatementLoader.HostAddress character varying(60)
String | +| Host port | Host Communication Port | The Host Port identifies the port to communicate with the host. | C_BankStatementLoader.HostPort numeric(10)
Integer | +| Proxy address | Address of your proxy server | The Proxy Address must be defined if you must pass through a firewall to access your payment processor. | C_BankStatementLoader.ProxyAddress character varying(60)
String | +| Proxy port | Port of your proxy server | The Proxy Port identifies the port of your proxy server. | C_BankStatementLoader.ProxyPort numeric(10)
Integer | +| Proxy logon | Logon of your proxy server | The Proxy Logon identifies the Logon ID for your proxy server. | C_BankStatementLoader.ProxyLogon character varying(60)
String | +| Proxy password | Password of your proxy server | The Proxy Password identifies the password for your proxy server. | C_BankStatementLoader.ProxyPassword character varying(60)
String | +| File Name | Name of the local file or URL | Name of a file in the local directory space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..) | C_BankStatementLoader.FileName character varying(120)
String | +| Statement Loader Class | Class name of the bank statement loader | The name of the actual bank statement loader implementing the interface org.compiere.impexp.BankStatementLoaderInterface | C_BankStatementLoader.StmtLoaderClass character varying(60)
String | +| Date Format | Date format used in the input format | The date format is usually detected, but sometimes need to be defined. | C_BankStatementLoader.DateFormat character varying(20)
String | +| Date Last Run | Date the process was last run. | The Date Last Run indicates the last time that a process was run. | C_BankStatementLoader.DateLastRun timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | + +## Tab: › › Accounting + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 18/12/2000 · Updated 05/03/2013* + +**Description:** Maintain Accounting Data + +**Comment/Help:** The Accounting Tab is used to define the accounts used for transactions with this Bank. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BankAccount_Acct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BankAccount_Acct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_BankAccount_Acct.C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_BankAccount_Acct.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BankAccount_Acct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Bank Asset | Bank Asset Account | The Bank Asset Account identifies the account to be used for booking changes to the balance in this bank account | C_BankAccount_Acct.B_Asset_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Bank In Transit | Bank In Transit Account | The Bank in Transit Account identifies the account to be used for funds which are in transit. | C_BankAccount_Acct.B_InTransit_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Payment Selection | AP Payment Selection Clearing Account | | C_BankAccount_Acct.B_PaymentSelect_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Unallocated Cash | Unallocated Cash Clearing Account | Receipts not allocated to Invoices | C_BankAccount_Acct.B_UnallocatedCash_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Bank Interest Expense | Bank Interest Expense Account | The Bank Interest Expense Account identifies the account to be used for recording interest expenses. | C_BankAccount_Acct.B_InterestExp_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Bank Interest Revenue | Bank Interest Revenue Account | The Bank Interest Revenue Account identifies the account to be used for recording interest revenue from this Bank. | C_BankAccount_Acct.B_InterestRev_Acct numeric(10)
Account | + diff --git a/manual/window/BankStatementMatcher_Window_ID-302_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/BankStatementMatcher_Window_ID-302_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47dcb5e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/BankStatementMatcher_Window_ID-302_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +--- +title: 'Bank Statement Matcher' +sidebar_label: 'Bank Statement Matcher' +description: 'Algorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Bank Statement Matcher + +Window ID 302 + +*25/01/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Bank Statement Matcher](/img/manual/BankStatementMatcher-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Algorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments + +**Comment/Help:** An algorithm to find Business Partners, Invoices, Payments in imported Bank Statements + +## Tab: Bank Statement Matcher + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 25/01/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Algorithm to match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments + +**Comment/Help:** An algorithm to find Business Partners, Invoices, Payments in imported Bank Statements. The class need to implement the interface org.compiere.impexp.BankStatementMatcherInterface + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BankStatementMatcher.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BankStatementMatcher.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BankStatementMatcher.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_BankStatementMatcher.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BankStatementMatcher.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Classname | Java Classname | The Classname identifies the Java classname used by this report or process. | C_BankStatementMatcher.Classname character varying(255)
String | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | C_BankStatementMatcher.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | + diff --git a/manual/window/BillofMaterialsandFormula_Window_ID-53006_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/BillofMaterialsandFormula_Window_ID-53006_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2fa341a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/BillofMaterialsandFormula_Window_ID-53006_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +--- +title: 'Bill of Materials and Formula' +sidebar_label: 'Bill of Materials and Formula' +description: 'Maintain Product Bill of Materials & Formula' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Bill of Materials and Formula + +Window ID 53006 + +*17/12/2007 → 08/12/2023* + +![Bill of Materials and Formula](/img/manual/BillofMaterialsandFormula-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Product Bill of Materials & Formula + +**Comment/Help:** It is a list of all the subassemblies, intermediates, parts and raw material that go into a parent assembly showing the quantity of each required to make an assembly. There are a variety of display formats of bill of material, including single level bill of material, indented bill of material, modular (planning), costed bill of material, etc. May also be called "formula", "recipe", "ingredients list" in certain industries. +It answers the question, what are the components of the product? + +## Tab: Parent Product + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 17/12/2007 · Updated 17/12/2007* + +**Description:** Define the Parent Product to this BOM & Formula + +**Comment/Help:** Define the Parent Product to this BOM & Formula + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PP_Product_BOM.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PP_Product_BOM.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | PP_Product_BOM.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | PP_Product_BOM.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | PP_Product_BOM.Value character varying(80)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PP_Product_BOM.Name character varying(60)
Text | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PP_Product_BOM.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | PP_Product_BOM.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PP_Product_BOM.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Revision | | | PP_Product_BOM.Revision character varying(10)
String | +| BOM Type | Type of BOM | The type of Bills of Materials determines the state | PP_Product_BOM.BOMType character(1)
List | +| BOM Use | The use of the Bill of Material | By default the Master BOM is used, if the alternatives are not defined | PP_Product_BOM.BOMUse character(1)
List | +| Copy BOM Lines From | Copy BOM Lines from an existing BOM | Copy BOM Lines from an existing BOM. The BOM being copied to, must not have any existing BOM Lines. | PP_Product_BOM.CopyFrom character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Parent Product Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 18/04/2009 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PP_Product_BOM_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PP_Product_BOM_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| BOM & Formula | BOM & Formula | | PP_Product_BOM_Trl.PP_Product_BOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | PP_Product_BOM_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PP_Product_BOM_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PP_Product_BOM_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | PP_Product_BOM_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PP_Product_BOM_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | PP_Product_BOM_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Components of the BOM & Formula + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/12/2007 · Updated 21/04/2009* + +**Description:** Components of the BOM & Formula + +**Comment/Help:** The information relative to every component that will be used in the BOM & Formula of the finished product. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | PP_Product_BOMLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| BOM & Formula | BOM & Formula | | PP_Product_BOMLine.PP_Product_BOM_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | PP_Product_BOMLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | PP_Product_BOMLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Component Type | Component Type for a Bill of Material or Formula | The Component Type can be:

1.- By Product: Define a By Product as Component into BOM
2.- Component: Define a normal Component into BOM
3.- Option: Define an Option for Product Configure BOM
4.- Phantom: Define a Phantom as Component into BOM
5.- Packing: Define a Packing as Component into BOM
6.- Planning : Define Planning as Component into BOM
7.- Tools: Define Tools as Component into BOM
8.- Variant: Define Variant for Product Configure BOM
| PP_Product_BOMLine.ComponentType character(2)
List | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PP_Product_BOMLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | PP_Product_BOMLine.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PP_Product_BOMLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Quantity | Indicate the Quantity use in this BOM | Exist two way the add a component to a BOM or Formula:

1.- Adding a Component based in quantity to use in this BOM
2.- Adding a Component based in % to use the Order Quantity of Manufacturing Order in this Formula.
| PP_Product_BOMLine.QtyBOM numeric
Number | +| Feature | Indicated the Feature for Product Configure | Indicated the Feature for Product Configure | PP_Product_BOMLine.Feature character varying(30)
String | + +## Tab: › › Components Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 21/04/2009 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** BOM & Formula Line Translation + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PP_Product_BOMLine_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PP_Product_BOMLine_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| BOM Line | BOM Line | The BOM Line is a unique identifier for a BOM line in an BOM. | PP_Product_BOMLine_Trl.PP_Product_BOMLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | PP_Product_BOMLine_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PP_Product_BOMLine_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | PP_Product_BOMLine_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PP_Product_BOMLine_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | PP_Product_BOMLine_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/BroadcastMessage_Window_ID-200023_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/BroadcastMessage_Window_ID-200023_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b92d0742 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/BroadcastMessage_Window_ID-200023_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +--- +title: 'Broadcast Message' +sidebar_label: 'Broadcast Message' +description: 'Broadcast Message' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Broadcast Message + +Window ID 200023 + +*24/11/2012 → 02/12/2012* + +![Broadcast Message](/img/manual/BroadcastMessage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Broadcast Message + +**Comment/Help:** Window allows to enter broadcast messages + +## Tab: Broadcast Message + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 24/11/2012 · Updated 17/04/2013* + +**Description:** Broadcast Message + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_BroadcastMessage.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_BroadcastMessage.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Broadcast Message | Broadcast Message | | AD_BroadcastMessage.BroadcastMessage text
Text Long | +| Title | Name this entity is referred to as | The Title indicates the name that an entity is referred to as. | AD_BroadcastMessage.Title character varying(60)
String | +| Broadcast Type | Type of Broadcast | | AD_BroadcastMessage.BroadcastType character varying(32)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_BroadcastMessage.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Target | Target tenant | | AD_BroadcastMessage.Target character varying(60)
Radio Group List | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_BroadcastMessage.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_BroadcastMessage.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Broadcast Frequency | How Many Times Message Should be Broadcasted | | AD_BroadcastMessage.BroadcastFrequency character varying(60)
List | +| Expire On | Expire On | | AD_BroadcastMessage.Expiration timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Test Broadcast Message | Test and verify message before broadcasting | | AD_BroadcastMessage.TestMessage character(1)
Button | +| Publish Broadcast message | Publish Broadcast message | Selecting ok will publish message. Do you want to publish message? | AD_BroadcastMessage.Publish character(1)
Button | +| Expire Broadcast Message | Expire Broadcast Message | Selecting OK will expire current message. Do you want to expire message? | AD_BroadcastMessage.ExpireNow character(1)
Button | +| Expired | | | AD_BroadcastMessage.Expired character(1)
Yes-No | +| Published | The Topic is published and can be viewed | If not selected, the Topic is not visible to the general public. | AD_BroadcastMessage.IsPublished character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Message Log + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 24/11/2012 · Updated 25/11/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Note.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Note.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Message | System Message | Information and Error messages | AD_Note.AD_Message_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_Note.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow Activity | Workflow Activity | The Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance | AD_Note.AD_WF_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Note.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_Note.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Reference | Reference for this record | The Reference displays the source document number. | AD_Note.Reference character varying(255)
String | +| Text Message | Text Message | | AD_Note.TextMsg character varying(2000)
Text | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Note.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Broadcast Message | Broadcast Message | | AD_Note.AD_BroadcastMessage_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Delete Notices | Delete all Notices | | AD_Note.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | AD_Note.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/03/2014 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_BroadcastMessage_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_BroadcastMessage_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Broadcast Message | Broadcast Message | | AD_BroadcastMessage_Trl.AD_BroadcastMessage_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_BroadcastMessage_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_BroadcastMessage_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_BroadcastMessage_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Title | Name this entity is referred to as | The Title indicates the name that an entity is referred to as. | AD_BroadcastMessage_Trl.Title character varying(60)
String | +| Broadcast Message | Broadcast Message | | AD_BroadcastMessage_Trl.BroadcastMessage text
Text Long | + diff --git a/manual/window/BusinessPartnerGroup_Window_ID-192_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/BusinessPartnerGroup_Window_ID-192_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f977ef46 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/BusinessPartnerGroup_Window_ID-192_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +--- +title: 'Business Partner Group' +sidebar_label: 'Business Partner Group' +description: 'Maintain Business Partner Groups' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Business Partner Group + +Window ID 192 + +*17/12/2000 → 02/01/2000* + +![Business Partner Group](/img/manual/BusinessPartnerGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Business Partner Groups + +**Comment/Help:** The Business Partner Group window allows you to define the accounting parameters at a group level. If you define the accounting parameters for a group any Business Partner entered using this group will have these accounting parameters automatically populated. You can then make any modifications necessary at the Business Partner level. + +## Tab: Business Partner Group + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 17/12/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Business Partner Groups for Reporting Accounting Defaults + +**Comment/Help:** The Business Partner Group Tab allow for the association of business partners for reporting and accounting defaults. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BP_Group.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BP_Group.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_BP_Group.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BP_Group.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_BP_Group.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BP_Group.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | C_BP_Group.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Print Color | Color used for printing and display | Colors used for printing and display | C_BP_Group.AD_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority Base | Base of Priority | When deriving the Priority from Importance, the Base is "added" to the User Importance. | C_BP_Group.PriorityBase character(1)
List | +| Confidential Info | Can enter confidential information | When entering/updating Requests over the web, the user can mark his info as confidential | C_BP_Group.IsConfidentialInfo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | C_BP_Group.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Purchase Price List | Price List used by this Business Partner | Identifies the price list used by a Vendor for products purchased by this organization. | C_BP_Group.PO_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Discount Schema | Schema to calculate the trade discount percentage | After calculation of the (standard) price, the trade discount percentage is calculated and applied resulting in the final price. | C_BP_Group.M_DiscountSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| PO Discount Schema | Schema to calculate the purchase trade discount percentage | | C_BP_Group.PO_DiscountSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Credit Watch % | Credit Watch - Percent of Credit Limit when OK switches to Watch | If iDempiere maintains credit status, the status "Credit OK" is moved to "Credit Watch" if the credit available reaches the percent entered. If not defined, 90% is used. | C_BP_Group.CreditWatchPercent numeric
Number | +| Price Match Tolerance | PO-Invoice Match Price Tolerance in percent of the purchase price | Tolerance in Percent of matching the purchase order price to the invoice price. The difference is posted as Invoice Price Tolerance for Standard Costing. If defined, the PO-Invoice match must be explicitly approved, if the matching difference is greater then the tolerance.<br>
Example: if the purchase price is $100 and the tolerance is 1 (percent), the invoice price must be between $99 and 101 to be automatically approved. | C_BP_Group.PriceMatchTolerance numeric
Number | +| Dunning | Dunning Rules for overdue invoices | The Dunning indicates the rules and method of dunning for past due payments. | C_BP_Group.C_Dunning_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Accounting + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/12/2000 · Updated 05/03/2013* + +**Description:** Define Accounting + +**Comment/Help:** The Accounting Tab defines the default accounts for any business partner that references this group. These default values can be modified for each business partner if required. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BP_Group_Acct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BP_Group_Acct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BP_Group_Acct.C_BP_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_BP_Group_Acct.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BP_Group_Acct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Not-invoiced Receipts | Account for not-invoiced Material Receipts | The Not Invoiced Receipts account indicates the account used for recording receipts for materials that have not yet been invoiced. | C_BP_Group_Acct.NotInvoicedReceipts_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Unearned Revenue | Account for unearned revenue | The Unearned Revenue indicates the account used for recording invoices sent for products or services not yet delivered. It is used in revenue recognition | C_BP_Group_Acct.UnEarnedRevenue_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Payment Discount Expense | Payment Discount Expense Account | Indicates the account to be charged for payment discount expenses. | C_BP_Group_Acct.PayDiscount_Exp_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Payment Discount Revenue | Payment Discount Revenue Account | Indicates the account to be charged for payment discount revenues. | C_BP_Group_Acct.PayDiscount_Rev_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Write-off | Account for Receivables write-off | The Write Off Account identifies the account to book write off transactions to. | C_BP_Group_Acct.WriteOff_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Customer Prepayment | Account for customer prepayments | The Customer Prepayment account indicates the account to be used for recording prepayments from a customer. | C_BP_Group_Acct.C_Prepayment_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Vendor Liability | Account for Vendor Liability | The Vendor Liability account indicates the account used for recording transactions for vendor liabilities | C_BP_Group_Acct.V_Liability_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Customer Receivables | Account for Customer Receivables | The Customer Receivables Accounts indicates the account to be used for recording transaction for customers receivables. | C_BP_Group_Acct.C_Receivable_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Vendor Prepayment | Account for Vendor Prepayments | The Vendor Prepayment Account indicates the account used to record prepayments from a vendor. | C_BP_Group_Acct.V_Prepayment_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Copy Accounts | Copy and overwrite Accounts to Business Partners of this group | If you copy and overwrite the current default values, you may have to repeat previous updates (e.g. set the receivebles account, ...) | C_BP_Group_Acct.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Assigned Partners + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/12/2005 · Updated 19/12/2005* + +**Description:** Business Partners in Group + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BPartner.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BPartner.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BPartner.C_BP_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_BPartner.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Greeting | Greeting to print on correspondence | The Greeting identifies the greeting to print on correspondence. | C_BPartner.C_Greeting_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BPartner.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Name 2 | Additional Name | | C_BPartner.Name2 character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_BPartner.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BPartner.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | C_BPartner.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Credit Status | Business Partner Credit Status | Credit Management is inactive if Credit Status is No Credit Check, Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit is 0.
If active, the status is set automatically set to Credit Hold, if the Total Open Balance (including Vendor activities) is higher then the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit Watch, if above 90% of the Credit Limit and Credit OK otherwise. | C_BPartner.SOCreditStatus character(1)
List | +| Open Balance | Total Open Balance Amount in primary Accounting Currency | The Total Open Balance Amount is the calculated open item amount for Customer and Vendor activity. If the Balance is below zero, we owe the Business Partner. The amount is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations determine the Open Balance (i.e. not Orders or Payments). | C_BPartner.TotalOpenBalance numeric
Amount | +| Tax ID | Tax Identification | The Tax ID field identifies the legal Identification number of this Entity. | C_BPartner.TaxID character varying(20)
String | +| SO Tax exempt | Business partner is exempt from tax on sales | If a business partner is exempt from tax on sales, the exempt tax rate is used. For this, you need to set up a tax rate with a 0% rate and indicate that this is your tax exempt rate. This is required for tax reporting, so that you can track tax exempt transactions. | C_BPartner.IsTaxExempt character(1)
Yes-No | +| D-U-N-S | Dun & Bradstreet Number | Used for EDI - For details see www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm | C_BPartner.DUNS character varying(11)
String | +| Reference No | Your customer or vendor number at the Business Partner's site | The reference number can be printed on orders and invoices to allow your business partner to faster identify your records. | C_BPartner.ReferenceNo character varying(40)
String | +| NAICS/SIC | Standard Industry Code or its successor NAIC - http://www.osha.gov/oshstats/sicser.html | The NAICS/SIC identifies either of these codes that may be applicable to this Business Partner. | C_BPartner.NAICS character varying(6)
String | +| Rating | Classification or Importance | The Rating is used to differentiate the importance | C_BPartner.Rating character(1)
String | +| URL | Full URL address - e.g. http://www.idempiere.org | The URL defines an fully qualified web address like http://www.idempiere.org | C_BPartner.URL character varying(120)
URL | +| Language | Language for this Business Partner if Multi-Language enabled | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting documents. It requires, that on Tenant level, Multi-Lingual documents are selected and that you have created/loaded the language. | C_BPartner.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Prospect | Indicates this is a Prospect | The Prospect checkbox indicates an entity that is an active prospect. | C_BPartner.IsProspect character(1)
Yes-No | +| Potential Life Time Value | Total Revenue expected | The Potential Life Time Value is the anticipated revenue in primary accounting currency to be generated by the Business Partner. | C_BPartner.PotentialLifeTimeValue numeric
Amount | +| Actual Life Time Value | Actual Life Time Revenue | The Actual Life Time Value is the recorded revenue in primary accounting currency generated by the Business Partner. | C_BPartner.ActualLifeTimeValue numeric
Amount | +| Acquisition Cost | The cost of gaining the prospect as a customer | The Acquisition Cost identifies the cost associated with making this prospect a customer. | C_BPartner.AcqusitionCost numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Employees | Number of employees | Indicates the number of employees for this Business Partner. This field displays only for Prospects. | C_BPartner.NumberEmployees numeric(10)
Integer | +| Share | Share of Customer's business as a percentage | The Share indicates the percentage of this Business Partner's volume of the products supplied. | C_BPartner.ShareOfCustomer numeric(10)
Integer | +| Sales Volume in 1.000 | Total Volume of Sales in Thousands of Currency | The Sales Volume indicates the total volume of sales for a Business Partner. | C_BPartner.SalesVolume numeric(10)
Integer | +| First Sale | Date of First Sale | The First Sale Date identifies the date of the first sale to this Business Partner | C_BPartner.FirstSale timestamp without time zone
Date | + diff --git a/manual/window/BusinessPartnerInfo_Window_ID-291_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/BusinessPartnerInfo_Window_ID-291_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..84a689f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/BusinessPartnerInfo_Window_ID-291_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,199 @@ +--- +title: 'Business Partner Info' +sidebar_label: 'Business Partner Info' +description: 'Document Information of Business Partners' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Business Partner Info + +Window ID 291 + +*27/07/2003 → 30/06/2021* + +![Business Partner Info](/img/manual/BusinessPartnerInfo-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Document Information of Business Partners + +## Tab: Partner Selection + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 27/07/2003 · Updated 24/07/2005* + +**Description:** Business Partner Selection + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BPartner.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BPartner.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_BPartner.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BPartner.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_BPartner.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BPartner.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BPartner.C_BP_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Open Balance | Total Open Balance Amount in primary Accounting Currency | The Total Open Balance Amount is the calculated open item amount for Customer and Vendor activity. If the Balance is below zero, we owe the Business Partner. The amount is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations determine the Open Balance (i.e. not Orders or Payments). | C_BPartner.TotalOpenBalance numeric
Amount | +| Customer | Indicates if this Business Partner is a Customer | The Customer checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is a customer. If it is select additional fields will display which further define this customer. | C_BPartner.IsCustomer character(1)
Yes-No | +| Vendor | Indicates if this Business Partner is a Vendor | The Vendor checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is a Vendor. If it is selected, additional fields will display which further identify this vendor. | C_BPartner.IsVendor character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Representative | Indicates if the business partner is a sales representative or company agent | The Sales Rep checkbox indicates if this business partner is a sales representative. A sales representative may also be an employee, but does not need to be. | C_BPartner.IsSalesRep character(1)
Yes-No | +| Employee | Indicates if this Business Partner is an employee | The Employee checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is an Employee. If it is selected, additional fields will display which further identify this employee. | C_BPartner.IsEmployee character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Partner Orders + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/07/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Business Partner Orders + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Order.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Order.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Order.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Order.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_Order.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_Order.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | C_Order.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | C_Order.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Promised | Date Order was promised | The Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for. | C_Order.DatePromised timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Printed | Date the document was printed. | Indicates the Date that a document was printed. | C_Order.DatePrinted timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Order.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Partner | Business Partner to be invoiced | If empty the shipment business partner will be invoiced | C_Order.Bill_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_Order.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Location | Business Partner Location for invoicing | | C_Order.Bill_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Delivery Rule | Defines the timing of Delivery | The Delivery Rule indicates when an order should be delivered. For example should the order be delivered when the entire order is complete, when a line is complete or as the products become available. | C_Order.DeliveryRule character(1)
List | +| Priority | Priority of a document | The Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document | C_Order.PriorityRule character(1)
List | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | C_Order.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Drop Shipment | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location using the Drop Ship Business Partner name and contact. | C_Order.IsDropShip character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoice Rule | Frequency and method of invoicing | The Invoice Rule defines how a Business Partner is invoiced and the frequency of invoicing. | C_Order.InvoiceRule character(1)
List | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | C_Order.IsSOTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | C_Order.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Order.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Order.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | C_Order.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | C_Order.PaymentRule character(1)
Payment | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_Order.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Order.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Order.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Total Lines | Total of all document lines | The Total amount displays the total of all lines in document currency | C_Order.TotalLines numeric
Amount | +| Grand Total | Total amount of document | The Grand Total displays the total amount including Tax and Freight in document currency | C_Order.GrandTotal numeric
Amount | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Order.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
ID | + +## Tab: › Partner Shipments + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/07/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Business Partner Shipments + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOut.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOut.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | M_InOut.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_InOut.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | M_InOut.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Movement Type | Method of moving the inventory | The Movement Type indicates the type of movement (in, out, to production, etc) | M_InOut.MovementType character(2)
List | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | M_InOut.MovementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | M_InOut.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InOut.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_InOut.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| In Dispute | Document is in dispute | The document is in dispute. Use Requests to track details. | M_InOut.IsInDispute character(1)
Yes-No | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | M_InOut.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Shipment/Receipt | Material Shipment Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | M_InOut.M_InOut_ID numeric(10)
ID | + +## Tab: › Partner Invoices + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/07/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Business Partner Invoices + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Invoice.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Invoice.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_Invoice.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Invoice.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_Invoice.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | C_Invoice.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | C_Invoice.DateInvoiced timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Invoice.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Invoice.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Paid | The document is fully paid | | C_Invoice.IsPaid character(1)
Yes-No | +| In Dispute | Document is in dispute | The document is in dispute. Use Requests to track details. | C_Invoice.IsInDispute character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Invoice.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Grand Total | Total amount of document | The Grand Total displays the total amount including Tax and Freight in document currency | C_Invoice.GrandTotal numeric
Amount | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Invoice.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_Invoice.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
ID | + +## Tab: › Partner Payments + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/07/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Business Partner Payments + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Prepayment | The Payment/Receipt is a Prepayment | Payments not allocated to an invoice with a charge are posted to Unallocated Payments. When setting this flag, the payment is posted to the Customer or Vendor Prepayment account. | C_Payment.IsPrepayment character(1)
Yes-No | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Payment.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Payment.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_Payment.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Payment.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_Payment.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | C_Payment.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | C_Payment.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_Payment.C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Online Access | Can be accessed online | The Online Access check box indicates if the application can be accessed via the web. | C_Payment.IsOnline character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Payment.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment amount | Amount being paid | Indicates the amount this payment is for. The payment amount can be for single or multiple invoices or a partial payment for an invoice. | C_Payment.PayAmt numeric
Amount | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | C_Payment.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Write-off Amount | Amount to write-off | The Write Off Amount indicates the amount to be written off as uncollectible. | C_Payment.WriteOffAmt numeric
Amount | +| Delayed Capture | Charge after Shipment | Delayed Capture is required, if you ship products. The first credit card transaction is the Authorization, the second is the actual transaction after the shipment of the product. | C_Payment.IsDelayedCapture character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_Payment.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_Payment.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
ID | + +## Tab: › Partner Assets + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/07/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Business Partner Assets + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Asset.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Asset.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | A_Asset.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Asset Group | Group of Assets | The group of assets determines default accounts. If an asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset. | A_Asset.A_Asset_Group_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | A_Asset.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_Asset.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | A_Asset.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | A_Asset.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Lot No | Lot number (alphanumeric) | The Lot Number indicates the specific lot that a product was part of. | A_Asset.Lot character varying(255)
String | +| Serial No | Product Serial Number | The Serial Number identifies a tracked, warranted product. It can only be used when the quantity is 1. | A_Asset.SerNo character varying(255)
String | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | A_Asset.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| In Service Date | Date when Asset was put into service | The date when the asset was put into service - usually used as start date for depreciation. | A_Asset.AssetServiceDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Guarantee Date | Date when guarantee expires | Date when the normal guarantee or availability expires | A_Asset.GuaranteeDate timestamp without time zone
Date | + +## Tab: › Partner Requests + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/07/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Business Partner Requests + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_Request.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_Request.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Request Type | Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..) | Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. | R_Request.R_RequestType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | R_Request.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Group | Request Group | Group of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...) | R_Request.R_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Category | Request Category | Category or Topic of the Request | R_Request.R_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Status | Request Status | Status if the request (open, closed, investigating, ..) | R_Request.R_Status_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Resolution | Request Resolution | Resolution status (e.g. Fixed, Rejected, ..) | R_Request.R_Resolution_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority | Indicates if this request is of a high, medium or low priority. | The Priority indicates the importance of this request. | R_Request.Priority character(1)
List | +| User Importance | Priority of the issue for the User | | R_Request.PriorityUser character(1)
List | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | R_Request.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Summary | Textual summary of this request | The Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request. | R_Request.Summary character varying(2000)
Text | +| Date Last Action | Date this request was last acted on | The Date Last Action indicates that last time that the request was acted on. | R_Request.DateLastAction timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Last Result | Result of last contact | The Last Result identifies the result of the last contact made. | R_Request.LastResult character varying(2000)
String | +| Due type | Status of the next action for this Request | The Due Type indicates if this request is Due, Overdue or Scheduled. | R_Request.DueType character(1)
List | +| Date Next Action | Date that this request should be acted on | The Date Next Action indicates the next scheduled date for an action to occur for this request. | R_Request.DateNextAction timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Cost Center | | | R_Request.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | R_Request.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/BusinessPartner_Window_ID-123_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/BusinessPartner_Window_ID-123_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4941901 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/BusinessPartner_Window_ID-123_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +--- +title: 'Business Partner' +sidebar_label: 'Business Partner' +description: 'Maintain Business Partners' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Business Partner + +Window ID 123 + +*11/06/1999 → 09/02/2005* + +![Business Partner](/img/manual/BusinessPartner-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Business Partners + +**Comment/Help:** The Business Partner window allows you do define any party with whom you transact. This includes customers, vendors and employees. Prior to entering or importing products, you must define your vendors. Prior to generating Orders you must define your customers. This window holds all information about your business partner and the values entered will be used to generate all document transactions + +## Tab: Business Partner + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 04/12/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Business Partner + +**Comment/Help:** The Business Partner Tab defines any Entity with whom an organization transacts. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BPartner.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BPartner.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Logo | | | C_BPartner.Logo_ID numeric(10)
Image | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_BPartner.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BPartner.C_BP_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Customer | Indicates if this Business Partner is a Customer | The Customer checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is a customer. If it is select additional fields will display which further define this customer. | C_BPartner.IsCustomer character(1)
Yes-No | +| Vendor | Indicates if this Business Partner is a Vendor | The Vendor checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is a Vendor. If it is selected, additional fields will display which further identify this vendor. | C_BPartner.IsVendor character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BPartner.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Employee | Indicates if this Business Partner is an employee | The Employee checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is an Employee. If it is selected, additional fields will display which further identify this employee. | C_BPartner.IsEmployee character(1)
Yes-No | +| Prospect | Indicates this is a Prospect | The Prospect checkbox indicates an entity that is an active prospect. | C_BPartner.IsProspect character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name 2 | Additional Name | | C_BPartner.Name2 character varying(60)
String | +| Sales Representative | Indicates if the business partner is a sales representative or company agent | The Sales Rep checkbox indicates if this business partner is a sales representative. A sales representative may also be an employee, but does not need to be. | C_BPartner.IsSalesRep character(1)
Yes-No | +| Reference No | Your customer or vendor number at the Business Partner's site | The reference number can be printed on orders and invoices to allow your business partner to faster identify your records. | C_BPartner.ReferenceNo character varying(40)
String | +| Rating | Classification or Importance | The Rating is used to differentiate the importance | C_BPartner.Rating character(1)
String | +| Representative/Agent | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_BPartner.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Credit Status | Business Partner Credit Status | Credit Management is inactive if Credit Status is No Credit Check, Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit is 0.
If active, the status is set automatically set to Credit Hold, if the Total Open Balance (including Vendor activities) is higher then the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit Watch, if above 90% of the Credit Limit and Credit OK otherwise. | C_BPartner.SOCreditStatus character(1)
List | +| Credit Limit | Total outstanding invoice amounts allowed | The Credit Limit indicates the total amount allowed "on account" in primary accounting currency. If the Credit Limit is 0, no check is performed. Credit Management is based on the Total Open Amount, which includes Vendor activities. | C_BPartner.SO_CreditLimit numeric
Amount | +| Open Balance | Total Open Balance Amount in primary Accounting Currency | The Total Open Balance Amount is the calculated open item amount for Customer and Vendor activity. If the Balance is below zero, we owe the Business Partner. The amount is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations determine the Open Balance (i.e. not Orders or Payments). | C_BPartner.TotalOpenBalance numeric
Amount | +| Tax ID | Tax Identification | The Tax ID field identifies the legal Identification number of this Entity. | C_BPartner.TaxID character varying(20)
String | +| Link Organization | Link Business Partner to an Organization | If the Business Partner is another Organization, select the Organization or set to empty to create a new Organization. You link a Business Partner to an Organization to create explicit Documents for Inter-Org transaction.
If you create a new Organization, you may supply a Organization Type. If you select a Role, the access to the new Organization is limited to that role, otherwise all (non manual) roles of the Tenant will have access to the new Organization. | C_BPartner.AD_OrgBP_ID numeric(10)
Button | +| SO Tax exempt | Business partner is exempt from tax on sales | If a business partner is exempt from tax on sales, the exempt tax rate is used. For this, you need to set up a tax rate with a 0% rate and indicate that this is your tax exempt rate. This is required for tax reporting, so that you can track tax exempt transactions. | C_BPartner.IsTaxExempt character(1)
Yes-No | +| PO Tax exempt | Business partner is exempt from tax on purchases | If a business partner is exempt from tax on purchases, the exempt tax rate is used. For this, you need to set up a tax rate with a 0% rate and indicate that this is your tax exempt rate. This is required for tax reporting, so that you can track tax exempt transactions. | C_BPartner.IsPOTaxExempt character(1)
Yes-No | +| URL | Full URL address - e.g. http://www.idempiere.org | The URL defines an fully qualified web address like http://www.idempiere.org | C_BPartner.URL character varying(120)
URL | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_BPartner.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | C_BPartner.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BPartner.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoice Rule | Frequency and method of invoicing | The Invoice Rule defines how a Business Partner is invoiced and the frequency of invoicing. | C_BPartner.InvoiceRule character(1)
List | +| Invoice Schedule | Schedule for generating Invoices | The Invoice Schedule identifies the frequency used when generating invoices. | C_BPartner.C_InvoiceSchedule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | C_BPartner.PaymentRule character(1)
List | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_BPartner.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Delivery Rule | Defines the timing of Delivery | The Delivery Rule indicates when an order should be delivered. For example should the order be delivered when the entire order is complete, when a line is complete or as the products become available. | C_BPartner.DeliveryRule character(1)
List | +| Delivery Via | How the order will be delivered | The Delivery Via indicates how the products should be delivered. For example, will the order be picked up or shipped. | C_BPartner.DeliveryViaRule character(1)
List | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | C_BPartner.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Discount Schema | Schema to calculate the trade discount percentage | After calculation of the (standard) price, the trade discount percentage is calculated and applied resulting in the final price. | C_BPartner.M_DiscountSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Flat Discount % | Flat discount percentage | | C_BPartner.FlatDiscount numeric
Number | +| Dunning | Dunning Rules for overdue invoices | The Dunning indicates the rules and method of dunning for past due payments. | C_BPartner.C_Dunning_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Dunning Grace Date | | | C_BPartner.DunningGrace timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Min Shelf Life % | Minimum Shelf Life in percent based on Product Instance Guarantee Date | Minimum Shelf Life of products with Guarantee Date instance. If > 0 you cannot select products with a shelf life ((Guarantee Date-Today) / Guarantee Days) less than the minimum shelf life, unless you select "Show All" | C_BPartner.ShelfLifeMinPct numeric(10)
Integer | +| Payment Rule | Purchase payment option | The Payment Rule indicates the method of purchase payment. | C_BPartner.PaymentRulePO character(1)
List | +| PO Payment Term | Payment rules for a purchase order | The PO Payment Term indicates the payment term that will be used when this purchase order becomes an invoice. | C_BPartner.PO_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Is Manufacturer | Indicate role of this Business partner as Manufacturer | | C_BPartner.IsManufacturer character(1)
Yes-No | +| Purchase Price List | Price List used by this Business Partner | Identifies the price list used by a Vendor for products purchased by this organization. | C_BPartner.PO_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| PO Discount Schema | Schema to calculate the purchase trade discount percentage | | C_BPartner.PO_DiscountSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| 1099 Vendor | | | C_BPartner.Is1099Vendor character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default 1099 Box | | | C_BPartner.Default1099Box_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | C_BPartner.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Language | Language for this Business Partner if Multi-Language enabled | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting documents. It requires, that on Tenant level, Multi-Lingual documents are selected and that you have created/loaded the language. | C_BPartner.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Greeting | Greeting to print on correspondence | The Greeting identifies the greeting to print on correspondence. | C_BPartner.C_Greeting_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Order Description | Description to be used on orders | The Order Description identifies the standard description to use on orders for this Customer. | C_BPartner.SO_Description character varying(255)
String | +| Invoice Print Format | Print Format for printing Invoices | You need to define a Print Format to print the document. | C_BPartner.Invoice_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Document Copies | Number of copies to be printed | The Document Copies indicates the number of copies of each document that will be generated. | C_BPartner.DocumentCopies numeric(10)
Integer | +| Discount Printed | Print Discount on Invoice and Order | The Discount Printed Checkbox indicates if the discount will be printed on the document. | C_BPartner.IsDiscountPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Freight Cost Rule | Method for charging Freight | The Freight Cost Rule indicates the method used when charging for freight. | C_BPartner.FreightCostRule character(1)
List | +| Share | Share of Customer's business as a percentage | The Share indicates the percentage of this Business Partner's volume of the products supplied. | C_BPartner.ShareOfCustomer numeric(10)
Integer | +| D-U-N-S | Dun & Bradstreet Number | Used for EDI - For details see www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm | C_BPartner.DUNS character varying(11)
String | +| NAICS/SIC | Standard Industry Code or its successor NAIC - http://www.osha.gov/oshstats/sicser.html | The NAICS/SIC identifies either of these codes that may be applicable to this Business Partner. | C_BPartner.NAICS character varying(6)
String | +| Acquisition Cost | The cost of gaining the prospect as a customer | The Acquisition Cost identifies the cost associated with making this prospect a customer. | C_BPartner.AcqusitionCost numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Employees | Number of employees | Indicates the number of employees for this Business Partner. This field displays only for Prospects. | C_BPartner.NumberEmployees numeric(10)
Integer | +| Sales Volume in 1.000 | Total Volume of Sales in Thousands of Currency | The Sales Volume indicates the total volume of sales for a Business Partner. | C_BPartner.SalesVolume numeric(10)
Integer | +| Potential Life Time Value | Total Revenue expected | The Potential Life Time Value is the anticipated revenue in primary accounting currency to be generated by the Business Partner. | C_BPartner.PotentialLifeTimeValue numeric
Amount | +| Actual Life Time Value | Actual Life Time Revenue | The Actual Life Time Value is the recorded revenue in primary accounting currency generated by the Business Partner. | C_BPartner.ActualLifeTimeValue numeric
Amount | +| First Sale | Date of First Sale | The First Sale Date identifies the date of the first sale to this Business Partner | C_BPartner.FirstSale timestamp without time zone
Date | + +## Tab: › Contact (User) + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 03/06/2003 · Updated 25/01/2013* + +**Description:** Maintain User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact + +**Comment/Help:** The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_User.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_User.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | AD_User.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_User.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_User.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | AD_User.Comments character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_User.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | AD_User.EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Password | Password of any length (case sensitive) | The Password for this User. Passwords are required to identify authorized users. For iDempiere Users, you can change the password via the Process "Reset Password". | AD_User.Password character varying(1024)
String | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | AD_User.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Ship Contact | Business Partner Shipment Contact | If the Ship Contact is selected, the contact is used for notification. | AD_User.IsShipTo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoice Contact | Business Partner Invoice/Bill Contact | If the Invoice Contact is selected, the contact is used to send notifications about invoices to a customer or a vendor. | AD_User.IsBillTo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Greeting | Greeting to print on correspondence | The Greeting identifies the greeting to print on correspondence. | AD_User.C_Greeting_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Title | Name this entity is referred to as | The Title indicates the name that an entity is referred to as. | AD_User.Title character varying(40)
String | +| Birthday | Birthday or Anniversary day | Birthday or Anniversary day | AD_User.Birthday timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Phone | Identifies a telephone number | The Phone field identifies a telephone number | AD_User.Phone character varying(40)
String | +| 2nd Phone | Identifies an alternate telephone number. | The 2nd Phone field identifies an alternate telephone number. | AD_User.Phone2 character varying(40)
String | +| Fax | Facsimile number | The Fax identifies a facsimile number for this Business Partner or Location | AD_User.Fax character varying(40)
String | +| Notification Type | Type of Notifications | Emails or Notification sent out for Request Updates, etc. | AD_User.NotificationType character(1)
List | +| Position | Job Position | | AD_User.C_Job_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Full BP Access | The user/contact has full access to Business Partner information and resources | If selected, the user has full access to the Business Partner (BP) information (Business Documents like Orders, Invoices - Requests) or resources (Assets, Downloads). If you deselect it, the user has no access rights unless, you explicitly grant it in tab "BP Access" | AD_User.IsFullBPAccess character(1)
Yes-No | +| EMail Verify | Date Email was verified | | AD_User.EMailVerifyDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Verification Info | Verification information of EMail Address | The field contains additional information how the EMail Address has been verified | AD_User.EMailVerify character varying(40)
String | +| Last Contact | Date this individual was last contacted | The Last Contact indicates the date that this Business Partner Contact was last contacted. | AD_User.LastContact timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Last Result | Result of last contact | The Last Result identifies the result of the last contact made. | AD_User.LastResult character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › › Interest Area + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 01/10/2002 · Updated 25/01/2013* + +**Description:** Business Partner Contact Interest Area + +**Comment/Help:** Interest Area can be used for Marketing Campaigns + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_ContactInterest.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_ContactInterest.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | R_ContactInterest.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Interest Area | Interest Area or Topic | Interest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns. | R_ContactInterest.R_InterestArea_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_ContactInterest.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Subscribe Date | Date the contact actively subscribed | Date the contact subscribe the interest area | R_ContactInterest.SubscribeDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Opt-out Date | Date the contact opted out | If the field has a date, the customer opted out (unsubscribed) and cannot receive mails for the Interest Area | R_ContactInterest.OptOutDate timestamp without time zone
Date | + +## Tab: › › BP Access + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 09/09/2005 · Updated 25/01/2013* + +**Description:** Access of the User/Contact to Business Partner information and resources + +**Comment/Help:** If on User level, "Full BP Access" is NOT selected, you need to give access explicitly here. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserBPAccess.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserBPAccess.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_UserBPAccess.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_UserBPAccess.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Access Type | Type of Access of the user/contact to Business Partner information and resources | If on User level, "Full BP Access" is NOT selected, give access explicitly | AD_UserBPAccess.BPAccessType character(1)
List | +| Request Type | Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..) | Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. | AD_UserBPAccess.R_RequestType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Location + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/12/1999 · Updated 25/01/2013* + +**Description:** Define Location + +**Comment/Help:** The Location Tab defines the physical location of a business partner. A business partner may have multiple location records. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BPartner_Location.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BPartner_Location.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BPartner_Location.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Preserve custom name | | | C_BPartner_Location.IsPreserveCustomName character(1)
Yes-No | +| Address | Location or Address | The Location / Address field defines the location of an entity. | C_BPartner_Location.C_Location_ID numeric(10)
Location (Address) | +| Phone | Identifies a telephone number | The Phone field identifies a telephone number | C_BPartner_Location.Phone character varying(40)
String | +| 2nd Phone | Identifies an alternate telephone number. | The 2nd Phone field identifies an alternate telephone number. | C_BPartner_Location.Phone2 character varying(40)
String | +| Fax | Facsimile number | The Fax identifies a facsimile number for this Business Partner or Location | C_BPartner_Location.Fax character varying(40)
String | +| ISDN | ISDN or modem line | The ISDN identifies a ISDN or Modem line number. | C_BPartner_Location.ISDN character varying(40)
String | +| Ship Address | Business Partner Shipment Address | If the Ship Address is selected, the location is used to ship goods to a customer or receive goods from a vendor. | C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoice Address | Business Partner Invoice/Bill Address | If the Invoice Address is selected, the location is used to send invoices to a customer or receive invoices from a vendor. | C_BPartner_Location.IsBillTo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Pay-From | Business Partner can pay invoices from the related Business Partner | Proxy business partner is allowed to pay and allocate payments from the related Business Partner | C_BPartner_Location.IsPayFrom character(1)
Yes-No | +| Remit-To Address | Business Partner payment address | If the Remit-To Address is selected, the location is used to send payments to the vendor. | C_BPartner_Location.IsRemitTo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | C_BPartner_Location.C_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Customer Address ID | | | C_BPartner_Location.CustomerAddressID character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BPartner_Location.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Bank Account + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/12/1999 · Updated 25/01/2013* + +**Description:** Define Bank Account + +**Comment/Help:** The Define Bank Account Tab defines the banking information for this business partner. This data is used for processing payments and remittances. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BP_BankAccount.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BP_BankAccount.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BP_BankAccount.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_BP_BankAccount.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BP_BankAccount.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| ACH | Automatic Clearing House | The ACH checkbox indicates if this Bank Account accepts ACH transactions. | C_BP_BankAccount.IsACH character(1)
Yes-No | +| Account Usage | Business Partner Bank Account usage | Determines how the bank account is used. | C_BP_BankAccount.BPBankAcctUse character(1)
List | +| Bank | Bank | The Bank is a unique identifier of a Bank for this Organization or for a Business Partner with whom this Organization transacts. | C_BP_BankAccount.C_Bank_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Bank Account Type | Bank Account Type | The Bank Account Type field indicates the type of account (savings, checking etc) this account is defined as. | C_BP_BankAccount.BankAccountType character(1)
List | +| Routing No | Bank Routing Number | The Bank Routing Number (ABA Number) identifies a legal Bank. It is used in routing checks and electronic transactions. | C_BP_BankAccount.RoutingNo character varying(20)
String | +| Account No | Account Number | The Account Number indicates the Number assigned to this bank account. | C_BP_BankAccount.AccountNo character varying(20)
String | +| IBAN | International Bank Account Number | If your bank provides an International Bank Account Number, enter it here
Details ISO 13616 and http://www.ecbs.org. The account number has the maximum length of 22 characters (without spaces). The IBAN is often printed with a apace after 4 characters. Do not enter the spaces in iDempiere. | C_BP_BankAccount.IBAN character varying(40)
String | +| Credit Card | Credit Card (Visa, MC, AmEx) | The Credit Card drop down list box is used for selecting the type of Credit Card presented for payment. | C_BP_BankAccount.CreditCardType character(1)
List | +| Number | Credit Card Number | The Credit Card number indicates the number on the credit card, without blanks or spaces. | C_BP_BankAccount.CreditCardNumber character varying(20)
String | +| Verification Code | Credit Card Verification code on credit card | The Credit Card Verification indicates the verification code on the credit card (AMEX 4 digits on front; MC,Visa 3 digits back) | C_BP_BankAccount.CreditCardVV character varying(4)
String | +| Exp. Month | Expiry Month | The Expiry Month indicates the expiry month for this credit card. | C_BP_BankAccount.CreditCardExpMM numeric(10)
Integer | +| Exp. Year | Expiry Year | The Expiry Year indicates the expiry year for this credit card. | C_BP_BankAccount.CreditCardExpYY numeric(10)
Integer | +| Account Name | Name on Credit Card or Account holder | The Name of the Credit Card or Account holder. | C_BP_BankAccount.A_Name character varying(60)
String | +| Account Street | Street address of the Credit Card or Account holder | The Street Address of the Credit Card or Account holder. | C_BP_BankAccount.A_Street character varying(60)
String | +| Account City | City or the Credit Card or Account Holder | The Account City indicates the City of the Credit Card or Account holder | C_BP_BankAccount.A_City character varying(60)
String | +| Account Zip/Postal | Zip Code of the Credit Card or Account Holder | The Zip Code of the Credit Card or Account Holder. | C_BP_BankAccount.A_Zip character varying(20)
String | +| Account State | State of the Credit Card or Account holder | The State of the Credit Card or Account holder | C_BP_BankAccount.A_State character varying(40)
String | +| Account Country | Country | Account Country Name | C_BP_BankAccount.A_Country character varying(40)
String | +| Driver License | Payment Identification - Driver License | The Driver's License being used as identification. | C_BP_BankAccount.A_Ident_DL character varying(20)
String | +| Social Security No | Payment Identification - Social Security No | The Social Security number being used as identification. | C_BP_BankAccount.A_Ident_SSN character varying(20)
String | +| Account EMail | Email Address | The EMail Address indicates the EMail address off the Credit Card or Account holder. | C_BP_BankAccount.A_EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Address verified | This address has been verified | The Address Verified indicates if the address has been verified by the Credit Card Company. | C_BP_BankAccount.R_AvsAddr character(1)
List | +| Zip verified | The Zip Code has been verified | The Zip Verified indicates if the zip code has been verified by the Credit Card Company. | C_BP_BankAccount.R_AvsZip character(1)
List | +| Customer Payment Profile ID | | | C_BP_BankAccount.CustomerPaymentProfileID character varying(60)
String | +| Payment Processor | Payment processor for electronic payments | The Payment Processor indicates the processor to be used for electronic payments | C_BP_BankAccount.C_PaymentProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Shipping Accounts + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 06/12/2012 · Updated 25/01/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BP_ShippingAcct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BP_ShippingAcct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BP_ShippingAcct.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BP_ShippingAcct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Shipper Account Number | | | C_BP_ShippingAcct.ShipperAccount character varying(40)
String | +| Shipper Meter | | | C_BP_ShippingAcct.ShipperMeter character varying(255)
String | +| Duties Shipper Account | | | C_BP_ShippingAcct.DutiesShipperAccount character varying(40)
String | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_BP_ShippingAcct.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipping Processor | | | C_BP_ShippingAcct.M_ShippingProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table | + +## Tab: › Customer Accounting + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/09/1999 · Updated 25/01/2013* + +**Description:** Define Customer Accounting + +**Comment/Help:** The Customer Accounting Tab defines the default accounts to use when this business partner is referenced on an accounts receivable transaction. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BP_Customer_Acct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BP_Customer_Acct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BP_Customer_Acct.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_BP_Customer_Acct.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BP_Customer_Acct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Customer Receivables | Account for Customer Receivables | The Customer Receivables Accounts indicates the account to be used for recording transaction for customers receivables. | C_BP_Customer_Acct.C_Receivable_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Customer Prepayment | Account for customer prepayments | The Customer Prepayment account indicates the account to be used for recording prepayments from a customer. | C_BP_Customer_Acct.C_Prepayment_Acct numeric(10)
Account | + +## Tab: › Vendor Accounting + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/09/1999 · Updated 25/01/2013* + +**Description:** Define Vendor Accounting + +**Comment/Help:** The Vendor Accounting Tab defines the default accounts to use when this business partner is referenced in an accounts payable transaction. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BP_Vendor_Acct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BP_Vendor_Acct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BP_Vendor_Acct.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_BP_Vendor_Acct.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BP_Vendor_Acct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Vendor Liability | Account for Vendor Liability | The Vendor Liability account indicates the account used for recording transactions for vendor liabilities | C_BP_Vendor_Acct.V_Liability_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Vendor Prepayment | Account for Vendor Prepayments | The Vendor Prepayment Account indicates the account used to record prepayments from a vendor. | C_BP_Vendor_Acct.V_Prepayment_Acct numeric(10)
Account | + diff --git a/manual/window/CSSStyle_Window_ID-200086_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CSSStyle_Window_ID-200086_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8ef7979 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CSSStyle_Window_ID-200086_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +--- +title: 'CSS Style' +sidebar_label: 'CSS Style' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# CSS Style + +Window ID 200086 + +*05/05/2016 → 05/05/2016* + +![CSS Style](/img/manual/CSSStyle-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: CSS Style + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 05/05/2016 · Updated 05/05/2016* + +**Description:** CSS Inline Style Definitions + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Style.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Style.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Style.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Style.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Style.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Wrap With Span | Wrap content in Span and apply the Style to it. | | AD_Style.IsWrapWithSpan character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Style.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Style Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 05/05/2016 · Updated 05/05/2016* + +**Description:** CSS Style Lines + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_StyleLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_StyleLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Style | CSS style for field and label | | AD_StyleLine.AD_Style_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | AD_StyleLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_StyleLine.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Inline Style | CSS Inline Style | | AD_StyleLine.InlineStyle character varying(2000)
String | +| Display Logic | If the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayed | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_StyleLine.DisplayLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Theme | Theme name | | AD_StyleLine.Theme character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_StyleLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/CalendarYearandPeriod_Window_ID-117_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CalendarYearandPeriod_Window_ID-117_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76cd8149 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CalendarYearandPeriod_Window_ID-117_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +--- +title: 'Calendar Year and Period' +sidebar_label: 'Calendar Year and Period' +description: 'Maintain Calendars Years Periods' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Calendar Year and Period + +Window ID 117 + +*11/06/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Calendar Year and Period](/img/manual/CalendarYearandPeriod-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Calendars Years Periods + +**Comment/Help:** The Calendar Year and Periods defines the calendars that will be used for period control and reporting. You can also define non-standard calendars (e.g. business year from July to June). + +## Tab: Calendar + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define your calendar + +**Comment/Help:** The Calendar Tab defines each calendar that will be used by an Organization. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Calendar.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Calendar.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Calendar.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Calendar.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Calendar.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Year + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Calendar Year + +**Comment/Help:** The Year Window is used to define each year for the specified calendar. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Year.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Year.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Calendar | Accounting Calendar Name | The Calendar uniquely identifies an accounting calendar. Multiple calendars can be used. For example you may need a standard calendar that runs from Jan 1 to Dec 31 and a fiscal calendar that runs from July 1 to June 30. | C_Year.C_Calendar_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Year | The Fiscal Year | The Year identifies the accounting year for a calendar. | C_Year.FiscalYear character varying(10)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Year.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Year.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Create Periods | Create 12 standard calendar periods. | Creates 12 calendar month long standard periods from the specified start date. If no start date is specified, 1st of Jan will be used. The period name will be generated from the start date of each period using the java SimpleDateFormat pattern provided. | C_Year.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › › Period + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Calendar Periods + +**Comment/Help:** The Period Tab defines a Period No, Name and Start Date for each Calendar Year. Each period begins on the defined Start Date and ends one day prior to the next period's Start Date. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Period.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Period.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Year | Calendar Year | The Year uniquely identifies an accounting year for a calendar. | C_Period.C_Year_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Period No | Unique Period Number | The Period No identifies a specific period for this year. Each period is defined by a start and end date. Date ranges for a calendar and year cannot overlap. | C_Period.PeriodNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Period.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Period.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Start Date | First effective day (inclusive) | The Start Date indicates the first or starting date | C_Period.StartDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| End Date | Last effective date (inclusive) | The End Date indicates the last date in this range. | C_Period.EndDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Period Type | Period Type | The Period Type indicates the type (Standard or Adjustment) of period. | C_Period.PeriodType character(1)
List | +| Open/Close All | Change Period Status for all Period Controls of this Period | | C_Period.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › › › Period Control + +*Tab Level 3 · Created 26/09/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Period Control + +**Comment/Help:** The Period Control Tab displays the status of a Period (Never Opened, Opened, Closed). + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_PeriodControl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_PeriodControl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Period | Period of the Calendar | The Period indicates an exclusive range of dates for a calendar. | C_PeriodControl.C_Period_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Base Type | Logical type of document | The Document Base Type identifies the base or starting point for a document. Multiple document types may share a single document base type. | C_PeriodControl.DocBaseType character(3)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_PeriodControl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Period Status | Current state of this period | The Period Status indicates the current status for this period. For example 'Closed', 'Open', 'Never Opened'. | C_PeriodControl.PeriodStatus character(1)
List | +| Period Action | Action taken for this period | The Period Action indicates the action to be taken for this period. For example 'Close Period' or 'Open Period'. | C_PeriodControl.PeriodAction character(1)
List | +| Open/Close | Change Period Status | | C_PeriodControl.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Non Business Day + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Non Business Days + +**Comment/Help:** The Non Business Days Tab defines those days to exclude when calculating the due date for given payment terms. For example, if an invoice terms was Net 10 days and the Invoice Date was 2/17/2000 the due date would be 2/27/2000. If 2/27/2000 was defined as a non business day then the due date on the Invoice would be 2/28/2000. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_NonBusinessDay.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_NonBusinessDay.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Calendar | Accounting Calendar Name | The Calendar uniquely identifies an accounting calendar. Multiple calendars can be used. For example you may need a standard calendar that runs from Jan 1 to Dec 31 and a fiscal calendar that runs from July 1 to June 30. | C_NonBusinessDay.C_Calendar_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_NonBusinessDay.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_NonBusinessDay.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Date | Date when business is not conducted | The Date field identifies a calendar date on which business will not be conducted. | C_NonBusinessDay.Date1 timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Country | Country | The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document. | C_NonBusinessDay.C_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/CashPlan_Window_ID-53134_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CashPlan_Window_ID-53134_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42ba3597 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CashPlan_Window_ID-53134_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +--- +title: 'Cash Plan' +sidebar_label: 'Cash Plan' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Cash Plan + +Window ID 53134 + +*08/12/2010 → 03/06/2021* + +![Cash Plan](/img/manual/CashPlan-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Cash Plan + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 08/12/2010 · Updated 08/12/2010* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_CashPlan.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_CashPlan.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_CashPlan.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_CashPlan.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | C_CashPlan.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_CashPlan.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | C_CashPlan.IsSOTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Cash Flow Type | | | C_CashPlan.CashFlowType character(1)
List | +| Generate Periodic Plan | | | C_CashPlan.GeneratePeriodic character(1)
Button | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_CashPlan.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_CashPlan.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_CashPlan.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_CashPlan.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_CashPlan.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_CashPlan.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Grand Total | Total amount of document | The Grand Total displays the total amount including Tax and Freight in document currency | C_CashPlan.GrandTotal numeric
Amount | +| Copy From Cash Plan | Copy From Another Cash Plan | Copy From Another Cash Plan | C_CashPlan.CopyFrom character(1)
Button | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_CashPlan.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Cash Plan Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 08/12/2010 · Updated 08/12/2010* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_CashPlanLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_CashPlanLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cash Plan | | | C_CashPlanLine.C_CashPlan_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_CashPlanLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_CashPlanLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | C_CashPlanLine.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_CashPlanLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_CashPlanLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_CashPlanLine.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_CashPlanLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Quantity | The Quantity Entered is based on the selected UoM | The Quantity Entered is converted to base product UoM quantity | C_CashPlanLine.QtyEntered numeric
Quantity | +| Probability | | | C_CashPlanLine.Probability numeric
Number | +| Line Total | Total line amount incl. Tax | Total line amount | C_CashPlanLine.LineTotalAmt numeric
Amount | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_CashPlanLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_CashPlanLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_CashPlanLine.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_CashPlanLine.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_CashPlanLine.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_CashPlanLine.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | + diff --git a/manual/window/ChangeAudit_Window_ID-270_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ChangeAudit_Window_ID-270_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..61095cc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ChangeAudit_Window_ID-270_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: 'Change Audit' +sidebar_label: 'Change Audit' +description: 'Audit of data changes' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Change Audit + +Window ID 270 + +*29/05/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Change Audit](/img/manual/ChangeAudit-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Audit of data changes + +**Comment/Help:** Log of data changes + +## Tab: Change Audit + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 29/05/2003 · Updated 24/09/2005* + +**Description:** Log of data changes + +**Comment/Help:** Log of data changes + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ChangeLog.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ChangeLog.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Session | User Session Online or Web | Online or Web Session Information | AD_ChangeLog.AD_Session_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Transaction | Name of the transaction | Internal name of the transaction | AD_ChangeLog.TrxName character varying(1000)
String | +| Change Log | Log of data changes | Log of data changes | AD_ChangeLog.AD_ChangeLog_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Updated | Date this record was updated | The Updated field indicates the date that this record was updated. | AD_ChangeLog.Updated timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Updated By | User who updated this records | The Updated By field indicates the user who updated this record. | AD_ChangeLog.UpdatedBy numeric(10)
Search | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_ChangeLog.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_ChangeLog.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_ChangeLog.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Record UUID | | | AD_ChangeLog.Record_UU uuid
Record UUID | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ChangeLog.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Customization | The change is a customization of the data dictionary and can be applied after Migration | The migration "resets" the system to the current/original setting. If selected you can save the customization and re-apply it. Please note that you need to check, if your customization has no negative side effect in the new release. | AD_ChangeLog.IsCustomization character(1)
Yes-No | +| Event Change Log | Type of Event in Change Log | | AD_ChangeLog.EventChangeLog character(1)
List | +| Old Value | The old file data | Old data overwritten in the field | AD_ChangeLog.OldValue character varying(4000)
String | +| New Value | New field value | New data entered in the field | AD_ChangeLog.NewValue character varying(4000)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_ChangeLog.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Un-Do Changes | Undo changes | You can undo certain changes. | AD_ChangeLog.Undo character(1)
Button | +| Re-Do Changes | Reapply changes | You can reapply certain changes. | AD_ChangeLog.Redo character(1)
Button | +| External Trace ID | External identifier used for audit tracing | | AD_ChangeLog.ExternalTraceId character varying(100)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/ChargeType_Window_ID-53062_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ChargeType_Window_ID-53062_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3bf70950 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ChargeType_Window_ID-53062_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +--- +title: 'Charge Type' +sidebar_label: 'Charge Type' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Charge Type + +Window ID 53062 + +*26/08/2008 → 26/08/2008* + +![Charge Type](/img/manual/ChargeType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Charge Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 26/08/2008 · Updated 26/08/2008* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ChargeType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ChargeType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_ChargeType.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_ChargeType.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ChargeType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_ChargeType.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_ChargeType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Charge Type by Doc Type + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/08/2008 · Updated 26/08/2008* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ChargeType_DocType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ChargeType_DocType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Charge Type | | | C_ChargeType_DocType.C_ChargeType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_ChargeType_DocType.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Allow Positive | | | C_ChargeType_DocType.IsAllowPositive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Allow Negative | | | C_ChargeType_DocType.IsAllowNegative character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_ChargeType_DocType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Charge_Window_ID-161_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Charge_Window_ID-161_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..73473b28 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Charge_Window_ID-161_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +--- +title: 'Charge' +sidebar_label: 'Charge' +description: 'Maintain Charges' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Charge + +Window ID 161 + +*04/12/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Charge](/img/manual/Charge-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Charges + +**Comment/Help:** The Charges Window defines the different charges that may be incurred. These can include Bank Charges, Vendor Charges and Handling Charges. + +## Tab: Charge + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 04/12/1999 · Updated 19/01/2006* + +**Description:** Charge + +**Comment/Help:** The Charge Tab defines the unique charges that may be associated with a document. +The optional Business Partner allows to create Purchase Orders from Requisitions. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Charge.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Charge.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Charge.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Charge.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Charge.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Charge amount | Charge Amount | The Charge Amount indicates the amount for an additional charge. | C_Charge.ChargeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tax Category | Tax Category | The Tax Category provides a method of grouping similar taxes. For example, Sales Tax or Value Added Tax. | C_Charge.C_TaxCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Charge.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Charge Type | | | C_Charge.C_ChargeType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Exclude from Payment Discount | If selected, this charge is excluded from payment discount calculations. Only line amounts will be considered for discount. | | C_Charge.IsExcludedFromDiscount character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Accounting + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/12/2000 · Updated 05/03/2013* + +**Description:** Charge Accounting + +**Comment/Help:** The Accounting Tab defines the accounting parameters used for transactions including a charge or charges. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Charge_Acct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Charge_Acct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_Charge_Acct.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_Charge_Acct.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Charge_Acct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Charge Account | Charge Account | The Charge Account identifies the account to use when recording charges | C_Charge_Acct.Ch_Expense_Acct numeric(10)
Account | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/04/2009 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Translation + +**Comment/Help:** The Translation Tab defines a Document Type in an alternate language. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Charge_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Charge_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_Charge_Trl.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_Charge_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Charge_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Charge_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Charge_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_Charge_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Chart_Window_ID-53124_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Chart_Window_ID-53124_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e36ea5a --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Chart_Window_ID-53124_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +--- +title: 'Chart' +sidebar_label: 'Chart' +description: 'Chart Definition' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Chart + +Window ID 53124 + +*23/08/2010 → 23/08/2010* + +![Chart](/img/manual/Chart-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Chart Definition + +## Tab: Chart + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/08/2010 · Updated 23/08/2010* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Chart.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Chart.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Chart.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Chart.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Chart Type | Type of chart to render | | AD_Chart.ChartType character varying(2)
List | +| Window Height | | | AD_Chart.WinHeight numeric(10)
Integer | +| Display Legend | Display chart legend | Toggles the display of the chart legend | AD_Chart.IsDisplayLegend character(1)
Yes-No | +| Orientation | The orientation of the chart. | | AD_Chart.ChartOrientation character(1)
List | +| Domain Label | Label for the domain axis. | | AD_Chart.DomainLabel character varying(60)
String | +| Range Label | Label for the range axis. | | AD_Chart.RangeLabel character varying(60)
String | +| Time Series | The domain data for the chart is organised by time. | A time series chart will automatically group and restrict the data by the time unit and scope specified. | AD_Chart.IsTimeSeries character(1)
Yes-No | +| Time Unit | The unit of time for grouping chart data. | | AD_Chart.TimeUnit character(1)
List | +| Time Scope | The number of time units to include the chart result. | | AD_Chart.TimeScope numeric(10)
Integer | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Chart.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Chart.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Datasource + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 23/08/2010 · Updated 12/09/2022* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ChartDatasource.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ChartDatasource.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Chart | | | AD_ChartDatasource.AD_Chart_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_ChartDatasource.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_ChartDatasource.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_ChartDatasource.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Sql FROM | SQL FROM clause | The Select Clause indicates the SQL FROM clause to use for selecting the record for a measure calculation. It can have JOIN clauses. Do not include the FROM itself. | AD_ChartDatasource.FromClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Sql WHERE | Fully qualified SQL WHERE clause | The Where Clause indicates the SQL WHERE clause to use for record selection. The WHERE clause is added to the query. Fully qualified means "tablename.columnname". | AD_ChartDatasource.WhereClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Series Column | | | AD_ChartDatasource.SeriesColumn character varying(124)
String | +| Category Column | Fully qualified data category column | The Category Column determines how the chart data is grouped | AD_ChartDatasource.CategoryColumn character varying(124)
String | +| Date Column | Fully qualified date column | The Date Column indicates the date to be used when calculating this measurement | AD_ChartDatasource.DateColumn character varying(124)
String | +| Time Offset | Number of time units to offset displayed chart data from the current date. | For example an offset of -12 with a chart time unit of Month will result in previous year data being displayed. | AD_ChartDatasource.TimeOffset numeric(10)
Integer | +| Value Column | Fully qualified data value column | The Value Column contains the value data for the chart | AD_ChartDatasource.ValueColumn character varying(124)
String | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_ChartDatasource.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Key Column | Key Column for Table | | AD_ChartDatasource.KeyColumn character varying(124)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ChartDatasource.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Datasource Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 12/09/2022 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ChartDatasource_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ChartDatasource_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Chart Datasource | | | AD_ChartDatasource_Trl.AD_ChartDatasource_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_ChartDatasource_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_ChartDatasource_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_ChartDatasource_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ChartDatasource_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/03/2014 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Chart_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Chart_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Chart | | | AD_Chart_Trl.AD_Chart_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Chart_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Chart_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Chart_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Chart_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Chart_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Domain Label | Label for the domain axis. | | AD_Chart_Trl.DomainLabel character varying(60)
String | +| Range Label | Label for the range axis. | | AD_Chart_Trl.RangeLabel character varying(60)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/ChatType_Window_ID-380_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ChatType_Window_ID-380_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b863eb3a --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ChatType_Window_ID-380_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +--- +title: 'Chat Type' +sidebar_label: 'Chat Type' +description: 'Maintain Chat Types' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Chat Type + +Window ID 380 + +*16/04/2006 → 18/04/2006* + +![Chat Type](/img/manual/ChatType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Chat Types + +**Comment/Help:** Chat Types + +## Tab: Chat Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 18/04/2006 · Updated 18/04/2006* + +**Description:** Maintain Type of discussion / chat + +**Comment/Help:** Chat Type allows you to receive subscriptions for particular content of discussions. It is linked to a table. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | CM_ChatType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | CM_ChatType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | CM_ChatType.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | CM_ChatType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | CM_ChatType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | CM_ChatType.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Moderation Type | Type of moderation | | CM_ChatType.ModerationType character(1)
List | + +## Tab: › Updates + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 18/04/2006 · Updated 18/04/2006* + +**Description:** Subscribers for the Chat Type + +**Comment/Help:** Subscribers receive updates per email or notice + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | CM_ChatTypeUpdate.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | CM_ChatTypeUpdate.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Chat Type | Type of discussion / chat | Chat Type allows you to receive subscriptions for particular content of discussions. It is linked to a table. | CM_ChatTypeUpdate.CM_ChatType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | CM_ChatTypeUpdate.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | CM_ChatTypeUpdate.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | CM_ChatTypeUpdate.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/CommissionRun_Window_ID-210_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CommissionRun_Window_ID-210_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f7a5bf74 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CommissionRun_Window_ID-210_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +--- +title: 'Commission Run' +sidebar_label: 'Commission Run' +description: 'Check and modify Commissions' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Commission Run + +Window ID 210 + +*31/03/2001 → 27/02/2026* + +![Commission Run](/img/manual/CommissionRun-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Check and modify Commissions + +**Comment/Help:** The Commission Run Window displays the results of processing commissions. When the Generate Commission process is selected from the Commissions Window, the results are displayed here. If the result is satisfactory, generate an AP invoice to pay the commission. + +## Tab: Commission Run + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 31/03/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Commission run for a period + +**Comment/Help:** Commission run for a period defined in the Commission window. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_CommissionRun.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_CommissionRun.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Commission | Commission | The Commission Rules or internal or external company agents, sales reps or vendors. | C_CommissionRun.C_Commission_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_CommissionRun.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_CommissionRun.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Start Date | First effective day (inclusive) | The Start Date indicates the first or starting date | C_CommissionRun.StartDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Grand Total | Total amount of document | The Grand Total displays the total amount including Tax and Freight in document currency | C_CommissionRun.GrandTotal numeric
Amount | +| Create Invoice | Create Invoice from Commission Calculation | | C_CommissionRun.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_CommissionRun.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_CommissionRun.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Commission Amount + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 31/03/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Commission line amounts + +**Comment/Help:** For each commission line, a line is generated. You can overwrite the amount and quantity to modify the commission amount, but the suggested way is creating additional Commission Detail lines. Please be aware that manual changes will not reconcile with the Commission Details. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_CommissionAmt.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_CommissionAmt.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Commission Run | Commission Run or Process | The Commission Run is a unique system defined identifier of a specific run of commission. When a Commission is processed on the Commission Screen, the Commission Run will display. | C_CommissionAmt.C_CommissionRun_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Commission Line | Commission Line | The Commission Line is a unique instance of a Commission Run. If the commission run was done in summary mode then there will be a single line representing the selected documents totals. If the commission run was done in detail mode then each document that was included in the run will have its own commission line. | C_CommissionAmt.C_CommissionLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_CommissionAmt.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Converted Amount | Converted Amount | The Converted Amount is the result of multiplying the Source Amount by the Conversion Rate for this target currency. | C_CommissionAmt.ConvertedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Actual Quantity | The actual quantity | The Actual Quantity indicates the quantity as referenced on a document. | C_CommissionAmt.ActualQty numeric
Quantity | +| Commission Amount | Commission Amount | The Commission Amount is the total calculated commission. It is based on the parameters as defined for this Commission Run. | C_CommissionAmt.CommissionAmt numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: › › Commission Detail + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 09/04/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Commission Detail Information + +**Comment/Help:** You may alter the amount and quantity of the detail records, but the suggested way is to add new correcting lines. +The amounts are converted from the transaction currency to the Commission Currency (defined in the Commission window) using the start date and the spot exchange rate. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_CommissionDetail.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_CommissionDetail.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Commission Amount | Generated Commission Amount | The Commission Amount indicates the resulting amount from a Commission Run. | C_CommissionDetail.C_CommissionAmt_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Reference | Reference for this record | The Reference displays the source document number. | C_CommissionDetail.Reference character varying(60)
String | +| Sales Order Line | Sales Order Line | The Sales Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order. | C_CommissionDetail.C_OrderLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | C_CommissionDetail.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_CommissionDetail.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Info | Information | The Information displays data from the source document line. | C_CommissionDetail.Info character varying(60)
String | +| Actual Amount | The actual amount | Actual amount indicates the agreed upon amount for a document. | C_CommissionDetail.ActualAmt numeric
Amount | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_CommissionDetail.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Converted Amount | Converted Amount | The Converted Amount is the result of multiplying the Source Amount by the Conversion Rate for this target currency. | C_CommissionDetail.ConvertedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Actual Quantity | The actual quantity | The Actual Quantity indicates the quantity as referenced on a document. | C_CommissionDetail.ActualQty numeric
Number | + diff --git a/manual/window/Commission_Window_ID-207_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Commission_Window_ID-207_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e0d6c4e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Commission_Window_ID-207_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +--- +title: 'Commission' +sidebar_label: 'Commission' +description: 'Maintain Commissions and Royalties' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Commission + +Window ID 207 + +*11/03/2001 → 27/02/2026* + +![Commission](/img/manual/Commission-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Commissions and Royalties + +**Comment/Help:** Define how and when you want the commissions to be calculated and to whom to pay it. +The Commissions Window allows you define how commissions and royalties will be paid. You can pay multiple commissions for the same order or invoice (e.g. to the person entering the transaction, to the person responsible for sale of the product (category) and or business partner (group). + +## Tab: Commission + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/03/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Commission Rule + +**Comment/Help:** Define when to pay a commission to whom. For each period, you start the calculation of the commission after the transaction for that period are completed or closed. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Commission.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Commission.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Commission.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Commission.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Commission.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner / Sales Rep | Identifies a Business Partner (Sales Rep) receiving the Commission | The Business Partner should be a vendor and may be a Sales Representative | C_Commission.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Commission.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_Commission.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_Commission.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Calculation Basis | Basis for the calculation the commission | The Calculation Basis indicates the basis to be used for the commission calculation. | C_Commission.DocBasisType character(1)
List | +| Frequency Type | Frequency of event | The frequency type is used for calculating the date of the next event. | C_Commission.FrequencyType character(1)
List | +| Copy Lines | Copy Commission Lines from other Commission | | C_Commission.CreateFrom character(1)
Button | +| List Details | List document details | The List Details checkbox indicates that the details for each document line will be displayed. | C_Commission.ListDetails character(1)
Yes-No | +| Generate Commission | Generate Commission | | C_Commission.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Date Last Run | Date the process was last run. | The Date Last Run indicates the last time that a process was run. | C_Commission.DateLastRun timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | + +## Tab: › Commission Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/03/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define your commission calculation rule + +**Comment/Help:** Define the selection criteria for paying the commission. If you do not enter restricting parameters (e.g. for specific Business Partner (Groups) or Product (Categories), etc. all transactions for the period will be used to calculate the commission. + +After converting from the transaction to the commission currency, +the formula for calculating the commission is: + +(Converted Amount - Subtract Amount) * Amount Multiplier ++ (Actual Quantity - Subtract Quantity) * Quantity Multiplier + +You can choose, that only positive amounts (Converted Amount - Subtract Amount) and positive quantities (Actual Quantity - Subtract Quantity) are used in the calculation. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_CommissionLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_CommissionLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Commission | Commission | The Commission Rules or internal or external company agents, sales reps or vendors. | C_CommissionLine.C_Commission_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_CommissionLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_CommissionLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_CommissionLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Commission only specified Orders | Commission only Orders or Invoices, where this Sales Rep is entered | Sales Reps are entered in Orders and Invoices. If selected, only Orders and Invoices for this Sales Reps are included in the calculation of the commission. | C_CommissionLine.CommissionOrders character(1)
Yes-No | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. | C_CommissionLine.Org_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_CommissionLine.C_BP_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_CommissionLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | C_CommissionLine.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_CommissionLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | C_CommissionLine.C_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | C_CommissionLine.PaymentRule character varying(1)
List | +| Subtract Quantity | Quantity to subtract when generating commissions | The Quantity Subtract identifies the quantity to be subtracted before multiplication | C_CommissionLine.QtySubtract numeric
Number | +| Multiplier Quantity | Value to multiply quantities by for generating commissions. | The Multiplier Quantity field indicates the amount to multiply the quantities accumulated for this commission run. | C_CommissionLine.QtyMultiplier numeric
Number | +| Subtract Amount | Subtract Amount for generating commissions | The Subtract Amount indicates the amount to subtract from the total amount prior to multiplication. | C_CommissionLine.AmtSubtract numeric
Amount | +| Multiplier Amount | Multiplier Amount for generating commissions | The Multiplier Amount indicates the amount to multiply the total amount generated by this commission run by. | C_CommissionLine.AmtMultiplier numeric
Number | +| Positive only | Do not generate negative commissions | The Positive Only check box indicates that if the result of the subtraction is negative, it is ignored. This would mean that negative commissions would not be generated. | C_CommissionLine.IsPositiveOnly character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/CommodityShipment_Window_ID-200026_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CommodityShipment_Window_ID-200026_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a52d12c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CommodityShipment_Window_ID-200026_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Commodity Shipment' +sidebar_label: 'Commodity Shipment' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Commodity Shipment + +Window ID 200026 + +*06/12/2012 → 06/12/2012* + +![Commodity Shipment](/img/manual/CommodityShipment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Commodity Shipment + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 06/12/2012 · Updated 06/12/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_CommodityShipment.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_CommodityShipment.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_CommodityShipment.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_CommodityShipment.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Harmonized Code | | | M_CommodityShipment.HarmonizedCode character varying(30)
String | +| Country Of Manufacture | | | M_CommodityShipment.CountryOfManufacture_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Export License Number | | | M_CommodityShipment.ExportLicenseNum character varying(30)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_CommodityShipment.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/Contact_Window_ID-53152_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Contact_Window_ID-53152_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5fcee048 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Contact_Window_ID-53152_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +--- +title: 'Contact' +sidebar_label: 'Contact' +description: 'Maintain Contacts' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Contact + +Window ID 53152 + +*25/08/2013 → 12/09/2013* + +![Contact](/img/manual/Contact-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Contacts + +**Comment/Help:** The Contact Window allows you to maintain Contacts who are individuals you deal with. Contacts may also be internal or external users who can log into the system and have access to functionality via one or more roles. A contact can also be a business partner contact. + +## Tab: Contact + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 12/09/2013* + +**Description:** The contact details + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_User.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_User.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_User.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_User.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | AD_User.Comments character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_User.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | AD_User.EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Phone | Identifies a telephone number | The Phone field identifies a telephone number | AD_User.Phone character varying(40)
String | +| 2nd Phone | Identifies an alternate telephone number. | The 2nd Phone field identifies an alternate telephone number. | AD_User.Phone2 character varying(40)
String | +| Fax | Facsimile number | The Fax identifies a facsimile number for this Business Partner or Location | AD_User.Fax character varying(40)
String | +| Title | Name this entity is referred to as | The Title indicates the name that an entity is referred to as. | AD_User.Title character varying(40)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | AD_User.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | AD_User.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Position | Job Position | | AD_User.C_Job_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Birthday | Birthday or Anniversary day | Birthday or Anniversary day | AD_User.Birthday timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Last Contact | Date this individual was last contacted | The Last Contact indicates the date that this Business Partner Contact was last contacted. | AD_User.LastContact timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Last Result | Result of last contact | The Last Result identifies the result of the last contact made. | AD_User.LastResult character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Activity + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 25/08/2013* + +**Description:** Contact Activity + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ContactActivity.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ContactActivity.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_ContactActivity.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Activity Type | Type of activity, e.g. task, email, phone call | | C_ContactActivity.ContactActivityType character varying(10)
List | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ContactActivity.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_ContactActivity.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sales Opportunity | | | C_ContactActivity.C_Opportunity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | C_ContactActivity.Comments text
Text | +| Start Date | First effective day (inclusive) | The Start Date indicates the first or starting date | C_ContactActivity.StartDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| End Date | Last effective date (inclusive) | The End Date indicates the last date in this range. | C_ContactActivity.EndDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Complete | It is complete | Indication that this is complete | C_ContactActivity.IsComplete character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ContextHelpSuggestion_Window_ID-200088_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ContextHelpSuggestion_Window_ID-200088_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5371d33 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ContextHelpSuggestion_Window_ID-200088_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: 'Context Help Suggestion' +sidebar_label: 'Context Help Suggestion' +description: 'Review context help suggestion from tenant' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Context Help Suggestion + +Window ID 200088 + +*05/07/2016 → 05/07/2016* + +![Context Help Suggestion](/img/manual/ContextHelpSuggestion-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Review context help suggestion from tenant + +## Tab: Suggestion + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 05/07/2016 · Updated 12/05/2022* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_CtxHelpSuggestion.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_CtxHelpSuggestion.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Context Help | | | AD_CtxHelpSuggestion.AD_CtxHelp_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_CtxHelpSuggestion.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_CtxHelpSuggestion.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Tenant of User | | | AD_CtxHelpSuggestion.AD_UserClient_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_CtxHelpSuggestion.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Message Text | Textual Informational, Menu or Error Message | The Message Text indicates the message that will display | AD_CtxHelpSuggestion.MsgText character varying(2000)
Text | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | AD_CtxHelpSuggestion.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | AD_CtxHelpSuggestion.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Save As Tenant Customization | Apply changes as tenant customization | Changes is keep as tenant specific customization and wouldn't effect other tenants in the system | AD_CtxHelpSuggestion.IsSaveAsTenantCustomization character(1)
Yes-No | +| Compare Context Help Suggestion | | | AD_CtxHelpSuggestion.CompareSuggestion character(1)
Button | +| Reject Context Help Suggestion | Reject suggested changes for context help | | AD_CtxHelpSuggestion.RejectSuggestion character(1)
Button | +| Accept Context Help Suggestion | Accept suggested changes for context help | | AD_CtxHelpSuggestion.AcceptSuggestion character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/ContextHelp_Window_ID-200034_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ContextHelp_Window_ID-200034_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a53cac48 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ContextHelp_Window_ID-200034_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +--- +title: 'Context Help' +sidebar_label: 'Context Help' +description: 'Maintain Context Helps' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Context Help + +Window ID 200034 + +*05/02/2013 → 08/02/2013* + +![Context Help](/img/manual/ContextHelp-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Context Helps + +**Comment/Help:** The Context Help window defines the context help message text to display in the help pane. It is for Web UI only. + +## Tab: Context Help + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 05/02/2013 · Updated 08/02/2013* + +**Description:** Context Helps + +**Comment/Help:** The Context Help tab defines the type of context help + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_CtxHelp.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_CtxHelp.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_CtxHelp.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_CtxHelp.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_CtxHelp.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Context Type | Type of Context Help | The Context Type field indicates the type of context help (tab, process, form etc) this context help is defined as | AD_CtxHelp.CtxType character(1)
List | + +## Tab: › Message + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 05/02/2013 · Updated 08/02/2013* + +**Description:** Context Help Messages + +**Comment/Help:** The Message tab displays message text + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_CtxHelpMsg.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_CtxHelpMsg.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Context Help | | | AD_CtxHelpMsg.AD_CtxHelp_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_CtxHelpMsg.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Message Text | Textual Informational, Menu or Error Message | The Message Text indicates the message that will display | AD_CtxHelpMsg.MsgText character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › › Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 05/02/2013 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_CtxHelpMsg_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_CtxHelpMsg_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Context Help Message | | | AD_CtxHelpMsg_Trl.AD_CtxHelpMsg_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_CtxHelpMsg_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_CtxHelpMsg_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_CtxHelpMsg_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Message Text | Textual Informational, Menu or Error Message | The Message Text indicates the message that will display | AD_CtxHelpMsg_Trl.MsgText character varying(2000)
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/CostAdjustment_Window_ID-200043_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CostAdjustment_Window_ID-200043_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54194f47 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CostAdjustment_Window_ID-200043_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +--- +title: 'Cost Adjustment' +sidebar_label: 'Cost Adjustment' +description: 'Enter Inventory Cost Adjustment' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Cost Adjustment + +Window ID 200043 + +*17/07/2013 → 17/07/2013* + +![Cost Adjustment](/img/manual/CostAdjustment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Enter Inventory Cost Adjustment + +**Comment/Help:** The Cost Adjustment Window allow user to enter cost adjustment for products + +## Tab: Cost Adjustment + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 17/07/2013 · Updated 17/07/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Inventory.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Inventory.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Inventory.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Inventory.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | M_Inventory.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | M_Inventory.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | M_Inventory.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Costing Method | Indicates how Costs will be calculated | The Costing Method indicates how costs will be calculated (Standard, Average, Lifo, FiFo). The default costing method is defined on accounting schema level and can be optionally overwritten in the product category. The costing method cannot conflict with the Material Movement Policy (defined on Product Category). | M_Inventory.CostingMethod character(1)
List | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | M_Inventory.MovementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | M_Inventory.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | M_Inventory.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | M_Inventory.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | M_Inventory.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_Inventory.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_Inventory.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | M_Inventory.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Inventory Count | Process Inventory count and update Inventory | | M_Inventory.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | M_Inventory.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Cost Center | | | M_Inventory.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | M_Inventory.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Cost Adjustment Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/07/2013 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InventoryLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InventoryLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Adjustment | Inventory Cost Adjustment | The Inventory Cost Adjustment document allows user to enter cost adjustment for products | M_InventoryLine.M_Inventory_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | M_InventoryLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_InventoryLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_InventoryLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InventoryLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Current Cost Price | The currently used cost price | | M_InventoryLine.CurrentCostPrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| New Cost Price | New current cost price after processing of M_CostDetail | | M_InventoryLine.NewCostPrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | M_InventoryLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | M_InventoryLine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | M_InventoryLine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/CostCenter_Window_ID-200149_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CostCenter_Window_ID-200149_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8f894ee --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CostCenter_Window_ID-200149_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'Cost Center' +sidebar_label: 'Cost Center' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Cost Center + +Window ID 200149 + +*23/01/2024 → 23/01/2024* + +![Cost Center](/img/manual/CostCenter-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Cost Center + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/01/2024 · Updated 23/01/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_CostCenter.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_CostCenter.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_CostCenter.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_CostCenter.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_CostCenter.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/CostElement_Window_ID-343_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CostElement_Window_ID-343_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..255e0292 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CostElement_Window_ID-343_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +--- +title: 'Cost Element' +sidebar_label: 'Cost Element' +description: 'Maintain Product Cost Element' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Cost Element + +Window ID 343 + +*24/04/2005 → 24/04/2005* + +![Cost Element](/img/manual/CostElement-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Product Cost Element + +**Comment/Help:** You can define your own product cost elements. + +## Tab: Cost Element + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 24/04/2005 · Updated 25/04/2005* + +**Description:** Maintain product cost elements + +**Comment/Help:** You can maintain multiple Material Costs. Which of the Material Cost Types is used for accounting is determined by the costing method.<br> +Define a Costing Method (for Material Elements) only if you want the cost calculated for that costing method. For accounting, the costing method defined in the Accounting Schema or Product Category Acct is used. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_CostElement.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_CostElement.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_CostElement.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_CostElement.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_CostElement.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Cost Element Type | Type of Cost Element | | M_CostElement.CostElementType character(1)
List | +| Costing Method | Indicates how Costs will be calculated | The Costing Method indicates how costs will be calculated (Standard, Average, Lifo, FiFo). The default costing method is defined on accounting schema level and can be optionally overwritten in the product category. The costing method cannot conflict with the Material Movement Policy (defined on Product Category). | M_CostElement.CostingMethod character(1)
List | +| Calculated | The value is calculated by the system | You cannot change values maintained by the system. | M_CostElement.IsCalculated character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/CostType_Window_ID-271_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CostType_Window_ID-271_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e862318f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CostType_Window_ID-271_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +--- +title: 'Cost Type' +sidebar_label: 'Cost Type' +description: 'Maintain Cost Types' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Cost Type + +Window ID 271 + +*01/06/2003 → 24/04/2005* + +![Cost Type](/img/manual/CostType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Cost Types + +**Comment/Help:** You can define multiple cost types. A cost type selected in an Accounting Schema is used for accounting. + +## Tab: Cost Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 01/06/2003 · Updated 24/04/2005* + +**Description:** Type of Cost (e.g. Current, Plan, Future) + +**Comment/Help:** You can define multiple cost types. The cost type selected in an Accounting Schema is used for accounting. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_CostType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_CostType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_CostType.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_CostType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | M_CostType.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_CostType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/CounterDocument_Window_ID-327_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CounterDocument_Window_ID-327_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..782a3b96 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CounterDocument_Window_ID-327_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +--- +title: 'Counter Document' +sidebar_label: 'Counter Document' +description: 'Maintain Counter Document Types' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Counter Document + +Window ID 327 + +*14/04/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Counter Document](/img/manual/CounterDocument-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Counter Document Types + +**Comment/Help:** When using explicit documents for inter-org transaction (after linking a Business Partner to an Organization), you can determine what document type the counter document is based on the document type of the original transaction. Example: a "Standard Order" creates a "Standard PO". +If you define a relationship here, you overwrite the default counter document type in the Document Type definition. This allows you to define a specific mapping. +If not defined, the first matching document type is used (e.g. AR Invoice - first AP Invoice document type) + +## Tab: Counter Document + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 14/04/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Counter Document Types + +**Comment/Help:** When using explicit documents for inter-org transaction (after linking a Business Partner to an Organization), you can determine what document type the counter document is based on the document type of the original transaction. Example: a "Standard Order" creates a "Standard PO". +If you define a relationship here, you overwrite the default counter document type in the Document Type definition. This allows you to define a specific mapping. +You can define conter documents for all organizations (of the original transaction) or for a specific organization. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_DocTypeCounter.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_DocTypeCounter.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_DocTypeCounter.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_DocTypeCounter.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_DocTypeCounter.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_DocTypeCounter.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Create Counter Document | Create Counter Document | If selected, create specified counter document. If not selected, no counter document is created for the document type. | C_DocTypeCounter.IsCreateCounter character(1)
Yes-No | +| Counter Document Type | Generated Counter Document Type (To) | The Document Type of the generated counter document | C_DocTypeCounter.Counter_C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Document Action | The targeted status of the document | You find the current status in the Document Status field. The options are listed in a popup | C_DocTypeCounter.DocAction character(2)
List | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | C_DocTypeCounter.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Validate Document Type | | | C_DocTypeCounter.Processing character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/CountryGroup_Window_ID-200061_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CountryGroup_Window_ID-200061_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9cbe19fe --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CountryGroup_Window_ID-200061_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +--- +title: 'Country Group' +sidebar_label: 'Country Group' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Country Group + +Window ID 200061 + +*07/08/2014 → 07/08/2014* + +![Country Group](/img/manual/CountryGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Country Group + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 07/08/2014 · Updated 07/08/2014* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_CountryGroup.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_CountryGroup.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_CountryGroup.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_CountryGroup.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_CountryGroup.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_CountryGroup.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_CountryGroup.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Date From | Starting date for a range | The Date From indicates the starting date of a range. | C_CountryGroup.DateFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date To | End date of a date range | The Date To indicates the end date of a range (inclusive) | C_CountryGroup.DateTo timestamp without time zone
Date | + +## Tab: › Country + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 07/08/2014 · Updated 07/08/2014* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_CountryGroupCountry.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_CountryGroupCountry.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Country Group | | | C_CountryGroupCountry.C_CountryGroup_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Country | Country | The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document. | C_CountryGroupCountry.C_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Date From | Starting date for a range | The Date From indicates the starting date of a range. | C_CountryGroupCountry.DateFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date To | End date of a date range | The Date To indicates the end date of a range (inclusive) | C_CountryGroupCountry.DateTo timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_CountryGroupCountry.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 07/08/2014 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_CountryGroup_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_CountryGroup_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_CountryGroup_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_CountryGroup_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_CountryGroup_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Country Group | | | C_CountryGroup_Trl.C_CountryGroup_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_CountryGroup_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_CountryGroup_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/CountryRegionandCity_Window_ID-122_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CountryRegionandCity_Window_ID-122_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..400cae8f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CountryRegionandCity_Window_ID-122_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +--- +title: 'Country Region and City' +sidebar_label: 'Country Region and City' +description: 'Maintain Countries Regions and Cities' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Country Region and City + +Window ID 122 + +*11/06/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Country Region and City](/img/manual/CountryRegionandCity-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Countries Regions and Cities + +**Comment/Help:** The Countries, Regions and Cities Window defines the different entities that can be used in any address field. It defines the format of the address as well as associating Regions with Countries and Cities with Regions or Countries. +<p>You would define Countries usually only on System level. + +## Tab: Country + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 24/02/2018* + +**Description:** Define Country + +**Comment/Help:** The Country Tab defines any country in which you do business. Values entered here are referenced in location records for Business Partners. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Country.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Country.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ISO Country Code | Upper-case two-letter alphanumeric ISO Country code according to ISO 3166-1 | The official list can be found at https://www.iso.org/obp/ui/#search | C_Country.CountryCode character(2)
String | +| ISO Alpha-3 Code | ISO Alpha-3 country code - a three-letter code that represents a country name, which is usually more closely related to the country name | The official list can be found at https://www.iso.org/obp/ui/#search | C_Country.ISOCountryCodeAlpha3 character varying(3)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Country.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Country.Description character varying(255)
String | +| M49 Code | Standard country codes for statistical use (M49) defined by the United Nations | The official list can be found at https://unstats.un.org/unsd/methodology/m49/ | C_Country.M49Code character varying(3)
String | +| Allow Cities out of List | A flag to allow cities, currently not in the list, to be entered | | C_Country.AllowCitiesOutOfList character(1)
Yes-No | +| Country has Region | Country contains Regions | The Country has Region checkbox is selected if the Country being defined is divided into regions. If this checkbox is selected, the Region Tab is accessible. | C_Country.HasRegion character(1)
Yes-No | +| Region | Name of the Region | The Region Name defines the name that will print when this region is used in a document. | C_Country.RegionName character varying(60)
String | +| Address Print Format | Format for printing this Address | The Address Print format defines the format to be used when this address prints. The following notations are used: @C@=City @P@=Postal @A@=PostalAdd @R@=Region | C_Country.DisplaySequence character varying(20)
String | +| Reverse Address Lines | Print Address in reverse Order | If NOT selected the sequence is Address 1, Address 2, Address 3, Address 4, City/Region/Postal, Country.
If selected the sequence is Country, City/Region/Postal, Address 4, Address 3, Address 2, Address 1.
The sequence of City/Region/Postal is determined by the address format. | C_Country.IsAddressLinesReverse character(1)
Yes-No | +| Capture Sequence | | The Capture Sequence defines the fields to be used when capturing an address on this country. The following notations are used: @CO@=Country, @C@=City, @P@=Postal, @A@=PostalAdd, @R@=Region, @A1@=Address 1 to @A4@=Address 4. Country is always mandatory, add a bang ! to make another field mandatory, for example @C!@ makes city mandatory, @A1!@ makes Address 1 mandatory. | C_Country.CaptureSequence character varying(60)
String | +| Local Address Format | Format for printing this Address locally | The optional Local Address Print format defines the format to be used when this address prints for the Country. If defined, this format is used for printing the address for the country rather then the standard address format.
The following notations are used: @C@=City @P@=Postal @A@=PostalAdd @R@=Region | C_Country.DisplaySequenceLocal character varying(20)
String | +| Reverse Local Address Lines | Print Local Address in reverse Order | If NOT selected the local sequence is Address 1, Address 2, Address 3, Address 4, City/Region/Postal, Country.
If selected the local sequence is Country, City/Region/Postal, Address 4, Address 3, Address 2, Address 1.
The sequence of City/Region/Postal is determined by the local address format. | C_Country.IsAddressLinesLocalReverse character(1)
Yes-No | +| Postal Code Format | Format of the postal code; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09" | <B>Validation elements:</B>
(Space) any character
_ Space (fixed character)
l any Letter a..Z NO space
L any Letter a..Z NO space converted to upper case
o any Letter a..Z or space
O any Letter a..Z or space converted to upper case
a any Letters & Digits NO space
A any Letters & Digits NO space converted to upper case
c any Letters & Digits or space
C any Letters & Digits or space converted to upper case
0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space

Example of format "(000)_000-0000" | C_Country.ExpressionPostal character varying(20)
String | +| Additional Postal code | Has Additional Postal Code | The Additional Postal Code checkbox indicates if this address uses an additional Postal Code. If it is selected an additional field displays for entry of the additional Postal Code. | C_Country.HasPostal_Add character(1)
Yes-No | +| Additional Postal Format | Format of the value; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09" | <B>Validation elements:</B>
(Space) any character
_ Space (fixed character)
l any Letter a..Z NO space
L any Letter a..Z NO space converted to upper case
o any Letter a..Z or space
O any Letter a..Z or space converted to upper case
a any Letters & Digits NO space
A any Letters & Digits NO space converted to upper case
c any Letters & Digits or space
C any Letters & Digits or space converted to upper case
0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space

Example of format "(000)_000-0000" | C_Country.ExpressionPostal_Add character varying(20)
String | +| Phone Format | Format of the phone; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09" | <B>Validation elements:</B>
(Space) any character
_ Space (fixed character)
l any Letter a..Z NO space
L any Letter a..Z NO space converted to upper case
o any Letter a..Z or space
O any Letter a..Z or space converted to upper case
a any Letters & Digits NO space
A any Letters & Digits NO space converted to upper case
c any Letters & Digits or space
C any Letters & Digits or space converted to upper case
0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space

Example of format "(000)_000-0000" | C_Country.ExpressionPhone character varying(20)
String | +| Media Size | Java Media Size | The Java Media Size. Example: "MediaSize.ISO.A4" (the package javax.print.attribute.standard is assumed). If you define your own media size, use the fully qualified name.
If the pattern for your language is not correct, please create a iDempiere support request with the correct information | C_Country.MediaSize character varying(40)
String | +| Bank Routing No Format | Format of the Bank Routing Number | | C_Country.ExpressionBankRoutingNo character varying(20)
String | +| Bank Account No Format | Format of the Bank Account | | C_Country.ExpressionBankAccountNo character varying(20)
String | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_Country.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Country.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Country.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Placeholder for Address 1 | | | C_Country.PlaceholderAddress1 character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder for Address 2 | | | C_Country.PlaceholderAddress2 character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder for Address 3 | | | C_Country.PlaceholderAddress3 character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder for Address 4 | | | C_Country.PlaceholderAddress4 character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder for Address 5 | | | C_Country.PlaceholderAddress5 character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder for postal | | | C_Country.PlaceholderPostal character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder for additional zip | | | C_Country.PlaceholderPostal_Add character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder for city | | | C_Country.PlaceholderCity character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder for comments | | | C_Country.PlaceholderComments character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Region + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 24/02/2018* + +**Description:** Define Regions + +**Comment/Help:** The Region Tab defines a Region within a Country. This tab is enabled only if the Has Region checkbox is selected for the Country. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Region.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Region.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Country | Country | The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document. | C_Region.C_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Region.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Region.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Region.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | C_Region.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › City + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 26/09/1999 · Updated 12/06/2013* + +**Description:** Define Cities + +**Comment/Help:** The Cities Tab defines Cities within a Country or Region. Cities entered here are not referenced when entering the address. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_City.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_City.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Country | Country | The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document. | C_City.C_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Region | Identifies a geographical Region | The Region identifies a unique Region for this Country. | C_City.C_Region_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_City.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_City.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| ZIP | Postal code | The Postal Code or ZIP identifies the postal code for this entity's address. | C_City.Postal character varying(10)
String | +| Area Code | Phone Area Code | Phone Area Code | C_City.AreaCode character varying(10)
String | +| Locode | Location code - UN/LOCODE | UN/Locode is a combination of a 2-character country code and a 3-character location code, e.g. BEANR is known as the city of Antwerp (ANR) which is located in Belgium (BE).
<p>See: http://www.unece.org/cefact/locode/service/main.htm | C_City.Locode character varying(10)
String | +| Coordinates | Location coordinate | This column contains the geographical coordinates (latitude/longitude) of the location.<p>
In order to avoid unnecessary use of non-standard characters and space, the following standard presentation is used:<br>
0000N 00000W 0000S 00000E <br>
where the two last digits refer to minutes and the two or three first digits indicate the degrees | C_City.Coordinates character varying(15)
String | + +## Tab: › › Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 21/03/2014 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Region_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Region_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Region | Identifies a geographical Region | The Region identifies a unique Region for this Country. | C_Region_Trl.C_Region_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_Region_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Region_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_Region_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Region_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | + +## Tab: › City (Without Regions) + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/06/2013 · Updated 12/05/2022* + +**Description:** Cities without Region + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_City.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_City.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Country | Country | The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document. | C_City.C_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Region | Identifies a geographical Region | The Region identifies a unique Region for this Country. | C_City.C_Region_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_City.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_City.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| ZIP | Postal code | The Postal Code or ZIP identifies the postal code for this entity's address. | C_City.Postal character varying(10)
String | +| Area Code | Phone Area Code | Phone Area Code | C_City.AreaCode character varying(10)
String | +| Locode | Location code - UN/LOCODE | UN/Locode is a combination of a 2-character country code and a 3-character location code, e.g. BEANR is known as the city of Antwerp (ANR) which is located in Belgium (BE).
<p>See: http://www.unece.org/cefact/locode/service/main.htm | C_City.Locode character varying(10)
String | +| Coordinates | Location coordinate | This column contains the geographical coordinates (latitude/longitude) of the location.<p>
In order to avoid unnecessary use of non-standard characters and space, the following standard presentation is used:<br>
0000N 00000W 0000S 00000E <br>
where the two last digits refer to minutes and the two or three first digits indicate the degrees | C_City.Coordinates character varying(15)
String | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/07/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Country_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Country_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Country | Country | The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document. | C_Country_Trl.C_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_Country_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Country_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_Country_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Country_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Country_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Region | Name of the Region | The Region Name defines the name that will print when this region is used in a document. | C_Country_Trl.RegionName character varying(60)
String | +| Placeholder for Address 1 | | | C_Country_Trl.PlaceholderAddress1 character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder for Address 2 | | | C_Country_Trl.PlaceholderAddress2 character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder for Address 3 | | | C_Country_Trl.PlaceholderAddress3 character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder for Address 4 | | | C_Country_Trl.PlaceholderAddress4 character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder for Address 5 | | | C_Country_Trl.PlaceholderAddress5 character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder for postal | | | C_Country_Trl.PlaceholderPostal character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder for additional zip | | | C_Country_Trl.PlaceholderPostal_Add character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder for city | | | C_Country_Trl.PlaceholderCity character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder for comments | | | C_Country_Trl.PlaceholderComments character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Country Group + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 07/08/2014 · Updated 07/08/2014* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_CountryGroupCountry.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_CountryGroupCountry.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Country | Country | The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document. | C_CountryGroupCountry.C_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Country Group | | | C_CountryGroupCountry.C_CountryGroup_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Date From | Starting date for a range | The Date From indicates the starting date of a range. | C_CountryGroupCountry.DateFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date To | End date of a date range | The Date To indicates the end date of a range (inclusive) | C_CountryGroupCountry.DateTo timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_CountryGroupCountry.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/CurrencyRate_Window_ID-116_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CurrencyRate_Window_ID-116_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba8fa69e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CurrencyRate_Window_ID-116_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +--- +title: 'Currency Rate' +sidebar_label: 'Currency Rate' +description: 'Maintain Currency Conversion Rates' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Currency Rate + +Window ID 116 + +*11/06/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Currency Rate](/img/manual/CurrencyRate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Currency Conversion Rates + +**Comment/Help:** The Conversion Rates window is used to define the conversion rates that will be used when converting document amounts from one currency to another. Note that only the multiply rate is used; The divide rate is for visualization only. + +## Tab: Conversion Rate + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 30/08/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Currency Conversion Rates + +**Comment/Help:** The Conversion Rates tab is used to define conversion rates to be used when converting document amounts from one currency to another. Conversion rates can be defined for multiple rate types. They can also be effective for a defined range of dates. Note that only the multiply rate is used; The divide rate is for visualization only. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Conversion_Rate.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Conversion_Rate.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Conversion_Rate.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Currency To | Target currency | The Currency To defines the target currency for this conversion rate. | C_Conversion_Rate.C_Currency_ID_To numeric(10)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Conversion_Rate.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | C_Conversion_Rate.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | C_Conversion_Rate.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Valid to | Valid to including this date (last day) | The Valid To date indicates the last day of a date range | C_Conversion_Rate.ValidTo timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Multiply Rate | Rate to multiple the source by to calculate the target. | To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is multiplied by the multiply rate. If the Multiply Rate is entered, then the Divide Rate will be automatically calculated. | C_Conversion_Rate.MultiplyRate numeric
Number | +| Divide Rate | To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is divided | To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is divided by the divide rate. If you enter a Divide Rate, the Multiply Rate will be automatically calculated. | C_Conversion_Rate.DivideRate numeric
Number | + diff --git a/manual/window/CurrencyType_Window_ID-295_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CurrencyType_Window_ID-295_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd7bc24d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CurrencyType_Window_ID-295_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +--- +title: 'Currency Type' +sidebar_label: 'Currency Type' +description: 'Maintain Currency Conversion Rate Types' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Currency Type + +Window ID 295 + +*21/12/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Currency Type](/img/manual/CurrencyType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Currency Conversion Rate Types + +**Comment/Help:** The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. + +## Tab: Conversion Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 21/12/2003 · Updated 08/09/2005* + +**Description:** Maintain Currency Conversion Rate Type + +**Comment/Help:** The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ConversionType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ConversionType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_ConversionType.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_ConversionType.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ConversionType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_ConversionType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | C_ConversionType.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Currency_Window_ID-115_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Currency_Window_ID-115_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2bfc7ba9 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Currency_Window_ID-115_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +--- +title: 'Currency' +sidebar_label: 'Currency' +description: 'Maintain Currencies' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Currency + +Window ID 115 + +*11/06/1999 → 10/03/2022* + +![Currency](/img/manual/Currency-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Currencies + +**Comment/Help:** The Currency Window defines any currency which will be used in documents or reporting. You would define used currencies on System level and add currencies on Tenant level only for statistical currencies (e.g. for instable currencies) + +## Tab: Currency + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 21/06/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Currency + +**Comment/Help:** The Currency Tab defines any currency you will transact with or report in. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Currency.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Currency.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ISO Currency Code | Three letter ISO 4217 Code of the Currency | For details - http://www.unece.org/trade/rec/rec09en.htm | C_Currency.ISO_Code character(3)
String | +| Symbol | Symbol of the currency (opt used for printing only) | The Currency Symbol defines the symbol that will print when this currency is used. | C_Currency.CurSymbol character varying(10)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Currency.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Currency.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Standard Precision | Rule for rounding calculated amounts | The Standard Precision defines the number of decimal places that amounts will be rounded to for accounting transactions and documents. | C_Currency.StdPrecision numeric(10)
Integer | +| Costing Precision | Rounding used costing calculations | The Costing Precision defines the number of decimal places that amounts will be rounded to when performing costing calculations. | C_Currency.CostingPrecision numeric(10)
Integer | + +## Tab: › Conversion Rates + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 16/11/2012* + +**Description:** Define currency conversion rates + +**Comment/Help:** The Conversion Rate Tab defines the rates to use when converting a source currency to an accounting or reporting currency. Note that only the multiply rate is used; The divide rate is for visualization only. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Conversion_Rate.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Conversion_Rate.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Conversion_Rate.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Currency To | Target currency | The Currency To defines the target currency for this conversion rate. | C_Conversion_Rate.C_Currency_ID_To numeric(10)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Conversion_Rate.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | C_Conversion_Rate.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | C_Conversion_Rate.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Valid to | Valid to including this date (last day) | The Valid To date indicates the last day of a date range | C_Conversion_Rate.ValidTo timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Multiply Rate | Rate to multiple the source by to calculate the target. | To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is multiplied by the multiply rate. If the Multiply Rate is entered, then the Divide Rate will be automatically calculated. | C_Conversion_Rate.MultiplyRate numeric
Number | +| Divide Rate | To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is divided | To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is divided by the divide rate. If you enter a Divide Rate, the Multiply Rate will be automatically calculated. | C_Conversion_Rate.DivideRate numeric
Number | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 06/08/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Currency_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Currency_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Currency_Trl.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_Currency_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Currency_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_Currency_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Currency_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Symbol | Symbol of the currency (opt used for printing only) | The Currency Symbol defines the symbol that will print when this currency is used. | C_Currency_Trl.CurSymbol character varying(10)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/CustomerRMA_Window_ID-320_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CustomerRMA_Window_ID-320_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d004edc --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CustomerRMA_Window_ID-320_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +--- +title: 'Customer RMA' +sidebar_label: 'Customer RMA' +description: 'Manage Return Material Authorization' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Customer RMA + +Window ID 320 + +*19/02/2004 → 11/09/2009* + +![Customer RMA](/img/manual/CustomerRMA-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Manage Return Material Authorization + +**Comment/Help:** A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos + +## Tab: Customer RMA + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +**Description:** Customer Return Material Authorization + +**Comment/Help:** A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_RMA.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_RMA.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_RMA.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_RMA.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_RMA.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | M_RMA.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | M_RMA.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| RMA Type | Return Material Authorization Type | Types of RMA | M_RMA.M_RMAType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipment/Receipt | MaterialShipment Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | M_RMA.InOut_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | M_RMA.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | M_RMA.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Amount | Amount | Amount | M_RMA.Amt numeric
Amount | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | M_RMA.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process RMA | | | M_RMA.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | M_RMA.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Create lines from | Process which will generate a new document lines based on an existing document | The Create From process will create a new document based on information in an existing document selected by the user. | M_RMA.CreateLinesFrom character(1)
Button | +| Create Order From RMA | Creates an order based on this RMA Document. The RMA should be correct and completed. | Generate Order from RMA will create an order based on this RMA document. | M_RMA.GenerateTo character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › RMA Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** Return Material Authorization Line + +**Comment/Help:** Detail information about the returned goods + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_RMALine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_RMALine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| RMA | Return Material Authorization | A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos | M_RMALine.M_RMA_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | M_RMALine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_RMALine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_RMALine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Shipment/Receipt Line | Line on Shipment or Receipt document | The Shipment/Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment/Receipt document | M_RMALine.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_RMALine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | M_RMALine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_RMALine.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Amount | Amount | Amount | M_RMALine.Amt numeric
Amount | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | M_RMALine.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line Amount | Line Extended Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and Charges | Indicates the extended line amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included. The Amount may or may not include tax. If the price list is inclusive tax, the line amount is the same as the line total. | M_RMALine.LineNetAmt numeric
Amount | +| Cost Center | | | M_RMALine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | M_RMALine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › RMA Tax + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 18/01/2013 · Updated 18/01/2013* + +**Description:** RMA Tax + +**Comment/Help:** The RMA Tax Tab displays the tax amount for a RMA based on the lines entered. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_RMATax.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_RMATax.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| RMA | Return Material Authorization | A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos | M_RMATax.M_RMA_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | M_RMATax.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Provider | | | M_RMATax.C_TaxProvider_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Amount | Tax Amount for a document | The Tax Amount displays the total tax amount for a document. | M_RMATax.TaxAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tax base Amount | Base for calculating the tax amount | The Tax Base Amount indicates the base amount used for calculating the tax amount. | M_RMATax.TaxBaseAmt numeric
Amount | +| Price includes Tax | Tax is included in the price | The Tax Included checkbox indicates if the prices include tax. This is also known as the gross price. | M_RMATax.IsTaxIncluded character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/CustomerReturn_Window_ID-53097_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CustomerReturn_Window_ID-53097_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da17ae60 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CustomerReturn_Window_ID-53097_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +--- +title: 'Customer Return' +sidebar_label: 'Customer Return' +description: 'Customer Return (Receipts)' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Customer Return + +Window ID 53097 + +*11/09/2009 → 11/09/2009* + +![Customer Return](/img/manual/CustomerReturn-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Customer Return (Receipts) + +**Comment/Help:** The Customer Return Window defines the receipt of product or material from a Customer Return. + +## Tab: Customer Return + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/09/2009 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +**Description:** Enter Customer Returns + +**Comment/Help:** The Customer Return Tab allows you to generate, maintain, enter and process Returns from a Customer. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOut.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOut.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | M_InOut.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | M_InOut.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| RMA | Return Material Authorization | A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos | M_InOut.M_RMA_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_InOut.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | M_InOut.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InOut.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | M_InOut.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | M_InOut.MovementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | M_InOut.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | M_InOut.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | M_InOut.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | M_InOut.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_InOut.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority | Priority of a document | The Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document | M_InOut.PriorityRule character(1)
List | +| Delivery Via | How the order will be delivered | The Delivery Via indicates how the products should be delivered. For example, will the order be picked up or shipped. | M_InOut.DeliveryViaRule character(1)
List | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | M_InOut.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | M_InOut.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Delivery Rule | Defines the timing of Delivery | The Delivery Rule indicates when an order should be delivered. For example should the order be delivered when the entire order is complete, when a line is complete or as the products become available. | M_InOut.DeliveryRule character(1)
List | +| Freight Cost Rule | Method for charging Freight | The Freight Cost Rule indicates the method used when charging for freight. | M_InOut.FreightCostRule character(1)
List | +| Freight Amount | Freight Amount | The Freight Amount indicates the amount charged for Freight in the document currency. | M_InOut.FreightAmt numeric
Amount | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | M_InOut.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Charge amount | Charge Amount | The Charge Amount indicates the amount for an additional charge. | M_InOut.ChargeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Drop Shipment | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location using the Drop Ship Business Partner name and contact. | M_InOut.IsDropShip character(1)
Yes-No | +| Drop Ship Business Partner | Business Partner to ship to | If empty the business partner will be shipped to. | M_InOut.DropShip_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Drop Shipment Location | Business Partner Location for shipping to | | M_InOut.DropShip_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Drop Shipment Contact | Business Partner Contact for drop shipment | | M_InOut.DropShip_User_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Create lines from | Process which will generate a new document lines based on an existing document | The Create From process will create a new document based on information in an existing document selected by the user. | M_InOut.CreateLinesFrom character(1)
Button | +| Generate Invoice from Receipt | Create and process Invoice from this receipt. The receipt should be correct and completed. | Generate Invoice from Receipt will create an invoice based on the selected receipt and match the invoice to that receipt. You can set the document number only if the invoice document type allows to set the document number manually. | M_InOut.GenerateTo character(1)
Button | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | M_InOut.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | M_InOut.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | M_InOut.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | M_InOut.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_InOut.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_InOut.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Movement Type | Method of moving the inventory | The Movement Type indicates the type of movement (in, out, to production, etc) | M_InOut.MovementType character(2)
List | +| Create Confirmation | Create Confirmations for the Document | The confirmations generated need to be processed (confirmed) before you can process this document | M_InOut.CreateConfirm character(1)
Button | +| In Transit | Movement is in transit | Material Movement is in transit - shipped, but not received.
The transaction is completed, if confirmed. | M_InOut.IsInTransit character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Received | Date a product was received | The Date Received indicates the date that product was received. | M_InOut.DateReceived timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | M_InOut.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Shipment | Process Shipment/Receipt (Update Inventory) | Process Shipment/Receipt will move products out of/into inventory and mark line items as shipped/received. | M_InOut.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| In Dispute | Document is in dispute | The document is in dispute. Use Requests to track details. | M_InOut.IsInDispute character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | M_InOut.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Cost Center | | | M_InOut.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | M_InOut.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Customer Return Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/09/2009 · Updated 09/08/2013* + +**Description:** Customer Return Line + +**Comment/Help:** The Customer Return Line Tab defines the individual items in a Customer Return. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOutLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOutLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Customer Return | Customer Return Document | The Customer Return | M_InOutLine.M_InOut_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| RMA Line | Return Material Authorization Line | Detail information about the returned goods | M_InOutLine.M_RMALine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | M_InOutLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_InOutLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_InOutLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_InOutLine.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | M_InOutLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InOutLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Quantity | The Quantity Entered is based on the selected UoM | The Quantity Entered is converted to base product UoM quantity | M_InOutLine.QtyEntered numeric
Quantity | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | M_InOutLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_InOutLine.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Picked Quantity | | | M_InOutLine.PickedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Target Quantity | Target Movement Quantity | The Quantity which should have been received | M_InOutLine.TargetQty numeric
Quantity | +| Confirmed Quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | M_InOutLine.ConfirmedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Scrapped Quantity | The Quantity scrapped due to QA issues | | M_InOutLine.ScrappedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | M_InOutLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | M_InOutLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Phase | Phase of a Project | | M_InOutLine.C_ProjectPhase_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Task | Actual Project Task in a Phase | A Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work. | M_InOutLine.C_ProjectTask_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | M_InOutLine.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | M_InOutLine.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_InOutLine.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_InOutLine.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Cost Center | | | M_InOutLine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | M_InOutLine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › › Attributes + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 16/04/2014 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** Product Instance Attribute Material Allocation + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOutLineMA.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOutLineMA.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipment/Receipt Line | Line on Shipment or Receipt document | The Shipment/Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment/Receipt document | M_InOutLineMA.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_InOutLineMA.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_InOutLineMA.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Date Material Policy | Time used for LIFO and FIFO Material Policy | This field is used to record time used for LIFO and FIFO material policy | M_InOutLineMA.DateMaterialPolicy timestamp without time zone
Date | + +## Tab: › › Confirmations + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 11/09/2009 · Updated 16/04/2014* + +**Description:** Optional Confirmations of Receipt Lines + +**Comment/Help:** The quantities are in the storage Unit of Measure! + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOutLineConfirm.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOutLineConfirm.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipment/Receipt Line | Line on Shipment or Receipt document | The Shipment/Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment/Receipt document | M_InOutLineConfirm.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Ship/Receipt Confirmation | Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation | Confirmation of Shipment or Receipt - Created from the Shipment/Receipt | M_InOutLineConfirm.M_InOutConfirm_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Ship/Receipt Confirmation Line | Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Line | Confirmation details | M_InOutLineConfirm.M_InOutLineConfirm_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Confirmation No | Confirmation Number | | M_InOutLineConfirm.ConfirmationNo character varying(20)
String | +| Target Quantity | Target Movement Quantity | The Quantity which should have been received | M_InOutLineConfirm.TargetQty numeric
Quantity | +| Confirmed Quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | M_InOutLineConfirm.ConfirmedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Difference | Difference Quantity | | M_InOutLineConfirm.DifferenceQty numeric
Quantity | +| Scrapped Quantity | The Quantity scrapped due to QA issues | | M_InOutLineConfirm.ScrappedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InOutLineConfirm.Description character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › › Matched POs + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 11/09/2009 · Updated 16/04/2014* + +**Description:** Purchase Order Lines matched to this Material Receipt Line + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_MatchPO.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_MatchPO.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipment/Receipt Line | Line on Shipment or Receipt document | The Shipment/Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment/Receipt document | M_MatchPO.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_MatchPO.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | M_MatchPO.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Sales Order Line | Sales Order Line | The Sales Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order. | M_MatchPO.C_OrderLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | M_MatchPO.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_MatchPO.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_MatchPO.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_MatchPO.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | + +## Tab: › › Matched Invoices + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 11/09/2009 · Updated 16/04/2014* + +**Description:** Invoice Lines matched to this Material Receipt Line + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_MatchInv.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_MatchInv.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipment/Receipt Line | Line on Shipment or Receipt document | The Shipment/Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment/Receipt document | M_MatchInv.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_MatchInv.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | M_MatchInv.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | M_MatchInv.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_MatchInv.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_MatchInv.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_MatchInv.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | + diff --git a/manual/window/Customer_Window_ID-53165_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Customer_Window_ID-53165_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b746e096 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Customer_Window_ID-53165_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +--- +title: 'Customer' +sidebar_label: 'Customer' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Customer + +Window ID 53165 + +*25/08/2013 → 12/09/2013* + +![Customer](/img/manual/Customer-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Customer + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 25/08/2013* + +**Description:** Customer information + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BPartner.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BPartner.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_BPartner.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BPartner.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Name 2 | Additional Name | | C_BPartner.Name2 character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_BPartner.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BPartner.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Customer | Indicates if this Business Partner is a Customer | The Customer checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is a customer. If it is select additional fields will display which further define this customer. | C_BPartner.IsCustomer character(1)
Yes-No | +| Credit Status | Business Partner Credit Status | Credit Management is inactive if Credit Status is No Credit Check, Credit Stop or if the Credit Limit is 0.
If active, the status is set automatically set to Credit Hold, if the Total Open Balance (including Vendor activities) is higher then the Credit Limit. It is set to Credit Watch, if above 90% of the Credit Limit and Credit OK otherwise. | C_BPartner.SOCreditStatus character(1)
List | +| Open Balance | Total Open Balance Amount in primary Accounting Currency | The Total Open Balance Amount is the calculated open item amount for Customer and Vendor activity. If the Balance is below zero, we owe the Business Partner. The amount is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations determine the Open Balance (i.e. not Orders or Payments). | C_BPartner.TotalOpenBalance numeric
Amount | +| Credit Limit | Total outstanding invoice amounts allowed | The Credit Limit indicates the total amount allowed "on account" in primary accounting currency. If the Credit Limit is 0, no check is performed. Credit Management is based on the Total Open Amount, which includes Vendor activities. | C_BPartner.SO_CreditLimit numeric
Amount | +| Credit Used | Current open balance | The Credit Used indicates the total amount of open or unpaid invoices in primary accounting currency for the Business Partner. Credit Management is based on the Total Open Amount, which includes Vendor activities. | C_BPartner.SO_CreditUsed numeric
Amount | +| Tax ID | Tax Identification | The Tax ID field identifies the legal Identification number of this Entity. | C_BPartner.TaxID character varying(20)
String | +| SO Tax exempt | Business partner is exempt from tax on sales | If a business partner is exempt from tax on sales, the exempt tax rate is used. For this, you need to set up a tax rate with a 0% rate and indicate that this is your tax exempt rate. This is required for tax reporting, so that you can track tax exempt transactions. | C_BPartner.IsTaxExempt character(1)
Yes-No | +| PO Tax exempt | Business partner is exempt from tax on purchases | If a business partner is exempt from tax on purchases, the exempt tax rate is used. For this, you need to set up a tax rate with a 0% rate and indicate that this is your tax exempt rate. This is required for tax reporting, so that you can track tax exempt transactions. | C_BPartner.IsPOTaxExempt character(1)
Yes-No | +| D-U-N-S | Dun & Bradstreet Number | Used for EDI - For details see www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm | C_BPartner.DUNS character varying(11)
String | +| Reference No | Your customer or vendor number at the Business Partner's site | The reference number can be printed on orders and invoices to allow your business partner to faster identify your records. | C_BPartner.ReferenceNo character varying(40)
String | +| NAICS/SIC | Standard Industry Code or its successor NAIC - http://www.osha.gov/oshstats/sicser.html | The NAICS/SIC identifies either of these codes that may be applicable to this Business Partner. | C_BPartner.NAICS character varying(6)
String | +| Rating | Classification or Importance | The Rating is used to differentiate the importance | C_BPartner.Rating character(1)
String | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BPartner.C_BP_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this Business Partner if Multi-Language enabled | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting documents. It requires, that on Tenant level, Multi-Lingual documents are selected and that you have created/loaded the language. | C_BPartner.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_BPartner.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| URL | Full URL address - e.g. http://www.idempiere.org | The URL defines an fully qualified web address like http://www.idempiere.org | C_BPartner.URL character varying(120)
URL | +| Prospect | Indicates this is a Prospect | The Prospect checkbox indicates an entity that is an active prospect. | C_BPartner.IsProspect character(1)
Yes-No | +| Potential Life Time Value | Total Revenue expected | The Potential Life Time Value is the anticipated revenue in primary accounting currency to be generated by the Business Partner. | C_BPartner.PotentialLifeTimeValue numeric
Amount | +| Actual Life Time Value | Actual Life Time Revenue | The Actual Life Time Value is the recorded revenue in primary accounting currency generated by the Business Partner. | C_BPartner.ActualLifeTimeValue numeric
Amount | +| Acquisition Cost | The cost of gaining the prospect as a customer | The Acquisition Cost identifies the cost associated with making this prospect a customer. | C_BPartner.AcqusitionCost numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Employees | Number of employees | Indicates the number of employees for this Business Partner. This field displays only for Prospects. | C_BPartner.NumberEmployees numeric(10)
Integer | +| Share | Share of Customer's business as a percentage | The Share indicates the percentage of this Business Partner's volume of the products supplied. | C_BPartner.ShareOfCustomer numeric(10)
Integer | +| Sales Volume in 1.000 | Total Volume of Sales in Thousands of Currency | The Sales Volume indicates the total volume of sales for a Business Partner. | C_BPartner.SalesVolume numeric(10)
Integer | +| First Sale | Date of First Sale | The First Sale Date identifies the date of the first sale to this Business Partner | C_BPartner.FirstSale timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | C_BPartner.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Discount Schema | Schema to calculate the trade discount percentage | After calculation of the (standard) price, the trade discount percentage is calculated and applied resulting in the final price. | C_BPartner.M_DiscountSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Flat Discount % | Flat discount percentage | | C_BPartner.FlatDiscount numeric
Number | +| Discount Printed | Print Discount on Invoice and Order | The Discount Printed Checkbox indicates if the discount will be printed on the document. | C_BPartner.IsDiscountPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Order Description | Description to be used on orders | The Order Description identifies the standard description to use on orders for this Customer. | C_BPartner.SO_Description character varying(255)
String | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | C_BPartner.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Document Copies | Number of copies to be printed | The Document Copies indicates the number of copies of each document that will be generated. | C_BPartner.DocumentCopies numeric(10)
Integer | +| Delivery Rule | Defines the timing of Delivery | The Delivery Rule indicates when an order should be delivered. For example should the order be delivered when the entire order is complete, when a line is complete or as the products become available. | C_BPartner.DeliveryRule character(1)
List | +| Delivery Via | How the order will be delivered | The Delivery Via indicates how the products should be delivered. For example, will the order be picked up or shipped. | C_BPartner.DeliveryViaRule character(1)
List | +| Invoice Rule | Frequency and method of invoicing | The Invoice Rule defines how a Business Partner is invoiced and the frequency of invoicing. | C_BPartner.InvoiceRule character(1)
List | +| Invoice Schedule | Schedule for generating Invoices | The Invoice Schedule identifies the frequency used when generating invoices. | C_BPartner.C_InvoiceSchedule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Print Format | Print Format for printing Invoices | You need to define a Print Format to print the document. | C_BPartner.Invoice_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | C_BPartner.PaymentRule character(1)
List | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_BPartner.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Dunning | Dunning Rules for overdue invoices | The Dunning indicates the rules and method of dunning for past due payments. | C_BPartner.C_Dunning_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Opportunities + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 25/08/2013* + +**Description:** Opportunities + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Opportunity.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Opportunity.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Opportunity.DocumentNo character varying(60)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Opportunity.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_Opportunity.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Opportunity.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Opportunity.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sales Stage | Stages of the sales process | Define what stages your sales process will move through | C_Opportunity.C_SalesStage_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Probability | | | C_Opportunity.Probability numeric
Amount | +| Expected Close | Expected Close | The Expected Close Date indicates the expected last or final date | C_Opportunity.ExpectedCloseDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Opportunity Amount | The estimated value of this opportunity. | | C_Opportunity.OpportunityAmt numeric
Amount | +| Weighted Amount | The amount adjusted by the probability. | | C_Opportunity.WeightedAmt
Amount | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Opportunity.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Opportunity.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | C_Opportunity.Comments text
Text | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Opportunity.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Close Date | Close Date | The Start Date indicates the last or final date | C_Opportunity.CloseDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Cost | Cost information | | C_Opportunity.Cost numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: › Contacts + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 25/08/2013* + +**Description:** Customer Contacts + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_User.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_User.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | AD_User.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_User.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_User.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | AD_User.Comments character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_User.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | AD_User.EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Password | Password of any length (case sensitive) | The Password for this User. Passwords are required to identify authorized users. For iDempiere Users, you can change the password via the Process "Reset Password". | AD_User.Password character varying(1024)
String | +| Greeting | Greeting to print on correspondence | The Greeting identifies the greeting to print on correspondence. | AD_User.C_Greeting_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | AD_User.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Title | Name this entity is referred to as | The Title indicates the name that an entity is referred to as. | AD_User.Title character varying(40)
String | +| Birthday | Birthday or Anniversary day | Birthday or Anniversary day | AD_User.Birthday timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Phone | Identifies a telephone number | The Phone field identifies a telephone number | AD_User.Phone character varying(40)
String | +| 2nd Phone | Identifies an alternate telephone number. | The 2nd Phone field identifies an alternate telephone number. | AD_User.Phone2 character varying(40)
String | +| Fax | Facsimile number | The Fax identifies a facsimile number for this Business Partner or Location | AD_User.Fax character varying(40)
String | +| Notification Type | Type of Notifications | Emails or Notification sent out for Request Updates, etc. | AD_User.NotificationType character(1)
List | +| Position | Job Position | | AD_User.C_Job_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Full BP Access | The user/contact has full access to Business Partner information and resources | If selected, the user has full access to the Business Partner (BP) information (Business Documents like Orders, Invoices - Requests) or resources (Assets, Downloads). If you deselect it, the user has no access rights unless, you explicitly grant it in tab "BP Access" | AD_User.IsFullBPAccess character(1)
Yes-No | +| EMail Verify | Date Email was verified | | AD_User.EMailVerifyDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Verification Info | Verification information of EMail Address | The field contains additional information how the EMail Address has been verified | AD_User.EMailVerify character varying(40)
String | +| Last Contact | Date this individual was last contacted | The Last Contact indicates the date that this Business Partner Contact was last contacted. | AD_User.LastContact timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Last Result | Result of last contact | The Last Result identifies the result of the last contact made. | AD_User.LastResult character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › › Activities + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 25/08/2013* + +**Description:** Customer Contact Activities + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ContactActivity.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ContactActivity.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_ContactActivity.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Activity Type | Type of activity, e.g. task, email, phone call | | C_ContactActivity.ContactActivityType character varying(10)
List | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ContactActivity.Description character varying(255)
String | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_ContactActivity.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sales Opportunity | | | C_ContactActivity.C_Opportunity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | C_ContactActivity.Comments text
Text | +| Start Date | First effective day (inclusive) | The Start Date indicates the first or starting date | C_ContactActivity.StartDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| End Date | Last effective date (inclusive) | The End Date indicates the last date in this range. | C_ContactActivity.EndDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Complete | It is complete | Indication that this is complete | C_ContactActivity.IsComplete character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Locations + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 25/08/2013* + +**Description:** Customer Locations + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BPartner_Location.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BPartner_Location.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_Location.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BPartner_Location.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BPartner_Location.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Address | Location or Address | The Location / Address field defines the location of an entity. | C_BPartner_Location.C_Location_ID numeric(10)
Location (Address) | +| Phone | Identifies a telephone number | The Phone field identifies a telephone number | C_BPartner_Location.Phone character varying(40)
String | +| 2nd Phone | Identifies an alternate telephone number. | The 2nd Phone field identifies an alternate telephone number. | C_BPartner_Location.Phone2 character varying(40)
String | +| Fax | Facsimile number | The Fax identifies a facsimile number for this Business Partner or Location | C_BPartner_Location.Fax character varying(40)
String | +| ISDN | ISDN or modem line | The ISDN identifies a ISDN or Modem line number. | C_BPartner_Location.ISDN character varying(40)
String | +| Ship Address | Business Partner Shipment Address | If the Ship Address is selected, the location is used to ship goods to a customer or receive goods from a vendor. | C_BPartner_Location.IsShipTo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoice Address | Business Partner Invoice/Bill Address | If the Invoice Address is selected, the location is used to send invoices to a customer or receive invoices from a vendor. | C_BPartner_Location.IsBillTo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Pay-From | Business Partner can pay invoices from the related Business Partner | Proxy business partner is allowed to pay and allocate payments from the related Business Partner | C_BPartner_Location.IsPayFrom character(1)
Yes-No | +| Remit-To Address | Business Partner payment address | If the Remit-To Address is selected, the location is used to send payments to the vendor. | C_BPartner_Location.IsRemitTo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | C_BPartner_Location.C_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Table | + +## Tab: › Contract Prices + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 25/08/2013* + +**Description:** Customer specific prices + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_BP_Price.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_BP_Price.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | M_BP_Price.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_BP_Price.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_BP_Price.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | M_BP_Price.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Valid to | Valid to including this date (last day) | The Valid To date indicates the last day of a date range | M_BP_Price.ValidTo timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | M_BP_Price.Comments character varying(2000)
Text | +| Price Override Type | Type of price override, fixed price or discount off list | | M_BP_Price.PriceOverrideType character(1)
List | +| Break Value | Low Value of trade discount break level | Starting Quantity or Amount Value for break level | M_BP_Price.BreakValue numeric
Number | +| Discount % | Discount in percent | The Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage. | M_BP_Price.Discount numeric
Amount | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | M_BP_Price.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | M_BP_Price.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Standard Price | Standard Price | The Standard Price indicates the standard or normal price for a product on this price list | M_BP_Price.PriceStd numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Limit Price | Lowest price for a product | The Price Limit indicates the lowest price for a product stated in the Price List Currency. | M_BP_Price.PriceLimit numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Net Price | Net Price including all discounts | If price is set as "Net Price" no further discounts will be applied. | M_BP_Price.IsNetPrice character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Requests + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 25/08/2013* + +**Description:** Customer requests + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_Request.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_Request.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Request Type | Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..) | Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. | R_Request.R_RequestType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | R_Request.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Group | Request Group | Group of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...) | R_Request.R_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Category | Request Category | Category or Topic of the Request | R_Request.R_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Status | Request Status | Status if the request (open, closed, investigating, ..) | R_Request.R_Status_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Resolution | Request Resolution | Resolution status (e.g. Fixed, Rejected, ..) | R_Request.R_Resolution_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority | Indicates if this request is of a high, medium or low priority. | The Priority indicates the importance of this request. | R_Request.Priority character(1)
List | +| User Importance | Priority of the issue for the User | | R_Request.PriorityUser character(1)
List | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | R_Request.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Summary | Textual summary of this request | The Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request. | R_Request.Summary character varying(2000)
Text | +| Date Last Action | Date this request was last acted on | The Date Last Action indicates that last time that the request was acted on. | R_Request.DateLastAction timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Last Result | Result of last contact | The Last Result identifies the result of the last contact made. | R_Request.LastResult character varying(2000)
String | +| Due type | Status of the next action for this Request | The Due Type indicates if this request is Due, Overdue or Scheduled. | R_Request.DueType character(1)
List | +| Date Next Action | Date that this request should be acted on | The Date Next Action indicates the next scheduled date for an action to occur for this request. | R_Request.DateNextAction timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Cost Center | | | R_Request.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | R_Request.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Orders + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 25/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | RV_OrderDetail.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | RV_OrderDetail.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | RV_OrderDetail.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | RV_OrderDetail.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | RV_OrderDetail.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Promised | Date Order was promised | The Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for. | RV_OrderDetail.DatePromised timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | RV_OrderDetail.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | RV_OrderDetail.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | RV_OrderDetail.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | RV_OrderDetail.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | RV_OrderDetail.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | RV_OrderDetail.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | RV_OrderDetail.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | RV_OrderDetail.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | RV_OrderDetail.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quantity | The Quantity Entered is based on the selected UoM | The Quantity Entered is converted to base product UoM quantity | RV_OrderDetail.QtyEntered numeric
Quantity | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | RV_OrderDetail.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Unit Price | Actual Price | The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency. | RV_OrderDetail.PriceActual numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Ordered Quantity | Ordered Quantity | The Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that was ordered. | RV_OrderDetail.QtyOrdered numeric
Quantity | +| Price | Price Entered - the price based on the selected/base UoM | The price entered is converted to the actual price based on the UoM conversion | RV_OrderDetail.PriceEntered numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Qty to deliver | | | RV_OrderDetail.QtyToDeliver numeric
Quantity | +| Qty to invoice | | | RV_OrderDetail.QtyToInvoice numeric
Quantity | + diff --git a/manual/window/CustomizationoftheWlistbox_Window_ID-200119_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/CustomizationoftheWlistbox_Window_ID-200119_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b23e318a --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/CustomizationoftheWlistbox_Window_ID-200119_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Customization of the Wlistbox' +sidebar_label: 'Customization of the Wlistbox' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Customization of the Wlistbox + +Window ID 200119 + +*28/10/2021 → 28/10/2021* + +![Customization of the Wlistbox](/img/manual/CustomizationoftheWlistbox-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Customization of the Wlistbox + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 28/10/2021 · Updated 28/10/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Wlistbox_Customization.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Wlistbox_Customization.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| WlistboxName | | | AD_Wlistbox_Customization.WlistboxName character varying(80)
String | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_Wlistbox_Customization.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Custom | | | AD_Wlistbox_Customization.Custom character varying(4000)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Wlistbox_Customization.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/DashboardContent_Window_ID-50007_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/DashboardContent_Window_ID-50007_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1b4148ef --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/DashboardContent_Window_ID-50007_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: 'Dashboard Content' +sidebar_label: 'Dashboard Content' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Dashboard Content + +Window ID 50007 + +*09/07/2007 → 12/09/2013* + +![Dashboard Content](/img/manual/DashboardContent-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Dashboard Content + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/07/2007 · Updated 10/05/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_DashboardContent.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_DashboardContent.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_DashboardContent.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_DashboardContent.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Column No | Dashboard content column number | Dashboard content column number, not used by the swing tenant at the moment. | PA_DashboardContent.ColumnNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | PA_DashboardContent.Line numeric
Number | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_DashboardContent.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | PA_DashboardContent.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| HTML | | | PA_DashboardContent.HTML text
Text | +| Gadget URI | URI for Dashboard Gadget | URI for Dashboard Gadget. This can be absolute path to a zul file or an unique gadget id which is instantiated through OSGi factory services. | PA_DashboardContent.ZulFilePath character varying(255)
String | +| Goal | Performance Goal | The Performance Goal indicates what this users performance will be measured against. | PA_DashboardContent.PA_Goal_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Goal Display | Type of goal display on dashboard | Display goal on dashboard as html table or graph. | PA_DashboardContent.GoalDisplay character(1)
List | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | PA_DashboardContent.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | PA_DashboardContent.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Embed Report Content | Embed report content into dashboard | | PA_DashboardContent.IsEmbedReportContent character(1)
Yes-No | +| Process Parameters | Comma separated process parameter list | A list of name value pair process parameter separated by comma | PA_DashboardContent.ProcessParameters character varying(2000)
String | +| Chart | | | PA_DashboardContent.AD_Chart_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Print Format | Data Print Format | The print format determines how data is rendered for print. | PA_DashboardContent.AD_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Status Line | | | PA_DashboardContent.AD_StatusLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Maximizable | | | PA_DashboardContent.IsMaximizable character(1)
Yes-No | +| Show Title | | | PA_DashboardContent.IsShowTitle character(1)
Yes-No | +| Collapsible | Flag to indicate the state of the dashboard panel | Flag to indicate the state of the dashboard panel (i.e. collapsible or static) | PA_DashboardContent.IsCollapsible character(1)
Yes-No | +| Collapsed By Default | Flag to set the initial state of collapsible field group. | | PA_DashboardContent.IsCollapsedByDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Show in Dashboard | Show the dashlet in the dashboard | | PA_DashboardContent.IsShowInDashboard character(1)
Yes-No | +| Show on Login | | | PA_DashboardContent.IsShowinLogin character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Dashboard Content Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 02/09/2013 · Updated 16/09/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_DashboardContent_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_DashboardContent_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Dashboard Content | | | PA_DashboardContent_Access.PA_DashboardContent_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | PA_DashboardContent_Access.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | PA_DashboardContent_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_DashboardContent_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 05/12/2010 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_DashboardContent_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_DashboardContent_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Dashboard Content | | | PA_DashboardContent_Trl.PA_DashboardContent_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | PA_DashboardContent_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_DashboardContent_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | PA_DashboardContent_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_DashboardContent_Trl.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_DashboardContent_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | PA_DashboardContent_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| HTML | | | PA_DashboardContent_Trl.HTML text
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/DashboardPreference_Window_ID-200006_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/DashboardPreference_Window_ID-200006_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..65d906e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/DashboardPreference_Window_ID-200006_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: 'Dashboard Preference' +sidebar_label: 'Dashboard Preference' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Dashboard Preference + +Window ID 200006 + +*22/08/2012 → 22/08/2012* + +![Dashboard Preference](/img/manual/DashboardPreference-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Preference + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 22/08/2012 · Updated 29/07/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_DashboardPreference.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_DashboardPreference.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | PA_DashboardPreference.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | PA_DashboardPreference.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Dashboard Content | | | PA_DashboardPreference.PA_DashboardContent_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_DashboardPreference.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Column No | Dashboard content column number | Dashboard content column number, not used by the swing tenant at the moment. | PA_DashboardPreference.ColumnNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | PA_DashboardPreference.Line numeric
Number | +| Flex Grow | This defines the ability for a flex item to grow if necessary. It accepts a unitless value that serves as a proportion. It dictates what amount of the available space inside the flex container the item should take up. | | PA_DashboardPreference.FlexGrow numeric(10)
Integer | +| Collapsed By Default | Flag to set the initial state of collapsible field group. | | PA_DashboardPreference.IsCollapsedByDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Show in Dashboard | Show the dashlet in the dashboard | | PA_DashboardPreference.IsShowInDashboard character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Department_Window_ID-200148_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Department_Window_ID-200148_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4bee0e6e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Department_Window_ID-200148_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +--- +title: 'Department' +sidebar_label: 'Department' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Department + +Window ID 200148 + +*23/01/2024 → 23/01/2024* + +![Department](/img/manual/Department-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Department + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/01/2024 · Updated 23/01/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Department.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Department.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Department.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Department.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Department.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/DepreciationMethods_Window_ID-53058_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/DepreciationMethods_Window_ID-53058_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f52dd3ee --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/DepreciationMethods_Window_ID-53058_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: 'Depreciation Methods' +sidebar_label: 'Depreciation Methods' +description: 'Depreciation Methods' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Depreciation Methods + +Window ID 53058 + +*30/05/2008 → 12/04/2012* + +![Depreciation Methods](/img/manual/DepreciationMethods-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Depreciation Methods + +**Comment/Help:** The Depreciation method windows allows the user to review the depreciation calculations available in Adempiere + +## Tab: Depreciation Functions + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 30/05/2008 · Updated 28/03/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Depreciation.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Depreciation.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | | | A_Depreciation.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Depreciation Type | | | A_Depreciation.DepreciationType character varying(10)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_Depreciation.Description character varying(510)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | A_Depreciation.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/DiscountSchema_Window_ID-233_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/DiscountSchema_Window_ID-233_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d77c1b4e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/DiscountSchema_Window_ID-233_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +--- +title: 'Discount Schema' +sidebar_label: 'Discount Schema' +description: 'Maintain Trade Discount Schema' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Discount Schema + +Window ID 233 + +*28/12/2001 → 02/01/2000* + +![Discount Schema](/img/manual/DiscountSchema-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Trade Discount Schema + +**Comment/Help:** Trade discount schema calculates the trade discount percentage + +## Tab: Discount Schema + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 28/12/2001 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +**Description:** Trade Discount Schema + +**Comment/Help:** Trade discount schema calculates the trade discount percentage + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_DiscountSchema.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_DiscountSchema.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_DiscountSchema.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_DiscountSchema.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_DiscountSchema.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Discount Type | Type of trade discount calculation | Type of procedure used to calculate the trade discount percentage | M_DiscountSchema.DiscountType character(1)
List | +| Script | Dynamic Java Language Script to calculate result | Use Java language constructs to define the result of the calculation | M_DiscountSchema.Script character varying(2000)
Text | +| B.Partner Flat Discount | Use flat discount defined on Business Partner Level | For calculation of the discount, use the discount defined on Business Partner Level | M_DiscountSchema.IsBPartnerFlatDiscount character(1)
Yes-No | +| Flat Discount % | Flat discount percentage | | M_DiscountSchema.FlatDiscount numeric
Number | +| Quantity based | Trade discount break level based on Quantity (not value) | The calculation of the trade discount level is based on the quantity of the order and not the value amount of the order | M_DiscountSchema.IsQuantityBased character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accumulation Level | Level for accumulative calculations | | M_DiscountSchema.CumulativeLevel character(1)
List | +| Renumber | Renumber Discount entries | | M_DiscountSchema.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Discount Break + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 28/12/2001 · Updated 15/12/2008* + +**Description:** Trade discount based on breaks (steps) + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_DiscountSchemaBreak.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_DiscountSchemaBreak.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Discount Schema | Schema to calculate the trade discount percentage | After calculation of the (standard) price, the trade discount percentage is calculated and applied resulting in the final price. | M_DiscountSchemaBreak.M_DiscountSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_DiscountSchemaBreak.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | M_DiscountSchemaBreak.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_DiscountSchemaBreak.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_DiscountSchemaBreak.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Break Value | Low Value of trade discount break level | Starting Quantity or Amount Value for break level | M_DiscountSchemaBreak.BreakValue numeric
Number | +| B.Partner Flat Discount | Use flat discount defined on Business Partner Level | For calculation of the discount, use the discount defined on Business Partner Level | M_DiscountSchemaBreak.IsBPartnerFlatDiscount character(1)
Yes-No | +| Break Discount % | Trade Discount in Percent for the break level | Trade Discount in Percent for the break level | M_DiscountSchemaBreak.BreakDiscount numeric
Number | +| Fixed Price | Fixed Price for Product | | M_DiscountSchemaBreak.FixedPrice numeric
Costs+Prices | + diff --git a/manual/window/DocumentBaseTypeGroup_Window_ID-200140_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/DocumentBaseTypeGroup_Window_ID-200140_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd1cfb11 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/DocumentBaseTypeGroup_Window_ID-200140_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +--- +title: 'Document Base Type Group' +sidebar_label: 'Document Base Type Group' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Document Base Type Group + +Window ID 200140 + +*03/04/2023 → 03/04/2023* + +![Document Base Type Group](/img/manual/DocumentBaseTypeGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Document Base Type Group + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 03/04/2023 · Updated 03/04/2023* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_DocBaseGroup.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_DocBaseGroup.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_DocBaseGroup.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_DocBaseGroup.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_DocBaseGroup.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_DocBaseGroup.Help character varying(2000)
String | + +## Tab: › Document Base Type Group Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 03/04/2023 · Updated 03/04/2023* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_DocBaseGroupLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_DocBaseGroupLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Base Type Group | Group of Document Base Type for Period Control | | C_DocBaseGroupLine.C_DocBaseGroup_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_DocBaseGroupLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Base Type | Logical type of document | The Document Base Type identifies the base or starting point for a document. Multiple document types may share a single document base type. | C_DocBaseGroupLine.DocBaseType character varying(3)
List | + diff --git a/manual/window/DocumentSequence_Window_ID-112_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/DocumentSequence_Window_ID-112_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c85ed912 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/DocumentSequence_Window_ID-112_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +--- +title: 'Document Sequence' +sidebar_label: 'Document Sequence' +description: 'Maintain System and Document Sequences' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Document Sequence + +Window ID 112 + +*11/06/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Document Sequence](/img/manual/DocumentSequence-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain System and Document Sequences + +**Comment/Help:** The Sequence Window defines how document numbers will be sequenced. +Change the way document numbers are generated. You may add a prefix or a suffix or change the current number. + +## Tab: Sequence + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/06/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Sequence Definition + +**Comment/Help:** The Sequence Tab defines the numeric sequencing to use for documents. These can also include a alpha suffix and / or prefix. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Sequence.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Sequence.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Sequence.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Sequence.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Sequence.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Auto numbering | Automatically assign the next number | The Auto Numbering checkbox indicates if the system will assign the next number automatically. | AD_Sequence.IsAutoSequence character(1)
Yes-No | +| Used for Record ID | The document number will be used as the record key | The Used for Record ID checkbox indicates if the document id will be used as the key to the record | AD_Sequence.IsTableID character(1)
Yes-No | +| Value Format | Format of the value; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09", or ~regex | <B>Validation elements:</B>

~regex - Validates a regular expression

(Space) any character
_ Space (fixed character)
l any Letter a..Z NO space
L any Letter a..Z NO space converted to upper case
o any Letter a..Z or space
O any Letter a..Z or space converted to upper case
a any Letters & Digits NO space
A any Letters & Digits NO space converted to upper case
c any Letters & Digits or space
C any Letters & Digits or space converted to upper case
0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space

Example of format "(000)_000-0000" | AD_Sequence.VFormat character varying(40)
String | +| Increment | The number to increment the last document number by | The Increment indicates the number to increment the last document number by to arrive at the next sequence number | AD_Sequence.IncrementNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Current Next | The next number to be used | The Current Next indicates the next number to use for this document | AD_Sequence.CurrentNext numeric(10)
Integer | +| Decimal Pattern | Java Decimal Pattern | Option Decimal pattern in Java notation. Examples: 0000 will format 23 to 0023 | AD_Sequence.DecimalPattern character varying(40)
String | +| Prefix | Prefix before the sequence number | The Prefix indicates the characters to print in front of the document number. | AD_Sequence.Prefix character varying(255)
String | +| Suffix | Suffix after the number | The Suffix indicates the characters to append to the document number. | AD_Sequence.Suffix character varying(255)
String | +| Organization level | This sequence can be defined for each organization | | AD_Sequence.IsOrgLevelSequence character(1)
Yes-No | +| Org Column | Fully qualified Organization column (AD_Org_ID) | The Organization Column indicates the organization to be used in calculating this measurement. | AD_Sequence.OrgColumn character varying(124)
String | +| Restart sequence every Year | Restart the sequence with Start on every 1/1 | The Restart Sequence Every Year checkbox indicates that the documents sequencing should return to the starting number on the first day of the year. | AD_Sequence.StartNewYear character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Column | Fully qualified date column | The Date Column indicates the date to be used when calculating this measurement | AD_Sequence.DateColumn character varying(124)
String | +| Restart sequence every month | | | AD_Sequence.StartNewMonth character(1)
Yes-No | +| Start No | Starting number/position | The Start Number indicates the starting position in the line or field number in the line | AD_Sequence.StartNo numeric(10)
Integer | + +## Tab: › Sequence No + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/03/2012 · Updated 28/07/2025* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Sequence_No.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Sequence_No.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Document Sequence | The Sequence defines the numbering sequence to be used for documents. | AD_Sequence_No.AD_Sequence_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Sequence_No.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence Key | Stores a unique key that determines the sequence numbering scope. | The key can be composed of various elements like organization, year/month, prefix, or suffix values based on the Document Sequence configuration. | AD_Sequence_No.SequenceKey character varying(255)
String | +| Current Next | The next number to be used | The Current Next indicates the next number to use for this document | AD_Sequence_No.CurrentNext numeric(10)
Integer | + diff --git a/manual/window/DocumentStatus_Window_ID-200090_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/DocumentStatus_Window_ID-200090_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1a331757 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/DocumentStatus_Window_ID-200090_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +--- +title: 'Document Status' +sidebar_label: 'Document Status' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Document Status + +Window ID 200090 + +*11/04/2017 → 11/04/2017* + +![Document Status](/img/manual/DocumentStatus-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Document Status Indicator + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/04/2017 · Updated 12/04/2017* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_DocumentStatus.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_DocumentStatus.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_DocumentStatus.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | PA_DocumentStatus.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_DocumentStatus.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | PA_DocumentStatus.Help character varying(4000)
String | +| Field Group | Logical grouping of fields | The Field Group indicates the logical group that this field belongs to (History, Amounts, Quantities) | PA_DocumentStatus.AD_FieldGroup_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_DocumentStatus.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | PA_DocumentStatus.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | PA_DocumentStatus.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Print Font for Name | | | PA_DocumentStatus.Name_PrintFont_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Print Font for Number | | | PA_DocumentStatus.Number_PrintFont_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Print Color for Name | | | PA_DocumentStatus.Name_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Print Color for Number | | | PA_DocumentStatus.Number_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Hide when Zero | Hide when the Value is Zero | | PA_DocumentStatus.IsHideWhenZero character(1)
Yes-No | +| Print Color for Name when Zero | | | PA_DocumentStatus.Name_PrintColorZero_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | PA_DocumentStatus.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sql WHERE | Fully qualified SQL WHERE clause | The Where Clause indicates the SQL WHERE clause to use for record selection. The WHERE clause is added to the query. Fully qualified means "tablename.columnname". | PA_DocumentStatus.WhereClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | PA_DocumentStatus.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Special Form | Special Form | The Special Form field identifies a unique Special Form in the system. | PA_DocumentStatus.AD_Form_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | PA_DocumentStatus.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | PA_DocumentStatus.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Document Status Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 28/06/2021 · Updated 28/06/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document Status | | | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.PA_DocumentStatus_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Document Status Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 12/04/2017 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_DocumentStatus_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_DocumentStatus_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Status | | | PA_DocumentStatus_Trl.PA_DocumentStatus_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | PA_DocumentStatus_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_DocumentStatus_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_DocumentStatus_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | PA_DocumentStatus_Trl.Help character varying(4000)
String | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | PA_DocumentStatus_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_DocumentStatus_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/DocumentType_Window_ID-135_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/DocumentType_Window_ID-135_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5fb58410 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/DocumentType_Window_ID-135_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: 'Document Type' +sidebar_label: 'Document Type' +description: 'Maintain Document Types' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Document Type + +Window ID 135 + +*29/06/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Document Type](/img/manual/DocumentType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Document Types + +**Comment/Help:** The Document Type Window defines any document to be used in the system. Each document type provides the basis for processing of each document and controls the printed name and document sequence used. + +## Tab: Document Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 29/06/1999 · Updated 07/02/2005* + +**Description:** Define a Document Type + +**Comment/Help:** The Document Definition Tab defines the processing parameters and controls for the document. Note that shipments for automatic documents like POS/Warehouse Orders cannot have confirmations! + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_DocType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_DocType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_DocType.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_DocType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Print Text | The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence. | The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters. | C_DocType.PrintName character varying(60)
String | +| Document Note | Additional information for a Document | The Document Note is used for recording any additional information regarding this product. | C_DocType.DocumentNote character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_DocType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | C_DocType.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| GL Category | General Ledger Category | The General Ledger Category is an optional, user defined method of grouping journal lines. | C_DocType.GL_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | C_DocType.IsSOTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Base Type | Logical type of document | The Document Base Type identifies the base or starting point for a document. Multiple document types may share a single document base type. | C_DocType.DocBaseType character(3)
List | +| SO Sub Type | Sales Order Sub Type | The SO Sub Type indicates the type of sales order this document refers to. This field only appears when the Document Base Type is Sales Order. The selection made here will determine which documents will be generated when an order is processed and which documents must be generated manually or in batches. <br>
The following outlines this process.<br>
SO Sub Type of <b>Standard Order</b> will generate just the <b>Order</b> document when the order is processed. <br>
The <b>Delivery Note</b>, <b>Invoice</b> and <b>Receipt</b> must be generated via other processes. <br>
SO Sub Type of <b>Warehouse Order</b> will generate the <b>Order</b> and <b>Delivery Note</b>. <br> The <b>Invoice</b> and <b>Receipt</b> must be generated via other processes.<br>
SO Sub Type of <b>Credit Order</b> will generate the <b>Order</b>, <b>Delivery Note</b> and <b>Invoice</b>. <br> The <b>Receipt</b> must be generated via other processes.<br>
SO Sub Type of <b>POS</b> (Point of Sale) will generate all document | C_DocType.DocSubTypeSO character(2)
List | +| Inv Sub Type | Inventory Sub Type | The Inventory Sub Type indicates the type of inventory this document refers to. This field only appears when the Document Base Type is Material Physical Inventory. The selection made here will determine which window must be used and which data in the lines is relevant for the document. Internal Use inventory (based on Internal Used Quantity) or Physical Inventory (based on difference between Qty Counted vs Qty Book) | C_DocType.DocSubTypeInv character varying(2)
List | +| Pro forma Invoice | Indicates if Pro Forma Invoices can be generated from this document | The Pro Forma Invoice checkbox indicates if pro forma invoices can be generated from this sales document. A pro forma invoice indicates the amount that will be due should an order be shipped. | C_DocType.HasProforma character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Type for ProForma | Document type used for pro forma invoices generated from this sales document | he Document Type for Invoice indicates the document type that will be used when an invoice is generated from this sales document. This field will display only when the base document type is Sales Order and the Pro Forma Invoice checkbox is selected | C_DocType.C_DocTypeProforma_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Generate Invoice | Automatically Generate Invoice after (Sales/Purchase) Order completed | When selected the Order will generate Invoice automatically. Note that only Orders with document subtype Standard and Prepay Order can be applied! | C_DocType.IsAutoGenerateInvoice character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Type for Invoice | Document type used for invoices generated from this sales document | The Document Type for Invoice indicates the document type that will be used when an invoice is generated from this sales document. This field will display only when the base document type is Sales Order. | C_DocType.C_DocTypeInvoice_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Generate Shipment | Automatically Generate Shipment after (Sales/Purchase) Order completed | When selected the Order will generate Shipment automatically. Note that only Orders with document subtype Standard and Prepay Order can be applied! | C_DocType.IsAutoGenerateInout character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Type for Shipment | Document type used for shipments generated from this sales document | he Document Type for Shipments indicates the document type that will be used when a shipment is generated from this sales document. This field will display only when the base document type is Sales Order. | C_DocType.C_DocTypeShipment_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Document is Number Controlled | The document has a document sequence | The Document Number Controlled checkbox indicates if this document type will have a sequence number. | C_DocType.IsDocNoControlled character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Sequence | Document sequence determines the numbering of documents | The Document Sequence indicates the sequencing rule to use for this document type. | C_DocType.DocNoSequence_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Overwrite Sequence on Complete | | | C_DocType.IsOverwriteSeqOnComplete character(1)
Yes-No | +| Definite Sequence | | | C_DocType.DefiniteSequence_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Overwrite Date on Complete | | | C_DocType.IsOverwriteDateOnComplete character(1)
Yes-No | +| Allow Product Without Price List | | Allow product without price list on this document type. | C_DocType.IsNoPriceListCheck character(1)
Yes-No | +| Pick/QA Confirmation | Require Pick or QA Confirmation before processing | The processing of the Shipment (Receipt) requires Pick (QA) Confirmation. Note that shipments for automatic documents like POS/Warehouse Orders cannot have confirmations! | C_DocType.IsPickQAConfirm character(1)
Yes-No | +| Ship/Receipt Confirmation | Require Ship or Receipt Confirmation before processing | The processing of the Shipment (Receipt) requires Ship (Receipt) Confirmation. Note that shipments for automatic documents like POS/Warehouse Orders cannot have confirmations! | C_DocType.IsShipConfirm character(1)
Yes-No | +| Split when Difference | Split document when there is a difference | If the confirmation contains differences, the original document is split allowing the original document (shipment) to be processed and updating Inventory - and the newly created document for handling the dispute at a later time. Until the confirmation is processed, the inventory is not updated. | C_DocType.IsSplitWhenDifference character(1)
Yes-No | +| Difference Document | Document type for generating in dispute Shipments | If the confirmation contains differences, the original document is split allowing the original document (shipment) to be processed and updating Inventory - and the newly created document for handling the dispute at a later time. Until the confirmation is processed, the inventory is not updated. | C_DocType.C_DocTypeDifference_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Prepare Split Document | Prepare generated split shipment/receipt document | | C_DocType.IsPrepareSplitDocument character(1)
Yes-No | +| In Transit | Movement is in transit | Material Movement is in transit - shipped, but not received.
The transaction is completed, if confirmed. | C_DocType.IsInTransit character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default Counter Document | The document type is the default counter document type | When using explicit documents for inter-org transaction (after linking a Business Partner to an Organization), you can determine what document type the counter document is based on the document type of the original transaction. Example: when generating a Sales Order, use this Sales Order document type.
This default can be overwritten by defining explicit counter document relationships. | C_DocType.IsDefaultCounterDoc character(1)
Yes-No | +| Create Counter Document | Create Counter Document | If selected, create specified counter document. If not selected, no counter document is created for the document type. | C_DocType.IsCreateCounter character(1)
Yes-No | +| Mandatory Charge or Product | | | C_DocType.IsChargeOrProductMandatory character(1)
Yes-No | +| Always Posted | Posts the document if "AlwaysPosted" is checked, regardless of accounting schema. | Posts the document if "AlwaysPosted" is checked, even without a valid accounting schema. | C_DocType.IsAlwaysPosted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Can Be Reactivated | This document can be reactivated | If ticked, this checkbox allow user to reactivate once it has been completed (according to rights given to the role) | C_DocType.IsCanBeReactivated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Print Format | Data Print Format | The print format determines how data is rendered for print. | C_DocType.AD_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Copies | Number of copies to be printed | The Document Copies indicates the number of copies of each document that will be generated. | C_DocType.DocumentCopies numeric(10)
Integer | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/12/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Translation + +**Comment/Help:** The Translation Tab defines a Document Type in an alternate language. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_DocType_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_DocType_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_DocType_Trl.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_DocType_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_DocType_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_DocType_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_DocType_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Print Text | The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence. | The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters. | C_DocType_Trl.PrintName character varying(60)
String | +| Document Note | Additional information for a Document | The Document Note is used for recording any additional information regarding this product. | C_DocType_Trl.DocumentNote character varying(2000)
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/DrillRule_Window_ID-200123_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/DrillRule_Window_ID-200123_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f1a1673d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/DrillRule_Window_ID-200123_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +--- +title: 'Drill Rule' +sidebar_label: 'Drill Rule' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Drill Rule + +Window ID 200123 + +*08/07/2022 → 08/07/2022* + +![Drill Rule](/img/manual/DrillRule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Drill Rule + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 08/07/2022 · Updated 08/07/2022* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Process_DrillRule.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Process_DrillRule.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Process_DrillRule.Name character varying(255)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Process_DrillRule.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_Process_DrillRule.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Show Help | | | AD_Process_DrillRule.ShowHelp character(1)
List | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Process_DrillRule.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Process_DrillRule.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Report View | View used to generate this report | The Report View indicates the view used to generate this report. | AD_Process_DrillRule.AD_ReportView_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | AD_Process_DrillRule.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Print Format | Data Print Format | The print format determines how data is rendered for print. | AD_Process_DrillRule.AD_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process Parameter | | | AD_Process_DrillRule.AD_Process_Para_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Drill Rule Parameter + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 08/07/2022 · Updated 15/03/2023* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Process_DrillRule_Para.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Process_DrillRule_Para.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process Parameter | | | AD_Process_DrillRule_Para.AD_Process_Para_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Process_DrillRule_Para.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default Parameter | Default value of the parameter | The default value can be a variable like @#Date@ | AD_Process_DrillRule_Para.ParameterDefault character varying(255)
String | +| Default To Parameter | Default value of the to parameter | The default value can be a variable like @#Date@ | AD_Process_DrillRule_Para.ParameterToDefault character varying(255)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Process_DrillRule_Para.Description character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Drill Rule Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 08/07/2022 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Process_DrillRule_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Process_DrillRule_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Drill Rule | | | AD_Process_DrillRule_Trl.AD_Process_DrillRule_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Process_DrillRule_Trl.Name character varying(255)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Process_DrillRule_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Process_DrillRule_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Process_DrillRule_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Process_DrillRule_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/DunningRun_Window_ID-321_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/DunningRun_Window_ID-321_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9710e55b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/DunningRun_Window_ID-321_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +--- +title: 'Dunning Run' +sidebar_label: 'Dunning Run' +description: 'Manage Dunning Runs' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Dunning Run + +Window ID 321 + +*06/03/2004 → 03/06/2021* + +![Dunning Run](/img/manual/DunningRun-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Manage Dunning Runs + +**Comment/Help:** Manage Dunning Runs + +## Tab: Dunning Run + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 06/03/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Manage Dunning Run + +**Comment/Help:** Manage Dunning Run + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_DunningRun.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_DunningRun.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_DunningRun.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Dunning Date | Date of Dunning | | C_DunningRun.DunningDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Dunning | Dunning Rules for overdue invoices | The Dunning indicates the rules and method of dunning for past due payments. | C_DunningRun.C_Dunning_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Dunning Level | | | C_DunningRun.C_DunningLevel_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_DunningRun.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Create Dunning Run | Create Dunning Run Entries based on the Dunning Level criteria | | C_DunningRun.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_DunningRun.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Entry + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 06/03/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Dunning Run Entry + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain details of the dunning letter to a business partner + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_DunningRunEntry.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_DunningRunEntry.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Dunning Run | Dunning Run | | C_DunningRunEntry.C_DunningRun_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Dunning Level | | | C_DunningRunEntry.C_DunningLevel_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_DunningRunEntry.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_DunningRunEntry.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_DunningRunEntry.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_DunningRunEntry.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_DunningRunEntry.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Amount | Amount | Amount | C_DunningRunEntry.Amt numeric
Amount | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_DunningRunEntry.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | C_DunningRunEntry.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Note | Optional additional user defined information | The Note field allows for optional entry of user defined information regarding this record | C_DunningRunEntry.Note character varying(2000)
Text | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_DunningRunEntry.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Line + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 06/03/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Dinning Run Line + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain the information of the dunning letter line + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_DunningRunLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_DunningRunLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Dunning Run Entry | Dunning Run Entry | | C_DunningRunLine.C_DunningRunEntry_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_DunningRunLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_DunningRunLine.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_DunningRunLine.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Payment Schedule | Invoice Payment Schedule | The Invoice Payment Schedule determines when partial payments are due. | C_DunningRunLine.C_InvoicePaySchedule_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Amount | Amount | Amount | C_DunningRunLine.Amt numeric
Amount | +| In Dispute | Document is in dispute | The document is in dispute. Use Requests to track details. | C_DunningRunLine.IsInDispute character(1)
Yes-No | +| Open Amount | Open item amount | | C_DunningRunLine.OpenAmt numeric
Amount | +| Converted Amount | Converted Amount | The Converted Amount is the result of multiplying the Source Amount by the Conversion Rate for this target currency. | C_DunningRunLine.ConvertedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Days due | Number of days due (negative: due in number of days) | | C_DunningRunLine.DaysDue numeric(10)
Integer | +| Times Dunned | Number of times dunned previously | | C_DunningRunLine.TimesDunned numeric(10)
Integer | +| Fee Amount | Fee amount in invoice currency | The Fee Amount indicates the charge amount on a dunning letter for overdue invoices. This field will only display if the charge fee checkbox has been selected. | C_DunningRunLine.FeeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Interest Amount | Interest Amount | The Interest Amount indicates any interest charged or received on a Bank Statement. | C_DunningRunLine.InterestAmt numeric
Amount | +| Total Amount | Total Amount | The Total Amount indicates the total document amount. | C_DunningRunLine.TotalAmt numeric
Amount | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_DunningRunLine.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Dunning_Window_ID-159_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Dunning_Window_ID-159_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a47fee8b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Dunning_Window_ID-159_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +--- +title: 'Dunning' +sidebar_label: 'Dunning' +description: 'Maintain Dunning Levels' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Dunning + +Window ID 159 + +*04/12/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Dunning](/img/manual/Dunning-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Dunning Levels + +**Comment/Help:** The Dunning Window defines the parameters that will be used when generating Dunning Letters. Each customer can be associated with a Dunning Code. + +## Tab: Dunning + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 04/12/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Dunning Rules + +**Comment/Help:** The Dunning Tab defines the parameters for a dunning level. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Dunning.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Dunning.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Dunning.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Dunning.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Dunning.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | C_Dunning.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Create levels sequentially | Create Dunning Letter by level sequentially | If selected, the dunning letters are created in the sequence of the dunning levels. Otherwise, the dunning level is based on the days (over)due. | C_Dunning.CreateLevelsSequentially character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Level + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/01/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Dunning Level + +**Comment/Help:** The Dunning Level Tab defines the timing and frequency of the dunning notices. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_DunningLevel.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_DunningLevel.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Dunning | Dunning Rules for overdue invoices | The Dunning indicates the rules and method of dunning for past due payments. | C_DunningLevel.C_Dunning_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_DunningLevel.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_DunningLevel.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_DunningLevel.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Days after due date | Days after due date to dun (if negative days until due) | The Days After Due Date indicates the number of days after the payment due date to initiate dunning. If the number is negative, it includes not the not due invoices. | C_DunningLevel.DaysAfterDue numeric(10)
Number | +| Show Not Due | Show/print all invoices which are not due (yet). | The dunning letter with this level includes all not due invoices. | C_DunningLevel.IsShowNotDue character(1)
Yes-No | +| Days between dunning | Days between sending dunning notices | The Days Between Dunning indicates the number of days between sending dunning notices. | C_DunningLevel.DaysBetweenDunning numeric(10)
Integer | +| Show All Due | Show/print all due invoices | The dunning letter with this level includes all due invoices. | C_DunningLevel.IsShowAllDue character(1)
Yes-No | +| Charge fee | Indicates if fees will be charged for overdue invoices | The Charge Fee checkbox indicates if the dunning letter will include fees for overdue invoices | C_DunningLevel.ChargeFee character(1)
Yes-No | +| Fee Amount | Fee amount in invoice currency | The Fee Amount indicates the charge amount on a dunning letter for overdue invoices. This field will only display if the charge fee checkbox has been selected. | C_DunningLevel.FeeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Print Text | The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence. | The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters. | C_DunningLevel.PrintName character varying(60)
String | +| Note | Optional additional user defined information | The Note field allows for optional entry of user defined information regarding this record | C_DunningLevel.Note character varying(2000)
Text | +| Dunning Print Format | Print Format for printing Dunning Letters | You need to define a Print Format to print the document. | C_DunningLevel.Dunning_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Credit Stop | Set the business partner to credit stop | If a dunning letter of this level is created, the business partner is set to Credit Stop (needs to be manually changed). | C_DunningLevel.IsSetCreditStop character(1)
Yes-No | +| Set Payment Term | Set the payment term of the Business Partner | If a dunning letter of this level is created, the payment term of this business partner is overwritten. | C_DunningLevel.IsSetPaymentTerm character(1)
Yes-No | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_DunningLevel.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Collection Status | Invoice Collection Status | Status of the invoice collection process | C_DunningLevel.InvoiceCollectionType character(1)
List | +| Is Statement | Dunning Level is a definition of a statement | | C_DunningLevel.IsStatement character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 25/01/2000 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Dunning Level Translation + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_DunningLevel_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_DunningLevel_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Dunning Level | | | C_DunningLevel_Trl.C_DunningLevel_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_DunningLevel_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_DunningLevel_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Print Text | The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence. | The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters. | C_DunningLevel_Trl.PrintName character varying(60)
String | +| Note | Optional additional user defined information | The Note field allows for optional entry of user defined information regarding this record | C_DunningLevel_Trl.Note character varying(2000)
Text | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_DunningLevel_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/DynamicValidationperTable_Window_ID-200150_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/DynamicValidationperTable_Window_ID-200150_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..995331de --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/DynamicValidationperTable_Window_ID-200150_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Dynamic Validation per Table' +sidebar_label: 'Dynamic Validation per Table' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Dynamic Validation per Table + +Window ID 200150 + +*25/01/2024 → 25/01/2024* + +![Dynamic Validation per Table](/img/manual/DynamicValidationperTable-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Dynamic Validation per Table + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 25/01/2024 · Updated 25/01/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_TableValRule.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_TableValRule.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_TableValRule.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_TableValRule.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_TableValRule.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_TableValRule.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_TableValRule.Description character varying(255)
String | +| SQL Filter | SQL Filter | Enter a valid WHERE SQL fully qualified clause. The WHERE is not needed, the code will be surrounded within parenthesis before applied | AD_TableValRule.Code character varying(4000)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/Element_Window_ID-151_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Element_Window_ID-151_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..907abca3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Element_Window_ID-151_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +--- +title: 'Element' +sidebar_label: 'Element' +description: 'Maintain System Elements' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Element + +Window ID 151 + +*26/09/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Element](/img/manual/Element-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain System Elements + +**Comment/Help:** The System Element Window is the Central Repository for Field Names Descriptions and Help/Comments + +## Tab: Element + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 26/09/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Element + +**Comment/Help:** The Element Tab defines each system level element. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Element.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Element.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| DB Column Name | Name of the column in the database | The Column Name indicates the name of a column on a table as defined in the database. | AD_Element.ColumnName character varying(63)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Element.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Print Text | The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence. | The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters. | AD_Element.PrintName character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Element.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Element.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Placeholder | | | AD_Element.Placeholder character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Element.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Element.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| PO Name | Name on PO Screens | | AD_Element.PO_Name character varying(60)
String | +| PO Print name | Print name on PO Screens/Reports | | AD_Element.PO_PrintName character varying(60)
String | +| PO Description | Description in PO Screens | | AD_Element.PO_Description character varying(255)
String | +| PO Help | Help for PO Screens | | AD_Element.PO_Help character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/09/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Element_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Element_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| System Element | System Element enables the central maintenance of column description and help. | The System Element allows for the central maintenance of help, descriptions and terminology for a database column. | AD_Element_Trl.AD_Element_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Element_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Element_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Element_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Element_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Print Text | The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence. | The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters. | AD_Element_Trl.PrintName character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Element_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Element_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Placeholder | | | AD_Element_Trl.Placeholder character varying(255)
String | +| PO Name | Name on PO Screens | | AD_Element_Trl.PO_Name character varying(60)
String | +| PO Print name | Print name on PO Screens/Reports | | AD_Element_Trl.PO_PrintName character varying(60)
String | +| PO Description | Description in PO Screens | | AD_Element_Trl.PO_Description character varying(255)
String | +| PO Help | Help for PO Screens | | AD_Element_Trl.PO_Help character varying(2000)
String | + +## Tab: › Used in Column + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 07/04/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Used in Column + +**Comment/Help:** The Used in Column Tab defines the table and column this element resides in. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Column.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_Column.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| DB Column Name | Name of the column in the database | The Column Name indicates the name of a column on a table as defined in the database. | AD_Column.ColumnName character varying(63)
String | + +## Tab: › Used in Process Parameter + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/12/2009 · Updated 11/12/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_Process_Para.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process Parameter | | | AD_Process_Para.AD_Process_Para_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| DB Column Name | Name of the column in the database | The Column Name indicates the name of a column on a table as defined in the database. | AD_Process_Para.ColumnName character varying(63)
String | + +## Tab: › Used in Info Column + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 22/11/2013 · Updated 22/11/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_InfoColumn.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Column | Info Window Column | Column in the Info Window for display and/or selection. If used for selection, the column cannot be a SQL expression. The SQL clause must be fully qualified based on the FROM clause in the Info Window definition | AD_InfoColumn.AD_InfoColumn_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| DB Column Name | Name of the column in the database | The Column Name indicates the name of a column on a table as defined in the database. | AD_InfoColumn.ColumnName character varying(63)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/EntityType_Window_ID-381_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/EntityType_Window_ID-381_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ab982e85 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/EntityType_Window_ID-381_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +--- +title: 'Entity Type' +sidebar_label: 'Entity Type' +description: 'Maintain System Entity Type' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Entity Type + +Window ID 381 + +*11/06/2006 → 11/06/2006* + +![Entity Type](/img/manual/EntityType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain System Entity Type + +**Comment/Help:** The entity type determines the ownership of Application Dictionary entries. The types "Dictionary" and "iDempiere" should not be used and are maintainted by iDempiere (i.e. all changes are reversed during migration to the current definition). + +## Tab: Entity Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/06/2006 · Updated 11/06/2006* + +**Description:** System Entity Type + +**Comment/Help:** The entity type determines the ownership of Application Dictionary entries. The types "Dictionary" and "iDempiere" should not be used and are maintainted by iDempiere (i.e. all changes are reversed during migration to the current definition). + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_EntityType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_EntityType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_EntityType.EntityType character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_EntityType.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_EntityType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_EntityType.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_EntityType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Version | Version of the table definition | The Version indicates the version of this table definition. | AD_EntityType.Version character varying(20)
String | +| Model Package | Java Package of the model classes | By default, the Java model classes for extensions are in the compiere.model package. If you provide a jar file in the classpath, you can define here your specific model package. The model classes are used to save/modify/delete entries and as well as in Workflow. Refer to the Compiere naming convention to make sure that your class is used rather then the base classes. | AD_EntityType.ModelPackage character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › System Modifin + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/06/2006 · Updated 11/06/2006* + +**Description:** System Modification or Extension + +**Comment/Help:** Description of the System modification or extension + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Modification.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Modification.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Modification.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_Modification.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Modification.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Modification.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Modification.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Modification.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Version | Version of the table definition | The Version indicates the version of this table definition. | AD_Modification.Version character varying(20)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/ErrorMessage_Window_ID-188_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ErrorMessage_Window_ID-188_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..157a1cec --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ErrorMessage_Window_ID-188_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +--- +title: 'Error Message' +sidebar_label: 'Error Message' +description: 'Display Error Messages' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Error Message + +Window ID 188 + +*15/09/2000 → 02/01/2000* + +![Error Message](/img/manual/ErrorMessage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Display Error Messages + +**Comment/Help:** The Error Message Window displays all error messages generated. This is for System Admin use only. The records must be manually deleted. + +## Tab: Error Message + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 15/09/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Error Message + +**Comment/Help:** The Error Message Tab displays error messages that have been generated. They can be deleted with an automated clean up process. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Error.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Error.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Error.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Error.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Error.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Validation code | Validation Code | The Validation Code displays the date, time and message of the error. | AD_Error.Code character varying(2000)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/ExpenseReport_Window_ID-235_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ExpenseReport_Window_ID-235_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba96230a --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ExpenseReport_Window_ID-235_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +--- +title: 'Expense Report' +sidebar_label: 'Expense Report' +description: 'Time and Expense Report' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Expense Report + +Window ID 235 + +*15/06/2002 → 02/01/2000* + +![Expense Report](/img/manual/ExpenseReport-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Time and Expense Report + +**Comment/Help:** The time and expense report allows you to capture time spent on a project, billable time and to claim expenses. + +## Tab: Expense Report + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 15/06/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Time and Expense Report + +**Comment/Help:** Enter the time and expenses for the Employee or Contractor (Business Partner). <br> +The price list determines the default costs of the expenses, products or resource to be reimbursed. In that sense, it is a "Purchase Price" list. The Warehouse is used to correct the inventory of items invoiced to customers (i.e. if not invoiced, the inventory is not adjusted).<br> +Please note that the Business Partner <b>must</b> be an Employee with an Address and Contact! + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | S_TimeExpense.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | S_TimeExpense.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | S_TimeExpense.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | S_TimeExpense.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | S_TimeExpense.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Report Date | Expense/Time Report Date | Date of Expense/Time Report | S_TimeExpense.DateReport timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | S_TimeExpense.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Approval Amount | Document Approval Amount | Approval Amount for Workflow | S_TimeExpense.ApprovalAmt numeric
Amount | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | S_TimeExpense.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | S_TimeExpense.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | S_TimeExpense.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Expenses | | | S_TimeExpense.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | S_TimeExpense.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Report Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/06/2002 · Updated 02/09/2005* + +**Description:** Time and Expense Report Line + +**Comment/Help:** Enter the expense items and billable or non-billable hours. If you enter a non-zero amount in Invoiced Amount, that amount will be used for billing the customer - otherwise the price on the current sales price list of the customer. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | S_TimeExpenseLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | S_TimeExpenseLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Expense Report | Time and Expense Report | | S_TimeExpenseLine.S_TimeExpense_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | S_TimeExpenseLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Expense Date | Date of expense | Date of expense | S_TimeExpenseLine.DateExpense timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Time Report | Line is a time report only (no expense) | The line contains only time information | S_TimeExpenseLine.IsTimeReport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoiced | Is this invoiced? | If selected, invoices are created | S_TimeExpenseLine.IsInvoiced character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | S_TimeExpenseLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Resource Assignment | Resource Assignment | | S_TimeExpenseLine.S_ResourceAssignment_ID numeric(10)
Assignment | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | S_TimeExpenseLine.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Expense Amount | Amount for this expense | Expense amount in currency | S_TimeExpenseLine.ExpenseAmt numeric
Amount | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Price | Unit price to be invoiced or 0 for default price | Unit Price in the currency of the business partner! If it is 0, the standard price of the sales price list of the business partner (customer) is used. | S_TimeExpenseLine.InvoicePrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Converted Amount | Converted Amount | The Converted Amount is the result of multiplying the Source Amount by the Conversion Rate for this target currency. | S_TimeExpenseLine.ConvertedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Line Amount | Line Extended Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and Charges | Indicates the extended line amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included. The Amount may or may not include tax. If the price list is inclusive tax, the line amount is the same as the line total. | S_TimeExpenseLine.LineNetAmt numeric
Amount | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | S_TimeExpenseLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Note | Optional additional user defined information | The Note field allows for optional entry of user defined information regarding this record | S_TimeExpenseLine.Note character varying(255)
Text | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Phase | Phase of a Project | | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_ProjectPhase_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Task | Actual Project Task in a Phase | A Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work. | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_ProjectTask_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | S_TimeExpenseLine.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Quantity Reimbursed | The reimbursed quantity | The reimbursed quantity is derived from the entered quantity and can be overwritten when approving the expense report. | S_TimeExpenseLine.QtyReimbursed numeric
Quantity | +| Price Reimbursed | The reimbursed price (in currency of the employee's AP price list) | The reimbursed price is derived from the converted price and can be overwritten when approving the expense report. | S_TimeExpenseLine.PriceReimbursed numeric
Costs+Prices | + diff --git a/manual/window/ExpenseType_Window_ID-234_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ExpenseType_Window_ID-234_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d40c98c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ExpenseType_Window_ID-234_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +--- +title: 'Expense Type' +sidebar_label: 'Expense Type' +description: 'Maintain Expense Report Types' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Expense Type + +Window ID 234 + +*15/06/2002 → 02/01/2000* + +![Expense Type](/img/manual/ExpenseType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Expense Report Types + +## Tab: Expense Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 15/06/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Expense Report Type + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | S_ExpenseType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | S_ExpenseType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | S_ExpenseType.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | S_ExpenseType.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | S_ExpenseType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | S_ExpenseType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | S_ExpenseType.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoiced | Is this invoiced? | If selected, invoices are created | S_ExpenseType.IsInvoiced character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | S_ExpenseType.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Category | Tax Category | The Tax Category provides a method of grouping similar taxes. For example, Sales Tax or Value Added Tax. | S_ExpenseType.C_TaxCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Expense Product + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/06/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Product definition of Expense Type + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Product.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Product.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Product.Value character varying(510)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_Product.Name character varying(255)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Product.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | M_Product.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Document Note | Additional information for a Document | The Document Note is used for recording any additional information regarding this product. | M_Product.DocumentNote character varying(2000)
Text | +| UPC/EAN | Bar Code (Universal Product Code or its superset European Article Number) | Use this field to enter the bar code for the product in any of the bar code symbologies (Codabar, Code 25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode) | M_Product.UPC character varying(30)
String | +| SKU | Stock Keeping Unit | The SKU indicates a user defined stock keeping unit. It may be used for an additional bar code symbols or your own schema. | M_Product.SKU character varying(30)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Product.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | M_Product.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Classification | Classification for grouping | The Classification can be used to optionally group products. | M_Product.Classification character varying(12)
String | +| Tax Category | Tax Category | The Tax Category provides a method of grouping similar taxes. For example, Sales Tax or Value Added Tax. | M_Product.C_TaxCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Revenue Recognition | Method for recording revenue | The Revenue Recognition indicates how revenue will be recognized for this product | M_Product.C_RevenueRecognition_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | M_Product.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | M_Product.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Product Type | Type of product | The type of product also determines accounting consequences. | M_Product.ProductType character(1)
List | +| Purchased | Organization purchases this product | The Purchased check box indicates if this product is purchased by this organization. | M_Product.IsPurchased character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sold | Organization sells this product | The Sold check box indicates if this product is sold by this organization. | M_Product.IsSold character(1)
Yes-No | +| Discontinued | This product is no longer available | The Discontinued check box indicates a product that has been discontinued. | M_Product.Discontinued character(1)
Yes-No | +| Discontinued At | Discontinued At indicates Date when product was discontinued | | M_Product.DiscontinuedAt timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Image URL | URL of image | URL of image; The image is not stored in the database, but retrieved at runtime. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png. | M_Product.ImageURL character varying(120)
URL | +| Description URL | URL for the description | | M_Product.DescriptionURL character varying(120)
URL | + +## Tab: › › Price + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 22/06/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Expense Type Pricing + +**Comment/Help:** The Pricing Tab displays the List, Standard and Limit prices for each price list a product is contained in. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ProductPrice.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ProductPrice.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_ProductPrice.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Price List Version | Identifies a unique instance of a Price List | Each Price List can have multiple versions. The most common use is to indicate the dates that a Price List is valid for. | M_ProductPrice.M_PriceList_Version_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ProductPrice.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | M_ProductPrice.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Standard Price | Standard Price | The Standard Price indicates the standard or normal price for a product on this price list | M_ProductPrice.PriceStd numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Limit Price | Lowest price for a product | The Price Limit indicates the lowest price for a product stated in the Price List Currency. | M_ProductPrice.PriceLimit numeric
Costs+Prices | + +## Tab: › › Accounting + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 22/06/2002 · Updated 05/03/2013* + +**Description:** Define Accounting Parameters + +**Comment/Help:** The Accounting Tab defines the defaults to use when generating accounting transactions for orders and invoices which contain this Expense Type. Not all accounts apply. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Product_Acct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Product_Acct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_Acct.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | M_Product_Acct.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Product_Acct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product Asset | Account for Product Asset (Inventory) | The Product Asset Account indicates the account used for valuing this a product in inventory. | M_Product_Acct.P_Asset_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product Expense | Account for Product Expense | The Product Expense Account indicates the account used to record expenses associated with this product. | M_Product_Acct.P_Expense_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product COGS | Account for Cost of Goods Sold | The Product COGS Account indicates the account used when recording costs associated with this product. | M_Product_Acct.P_COGS_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Purchase Price Variance | Difference between Standard Cost and Purchase Price (PPV) | The Purchase Price Variance is used in Standard Costing. It reflects the difference between the Standard Cost and the Purchase Order Price. | M_Product_Acct.P_PurchasePriceVariance_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Invoice Price Variance | Difference between Costs and Invoice Price (IPV) | The Invoice Price Variance is used reflects the difference between the current Costs and the Invoice Price. | M_Product_Acct.P_InvoicePriceVariance_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Trade Discount Received | Trade Discount Receivable Account | The Trade Discount Receivables Account indicates the account for received trade discounts in vendor invoices | M_Product_Acct.P_TradeDiscountRec_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Trade Discount Granted | Trade Discount Granted Account | The Trade Discount Granted Account indicates the account for granted trade discount in sales invoices | M_Product_Acct.P_TradeDiscountGrant_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product Revenue | Account for Product Revenue (Sales Account) | The Product Revenue Account indicates the account used for recording sales revenue for this product. | M_Product_Acct.P_Revenue_Acct numeric(10)
Account | + diff --git a/manual/window/Expensesnotreimbursed_Window_ID-254_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Expensesnotreimbursed_Window_ID-254_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..abeff962 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Expensesnotreimbursed_Window_ID-254_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +--- +title: 'Expenses (not reimbursed)' +sidebar_label: 'Expenses (not reimbursed)' +description: 'View expenses and charges not reimbursed' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Expenses (not reimbursed) + +Window ID 254 + +*06/02/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Expenses (not reimbursed)](/img/manual/Expensesnotreimbursed-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** View expenses and charges not reimbursed + +**Comment/Help:** Before reimbursing expenses, check the open expense items + +## Tab: Employee, Vendor + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 06/02/2003 · Updated 03/04/2013* + +**Description:** Business Partner to be reimbursed + +**Comment/Help:** Select the business partner to be reimbursed. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_BPartner.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BPartner.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Name 2 | Additional Name | | C_BPartner.Name2 character varying(60)
String | +| Vendor | Indicates if this Business Partner is a Vendor | The Vendor checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is a Vendor. If it is selected, additional fields will display which further identify this vendor. | C_BPartner.IsVendor character(1)
Yes-No | +| Employee | Indicates if this Business Partner is an employee | The Employee checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is an Employee. If it is selected, additional fields will display which further identify this employee. | C_BPartner.IsEmployee character(1)
Yes-No | +| PO Payment Term | Payment rules for a purchase order | The PO Payment Term indicates the payment term that will be used when this purchase order becomes an invoice. | C_BPartner.PO_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Open Balance | Total Open Balance Amount in primary Accounting Currency | The Total Open Balance Amount is the calculated open item amount for Customer and Vendor activity. If the Balance is below zero, we owe the Business Partner. The amount is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations determine the Open Balance (i.e. not Orders or Payments). | C_BPartner.TotalOpenBalance numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: › Report Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 06/02/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Time and Expense Report Line (not reimbursed) + +**Comment/Help:** View and modify Time and Expense Report Lines. It lists expense items for the business partner on the expense header where the expense lines were not invoiced yet. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | S_TimeExpenseLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | S_TimeExpenseLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Expense Report | Time and Expense Report | | S_TimeExpenseLine.S_TimeExpense_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | S_TimeExpenseLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Expense Date | Date of expense | Date of expense | S_TimeExpenseLine.DateExpense timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | S_TimeExpenseLine.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Time Report | Line is a time report only (no expense) | The line contains only time information | S_TimeExpenseLine.IsTimeReport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoiced | Is this invoiced? | If selected, invoices are created | S_TimeExpenseLine.IsInvoiced character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | S_TimeExpenseLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Resource Assignment | Resource Assignment | | S_TimeExpenseLine.S_ResourceAssignment_ID numeric(10)
Assignment | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | S_TimeExpenseLine.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity Reimbursed | The reimbursed quantity | The reimbursed quantity is derived from the entered quantity and can be overwritten when approving the expense report. | S_TimeExpenseLine.QtyReimbursed numeric
Quantity | +| Expense Amount | Amount for this expense | Expense amount in currency | S_TimeExpenseLine.ExpenseAmt numeric
Amount | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Converted Amount | Converted Amount | The Converted Amount is the result of multiplying the Source Amount by the Conversion Rate for this target currency. | S_TimeExpenseLine.ConvertedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Price Reimbursed | The reimbursed price (in currency of the employee's AP price list) | The reimbursed price is derived from the converted price and can be overwritten when approving the expense report. | S_TimeExpenseLine.PriceReimbursed numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Time Type | Type of time recorded | Differentiate time types for reporting purposes (In parallel to Activities) | S_TimeExpenseLine.S_TimeType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | S_TimeExpenseLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Note | Optional additional user defined information | The Note field allows for optional entry of user defined information regarding this record | S_TimeExpenseLine.Note character varying(255)
Text | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Phase | Phase of a Project | | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_ProjectPhase_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Task | Actual Project Task in a Phase | A Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work. | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_ProjectTask_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/Expensestobeinvoiced_Window_ID-242_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Expensestobeinvoiced_Window_ID-242_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d5af4fd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Expensestobeinvoiced_Window_ID-242_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +--- +title: 'Expenses (to be invoiced)' +sidebar_label: 'Expenses (to be invoiced)' +description: 'View expenses and charges not invoiced to customers' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Expenses (to be invoiced) + +Window ID 242 + +*14/07/2002 → 02/01/2000* + +![Expenses (to be invoiced)](/img/manual/Expensestobeinvoiced-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** View expenses and charges not invoiced to customers + +**Comment/Help:** Before invoicing to customers, check the expense lines to be invoiced + +## Tab: Customer + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 14/07/2002 · Updated 03/04/2013* + +**Description:** Business Partner (Customers) to be invoiced + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_BPartner.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BPartner.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Name 2 | Additional Name | | C_BPartner.Name2 character varying(60)
String | +| Customer | Indicates if this Business Partner is a Customer | The Customer checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is a customer. If it is select additional fields will display which further define this customer. | C_BPartner.IsCustomer character(1)
Yes-No | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | C_BPartner.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_BPartner.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Open Balance | Total Open Balance Amount in primary Accounting Currency | The Total Open Balance Amount is the calculated open item amount for Customer and Vendor activity. If the Balance is below zero, we owe the Business Partner. The amount is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations determine the Open Balance (i.e. not Orders or Payments). | C_BPartner.TotalOpenBalance numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: › Report Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 14/07/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Time and Expense Report Line (not invoiced) + +**Comment/Help:** View and modify Time and Expense Report Lines. It lists expense items for the business partner on the expense line where the expense lines have no orders yet. (Sales Orders are created). + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | S_TimeExpenseLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | S_TimeExpenseLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Expense Report | Time and Expense Report | | S_TimeExpenseLine.S_TimeExpense_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | S_TimeExpenseLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Expense Date | Date of expense | Date of expense | S_TimeExpenseLine.DateExpense timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | S_TimeExpenseLine.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Time Report | Line is a time report only (no expense) | The line contains only time information | S_TimeExpenseLine.IsTimeReport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoiced | Is this invoiced? | If selected, invoices are created | S_TimeExpenseLine.IsInvoiced character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Order Line | Sales Order Line | The Sales Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order. | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_OrderLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | S_TimeExpenseLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Resource Assignment | Resource Assignment | | S_TimeExpenseLine.S_ResourceAssignment_ID numeric(10)
Assignment | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | S_TimeExpenseLine.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity Invoiced | Invoiced Quantity | The Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced. | S_TimeExpenseLine.QtyInvoiced numeric
Quantity | +| Expense Amount | Amount for this expense | Expense amount in currency | S_TimeExpenseLine.ExpenseAmt numeric
Amount | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Price | Unit price to be invoiced or 0 for default price | Unit Price in the currency of the business partner! If it is 0, the standard price of the sales price list of the business partner (customer) is used. | S_TimeExpenseLine.InvoicePrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Converted Amount | Converted Amount | The Converted Amount is the result of multiplying the Source Amount by the Conversion Rate for this target currency. | S_TimeExpenseLine.ConvertedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Price Invoiced | The priced invoiced to the customer (in the currency of the customer's AR price list) - 0 for default price | The invoiced price is derived from the Invoice Price entered and can be overwritten. If the price is 0, the default price on the customer's invoice is used. | S_TimeExpenseLine.PriceInvoiced numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Time Type | Type of time recorded | Differentiate time types for reporting purposes (In parallel to Activities) | S_TimeExpenseLine.S_TimeType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | S_TimeExpenseLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Note | Optional additional user defined information | The Note field allows for optional entry of user defined information regarding this record | S_TimeExpenseLine.Note character varying(255)
Text | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Phase | Phase of a Project | | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_ProjectPhase_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Task | Actual Project Task in a Phase | A Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work. | S_TimeExpenseLine.C_ProjectTask_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/ExportFormat_Window_ID-53025_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ExportFormat_Window_ID-53025_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3bdb8327 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ExportFormat_Window_ID-53025_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +--- +title: 'Export Format' +sidebar_label: 'Export Format' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Export Format + +Window ID 53025 + +*05/03/2008 → 01/12/2009* + +![Export Format](/img/manual/ExportFormat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Export Format + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 05/03/2008 · Updated 05/03/2008* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | EXP_Format.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | EXP_Format.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | EXP_Format.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Version | Version of the table definition | The Version indicates the version of this table definition. | EXP_Format.Version character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | EXP_Format.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | EXP_Format.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | EXP_Format.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | EXP_Format.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | EXP_Format.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sql WHERE | Fully qualified SQL WHERE clause | The Where Clause indicates the SQL WHERE clause to use for record selection. The WHERE clause is added to the query. Fully qualified means "tablename.columnname". | EXP_Format.WhereClause character varying(255)
Text | +| Test Import Model | Test Import of XML files | | EXP_Format.TestImportModel character(1)
Button | +| Test Export Model | Test Export of XML files | | EXP_Format.TestExportModel character(1)
Button | +| Export Format | | | EXP_Format.EXP_Format_ID numeric(10)
ID | + +## Tab: › Export Format Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 05/03/2008 · Updated 01/12/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | EXP_FormatLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | EXP_FormatLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Export Format | | | EXP_FormatLine.EXP_Format_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | EXP_FormatLine.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | EXP_FormatLine.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | EXP_FormatLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | EXP_FormatLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | EXP_FormatLine.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Position | | | EXP_FormatLine.Position numeric(10)
Integer | +| Mandatory | Data entry is required in this column | The field must have a value for the record to be saved to the database. | EXP_FormatLine.IsMandatory character(1)
Yes-No | +| Type | Type of Validation (SQL, Java Script, Java Language) | The Type indicates the type of validation that will occur. This can be SQL, Java Script or Java Language. | EXP_FormatLine.Type character(1)
List | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | EXP_FormatLine.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Is Part Unique Index | | | EXP_FormatLine.IsPartUniqueIndex character(1)
Yes-No | +| Embedded Format | | | EXP_FormatLine.EXP_EmbeddedFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Reference | System Reference and Validation | The Reference could be a display type, list or table validation. | EXP_FormatLine.AD_Reference_ID
Table | +| Date Format | Date format used in the input format | The date format is usually detected, but sometimes need to be defined. | EXP_FormatLine.DateFormat character varying(40)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/ExportProcessorType_Window_ID-53027_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ExportProcessorType_Window_ID-53027_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd019492 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ExportProcessorType_Window_ID-53027_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Export Processor Type' +sidebar_label: 'Export Processor Type' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Export Processor Type + +Window ID 53027 + +*05/03/2008 → 17/02/2022* + +![Export Processor Type](/img/manual/ExportProcessorType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Export Processor Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 05/03/2008 · Updated 05/03/2008* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | EXP_Processor_Type.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | EXP_Processor_Type.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | EXP_Processor_Type.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | EXP_Processor_Type.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | EXP_Processor_Type.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | EXP_Processor_Type.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | EXP_Processor_Type.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Java Class | | | EXP_Processor_Type.JavaClass character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/ExportProcessor_Window_ID-53026_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ExportProcessor_Window_ID-53026_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..111e89b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ExportProcessor_Window_ID-53026_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +--- +title: 'Export Processor' +sidebar_label: 'Export Processor' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Export Processor + +Window ID 53026 + +*05/03/2008 → 17/02/2022* + +![Export Processor](/img/manual/ExportProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Export Processor + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 05/03/2008 · Updated 05/03/2008* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | EXP_Processor.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | EXP_Processor.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | EXP_Processor.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | EXP_Processor.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Export Processor Type | | | EXP_Processor.EXP_Processor_Type_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | EXP_Processor.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | EXP_Processor.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | EXP_Processor.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Host | | | EXP_Processor.Host character varying(255)
String | +| Port | | | EXP_Processor.Port numeric(10)
Integer | +| Account | | | EXP_Processor.Account character varying(255)
String | +| Password Info | | | EXP_Processor.PasswordInfo character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Export Processor Parameter + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 05/03/2008 · Updated 05/03/2008* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | EXP_ProcessorParameter.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | EXP_ProcessorParameter.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Export Processor | | | EXP_ProcessorParameter.EXP_Processor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | EXP_ProcessorParameter.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | EXP_ProcessorParameter.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | EXP_ProcessorParameter.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | EXP_ProcessorParameter.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | EXP_ProcessorParameter.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Parameter Value | | | EXP_ProcessorParameter.ParameterValue character varying(60)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/ExtensionRegistry_Window_ID-200160_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ExtensionRegistry_Window_ID-200160_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..79f32a36 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ExtensionRegistry_Window_ID-200160_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +--- +title: 'Extension Registry' +sidebar_label: 'Extension Registry' +description: 'Manages the registry of bundled and external extensions' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Extension Registry + +Window ID 200160 + +*24/03/2026 → 24/03/2026* + +![Extension Registry](/img/manual/ExtensionRegistry-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Manages the registry of bundled and external extensions + +**Comment/Help:** Maintains a record of all extensions installed in the system, whether bundled or external. It stores the JSON manifest , tracks the current deployment state (e.g., Installing, Installed, Disabled) , and helps validate dependencies before deployment. + +## Tab: Extension Registry + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 24/03/2026 · Updated 24/03/2026* + +**Description:** Manages the registry of bundled and external extensions + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Extension.Name character varying(255)
String | +| Extension Symbolic Id | Unique symbolic id of an extension | | AD_Extension.ExtensionId character varying(255)
String | +| Version | Version of an extension | Semantic version of an extension (recommended to follow the semantic version definition at https://semver.org/) | AD_Extension.ExtensionVersion character varying(30)
String | +| Is Bundled | Indicates if the extension is bundled with the core product | A flag indicating whether this extension is distributed as part of the base iDempiere installation or if it is an externally installed extension (e.g., via a .idext archive or a GitHub repository) | AD_Extension.IsBundled character(1)
Yes-No | +| Extension Metadata | The JSON manifest containing extension details and dependencies | Stores the complete metadata.json payload associated with the extension. This includes the unique identifier, versioning, OSGi bundle references, and prerequisite dependencies required for installation. | AD_Extension.ExtensionMetadata jsonb
JSON | +| Extension State | Current installation and deployment state of the extension | Indicates the current lifecycle status of the extension within the system, such as Installed, Disabled, Error, or Uninstalled. | AD_Extension.ExtensionState character varying(2)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Extension.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Extension Entities + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 24/03/2026 · Updated 30/03/2026* + +**Description:** The database dictionary objects belonging to an installed extension + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Extension | System Extension | Internal unique identifier for a System Extension record | AD_ExtensionEntity.AD_Extension_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_ExtensionEntity.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record UUID | | | AD_ExtensionEntity.Record_UU uuid
Record UUID | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ExtensionEntity.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/FieldGroup_Window_ID-200_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/FieldGroup_Window_ID-200_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c8aefca4 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/FieldGroup_Window_ID-200_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +--- +title: 'Field Group' +sidebar_label: 'Field Group' +description: 'Define Field Group' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Field Group + +Window ID 200 + +*11/01/2001 → 02/01/2000* + +![Field Group](/img/manual/FieldGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Define Field Group + +**Comment/Help:** The Field Group Window allows you to define subsections in a tab. For System Admin use only. + +## Tab: Field group + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/01/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** System Admin use only. Field Groups allow for grouping of fields within a window + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_FieldGroup.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_FieldGroup.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_FieldGroup.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_FieldGroup.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_FieldGroup.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Field Group Type | | | AD_FieldGroup.FieldGroupType character varying(10)
Radio Group List | +| Collapsed By Default | Flag to set the initial state of collapsible field group. | | AD_FieldGroup.IsCollapsedByDefault character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/01/2001 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_FieldGroup_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_FieldGroup_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Field Group | Logical grouping of fields | The Field Group indicates the logical group that this field belongs to (History, Amounts, Quantities) | AD_FieldGroup_Trl.AD_FieldGroup_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_FieldGroup_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_FieldGroup_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_FieldGroup_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_FieldGroup_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | + +## Tab: › Used in Field + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 10/03/2013 · Updated 10/03/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tab | Tab within a Window | The Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window. | AD_Field.AD_Tab_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Field | Field on a database table | The Field identifies a field on a database table. | AD_Field.AD_Field_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Field.Name character varying(60)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/FieldSuggestions_Window_ID-200087_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/FieldSuggestions_Window_ID-200087_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c789fdef --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/FieldSuggestions_Window_ID-200087_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +--- +title: 'Field Suggestions' +sidebar_label: 'Field Suggestions' +description: 'Suggestions for field name, description and help.' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Field Suggestions + +Window ID 200087 + +*29/06/2016 → 29/06/2016* + +![Field Suggestions](/img/manual/FieldSuggestions-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Suggestions for field name, description and help. + +## Tab: Suggestions + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 29/06/2016 · Updated 29/06/2016* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_FieldSuggestion.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_FieldSuggestion.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tenant of User | | | AD_FieldSuggestion.AD_UserClient_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_FieldSuggestion.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_FieldSuggestion.AD_Window_ID
Table Direct | +| Tab | Tab within a Window | The Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window. | AD_FieldSuggestion.AD_Tab_ID
Table Direct | +| Field | Field on a database table | The Field identifies a field on a database table. | AD_FieldSuggestion.AD_Field_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_FieldSuggestion.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_FieldSuggestion.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_FieldSuggestion.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_FieldSuggestion.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_FieldSuggestion.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | AD_FieldSuggestion.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | AD_FieldSuggestion.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Compare Field Suggestion | | | AD_FieldSuggestion.CompareSuggestion character(1)
Button | +| Reject Field Suggestion | Reject suggested name, description and help changes | | AD_FieldSuggestion.RejectSuggestion character(1)
Button | +| Accept Field Suggestion | Accept suggested changes for field | | AD_FieldSuggestion.AcceptSuggestion character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/FinancialReport_Window_ID-216_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/FinancialReport_Window_ID-216_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..df200b41 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/FinancialReport_Window_ID-216_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +--- +title: 'Financial Report' +sidebar_label: 'Financial Report' +description: 'Maintain Financial Reports' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Financial Report + +Window ID 216 + +*13/05/2001 → 03/06/2021* + +![Financial Report](/img/manual/FinancialReport-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Financial Reports + +**Comment/Help:** Financial Reports are the combination of a Report Column Set and Line Set. + +## Tab: Financial Report + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 13/05/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_Report.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_Report.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | PA_Report.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Calendar | Accounting Calendar Name | The Calendar uniquely identifies an accounting calendar. Multiple calendars can be used. For example you may need a standard calendar that runs from Jan 1 to Dec 31 and a fiscal calendar that runs from July 1 to June 30. | PA_Report.C_Calendar_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_Report.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_Report.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_Report.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Report Line Set | | | PA_Report.PA_ReportLineSet_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Report Column Set | Collection of Columns for Report | The Report Column Set identifies the columns used in a Report. | PA_Report.PA_ReportColumnSet_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Report Cube | Define reporting cube for pre-calculation of summary accounting data. | Summary data will be generated for each period of the selected calendar, grouped by the selected dimensions.. | PA_Report.PA_ReportCube_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Exclude Adjustment Periods | | | PA_Report.ExcludeAdjustmentPeriods character(1)
List | +| Jasper Process | The Jasper Process used by the print engine if any process defined | | PA_Report.JasperProcess_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| List Sources | List Report Line Sources | List the Source Accounts for Summary Accounts selected | PA_Report.ListSources character(1)
Yes-No | +| List Transactions | List the report transactions | List the transactions of the report source lines | PA_Report.ListTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Include source accounts with no transaction | Include source accounts with no transaction for list report line sources | List the Source Accounts with or without transactions for Summary Accounts selected | PA_Report.ListSourcesXTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Create Report | Create Financial Report | The default period is the current period. You can optionally enter other restrictions. You can select an alternative Reporting Hierarchy. | PA_Report.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Print Format | Data Print Format | The print format determines how data is rendered for print. | PA_Report.AD_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Create Report (Jasper) | Create Financial Report (Jasper) | The default period is the current period. You can optionally enter other restrictions. You can select an alternative Reporting Hierarchy. | PA_Report.JasperProcessing character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/Form_Window_ID-187_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Form_Window_ID-187_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8cea2c6d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Form_Window_ID-187_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +--- +title: 'Form' +sidebar_label: 'Form' +description: 'Special Forms' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Form + +Window ID 187 + +*13/07/2000 → 02/01/2000* + +![Form](/img/manual/Form-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Special Forms + +**Comment/Help:** The Forms Window defines any window which is not automatically generated. For System Admin use only. + +## Tab: Form + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 13/07/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Special Form + +**Comment/Help:** The Forms Tab defines any window which is not automatically generated. For System Admin use only. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Form.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Form.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Form.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Form.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Form.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Form.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Beta Functionality | This functionality is considered Beta | Beta functionality is not fully tested or completed. | AD_Form.IsBetaFunctionality character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Form.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Data Access Level | Access Level required | Indicates the access level required for this record or process. | AD_Form.AccessLevel character(1)
List | +| Classname | Java Classname | The Classname identifies the Java classname used by this report or process. | AD_Form.Classname character varying(255)
String | +| Context Help | | | AD_Form.AD_CtxHelp_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Image URL | URL of image | URL of image; The image is not stored in the database, but retrieved at runtime. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png. | AD_Form.ImageURL character varying(120)
String | + +## Tab: › Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/09/2000 · Updated 16/11/2012* + +**Description:** Form Access + +**Comment/Help:** The Forms Access Tab defines the access rules for this form + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Form_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Form_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Special Form | Special Form | The Special Form field identifies a unique Special Form in the system. | AD_Form_Access.AD_Form_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Form_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Form_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Write | Field is read / write | The Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated. | AD_Form_Access.IsReadWrite character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/07/2000 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Form_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Form_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Special Form | Special Form | The Special Form field identifies a unique Special Form in the system. | AD_Form_Trl.AD_Form_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Form_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Form_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Form_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Form_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Form_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Form_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/FreightCategory_Window_ID-282_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/FreightCategory_Window_ID-282_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..df9b27e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/FreightCategory_Window_ID-282_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +--- +title: 'Freight Category' +sidebar_label: 'Freight Category' +description: 'Maintain Freight Categories' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Freight Category + +Window ID 282 + +*07/06/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Freight Category](/img/manual/FreightCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Freight Categories + +**Comment/Help:** Freight Categories are used to calculate the Freight for the Shipper selected + +## Tab: Freight Category + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 07/06/2003 · Updated 17/12/2007* + +**Description:** Category of the Freight + +**Comment/Help:** Freight Categories are used to calculate the Freight for the Shipper selected + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_FreightCategory.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_FreightCategory.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_FreightCategory.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_FreightCategory.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_FreightCategory.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | M_FreightCategory.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_FreightCategory.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/GLBudget_Window_ID-154_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/GLBudget_Window_ID-154_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e89c3a3f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/GLBudget_Window_ID-154_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +--- +title: 'GL Budget' +sidebar_label: 'GL Budget' +description: 'Maintain General Ledger Budgets' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# GL Budget + +Window ID 154 + +*26/09/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![GL Budget](/img/manual/GLBudget-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain General Ledger Budgets + +## Tab: Budget + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 26/09/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** The GL Budget Tab defines a General Ledger Budget + +**Comment/Help:** The GL Budgets are used to define the anticipated costs of doing business. They are used in reporting as a comparison to actual amounts. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | GL_Budget.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | GL_Budget.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | GL_Budget.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | GL_Budget.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | GL_Budget.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Primary | Indicates if this is the primary budget | The Primary checkbox indicates if this budget is the primary budget. | GL_Budget.IsPrimary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Budget Status | Indicates the current status of this budget | The Budget Status indicates the current status of this budget (i.e Draft, Approved) | GL_Budget.BudgetStatus character(1)
List | + diff --git a/manual/window/GLCategory_Window_ID-131_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/GLCategory_Window_ID-131_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f61a0c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/GLCategory_Window_ID-131_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +--- +title: 'GL Category' +sidebar_label: 'GL Category' +description: 'Maintain General Ledger Categories' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# GL Category + +Window ID 131 + +*29/06/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![GL Category](/img/manual/GLCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain General Ledger Categories + +**Comment/Help:** The GL Category Window allows you to define categories to be used in journals. These categories provide a method of optionally grouping and reporting on journals. + +## Tab: GL Category + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 29/06/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define General Ledger Categories + +**Comment/Help:** The GL Category Tab defines optional identifiers for a document or journal. Each Category may be used on a document, manual journal or import + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | GL_Category.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | GL_Category.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | GL_Category.Value character varying(60)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | GL_Category.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Print Text | The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence. | The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters. | GL_Category.PrintName character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | GL_Category.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | GL_Category.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Base Type | Logical type of document | The Document Base Type identifies the base or starting point for a document. Multiple document types may share a single document base type. | GL_Category.DocBaseType character(3)
List | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | GL_Category.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Category Type | Source of the Journal with this category | The Category Type indicates the source of the journal for this category. Journals can be generated from a document, entered manually or imported. | GL_Category.CategoryType character(1)
List | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/03/2014 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | GL_Category_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | GL_Category_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| GL Category | General Ledger Category | The General Ledger Category is an optional, user defined method of grouping journal lines. | GL_Category_Trl.GL_Category_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | GL_Category_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | GL_Category_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | GL_Category_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | GL_Category_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Print Text | The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence. | The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters. | GL_Category_Trl.PrintName character varying(60)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/GLDistribution_Window_ID-323_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/GLDistribution_Window_ID-323_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3839c9f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/GLDistribution_Window_ID-323_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +--- +title: 'GL Distribution' +sidebar_label: 'GL Distribution' +description: 'General Ledger Distribution' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# GL Distribution + +Window ID 323 + +*19/03/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![GL Distribution](/img/manual/GLDistribution-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** General Ledger Distribution + +**Comment/Help:** If the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines. The distribution is a one-step operation based on the percentage of the lines. + +## Tab: Distribution + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/03/2004 · Updated 20/08/2020* + +**Description:** General Ledger Distribution + +**Comment/Help:** If the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines. +The distribution is prorated based on the percentage of the lines. If the total percent is less then 100 and one line is 0 (null), it gets the remainder. If there is no line with 0, any rounding is adjusted in the line with the biggest amount. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | GL_Distribution.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | GL_Distribution.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | GL_Distribution.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | GL_Distribution.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | GL_Distribution.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | GL_Distribution.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | GL_Distribution.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | GL_Distribution.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Create Reversal | Indicates that reversal movement will be created, if disabled the original movement will be deleted. | | GL_Distribution.IsCreateReversal character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | GL_Distribution.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | GL_Distribution.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | GL_Distribution.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Valid to | Valid to including this date (last day) | The Valid To date indicates the last day of a date range | GL_Distribution.ValidTo timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Any Organization | Match any value of the Organization segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyOrg character(1)
Yes-No | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. | GL_Distribution.Org_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Any Account | Match any value of the Account segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyAcct character(1)
Yes-No | +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | GL_Distribution.Account_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Any Activity | Match any value of the Activity segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyActivity character(1)
Yes-No | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | GL_Distribution.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Any Product | Match any value of the Product segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyProduct character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | GL_Distribution.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Any Bus.Partner | Match any value of the Business Partner segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyBPartner character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | GL_Distribution.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Any Project | Match any value of the Project segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyProject character(1)
Yes-No | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | GL_Distribution.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Any Campaign | Match any value of the Campaign segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyCampaign character(1)
Yes-No | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | GL_Distribution.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Any Location From | Match any value of the Location From segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyLocFrom character(1)
Yes-No | +| Location From | Location that inventory was moved from | The Location From indicates the location that a product was moved from. | GL_Distribution.C_LocFrom_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Any Location To | Match any value of the Location To segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyLocTo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Location To | Location that inventory was moved to | The Location To indicates the location that a product was moved to. | GL_Distribution.C_LocTo_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Any Sales Region | Match any value of the Sales Region segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnySalesRegion character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | GL_Distribution.C_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Any Trx Organization | Match any value of the Transaction Organization segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyOrgTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | GL_Distribution.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Any User 1 | Match any value of the User 1 segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyUser1 character(1)
Yes-No | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | GL_Distribution.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Any User 2 | Match any value of the User 2 segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyUser2 character(1)
Yes-No | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | GL_Distribution.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Any Department | Match any value of the Department segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyDepartment character(1)
Yes-No | +| Department | | | GL_Distribution.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Any Warehouse | Match any value of the Warehouse segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyWarehouse character(1)
Yes-No | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | GL_Distribution.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Any Asset | Match any value of the Asset segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyAsset character(1)
Yes-No | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | GL_Distribution.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Any Charge | Match any value of the Charge segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyCharge character(1)
Yes-No | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | GL_Distribution.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Any Employee | Match any value of the Employee segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyEmployee character(1)
Yes-No | +| Employee | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | GL_Distribution.C_Employee_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Any Attribute Set Instance | Match any value of the Employee segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyAttributeSetInstance character(1)
Yes-No | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | GL_Distribution.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Any Cost Center | Match any value of the Cost Center segment | If selected, any value of the account segment will match. If not selected, but no value of the accounting segment is selected, the matched value must be null (i.e. not defined). | GL_Distribution.AnyCostCenter character(1)
Yes-No | +| Cost Center | | | GL_Distribution.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Total Percent | Sum of the Percent details | | GL_Distribution.PercentTotal numeric
Number | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | GL_Distribution.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Verify | Verify GL Distribution | | GL_Distribution.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/03/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** General Ledger Distribution Target Line + +**Comment/Help:** If the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines. The distribution is prorated based on the perecent value of the lines. A Percent value of 0 (null) indicates the remainder to 100. There can only be one line with 0 percent. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | GL_DistributionLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | GL_DistributionLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| GL Distribution | General Ledger Distribution | If the account combination criteria of the Distribution is met, the posting to the account combination is replaced by the account combinations of the distribution lines. The distribution is prorated based on the ratio of the lines. The distribution must be valid to be used. | GL_DistributionLine.GL_Distribution_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | GL_DistributionLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | GL_DistributionLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | GL_DistributionLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Percent | Percentage | The Percent indicates the percentage used. | GL_DistributionLine.Percent numeric
Number | +| Overwrite Organization | Overwrite the account segment Organization with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteOrg character(1)
Yes-No | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. | GL_DistributionLine.Org_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Overwrite Account | Overwrite the account segment Account with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteAcct character(1)
Yes-No | +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | GL_DistributionLine.Account_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Overwrite Activity | Overwrite the account segment Activity with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteActivity character(1)
Yes-No | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | GL_DistributionLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Overwrite Product | Overwrite the account segment Product with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteProduct character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | GL_DistributionLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Overwrite Bus.Partner | Overwrite the account segment Business Partner with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteBPartner character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | GL_DistributionLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Overwrite Project | Overwrite the account segment Project with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteProject character(1)
Yes-No | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | GL_DistributionLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Overwrite Campaign | Overwrite the account segment Campaign with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteCampaign character(1)
Yes-No | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | GL_DistributionLine.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Overwrite Location From | Overwrite the account segment Location From with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteLocFrom character(1)
Yes-No | +| Location From | Location that inventory was moved from | The Location From indicates the location that a product was moved from. | GL_DistributionLine.C_LocFrom_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Overwrite Location To | Overwrite the account segment Location From with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteLocTo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Location To | Location that inventory was moved to | The Location To indicates the location that a product was moved to. | GL_DistributionLine.C_LocTo_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Overwrite Sales Region | Overwrite the account segment Sales Region with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteSalesRegion character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | GL_DistributionLine.C_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Overwrite Trx Organization | Overwrite the account segment Transaction Organization with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteOrgTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | GL_DistributionLine.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Overwrite User1 | Overwrite the account segment User 1 with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteUser1 character(1)
Yes-No | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | GL_DistributionLine.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Overwrite User2 | Overwrite the account segment User 2 with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteUser2 character(1)
Yes-No | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | GL_DistributionLine.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Overwrite Cost Center | Overwrite the account segment Cost Center with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteCostCenter character(1)
Yes-No | +| Cost Center | | | GL_DistributionLine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Overwrite Department | Overwrite the account segment Department with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteDepartment character(1)
Yes-No | +| Department | | | GL_DistributionLine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Overwrite Asset | Overwrite the account segment Asset with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteAsset character(1)
Yes-No | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | GL_DistributionLine.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Overwrite Attribute Set Instance | Overwrite the account segment Attribute Set Instance with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteAttributeSetInstance character(1)
Yes-No | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | GL_DistributionLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Overwrite Charge | Overwrite the account segment Charge with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteCharge character(1)
Yes-No | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | GL_DistributionLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Overwrite Employee | Overwrite the account segment Employee with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteEmployee character(1)
Yes-No | +| Employee | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | GL_DistributionLine.C_Employee_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Overwrite Warehouse | Overwrite the account segment Warehouse with the value specified | If not overwritten, the value of the original account combination is used. If selected, but not specified, the segment is set to null. | GL_DistributionLine.OverwriteWarehouse character(1)
Yes-No | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | GL_DistributionLine.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/GLJournalBatch_Window_ID-132_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/GLJournalBatch_Window_ID-132_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..875358ea --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/GLJournalBatch_Window_ID-132_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +--- +title: 'GL Journal Batch' +sidebar_label: 'GL Journal Batch' +description: 'Enter and change Manual Journal Entries' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# GL Journal Batch + +Window ID 132 + +*29/06/1999 → 03/06/2021* + +![GL Journal Batch](/img/manual/GLJournalBatch-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Enter and change Manual Journal Entries + +**Comment/Help:** The GL Journal Window allows you to enter and modify manual journal entries + +## Tab: Batch + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 29/06/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** General Ledger Journal Batch + +**Comment/Help:** The GL Journal Batch Tab defines the control parameters for a Journal Batch. A Batch can consist of multiple Journals. +If the Control Amount is not zero, it is compared to the Total Debit Amount. The Control/Debit/Credit Amount is in Source Document Currency. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | GL_JournalBatch.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | GL_JournalBatch.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | GL_JournalBatch.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | GL_JournalBatch.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | GL_JournalBatch.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | GL_JournalBatch.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| GL Category | General Ledger Category | The General Ledger Category is an optional, user defined method of grouping journal lines. | GL_JournalBatch.GL_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | GL_JournalBatch.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | GL_JournalBatch.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Period | Period of the Calendar | The Period indicates an exclusive range of dates for a calendar. | GL_JournalBatch.C_Period_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | GL_JournalBatch.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Control Amount | If not zero, the Debit amount of the document must be equal this amount | If the control amount is zero, no check is performed.
Otherwise the total Debit amount must be equal to the control amount, before the document is processed. | GL_JournalBatch.ControlAmt numeric
Amount | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | GL_JournalBatch.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Total Debit | Total debit in document currency | The Total Debit indicates the total debit amount for a journal or journal batch in the source currency | GL_JournalBatch.TotalDr numeric
Amount | +| Total Credit | Total Credit in document currency | The Total Credit indicates the total credit amount for a journal or journal batch in the source currency | GL_JournalBatch.TotalCr numeric
Amount | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | GL_JournalBatch.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Batch | | | GL_JournalBatch.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Copy Details | Copy Journal/Lines from other Journal Batch | | GL_JournalBatch.CopyFrom character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Journal + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 29/06/1999 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** General Ledger Journal + +**Comment/Help:** The GL Journal Tab defines the control parameters for a single GL Journal. +If the Control Amount is not zero, it is compared to the Total Debit Amount. The Control/Debit/Credit Amount is in Source Document Currency. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | GL_Journal.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | GL_Journal.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | GL_Journal.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Journal Batch | General Ledger Journal Batch | The General Ledger Journal Batch identifies a group of journals to be processed as a group. | GL_Journal.GL_JournalBatch_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | GL_Journal.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | GL_Journal.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | GL_Journal.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | GL_Journal.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Budget | General Ledger Budget | The General Ledger Budget identifies a user defined budget. These can be used in reporting as a comparison against your actual amounts. | GL_Journal.GL_Budget_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | GL_Journal.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| GL Category | General Ledger Category | The General Ledger Category is an optional, user defined method of grouping journal lines. | GL_Journal.GL_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | GL_Journal.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | GL_Journal.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Period | Period of the Calendar | The Period indicates an exclusive range of dates for a calendar. | GL_Journal.C_Period_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | GL_Journal.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | GL_Journal.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Rate | Currency Conversion Rate | The Currency Conversion Rate indicates the rate to use when converting the source currency to the accounting currency | GL_Journal.CurrencyRate numeric
Number | +| Control Amount | If not zero, the Debit amount of the document must be equal this amount | If the control amount is zero, no check is performed.
Otherwise the total Debit amount must be equal to the control amount, before the document is processed. | GL_Journal.ControlAmt numeric
Amount | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | GL_Journal.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Total Debit | Total debit in document currency | The Total Debit indicates the total debit amount for a journal or journal batch in the source currency | GL_Journal.TotalDr numeric
Amount | +| Total Credit | Total Credit in document currency | The Total Credit indicates the total credit amount for a journal or journal batch in the source currency | GL_Journal.TotalCr numeric
Amount | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | GL_Journal.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | GL_Journal.Posted character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › › Line + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 29/06/1999 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** General Ledger Journal Line + +**Comment/Help:** The GL Journal Line Tab defines the individual debit and credit transactions that comprise a journal. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | GL_JournalLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | GL_JournalLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Journal | General Ledger Journal | The General Ledger Journal identifies a group of journal lines which represent a logical business transaction | GL_JournalLine.GL_Journal_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | GL_JournalLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | GL_JournalLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | GL_JournalLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Generated | This Line is generated | The Generated checkbox identifies a journal line that was generated from a source document. Lines could also be entered manually or imported. | GL_JournalLine.IsGenerated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | GL_JournalLine.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | GL_JournalLine.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | GL_JournalLine.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | GL_JournalLine.Account_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | GL_JournalLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | GL_JournalLine.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | GL_JournalLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | GL_JournalLine.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | GL_JournalLine.C_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | GL_JournalLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sub Account | Sub account for Element Value | The Element Value (e.g. Account) may have optional sub accounts for further detail. The sub account is dependent on the value of the account, so a further specification. If the sub-accounts are more or less the same, consider using another accounting dimension. | GL_JournalLine.C_SubAcct_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | GL_JournalLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Location From | Location that inventory was moved from | The Location From indicates the location that a product was moved from. | GL_JournalLine.C_LocFrom_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Location To | Location that inventory was moved to | The Location To indicates the location that a product was moved to. | GL_JournalLine.C_LocTo_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | GL_JournalLine.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | GL_JournalLine.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Alias List | Valid Account Alias List | The Combination identifies a valid combination of element which represent a GL account. | GL_JournalLine.Alias_ValidCombination_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Rate | Currency Conversion Rate | The Currency Conversion Rate indicates the rate to use when converting the source currency to the accounting currency | GL_JournalLine.CurrencyRate numeric
Number | +| Cost Center | | | GL_JournalLine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | GL_JournalLine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | GL_JournalLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | GL_JournalLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Employee | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | GL_JournalLine.C_Employee_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | GL_JournalLine.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | GL_JournalLine.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Combination | Valid Account Combination | The Combination identifies a valid combination of element which represent a GL account. | GL_JournalLine.C_ValidCombination_ID numeric(10)
Account | +| Create Asset | | | GL_JournalLine.A_CreateAsset character(1)
Yes-No | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | GL_JournalLine.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Asset Group | Group of Assets | The group of assets determines default accounts. If an asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset. | GL_JournalLine.A_Asset_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Source Debit | Source Debit Amount | The Source Debit Amount indicates the credit amount for this line in the source currency. | GL_JournalLine.AmtSourceDr numeric
Amount | +| Source Credit | Source Credit Amount | The Source Credit Amount indicates the credit amount for this line in the source currency. | GL_JournalLine.AmtSourceCr numeric
Amount | +| Accounted Debit | Accounted Debit Amount | The Account Debit Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency | GL_JournalLine.AmtAcctDr numeric
Amount | +| Accounted Credit | Accounted Credit Amount | The Account Credit Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency | GL_JournalLine.AmtAcctCr numeric
Amount | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | GL_JournalLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | GL_JournalLine.Qty numeric
Amount | + diff --git a/manual/window/GLJournalGenerator_Window_ID-200013_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/GLJournalGenerator_Window_ID-200013_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7b00f2d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/GLJournalGenerator_Window_ID-200013_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +--- +title: 'GL Journal Generator' +sidebar_label: 'GL Journal Generator' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# GL Journal Generator + +Window ID 200013 + +*24/09/2012 → 03/06/2021* + +![GL Journal Generator](/img/manual/GLJournalGenerator-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: GL Journal Generator + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 24/09/2012 · Updated 24/09/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | GL_JournalGenerator.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | GL_JournalGenerator.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | GL_JournalGenerator.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | GL_JournalGenerator.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | GL_JournalGenerator.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | GL_JournalGenerator.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| GL Category | General Ledger Category | The General Ledger Category is an optional, user defined method of grouping journal lines. | GL_JournalGenerator.GL_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | GL_JournalGenerator.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | GL_JournalGenerator.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Account Adjust DR | | | GL_JournalGenerator.C_ElementValueAdjustDR_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Account Adjust CR | | | GL_JournalGenerator.C_ElementValueAdjustCR_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Generate GL Journal | | | GL_JournalGenerator.GenerateGLJournal character(1)
Button | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | GL_JournalGenerator.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Generator Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 24/09/2012 · Updated 24/09/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | GL_JournalGeneratorLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | GL_JournalGeneratorLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| GL Journal Generator | | | GL_JournalGeneratorLine.GL_JournalGenerator_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | GL_JournalGeneratorLine.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | GL_JournalGeneratorLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | GL_JournalGeneratorLine.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Account DR | | | GL_JournalGeneratorLine.C_ElementValueDR_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Account CR | | | GL_JournalGeneratorLine.C_ElementValueCR_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Type of BP Dimension | | | GL_JournalGeneratorLine.BPDimensionType character(1)
List | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | GL_JournalGeneratorLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| BP Column | | | GL_JournalGeneratorLine.BPColumn character varying(124)
String | +| Same Product | | | GL_JournalGeneratorLine.IsSameProduct character(1)
Yes-No | +| Copy All Dimensions | | | GL_JournalGeneratorLine.IsCopyAllDimensions character(1)
Yes-No | +| Multiplier Amount | Multiplier Amount for generating commissions | The Multiplier Amount indicates the amount to multiply the total amount generated by this commission run by. | GL_JournalGeneratorLine.AmtMultiplier numeric
Number | +| Round Factor | | | GL_JournalGeneratorLine.RoundFactor numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | GL_JournalGeneratorLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Generator Source + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 24/09/2012 · Updated 24/09/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | GL_JournalGeneratorSource.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | GL_JournalGeneratorSource.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Generator Line | | | GL_JournalGeneratorSource.GL_JournalGeneratorLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Account Element | Account Element | Account Elements can be natural accounts or user defined values. | GL_JournalGeneratorSource.C_ElementValue_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| GL Category | General Ledger Category | The General Ledger Category is an optional, user defined method of grouping journal lines. | GL_JournalGeneratorSource.GL_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Multiplier Amount | Multiplier Amount for generating commissions | The Multiplier Amount indicates the amount to multiply the total amount generated by this commission run by. | GL_JournalGeneratorSource.AmtMultiplier numeric
Number | +| Round Factor | | | GL_JournalGeneratorSource.RoundFactor numeric(10)
Integer | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | GL_JournalGeneratorSource.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | GL_JournalGeneratorSource.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/GLJournal_Window_ID-200005_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/GLJournal_Window_ID-200005_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18cb58f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/GLJournal_Window_ID-200005_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +--- +title: 'GL Journal' +sidebar_label: 'GL Journal' +description: 'Enter and change Manual Journal Entries' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# GL Journal + +Window ID 200005 + +*23/07/2012 → 03/06/2021* + +![GL Journal](/img/manual/GLJournal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Enter and change Manual Journal Entries + +**Comment/Help:** The GL Journal Window allows you to enter and modify manual journal entries + +## Tab: Journal + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/07/2012 · Updated 25/07/2012* + +**Description:** General Ledger Journal + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | GL_Journal.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | GL_Journal.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | GL_Journal.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Journal Batch | General Ledger Journal Batch | The General Ledger Journal Batch identifies a group of journals to be processed as a group. | GL_Journal.GL_JournalBatch_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | GL_Journal.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | GL_Journal.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | GL_Journal.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | GL_Journal.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Budget | General Ledger Budget | The General Ledger Budget identifies a user defined budget. These can be used in reporting as a comparison against your actual amounts. | GL_Journal.GL_Budget_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | GL_Journal.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| GL Category | General Ledger Category | The General Ledger Category is an optional, user defined method of grouping journal lines. | GL_Journal.GL_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | GL_Journal.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | GL_Journal.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Period | Period of the Calendar | The Period indicates an exclusive range of dates for a calendar. | GL_Journal.C_Period_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | GL_Journal.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | GL_Journal.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Rate | Currency Conversion Rate | The Currency Conversion Rate indicates the rate to use when converting the source currency to the accounting currency | GL_Journal.CurrencyRate numeric
Number | +| Control Amount | If not zero, the Debit amount of the document must be equal this amount | If the control amount is zero, no check is performed.
Otherwise the total Debit amount must be equal to the control amount, before the document is processed. | GL_Journal.ControlAmt numeric
Amount | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | GL_Journal.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Total Debit | Total debit in document currency | The Total Debit indicates the total debit amount for a journal or journal batch in the source currency | GL_Journal.TotalDr numeric
Amount | +| Total Credit | Total Credit in document currency | The Total Credit indicates the total credit amount for a journal or journal batch in the source currency | GL_Journal.TotalCr numeric
Amount | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | GL_Journal.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Journal | | | GL_Journal.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Copy Details | Copy Journal/Lines from other Journal | | GL_Journal.CopyFrom character(1)
Button | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | GL_Journal.Posted character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 23/07/2012 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** General Ledger Journal Line + +**Comment/Help:** The GL Journal Line Tab defines the individual debit and credit transactions that comprise a journal. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | GL_JournalLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | GL_JournalLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Journal | General Ledger Journal | The General Ledger Journal identifies a group of journal lines which represent a logical business transaction | GL_JournalLine.GL_Journal_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | GL_JournalLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | GL_JournalLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | GL_JournalLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Generated | This Line is generated | The Generated checkbox identifies a journal line that was generated from a source document. Lines could also be entered manually or imported. | GL_JournalLine.IsGenerated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | GL_JournalLine.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | GL_JournalLine.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | GL_JournalLine.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | GL_JournalLine.Account_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | GL_JournalLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | GL_JournalLine.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | GL_JournalLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | GL_JournalLine.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | GL_JournalLine.C_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | GL_JournalLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sub Account | Sub account for Element Value | The Element Value (e.g. Account) may have optional sub accounts for further detail. The sub account is dependent on the value of the account, so a further specification. If the sub-accounts are more or less the same, consider using another accounting dimension. | GL_JournalLine.C_SubAcct_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | GL_JournalLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Location From | Location that inventory was moved from | The Location From indicates the location that a product was moved from. | GL_JournalLine.C_LocFrom_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Location To | Location that inventory was moved to | The Location To indicates the location that a product was moved to. | GL_JournalLine.C_LocTo_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | GL_JournalLine.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | GL_JournalLine.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Alias List | Valid Account Alias List | The Combination identifies a valid combination of element which represent a GL account. | GL_JournalLine.Alias_ValidCombination_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Rate | Currency Conversion Rate | The Currency Conversion Rate indicates the rate to use when converting the source currency to the accounting currency | GL_JournalLine.CurrencyRate numeric
Number | +| Cost Center | | | GL_JournalLine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | GL_JournalLine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | GL_JournalLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | GL_JournalLine.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Employee | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | GL_JournalLine.C_Employee_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | GL_JournalLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | GL_JournalLine.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Combination | Valid Account Combination | The Combination identifies a valid combination of element which represent a GL account. | GL_JournalLine.C_ValidCombination_ID numeric(10)
Account | +| Create Asset | | | GL_JournalLine.A_CreateAsset character(1)
Yes-No | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | GL_JournalLine.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Asset Group | Group of Assets | The group of assets determines default accounts. If an asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset. | GL_JournalLine.A_Asset_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Source Debit | Source Debit Amount | The Source Debit Amount indicates the credit amount for this line in the source currency. | GL_JournalLine.AmtSourceDr numeric
Amount | +| Source Credit | Source Credit Amount | The Source Credit Amount indicates the credit amount for this line in the source currency. | GL_JournalLine.AmtSourceCr numeric
Amount | +| Accounted Debit | Accounted Debit Amount | The Account Debit Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency | GL_JournalLine.AmtAcctDr numeric
Amount | +| Accounted Credit | Accounted Credit Amount | The Account Credit Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency | GL_JournalLine.AmtAcctCr numeric
Amount | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | GL_JournalLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | GL_JournalLine.Qty numeric
Amount | + diff --git a/manual/window/Greeting_Window_ID-178_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Greeting_Window_ID-178_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d8aa26b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Greeting_Window_ID-178_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: 'Greeting' +sidebar_label: 'Greeting' +description: 'Maintain Greetings' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Greeting + +Window ID 178 + +*19/03/2000 → 02/01/2000* + +![Greeting](/img/manual/Greeting-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Greetings + +**Comment/Help:** The Greeting Window defines a greeting that is then associated with a Business Partner or Business Partner Contact. + +## Tab: Greeting + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/03/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Greeting + +**Comment/Help:** The Greeting Tab defines the manner in which you will address business partners on documents. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Greeting.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Greeting.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Greeting.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Greeting.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Greeting | For letters, e.g. "Dear {0}" or "Dear Mr. {0}" - At runtime, "{0}" is replaced by the name | The Greeting indicates what will print on letters sent to a Business Partner. | C_Greeting.Greeting character varying(60)
String | +| First name only | Print only the first name in greetings | The First Name Only checkbox indicates that only the first name of this contact should print in greetings. | C_Greeting.IsFirstNameOnly character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | C_Greeting.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/03/2000 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Greeting_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Greeting_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Greeting | Greeting to print on correspondence | The Greeting identifies the greeting to print on correspondence. | C_Greeting_Trl.C_Greeting_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_Greeting_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Greeting_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_Greeting_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Greeting_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Greeting | For letters, e.g. "Dear {0}" or "Dear Mr. {0}" - At runtime, "{0}" is replaced by the name | The Greeting indicates what will print on letters sent to a Business Partner. | C_Greeting_Trl.Greeting character varying(60)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/HouseKeeping_Window_ID-53063_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/HouseKeeping_Window_ID-53063_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ae25bf48 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/HouseKeeping_Window_ID-53063_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +--- +title: 'House Keeping' +sidebar_label: 'House Keeping' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# House Keeping + +Window ID 53063 + +*06/09/2008 → 06/09/2008* + +![House Keeping](/img/manual/HouseKeeping-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: House Keeping + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 06/09/2008 · Updated 06/09/2008* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_HouseKeeping.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_HouseKeeping.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_HouseKeeping.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_HouseKeeping.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_HouseKeeping.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_HouseKeeping.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_HouseKeeping.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| DB Table Name | Name of the table in the database | The DB Table Name indicates the name of the table in database. | AD_HouseKeeping.TableName character varying(60)
String | +| Sql WHERE | Fully qualified SQL WHERE clause | The Where Clause indicates the SQL WHERE clause to use for record selection. The WHERE clause is added to the query. Fully qualified means "tablename.columnname". | AD_HouseKeeping.WhereClause character varying(255)
String | +| Save In Historic | | | AD_HouseKeeping.IsSaveInHistoric character(1)
Yes-No | +| Export XML Backup | | | AD_HouseKeeping.IsExportXMLBackup character(1)
Yes-No | +| Backup Folder | Backup Folder | | AD_HouseKeeping.BackupFolder character varying(255)
FilePath | +| House Keeping | | | AD_HouseKeeping.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Last Run | | | AD_HouseKeeping.LastRun timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Last Deleted | | | AD_HouseKeeping.LastDeleted numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_HouseKeeping.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportAccount_Window_ID-248_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportAccount_Window_ID-248_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9bb16dc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportAccount_Window_ID-248_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Account' +sidebar_label: 'Import Account' +description: 'Import Natural Account Values' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Account + +Window ID 248 + +*11/01/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Import Account](/img/manual/ImportAccount-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Import Natural Account Values + +**Comment/Help:** The Import Natural Account Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records. + +## Tab: Import Account + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/01/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Import Account | Import Account Value | | I_ElementValue.I_ElementValue_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Imported | Has this import been processed | The Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed. | I_ElementValue.I_IsImported character(1)
Yes-No | +| Account Element | Account Element | Account Elements can be natural accounts or user defined values. | I_ElementValue.C_ElementValue_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Import Error Message | Messages generated from import process | The Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process. | I_ElementValue.I_ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | I_ElementValue.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | I_ElementValue.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Element Name | Name of the Element | | I_ElementValue.ElementName character varying(60)
String | +| Element | Accounting Element | The Account Element uniquely identifies an Account Type. These are commonly known as a Chart of Accounts. | I_ElementValue.C_Element_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | I_ElementValue.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | I_ElementValue.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | I_ElementValue.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Account Type | Indicates the type of account | Valid account types are A - Asset, E - Expense, L - Liability, O- Owner's Equity, R -Revenue and M- Memo. The account type is used to determine what taxes, if any are applicable, validating payables and receivables for business partners. Note: Memo account amounts are ignored when checking for balancing | I_ElementValue.AccountType character(1)
List | +| Account Sign | Indicates the Natural Sign of the Account as a Debit or Credit | Indicates if the expected balance for this account should be a Debit or a Credit. If set to Natural, the account sign for an asset or expense account is Debit Sign (i.e. negative if a credit balance). | I_ElementValue.AccountSign character(1)
List | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | I_ElementValue.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Parent Key | Key if the Parent | | I_ElementValue.ParentValue character varying(40)
String | +| Parent Account | The parent (summary) account | | I_ElementValue.ParentElementValue_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Post Actual | Actual Values can be posted | The Post Actual indicates if actual values can be posted to this element value. | I_ElementValue.PostActual character(1)
Yes-No | +| Post Budget | Budget values can be posted | The Post Budget indicates if budget values can be posted to this element value. | I_ElementValue.PostBudget character(1)
Yes-No | +| Post Statistical | Post statistical quantities to this account? | | I_ElementValue.PostStatistical character(1)
Yes-No | +| Post Encumbrance | Post commitments to this account | | I_ElementValue.PostEncumbrance character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Controlled | Control account - If an account is controlled by a document, you cannot post manually to it | | I_ElementValue.IsDocControlled character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default Account | Name of the Default Account Column | | I_ElementValue.Default_Account character varying(30)
String | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | I_ElementValue.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Import Accounts | Import Natural Accounts | Import accounts and their hierarchies and optional update the default accounts.
Updating the Default Accounts changes the natural account segment of the used account, e.g. account 01-240 becomes 01-300). If you create a new combination, the old account (e.g. 01-240) will remain, otherwise replaced.
If you select this, make sure that you not multiple default accounts using one natural account and HAVE A BACKUP !!
<p>The Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data. | I_ElementValue.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | I_ElementValue.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportBankStatement_Window_ID-277_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportBankStatement_Window_ID-277_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41dd7d0e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportBankStatement_Window_ID-277_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Bank Statement' +sidebar_label: 'Import Bank Statement' +description: 'Import Bank Statements' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Bank Statement + +Window ID 277 + +*07/06/2003 → 03/06/2021* + +![Import Bank Statement](/img/manual/ImportBankStatement-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Import Bank Statements + +## Tab: Bank Statement + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 07/06/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Import Bank Statement + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Import Bank Statement | Import of the Bank Statement | | I_BankStatement.I_BankStatement_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Imported | Has this import been processed | The Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed. | I_BankStatement.I_IsImported character(1)
Yes-No | +| Bank Statement | Bank Statement of account | The Bank Statement identifies a unique Bank Statement for a defined time period. The statement defines all transactions that occurred | I_BankStatement.C_BankStatement_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Bank statement line | Line on a statement from this Bank | The Bank Statement Line identifies a unique transaction (Payment, Withdrawal, Charge) for the defined time period at this Bank. | I_BankStatement.C_BankStatementLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Import Error Message | Messages generated from import process | The Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process. | I_BankStatement.I_ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | I_BankStatement.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | I_BankStatement.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | I_BankStatement.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | I_BankStatement.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Routing No | Bank Routing Number | The Bank Routing Number (ABA Number) identifies a legal Bank. It is used in routing checks and electronic transactions. | I_BankStatement.RoutingNo character varying(20)
String | +| Bank Account No | Bank Account Number | | I_BankStatement.BankAccountNo character varying(20)
String | +| IBAN | International Bank Account Number | If your bank provides an International Bank Account Number, enter it here
Details ISO 13616 and http://www.ecbs.org. The account number has the maximum length of 22 characters (without spaces). The IBAN is often printed with a apace after 4 characters. Do not enter the spaces in iDempiere. | I_BankStatement.IBAN character varying(40)
String | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | I_BankStatement.C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Statement date | Date of the statement | The Statement Date field defines the date of the statement. | I_BankStatement.StatementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | I_BankStatement.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Reference No | Your customer or vendor number at the Business Partner's site | The reference number can be printed on orders and invoices to allow your business partner to faster identify your records. | I_BankStatement.ReferenceNo character varying(255)
String | +| Line Description | Description of the Line | | I_BankStatement.LineDescription character varying(1000)
String | +| Statement Line Date | Date of the Statement Line | | I_BankStatement.StatementLineDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | I_BankStatement.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Effective date | Date when money is available | The Effective Date indicates the date that money is available from the bank. | I_BankStatement.ValutaDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Reversal | This is a reversing transaction | The Reversal check box indicates if this is a reversal of a prior transaction. | I_BankStatement.IsReversal character(1)
Yes-No | +| ISO Currency Code | Three letter ISO 4217 Code of the Currency | For details - http://www.unece.org/trade/rec/rec09en.htm | I_BankStatement.ISO_Code character(3)
String | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | I_BankStatement.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Transaction Amount | Amount of a transaction | The Transaction Amount indicates the amount for a single transaction. | I_BankStatement.TrxAmt numeric
Amount | +| Statement amount | Statement Amount | The Statement Amount indicates the amount of a single statement line. | I_BankStatement.StmtAmt numeric
Amount | +| Charge Name | Name of the Charge | | I_BankStatement.ChargeName character varying(60)
String | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | I_BankStatement.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Interest Amount | Interest Amount | The Interest Amount indicates any interest charged or received on a Bank Statement. | I_BankStatement.InterestAmt numeric
Amount | +| Charge amount | Charge Amount | The Charge Amount indicates the amount for an additional charge. | I_BankStatement.ChargeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Memo | Memo Text | | I_BankStatement.Memo character varying(4000)
String | +| Business Partner Key | Key of the Business Partner | | I_BankStatement.BPartnerValue character varying(40)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | I_BankStatement.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Document No | Document Number of the Invoice | | I_BankStatement.InvoiceDocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | I_BankStatement.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment Document No | Document number of the Payment | | I_BankStatement.PaymentDocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | I_BankStatement.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Transaction Type | Type of credit card transaction | The Transaction Type indicates the type of transaction to be submitted to the Credit Card Company. | I_BankStatement.TrxType character varying(20)
List | +| Match Bank Statement | Match Bank Statement Info to Business Partners, Invoices and Payments | | I_BankStatement.MatchStatement character(1)
Button | +| Import Bank Statement | Import Bank Statement | The Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data. | I_BankStatement.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Create Payment | Create Payment from Bank Statement Info | | I_BankStatement.CreatePayment character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | I_BankStatement.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| EFT Statement Reference | Electronic Funds Transfer Statement Reference | Information from EFT media | I_BankStatement.EftStatementReference character varying(60)
String | +| EFT Statement Date | Electronic Funds Transfer Statement Date | Information from EFT media | I_BankStatement.EftStatementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| EFT Trx ID | Electronic Funds Transfer Transaction ID | Information from EFT media | I_BankStatement.EftTrxID character varying(40)
String | +| EFT Trx Type | Electronic Funds Transfer Transaction Type | Information from EFT media | I_BankStatement.EftTrxType character varying(255)
String | +| EFT Check No | Electronic Funds Transfer Check No | Information from EFT media | I_BankStatement.EftCheckNo character varying(20)
String | +| EFT Reference | Electronic Funds Transfer Reference | Information from EFT media | I_BankStatement.EftReference character varying(255)
String | +| EFT Memo | Electronic Funds Transfer Memo | Information from EFT media | I_BankStatement.EftMemo character varying(4000)
String | +| EFT Payee | Electronic Funds Transfer Payee information | Information from EFT media | I_BankStatement.EftPayee character varying(255)
String | +| EFT Payee Account | Electronic Funds Transfer Payee Account Information | Information from EFT media | I_BankStatement.EftPayeeAccount character varying(40)
String | +| EFT Statement Line Date | Electronic Funds Transfer Statement Line Date | Information from EFT media | I_BankStatement.EftStatementLineDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| EFT Effective Date | Electronic Funds Transfer Valuta (effective) Date | Information from EFT media | I_BankStatement.EftValutaDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| EFT Currency | Electronic Funds Transfer Currency | Information from EFT media | I_BankStatement.EftCurrency character varying(20)
String | +| EFT Amount | Electronic Funds Transfer Amount | | I_BankStatement.EftAmt numeric
Amount | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportBusinessPartner_Window_ID-172_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportBusinessPartner_Window_ID-172_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b61db805 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportBusinessPartner_Window_ID-172_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Business Partner' +sidebar_label: 'Import Business Partner' +description: 'Import Business Partner' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Business Partner + +Window ID 172 + +*29/12/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Import Business Partner](/img/manual/ImportBusinessPartner-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Import Business Partner + +**Comment/Help:** The Import Business Partner Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records. + +## Tab: Import Business Partner + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/01/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Import Business Partner | | | I_BPartner.I_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Imported | Has this import been processed | The Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed. | I_BPartner.I_IsImported character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | I_BPartner.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Import Error Message | Messages generated from import process | The Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process. | I_BPartner.I_ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | I_BPartner.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | I_BPartner.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | I_BPartner.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | I_BPartner.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Name 2 | Additional Name | | I_BPartner.Name2 character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | I_BPartner.Description character varying(255)
String | +| D-U-N-S | Dun & Bradstreet Number | Used for EDI - For details see www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm | I_BPartner.DUNS character varying(11)
String | +| NAICS/SIC | Standard Industry Code or its successor NAIC - http://www.osha.gov/oshstats/sicser.html | The NAICS/SIC identifies either of these codes that may be applicable to this Business Partner. | I_BPartner.NAICS character varying(6)
String | +| Tax ID | Tax Identification | The Tax ID field identifies the legal Identification number of this Entity. | I_BPartner.TaxID character varying(20)
String | +| Group Key | Business Partner Group Key | | I_BPartner.GroupValue character varying(40)
String | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | I_BPartner.C_BP_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | I_BPartner.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Address 1 | Address line 1 for this location | The Address 1 identifies the address for an entity's location | I_BPartner.Address1 character varying(60)
String | +| Address 2 | Address line 2 for this location | The Address 2 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information. | I_BPartner.Address2 character varying(60)
String | +| ZIP | Postal code | The Postal Code or ZIP identifies the postal code for this entity's address. | I_BPartner.Postal character varying(10)
String | +| Additional Zip | Additional ZIP or Postal code | The Additional ZIP or Postal Code identifies, if appropriate, any additional Postal Code information. | I_BPartner.Postal_Add character varying(10)
String | +| City | Identifies a City | The City identifies a unique City for this Country or Region. | I_BPartner.City character varying(60)
String | +| Region | Name of the Region | The Region Name defines the name that will print when this region is used in a document. | I_BPartner.RegionName character varying(60)
String | +| Region | Identifies a geographical Region | The Region identifies a unique Region for this Country. | I_BPartner.C_Region_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ISO Country Code | Upper-case two-letter alphanumeric ISO Country code according to ISO 3166-1 | The official list can be found at https://www.iso.org/obp/ui/#search | I_BPartner.CountryCode character(2)
String | +| Country | Country | The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document. | I_BPartner.C_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | I_BPartner.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Title | Name this entity is referred to as | The Title indicates the name that an entity is referred to as. | I_BPartner.Title character varying(40)
String | +| Contact Name | Business Partner Contact Name | | I_BPartner.ContactName character varying(60)
String | +| Contact Description | Description of Contact | | I_BPartner.ContactDescription character varying(255)
String | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | I_BPartner.Comments character varying(2000)
Text | +| Phone | Identifies a telephone number | The Phone field identifies a telephone number | I_BPartner.Phone character varying(40)
String | +| 2nd Phone | Identifies an alternate telephone number. | The 2nd Phone field identifies an alternate telephone number. | I_BPartner.Phone2 character varying(40)
String | +| Fax | Facsimile number | The Fax identifies a facsimile number for this Business Partner or Location | I_BPartner.Fax character varying(40)
String | +| Birthday | Birthday or Anniversary day | Birthday or Anniversary day | I_BPartner.Birthday timestamp without time zone
Date | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | I_BPartner.EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Password | Password of any length (case sensitive) | The Password for this User. Passwords are required to identify authorized users. For iDempiere Users, you can change the password via the Process "Reset Password". | I_BPartner.Password character varying(20)
String | +| Interest Area | Name of the Interest Area | Name of the Interest Area of the user | I_BPartner.InterestAreaName character varying(40)
String | +| Interest Area | Interest Area or Topic | Interest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns. | I_BPartner.R_InterestArea_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| BP Contact Greeting | Greeting for Business Partner Contact | | I_BPartner.BPContactGreeting character varying(60)
String | +| Greeting | Greeting to print on correspondence | The Greeting identifies the greeting to print on correspondence. | I_BPartner.C_Greeting_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Customer | Indicates if this Business Partner is a Customer | The Customer checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is a customer. If it is select additional fields will display which further define this customer. | I_BPartner.IsCustomer character(1)
Yes-No | +| Employee | Indicates if this Business Partner is an employee | The Employee checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is an Employee. If it is selected, additional fields will display which further identify this employee. | I_BPartner.IsEmployee character(1)
Yes-No | +| Vendor | Indicates if this Business Partner is a Vendor | The Vendor checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is a Vendor. If it is selected, additional fields will display which further identify this vendor. | I_BPartner.IsVendor character(1)
Yes-No | +| Import Business Partners | Import Business Partners | The Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data. | I_BPartner.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | I_BPartner.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportConfirmations_Window_ID-334_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportConfirmations_Window_ID-334_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba30c609 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportConfirmations_Window_ID-334_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Confirmations' +sidebar_label: 'Import Confirmations' +description: 'Import Receipt/Shipment Confirmation Lines' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Confirmations + +Window ID 334 + +*02/07/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Import Confirmations](/img/manual/ImportConfirmations-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Import Receipt/Shipment Confirmation Lines + +**Comment/Help:** Import Confirmation data of existing Receipt/Shipment Confirmations + +## Tab: Confirmation Lines + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 02/07/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Import Receipt/Shipment Confirmation Lines + +**Comment/Help:** Import Confirmation data of existing Receipt/Shipment Confirmations + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Imported | Has this import been processed | The Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed. | I_InOutLineConfirm.I_IsImported character(1)
Yes-No | +| Ship/Receipt Confirmation Import Line | Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Import Line | Import Confirmation Line Details | I_InOutLineConfirm.I_InOutLineConfirm_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Import Error Message | Messages generated from import process | The Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process. | I_InOutLineConfirm.I_ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | I_InOutLineConfirm.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | I_InOutLineConfirm.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Ship/Receipt Confirmation Line | Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Line | Confirmation details | I_InOutLineConfirm.M_InOutLineConfirm_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Confirmation No | Confirmation Number | | I_InOutLineConfirm.ConfirmationNo character varying(20)
String | +| Confirmed Quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | I_InOutLineConfirm.ConfirmedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Scrapped Quantity | The Quantity scrapped due to QA issues | | I_InOutLineConfirm.ScrappedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Difference | Difference Quantity | | I_InOutLineConfirm.DifferenceQty numeric
Quantity | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | I_InOutLineConfirm.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Import Confirmations | Import Confirmations | The Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data. | I_InOutLineConfirm.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | I_InOutLineConfirm.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportCurrencyRate_Window_ID-296_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportCurrencyRate_Window_ID-296_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..acf84675 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportCurrencyRate_Window_ID-296_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Currency Rate' +sidebar_label: 'Import Currency Rate' +description: 'Import Currency Conversion Rates' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Currency Rate + +Window ID 296 + +*29/12/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Import Currency Rate](/img/manual/ImportCurrencyRate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Import Currency Conversion Rates + +**Comment/Help:** The rates are imported after validation of currencies and conversion rate type as well as rates. The multiply rate is used. If a reciprocal rate is to be created, the divide rate is used. + +## Tab: Import Currency Rate + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 29/12/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Import Currency Conversion Rate + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Import Conversion Rate | Import Currency Conversion Rate | | I_Conversion_Rate.I_Conversion_Rate_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Imported | Has this import been processed | The Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed. | I_Conversion_Rate.I_IsImported character(1)
Yes-No | +| Conversion Rate | Rate used for converting currencies | The Conversion Rate defines the rate (multiply or divide) to use when converting a source currency to an accounting currency. | I_Conversion_Rate.C_Conversion_Rate_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Import Error Message | Messages generated from import process | The Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process. | I_Conversion_Rate.I_ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | I_Conversion_Rate.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | I_Conversion_Rate.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | I_Conversion_Rate.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| ISO Currency Code | Three letter ISO 4217 Code of the Currency | For details - http://www.unece.org/trade/rec/rec09en.htm | I_Conversion_Rate.ISO_Code character(3)
String | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | I_Conversion_Rate.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ISO Currency To Code | Three letter ISO 4217 Code of the To Currency | For details - http://www.unece.org/trade/rec/rec09en.htm | I_Conversion_Rate.ISO_Code_To character(3)
String | +| Currency To | Target currency | The Currency To defines the target currency for this conversion rate. | I_Conversion_Rate.C_Currency_ID_To numeric(10)
Table | +| Currency Type Key | Key value for the Currency Conversion Rate Type | The date type key for the conversion of foreign currency transactions | I_Conversion_Rate.ConversionTypeValue character varying(40)
String | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | I_Conversion_Rate.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Multiply Rate | Rate to multiple the source by to calculate the target. | To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is multiplied by the multiply rate. If the Multiply Rate is entered, then the Divide Rate will be automatically calculated. | I_Conversion_Rate.MultiplyRate numeric
Number | +| Divide Rate | To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is divided | To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is divided by the divide rate. If you enter a Divide Rate, the Multiply Rate will be automatically calculated. | I_Conversion_Rate.DivideRate numeric
Number | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | I_Conversion_Rate.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Valid to | Valid to including this date (last day) | The Valid To date indicates the last day of a date range | I_Conversion_Rate.ValidTo timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Create Reciprocal Rate | Create Reciprocal Rate from current information | If selected, the imported USD->EUR rate is used to create/calculate the reciprocal rate EUR->USD. | I_Conversion_Rate.CreateReciprocalRate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Import Conversion Rate | Import Currency Conversion Rate | | I_Conversion_Rate.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | I_Conversion_Rate.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportGLJournal_Window_ID-278_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportGLJournal_Window_ID-278_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ac358d14 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportGLJournal_Window_ID-278_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +--- +title: 'Import GL Journal' +sidebar_label: 'Import GL Journal' +description: 'Import General Ledger Journals' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import GL Journal + +Window ID 278 + +*07/06/2003 → 03/06/2021* + +![Import GL Journal](/img/manual/ImportGLJournal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Import General Ledger Journals + +**Comment/Help:** You way want to check the balance of the import with "Validate Only" before importing. +Unbalanced Journals are imported; the handling is based on your settings for the posting process. The optional balance check checks the entire import, not individual batches and journals. + +## Tab: General Ledger + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 07/06/2003 · Updated 15/01/2024* + +**Description:** Import General Ledger + +**Comment/Help:** A new Journal Batch is created, if the Batch Document No or accounting schema are different. A new Journal is created, if the Document No, Currency, Document Type, GL Category, Posting Type or Accounting type is different. You can also force the creation of a new Batch or Journal by selecting the create new flag.<p> +Please note that there are three Organization Fields: The Document Organization is the owner of the document and set directly or per parameter default. The Organization is part of the accounting key and only required if no Valid Account Combination is specified; If not defined it is derived from the Document Organization. The Transaction Organization is part of the account combination.<br> +The optional balance check applies to the entire import, not for individual batches or journals. +<br>The document numbers will be overwritten if the document type is not set to manual sequences. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Import GL Journal | Import General Ledger Journal | | I_GLJournal.I_GLJournal_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Imported | Has this import been processed | The Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed. | I_GLJournal.I_IsImported character(1)
Yes-No | +| Import Error Message | Messages generated from import process | The Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process. | I_GLJournal.I_ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| Journal Batch | General Ledger Journal Batch | The General Ledger Journal Batch identifies a group of journals to be processed as a group. | I_GLJournal.GL_JournalBatch_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Tenant Key | Key of the Tenant | | I_GLJournal.ClientValue character varying(40)
String | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | I_GLJournal.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Org | Document Organization (independent from account organization) | | I_GLJournal.AD_OrgDoc_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Batch Document No | Document Number of the Batch | | I_GLJournal.BatchDocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Create New Batch | If selected a new batch is created | Note that the balance check does not check that individual batches are balanced. | I_GLJournal.IsCreateNewBatch character(1)
Yes-No | +| Batch Description | Description of the Batch | | I_GLJournal.BatchDescription character varying(255)
String | +| Journal | General Ledger Journal | The General Ledger Journal identifies a group of journal lines which represent a logical business transaction | I_GLJournal.GL_Journal_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Journal Document No | Document number of the Journal | | I_GLJournal.JournalDocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Create New Journal | If selected a new journal within the batch is created | Note that the balance check does not check that individual journals are balanced. | I_GLJournal.IsCreateNewJournal character(1)
Yes-No | +| Account Schema Name | Name of the Accounting Schema | | I_GLJournal.AcctSchemaName character varying(60)
String | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | I_GLJournal.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | I_GLJournal.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Budget | General Ledger Budget | The General Ledger Budget identifies a user defined budget. These can be used in reporting as a comparison against your actual amounts. | I_GLJournal.GL_Budget_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type Name | Name of the Document Type | | I_GLJournal.DocTypeName character varying(60)
String | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | I_GLJournal.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Category Name | Name of the Category | | I_GLJournal.CategoryName character varying(60)
String | +| GL Category | General Ledger Category | The General Ledger Category is an optional, user defined method of grouping journal lines. | I_GLJournal.GL_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | I_GLJournal.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Period | Period of the Calendar | The Period indicates an exclusive range of dates for a calendar. | I_GLJournal.C_Period_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Journal Line | General Ledger Journal Line | The General Ledger Journal Line identifies a single transaction in a journal. | I_GLJournal.GL_JournalLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | I_GLJournal.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | I_GLJournal.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Source Debit | Source Debit Amount | The Source Debit Amount indicates the credit amount for this line in the source currency. | I_GLJournal.AmtSourceDr numeric
Amount | +| Source Credit | Source Credit Amount | The Source Credit Amount indicates the credit amount for this line in the source currency. | I_GLJournal.AmtSourceCr numeric
Amount | +| ISO Currency Code | Three letter ISO 4217 Code of the Currency | For details - http://www.unece.org/trade/rec/rec09en.htm | I_GLJournal.ISO_Code character(3)
String | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | I_GLJournal.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency Type Key | Key value for the Currency Conversion Rate Type | The date type key for the conversion of foreign currency transactions | I_GLJournal.ConversionTypeValue character varying(40)
String | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | I_GLJournal.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Rate | Currency Conversion Rate | The Currency Conversion Rate indicates the rate to use when converting the source currency to the accounting currency | I_GLJournal.CurrencyRate numeric
Number | +| Accounted Debit | Accounted Debit Amount | The Account Debit Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency | I_GLJournal.AmtAcctDr numeric
Amount | +| Accounted Credit | Accounted Credit Amount | The Account Credit Amount indicates the transaction amount converted to this organization's accounting currency | I_GLJournal.AmtAcctCr numeric
Amount | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | I_GLJournal.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | I_GLJournal.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Combination | Valid Account Combination | The Combination identifies a valid combination of element which represent a GL account. | I_GLJournal.C_ValidCombination_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Org Key | Key of the Organization | | I_GLJournal.OrgValue character varying(40)
String | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | I_GLJournal.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Account Key | Key of Account Element | | I_GLJournal.AccountValue character varying(40)
String | +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | I_GLJournal.Account_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner Key | Key of the Business Partner | | I_GLJournal.BPartnerValue character varying(40)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | I_GLJournal.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product Key | Key of the Product | | I_GLJournal.ProductValue character varying(40)
String | +| UPC/EAN | Bar Code (Universal Product Code or its superset European Article Number) | Use this field to enter the bar code for the product in any of the bar code symbologies (Codabar, Code 25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode) | I_GLJournal.UPC character varying(30)
String | +| SKU | Stock Keeping Unit | The SKU indicates a user defined stock keeping unit. It may be used for an additional bar code symbols or your own schema. | I_GLJournal.SKU character varying(30)
String | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | I_GLJournal.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project Key | Key of the Project | | I_GLJournal.ProjectValue character varying(40)
String | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | I_GLJournal.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Campaign Key | Text key of the Campaign | | I_GLJournal.CampaignValue character varying(40)
String | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | I_GLJournal.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity Key | Text key for Activity | | I_GLJournal.ActivityValue character varying(40)
String | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | I_GLJournal.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Region Key | Text key of the Sales Region | | I_GLJournal.SalesRegionValue character varying(40)
String | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | I_GLJournal.C_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Org Key | Key of the Transaction Organization | | I_GLJournal.OrgTrxValue character varying(40)
String | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | I_GLJournal.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Location From | Location that inventory was moved from | The Location From indicates the location that a product was moved from. | I_GLJournal.C_LocFrom_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Location To | Location that inventory was moved to | The Location To indicates the location that a product was moved to. | I_GLJournal.C_LocTo_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | I_GLJournal.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | I_GLJournal.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Import Journal | Import General Ledger Batch/Journal/Line | The Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data. | I_GLJournal.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | I_GLJournal.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportInventoryMove_Window_ID-53121_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportInventoryMove_Window_ID-53121_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7ef6e6b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportInventoryMove_Window_ID-53121_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Inventory Move' +sidebar_label: 'Import Inventory Move' +description: 'This window allow import Inventory Move transaction' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Inventory Move + +Window ID 53121 + +*20/06/2010 → 03/06/2021* + +![Import Inventory Move](/img/manual/ImportInventoryMove-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** This window allow import Inventory Move transaction + +## Tab: Import Inventory Move + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 20/06/2010 · Updated 20/06/2010* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Inventory Move | Movement of Inventory | The Inventory Movement uniquely identifies a group of movement lines. | I_Movement.M_Movement_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Move Line | Inventory Move document Line | The Movement Line indicates the inventory movement document line (if applicable) for this transaction | I_Movement.M_MovementLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | I_Movement.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | I_Movement.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Import Error Message | Messages generated from import process | The Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process. | I_Movement.I_ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | I_Movement.DocumentNo character varying(40)
String | +| Org Key | Key of the Organization | | I_Movement.OrgValue character varying(40)
String | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | I_Movement.MovementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Document Type Name | Name of the Document Type | | I_Movement.DocTypeName character varying(40)
String | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | I_Movement.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner Key | Key of the Business Partner | | I_Movement.BPartnerValue character varying(40)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | I_Movement.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Shipper Name | | | I_Movement.ShipperName character varying(40)
String | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | I_Movement.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | I_Movement.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Delivery Via | How the order will be delivered | The Delivery Via indicates how the products should be delivered. For example, will the order be picked up or shipped. | I_Movement.DeliveryViaRule character varying(40)
String | +| Delivery Rule | Defines the timing of Delivery | The Delivery Rule indicates when an order should be delivered. For example should the order be delivered when the entire order is complete, when a line is complete or as the products become available. | I_Movement.DeliveryRule character varying(40)
String | +| Priority | Priority of a document | The Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document | I_Movement.PriorityRule character varying(40)
String | +| Freight Cost Rule | Method for charging Freight | The Freight Cost Rule indicates the method used when charging for freight. | I_Movement.FreightCostRule character varying(40)
String | +| Project Key | Key of the Project | | I_Movement.ProjectValue character varying(40)
String | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | I_Movement.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign Key | Text key of the Campaign | | I_Movement.CampaignValue character varying(40)
String | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | I_Movement.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Org Key | Key of the Transaction Organization | | I_Movement.OrgTrxValue character varying(40)
String | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | I_Movement.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | I_Movement.User1_ID character varying(10)
String | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | I_Movement.User2_ID character varying(10)
String | +| Product Key | Key of the Product | | I_Movement.ProductValue character varying(40)
String | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | I_Movement.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Locator Key | Key of the Warehouse Locator | | I_Movement.LocatorValue character varying(40)
String | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | I_Movement.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Locator To Key | | | I_Movement.LocatorToValue character varying(40)
String | +| Locator To | Location inventory is moved to | The Locator To indicates the location where the inventory is being moved to. | I_Movement.M_LocatorTo_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | I_Movement.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Imported | Has this import been processed | The Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed. | I_Movement.I_IsImported character(1)
Yes-No | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | I_Movement.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Import Inventory Move | | | I_Movement.Processing character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportInventory_Window_ID-267_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportInventory_Window_ID-267_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5a583f42 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportInventory_Window_ID-267_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Inventory' +sidebar_label: 'Import Inventory' +description: 'Import Inventory Transactions' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Inventory + +Window ID 267 + +*28/05/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Import Inventory](/img/manual/ImportInventory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Import Inventory Transactions + +**Comment/Help:** Validate and Import Inventory Transactions + +## Tab: Inventory + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 28/05/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Import Inventory + +**Comment/Help:** Validate and Import Inventory Transactions. The Locator is primarily determined by the Locator Key, then the Warehouse and X,Y,Z fields.<p> +A Physical Inventory is created per Warehouse and Movement Date. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Import Inventory | Import Inventory Transactions | | I_Inventory.I_Inventory_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Imported | Has this import been processed | The Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed. | I_Inventory.I_IsImported character(1)
Yes-No | +| Phys.Inventory | Parameters for a Physical Inventory | The Physical Inventory indicates a unique parameters for a physical inventory. | I_Inventory.M_Inventory_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Phys.Inventory Line | Unique line in an Inventory document | The Physical Inventory Line indicates the inventory document line (if applicable) for this transaction | I_Inventory.M_InventoryLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Import Error Message | Messages generated from import process | The Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process. | I_Inventory.I_ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | I_Inventory.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | I_Inventory.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type Name | Name of the Document Type | | I_Inventory.DocTypeName character varying(60)
String | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | I_Inventory.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | I_Inventory.MovementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Warehouse Key | Key of the Warehouse | Key to identify the Warehouse | I_Inventory.WarehouseValue character varying(40)
String | +| Aisle (X) | X dimension, e.g., Aisle | The X dimension indicates the Aisle a product is located in. | I_Inventory.X character varying(60)
String | +| Bin (Y) | Y dimension, e.g., Bin | The Y dimension indicates the Bin a product is located in | I_Inventory.Y character varying(60)
String | +| Level (Z) | Z dimension, e.g., Level | The Z dimension indicates the Level a product is located in. | I_Inventory.Z character varying(60)
String | +| Locator Key | Key of the Warehouse Locator | | I_Inventory.LocatorValue character varying(40)
String | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | I_Inventory.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | I_Inventory.Value character varying(40)
String | +| UPC/EAN | Bar Code (Universal Product Code or its superset European Article Number) | Use this field to enter the bar code for the product in any of the bar code symbologies (Codabar, Code 25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode) | I_Inventory.UPC character varying(30)
String | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | I_Inventory.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Lot No | Lot number (alphanumeric) | The Lot Number indicates the specific lot that a product was part of. | I_Inventory.Lot character varying(20)
String | +| Serial No | Product Serial Number | The Serial Number identifies a tracked, warranted product. It can only be used when the quantity is 1. | I_Inventory.SerNo character varying(20)
String | +| Quantity book | Book Quantity | The Quantity Book indicates the line count stored in the system for a product in inventory | I_Inventory.QtyBook numeric
Quantity | +| Quantity count | Counted Quantity | The Quantity Count indicates the actual inventory count taken for a product in inventory | I_Inventory.QtyCount numeric
Quantity | +| Internal Use Qty | Internal Use Quantity removed from Inventory | Quantity of product inventory used internally (positive if taken out - negative if returned) | I_Inventory.QtyInternalUse numeric
Quantity | +| Charge Name | Name of the Charge | | I_Inventory.ChargeName character varying(60)
String | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | I_Inventory.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | I_Inventory.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Current Cost Price | The currently used cost price | | I_Inventory.CurrentCostPrice numeric
Amount | +| Cost Adjustment Line | Unique line in an Inventory cost adjustment document | The Cost Adjustment Line indicates the inventory cost adjustment document line (if applicable) for this transaction | I_Inventory.M_CostingLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Import Inventory | Import Physical Inventory | The Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data. | I_Inventory.Processing character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportInvoice_Window_ID-279_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportInvoice_Window_ID-279_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8841d5d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportInvoice_Window_ID-279_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Invoice' +sidebar_label: 'Import Invoice' +description: 'Import Invoices' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Invoice + +Window ID 279 + +*07/06/2003 → 30/06/2021* + +![Import Invoice](/img/manual/ImportInvoice-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Import Invoices + +**Comment/Help:** Import invoiced loaded + +## Tab: Invoice + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 07/06/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Import Invoices + +**Comment/Help:** You should supply the Document Type Name (or ID). The Document Type is on purpose not fully derived as it has too many consequences if it's wrong. The best way is to set the Document Type Name as a Constant in your Import File Format or as an imported field in the file. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Import Invoice | Import Invoice | | I_Invoice.I_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Imported | Has this import been processed | The Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed. | I_Invoice.I_IsImported character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | I_Invoice.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | I_Invoice.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Import Error Message | Messages generated from import process | The Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process. | I_Invoice.I_ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | I_Invoice.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | I_Invoice.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type Name | Name of the Document Type | | I_Invoice.DocTypeName character varying(60)
String | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | I_Invoice.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | I_Invoice.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | I_Invoice.IsSOTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | I_Invoice.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | I_Invoice.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | I_Invoice.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ISO Currency Code | Three letter ISO 4217 Code of the Currency | For details - http://www.unece.org/trade/rec/rec09en.htm | I_Invoice.ISO_Code character varying(3)
String | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | I_Invoice.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Term Key | Key of the Payment Term | | I_Invoice.PaymentTermValue character varying(40)
String | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | I_Invoice.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | I_Invoice.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner Key | Key of the Business Partner | | I_Invoice.BPartnerValue character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | I_Invoice.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | I_Invoice.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Address | Location or Address | The Location / Address field defines the location of an entity. | I_Invoice.C_Location_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Address 1 | Address line 1 for this location | The Address 1 identifies the address for an entity's location | I_Invoice.Address1 character varying(60)
String | +| Address 2 | Address line 2 for this location | The Address 2 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information. | I_Invoice.Address2 character varying(60)
String | +| City | Identifies a City | The City identifies a unique City for this Country or Region. | I_Invoice.City character varying(60)
String | +| ZIP | Postal code | The Postal Code or ZIP identifies the postal code for this entity's address. | I_Invoice.Postal character varying(10)
String | +| Region | Name of the Region | The Region Name defines the name that will print when this region is used in a document. | I_Invoice.RegionName character varying(60)
String | +| Region | Identifies a geographical Region | The Region identifies a unique Region for this Country. | I_Invoice.C_Region_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ISO Country Code | Upper-case two-letter alphanumeric ISO Country code according to ISO 3166-1 | The official list can be found at https://www.iso.org/obp/ui/#search | I_Invoice.CountryCode character(2)
Yes-No | +| Country | Country | The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document. | I_Invoice.C_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | I_Invoice.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Contact Name | Business Partner Contact Name | | I_Invoice.ContactName character varying(60)
String | +| Phone | Identifies a telephone number | The Phone field identifies a telephone number | I_Invoice.Phone character varying(40)
String | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | I_Invoice.EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | I_Invoice.DateInvoiced timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | I_Invoice.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | I_Invoice.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product Key | Key of the Product | | I_Invoice.ProductValue character varying(40)
String | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | I_Invoice.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Charge Name | Name of the Charge | | I_Invoice.ChargeName character varying(60)
String | +| SKU | Stock Keeping Unit | The SKU indicates a user defined stock keeping unit. It may be used for an additional bar code symbols or your own schema. | I_Invoice.SKU character varying(30)
String | +| UPC/EAN | Bar Code (Universal Product Code or its superset European Article Number) | Use this field to enter the bar code for the product in any of the bar code symbologies (Codabar, Code 25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode) | I_Invoice.UPC character varying(30)
String | +| Ordered Quantity | Ordered Quantity | The Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that was ordered. | I_Invoice.QtyOrdered numeric
Quantity | +| Unit Price | Actual Price | The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency. | I_Invoice.PriceActual numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Line Description | Description of the Line | | I_Invoice.LineDescription character varying(255)
String | +| Tax Indicator | Short form for Tax to be printed on documents | The Tax Indicator identifies the short name that will print on documents referencing this tax. | I_Invoice.TaxIndicator character varying(10)
String | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | I_Invoice.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Amount | Tax Amount for a document | The Tax Amount displays the total tax amount for a document. | I_Invoice.TaxAmt numeric
Amount | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | I_Invoice.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project Key | Key of the Project | | I_Invoice.ProjectValue character varying(40)
String | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | I_Invoice.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | I_Invoice.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity Key | Text key for Activity | | I_Invoice.ActivityValue character varying(40)
String | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | I_Invoice.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| 1099 Box | | | I_Invoice.C_1099Box_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| 1099 Box Value | | | I_Invoice.C_1099Box_Value character varying(40)
String | +| Import Invoice | Import Invoice | The Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
Note that only Prepare and Complete are valid document actions. | I_Invoice.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | I_Invoice.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportLoaderFormat_Window_ID-189_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportLoaderFormat_Window_ID-189_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cfb183a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportLoaderFormat_Window_ID-189_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Loader Format' +sidebar_label: 'Import Loader Format' +description: 'Maintain Import Loader Formats' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Loader Format + +Window ID 189 + +*15/09/2000 → 02/01/2000* + +![Import Loader Format](/img/manual/ImportLoaderFormat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Import Loader Formats + +**Comment/Help:** The Import Loader Format Window is used for defining the file layout for product information which will be imported. + +## Tab: Import Format + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 15/09/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ImpFormat.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ImpFormat.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_ImpFormat.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_ImpFormat.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ImpFormat.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_ImpFormat.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Format | Format of the data | The Format is a drop down list box for selecting the format type (text, tab delimited, XML, etc) of the file to be imported | AD_ImpFormat.FormatType character(1)
List | +| Separator Character | | | AD_ImpFormat.SeparatorChar character varying(1)
String | +| Copy Lines | Copy Lines from other Import Format | | AD_ImpFormat.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Format Field + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/09/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Format Fields + +**Comment/Help:** Define the individual field based on the table definition. Please note that you have to make sure that a Constant has the correct SQL data type (i.e. if it is a 'string', you need to enclose it like 'this'). +<p>Product mapping (for details see documentation): +<pre> +H_Item => Value +H_ItemDesc => Name / Description +H_ItemDefn => Help +H_ItemType => ProductCategory +H_PartnrID => Value of Business Partner +H_Commodity1 => Vendor Product No +H_Commodity2 => SKU +H_ItemClass => Classification (A,B,C..) +V_OperAmt_T_Cur => Currency +V_OperAmt_T => Price +</pre> + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ImpFormat_Row.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ImpFormat_Row.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Import Format | | | AD_ImpFormat_Row.AD_ImpFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_ImpFormat_Row.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_ImpFormat_Row.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ImpFormat_Row.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_ImpFormat_Row.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Data Type | Type of data | | AD_ImpFormat_Row.DataType character(1)
List | +| Data Format | Format String in Java Notation, e.g. ddMMyy | The Date Format indicates how dates are defined on the record to be imported. It must be in Java Notation | AD_ImpFormat_Row.DataFormat character varying(20)
String | +| Start No | Starting number/position | The Start Number indicates the starting position in the line or field number in the line | AD_ImpFormat_Row.StartNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| End No | | | AD_ImpFormat_Row.EndNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Import prefix | This prefix will be added in front of import string if they are not empty | Use it e.g. when concatening input fields into one import field to add a blank | AD_ImpFormat_Row.ImportPrefix character varying(20)
String | +| Decimal Point | Decimal Point in the data file - if any | | AD_ImpFormat_Row.DecimalPoint character(1)
String | +| Divide by 100 | Divide number by 100 to get correct amount | | AD_ImpFormat_Row.DivideBy100 character(1)
Yes-No | +| Constant Value | Constant value | | AD_ImpFormat_Row.ConstantValue character varying(60)
String | +| Callout | Fully qualified class names and method - separated by semicolons | A Callout allow you to create Java extensions to perform certain tasks always after a value changed. Callouts should not be used for validation but consequences of a user selecting a certain value.
The callout is a Java class implementing org.compiere.model.Callout and a method name to call. Example: "org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyText" instantiates the class "CalloutRequest" and calls the method "copyText". You can have multiple callouts by separating them via a semicolon | AD_ImpFormat_Row.Callout character varying(4000)
String | +| Script | Dynamic Java Language Script to calculate result | Use Java language constructs to define the result of the calculation | AD_ImpFormat_Row.Script character varying(2000)
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportOrder_Window_ID-281_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportOrder_Window_ID-281_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd47cfc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportOrder_Window_ID-281_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Order' +sidebar_label: 'Import Order' +description: 'Import Orders' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Order + +Window ID 281 + +*07/06/2003 → 30/06/2021* + +![Import Order](/img/manual/ImportOrder-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Import Orders + +**Comment/Help:** Please set Y/N selections in the import loader format explicitly (e.g. as constants) and no not leave them NULL. A NULL value stands for "don't know". +In general, selection boxes are not selected if the value is not "Y" (i.e. could be null or any other value). All tests are made on "Y" or "not Y" - i.e. NULL values are not "not Y", but NULL (don't know) - see SQL Language introductions. + +## Tab: Order + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 07/06/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Import Orders + +**Comment/Help:** You should supply the Document Type Name (or ID). The Document Type is on purpose not fully derived as it has too many consequences if it's wrong. The best way is to set the Document Type Name as a Constant in your Import File Format or as an imported field in the file. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Import Order | Import Orders | | I_Order.I_Order_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Imported | Has this import been processed | The Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed. | I_Order.I_IsImported character(1)
Yes-No | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | I_Order.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sales Order Line | Sales Order Line | The Sales Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order. | I_Order.C_OrderLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Import Error Message | Messages generated from import process | The Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process. | I_Order.I_ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | I_Order.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | I_Order.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type Name | Name of the Document Type | | I_Order.DocTypeName character varying(60)
String | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | I_Order.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | I_Order.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | I_Order.IsSOTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | I_Order.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | I_Order.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Delivery Rule | Defines the timing of Delivery | The Delivery Rule indicates when an order should be delivered. For example should the order be delivered when the entire order is complete, when a line is complete or as the products become available. | I_Order.DeliveryRule character(1)
List | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | I_Order.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | I_Order.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Term Key | Key of the Payment Term | | I_Order.PaymentTermValue character varying(40)
String | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | I_Order.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | I_Order.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | I_Order.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | I_Order.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner Key | Key of the Business Partner | | I_Order.BPartnerValue character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | I_Order.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Invoice To | Bill to Address | The Bill/Invoice To indicates the address to use when remitting bills | I_Order.BillTo_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | I_Order.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Address | Location or Address | The Location / Address field defines the location of an entity. | I_Order.C_Location_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Address 1 | Address line 1 for this location | The Address 1 identifies the address for an entity's location | I_Order.Address1 character varying(60)
String | +| Address 2 | Address line 2 for this location | The Address 2 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information. | I_Order.Address2 character varying(60)
String | +| City | Identifies a City | The City identifies a unique City for this Country or Region. | I_Order.City character varying(60)
String | +| ZIP | Postal code | The Postal Code or ZIP identifies the postal code for this entity's address. | I_Order.Postal character varying(10)
String | +| Region | Name of the Region | The Region Name defines the name that will print when this region is used in a document. | I_Order.RegionName character varying(60)
String | +| Region | Identifies a geographical Region | The Region identifies a unique Region for this Country. | I_Order.C_Region_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ISO Country Code | Upper-case two-letter alphanumeric ISO Country code according to ISO 3166-1 | The official list can be found at https://www.iso.org/obp/ui/#search | I_Order.CountryCode character(2)
String | +| Country | Country | The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document. | I_Order.C_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | I_Order.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Contact Name | Business Partner Contact Name | | I_Order.ContactName character varying(60)
String | +| Phone | Identifies a telephone number | The Phone field identifies a telephone number | I_Order.Phone character varying(40)
String | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | I_Order.EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | I_Order.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | I_Order.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | I_Order.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product Key | Key of the Product | | I_Order.ProductValue character varying(40)
String | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | I_Order.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Charge Name | Name of the Charge | | I_Order.ChargeName character varying(60)
String | +| SKU | Stock Keeping Unit | The SKU indicates a user defined stock keeping unit. It may be used for an additional bar code symbols or your own schema. | I_Order.SKU character varying(30)
String | +| UPC/EAN | Bar Code (Universal Product Code or its superset European Article Number) | Use this field to enter the bar code for the product in any of the bar code symbologies (Codabar, Code 25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode) | I_Order.UPC character varying(30)
String | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | I_Order.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Ordered Quantity | Ordered Quantity | The Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that was ordered. | I_Order.QtyOrdered numeric
Quantity | +| Unit Price | Actual Price | The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency. | I_Order.PriceActual numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Line Description | Description of the Line | | I_Order.LineDescription character varying(255)
String | +| Tax Indicator | Short form for Tax to be printed on documents | The Tax Indicator identifies the short name that will print on documents referencing this tax. | I_Order.TaxIndicator character varying(10)
String | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | I_Order.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Amount | Tax Amount for a document | The Tax Amount displays the total tax amount for a document. | I_Order.TaxAmt numeric
Amount | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | I_Order.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | I_Order.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | I_Order.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | I_Order.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Order Source Key | | | I_Order.C_OrderSourceValue character varying(40)
String | +| Order Source | | | I_Order.C_OrderSource_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Import Orders | Import Orders | The Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.
Note that only Prepare and Complete are valid document actions. | I_Order.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | I_Order.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportPayment_Window_ID-280_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportPayment_Window_ID-280_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..07a79940 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportPayment_Window_ID-280_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Payment' +sidebar_label: 'Import Payment' +description: 'Import Payments' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Payment + +Window ID 280 + +*07/06/2003 → 03/06/2021* + +![Import Payment](/img/manual/ImportPayment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Import Payments + +## Tab: Payment + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 07/06/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Import Payments + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Import Payment | Import Payment | | I_Payment.I_Payment_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Imported | Has this import been processed | The Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed. | I_Payment.I_IsImported character(1)
Yes-No | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | I_Payment.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Import Error Message | Messages generated from import process | The Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process. | I_Payment.I_ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | I_Payment.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | I_Payment.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Bank Account No | Bank Account Number | | I_Payment.BankAccountNo character varying(20)
String | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | I_Payment.C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | I_Payment.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | I_Payment.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Receipt | This is a sales transaction (receipt) | | I_Payment.IsReceipt character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Type Name | Name of the Document Type | | I_Payment.DocTypeName character varying(60)
String | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | I_Payment.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | I_Payment.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | I_Payment.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Business Partner Key | Key of the Business Partner | | I_Payment.BPartnerValue character varying(40)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | I_Payment.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Document No | Document Number of the Invoice | | I_Payment.InvoiceDocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | I_Payment.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| ISO Currency Code | Three letter ISO 4217 Code of the Currency | For details - http://www.unece.org/trade/rec/rec09en.htm | I_Payment.ISO_Code character(3)
String | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | I_Payment.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment amount | Amount being paid | Indicates the amount this payment is for. The payment amount can be for single or multiple invoices or a partial payment for an invoice. | I_Payment.PayAmt numeric
Amount | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | I_Payment.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Write-off Amount | Amount to write-off | The Write Off Amount indicates the amount to be written off as uncollectible. | I_Payment.WriteOffAmt numeric
Amount | +| Over/Under Payment | Over-Payment (unallocated) or Under-Payment (partial payment) | Overpayments (negative) are unallocated amounts and allow you to receive money for more than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial payment for the invoice. You do not write off the unpaid amount. | I_Payment.IsOverUnderPayment character(1)
Yes-No | +| Over/Under Payment | Over-Payment (unallocated) or Under-Payment (partial payment) Amount | Overpayments (negative) are unallocated amounts and allow you to receive money for more than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial payment for the invoice. You do not write off the unpaid amount. | I_Payment.OverUnderAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tender type | Method of Payment | The Tender Type indicates the method of payment (ACH or Direct Deposit, Credit Card, Check, Direct Debit) | I_Payment.TenderType character(1)
List | +| Credit Card | Credit Card (Visa, MC, AmEx) | The Credit Card drop down list box is used for selecting the type of Credit Card presented for payment. | I_Payment.CreditCardType character(1)
List | +| Transaction Type | Type of credit card transaction | The Transaction Type indicates the type of transaction to be submitted to the Credit Card Company. | I_Payment.TrxType character(1)
List | +| Number | Credit Card Number | The Credit Card number indicates the number on the credit card, without blanks or spaces. | I_Payment.CreditCardNumber character varying(20)
String | +| Exp. Month | Expiry Month | The Expiry Month indicates the expiry month for this credit card. | I_Payment.CreditCardExpMM numeric(10)
Integer | +| Exp. Year | Expiry Year | The Expiry Year indicates the expiry year for this credit card. | I_Payment.CreditCardExpYY numeric(10)
Integer | +| Routing No | Bank Routing Number | The Bank Routing Number (ABA Number) identifies a legal Bank. It is used in routing checks and electronic transactions. | I_Payment.RoutingNo character varying(20)
String | +| Account No | Account Number | The Account Number indicates the Number assigned to this bank account. | I_Payment.AccountNo character varying(20)
String | +| IBAN | International Bank Account Number | If your bank provides an International Bank Account Number, enter it here
Details ISO 13616 and http://www.ecbs.org. The account number has the maximum length of 22 characters (without spaces). The IBAN is often printed with a apace after 4 characters. Do not enter the spaces in iDempiere. | I_Payment.IBAN character varying(40)
String | +| Swift code | Swift Code or BIC | The Swift Code (Society of Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications) or BIC (Bank Identifier Code) is an identifier of a Bank. The first 4 characters are the bank code, followed by the 2 character country code, the two character location code and optional 3 character branch code. For details see http://www.swift.com/biconline/index.cfm | I_Payment.SwiftCode character varying(20)
String | +| Check No | Check Number | The Check Number indicates the number on the check. | I_Payment.CheckNo character varying(20)
String | +| Micr | Combination of routing no, account and check no | The Micr number is the combination of the bank routing number, account number and check number | I_Payment.Micr character varying(20)
String | +| Account Name | Name on Credit Card or Account holder | The Name of the Credit Card or Account holder. | I_Payment.A_Name character varying(60)
String | +| Account Street | Street address of the Credit Card or Account holder | The Street Address of the Credit Card or Account holder. | I_Payment.A_Street character varying(60)
String | +| Account City | City or the Credit Card or Account Holder | The Account City indicates the City of the Credit Card or Account holder | I_Payment.A_City character varying(60)
String | +| Account Zip/Postal | Zip Code of the Credit Card or Account Holder | The Zip Code of the Credit Card or Account Holder. | I_Payment.A_Zip character varying(20)
String | +| Account State | State of the Credit Card or Account holder | The State of the Credit Card or Account holder | I_Payment.A_State character varying(40)
String | +| Account Country | Country | Account Country Name | I_Payment.A_Country character varying(40)
String | +| Driver License | Payment Identification - Driver License | The Driver's License being used as identification. | I_Payment.A_Ident_DL character varying(20)
String | +| Social Security No | Payment Identification - Social Security No | The Social Security number being used as identification. | I_Payment.A_Ident_SSN character varying(20)
String | +| Account EMail | Email Address | The EMail Address indicates the EMail address off the Credit Card or Account holder. | I_Payment.A_EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Voice authorization code | Voice Authorization Code from credit card company | The Voice Authorization Code indicates the code received from the Credit Card Company. | I_Payment.VoiceAuthCode character varying(20)
String | +| Original Transaction ID | Original Transaction ID | The Original Transaction ID is used for reversing transactions and indicates the transaction that has been reversed. | I_Payment.Orig_TrxID character varying(20)
String | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | I_Payment.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Result | Result of transmission | The Response Result indicates the result of the transmission to the Credit Card Company. | I_Payment.R_Result character varying(20)
String | +| Response Message | Response message | The Response Message indicates the message returned from the Credit Card Company as the result of a transmission | I_Payment.R_RespMsg character varying(60)
String | +| Reference | Payment reference | The Payment Reference indicates the reference returned from the Credit Card Company for a payment | I_Payment.R_PnRef character varying(20)
String | +| Authorization Code | Authorization Code returned | The Authorization Code indicates the code returned from the electronic transmission. | I_Payment.R_AuthCode character varying(20)
String | +| Import Payments | Import Payments | The Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data. | I_Payment.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Activity Key | Text key for Activity | | I_Payment.ActivityValue character varying(40)
String | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | I_Payment.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Charge Name | Name of the Charge | | I_Payment.ChargeName character varying(60)
String | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | I_Payment.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportPriceList_Window_ID-53071_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportPriceList_Window_ID-53071_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..560f687b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportPriceList_Window_ID-53071_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Price List' +sidebar_label: 'Import Price List' +description: 'Import Price Lists' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Price List + +Window ID 53071 + +*17/03/2009 → 03/06/2021* + +![Import Price List](/img/manual/ImportPriceList-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Import Price Lists + +**Comment/Help:** The Import Price List Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records. + +## Tab: Import Price List + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 17/03/2009 · Updated 17/03/2009* + +**Description:** Import Price Lists + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Import Price List | | | I_PriceList.I_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Imported | Has this import been processed | The Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed. | I_PriceList.I_IsImported character(1)
Yes-No | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | I_PriceList.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Import Error Message | Messages generated from import process | The Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process. | I_PriceList.I_ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | I_PriceList.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | I_PriceList.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | I_PriceList.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | I_PriceList.Description character varying(255)
String | +| ISO Currency Code | Three letter ISO 4217 Code of the Currency | For details - http://www.unece.org/trade/rec/rec09en.htm | I_PriceList.ISO_Code character varying(3)
String | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | I_PriceList.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price Precision | Precision (number of decimals) for the Price | The prices of the price list are rounded to the precision entered. This allows to have prices with below currency precision, e.g. $0.005. Enter the number of decimals or -1 for no rounding. | I_PriceList.PricePrecision numeric
Integer | +| Sales Price list | This is a Sales Price List | The Sales Price List check box indicates if this price list is used for sales transactions. | I_PriceList.IsSOPriceList character(1)
Yes-No | +| Price includes Tax | Tax is included in the price | The Tax Included checkbox indicates if the prices include tax. This is also known as the gross price. | I_PriceList.IsTaxIncluded character(1)
Yes-No | +| Enforce price limit | Do not allow prices below the limit price | The Enforce Price Limit check box indicates that prices cannot be below the limit price in Orders and Invoices. This can be overwritten, if the role allows this. | I_PriceList.EnforcePriceLimit character(1)
Yes-No | +| Price List Version | Identifies a unique instance of a Price List | Each Price List can have multiple versions. The most common use is to indicate the dates that a Price List is valid for. | I_PriceList.M_PriceList_Version_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | I_PriceList.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Product Key | Key of the Product | | I_PriceList.ProductValue character varying(40)
String | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | I_PriceList.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | I_PriceList.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Standard Price | Standard Price | The Standard Price indicates the standard or normal price for a product on this price list | I_PriceList.PriceStd numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Limit Price | Lowest price for a product | The Price Limit indicates the lowest price for a product stated in the Price List Currency. | I_PriceList.PriceLimit numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Business Partner Key | The Key of the Business Partner | | I_PriceList.BPartner_Value character varying(40)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | I_PriceList.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Break Value | Low Value of trade discount break level | Starting Quantity or Amount Value for break level | I_PriceList.BreakValue numeric
Number | +| UOM Code | UOM EDI X12 Code | The Unit of Measure Code indicates the EDI X12 Code Data Element 355 (Unit or Basis for Measurement) | I_PriceList.X12DE355 character varying(4)
String | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | I_PriceList.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Import Price Lists | Imports price lists from a file into the application | | I_PriceList.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | I_PriceList.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportProcessorType_Window_ID-53029_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportProcessorType_Window_ID-53029_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f94196b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportProcessorType_Window_ID-53029_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Processor Type' +sidebar_label: 'Import Processor Type' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Processor Type + +Window ID 53029 + +*05/03/2008 → 17/02/2022* + +![Import Processor Type](/img/manual/ImportProcessorType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Import Processor Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 05/03/2008 · Updated 05/03/2008* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | IMP_Processor_Type.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | IMP_Processor_Type.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | IMP_Processor_Type.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | IMP_Processor_Type.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | IMP_Processor_Type.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | IMP_Processor_Type.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | IMP_Processor_Type.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Java Class | | | IMP_Processor_Type.JavaClass character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportProcessor_Window_ID-53028_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportProcessor_Window_ID-53028_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..895cd122 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportProcessor_Window_ID-53028_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Processor' +sidebar_label: 'Import Processor' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Processor + +Window ID 53028 + +*05/03/2008 → 17/02/2022* + +![Import Processor](/img/manual/ImportProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Import Processor + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 05/03/2008 · Updated 05/03/2008* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | IMP_Processor.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | IMP_Processor.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | IMP_Processor.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | IMP_Processor.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | IMP_Processor.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | IMP_Processor.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | IMP_Processor.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Import Processor Type | | | IMP_Processor.IMP_Processor_Type_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Frequency Type | Frequency of event | The frequency type is used for calculating the date of the next event. | IMP_Processor.FrequencyType character(1)
List | +| Frequency | Frequency of events | The frequency is used in conjunction with the frequency type in determining an event. Example: If the Frequency Type is Week and the Frequency is 2 - it is every two weeks. | IMP_Processor.Frequency numeric(10)
Integer | +| Days to keep Log | Number of days to keep the log entries | Older Log entries may be deleted | IMP_Processor.KeepLogDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Date Last Run | Date the process was last run. | The Date Last Run indicates the last time that a process was run. | IMP_Processor.DateLastRun timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Date Next Run | Date the process will run next | The Date Next Run indicates the next time this process will run. | IMP_Processor.DateNextRun timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Host | | | IMP_Processor.Host character varying(255)
String | +| Port | | | IMP_Processor.Port numeric(10)
Integer | +| Account | | | IMP_Processor.Account character varying(255)
String | +| Password Info | | | IMP_Processor.PasswordInfo character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Parameter + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 05/03/2008 · Updated 05/03/2008* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | IMP_ProcessorParameter.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | IMP_ProcessorParameter.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Import Processor | | | IMP_ProcessorParameter.IMP_Processor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | IMP_ProcessorParameter.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | IMP_ProcessorParameter.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | IMP_ProcessorParameter.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | IMP_ProcessorParameter.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | IMP_ProcessorParameter.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Parameter Value | | | IMP_ProcessorParameter.ParameterValue character varying(60)
String | + +## Tab: › Log + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 05/03/2008 · Updated 05/03/2008* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | IMP_ProcessorLog.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | IMP_ProcessorLog.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Import Processor | | | IMP_ProcessorLog.IMP_Processor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | IMP_ProcessorLog.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | IMP_ProcessorLog.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | IMP_ProcessorLog.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Binary Data | Binary Data | The Binary field stores binary data. | IMP_ProcessorLog.BinaryData bytea
Binary | +| Error | An Error occurred in the execution | | IMP_ProcessorLog.IsError character(1)
Yes-No | +| Reference | Reference for this record | The Reference displays the source document number. | IMP_ProcessorLog.Reference character varying(60)
String | +| Summary | Textual summary of this request | The Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request. | IMP_ProcessorLog.Summary character varying(2000)
Text | +| Text Message | Text Message | | IMP_ProcessorLog.TextMsg character varying(2000)
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportProduct_Window_ID-247_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportProduct_Window_ID-247_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8701ef60 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportProduct_Window_ID-247_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Product' +sidebar_label: 'Import Product' +description: 'Import Products' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Product + +Window ID 247 + +*11/01/2003 → 24/07/2005* + +![Import Product](/img/manual/ImportProduct-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Import Products + +**Comment/Help:** The Import Products Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records. + +## Tab: Import Product + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/01/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Import Products + +**Comment/Help:** Before importing, iDempiere checks the Unit of Measure (default if not set), the Product Category (default if not set), the Business Partner, the Currency (defaults to accounting currency if not set), the Product Type (only Items and Services), the uniqueness of UPC, Key and uniqueness and existence of the Vendor Product No.<br> +iDempiere tries to map to existing products, if the UPC, the Key and the Vendor Product No matches (in this sequence). If the imported record could be matched, product field values will only be overwritten, if the corresponding Import field is explicitly defined. Example: the Product Category will only be overwritten if explicitly set in the Import. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Import Product | Import Item or Service | | I_Product.I_Product_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Imported | Has this import been processed | The Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed. | I_Product.I_IsImported character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | I_Product.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Import Error Message | Messages generated from import process | The Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process. | I_Product.I_ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | I_Product.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | I_Product.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | I_Product.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | I_Product.Name character varying(255)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | I_Product.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Document Note | Additional information for a Document | The Document Note is used for recording any additional information regarding this product. | I_Product.DocumentNote character varying(2000)
Text | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | I_Product.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| UPC/EAN | Bar Code (Universal Product Code or its superset European Article Number) | Use this field to enter the bar code for the product in any of the bar code symbologies (Codabar, Code 25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode) | I_Product.UPC character varying(30)
String | +| SKU | Stock Keeping Unit | The SKU indicates a user defined stock keeping unit. It may be used for an additional bar code symbols or your own schema. | I_Product.SKU character varying(30)
String | +| UOM Code | UOM EDI X12 Code | The Unit of Measure Code indicates the EDI X12 Code Data Element 355 (Unit or Basis for Measurement) | I_Product.X12DE355 character varying(4)
String | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | I_Product.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product Category Key | | | I_Product.ProductCategory_Value character varying(40)
String | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | I_Product.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product Type | Type of product | The type of product also determines accounting consequences. | I_Product.ProductType character(1)
List | +| Classification | Classification for grouping | The Classification can be used to optionally group products. | I_Product.Classification character(1)
String | +| Volume | Volume of a product | The Volume indicates the volume of the product in the Volume UOM of the Tenant | I_Product.Volume numeric
Amount | +| Weight | Weight of a product | The Weight indicates the weight of the product in the Weight UOM of the Tenant | I_Product.Weight numeric
Amount | +| Shelf Width | Shelf width required | The Shelf Width indicates the width dimension required on a shelf for a product | I_Product.ShelfWidth numeric(10)
Integer | +| Shelf Height | Shelf height required | The Shelf Height indicates the height dimension required on a shelf for a product | I_Product.ShelfHeight numeric
Amount | +| Shelf Depth | Shelf depth required | The Shelf Depth indicates the depth dimension required on a shelf for a product | I_Product.ShelfDepth numeric(10)
Integer | +| Units Per Pallet | Units Per Pallet | The Units per Pallet indicates the number of units of this product which fit on a pallet. | I_Product.UnitsPerPallet numeric(10)
Integer | +| Discontinued | This product is no longer available | The Discontinued check box indicates a product that has been discontinued. | I_Product.Discontinued character(1)
Yes-No | +| Discontinued At | Discontinued At indicates Date when product was discontinued | | I_Product.DiscontinuedAt timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Customs Tariff Number | Customs Tariff Number, usually the HS-Code | | I_Product.CustomsTariffNumber character varying(20)
String | +| Image URL | URL of image | URL of image; The image is not stored in the database, but retrieved at runtime. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png. | I_Product.ImageURL character varying(120)
URL | +| Description URL | URL for the description | | I_Product.DescriptionURL character varying(120)
URL | +| Attribute Set | Product Attribute Set | Define Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number tracking. | I_Product.M_AttributeSet_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Group1 | | | I_Product.Group1 character varying(255)
String | +| Group2 | | | I_Product.Group2 character varying(255)
String | +| Business Partner Key | The Key of the Business Partner | | I_Product.BPartner_Value character varying(40)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | I_Product.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| ISO Currency Code | Three letter ISO 4217 Code of the Currency | For details - http://www.unece.org/trade/rec/rec09en.htm | I_Product.ISO_Code character(3)
String | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | I_Product.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | I_Product.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| PO Price | Price based on a purchase order | The PO Price indicates the price for a product per the purchase order. | I_Product.PricePO numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Standard Price | Standard Price | The Standard Price indicates the standard or normal price for a product on this price list | I_Product.PriceStd numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Limit Price | Lowest price for a product | The Price Limit indicates the lowest price for a product stated in the Price List Currency. | I_Product.PriceLimit numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Royalty Amount | (Included) Amount for copyright, etc. | | I_Product.RoyaltyAmt numeric
Amount | +| Price effective | Effective Date of Price | The Price Effective indicates the date this price is for. This allows you to enter future prices for products which will become effective when appropriate. | I_Product.PriceEffective timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Partner Product Key | Product Key of the Business Partner | The Business Partner Product Key identifies the number used by the Business Partner for this product. It can be printed on orders and invoices when you include the Product Key in the print format. | I_Product.VendorProductNo character varying(40)
String | +| Partner Category | Product Category of the Business Partner | The Business Partner Category identifies the category used by the Business Partner for this product. | I_Product.VendorCategory character varying(30)
String | +| Manufacturer | Manufacturer of the Product | The manufacturer of the Product (used if different from the Business Partner / Vendor) | I_Product.Manufacturer character varying(30)
String | +| Minimum Order Qty | Minimum order quantity in UOM | The Minimum Order Quantity indicates the smallest quantity of this product which can be ordered. | I_Product.Order_Min numeric
Integer | +| Order Pack Qty | Package order size in UOM (e.g. order set of 5 units) | The Order Pack Quantity indicates the number of units in each pack of this product. | I_Product.Order_Pack numeric
Integer | +| Cost per Order | Fixed Cost Per Order | The Cost Per Order indicates the fixed charge levied when an order for this product is placed. | I_Product.CostPerOrder numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Promised Delivery Time | Promised days between order and delivery | The Promised Delivery Time indicates the number of days between the order date and the date that delivery was promised. | I_Product.DeliveryTime_Promised numeric(10)
Integer | +| Import Products | Imports products from a file into the application | Import Products will bring a file of products, in a predefined format into the application.<p>
The Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data.<p>
If you select an existing price list and you have List, Standard, and Limit Price defined, they are directly created/updated. | I_Product.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | I_Product.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportReportLineSet_Window_ID-249_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportReportLineSet_Window_ID-249_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e0b62d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportReportLineSet_Window_ID-249_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Report Line Set' +sidebar_label: 'Import Report Line Set' +description: 'Import Report Line Sets' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Report Line Set + +Window ID 249 + +*11/01/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Import Report Line Set](/img/manual/ImportReportLineSet-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Import Report Line Sets + +**Comment/Help:** The Import Report Line Set Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records. + +## Tab: Import Report Line Set + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/01/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Import Report Line Set | Import Report Line Set values | | I_ReportLine.I_ReportLine_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Imported | Has this import been processed | The Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed. | I_ReportLine.I_IsImported character(1)
Yes-No | +| Import Error Message | Messages generated from import process | The Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process. | I_ReportLine.I_ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | I_ReportLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | I_ReportLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Report Line Set Name | Name of the Report Line Set | | I_ReportLine.ReportLineSetName character varying(60)
String | +| Report Line Set | | | I_ReportLine.PA_ReportLineSet_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Report Line | | | I_ReportLine.PA_ReportLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | I_ReportLine.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | I_ReportLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | I_ReportLine.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | I_ReportLine.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Printed | Indicates if this document / line is printed | The Printed checkbox indicates if this document or line will included when printing. | I_ReportLine.IsPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | I_ReportLine.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Amount Type | PA Amount Type for reporting | The amount type to report on: Quantity, Credit Only, Debit Only, Balance (expected sign) or Balance (accounted sign). "Expected sign" adjusts the sign of the result based on the Account Type and Expected Sign of each Account Element, whereas "accounted sign" always returns DR-CR. | I_ReportLine.PAAmountType character(1)
List | +| Period Type | PA Period Type | The Period Type to report on: Period, Year, Total or Natural. Natural = Year for P & L accounts, Total for Balance Sheet accounts. | I_ReportLine.PAPeriodType character(1)
List | +| Line Type | | | I_ReportLine.LineType character(1)
List | +| Calculation | | | I_ReportLine.CalculationType character(1)
List | +| Report Source | Restriction of what will be shown in Report Line | | I_ReportLine.PA_ReportSource_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Element Key | Key of the element | | I_ReportLine.ElementValue character varying(40)
String | +| Account Element | Account Element | Account Elements can be natural accounts or user defined values. | I_ReportLine.C_ElementValue_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Import Report Line Set | Import Report Line Set information | The Parameters are default values for null import record values, they do not overwrite any data. | I_ReportLine.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | I_ReportLine.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportTemplate_Window_ID-200063_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportTemplate_Window_ID-200063_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d159f471 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportTemplate_Window_ID-200063_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +--- +title: 'Import Template' +sidebar_label: 'Import Template' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Import Template + +Window ID 200063 + +*29/10/2014 → 29/10/2014* + +![Import Template](/img/manual/ImportTemplate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Import Template + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 29/10/2014 · Updated 29/10/2014* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ImportTemplate.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ImportTemplate.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_ImportTemplate.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_ImportTemplate.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_ImportTemplate.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tab | Tab within a Window | The Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window. | AD_ImportTemplate.AD_Tab_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Character Set | | | AD_ImportTemplate.CharacterSet character varying(20)
String | +| Separator Character | | | AD_ImportTemplate.SeparatorChar character varying(1)
String | +| Quote Char | | | AD_ImportTemplate.QuoteChar character varying(1)
String | +| CSV Header | | | AD_ImportTemplate.CSVHeader character varying(2000)
String | +| CSV Alias Header | | | AD_ImportTemplate.CSVAliasHeader character varying(2000)
String | +| Import Template Type | | | AD_ImportTemplate.ImportTemplateType character varying(4)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ImportTemplate.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Import Template Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 29/10/2014 · Updated 29/10/2014* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ImportTemplateAccess.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ImportTemplateAccess.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Import Template | | | AD_ImportTemplateAccess.AD_ImportTemplate_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_ImportTemplateAccess.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Allow Insert | | | AD_ImportTemplateAccess.IsAllowInsert character(1)
Yes-No | +| Allow Merge | | | AD_ImportTemplateAccess.IsAllowMerge character(1)
Yes-No | +| Allow Update | | | AD_ImportTemplateAccess.IsAllowUpdate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ImportTemplateAccess.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ImportedFixedAsset_Window_ID-53120_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ImportedFixedAsset_Window_ID-53120_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f6e13243 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ImportedFixedAsset_Window_ID-53120_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +--- +title: 'Imported Fixed Asset' +sidebar_label: 'Imported Fixed Asset' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Imported Fixed Asset + +Window ID 53120 + +*20/06/2010 → 20/06/2010* + +![Imported Fixed Asset](/img/manual/ImportedFixedAsset-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Fixed Asset + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 20/06/2010 · Updated 12/03/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Imported | Has this import been processed | The Imported check box indicates if this import has been processed. | I_FixedAsset.I_IsImported character(1)
Yes-No | +| Import Error Message | Messages generated from import process | The Import Error Message displays any error messages generated during the import process. | I_FixedAsset.I_ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | I_FixedAsset.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | I_FixedAsset.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | I_FixedAsset.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Inventory No | | | I_FixedAsset.InventoryNo character varying(30)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | I_FixedAsset.Name character varying(120)
String | +| In Service Date | Date when Asset was put into service | The date when the asset was put into service - usually used as start date for depreciation. | I_FixedAsset.AssetServiceDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | I_FixedAsset.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Asset Depreciation Date | Date of last depreciation | Date of the last deprecation, if the asset is used internally and depreciated. | I_FixedAsset.AssetDepreciationDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Asset Group | Group of Assets | The group of assets determines default accounts. If an asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset. | I_FixedAsset.A_Asset_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset Group Key | | | I_FixedAsset.A_Asset_Group_Value character varying(40)
String | +| BPartner (Agent) | Business Partner (Agent or Sales Rep) | | I_FixedAsset.C_BPartnerSR_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner Key | The Key of the Business Partner | | I_FixedAsset.BPartner_Value character varying(40)
String | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | I_FixedAsset.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product Key | Key of the Product | | I_FixedAsset.ProductValue character varying(40)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | I_FixedAsset.Description character varying(255)
String | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | I_FixedAsset.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Symbol | Symbol for a Unit of Measure | The Symbol identifies the Symbol to be displayed and printed for a Unit of Measure | I_FixedAsset.UOMSymbol character varying(10)
String | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | I_FixedAsset.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Locator Key | Key of the Warehouse Locator | | I_FixedAsset.LocatorValue character varying(40)
String | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | I_FixedAsset.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Asset Cost | | | I_FixedAsset.A_Asset_Cost numeric
Amount | +| Asset Salvage Value | | | I_FixedAsset.A_Salvage_Value numeric
Number | +| Usable Life - Months | Months of the usable life of the asset | | I_FixedAsset.UseLifeMonths numeric(10)
Integer | +| Use Life - Months (fiscal) | | | I_FixedAsset.UseLifeMonths_F numeric(10)
Integer | +| Current Period | | | I_FixedAsset.A_Current_Period numeric(10)
Integer | +| Accumulated Depreciation | | | I_FixedAsset.A_Accumulated_Depr numeric
Amount | +| Accumulated Depreciation (fiscal) | | | I_FixedAsset.A_Accumulated_Depr_F numeric
Amount | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | I_FixedAsset.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ISO Currency Code | Three letter ISO 4217 Code of the Currency | For details - http://www.unece.org/trade/rec/rec09en.htm | I_FixedAsset.ISO_Code character varying(3)
String | +| Entered Amount | | | I_FixedAsset.AssetAmtEntered numeric
Amount | +| Source Amount | | | I_FixedAsset.AssetSourceAmt numeric
Amount | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | I_FixedAsset.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Account Schema Name | Name of the Accounting Schema | | I_FixedAsset.AcctSchemaName character varying(120)
String | +| Document Action | The targeted status of the document | You find the current status in the Document Status field. The options are listed in a popup | I_FixedAsset.DocAction character varying(2)
List | +| Import Fixed Asset | | | I_FixedAsset.Processing character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/InfoWindowCustomization_Window_ID-200110_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/InfoWindowCustomization_Window_ID-200110_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb94b876 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/InfoWindowCustomization_Window_ID-200110_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +--- +title: 'Info Window Customization' +sidebar_label: 'Info Window Customization' +description: 'Define Info Window Customization for Role/User' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Info Window Customization + +Window ID 200110 + +*29/09/2020 → 20/09/2023* + +![Info Window Customization](/img/manual/InfoWindowCustomization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Define Info Window Customization for Role/User + +**Comment/Help:** The customization values defined here overwrite/replace the default system definition if defined. + +## Tab: Info Window Customization + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 29/09/2020 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserDef_Info.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserDef_Info.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_UserDef_Info.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_UserDef_Info.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_UserDef_Info.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_UserDef_Info.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_UserDef_Info.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_UserDef_Info.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_UserDef_Info.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_UserDef_Info.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Show in Dashboard | Show the dashlet in the dashboard | | AD_UserDef_Info.IsShowInDashboard character(1)
List | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_UserDef_Info.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Image URL | URL of image | URL of image; The image is not stored in the database, but retrieved at runtime. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png. | AD_UserDef_Info.ImageURL character varying(120)
String | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_UserDef_Info.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| PO Window | Purchase Order Window | Window for Purchase Order (AP) Zooms | AD_UserDef_Info.PO_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table | + +## Tab: › Column Customization + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 29/09/2020 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User defined Info Window | | | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.AD_UserDef_Info_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Column | Info Window Column | Column in the Info Window for display and/or selection. If used for selection, the column cannot be a SQL expression. The SQL clause must be fully qualified based on the FROM clause in the Info Window definition | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.AD_InfoColumn_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Selection Column Sequence | Selection Column Sequence | For ordering sequence of selection column | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.SeqNoSelection numeric(10)
Integer | +| Displayed | Determines, if this field is displayed | If the field is displayed, the field Display Logic will determine at runtime, if it is actually displayed | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.IsDisplayed character(1)
List | +| Read Only | Field is read only | The Read Only indicates that this field may only be Read. It may not be updated. | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.IsReadOnly character(1)
List | +| Query Criteria | The column is also used as a query criteria | The column is used to enter queries - the SQL cannot be an expression | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.IsQueryCriteria character(1)
List | +| Mandatory | Data entry is required in this column | The field must have a value for the record to be saved to the database. | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.IsMandatory character(1)
List | +| Query After Change | Issues a query request after the user has made changes to the field | | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.IsQueryAfterChange character(1)
List | +| Display Logic | If the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayed | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.DisplayLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Default Logic | Default value hierarchy, separated by ; | The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Tenant_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc/DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Tenant as well as Buttons. | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.DefaultValue character varying(2000)
String | +| Field Style | Field CSS Style | | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.AD_FieldStyle_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Auto complete | Automatic completion for text fields | The autocompletion uses all existing values (from the same tenant and organization) of the field. | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.IsAutocomplete character(1)
List | +| Placeholder | | | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.Placeholder character varying(255)
String | +| Reference | System Reference and Validation | The Reference could be a display type, list or table validation. | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Dynamic Validation | Dynamic Validation Rule | These rules define how an entry is determined to valid. You can use variables for dynamic (context sensitive) validation. | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.AD_Val_Rule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Reference Key | Required to specify, if data type is Table or List | The Reference Value indicates where the reference values are stored. It must be specified if the data type is Table or List. | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.AD_Reference_Value_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Query Function | Database function for query | Database function for user query. If the database function takes more than just the column name parameter, use ? to indicate where the column name should goes to. E.g: Upper, Trunc and To_Char(?,'MM') | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.QueryFunction character varying(2000)
String | +| Query Operator | Operator for database query | | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.QueryOperator character varying(10)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Input field validation | Input field validation query | Input field validation query | AD_UserDef_Info_Column.InputFieldValidation character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Related Customization + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 29/09/2020 · Updated 16/10/2020* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserDef_Info_Related.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserDef_Info_Related.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User defined Info Window | | | AD_UserDef_Info_Related.AD_UserDef_Info_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Related | | | AD_UserDef_Info_Related.AD_InfoRelated_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_UserDef_Info_Related.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_UserDef_Info_Related.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_UserDef_Info_Related.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_UserDef_Info_Related.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_UserDef_Info_Related.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Display Logic | If the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayed | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_UserDef_Info_Related.DisplayLogic character varying(2000)
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/InfoWindow_Window_ID-385_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/InfoWindow_Window_ID-385_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ddde7a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/InfoWindow_Window_ID-385_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +--- +title: 'Info Window' +sidebar_label: 'Info Window' +description: 'Define Info and search/select Window' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Info Window + +Window ID 385 + +*17/06/2006 → 07/07/2006* + +![Info Window](/img/manual/InfoWindow-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Define Info and search/select Window + +**Comment/Help:** The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. + +## Tab: Window + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 17/06/2006 · Updated 04/01/2013* + +**Description:** Info and search/select Window + +**Comment/Help:** The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_InfoWindow.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_InfoWindow.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_InfoWindow.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_InfoWindow.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_InfoWindow.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_InfoWindow.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | AD_InfoWindow.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_InfoWindow.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_InfoWindow.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_InfoWindow.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sql FROM | SQL FROM clause | The Select Clause indicates the SQL FROM clause to use for selecting the record for a measure calculation. It can have JOIN clauses. Do not include the FROM itself. | AD_InfoWindow.FromClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Sql WHERE | Fully qualified SQL WHERE clause | The Where Clause indicates the SQL WHERE clause to use for record selection. The WHERE clause is added to the query. Fully qualified means "tablename.columnname". | AD_InfoWindow.WhereClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Other SQL Clause | Other SQL Clause | Any other complete clause like GROUP BY, HAVING, ORDER BY, etc. after WHERE clause. | AD_InfoWindow.OtherClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Sql ORDER BY | Fully qualified ORDER BY clause | The ORDER BY Clause indicates the SQL ORDER BY clause to use for record selection | AD_InfoWindow.OrderByClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Validate | Validate Info Window SQL | Validate generated Info Window SQL | AD_InfoWindow.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Distinct | Select Distinct | | AD_InfoWindow.IsDistinct character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | AD_InfoWindow.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Load Page Num | When load data for info window, also load number of paging | Load number of paging maybe affect to performance when info window is join of many table | AD_InfoWindow.isLoadPageNum character(1)
Yes-No | +| Max Query Records | If defined, you cannot query more records as defined - the query criteria needs to be changed to query less records | Enter the number of records a user will be able to query to avoid unnecessary system load. If 0, no restrictions are imposed. | AD_InfoWindow.MaxQueryRecords numeric(10)
Integer | +| Paging Size | | | AD_InfoWindow.PagingSize numeric(10)
Integer | +| Show in Dashboard | Show the dashlet in the dashboard | | AD_InfoWindow.IsShowInDashboard character(1)
Yes-No | +| Context Help | | | AD_InfoWindow.AD_CtxHelp_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Image URL | URL of image | URL of image; The image is not stored in the database, but retrieved at runtime. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png. | AD_InfoWindow.ImageURL character varying(120)
String | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_InfoWindow.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| PO Window | Purchase Order Window | Window for Purchase Order (AP) Zooms | AD_InfoWindow.PO_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table | + +## Tab: › Column + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/06/2006 · Updated 01/01/2013* + +**Description:** Info Window Column + +**Comment/Help:** Column in the Info Window for display and/or selection. If used for selection, the column cannot be a SQL expression. The SQL clause must be fully qualified based on the FROM clause in the Info Window definition + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_InfoColumn.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_InfoColumn.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_InfoColumn.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| System Element | System Element enables the central maintenance of column description and help. | The System Element allows for the central maintenance of help, descriptions and terminology for a database column. | AD_InfoColumn.AD_Element_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| DB Column Name | Name of the column in the database | The Column Name indicates the name of a column on a table as defined in the database. | AD_InfoColumn.ColumnName character varying(63)
String | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_InfoColumn.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Sql SELECT | SQL SELECT clause | The Select Clause indicates the SQL SELECT clause to use for selecting the record for a measure calculation. Do not include the SELECT itself. | AD_InfoColumn.SelectClause character varying(2000)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_InfoColumn.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_InfoColumn.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_InfoColumn.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Placeholder | | | AD_InfoColumn.Placeholder character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_InfoColumn.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Displayed | Determines, if this field is displayed | If the field is displayed, the field Display Logic will determine at runtime, if it is actually displayed | AD_InfoColumn.IsDisplayed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Query Criteria | The column is also used as a query criteria | The column is used to enter queries - the SQL cannot be an expression | AD_InfoColumn.IsQueryCriteria character(1)
Yes-No | +| Centrally maintained | Information maintained in System Element table | The Centrally Maintained checkbox indicates if the Name, Description and Help maintained in 'System Element' table or 'Window' table. | AD_InfoColumn.IsCentrallyMaintained character(1)
Yes-No | +| Mandatory | Data entry is required in this column | The field must have a value for the record to be saved to the database. | AD_InfoColumn.IsMandatory character(1)
Yes-No | +| Query After Change | Issues a query request after the user has made changes to the field | | AD_InfoColumn.IsQueryAfterChange character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Only | Field is read only | The Read Only indicates that this field may only be Read. It may not be updated. | AD_InfoColumn.IsReadOnly character(1)
Yes-No | +| Identifier | This column is part of the record identifier | The Identifier checkbox indicates that this column is part of the identifier or key for this table. | AD_InfoColumn.IsIdentifier character(1)
Yes-No | +| Key column | This column is the key in this table | The key column must also be display sequence 0 in the field definition and may be hidden. | AD_InfoColumn.IsKey character(1)
Yes-No | +| Selection Column Sequence | Selection Column Sequence | For ordering sequence of selection column | AD_InfoColumn.SeqNoSelection numeric(10)
Integer | +| Display Logic | If the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayed | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_InfoColumn.DisplayLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Default Logic | Default value hierarchy, separated by ; | The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Tenant_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc/DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Tenant as well as Buttons. | AD_InfoColumn.DefaultValue character varying(2000)
String | +| Query Operator | Operator for database query | | AD_InfoColumn.QueryOperator character varying(10)
List | +| Query Function | Database function for query | Database function for user query. If the database function takes more than just the column name parameter, use ? to indicate where the column name should goes to. E.g: Upper, Trunc and To_Char(?,'MM') | AD_InfoColumn.QueryFunction character varying(255)
String | +| Range | The parameter is a range of values | The Range checkbox indicates that this parameter is a range of values. | AD_InfoColumn.IsRange character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default Logic 2 | Default value hierarchy, separated by ; | The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Tenant_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc/DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Tenant as well as Buttons. | AD_InfoColumn.DefaultValue2 character varying(2000)
String | +| Placeholder2 | | | AD_InfoColumn.Placeholder2 character varying(255)
String | +| Reference | System Reference and Validation | The Reference could be a display type, list or table validation. | AD_InfoColumn.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Reference Key | Required to specify, if data type is Table or List | The Reference Value indicates where the reference values are stored. It must be specified if the data type is Table or List. | AD_InfoColumn.AD_Reference_Value_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Dynamic Validation | Dynamic Validation Rule | These rules define how an entry is determined to valid. You can use variables for dynamic (context sensitive) validation. | AD_InfoColumn.AD_Val_Rule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_InfoColumn.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Input field validation | Input field validation query | Input field validation query | AD_InfoColumn.InputFieldValidation character varying(2000)
Text | +| Field Style | Field CSS Style | | AD_InfoColumn.AD_FieldStyle_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Auto complete | Automatic completion for text fields | The autocompletion uses all existing values (from the same tenant and organization) of the field. | AD_InfoColumn.IsAutocomplete character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Column Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 17/06/2006 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Infow Window Column Translation + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Column | Info Window Column | Column in the Info Window for display and/or selection. If used for selection, the column cannot be a SQL expression. The SQL clause must be fully qualified based on the FROM clause in the Info Window definition | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.AD_InfoColumn_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Placeholder | | | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.Placeholder character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder2 | | | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.Placeholder2 character varying(255)
String | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Window Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/06/2006 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Info Window Translation + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Related Info Window + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 06/07/2013 · Updated 26/01/2014* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_InfoRelated.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_InfoRelated.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_InfoRelated.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_InfoRelated.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_InfoRelated.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_InfoRelated.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_InfoRelated.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Related Info Window | | | AD_InfoRelated.RelatedInfo_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Related Info Column | | | AD_InfoRelated.RelatedColumn_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Parent Related Column | column in parent info window, link with column in this relate info | default column RelatedColumn in Relate Info window will link with key column of main info window
column define in ParentRelatedColumn will replace key column | AD_InfoRelated.ParentRelatedColumn_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_InfoRelated.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_InfoRelated.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Display Logic | If the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayed | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_InfoRelated.DisplayLogic character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Process + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/05/2014 · Updated 26/05/2014* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_InfoProcess.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_InfoProcess.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_InfoProcess.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Image URL | URL of image | URL of image; The image is not stored in the database, but retrieved at runtime. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png. | AD_InfoProcess.ImageURL character varying(120)
String | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_InfoProcess.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_InfoProcess.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Layout Type | Layout type of info process | Process info can display as button, list, menu | AD_InfoProcess.LayoutType character varying(10)
Radio Group List | +| ViewID Column | Name of unique column in a view. value of this column will save to t_selection table | Column to resolve issue in https://idempiere.atlassian.net/browse/IDEMPIERE-1970 | AD_InfoProcess.AD_InfoColumn_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Display Logic | If the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayed | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_InfoProcess.DisplayLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_InfoProcess.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_InfoProcess.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | + +## Tab: › Role Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 03/06/2014 · Updated 03/06/2014* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_InfoWindow_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_InfoWindow_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_InfoWindow_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_InfoWindow_Access.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_InfoWindow_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/InterestArea_Window_ID-245_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/InterestArea_Window_ID-245_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ff98a98 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/InterestArea_Window_ID-245_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: 'Interest Area' +sidebar_label: 'Interest Area' +description: 'Interest Area or Topic' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Interest Area + +Window ID 245 + +*01/10/2002 → 02/01/2000* + +![Interest Area](/img/manual/InterestArea-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Interest Area or Topic + +**Comment/Help:** Interest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns. + +## Tab: Interest Area + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 01/10/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Interest Area or Topic + +**Comment/Help:** Interest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns. If a list is not "Self Service", it is not visible for users via the web. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_InterestArea.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_InterestArea.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | R_InterestArea.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | R_InterestArea.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | R_InterestArea.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_InterestArea.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | R_InterestArea.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Subscriptions + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 05/07/2003 · Updated 02/12/2024* + +**Description:** User Subscriptions + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_ContactInterest.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_ContactInterest.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Interest Area | Interest Area or Topic | Interest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns. | R_ContactInterest.R_InterestArea_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | R_ContactInterest.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_ContactInterest.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Subscribe Date | Date the contact actively subscribed | Date the contact subscribe the interest area | R_ContactInterest.SubscribeDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Opt-out Date | Date the contact opted out | If the field has a date, the customer opted out (unsubscribed) and cannot receive mails for the Interest Area | R_ContactInterest.OptOutDate timestamp without time zone
Date | + +## Tab: › LDAP Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 29/10/2006 · Updated 29/10/2006* + +**Description:** User Access via LDAP + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_LdapAccess.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_LdapAccess.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Interest Area | Interest Area or Topic | Interest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns. | AD_LdapAccess.R_InterestArea_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Ldap Processor | LDAP Server to authenticate and authorize external systems based on iDempiere | The LDAP Server allows third party software (e.g. Apache) to use the users defined in the system to authentificate and authorize them. There is only one server per iDempiere system. The "o" is the Tenant key and the optional "ou" is the Interest Area key. | AD_LdapAccess.AD_LdapProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_LdapAccess.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_LdapAccess.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Error | An Error occurred in the execution | | AD_LdapAccess.IsError character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary | Textual summary of this request | The Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request. | AD_LdapAccess.Summary character varying(2000)
Text | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_LdapAccess.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/InventoryDecreaseIncrease_Window_ID-341_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/InventoryDecreaseIncrease_Window_ID-341_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea8726fc --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/InventoryDecreaseIncrease_Window_ID-341_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +--- +title: 'Inventory Decrease/Increase' +sidebar_label: 'Inventory Decrease/Increase' +description: 'Enter Inventory Decrease/Increase (for example Internal Use of Inventory)' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Inventory Decrease/Increase + +Window ID 341 + +*26/11/2004 → 08/12/2023* + +![Inventory Decrease/Increase](/img/manual/InventoryDecreaseIncrease-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Enter Inventory Decrease/Increase (for example Internal Use of Inventory) + +**Comment/Help:** The Internal Use of Inventory Window allows enter the quantity of used products. + +## Tab: Internal Use + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 26/11/2004 · Updated 03/04/2013* + +**Description:** Define Internal Use Inventory + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Inventory.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Inventory.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Inventory.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Inventory.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Inventory.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | M_Inventory.MovementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | M_Inventory.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | M_Inventory.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | M_Inventory.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | M_Inventory.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | M_Inventory.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_Inventory.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_Inventory.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | M_Inventory.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Approval Amount | Document Approval Amount | Approval Amount for Workflow | M_Inventory.ApprovalAmt numeric
Amount | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | M_Inventory.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Inventory Count | Process Inventory count and update Inventory | | M_Inventory.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | M_Inventory.Posted character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Internal Use Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/11/2004 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** Internal Use Inventory Line + +**Comment/Help:** The Inventory Count Line defines the counts of the individual products in inventory. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InventoryLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InventoryLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Phys.Inventory | Parameters for a Physical Inventory | The Physical Inventory indicates a unique parameters for a physical inventory. | M_InventoryLine.M_Inventory_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | M_InventoryLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_InventoryLine.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_InventoryLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_InventoryLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InventoryLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Internal Use Qty | Internal Use Quantity removed from Inventory | Quantity of product inventory used internally (positive if taken out - negative if returned) | M_InventoryLine.QtyInternalUse numeric
Quantity | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | M_InventoryLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › › Attributes + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 13/04/2008 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InventoryLineMA.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InventoryLineMA.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Phys.Inventory Line | Unique line in an Inventory document | The Physical Inventory Line indicates the inventory document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_InventoryLineMA.M_InventoryLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_InventoryLineMA.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_InventoryLineMA.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Date Material Policy | Time used for LIFO and FIFO Material Policy | This field is used to record time used for LIFO and FIFO material policy | M_InventoryLineMA.DateMaterialPolicy timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Auto Generated | | Record is Auto Generated by System. | M_InventoryLineMA.IsAutoGenerated character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/InventoryMove_Window_ID-170_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/InventoryMove_Window_ID-170_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..079289ee --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/InventoryMove_Window_ID-170_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +--- +title: 'Inventory Move' +sidebar_label: 'Inventory Move' +description: 'Inventory Move' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Inventory Move + +Window ID 170 + +*19/12/1999 → 03/06/2021* + +![Inventory Move](/img/manual/InventoryMove-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Inventory Move + +**Comment/Help:** The Inventory Move Window allows you to move inventory from one location or warehouse to another. After the appropriate lines are entered selecting the 'Process Movements' button will adjust the inventory. + +## Tab: Move + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/12/1999 · Updated 17/12/2007* + +**Description:** Enter Inventory Movement + +**Comment/Help:** The Move Tab defines and identifies the movement of an item or items in inventory. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Movement.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Movement.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | M_Movement.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Movement.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | M_Movement.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Movement.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | M_Movement.MovementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | M_Movement.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Movement.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Warehouse To | To Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse To indicates the Warehouse where the inventory is being moved to | M_Movement.M_WarehouseTo_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | M_Movement.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | M_Movement.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | M_Movement.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | M_Movement.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Delivery Via | How the order will be delivered | The Delivery Via indicates how the products should be delivered. For example, will the order be picked up or shipped. | M_Movement.DeliveryViaRule character(1)
List | +| Delivery Rule | Defines the timing of Delivery | The Delivery Rule indicates when an order should be delivered. For example should the order be delivered when the entire order is complete, when a line is complete or as the products become available. | M_Movement.DeliveryRule character(1)
List | +| Priority | Priority of a document | The Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document | M_Movement.PriorityRule character(1)
List | +| Freight Cost Rule | Method for charging Freight | The Freight Cost Rule indicates the method used when charging for freight. | M_Movement.FreightCostRule character(1)
List | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | M_Movement.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | M_Movement.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | M_Movement.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | M_Movement.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_Movement.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_Movement.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | M_Movement.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Approval Amount | Document Approval Amount | Approval Amount for Workflow | M_Movement.ApprovalAmt numeric
Amount | +| In Transit | Movement is in transit | Material Movement is in transit - shipped, but not received.
The transaction is completed, if confirmed. | M_Movement.IsInTransit character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Received | Date a product was received | The Date Received indicates the date that product was received. | M_Movement.DateReceived timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | M_Movement.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Movements | Process Inventory Movements | Process Inventory Movements will update inventory quantities based on the defined movements between warehouses or locations. | M_Movement.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | M_Movement.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | M_Movement.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Cost Center | | | M_Movement.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | M_Movement.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Move Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/12/1999 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** Enter Inventory Movement Line + +**Comment/Help:** The Move Line Tab defines the product and quantity to be moved and the location it is moving from and to. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_MovementLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_MovementLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Inventory Move | Movement of Inventory | The Inventory Movement uniquely identifies a group of movement lines. | M_MovementLine.M_Movement_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | M_MovementLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_MovementLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_MovementLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_MovementLine.Value
String | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_MovementLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_MovementLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Attribute Set Instance To | Target Product Attribute Set Instance | | M_MovementLine.M_AttributeSetInstanceTo_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_MovementLine.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Locator To | Location inventory is moved to | The Locator To indicates the location where the inventory is being moved to. | M_MovementLine.M_LocatorTo_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Quantity | The Quantity Entered is based on the selected UoM | The Quantity Entered is converted to base product UoM quantity | M_MovementLine.QtyEntered numeric
Quantity | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | M_MovementLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_MovementLine.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Target Quantity | Target Movement Quantity | The Quantity which should have been received | M_MovementLine.TargetQty numeric
Quantity | +| Scrapped Quantity | The Quantity scrapped due to QA issues | | M_MovementLine.ScrappedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Cost Center | | | M_MovementLine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Confirmed Quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | M_MovementLine.ConfirmedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Department | | | M_MovementLine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › › Attributes + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 27/08/2005 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** Product Instance Attribute Material Allocation + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_MovementLineMA.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_MovementLineMA.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Move Line | Inventory Move document Line | The Movement Line indicates the inventory movement document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_MovementLineMA.M_MovementLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_MovementLineMA.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_MovementLineMA.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Date Material Policy | Time used for LIFO and FIFO Material Policy | This field is used to record time used for LIFO and FIFO material policy | M_MovementLineMA.DateMaterialPolicy timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Auto Generated | | Record is Auto Generated by System. | M_MovementLineMA.IsAutoGenerated character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/InvoiceBatch_Window_ID-342_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/InvoiceBatch_Window_ID-342_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..28f9a650 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/InvoiceBatch_Window_ID-342_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +--- +title: 'Invoice Batch' +sidebar_label: 'Invoice Batch' +description: 'Expense Invoice Batch' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Invoice Batch + +Window ID 342 + +*02/04/2005 → 27/07/2005* + +![Invoice Batch](/img/manual/InvoiceBatch-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Expense Invoice Batch + +**Comment/Help:** Enter expense invoices in batch. After creating the lines, the actual invoices are created when processing the batch + +## Tab: Invoice Batch + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 02/04/2005 · Updated 03/04/2005* + +**Description:** Enter Expense Invoice Batch Header + +**Comment/Help:** Set Currency and decide if this for AR (sales) Invoices or AP (vendor) invoices. Optionally enter a Control amount. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_InvoiceBatch.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_InvoiceBatch.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_InvoiceBatch.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_InvoiceBatch.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | C_InvoiceBatch.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | C_InvoiceBatch.IsSOTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Company Agent | Purchase or Company Agent | Purchase agent for the document. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_InvoiceBatch.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_InvoiceBatch.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | C_InvoiceBatch.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Control Amount | If not zero, the Debit amount of the document must be equal this amount | If the control amount is zero, no check is performed.
Otherwise the total Debit amount must be equal to the control amount, before the document is processed. | C_InvoiceBatch.ControlAmt numeric
Amount | +| Document Amt | Document Amount | | C_InvoiceBatch.DocumentAmt numeric
Amount | +| Create Invoices | | | C_InvoiceBatch.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_InvoiceBatch.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Batch Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 02/04/2005 · Updated 02/09/2005* + +**Description:** Enter Expense Invoice Batch Line + +**Comment/Help:** A new invoice is created, if there is a different Document Number, Business Partner or Location (address). +Note that the Document Number may be overwritten - depending on the Number control of the selected Document Type. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Batch | Expense Invoice Batch Header | | C_InvoiceBatchLine.C_InvoiceBatch_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_InvoiceBatchLine.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_InvoiceBatchLine.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.DateInvoiced timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_InvoiceBatchLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship from) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_InvoiceBatchLine.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_InvoiceBatchLine.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity | The Quantity Entered is based on the selected UoM | The Quantity Entered is converted to base product UoM quantity | C_InvoiceBatchLine.QtyEntered numeric
Quantity | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_InvoiceBatchLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Price | Price Entered - the price based on the selected/base UoM | The price entered is converted to the actual price based on the UoM conversion | C_InvoiceBatchLine.PriceEntered numeric
Amount | +| Price includes Tax | Tax is included in the price | The Tax Included checkbox indicates if the prices include tax. This is also known as the gross price. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.IsTaxIncluded character(1)
Yes-No | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line Amount | Line Extended Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and Charges | Indicates the extended line amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included. The Amount may or may not include tax. If the price list is inclusive tax, the line amount is the same as the line total. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.LineNetAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tax Amount | Tax Amount for a document | The Tax Amount displays the total tax amount for a document. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.TaxAmt numeric
Amount | +| Line Total | Total line amount incl. Tax | Total line amount | C_InvoiceBatchLine.LineTotalAmt numeric
Amount | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_InvoiceBatchLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_InvoiceBatchLine.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Department | | | C_InvoiceBatchLine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | C_InvoiceBatchLine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/InvoicePaymentSchedule_Window_ID-275_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/InvoicePaymentSchedule_Window_ID-275_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c24533e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/InvoicePaymentSchedule_Window_ID-275_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +--- +title: 'Invoice Payment Schedule' +sidebar_label: 'Invoice Payment Schedule' +description: 'Maintain Invoice Payment Schedule' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Invoice Payment Schedule + +Window ID 275 + +*03/06/2003 → 30/06/2021* + +![Invoice Payment Schedule](/img/manual/InvoicePaymentSchedule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Invoice Payment Schedule + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain Payment Schedule of unpaid invoices + +## Tab: Invoice + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 03/06/2003 · Updated 11/09/2013* + +**Description:** Select Invoice + +**Comment/Help:** Select from invoices not fully paid. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Invoice.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Invoice.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Invoice.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_Invoice.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Invoice.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_Invoice.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | C_Invoice.DateInvoiced timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Invoice.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | C_Invoice.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Invoice.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Invoice.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_Invoice.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_Invoice.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | C_Invoice.PaymentRule character(1)
Payment | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Invoice.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Grand Total | Total amount of document | The Grand Total displays the total amount including Tax and Freight in document currency | C_Invoice.GrandTotal numeric
Amount | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_Invoice.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Total Lines | Total of all document lines | The Total amount displays the total of all lines in document currency | C_Invoice.TotalLines numeric
Amount | +| Pay Schedule valid | Is the Payment Schedule is valid | Payment Schedules allow to have multiple due dates. | C_Invoice.IsPayScheduleValid character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Payment Schedule + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 03/06/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Mainain Payment Schedule + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_InvoicePaySchedule.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_InvoicePaySchedule.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_InvoicePaySchedule.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment Schedule | Payment Schedule Template | Information when parts of the payment are due | C_InvoicePaySchedule.C_PaySchedule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_InvoicePaySchedule.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Due Date | Date when the payment is due | Date when the payment is due without deductions or discount | C_InvoicePaySchedule.DueDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Amount due | Amount of the payment due | Full amount of the payment due | C_InvoicePaySchedule.DueAmt numeric
Amount | +| Discount Date | Last Date for payments with discount | Last Date where a deduction of the payment discount is allowed | C_InvoicePaySchedule.DiscountDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | C_InvoicePaySchedule.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Validate | Validate Payment Schedule | | C_InvoicePaySchedule.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | C_InvoicePaySchedule.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/InvoiceSchedule_Window_ID-147_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/InvoiceSchedule_Window_ID-147_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..651a9e0a --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/InvoiceSchedule_Window_ID-147_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +--- +title: 'Invoice Schedule' +sidebar_label: 'Invoice Schedule' +description: 'Maintain Invoicing Schedule' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Invoice Schedule + +Window ID 147 + +*09/08/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Invoice Schedule](/img/manual/InvoiceSchedule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Invoicing Schedule + +**Comment/Help:** The Invoice Schedule Window defines the frequency and cut off dates for generating summary invoices. If a customer requires a single invoice for multiple shipments you would define the appropriate invoice schedule and associate it with the Customer. + +## Tab: Invoice Schedule + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Invoice Schedule + +**Comment/Help:** The Invoice Schedule Tab defines the frequency for which batch invoices will be generated for a Business Partner. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_InvoiceSchedule.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_InvoiceSchedule.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_InvoiceSchedule.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_InvoiceSchedule.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_InvoiceSchedule.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | C_InvoiceSchedule.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Amount Limit | Send invoices only if the amount exceeds the limit | The Amount Limit checkbox indicates if invoices will be sent out if they are below the entered limit. | C_InvoiceSchedule.IsAmount character(1)
Yes-No | +| Amount | Amount | Amount | C_InvoiceSchedule.Amt numeric
Amount | +| Invoice Frequency | How often invoices will be generated | The Invoice Frequency indicates the frequency of invoice generation for a Business Partner. | C_InvoiceSchedule.InvoiceFrequency character(1)
List | +| Invoice on even weeks | Send invoices on even weeks | The Invoice on Even Weeks checkbox indicates if biweekly invoices should be sent on even week numbers. | C_InvoiceSchedule.EvenInvoiceWeek character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoice Week Day | Day to generate invoices | The Invoice Week Day indicates the day of the week to generate invoices. | C_InvoiceSchedule.InvoiceWeekDay character(1)
List | +| Invoice weekday cutoff | Last day in the week for shipments to be included | The Invoice Week Day Cutoff indicates the last day of the week a shipment must be made to be included in the invoice schedule. | C_InvoiceSchedule.InvoiceWeekDayCutoff character(1)
List | +| Invoice Day | Day of Invoice Generation | The Invoice Day indicates the day of invoice generation. If twice monthly, the second time is 15 days after this day. | C_InvoiceSchedule.InvoiceDay numeric(10)
Integer | +| Invoice day cut-off | Last day for including shipments | The Invoice Day Cut Off indicates the last day for shipments to be included in the current invoice schedule. For example, if the invoice schedule is defined for the first day of the month, the cut off day may be the 25th of the month. An shipment on the 24th of May would be included in the invoices sent on June 1st but a shipment on the 26th would be included in the invoices sent on July 1st. | C_InvoiceSchedule.InvoiceDayCutoff numeric(10)
Integer | + diff --git a/manual/window/LabelAssignment_Window_ID-200130_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/LabelAssignment_Window_ID-200130_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b2b137a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/LabelAssignment_Window_ID-200130_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Label Assignment' +sidebar_label: 'Label Assignment' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Label Assignment + +Window ID 200130 + +*24/06/2022 → 24/06/2022* + +![Label Assignment](/img/manual/LabelAssignment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Assignment + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 24/06/2022 · Updated 24/06/2022* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_LabelAssignment.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_LabelAssignment.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_LabelAssignment.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_LabelAssignment.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Label | Record Label | | AD_LabelAssignment.AD_Label_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_LabelAssignment.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record UUID | | | AD_LabelAssignment.Record_UU uuid
Record UUID | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_LabelAssignment.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | + diff --git a/manual/window/LabelCategory_Window_ID-200128_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/LabelCategory_Window_ID-200128_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7a7a492d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/LabelCategory_Window_ID-200128_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: 'Label Category' +sidebar_label: 'Label Category' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Label Category + +Window ID 200128 + +*16/05/2022 → 16/05/2022* + +![Label Category](/img/manual/LabelCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Label Category + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 16/05/2022 · Updated 16/05/2022* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_LabelCategory.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_LabelCategory.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_LabelCategory.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_LabelCategory.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_LabelCategory.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Can Be Used in All Tables | | | AD_LabelCategory.IsCanBeUsedInAllTables character(1)
Yes-No | +| Label Style | Label CSS Style | | AD_LabelCategory.AD_LabelStyle_ID numeric(10)
Table | + +## Tab: › Table Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 16/05/2022 · Updated 16/05/2022* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_LabelCategoryTable.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_LabelCategoryTable.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_LabelCategoryTable.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Label Category | Category of a Label | Identifies the category which this label belongs to. | AD_LabelCategoryTable.AD_LabelCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_LabelCategoryTable.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_LabelCategoryTable.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 16/05/2022 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_LabelCategory_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_LabelCategory_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Label Category | Category of a Label | Identifies the category which this label belongs to. | AD_LabelCategory_Trl.AD_LabelCategory_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_LabelCategory_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_LabelCategory_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_LabelCategory_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_LabelCategory_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_LabelCategory_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/LabelPrinter_Window_ID-292_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/LabelPrinter_Window_ID-292_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1421ef2 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/LabelPrinter_Window_ID-292_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: 'Label Printer' +sidebar_label: 'Label Printer' +description: 'Maintain Label Printer Definition' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Label Printer + +Window ID 292 + +*07/10/2003 → 17/02/2022* + +![Label Printer](/img/manual/LabelPrinter-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Label Printer Definition + +## Tab: Printer + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 07/10/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Label Printer + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_LabelPrinter.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_LabelPrinter.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_LabelPrinter.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_LabelPrinter.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_LabelPrinter.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Function + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 07/10/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Label Printer Function + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_LabelPrinterFunction.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_LabelPrinterFunction.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Label printer | Label Printer Definition | | AD_LabelPrinterFunction.AD_LabelPrinter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_LabelPrinterFunction.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_LabelPrinterFunction.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_LabelPrinterFunction.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Function Prefix | Data sent before the function | | AD_LabelPrinterFunction.FunctionPrefix character varying(40)
String | +| XY Position | The Function is XY position | This function positions for the next print operation | AD_LabelPrinterFunction.IsXYPosition character(1)
Yes-No | +| XY Separator | The separator between the X and Y function. | | AD_LabelPrinterFunction.XYSeparator character varying(20)
String | +| Function Suffix | Data sent after the function | | AD_LabelPrinterFunction.FunctionSuffix character varying(40)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/Label_Window_ID-200129_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Label_Window_ID-200129_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..28d7a3e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Label_Window_ID-200129_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +--- +title: 'Label' +sidebar_label: 'Label' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Label + +Window ID 200129 + +*16/05/2022 → 16/05/2022* + +![Label](/img/manual/Label-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Label + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 16/05/2022 · Updated 16/05/2022* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Label.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Label.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Label.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Label.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Label.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Label Category | Category of a Label | Identifies the category which this label belongs to. | AD_Label.AD_LabelCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Label Style | Label CSS Style | | AD_Label.AD_LabelStyle_ID numeric(10)
Table | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 16/05/2022 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Label_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Label_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Label | Record Label | | AD_Label_Trl.AD_Label_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Label_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Label_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Label_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Label_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Label_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/Language_Window_ID-106_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Language_Window_ID-106_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cccad99f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Language_Window_ID-106_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: 'Language' +sidebar_label: 'Language' +description: 'Maintain Languages' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Language + +Window ID 106 + +*21/05/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Language](/img/manual/Language-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Languages + +**Comment/Help:** The Language Window allows you to define multiple parallel language for users. This allows users to access the same data but have the windows, tabs and fields appear in different languages. +If a language is a System Language, you can change the User Interface to this language (after translation). Otherwise the language is only used for printing documents. + +For the language code, we suggest using the Java convention of country and language (e.g. fr_CN - Canadian French). + +Verify the translation creates missing translation records. Start this process after creating a new language. + +## Tab: Language + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** System and User Languages + +**Comment/Help:** If you want to add an additional User Interface language, select "System Language". Otherwise, the system allows you to just translate elements for printing documents. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Language.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Language.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Language.AD_Language character varying(6)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Language.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Print Text | The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence. | The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters. | AD_Language.PrintName character varying(60)
String | +| ISO Language Code | Lower-case two-letter ISO-3166 code - http://www.ics.uci.edu/pub/ietf/http/related/iso639.txt | The ISO Language Code indicates the standard ISO code for a language in lower case. Information can be found at http://www.ics.uci.edu/pub/ietf/http/related/iso639.txt | AD_Language.LanguageISO character(2)
String | +| ISO Country Code | Upper-case two-letter alphanumeric ISO Country code according to ISO 3166-1 | The official list can be found at https://www.iso.org/obp/ui/#search | AD_Language.CountryCode character(2)
String | +| System Language | The screens, etc. are maintained in this Language | Select, if you want to have translated screens available in this language. Please notify your system administrator to run the language maintenance scripts to enable the use of this language. If the language is not supplied, you can translate the terms yourself. | AD_Language.IsSystemLanguage character(1)
Yes-No | +| Login Locale | | | AD_Language.IsLoginLocale character(1)
Yes-No | +| Base Language | The system information is maintained in this language | | AD_Language.IsBaseLanguage character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Language.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Pattern | Java Date Pattern | Option Date pattern in Java notation. Examples: dd.MM.yyyy - dd/MM/yyyy
If the pattern for your language is not correct, please create a iDempiere support request with the correct information | AD_Language.DatePattern character varying(20)
String | +| Time Pattern | Java Time Pattern | Option Time pattern in Java notation. Examples: "hh:mm:ss aaa z" - "HH:mm:ss"
If the pattern for your language is not correct, please create a iDempiere support request with the correct information | AD_Language.TimePattern character varying(20)
String | +| Print Paper | Printer paper definition | Printer Paper Size, Orientation and Margins | AD_Language.AD_PrintPaper_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language Maintenance | Maintain language translation in system | You can Add Missing Translation entries (required after activating an additional System Language) - Delete Translation Records - or Re-Create the translation Records (first delete and add missing entries).
Note that Adding the Missing Translation records creates them by copying the System Language (English). You would apply the Language Pack after that process. Run Synchronize Terminology after importing the translation. | AD_Language.Processing character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/Lead_Window_ID-53153_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Lead_Window_ID-53153_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3a750c41 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Lead_Window_ID-53153_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +--- +title: 'Lead' +sidebar_label: 'Lead' +description: 'Maintain Leads' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Lead + +Window ID 53153 + +*25/08/2013 → 04/01/2021* + +![Lead](/img/manual/Lead-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Leads + +**Comment/Help:** The Lead Window allows you to maintain Leads (can be Sales or Purchase). These are unqualified contacts to who you wish to recruit or market to. + +## Tab: Lead + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 31/12/2020* + +**Description:** Any information about the contact + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_User.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_User.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_User.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | AD_User.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_User.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_User.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Convert Lead | Convert Lead to BP and Opportunity | Convert Lead into a Business Partner and (optional) Sales Opportunity | AD_User.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_User.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Lead | This contact is a sales lead | Sales leads can be converted into full contacts with Business Partners. | AD_User.IsSalesLead character(1)
Yes-No | +| Vendor Lead | This contact is a vendor lead | Vendor leads can be converted into full contacts with Business Partners. | AD_User.IsVendorLead character(1)
Yes-No | +| Phone | Identifies a telephone number | The Phone field identifies a telephone number | AD_User.Phone character varying(40)
String | +| 2nd Phone | Identifies an alternate telephone number. | The 2nd Phone field identifies an alternate telephone number. | AD_User.Phone2 character varying(40)
String | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | AD_User.EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Fax | Facsimile number | The Fax identifies a facsimile number for this Business Partner or Location | AD_User.Fax character varying(40)
String | +| Address | Location or Address | The Location / Address field defines the location of an entity. | AD_User.C_Location_ID numeric(10)
Location (Address) | +| Birthday | Birthday or Anniversary day | Birthday or Anniversary day | AD_User.Birthday timestamp without time zone
Date | +| BP Name | | | AD_User.BPName character varying(60)
String | +| BP Address | Address of the Business Partner | | AD_User.BP_Location_ID numeric(10)
Location (Address) | +| Position | Job Position | | AD_User.C_Job_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | AD_User.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | AD_User.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Lead Source | The source of this lead/opportunity | | AD_User.LeadSource character varying(10)
List | +| Lead Source Description | Additional information on the source of this lead/opportunity | | AD_User.LeadSourceDescription character varying(255)
Text | +| Lead Status | The status of this lead/opportunity in the sales cycle | | AD_User.LeadStatus character varying(10)
List | +| Lead Status Description | Additional information on the status of this lead/opportunity | | AD_User.LeadStatusDescription character varying(255)
Text | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | AD_User.Comments character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Activity + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 25/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ContactActivity.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ContactActivity.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_ContactActivity.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Activity Type | Type of activity, e.g. task, email, phone call | | C_ContactActivity.ContactActivityType character varying(10)
List | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ContactActivity.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_ContactActivity.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sales Opportunity | | | C_ContactActivity.C_Opportunity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | C_ContactActivity.Comments text
Text | +| Start Date | First effective day (inclusive) | The Start Date indicates the first or starting date | C_ContactActivity.StartDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| End Date | Last effective date (inclusive) | The End Date indicates the last date in this range. | C_ContactActivity.EndDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Complete | It is complete | Indication that this is complete | C_ContactActivity.IsComplete character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Location_Window_ID-121_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Location_Window_ID-121_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e44bd01c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Location_Window_ID-121_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: 'Location' +sidebar_label: 'Location' +description: 'Maintain Location Address' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Location + +Window ID 121 + +*11/06/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Location](/img/manual/Location-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Location Address + +**Comment/Help:** The Location Window defines the address data within the system. This window is for System Admin only. Users would access location entries using the location button or tab on the appropriate window (i.e Order Entry or Business Partner) + +## Tab: Location + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/06/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Location + +**Comment/Help:** The Location Tab defines the location of an Organization. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Location.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Location.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Location.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Address 1 | Address line 1 for this location | The Address 1 identifies the address for an entity's location | C_Location.Address1 character varying(60)
String | +| Address 2 | Address line 2 for this location | The Address 2 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information. | C_Location.Address2 character varying(60)
String | +| Address 3 | Address Line 3 for the location | The Address 2 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information. | C_Location.Address3 character varying(60)
String | +| Address 4 | Address Line 4 for the location | The Address 4 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information. | C_Location.Address4 character varying(60)
String | +| City | Identifies a City | The City identifies a unique City for this Country or Region. | C_Location.City character varying(60)
String | +| City | City | City in a country | C_Location.C_City_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Address 5 | Address Line 5 for the location | The Address 5 provides additional address information for an entity. It can be used for building location, apartment number or similar information. | C_Location.Address5 character varying(60)
String | +| ZIP | Postal code | The Postal Code or ZIP identifies the postal code for this entity's address. | C_Location.Postal character varying(10)
String | +| Additional Zip | Additional ZIP or Postal code | The Additional ZIP or Postal Code identifies, if appropriate, any additional Postal Code information. | C_Location.Postal_Add character varying(10)
String | +| Region | Identifies a geographical Region | The Region identifies a unique Region for this Country. | C_Location.C_Region_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Region | Name of the Region | The Region Name defines the name that will print when this region is used in a document. | C_Location.RegionName character varying(40)
String | +| Country | Country | The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document. | C_Location.C_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Validate Address | | | C_Location.ValidateAddress character(1)
Button | +| Result | Result of the action taken | The Result indicates the result of any action taken on this request. | C_Location.Result character varying(2000)
Text | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | C_Location.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Address Validation | | | C_Location.C_AddressValidation_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | C_Location.Comments character varying(2000)
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/LocatorType_Window_ID-200074_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/LocatorType_Window_ID-200074_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea13bf01 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/LocatorType_Window_ID-200074_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Locator Type' +sidebar_label: 'Locator Type' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Locator Type + +Window ID 200074 + +*09/06/2015 → 09/06/2015* + +![Locator Type](/img/manual/LocatorType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Locator Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/06/2015 · Updated 09/06/2015* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_LocatorType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_LocatorType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_LocatorType.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_LocatorType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | M_LocatorType.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Available for Replenishment | | | M_LocatorType.IsAvailableForReplenishment character(1)
Yes-No | +| Available for Reservation | | | M_LocatorType.IsAvailableForReservation character(1)
Yes-No | +| Available for Shipping | | | M_LocatorType.IsAvailableForShipping character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_LocatorType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/LotControl_Window_ID-258_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/LotControl_Window_ID-258_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e189f558 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/LotControl_Window_ID-258_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +--- +title: 'Lot Control' +sidebar_label: 'Lot Control' +description: 'Product Lot Control' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Lot Control + +Window ID 258 + +*05/05/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Lot Control](/img/manual/LotControl-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Product Lot Control + +**Comment/Help:** Definition to create Lot numbers for Products + +## Tab: Lot Control + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 05/05/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Product Lot Control + +**Comment/Help:** Definition to create Lot numbers for Products + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_LotCtl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_LotCtl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_LotCtl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_LotCtl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_LotCtl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Start No | Starting number/position | The Start Number indicates the starting position in the line or field number in the line | M_LotCtl.StartNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Increment | The number to increment the last document number by | The Increment indicates the number to increment the last document number by to arrive at the next sequence number | M_LotCtl.IncrementNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Current Next | The next number to be used | The Current Next indicates the next number to use for this document | M_LotCtl.CurrentNext numeric(10)
Integer | +| Prefix | Prefix before the sequence number | The Prefix indicates the characters to print in front of the document number. | M_LotCtl.Prefix character varying(10)
String | +| Suffix | Suffix after the number | The Suffix indicates the characters to append to the document number. | M_LotCtl.Suffix character varying(10)
String | + +## Tab: › Exclude + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 01/09/2005 · Updated 02/09/2005* + +**Description:** Exclude the ability to create Lots in Attribute Sets + +**Comment/Help:** Create a record, if you want to exclude the ability to create Lots in Product Attribute Set information. +Note that the information is cached. To have effect you may have to re-login or reset cache. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_LotCtlExclude.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_LotCtlExclude.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Lot Control | Product Lot Control | Definition to create Lot numbers for Products | M_LotCtlExclude.M_LotCtl_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_LotCtlExclude.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | M_LotCtlExclude.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | M_LotCtlExclude.IsSOTrx character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Lot_Window_ID-257_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Lot_Window_ID-257_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8972031d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Lot_Window_ID-257_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +--- +title: 'Lot' +sidebar_label: 'Lot' +description: 'Product Lot Definition' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Lot + +Window ID 257 + +*05/05/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Lot](/img/manual/Lot-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Product Lot Definition + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain the individual Lot of a Product + +## Tab: Lot + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 05/05/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Product Lot Definition + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain the individual Lot of a Product + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Lot.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Lot.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Lot.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Lot Control | Product Lot Control | Definition to create Lot numbers for Products | M_Lot.M_LotCtl_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_Lot.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Lot.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | M_Lot.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Lot.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date From | Starting date for a range | The Date From indicates the starting date of a range. | M_Lot.DateFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date To | End date of a date range | The Date To indicates the end date of a range (inclusive) | M_Lot.DateTo timestamp without time zone
Date | + diff --git a/manual/window/MFAMethod_Window_ID-200114_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/MFAMethod_Window_ID-200114_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8c6f517e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/MFAMethod_Window_ID-200114_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +--- +title: 'MFA Method' +sidebar_label: 'MFA Method' +description: 'Multi-factor Authentication Method' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# MFA Method + +Window ID 200114 + +*30/05/2021 → 30/05/2021* + +![MFA Method](/img/manual/MFAMethod-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Multi-factor Authentication Method + +## Tab: MFA Method + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 30/05/2021 · Updated 30/05/2021* + +**Description:** Multi-factor Authentication Method + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | MFA_Method.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | MFA_Method.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | MFA_Method.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | MFA_Method.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | MFA_Method.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Method | | | MFA_Method.Method character varying(60)
List | +| MFA Type | Multi-factor authentication type (Something you Know/Have/Are, Location) | | MFA_Method.MFAType character(1)
List | +| Parameter Element | | | MFA_Method.MFA_ElementPrm_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Expire in Minutes | | | MFA_Method.ExpireInMinutes numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | MFA_Method.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Mail Template | Text templates for mailings | The Mail Template indicates the mail template for return messages. Mail text can include variables. The priority of parsing is User/Contact, Business Partner and then the underlying business object (like Request, Dunning, Workflow object).<br>
So, @Name@ would resolve into the User name (if user is defined defined), then Business Partner name (if business partner is defined) and then the Name of the business object if it has a Name.<br>
For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is translated based on the Business Partner's language selection. | MFA_Method.R_MailText_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Issuer | | | MFA_Method.MFAIssuer character varying(2000)
String | +| Allowed Time Period Discrepancy | | | MFA_Method.MFAAllowedTimeDiscrepancy numeric(10)
Integer | +| Time Provider | | | MFA_Method.MFATimeProvider character(1)
List | +| Time Server | | | MFA_Method.MFATimeServer character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/MFARegisteredDevice_Window_ID-200115_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/MFARegisteredDevice_Window_ID-200115_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7c587f6d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/MFARegisteredDevice_Window_ID-200115_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'MFA Registered Device' +sidebar_label: 'MFA Registered Device' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# MFA Registered Device + +Window ID 200115 + +*30/05/2021 → 30/05/2021* + +![MFA Registered Device](/img/manual/MFARegisteredDevice-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: MFA Registered Device + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 30/05/2021 · Updated 30/05/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | MFA_RegisteredDevice.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | MFA_RegisteredDevice.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | MFA_RegisteredDevice.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| MFA Device Identifier | Multi-factor Authentication Device Identifier | | MFA_RegisteredDevice.MFADeviceIdentifier character varying(2000)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | MFA_RegisteredDevice.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Expire On | Expire On | | MFA_RegisteredDevice.Expiration timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | MFA_RegisteredDevice.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/MFARegistration_Window_ID-200116_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/MFARegistration_Window_ID-200116_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4fd88f83 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/MFARegistration_Window_ID-200116_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +--- +title: 'MFA Registration' +sidebar_label: 'MFA Registration' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# MFA Registration + +Window ID 200116 + +*30/05/2021 → 30/05/2021* + +![MFA Registration](/img/manual/MFARegistration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: MFA Registration + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 30/05/2021 · Updated 30/05/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | MFA_Registration.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | MFA_Registration.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | MFA_Registration.Name character varying(1000)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | MFA_Registration.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | MFA_Registration.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| MFA Method | Multi-factor Authentication Method | | MFA_Registration.MFA_Method_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Parameter Value | | | MFA_Registration.ParameterValue character varying(2000)
String | +| MFA Secret | Multi-factor Authentication Secret | | MFA_Registration.MFASecret character varying(2000)
String | +| Expire On | Expire On | | MFA_Registration.Expiration timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | MFA_Registration.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Preferred | | | MFA_Registration.IsUserMFAPreferred character(1)
Yes-No | +| Validated at | | | MFA_Registration.MFAValidatedAt timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Unregistered at | | | MFA_Registration.MFAUnregisteredAt timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | MFA_Registration.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Last MFA Secret | | | MFA_Registration.MFALastSecret character varying(2000)
String | +| Last Success | | | MFA_Registration.LastSuccess timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Last Failure | | | MFA_Registration.LastFailure timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Failed Login Count | | | MFA_Registration.FailedLoginCount numeric(10)
Integer | + diff --git a/manual/window/MFARule_Window_ID-200117_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/MFARule_Window_ID-200117_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc577284 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/MFARule_Window_ID-200117_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +--- +title: 'MFA Rule' +sidebar_label: 'MFA Rule' +description: 'Multi-factor Authentication Rule' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# MFA Rule + +Window ID 200117 + +*30/05/2021 → 30/05/2021* + +![MFA Rule](/img/manual/MFARule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Multi-factor Authentication Rule + +## Tab: MFA Rule + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 30/05/2021 · Updated 30/05/2021* + +**Description:** Multi-factor Authentication Rule + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | MFA_Rule.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | MFA_Rule.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| MFA Method | Multi-factor Authentication Method | | MFA_Rule.MFA_Method_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | MFA_Rule.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | MFA_Rule.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/MailTemplate_Window_ID-204_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/MailTemplate_Window_ID-204_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4da083ba --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/MailTemplate_Window_ID-204_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +--- +title: 'Mail Template' +sidebar_label: 'Mail Template' +description: 'Maintain Mail Template' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Mail Template + +Window ID 204 + +*11/01/2001 → 13/11/2005* + +![Mail Template](/img/manual/MailTemplate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Mail Template + +**Comment/Help:** Mail templates can contain variables of the user, business partner or a general object. The priority of parsing is User/Contact, Business Partner and then the underlying business object (like Request, Dunning, Workflow object).<br> +So, @Name@ would resolve into the User name (if user is defined defined), then Business Partner name (if business partner is defined) and then the Name of the business object if it has a Name.<br> +For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is translated based on the Business Partner's language selection. + +## Tab: Mail Template + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/01/2001 · Updated 07/07/2005* + +**Description:** Maintain Mail Template + +**Comment/Help:** A mail template can contain variables, e.g. @Name@. +The variables are replaced based on the context. First, the the User is searched to find the variables. +Additional objects are used for dunning (business partner, dunning entry), asset delivery (asset) and invoice print (business partner, invoice) + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_MailText.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_MailText.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | R_MailText.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_MailText.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Subject | Mail Header (Subject) | The subject of the mail message | R_MailText.MailHeader character varying(2000)
String | +| Mail Text | Text used for Mail message | The Mail Text indicates the text used for mail messages. | R_MailText.MailText text
Text | +| Mail Text 2 | Optional second text part used for Mail message | The Mail Text indicates the text used for mail messages. | R_MailText.MailText2 character varying(2000)
Text | +| Mail Text 3 | Optional third text part used for Mail message | The Mail Text indicates the text used for mail messages. | R_MailText.MailText3 character varying(2000)
Text | +| HTML | Text has HTML tags | | R_MailText.IsHtml character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/11/2005 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Translation + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_MailText_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_MailText_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Mail Template | Text templates for mailings | The Mail Template indicates the mail template for return messages. Mail text can include variables. The priority of parsing is User/Contact, Business Partner and then the underlying business object (like Request, Dunning, Workflow object).<br>
So, @Name@ would resolve into the User name (if user is defined defined), then Business Partner name (if business partner is defined) and then the Name of the business object if it has a Name.<br>
For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is translated based on the Business Partner's language selection. | R_MailText_Trl.R_MailText_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | R_MailText_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | R_MailText_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_MailText_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | R_MailText_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Subject | Mail Header (Subject) | The subject of the mail message | R_MailText_Trl.MailHeader character varying(2000)
Text | +| Mail Text | Text used for Mail message | The Mail Text indicates the text used for mail messages. | R_MailText_Trl.MailText text
Text | +| Mail Text 2 | Optional second text part used for Mail message | The Mail Text indicates the text used for mail messages. | R_MailText_Trl.MailText2 character varying(2000)
Text | +| Mail Text 3 | Optional third text part used for Mail message | The Mail Text indicates the text used for mail messages. | R_MailText_Trl.MailText3 character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › User Mail + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 02/05/2005 · Updated 13/11/2005* + +**Description:** Mail sent to the user + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserMail.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserMail.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Mail Template | Text templates for mailings | The Mail Template indicates the mail template for return messages. Mail text can include variables. The priority of parsing is User/Contact, Business Partner and then the underlying business object (like Request, Dunning, Workflow object).<br>
So, @Name@ would resolve into the User name (if user is defined defined), then Business Partner name (if business partner is defined) and then the Name of the business object if it has a Name.<br>
For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is translated based on the Business Partner's language selection. | AD_UserMail.R_MailText_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_UserMail.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Message ID | EMail Message ID | SMTP Message ID for tracking purposes | AD_UserMail.MessageID character varying(120)
String | +| Delivery Confirmation | EMail Delivery confirmation | | AD_UserMail.DeliveryConfirmation character varying(120)
String | +| Delivered | | | AD_UserMail.IsDelivered character(1)
List | + diff --git a/manual/window/MarketingCampaign_Window_ID-149_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/MarketingCampaign_Window_ID-149_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9a7ea9fb --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/MarketingCampaign_Window_ID-149_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +--- +title: 'Marketing Campaign' +sidebar_label: 'Marketing Campaign' +description: 'Maintain Marketing Campaigns' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Marketing Campaign + +Window ID 149 + +*23/09/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Marketing Campaign](/img/manual/MarketingCampaign-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Marketing Campaigns + +**Comment/Help:** The Marketing Campaign Window defines the start and end date for a campaign. It also gives a running balance of the invoice amounts which referred to this campaign. + +## Tab: Campaign + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/09/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Marketing Campaign + +**Comment/Help:** The Marketing Campaign Tab defines the parameters for a Campaign. These include a start and end date as well as the amount of any invoices that have been processed which reference this campaign. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Campaign.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Campaign.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Campaign.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Campaign.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Campaign.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Campaign.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | C_Campaign.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Channel | Sales Channel | The Sales Channel identifies a channel (or method) of sales generation. | C_Campaign.C_Channel_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Start Date | First effective day (inclusive) | The Start Date indicates the first or starting date | C_Campaign.StartDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| End Date | Last effective date (inclusive) | The End Date indicates the last date in this range. | C_Campaign.EndDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Costs | Costs in accounting currency | The Costs indicates the cost of a campaign in an Organizations accounting currency. | C_Campaign.Costs numeric
Costs+Prices | + +## Tab: › Opportunity + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 25/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Opportunity.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Opportunity.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Opportunity.DocumentNo character varying(60)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Opportunity.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_Opportunity.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Opportunity.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Opportunity.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sales Stage | Stages of the sales process | Define what stages your sales process will move through | C_Opportunity.C_SalesStage_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Probability | | | C_Opportunity.Probability numeric
Amount | +| Expected Close Date | Expected Close Date | The Expected Close Date indicates the expected last or final date | C_Opportunity.ExpectedCloseDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Opportunity Amount | The estimated value of this opportunity. | | C_Opportunity.OpportunityAmt numeric
Amount | +| Weighted Amount | The amount adjusted by the probability. | | C_Opportunity.WeightedAmt
Amount | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Opportunity.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Opportunity.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | C_Opportunity.Comments text
Text | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Opportunity.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Close Date | Close Date | The Start Date indicates the last or final date | C_Opportunity.CloseDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Cost | Cost information | | C_Opportunity.Cost numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/03/2014 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Campaign_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Campaign_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Campaign_Trl.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_Campaign_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Campaign_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_Campaign_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Campaign_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Campaign_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/MarketingChannel_Window_ID-150_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/MarketingChannel_Window_ID-150_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7bc2b8e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/MarketingChannel_Window_ID-150_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +--- +title: 'Marketing Channel' +sidebar_label: 'Marketing Channel' +description: 'Maintain Marketing Channels' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Marketing Channel + +Window ID 150 + +*23/09/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Marketing Channel](/img/manual/MarketingChannel-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Marketing Channels + +**Comment/Help:** The Marketing Channel Window defines the different channels used in Marketing Campaigns + +## Tab: Channel + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/09/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Distribution Channel + +**Comment/Help:** The Marketing Channel Tab defines the different methods or processes through which customers are obtained. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Channel.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Channel.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Channel.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Channel.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Channel.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Print Color | Color used for printing and display | Colors used for printing and display | C_Channel.AD_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/MatchedInvoices_Window_ID-107_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/MatchedInvoices_Window_ID-107_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c6ff47fa --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/MatchedInvoices_Window_ID-107_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +--- +title: 'Matched Invoices' +sidebar_label: 'Matched Invoices' +description: 'View Matched Invoices' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Matched Invoices + +Window ID 107 + +*21/05/1999 → 25/11/2005* + +![Matched Invoices](/img/manual/MatchedInvoices-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** View Matched Invoices + +**Comment/Help:** View detals of matched invoice lines to material receipt lines + +## Tab: Match Invoice + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/02/2002 · Updated 25/11/2005* + +**Description:** View matched Invoices + +**Comment/Help:** View detals of matched invoice lines to material receipt lines + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_MatchInv.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_MatchInv.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_MatchInv.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | M_MatchInv.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_MatchInv.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | M_MatchInv.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Referenced Match Invoice | | | M_MatchInv.Ref_MatchInv_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | M_MatchInv.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_MatchInv.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_MatchInv.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_MatchInv.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | M_MatchInv.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | M_MatchInv.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | M_MatchInv.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Delete | Delete Invoice Matching Record | | M_MatchInv.Processing character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/MatchedPurchaseOrders_Window_ID-228_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/MatchedPurchaseOrders_Window_ID-228_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9c8dc3d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/MatchedPurchaseOrders_Window_ID-228_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +--- +title: 'Matched Purchase Orders' +sidebar_label: 'Matched Purchase Orders' +description: 'View Matched Purchase Orders' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Matched Purchase Orders + +Window ID 228 + +*05/09/2001 → 25/11/2005* + +![Matched Purchase Orders](/img/manual/MatchedPurchaseOrders-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** View Matched Purchase Orders + +**Comment/Help:** View detals of matched purchase order lines to invoice lines and material receipt lines + +## Tab: Match PO + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/02/2002 · Updated 25/11/2005* + +**Description:** View matched Purchase Orders + +**Comment/Help:** View detals of matched purchase order lines to invoice lines and material receipt lines + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_MatchPO.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_MatchPO.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_MatchPO.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | M_MatchPO.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_MatchPO.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Purchase Order Line | Purchase Order Line | The Purchase Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order. | M_MatchPO.C_OrderLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Referenced Match PO | | | M_MatchPO.Ref_MatchPO_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | M_MatchPO.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | M_MatchPO.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_MatchPO.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_MatchPO.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_MatchPO.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | M_MatchPO.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | M_MatchPO.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Price Match Difference | Difference between Purchase and Invoice Price per matched line | The difference between purchase and invoice price may be used for requiring explicit approval if a Price Match Tolerance is defined on Business Partner Group level. | M_MatchPO.PriceMatchDifference numeric
Amount | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | M_MatchPO.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | M_MatchPO.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Delete | Delete PO Matching Record | | M_MatchPO.Processing character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/MaterialReceipt_Window_ID-184_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/MaterialReceipt_Window_ID-184_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f69310e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/MaterialReceipt_Window_ID-184_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +--- +title: 'Material Receipt' +sidebar_label: 'Material Receipt' +description: 'Vendor Shipments (Receipts)' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Material Receipt + +Window ID 184 + +*23/05/2000 → 26/02/2005* + +![Material Receipt](/img/manual/MaterialReceipt-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Vendor Shipments (Receipts) + +**Comment/Help:** The Vendor Shipment Window defines the receipt of product or material from a Vendor. The Shipment may be manually entered or may be generated from a Purchase Order or Vendor Invoice. + +## Tab: Material Receipt + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/05/2000 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +**Description:** Enter Receipts + +**Comment/Help:** The Shipments Tab allows you to generate, maintain, enter and process Shipments from a Vendor. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOut.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOut.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Purchase Order | Purchase Order | The Purchase Order is a control document. The Purchase Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | M_InOut.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | M_InOut.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| RMA | Return Material Authorization | A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos | M_InOut.M_RMA_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_InOut.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | M_InOut.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InOut.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | M_InOut.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | M_InOut.MovementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | M_InOut.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | M_InOut.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship from) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | M_InOut.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | M_InOut.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_InOut.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority | Priority of a document | The Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document | M_InOut.PriorityRule character(1)
List | +| Delivery Via | How the order will be delivered | The Delivery Via indicates how the products should be delivered. For example, will the order be picked up or shipped. | M_InOut.DeliveryViaRule character(1)
List | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | M_InOut.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Company Agent | Purchase or Company Agent | Purchase agent for the document. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | M_InOut.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Delivery Rule | Defines the timing of Delivery | The Delivery Rule indicates when an order should be delivered. For example should the order be delivered when the entire order is complete, when a line is complete or as the products become available. | M_InOut.DeliveryRule character(1)
List | +| Freight Cost Rule | Method for charging Freight | The Freight Cost Rule indicates the method used when charging for freight. | M_InOut.FreightCostRule character(1)
List | +| Freight Amount | Freight Amount | The Freight Amount indicates the amount charged for Freight in the document currency. | M_InOut.FreightAmt numeric
Amount | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | M_InOut.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Charge amount | Charge Amount | The Charge Amount indicates the amount for an additional charge. | M_InOut.ChargeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Drop Shipment | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location using the Drop Ship Business Partner name and contact. | M_InOut.IsDropShip character(1)
Yes-No | +| Drop Ship Business Partner | Business Partner to ship to | If empty the business partner will be shipped to. | M_InOut.DropShip_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Drop Shipment Location | Business Partner Location for shipping to | | M_InOut.DropShip_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Drop Shipment Contact | Business Partner Contact for drop shipment | | M_InOut.DropShip_User_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Tracking No | Number to track the shipment | | M_InOut.TrackingNo character varying(60)
String | +| Create lines from | Process which will generate a new document lines based on an existing document | The Create From process will create a new document based on information in an existing document selected by the user. | M_InOut.CreateLinesFrom character(1)
Button | +| Generate Invoice from Receipt | Create and process Invoice from this receipt. The receipt should be correct and completed. | Generate Invoice from Receipt will create an invoice based on the selected receipt and match the invoice to that receipt. You can set the document number only if the invoice document type allows to set the document number manually. | M_InOut.GenerateTo character(1)
Button | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | M_InOut.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | M_InOut.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | M_InOut.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | M_InOut.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_InOut.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_InOut.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Movement Type | Method of moving the inventory | The Movement Type indicates the type of movement (in, out, to production, etc) | M_InOut.MovementType character(2)
List | +| Create Confirmation | Create Confirmations for the Document | The confirmations generated need to be processed (confirmed) before you can process this document | M_InOut.CreateConfirm character(1)
Button | +| In Transit | Movement is in transit | Material Movement is in transit - shipped, but not received.
The transaction is completed, if confirmed. | M_InOut.IsInTransit character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Received | Date a product was received | The Date Received indicates the date that product was received. | M_InOut.DateReceived timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | M_InOut.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Shipment | Process Shipment/Receipt (Update Inventory) | Process Shipment/Receipt will move products out of/into inventory and mark line items as shipped/received. | M_InOut.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| In Dispute | Document is in dispute | The document is in dispute. Use Requests to track details. | M_InOut.IsInDispute character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | M_InOut.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Cost Center | | | M_InOut.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | M_InOut.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Receipt Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 23/05/2000 · Updated 02/09/2005* + +**Description:** Shipment Line + +**Comment/Help:** The Shipment Line Tab defines the individual items in a Shipment. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOutLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOutLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Receipt | Material Receipt Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | M_InOutLine.M_InOut_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Purchase Order Line | Purchase Order Line | The Purchase Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order. | M_InOutLine.C_OrderLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | M_InOutLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_InOutLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_InOutLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_InOutLine.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | M_InOutLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InOutLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Quantity | The Quantity Entered is based on the selected UoM | The Quantity Entered is converted to base product UoM quantity | M_InOutLine.QtyEntered numeric
Quantity | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | M_InOutLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_InOutLine.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Picked Quantity | | | M_InOutLine.PickedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Target Quantity | Target Movement Quantity | The Quantity which should have been received | M_InOutLine.TargetQty numeric
Quantity | +| Confirmed Quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | M_InOutLine.ConfirmedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Scrapped Quantity | The Quantity scrapped due to QA issues | | M_InOutLine.ScrappedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | M_InOutLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | M_InOutLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Phase | Phase of a Project | | M_InOutLine.C_ProjectPhase_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Task | Actual Project Task in a Phase | A Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work. | M_InOutLine.C_ProjectTask_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | M_InOutLine.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | M_InOutLine.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_InOutLine.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_InOutLine.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Cost Center | | | M_InOutLine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | M_InOutLine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › › Confirmations + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 27/01/2005 · Updated 22/05/2005* + +**Description:** Optional Confirmations of Receipt Lines + +**Comment/Help:** The quantities are in the storage Unit of Measure! + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOutLineConfirm.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOutLineConfirm.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | M_InOutLineConfirm.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Ship/Receipt Confirmation | Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation | Confirmation of Shipment or Receipt - Created from the Shipment/Receipt | M_InOutLineConfirm.M_InOutConfirm_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Ship/Receipt Confirmation Line | Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Line | Confirmation details | M_InOutLineConfirm.M_InOutLineConfirm_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Confirmation No | Confirmation Number | | M_InOutLineConfirm.ConfirmationNo character varying(20)
String | +| Target Quantity | Target Movement Quantity | The Quantity which should have been received | M_InOutLineConfirm.TargetQty numeric
Quantity | +| Confirmed Quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | M_InOutLineConfirm.ConfirmedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Difference | Difference Quantity | | M_InOutLineConfirm.DifferenceQty numeric
Quantity | +| Scrapped Quantity | The Quantity scrapped due to QA issues | | M_InOutLineConfirm.ScrappedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InOutLineConfirm.Description character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › › Attributes + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 15/04/2014 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** Product Instance Attribute Material Allocation + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOutLineMA.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOutLineMA.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | M_InOutLineMA.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_InOutLineMA.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_InOutLineMA.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Date Material Policy | Time used for LIFO and FIFO Material Policy | This field is used to record time used for LIFO and FIFO material policy | M_InOutLineMA.DateMaterialPolicy timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Auto Generated | | Record is Auto Generated by System. | M_InOutLineMA.IsAutoGenerated character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Matched POs + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 27/01/2005 · Updated 15/04/2014* + +**Description:** Purchase Order Lines matched to this Material Receipt Line + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_MatchPO.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_MatchPO.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | M_MatchPO.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_MatchPO.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | M_MatchPO.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Purchase Order Line | Purchase Order Line | The Purchase Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order. | M_MatchPO.C_OrderLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | M_MatchPO.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_MatchPO.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_MatchPO.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_MatchPO.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | M_MatchPO.Posted character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › › Matched Invoices + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 27/01/2005 · Updated 15/04/2014* + +**Description:** Invoice Lines matched to this Material Receipt Line + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_MatchInv.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_MatchInv.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | M_MatchInv.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_MatchInv.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | M_MatchInv.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | M_MatchInv.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_MatchInv.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_MatchInv.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_MatchInv.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | M_MatchInv.Posted character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/Menu_Window_ID-105_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Menu_Window_ID-105_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b3bb9203 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Menu_Window_ID-105_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +--- +title: 'Menu' +sidebar_label: 'Menu' +description: 'Maintain Menu' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Menu + +Window ID 105 + +*21/05/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Menu](/img/manual/Menu-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Menu + +**Comment/Help:** The Maintain Menu Window defines the Menu which will display. It is for System Admin use only. The menu items that each user will see depends upon the security defined. + +## Tab: Menu + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Menu + +**Comment/Help:** The Menu Tab defines the tree structured menu which will be used for the selected Organization. Note that the name and description will be automatically synchronized (overwritten), if not a summary node. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Menu.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Menu.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Menu.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Menu.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Menu.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Menu.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Centrally maintained | Information maintained in System Element table | The Centrally Maintained checkbox indicates if the Name, Description and Help maintained in 'System Element' table or 'Window' table. | AD_Menu.IsCentrallyMaintained character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Only | Field is read only | The Read Only indicates that this field may only be Read. It may not be updated. | AD_Menu.IsReadOnly character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | AD_Menu.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Action | Indicates the Action to be performed | The Action field is a drop down list box which indicates the Action to be performed for this Item. | AD_Menu.Action character(1)
List | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | AD_Menu.IsSOTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_Menu.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow | Workflow or combination of tasks | The Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system. | AD_Menu.AD_Workflow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| OS Task | Operation System Task | The Task field identifies a Operation System Task in the system. | AD_Menu.AD_Task_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_Menu.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Special Form | Special Form | The Special Form field identifies a unique Special Form in the system. | AD_Menu.AD_Form_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_Menu.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Predefined Context Variables | Predefined context variables to inject when opening a menu entry or a window | | AD_Menu.PredefinedContextVariables character varying(4000)
String | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Menu Translation - May not need to be translated + +**Comment/Help:** Menu translations are derived from Window, Process, etc. You only need to translate Summary level items all others will be translated automatically (overwritten) + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Menu_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Menu_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Menu | Identifies a Menu | The Menu identifies a unique Menu. Menus are used to control the display of those screens a user has access to. | AD_Menu_Trl.AD_Menu_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Menu_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Menu_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Menu_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Menu_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Menu_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/Menuuserfavourites_Window_ID-200111_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Menuuserfavourites_Window_ID-200111_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d54cfb9b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Menuuserfavourites_Window_ID-200111_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +--- +title: 'Menu user favourites' +sidebar_label: 'Menu user favourites' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Menu user favourites + +Window ID 200111 + +*27/10/2020 → 27/10/2020* + +![Menu user favourites](/img/manual/Menuuserfavourites-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: User favourite tree + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 27/10/2020 · Updated 13/09/2022* + +**Description:** In this tab, you can see to manage user and role wise favourite tree references + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Tree_Favorite.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Tree_Favorite.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_Tree_Favorite.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Favorite Tree | | | AD_Tree_Favorite.AD_Tree_Favorite_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Tree_Favorite.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Favorite tree node + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/10/2020 · Updated 13/09/2022* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Tree_Favorite_Node.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Tree_Favorite_Node.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Favorite Tree | | | AD_Tree_Favorite_Node.AD_Tree_Favorite_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Favorite Node Tree | | | AD_Tree_Favorite_Node.AD_Tree_Favorite_Node_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Menu | Identifies a Menu | The Menu identifies a unique Menu. Menus are used to control the display of those screens a user has access to. | AD_Tree_Favorite_Node.AD_Menu_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Parent | Parent of Entity | The Parent indicates the value used to represent the next level in a hierarchy or report to level for a record | AD_Tree_Favorite_Node.Parent_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Tree_Favorite_Node.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Tree_Favorite_Node.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Collapsible | Flag to indicate the state of the dashboard panel | Flag to indicate the state of the dashboard panel (i.e. collapsible or static) | AD_Tree_Favorite_Node.IsCollapsible character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_Tree_Favorite_Node.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Favourite | This record is a favourite | | AD_Tree_Favorite_Node.IsFavourite character(1)
Yes-No | +| Login automatic open sequence | Determine the order items will be automatically opened when user logs in | | AD_Tree_Favorite_Node.LoginOpenSeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | AD_Tree_Favorite_Node.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Message_Window_ID-104_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Message_Window_ID-104_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1dce16bc --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Message_Window_ID-104_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +--- +title: 'Message' +sidebar_label: 'Message' +description: 'Maintain Information and Error Messages' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Message + +Window ID 104 + +*21/05/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Message](/img/manual/Message-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Information and Error Messages + +**Comment/Help:** The Message Window defines the Message Text and Message Tips for each system generated message. It is for System Admin use only. + +## Tab: Message + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Information Error and Menu Messages + +**Comment/Help:** The Message Tab displays error message text and menu messages + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Message.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Message.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_Message.Value character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Message.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Message.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Message Type | Type of message (Informational, Menu or Error) | The Message Type indicates the type of message being defined. Valid message types are Informational, Menu and Error. | AD_Message.MsgType character(1)
List | +| Message Text | Textual Informational, Menu or Error Message | The Message Text indicates the message that will display | AD_Message.MsgText character varying(2000)
Text | +| Message Tip | Additional tip or help for this message | The Message Tip defines additional help or information about this message. | AD_Message.MsgTip character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Message_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Message_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Message | System Message | Information and Error messages | AD_Message_Trl.AD_Message_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Message_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Message_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Message_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Message Text | Textual Informational, Menu or Error Message | The Message Text indicates the message that will display | AD_Message_Trl.MsgText character varying(2000)
Text | +| Message Tip | Additional tip or help for this message | The Message Tip defines additional help or information about this message. | AD_Message_Trl.MsgTip character varying(2000)
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/MigrationScripts_Window_ID-53019_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/MigrationScripts_Window_ID-53019_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..500bf68c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/MigrationScripts_Window_ID-53019_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +--- +title: 'Migration Scripts' +sidebar_label: 'Migration Scripts' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Migration Scripts + +Window ID 53019 + +*15/02/2008 → 15/02/2008* + +![Migration Scripts](/img/manual/MigrationScripts-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Migration Scripts + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 15/02/2008 · Updated 15/02/2008* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_MigrationScript.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_MigrationScript.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_MigrationScript.Name character varying(60)
String | +| File Name | Name of the local file or URL | Name of a file in the local directory space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..) | AD_MigrationScript.FileName character varying(500)
FileName | +| Developer Name | | | AD_MigrationScript.DeveloperName character varying(60)
String | +| Apply Script | | | AD_MigrationScript.isApply character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_MigrationScript.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Project | Name of the Project | | AD_MigrationScript.ProjectName character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_MigrationScript.Description character varying(2000)
Text | +| Reference | Reference for this record | The Reference displays the source document number. | AD_MigrationScript.Reference character varying(2000)
Text | +| URL | Full URL address - e.g. http://www.idempiere.org | The URL defines an fully qualified web address like http://www.idempiere.org | AD_MigrationScript.URL character varying(2000)
URL | +| Release No | Internal Release Number | | AD_MigrationScript.ReleaseNo character varying(10)
Text | +| Status | Status of the currently running check | Status of the currently running check | AD_MigrationScript.Status character(2)
List | +| Script | Dynamic Java Language Script to calculate result | Use Java language constructs to define the result of the calculation | AD_MigrationScript.Script bytea
Binary | + diff --git a/manual/window/ModelGeneratorTemplate_Window_ID-200141_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ModelGeneratorTemplate_Window_ID-200141_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..250a2f14 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ModelGeneratorTemplate_Window_ID-200141_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Model Generator Template' +sidebar_label: 'Model Generator Template' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Model Generator Template + +Window ID 200141 + +*10/07/2023 → 10/07/2023* + +![Model Generator Template](/img/manual/ModelGeneratorTemplate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Model Generator Template + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 10/07/2023 · Updated 10/07/2023* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ModelGeneratorTemplate.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ModelGeneratorTemplate.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_ModelGeneratorTemplate.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ModelGeneratorTemplate.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Folder | A folder on a local or remote system to store data into | We store files in folders, especially media files. | AD_ModelGeneratorTemplate.Folder character varying(255)
String | +| DB Table Name | | You can use % or a comma separated list of table names (case sensitive)
Using '@TableName@' will change to current table when executing the process | AD_ModelGeneratorTemplate.TableName character varying(2000)
String | +| Package Name | | | AD_ModelGeneratorTemplate.PackageName character varying(60)
String | +| Table Entity Type | | | AD_ModelGeneratorTemplate.TableEntityType character varying(20)
String | +| Column Entity Type | | | AD_ModelGeneratorTemplate.ColumnEntityType character varying(20)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/ModelValidator_Window_ID-53003_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ModelValidator_Window_ID-53003_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cce51b11 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ModelValidator_Window_ID-53003_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Model Validator' +sidebar_label: 'Model Validator' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Model Validator + +Window ID 53003 + +*22/10/2007 → 22/10/2007* + +![Model Validator](/img/manual/ModelValidator-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Model Validator + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 22/10/2007 · Updated 22/10/2007* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ModelValidator.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ModelValidator.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_ModelValidator.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_ModelValidator.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_ModelValidator.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_ModelValidator.Help character varying(2000)
String | +| Model Validation Class | | | AD_ModelValidator.ModelValidationClass character varying(255)
String | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_ModelValidator.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ModelValidator.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/MoveConfirmation_Window_ID-333_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/MoveConfirmation_Window_ID-333_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..38485b8c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/MoveConfirmation_Window_ID-333_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +--- +title: 'Move Confirmation' +sidebar_label: 'Move Confirmation' +description: 'Confirm Inventory Moves' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Move Confirmation + +Window ID 333 + +*17/06/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Move Confirmation](/img/manual/MoveConfirmation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Confirm Inventory Moves + +**Comment/Help:** The document is automatically created when the document type of the movement indicates In Transit.. If there is a difference quantity, a Physical Inventory is created for the source (from) warehouse. If there is a scrapped quantity, a Physical Inventory is created for the target (to) warehouse. + +## Tab: Confirmation + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 17/06/2004 · Updated 11/09/2013* + +**Description:** Confirm Inventory Moves + +**Comment/Help:** The document is automatically created when the document type of the movement indicates In Transit. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_MovementConfirm.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_MovementConfirm.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_MovementConfirm.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Inventory Move | Movement of Inventory | The Inventory Movement uniquely identifies a group of movement lines. | M_MovementConfirm.M_Movement_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_MovementConfirm.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | M_MovementConfirm.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Approval Amount | Document Approval Amount | Approval Amount for Workflow | M_MovementConfirm.ApprovalAmt numeric
Amount | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | M_MovementConfirm.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Confirmation | Process Inventory Movement Confirmation | | M_MovementConfirm.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Phys.Inventory | Parameters for a Physical Inventory | The Physical Inventory indicates a unique parameters for a physical inventory. | M_MovementConfirm.M_Inventory_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/06/2004 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** Confirm Inventory Move Lines + +**Comment/Help:** The quantities are in the storage Unit of Measure! + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_MovementLineConfirm.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_MovementLineConfirm.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Move Confirm | Inventory Move Confirmation | The document is automatically created when the document type of the movement indicates In Transit. | M_MovementLineConfirm.M_MovementConfirm_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Move Line | Inventory Move document Line | The Movement Line indicates the inventory movement document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_MovementLineConfirm.M_MovementLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Target Quantity | Target Movement Quantity | The Quantity which should have been received | M_MovementLineConfirm.TargetQty numeric
Quantity | +| Confirmed Quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | M_MovementLineConfirm.ConfirmedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Difference | Difference Quantity | | M_MovementLineConfirm.DifferenceQty numeric
Quantity | +| Scrapped Quantity | The Quantity scrapped due to QA issues | | M_MovementLineConfirm.ScrappedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_MovementLineConfirm.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Phys.Inventory Line | Unique line in an Inventory document | The Physical Inventory Line indicates the inventory document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_MovementLineConfirm.M_InventoryLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | M_MovementLineConfirm.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/MyProfile_Window_ID-53100_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/MyProfile_Window_ID-53100_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4fde78e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/MyProfile_Window_ID-53100_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +--- +title: 'My Profile' +sidebar_label: 'My Profile' +description: 'My user information' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# My Profile + +Window ID 53100 + +*12/09/2009 → 12/09/2009* + +![My Profile](/img/manual/MyProfile-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** My user information + +## Tab: User Contact + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 12/09/2009 · Updated 12/09/2009* + +**Description:** Maintain User or Business Partner Contact + +**Comment/Help:** The User Tab defines the log in for Users who have access to the system. For application access, users need to have a role assigned. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_User.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_User.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_User.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required | 7 bit lower case alpha numeric - max length 8 - can be used for operating system names. | AD_User.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_User.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | AD_User.Comments character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_User.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | AD_User.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | AD_User.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | AD_User.EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Password | Password of any length (case sensitive) | The Password for this User. Passwords are required to identify authorized users. For iDempiere Users, you can change the password via the Process "Reset Password". | AD_User.Password character varying(1024)
String | +| Title | Name this entity is referred to as | The Title indicates the name that an entity is referred to as. | AD_User.Title character varying(40)
String | +| User PIN | | | AD_User.UserPIN character varying(20)
String | +| Birthday | Birthday or Anniversary day | Birthday or Anniversary day | AD_User.Birthday timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Phone | Identifies a telephone number | The Phone field identifies a telephone number | AD_User.Phone character varying(40)
String | +| 2nd Phone | Identifies an alternate telephone number. | The 2nd Phone field identifies an alternate telephone number. | AD_User.Phone2 character varying(40)
String | +| Fax | Facsimile number | The Fax identifies a facsimile number for this Business Partner or Location | AD_User.Fax character varying(40)
String | +| Notification Type | Type of Notifications | Emails or Notification sent out for Request Updates, etc. | AD_User.NotificationType character(1)
List | +| Position | Job Position | | AD_User.C_Job_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Full BP Access | The user/contact has full access to Business Partner information and resources | If selected, the user has full access to the Business Partner (BP) information (Business Documents like Orders, Invoices - Requests) or resources (Assets, Downloads). If you deselect it, the user has no access rights unless, you explicitly grant it in tab "BP Access" | AD_User.IsFullBPAccess character(1)
Yes-No | +| EMail User ID | User Name (ID) in the Mail System | The user name in the mail system is usually the string before the @ of your email address. Required if the mail server requires authentication to send emails. | AD_User.EMailUser character varying(60)
String | +| EMail User Password | Password of your email user id | Required if the mail server requires authentication to send emails. | AD_User.EMailUserPW character varying(255)
String | +| Supervisor | Supervisor for this user/organization - used for escalation and approval | The Supervisor indicates who will be used for forwarding and escalating issues for this user - or for approvals. | AD_User.Supervisor_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| LDAP User Name | User Name used for authorization via LDAP (directory) services | Optional LDAP system user name for the user. If not defined, the normal Name of the user is used. This allows to use the internal (LDAP) user id (e.g. jjanke) and the normal display name (e.g. Jorg Janke). The LDAP User Name can also be used without LDAP enables (see system window). This would allow to sign in as jjanke and use the display name of Jorg Janke. | AD_User.LDAPUser character varying(60)
String | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | AD_User.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Connection Profile | How a Java Tenant connects to the server(s) | Depending on the connection profile, different protocols are used and tasks are performed on the server rather then the tenant. Usually the user can select different profiles, unless it is enforced by the User or Role definition. The User level profile overwrites the Role based profile. | AD_User.ConnectionProfile character(1)
List | +| Auto expand menu | If ticked, the menu is automatically expanded | | AD_User.IsMenuAutoExpand character(1)
List | +| Greeting | Greeting to print on correspondence | The Greeting identifies the greeting to print on correspondence. | AD_User.C_Greeting_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| EMail Verify | Date Email was verified | | AD_User.EMailVerifyDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Last Contact | Date this individual was last contacted | The Last Contact indicates the date that this Business Partner Contact was last contacted. | AD_User.LastContact timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Verification Info | Verification information of EMail Address | The field contains additional information how the EMail Address has been verified | AD_User.EMailVerify character varying(40)
String | +| Last Result | Result of last contact | The Last Result identifies the result of the last contact made. | AD_User.LastResult character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › User Mail + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 12/09/2009 · Updated 12/09/2009* + +**Description:** Mail sent to the user + +**Comment/Help:** Archive of mails sent to users + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserMail.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserMail.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_UserMail.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Mail Template | Text templates for mailings | The Mail Template indicates the mail template for return messages. Mail text can include variables. The priority of parsing is User/Contact, Business Partner and then the underlying business object (like Request, Dunning, Workflow object).<br>
So, @Name@ would resolve into the User name (if user is defined defined), then Business Partner name (if business partner is defined) and then the Name of the business object if it has a Name.<br>
For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is translated based on the Business Partner's language selection. | AD_UserMail.R_MailText_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Mail Message | Web Store Mail Message Template | | AD_UserMail.W_MailMsg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_UserMail.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Message ID | EMail Message ID | SMTP Message ID for tracking purposes | AD_UserMail.MessageID character varying(120)
String | +| EMail sent from | | | AD_UserMail.EMailFrom character varying(255)
String | +| To | | | AD_UserMail.RecipientTo character varying(2000)
String | +| Cc | | | AD_UserMail.RecipientCc character varying(2000)
String | +| Bcc | | | AD_UserMail.RecipientBcc character varying(2000)
String | +| Subject | Email Message Subject | Subject of the EMail | AD_UserMail.Subject character varying(255)
String | +| Mail Text | Text used for Mail message | The Mail Text indicates the text used for mail messages. | AD_UserMail.MailText character varying(2000)
Text | +| Delivery Confirmation | EMail Delivery confirmation | | AD_UserMail.DeliveryConfirmation character varying(120)
String | +| Delivered | | | AD_UserMail.IsDelivered character(1)
List | + diff --git a/manual/window/MyUnprocessedDocuments_Window_ID-53086_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/MyUnprocessedDocuments_Window_ID-53086_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a8756154 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/MyUnprocessedDocuments_Window_ID-53086_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: 'My Unprocessed Documents' +sidebar_label: 'My Unprocessed Documents' +description: 'My Unprocessed Documents' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# My Unprocessed Documents + +Window ID 53086 + +*24/07/2009 → 24/07/2009* + +![My Unprocessed Documents](/img/manual/MyUnprocessedDocuments-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** My Unprocessed Documents + +**Comment/Help:** View my unprocessed documents + +## Tab: Unprocessed Documents + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 24/07/2009 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | RV_Unprocessed.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | RV_Unprocessed.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | RV_Unprocessed.AD_Table_ID integer
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | RV_Unprocessed.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | RV_Unprocessed.DocumentNo
String | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | RV_Unprocessed.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | RV_Unprocessed.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | RV_Unprocessed.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | RV_Unprocessed.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Process Now | | | RV_Unprocessed.Processing character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | RV_Unprocessed.IsSOTrx
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | RV_Unprocessed.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Notice_Window_ID-193_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Notice_Window_ID-193_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e469232 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Notice_Window_ID-193_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +--- +title: 'Notice' +sidebar_label: 'Notice' +description: 'View System Notices' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Notice + +Window ID 193 + +*18/12/2000 → 09/02/2005* + +![Notice](/img/manual/Notice-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** View System Notices + +**Comment/Help:** The system creates messages while performing processes. In this window you can view them. + +## Tab: Notice + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 18/12/2000 · Updated 24/11/2012* + +**Description:** System Notice + +**Comment/Help:** The Notice Tab provides a method of viewing messages that are generated by this system when performing processes. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Note.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Note.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Message | System Message | Information and Error messages | AD_Note.AD_Message_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_Note.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_Note.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow Activity | Workflow Activity | The Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance | AD_Note.AD_WF_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Note.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_Note.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Reference | Reference for this record | The Reference displays the source document number. | AD_Note.Reference character varying(255)
String | +| Text Message | Text Message | | AD_Note.TextMsg character varying(2000)
Text | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Note.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Acknowledge | System Notice acknowledged | The Acknowledged checkbox indicates if this notice does not need to be retained. | AD_Note.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Delete Notices | Delete all Notices | | AD_Note.Processing character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/OnlineTransactionHistory_Window_ID-200018_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/OnlineTransactionHistory_Window_ID-200018_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2df39b0d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/OnlineTransactionHistory_Window_ID-200018_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Online Transaction History' +sidebar_label: 'Online Transaction History' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Online Transaction History + +Window ID 200018 + +*30/10/2012 → 30/10/2012* + +![Online Transaction History](/img/manual/OnlineTransactionHistory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Online Transaction History + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 30/10/2012 · Updated 01/11/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_OnlineTrxHistory.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_OnlineTrxHistory.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | C_OnlineTrxHistory.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | C_OnlineTrxHistory.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | C_OnlineTrxHistory.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_OnlineTrxHistory.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Text Message | Text Message | | C_OnlineTrxHistory.TextMsg character varying(2000)
Text | +| Error | An Error occurred in the execution | | C_OnlineTrxHistory.IsError character(1)
Yes-No | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_OnlineTrxHistory.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/OrderSource_Window_ID-53101_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/OrderSource_Window_ID-53101_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da5d2aa2 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/OrderSource_Window_ID-53101_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Order Source' +sidebar_label: 'Order Source' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Order Source + +Window ID 53101 + +*18/09/2009 → 18/09/2009* + +![Order Source](/img/manual/OrderSource-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Order Source + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 18/09/2009 · Updated 18/09/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_OrderSource.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_OrderSource.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_OrderSource.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_OrderSource.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_OrderSource.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_OrderSource.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_OrderSource.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/OrganizationType_Window_ID-304_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/OrganizationType_Window_ID-304_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a24c1407 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/OrganizationType_Window_ID-304_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +--- +title: 'Organization Type' +sidebar_label: 'Organization Type' +description: 'Maintain Organization Types' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Organization Type + +Window ID 304 + +*19/02/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Organization Type](/img/manual/OrganizationType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Organization Types + +**Comment/Help:** Organization Type allows you to categorize your organizations for reporting purposes + +## Tab: Org Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Organization Type allows you to categorize your organizations + +**Comment/Help:** Organization Type allows you to categorize your organizations for reporting purposes + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_OrgType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_OrgType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_OrgType.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_OrgType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_OrgType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Print Color | Color used for printing and display | Colors used for printing and display | AD_OrgType.AD_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/Organization_Window_ID-110_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Organization_Window_ID-110_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4475e7cd --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Organization_Window_ID-110_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +--- +title: 'Organization' +sidebar_label: 'Organization' +description: 'Maintain Organizations' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Organization + +Window ID 110 + +*11/06/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Organization](/img/manual/Organization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Organizations + +**Comment/Help:** The Organization Window allows you to define and maintain Organizational entities. An Organization is often a legal entity or sub-unit for which documents and transactions are processed + +## Tab: Organization + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 24/02/2018* + +**Description:** Define Organizations + +**Comment/Help:** The Organization Tab is used to define an Organization. Each Organization has a Key and Name and optionally a Description. +When adding a new organization, you must re-login to be able to access the new organization. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Org.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_Org.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Org.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Org.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Org.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | AD_Org.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Replication Strategy | Data Replication Strategy | The Data Replication Strategy determines what and how tables are replicated | AD_Org.AD_ReplicationStrategy_ID numeric
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Organization Info + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 09/07/1999 · Updated 24/02/2018* + +**Description:** Organization Detail Information + +**Comment/Help:** The Organization Info Tab is used to define an Organization's address, DUNS number and Tax Identification number + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_OrgInfo.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_OrgInfo.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_OrgInfo.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Address | Location or Address | The Location / Address field defines the location of an entity. | AD_OrgInfo.C_Location_ID numeric(10)
Location (Address) | +| Organization Type | Organization Type | Organization Type allows you to categorize your organizations for reporting purposes | AD_OrgInfo.AD_OrgType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Parent Organization | Parent (superior) Organization | Parent Organization - the next level in the organizational hierarchy. | AD_OrgInfo.Parent_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | AD_OrgInfo.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Drop Ship Warehouse | The (logical) warehouse to use for recording drop ship receipts and shipments. | The drop ship warehouse will be used for recording material transactions relating to drop shipments to and from this organization. | AD_OrgInfo.DropShip_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| D-U-N-S | Dun & Bradstreet Number | Used for EDI - For details see www.dnb.com/dunsno/list.htm | AD_OrgInfo.DUNS character varying(11)
String | +| Tax ID | Tax Identification | The Tax ID field identifies the legal Identification number of this Entity. | AD_OrgInfo.TaxID character varying(20)
String | +| Supervisor | Supervisor for this user/organization - used for escalation and approval | The Supervisor indicates who will be used for forwarding and escalating issues for this user - or for approvals. | AD_OrgInfo.Supervisor_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Calendar | Accounting Calendar Name | The Calendar uniquely identifies an accounting calendar. Multiple calendars can be used. For example you may need a standard calendar that runs from Jan 1 to Dec 31 and a fiscal calendar that runs from July 1 to June 30. | AD_OrgInfo.C_Calendar_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Time Zone | Time zone name | | AD_OrgInfo.TimeZone character varying(60)
Time Zone | +| Phone | Identifies a telephone number | The Phone field identifies a telephone number | AD_OrgInfo.Phone character varying(40)
String | +| 2nd Phone | Identifies an alternate telephone number. | The 2nd Phone field identifies an alternate telephone number. | AD_OrgInfo.Phone2 character varying(40)
String | +| Fax | Facsimile number | The Fax identifies a facsimile number for this Business Partner or Location | AD_OrgInfo.Fax character varying(40)
String | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | AD_OrgInfo.EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Logo | | | AD_OrgInfo.Logo_ID numeric(10)
Image | + diff --git a/manual/window/POSKeyLayout_Window_ID-339_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/POSKeyLayout_Window_ID-339_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd357643 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/POSKeyLayout_Window_ID-339_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: 'POS Key Layout' +sidebar_label: 'POS Key Layout' +description: 'POS Function Key Layout' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# POS Key Layout + +Window ID 339 + +*09/07/2004 → 17/02/2022* + +![POS Key Layout](/img/manual/POSKeyLayout-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** POS Function Key Layout + +## Tab: POS Key Layout + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/07/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** POS Function Key Layout + +**Comment/Help:** POS Function Key Layout + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_POSKeyLayout.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_POSKeyLayout.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_POSKeyLayout.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_POSKeyLayout.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_POSKeyLayout.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_POSKeyLayout.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| POS Key Layout Type | The type of Key Layout | Keyboard: used for POS text field on screen keyboard
Numberpad: used for POS numeric field on screen numberpad
Product: used to quickly add products to POS order | C_POSKeyLayout.POSKeyLayoutType character(1)
List | +| Columns | Number of columns | The number of columns in the layout grid | C_POSKeyLayout.Columns numeric(10)
Integer | +| Print Color | Color used for printing and display | Colors used for printing and display | C_POSKeyLayout.AD_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Print Font | Maintain Print Font | Font used for printing | C_POSKeyLayout.AD_PrintFont_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Key Sequence + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/03/2010 · Updated 21/03/2010* + +**Description:** Key Sequence + +## Tab: › POS Key + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 09/07/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** POS Function Key + +**Comment/Help:** POS Function Key Assignment + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_POSKey.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_POSKey.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| POS Key Layout | POS Function Key Layout | POS Function Key Layout | C_POSKey.C_POSKeyLayout_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | C_POSKey.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_POSKey.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_POSKey.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_POSKey.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Key Layout | Key Layout to be displayed when this key is pressed | | C_POSKey.SubKeyLayout_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_POSKey.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | C_POSKey.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Description | | | C_POSKey.Text character varying(22)
String | +| Print Color | Color used for printing and display | Colors used for printing and display | C_POSKey.AD_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Print Font | Maintain Print Font | Font used for printing | C_POSKey.AD_PrintFont_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Column span | Number of columns spanned | | C_POSKey.SpanX numeric(10)
Integer | +| Row Span | Number of rows spanned | | C_POSKey.SpanY numeric(10)
Integer | +| Image | Image or Icon | Images and Icon can be used to display supported graphic formats (gif, jpg, png).
You can either load the image (in the database) or point to a graphic via a URI (i.e. it can point to a resource, http address) | C_POSKey.AD_Image_ID numeric(10)
Image | + diff --git a/manual/window/POSPayment_Window_ID-200008_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/POSPayment_Window_ID-200008_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e57a3d51 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/POSPayment_Window_ID-200008_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +--- +title: 'POS Payment' +sidebar_label: 'POS Payment' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# POS Payment + +Window ID 200008 + +*06/09/2012 → 06/09/2012* + +![POS Payment](/img/manual/POSPayment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: POS Payment + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 06/09/2012 · Updated 06/09/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_POSPayment.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_POSPayment.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_POSPayment.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_POSPayment.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| POS Tender Type | | | C_POSPayment.C_POSTenderType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tender type | Method of Payment | The Tender Type indicates the method of payment (ACH or Direct Deposit, Credit Card, Check, Direct Debit) | C_POSPayment.TenderType character(1)
List | +| Payment amount | Amount being paid | Indicates the amount this payment is for. The payment amount can be for single or multiple invoices or a partial payment for an invoice. | C_POSPayment.PayAmt numeric
Amount | +| Account Name | Name on Credit Card or Account holder | The Name of the Credit Card or Account holder. | C_POSPayment.A_Name character varying(60)
String | +| Routing No | Bank Routing Number | The Bank Routing Number (ABA Number) identifies a legal Bank. It is used in routing checks and electronic transactions. | C_POSPayment.RoutingNo character varying(20)
String | +| Check No | Check Number | The Check Number indicates the number on the check. | C_POSPayment.CheckNo character varying(20)
String | +| Account No | Account Number | The Account Number indicates the Number assigned to this bank account. | C_POSPayment.AccountNo character varying(20)
String | +| Micr | Combination of routing no, account and check no | The Micr number is the combination of the bank routing number, account number and check number | C_POSPayment.Micr character varying(20)
String | +| IBAN | International Bank Account Number | If your bank provides an International Bank Account Number, enter it here
Details ISO 13616 and http://www.ecbs.org. The account number has the maximum length of 22 characters (without spaces). The IBAN is often printed with a apace after 4 characters. Do not enter the spaces in iDempiere. | C_POSPayment.IBAN character varying(40)
String | +| Swift code | Swift Code or BIC | The Swift Code (Society of Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications) or BIC (Bank Identifier Code) is an identifier of a Bank. The first 4 characters are the bank code, followed by the 2 character country code, the two character location code and optional 3 character branch code. For details see http://www.swift.com/biconline/index.cfm | C_POSPayment.SwiftCode character varying(20)
String | +| Post Dated | | | C_POSPayment.IsPostDated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Promised | Date Order was promised | The Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for. | C_POSPayment.DatePromised timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Check Status | | | C_POSPayment.CheckStatus character(1)
List | +| Credit Card | Credit Card (Visa, MC, AmEx) | The Credit Card drop down list box is used for selecting the type of Credit Card presented for payment. | C_POSPayment.CreditCardType character(1)
List | +| Number | Credit Card Number | The Credit Card number indicates the number on the credit card, without blanks or spaces. | C_POSPayment.CreditCardNumber character varying(20)
String | +| Voice authorization code | Voice Authorization Code from credit card company | The Voice Authorization Code indicates the code received from the Credit Card Company. | C_POSPayment.VoiceAuthCode character varying(20)
String | +| Deposit Group | | | C_POSPayment.DepositGroup character varying(20)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_POSPayment.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_POSPayment.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_POSPayment.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/POSTenderType_Window_ID-200009_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/POSTenderType_Window_ID-200009_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..64ff61a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/POSTenderType_Window_ID-200009_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +--- +title: 'POS Tender Type' +sidebar_label: 'POS Tender Type' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# POS Tender Type + +Window ID 200009 + +*06/09/2012 → 06/09/2012* + +![POS Tender Type](/img/manual/POSTenderType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: POS Tender Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 06/09/2012 · Updated 06/09/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_POSTenderType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_POSTenderType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_POSTenderType.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_POSTenderType.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_POSTenderType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_POSTenderType.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Guarantee | Guarantee for a Credit | | C_POSTenderType.IsGuarantee character(1)
Yes-No | +| Post Dated | | | C_POSTenderType.IsPostDated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Tender type | Method of Payment | The Tender Type indicates the method of payment (ACH or Direct Deposit, Credit Card, Check, Direct Debit) | C_POSTenderType.TenderType character(1)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_POSTenderType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/POSTerminal_Window_ID-338_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/POSTerminal_Window_ID-338_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1af9081d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/POSTerminal_Window_ID-338_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +--- +title: 'POS Terminal' +sidebar_label: 'POS Terminal' +description: 'Maintain your Point of Sales Terminal' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# POS Terminal + +Window ID 338 + +*09/07/2004 → 17/02/2022* + +![POS Terminal](/img/manual/POSTerminal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain your Point of Sales Terminal + +**Comment/Help:** The POS Terminal defines the defaults and functions available for the POS Form + +## Tab: POS Terminal + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/07/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Point of Sales Terminal + +**Comment/Help:** The POS Terminal defines the defaults and functions available for the POS Form + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_POS.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_POS.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_POS.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_POS.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_POS.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_POS.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_POS.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | C_POS.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Modify Price | Allow modifying the price | Allow modifying the price for products with a non zero price | C_POS.IsModifyPrice character(1)
Yes-No | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | C_POS.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_POS.C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_POS.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Template B.Partner | Business Partner used for creating new Business Partners on the fly | When creating a new Business Partner from the Business Partner Search Field (right-click: Create), the selected business partner is used as a template, e.g. to define price list, payment terms, etc. | C_POS.C_BPartnerCashTrx_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| POS Key Layout | POS Function Key Layout | POS Function Key Layout | C_POS.C_POSKeyLayout_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Auto Logout Delay | Automatically logout if terminal inactive for this period | Measured in seconds, zero for no automatic logout | C_POS.AutoLogoutDelay numeric(10)
Integer | +| On Screen Keyboard layout | The key layout to use for on screen keyboard for text fields. | If empty, the on screen keyboard will not be used. | C_POS.OSK_KeyLayout_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| On Screen Number Pad layout | The key layout to use for on screen number pad for numeric fields. | If empty, the on screen numberpad will not be used. | C_POS.OSNP_KeyLayout_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Printer Name | Name of the Printer | Internal (Operating System) Name of the Printer; Please mote that the printer name may be different on different tenants. Enter a printer name, which applies to ALL tenants (e.g. printer on a server). <p>
If none is entered, the default printer is used. You specify your default printer when you log in. You can also change the default printer in Preferences. | C_POS.PrinterName character varying(60)
String | +| Cash Drawer | | | C_POS.CashDrawer character varying(120)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/PackIn_Window_ID-50005_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PackIn_Window_ID-50005_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f93b04a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PackIn_Window_ID-50005_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +--- +title: 'Pack In' +sidebar_label: 'Pack In' +description: 'Imports a package' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Pack In + +Window ID 50005 + +*11/12/2006 → 28/05/2012* + +![Pack In](/img/manual/PackIn-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Imports a package + +**Comment/Help:** Imports a package previously created by PackOut + +## Tab: PackIn + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/12/2006 · Updated 14/08/2015* + +**Description:** Import a package created by PackOut + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Package_Imp_Proc.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Package_Imp_Proc.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Package_Imp_Proc.Name character varying(500)
String | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_Package_Imp_Proc.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Date Processed | | | AD_Package_Imp_Proc.DateProcessed timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Process Message | | | AD_Package_Imp_Proc.P_Msg character varying(2000)
Text | +| PackIn | Import Package | Import a package | AD_Package_Imp_Proc.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Package Installation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/08/2015 · Updated 12/11/2020* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Package_Imp.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Package_Imp.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Package Imp. Proc. | | | AD_Package_Imp.AD_Package_Imp_Proc_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Package Imp. | | | AD_Package_Imp.AD_Package_Imp_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Package_Imp.Name character varying(500)
String | +| Package Version | | | AD_Package_Imp.PK_Version character varying(20)
String | +| Package Status | | | AD_Package_Imp.PK_Status character varying(22)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Package_Imp.Description character varying(1000)
Memo | +| PackRoll | | | AD_Package_Imp.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | AD_Package_Imp.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Package_Imp.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/PackOut_Window_ID-50003_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PackOut_Window_ID-50003_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a34a29fa --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PackOut_Window_ID-50003_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +--- +title: 'Pack Out' +sidebar_label: 'Pack Out' +description: 'Create 2pack package' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Pack Out + +Window ID 50003 + +*11/12/2006 → 25/05/2012* + +![Pack Out](/img/manual/PackOut-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Create 2pack package + +## Tab: Export Package + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/12/2006 · Updated 06/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | | | AD_Package_Exp.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | | | AD_Package_Exp.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name of Package | Name of Package | | AD_Package_Exp.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Package Version | | | AD_Package_Exp.PK_Version character varying(20)
String | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | AD_Package_Exp.EMail character varying(30)
String | +| Description of Package | | | AD_Package_Exp.Description character varying(1000)
Memo | +| Instructions | | | AD_Package_Exp.Instructions character varying(1000)
Memo | +| Date From | Starting date for a range | The Date From indicates the starting date of a range. | AD_Package_Exp.DateFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Export Dictionary Entity | | | AD_Package_Exp.IsExportDictionaryEntity character(1)
Yes-No | +| Include Organization Id | Y/N field. When set to Y, include organization id reference in exported data. | | AD_Package_Exp.IsIncludeOrganizationId character(1)
Yes-No | +| Export Package | | | AD_Package_Exp.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Package Details + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/12/2006 · Updated 06/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Package Build ID | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_Package_Exp_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.Line numeric
Integer | +| Type | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.Type character varying(10)
List | +| Entity Type | System Entity Type | The entity type determines the ownership of Application Dictionary entries. The types "Dictionary" and "iDempiere" should not be used and are maintainted by iDempiere (i.e. all changes are reversed during migration to the current definition). | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_EntityType_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Menu | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_Menu_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| File Name | Name of the local file or URL | Name of a file in the local directory space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..) | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.FileName character varying(255)
String | +| Source File Directory | Current location of source file | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.File_Directory character varying(255)
String | +| Target_Directory | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.Target_Directory character varying(255)
String | +| Destination_FileName | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.Destination_FileName character varying(255)
String | +| Destination_Directory | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.Destination_Directory character varying(255)
String | +| Table | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| DB Type | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.DBType character varying(22)
List | +| SQL Expression/Statement | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.SQLStatement character varying(4000)
Memo | +| Old Package Code | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_Package_Code_Old character varying(2000)
Memo | +| New Package Code | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_Package_Code_New character varying(2000)
Memo | +| Form | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_Form_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Process | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Workflow | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_Workflow_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Report View | View used to generate this report | The Report View indicates the view used to generate this report. | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_ReportView_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Import Format | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_ImpFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Dynamic Validation | Dynamic Validation Rule | These rules define how an entry is determined to valid. You can use variables for dynamic (context sensitive) validation. | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_Val_Rule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Message | System Message | Information and Error messages | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_Message_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Print Format | Data Print Format | The print format determines how data is rendered for print. | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Reference | System Reference and Validation | The Reference could be a display type, list or table validation. | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Model Validator | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_ModelValidator_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Release No | Internal Release Number | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.ReleaseNo character varying(20)
List | +| Execution Code | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.ExecCode text
Text | +| Notes | | | AD_Package_Exp_Detail.Description character varying(1000)
Memo | + diff --git a/manual/window/PackageMaintenance_Window_ID-50002_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PackageMaintenance_Window_ID-50002_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c352bf68 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PackageMaintenance_Window_ID-50002_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +--- +title: 'Package Maintenance' +sidebar_label: 'Package Maintenance' +description: 'Package installation history and maintenance' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Package Maintenance + +Window ID 50002 + +*11/12/2006 → 12/12/2006* + +![Package Maintenance](/img/manual/PackageMaintenance-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Package installation history and maintenance + +**Comment/Help:** Review package installation. Also perform package rollback if required + +## Tab: Package Installation Log + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/12/2006 · Updated 06/08/2013* + +**Description:** Installation history of packages + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Package_Imp.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Package_Imp.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Package Imp. | | | AD_Package_Imp.AD_Package_Imp_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Package_Imp.Name character varying(500)
String | +| Package Version | | | AD_Package_Imp.PK_Version character varying(20)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Package_Imp.Description character varying(1000)
Memo | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | AD_Package_Imp.EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_Package_Imp.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Created By | User who created this records | The Created By field indicates the user who created this record. | AD_Package_Imp.CreatedBy numeric(10)
Search | +| Package Status | | | AD_Package_Imp.PK_Status character varying(22)
String | +| Updated Date | | | AD_Package_Imp.UpdatedDate character varying(25)
String | +| PackRoll | | | AD_Package_Imp.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Objects Installed + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/12/2006 · Updated 06/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Package_Imp_Detail.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Package_Imp_Detail.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Package Imp. | | | AD_Package_Imp_Detail.AD_Package_Imp_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Action | Indicates the Action to be performed | The Action field is a drop down list box which indicates the Action to be performed for this Item. | AD_Package_Imp_Detail.Action character varying(20)
String | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Package_Imp_Detail.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record UUID | | | AD_Package_Imp_Detail.Record_UU uuid
Record UUID | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_Package_Imp_Detail.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Package_Imp_Detail.Name character varying(2000)
String | +| Type | Type of Validation (SQL, Java Script, Java Language) | The Type indicates the type of validation that will occur. This can be SQL, Java Script or Java Language. | AD_Package_Imp_Detail.Type character varying(60)
String | +| Success | | | AD_Package_Imp_Detail.Success character varying(20)
String | +| Backup | | | AD_Package_Imp_Detail.AD_Backup_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Execution Code | | | AD_Package_Imp_Detail.ExecCode text
Text | +| Result | Result of the action taken | The Result indicates the result of any action taken on this request. | AD_Package_Imp_Detail.Result text
Text | + +## Tab: › › Object Backups + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 11/12/2006 · Updated 06/08/2013* + +**Description:** Details by column original values before the record was overwritten + +**Comment/Help:** Displays values for each column for each record that was updated by a package install. This backup is used in the package reversal process. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Package_Imp_Backup.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Package_Imp_Backup.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Imp. Package Detail | | | AD_Package_Imp_Backup.AD_Package_Imp_Detail_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Package_Imp_Backup.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_Package_Imp_Backup.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Reference | System Reference and Validation | The Reference could be a display type, list or table validation. | AD_Package_Imp_Backup.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Col Value | | | AD_Package_Imp_Backup.ColValue character varying(2000)
String | +| Package Imp. Bck. Directory | | | AD_Package_Imp_Backup.AD_Package_Imp_Bck_Dir character varying(255)
String | +| Package Imp. Org. Dir. | | | AD_Package_Imp_Backup.AD_Package_Imp_Org_Dir character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/PackagesInstalled_Window_ID-50001_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PackagesInstalled_Window_ID-50001_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c96f1df5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PackagesInstalled_Window_ID-50001_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +--- +title: 'Packages Installed' +sidebar_label: 'Packages Installed' +description: 'List of packages installed' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Packages Installed + +Window ID 50001 + +*11/12/2006 → 12/12/2006* + +![Packages Installed](/img/manual/PackagesInstalled-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** List of packages installed + +## Tab: Packages Installed + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/12/2006 · Updated 06/08/2013* + +**Description:** Packages Installed + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Package_Imp_Inst.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Package_Imp_Inst.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Package_Imp_Inst.Name character varying(240)
String | +| Package Version | | | AD_Package_Imp_Inst.PK_Version character varying(40)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Package_Imp_Inst.Description character varying(2000)
Text | +| Package Status | | | AD_Package_Imp_Inst.PK_Status character varying(44)
String | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_Package_Imp_Inst.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Updated | Date this record was updated | The Updated field indicates the date that this record was updated. | AD_Package_Imp_Inst.Updated timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Uninstall | | | AD_Package_Imp_Inst.Uninstall character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/PartType_Window_ID-53150_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PartType_Window_ID-53150_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a70a068d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PartType_Window_ID-53150_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Part Type' +sidebar_label: 'Part Type' +description: 'Manufacturing Part Types' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Part Type + +Window ID 53150 + +*27/07/2011 → 27/07/2011* + +![Part Type](/img/manual/PartType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Manufacturing Part Types + +## Tab: Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 27/07/2011 · Updated 27/07/2011* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_PartType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_PartType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_PartType.Name character varying(255)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_PartType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_PartType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/PartnerRelation_Window_ID-313_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PartnerRelation_Window_ID-313_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..006d5c71 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PartnerRelation_Window_ID-313_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +--- +title: 'Partner Relation' +sidebar_label: 'Partner Relation' +description: 'Maintain Business Partner Relations' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Partner Relation + +Window ID 313 + +*19/02/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Partner Relation](/img/manual/PartnerRelation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Business Partner Relations + +**Comment/Help:** Business Partner Relation allow to maintain Third Party Relationship rules: who receives invoices for shipments or pays for invoices. + +## Tab: Relation + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Business Partner Relation + +**Comment/Help:** Business Partner Relation allow to maintain Third Party Relationship rules: who receives invoices for shipments or pays for invoices. If the Location of the Business partner is not defined, the rule applies to all location of that Business Partner + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BP_Relation.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BP_Relation.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BP_Relation.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_BP_Relation.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BP_Relation.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BP_Relation.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_BP_Relation.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Related Partner | Related Business Partner | The related Business Partner Acts on behalf of the Business Partner - example the Related Partner pays invoices of the Business Partner - or we pay to the Related Partner for invoices received from the Business Partner | C_BP_Relation.C_BPartnerRelation_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Related Partner Location | Location of the related Business Partner | | C_BP_Relation.C_BPartnerRelation_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Ship Address | Business Partner Shipment Address | If the Ship Address is selected, the location is used to ship goods to a customer or receive goods from a vendor. | C_BP_Relation.IsShipTo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoice Address | Business Partner Invoice/Bill Address | If the Invoice Address is selected, the location is used to send invoices to a customer or receive invoices from a vendor. | C_BP_Relation.IsBillTo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Pay-From | Business Partner can pay invoices from the related Business Partner | Proxy business partner is allowed to pay and allocate payments from the related Business Partner | C_BP_Relation.IsPayFrom character(1)
Yes-No | +| Remit-To Address | Business Partner payment address | If the Remit-To Address is selected, the location is used to send payments to the vendor. | C_BP_Relation.IsRemitTo character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/PasswordRule_Window_ID-200002_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PasswordRule_Window_ID-200002_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..594f3db0 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PasswordRule_Window_ID-200002_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +--- +title: 'Password Rule' +sidebar_label: 'Password Rule' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Password Rule + +Window ID 200002 + +*19/04/2012 → 19/04/2012* + +![Password Rule](/img/manual/PasswordRule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Password Rule + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/04/2012 · Updated 19/04/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PasswordRule.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PasswordRule.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_PasswordRule.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Minimum Length | | | AD_PasswordRule.MinLength numeric(10)
Integer | +| Maximum Length | Maximum Length of Data | | AD_PasswordRule.MaxLength numeric(10)
Integer | +| Alphabetical Character | Require at least # alphabetical in passwords | | AD_PasswordRule.AlphabeticalCharacter numeric(10)
Integer | +| Digit Character | Require at least # digit in passwords | | AD_PasswordRule.DigitCharacter numeric(10)
Integer | +| Uppercase Character | Require at least # upper case char | | AD_PasswordRule.UppercaseCharacter numeric(10)
Integer | +| Lowercase Character | Require at least # lower case char | | AD_PasswordRule.LowercaseCharacter numeric(10)
Integer | +| Non Alpha Numeric Character | Require at least # non-alphanumeric char | | AD_PasswordRule.NonAlphaNumericCharacter numeric(10)
Integer | +| Alphabetical Sequence | Length of alphabetical sequence to validate | | AD_PasswordRule.AlphabeticalSequence numeric(10)
Integer | +| Numerical Sequence | Length of numerical sequence to validate | | AD_PasswordRule.NumericalSequence numeric(10)
Integer | +| QWERTY Sequence | Length of QWERTY sequences to validate | | AD_PasswordRule.QWERTYSequence numeric(10)
Integer | +| Repeat Character Regex | Length of repeated characters to validate | | AD_PasswordRule.RepeatCharacterRegex numeric(10)
Integer | +| Days Reuse Password | Define number of day can reuse password | Each time change password, old password keep in history
Example this value = 60. user can't reuse password in history has age < 60
| AD_PasswordRule.Days_Reuse_Password numeric(10)
Integer | +| User Name Rule | Validate the password doesn't contain user name (ignore case and match backwards) | | AD_PasswordRule.IsUserNameRule character(1)
Yes-No | +| Whitespace | Whitespace validation | | AD_PasswordRule.IsWhitespace character(1)
Yes-No | +| Using Dictionary | | | AD_PasswordRule.IsUsingDictionary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Match Backwards of Dictionary | Match dictionary words backwards | | AD_PasswordRule.IsDictMatchBackwards character(1)
Yes-No | +| Path Dictionary | | | AD_PasswordRule.PathDictionary character varying(255)
FileName | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_PasswordRule.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/PaymentBatch_Window_ID-303_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PaymentBatch_Window_ID-303_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..79010da2 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PaymentBatch_Window_ID-303_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +--- +title: 'Payment Batch' +sidebar_label: 'Payment Batch' +description: 'Process Payment Patches for EFT' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Payment Batch + +Window ID 303 + +*29/01/2004 → 09/02/2005* + +![Payment Batch](/img/manual/PaymentBatch-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Process Payment Patches for EFT + +**Comment/Help:** Electronic Fund Transfer Payment Batch. + +## Tab: Payment Batch + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 22/12/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Process Payment Batch + +**Comment/Help:** Electronic Fund Transfer Payment Batch. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_PaymentBatch.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_PaymentBatch.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_PaymentBatch.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_PaymentBatch.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_PaymentBatch.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Payment Processor | Payment processor for electronic payments | The Payment Processor indicates the processor to be used for electronic payments | C_PaymentBatch.C_PaymentProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Processing date | | | C_PaymentBatch.ProcessingDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Process Now | | | C_PaymentBatch.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Payment + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 29/01/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** View Payment Information + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Payment.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Payment.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Batch | Payment batch for EFT | Electronic Fund Transfer Payment Batch. | C_Payment.C_PaymentBatch_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Payment.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_Payment.C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_Payment.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Receipt | This is a sales transaction (receipt) | | C_Payment.IsReceipt character(1)
Yes-No | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | C_Payment.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | C_Payment.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Payment.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Payment.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_Payment.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Payment.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Payment.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_Payment.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Prepayment | The Payment/Receipt is a Prepayment | Payments not allocated to an invoice with a charge are posted to Unallocated Payments. When setting this flag, the payment is posted to the Customer or Vendor Prepayment account. | C_Payment.IsPrepayment character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Payment.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | C_Payment.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment amount | Amount being paid | Indicates the amount this payment is for. The payment amount can be for single or multiple invoices or a partial payment for an invoice. | C_Payment.PayAmt numeric
Amount | +| Write-off Amount | Amount to write-off | The Write Off Amount indicates the amount to be written off as uncollectible. | C_Payment.WriteOffAmt numeric
Amount | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | C_Payment.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Over/Under Payment | Over-Payment (unallocated) or Under-Payment (partial payment) Amount | Overpayments (negative) are unallocated amounts and allow you to receive money for more than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial payment for the invoice. You do not write off the unpaid amount. | C_Payment.OverUnderAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tender type | Method of Payment | The Tender Type indicates the method of payment (ACH or Direct Deposit, Credit Card, Check, Direct Debit) | C_Payment.TenderType character(1)
List | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_Payment.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | C_Payment.Posted character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/PaymentProcessor_Window_ID-200015_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PaymentProcessor_Window_ID-200015_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..01dfc60a --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PaymentProcessor_Window_ID-200015_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +--- +title: 'Payment Processor' +sidebar_label: 'Payment Processor' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Payment Processor + +Window ID 200015 + +*03/10/2012 → 03/10/2012* + +![Payment Processor](/img/manual/PaymentProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Payment Processor + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 03/10/2012 · Updated 03/10/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_PaymentProcessor.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_PaymentProcessor.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_PaymentProcessor.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_PaymentProcessor.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_PaymentProcessor.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Host Address | Host Address URL or DNS | The Host Address identifies the URL or DNS of the target host | C_PaymentProcessor.HostAddress character varying(60)
String | +| Host port | Host Communication Port | The Host Port identifies the port to communicate with the host. | C_PaymentProcessor.HostPort numeric(10)
Integer | +| Proxy address | Address of your proxy server | The Proxy Address must be defined if you must pass through a firewall to access your payment processor. | C_PaymentProcessor.ProxyAddress character varying(60)
String | +| Proxy port | Port of your proxy server | The Proxy Port identifies the port of your proxy server. | C_PaymentProcessor.ProxyPort numeric(10)
Integer | +| Proxy logon | Logon of your proxy server | The Proxy Logon identifies the Logon ID for your proxy server. | C_PaymentProcessor.ProxyLogon character varying(60)
String | +| Proxy password | Password of your proxy server | The Proxy Password identifies the password for your proxy server. | C_PaymentProcessor.ProxyPassword character varying(60)
String | +| Accept MasterCard | Accept Master Card | Indicates if Master Cards are accepted | C_PaymentProcessor.AcceptMC character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept Visa | Accept Visa Cards | Indicates if Visa Cards are accepted | C_PaymentProcessor.AcceptVisa character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept AMEX | Accept American Express Card | Indicates if American Express Cards are accepted | C_PaymentProcessor.AcceptAMEX character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept Diners | Accept Diner's Club | Indicates if Diner's Club Cards are accepted | C_PaymentProcessor.AcceptDiners character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept Corporate | Accept Corporate Purchase Cards | Indicates if Corporate Purchase Cards are accepted | C_PaymentProcessor.AcceptCorporate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept Discover | Accept Discover Card | Indicates if Discover Cards are accepted | C_PaymentProcessor.AcceptDiscover character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept Direct Deposit | Accept Direct Deposit (payee initiated) | Indicates if Direct Deposits (wire transfers, etc.) are accepted. Direct Deposits are initiated by the payee. | C_PaymentProcessor.AcceptDirectDeposit character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept Direct Debit | Accept Direct Debits (vendor initiated) | Accept Direct Debit transactions. Direct Debits are initiated by the vendor who has permission to deduct amounts from the payee's account. | C_PaymentProcessor.AcceptDirectDebit character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept Electronic Check | Accept ECheck (Electronic Checks) | Indicates if EChecks are accepted | C_PaymentProcessor.AcceptCheck character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accept ATM | Accept Bank ATM Card | Indicates if Bank ATM Cards are accepted | C_PaymentProcessor.AcceptATM character(1)
Yes-No | +| Minimum Amt | Minimum Amount in Document Currency | | C_PaymentProcessor.MinimumAmt numeric
Amount | +| Only Currency | Restrict accepting only this currency | The Only Currency field indicates that this bank account accepts only the currency identified here. | C_PaymentProcessor.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Require Credit Card Verification Code | Require 3/4 digit Credit Verification Code | The Require CC Verification checkbox indicates if this bank accounts requires a verification number for credit card transactions. | C_PaymentProcessor.RequireVV character(1)
Yes-No | +| Payment Processor Class | Payment Processor Java Class | Payment Processor class identifies the Java class used to process payments extending the org.compiere.model.PaymentProcessor class. <br>
Example implementations are Optimal Payments: org.compiere.model.PP_Optimal or Verisign: org.compiere.model.PP_PayFlowPro | C_PaymentProcessor.PayProcessorClass character varying(60)
String | +| Transaction Type | Type of credit card transaction | The Transaction Type indicates the type of transaction to be submitted to the Credit Card Company. | C_PaymentProcessor.TrxType character(1)
List | + diff --git a/manual/window/PaymentSelection_Window_ID-206_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PaymentSelection_Window_ID-206_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..62286f82 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PaymentSelection_Window_ID-206_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +--- +title: 'Payment Selection' +sidebar_label: 'Payment Selection' +description: 'Select Invoices for Payment' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Payment Selection + +Window ID 206 + +*15/02/2001 → 03/06/2021* + +![Payment Selection](/img/manual/PaymentSelection-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Select Invoices for Payment + +**Comment/Help:** The Payment Selection Window allows you to select and process the invoices you want to pay. +(a) You can create a Payment Selection and select the invoices manually or generate the suggestions based on criteria. You can change the amount to be paid or delete invoices, you do not want to pay. + +(b) If you are happy with the Payment Selection, you create the payments. + +(c) You print or export your payments in the Window Payment Print/Export + +## Tab: Payment Selection + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 15/02/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Payment + +**Comment/Help:** The Payment Selection Tab defines the bank account and date of the payments to be made. You also create the payments here. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_PaySelection.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_PaySelection.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_PaySelection.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_PaySelection.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_PaySelection.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_PaySelection.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_PaySelection.C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment date | Date Payment made | The Payment Date indicates the date the payment was made. | C_PaySelection.PayDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | C_PaySelection.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Total Amount | Total Amount | The Total Amount indicates the total document amount. | C_PaySelection.TotalAmt numeric
Amount | +| One Payment Per Invoice | | | C_PaySelection.IsOnePaymentPerInvoice character(1)
Yes-No | +| Create From ... | | | C_PaySelection.CreateFrom character(1)
Button | +| Prepare Payment | Create Prepared Payments (Checks) to be paid | You create the actual Payments via Payment Print/Export | C_PaySelection.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Reverse Prepare Payment | Reverse what Prepare Payment process did | Delete prepared payments and allow to add/remove invoices | C_PaySelection.ReversePreparePayment character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Payment Selection Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/02/2001 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** Payment Selection Line + +**Comment/Help:** The Payment Selection Line Tab defines the individual invoices an organization is paying to a Vendor with this payment. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_PaySelectionLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_PaySelectionLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Selection | Payment Selection | The Payment Selection identifies a unique Payment | C_PaySelectionLine.C_PaySelection_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_PaySelectionLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_PaySelectionLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_PaySelectionLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | C_PaySelectionLine.PaymentRule character(1)
List | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_PaySelectionLine.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | C_PaySelectionLine.IsSOTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Open Amount | Open item amount | | C_PaySelectionLine.OpenAmt numeric
Amount | +| Payment amount | Amount being paid | Indicates the amount this payment is for. The payment amount can be for single or multiple invoices or a partial payment for an invoice. | C_PaySelectionLine.PayAmt numeric
Amount | +| Write-off Amount | Amount to write-off | The Write Off Amount indicates the amount to be written off as uncollectible. | C_PaySelectionLine.WriteOffAmt numeric
Amount | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | C_PaySelectionLine.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Over/Under Payment | Over-Payment (unallocated) or Under-Payment (partial payment) Amount | Overpayments (negative) are unallocated amounts and allow you to receive money for more than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial payment for the invoice. You do not write off the unpaid amount. | C_PaySelectionLine.DifferenceAmt numeric
Amount | +| Pay Selection Check | Payment Selection Check | | C_PaySelectionLine.C_PaySelectionCheck_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_PaySelectionLine.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Prepared Payment + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 07/09/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** View Generated Prepared Payments (Checks) + +**Comment/Help:** You create the actual Payments via Payment Print/Export + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_PaySelectionCheck.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_PaySelectionCheck.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Selection | Payment Selection | The Payment Selection identifies a unique Payment | C_PaySelectionCheck.C_PaySelection_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_PaySelectionCheck.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | C_PaySelectionCheck.PaymentRule character(1)
List | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | C_PaySelectionCheck.Qty numeric
Integer | +| Payment amount | Amount being paid | Indicates the amount this payment is for. The payment amount can be for single or multiple invoices or a partial payment for an invoice. | C_PaySelectionCheck.PayAmt numeric
Amount | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | C_PaySelectionCheck.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Write-off Amount | Amount to write-off | The Write Off Amount indicates the amount to be written off as uncollectible. | C_PaySelectionCheck.WriteOffAmt numeric
Amount | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_PaySelectionCheck.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Receipt | This is a sales transaction (receipt) | | C_PaySelectionCheck.IsReceipt character(1)
Yes-No | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_PaySelectionCheck.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Printed | Indicates if this document / line is printed | The Printed checkbox indicates if this document or line will included when printing. | C_PaySelectionCheck.IsPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_PaySelectionCheck.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/PaymentTerm_Window_ID-141_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PaymentTerm_Window_ID-141_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0f916540 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PaymentTerm_Window_ID-141_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +--- +title: 'Payment Term' +sidebar_label: 'Payment Term' +description: 'Maintain Payment Terms' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Payment Term + +Window ID 141 + +*09/08/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Payment Term](/img/manual/PaymentTerm-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Payment Terms + +**Comment/Help:** The Payment Terms Window defines the different payment terms that you offer your customers and that are offered to you by your vendors. Each invoice must contain a Payment Term. On the standard invoice, the Name and the Document Note of the Payment Term is printed. + +## Tab: Payment Term + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Payment Terms + +**Comment/Help:** The Payment Term Tab defines the different payments terms that you offer to your Business Partners when paying invoices and also those terms which your Vendors offer you for payment of your invoices. On the standard invoice, the Name and the Document Note of the Payment Term is printed. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_PaymentTerm.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_PaymentTerm.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_PaymentTerm.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_PaymentTerm.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_PaymentTerm.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_PaymentTerm.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | C_PaymentTerm.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Fixed due date | Payment is due on a fixed date | The Fixed Due Date checkbox indicates if invoices using this payment tern will be due on a fixed day of the month. | C_PaymentTerm.IsDueFixed character(1)
Yes-No | +| After Delivery | Due after delivery rather than after invoicing | The After Delivery checkbox indicates that payment is due after delivery as opposed to after invoicing. | C_PaymentTerm.AfterDelivery character(1)
Yes-No | +| Next Business Day | Payment due on the next business day | The Next Business Day checkbox indicates that payment is due on the next business day after invoice or delivery. | C_PaymentTerm.IsNextBusinessDay character(1)
Yes-No | +| Fix month day | Day of the month of the due date | The Fix Month Day indicates the day of the month that invoices are due. This field only displays if the fixed due date checkbox is selected. | C_PaymentTerm.FixMonthDay numeric(10)
Integer | +| Fix month cutoff | Last day to include for next due date | The Fix Month Cutoff indicates the last day invoices can have to be included in the current due date. This field only displays when the fixed due date checkbox has been selected. | C_PaymentTerm.FixMonthCutoff numeric(10)
Integer | +| Fix month offset | Number of months (0=same, 1=following) | The Fixed Month Offset indicates the number of months from the current month to indicate an invoice is due. A 0 indicates the same month, a 1 the following month. This field will only display if the fixed due date checkbox is selected. | C_PaymentTerm.FixMonthOffset numeric(10)
Integer | +| Net Days | Net Days in which payment is due | Indicates the number of days after invoice date that payment is due. | C_PaymentTerm.NetDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Net Day | Day when payment is due net | When defined, overwrites the number of net days with the relative number of days to the the day defined. | C_PaymentTerm.NetDay character(1)
List | +| Discount Days | Number of days from invoice date to be eligible for discount | The Discount Days indicates the number of days that payment must be received in to be eligible for the stated discount. | C_PaymentTerm.DiscountDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Discount % | Discount in percent | The Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage. | C_PaymentTerm.Discount numeric
Number | +| Discount Days 2 | Number of days from invoice date to be eligible for discount | The Discount Days indicates the number of days that payment must be received in to be eligible for the stated discount. | C_PaymentTerm.DiscountDays2 numeric(10)
Integer | +| Discount 2 % | Discount in percent | The Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage. | C_PaymentTerm.Discount2 numeric
Number | +| Grace Days | Days after due date to send first dunning letter | The Grace Days indicates the number of days after the due date to send the first dunning letter. This field displays only if the send dunning letters checkbox has been selected. | C_PaymentTerm.GraceDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Document Note | Additional information for a Document | The Document Note is used for recording any additional information regarding this product. | C_PaymentTerm.DocumentNote character varying(2000)
Text | +| Payment Term Usage | Payment term usage indicates if this payment term is used for sales, purchases or both. | | C_PaymentTerm.PaymentTermUsage character(1)
List | +| Validate | Validate Payment Terms and Schedule | | C_PaymentTerm.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | C_PaymentTerm.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Schedule + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/06/2003 · Updated 16/11/2012* + +**Description:** Payment Schedule + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_PaySchedule.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_PaySchedule.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_PaySchedule.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_PaySchedule.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | C_PaySchedule.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Percentage | Percent of the entire amount | Percentage of an amount (up to 100) | C_PaySchedule.Percentage numeric
Number | +| Net Days | Net Days in which payment is due | Indicates the number of days after invoice date that payment is due. | C_PaySchedule.NetDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Discount Days | Number of days from invoice date to be eligible for discount | The Discount Days indicates the number of days that payment must be received in to be eligible for the stated discount. | C_PaySchedule.DiscountDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Discount % | Discount in percent | The Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage. | C_PaySchedule.Discount numeric
Number | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/12/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_PaymentTerm_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_PaymentTerm_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_PaymentTerm_Trl.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_PaymentTerm_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_PaymentTerm_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_PaymentTerm_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Document Note | Additional information for a Document | The Document Note is used for recording any additional information regarding this product. | C_PaymentTerm_Trl.DocumentNote character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_PaymentTerm_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_PaymentTerm_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/PaymentTransaction_Window_ID-200017_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PaymentTransaction_Window_ID-200017_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb3141d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PaymentTransaction_Window_ID-200017_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +--- +title: 'Payment Transaction' +sidebar_label: 'Payment Transaction' +description: 'Payment Transactions' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Payment Transaction + +Window ID 200017 + +*22/10/2012 → 22/10/2012* + +![Payment Transaction](/img/manual/PaymentTransaction-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Payment Transactions + +## Tab: Payment Transaction + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 22/10/2012 · Updated 01/11/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_PaymentTransaction.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_PaymentTransaction.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Transaction | | | C_PaymentTransaction.C_PaymentTransaction_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_PaymentTransaction.C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Receipt | This is a sales transaction (receipt) | | C_PaymentTransaction.IsReceipt character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_PaymentTransaction.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | C_PaymentTransaction.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_PaymentTransaction.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_PaymentTransaction.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_PaymentTransaction.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_PaymentTransaction.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_PaymentTransaction.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_PaymentTransaction.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_PaymentTransaction.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_PaymentTransaction.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_PaymentTransaction.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_PaymentTransaction.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment amount | Amount being paid | Indicates the amount this payment is for. The payment amount can be for single or multiple invoices or a partial payment for an invoice. | C_PaymentTransaction.PayAmt numeric
Amount | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_PaymentTransaction.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | C_PaymentTransaction.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tender type | Method of Payment | The Tender Type indicates the method of payment (ACH or Direct Deposit, Credit Card, Check, Direct Debit) | C_PaymentTransaction.TenderType character(1)
List | +| POS Tender Type | | | C_PaymentTransaction.C_POSTenderType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Online Access | Can be accessed online | The Online Access check box indicates if the application can be accessed via the web. | C_PaymentTransaction.IsOnline character(1)
Yes-No | +| Partner Bank Account | Bank Account of the Business Partner | The Partner Bank Account identifies the bank account to be used for this Business Partner | C_PaymentTransaction.C_BP_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Routing No | Bank Routing Number | The Bank Routing Number (ABA Number) identifies a legal Bank. It is used in routing checks and electronic transactions. | C_PaymentTransaction.RoutingNo character varying(20)
String | +| Account No | Account Number | The Account Number indicates the Number assigned to this bank account. | C_PaymentTransaction.AccountNo character varying(20)
String | +| IBAN | International Bank Account Number | If your bank provides an International Bank Account Number, enter it here
Details ISO 13616 and http://www.ecbs.org. The account number has the maximum length of 22 characters (without spaces). The IBAN is often printed with a apace after 4 characters. Do not enter the spaces in iDempiere. | C_PaymentTransaction.IBAN character varying(40)
String | +| Swift code | Swift Code or BIC | The Swift Code (Society of Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications) or BIC (Bank Identifier Code) is an identifier of a Bank. The first 4 characters are the bank code, followed by the 2 character country code, the two character location code and optional 3 character branch code. For details see http://www.swift.com/biconline/index.cfm | C_PaymentTransaction.SwiftCode character varying(20)
String | +| Check No | Check Number | The Check Number indicates the number on the check. | C_PaymentTransaction.CheckNo character varying(20)
String | +| Micr | Combination of routing no, account and check no | The Micr number is the combination of the bank routing number, account number and check number | C_PaymentTransaction.Micr character varying(20)
String | +| Credit Card | Credit Card (Visa, MC, AmEx) | The Credit Card drop down list box is used for selecting the type of Credit Card presented for payment. | C_PaymentTransaction.CreditCardType character(1)
List | +| Transaction Type | Type of credit card transaction | The Transaction Type indicates the type of transaction to be submitted to the Credit Card Company. | C_PaymentTransaction.TrxType character(1)
List | +| Number | Credit Card Number | The Credit Card number indicates the number on the credit card, without blanks or spaces. | C_PaymentTransaction.CreditCardNumber character varying(20)
String | +| Verification Code | Credit Card Verification code on credit card | The Credit Card Verification indicates the verification code on the credit card (AMEX 4 digits on front; MC,Visa 3 digits back) | C_PaymentTransaction.CreditCardVV character varying(4)
String | +| Exp. Month | Expiry Month | The Expiry Month indicates the expiry month for this credit card. | C_PaymentTransaction.CreditCardExpMM numeric(10)
Integer | +| Exp. Year | Expiry Year | The Expiry Year indicates the expiry year for this credit card. | C_PaymentTransaction.CreditCardExpYY numeric(10)
Integer | +| Account Name | Name on Credit Card or Account holder | The Name of the Credit Card or Account holder. | C_PaymentTransaction.A_Name character varying(60)
String | +| Account Street | Street address of the Credit Card or Account holder | The Street Address of the Credit Card or Account holder. | C_PaymentTransaction.A_Street character varying(60)
String | +| Account City | City or the Credit Card or Account Holder | The Account City indicates the City of the Credit Card or Account holder | C_PaymentTransaction.A_City character varying(60)
String | +| Account Zip/Postal | Zip Code of the Credit Card or Account Holder | The Zip Code of the Credit Card or Account Holder. | C_PaymentTransaction.A_Zip character varying(20)
String | +| Account State | State of the Credit Card or Account holder | The State of the Credit Card or Account holder | C_PaymentTransaction.A_State character varying(40)
String | +| Account Country | Country | Account Country Name | C_PaymentTransaction.A_Country character varying(40)
String | +| Driver License | Payment Identification - Driver License | The Driver's License being used as identification. | C_PaymentTransaction.A_Ident_DL character varying(20)
String | +| Social Security No | Payment Identification - Social Security No | The Social Security number being used as identification. | C_PaymentTransaction.A_Ident_SSN character varying(20)
String | +| Account EMail | Email Address | The EMail Address indicates the EMail address off the Credit Card or Account holder. | C_PaymentTransaction.A_EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Tax Amount | Tax Amount for a document | The Tax Amount displays the total tax amount for a document. | C_PaymentTransaction.TaxAmt numeric
Amount | +| PO Number | Purchase Order Number | The PO Number indicates the number assigned to a purchase order | C_PaymentTransaction.PONum character varying(60)
String | +| Voice authorization code | Voice Authorization Code from credit card company | The Voice Authorization Code indicates the code received from the Credit Card Company. | C_PaymentTransaction.VoiceAuthCode character varying(20)
String | +| Original Transaction ID | Original Transaction ID | The Original Transaction ID is used for reversing transactions and indicates the transaction that has been reversed. | C_PaymentTransaction.Orig_TrxID character varying(20)
String | +| Void It | | | C_PaymentTransaction.VoidIt character(1)
Button | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | C_PaymentTransaction.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Delayed Capture | Charge after Shipment | Delayed Capture is required, if you ship products. The first credit card transaction is the Authorization, the second is the actual transaction after the shipment of the product. | C_PaymentTransaction.IsDelayedCapture character(1)
Yes-No | +| Result | Result of transmission | The Response Result indicates the result of the transmission to the Credit Card Company. | C_PaymentTransaction.R_Result character varying(20)
String | +| Response Message | Response message | The Response Message indicates the message returned from the Credit Card Company as the result of a transmission | C_PaymentTransaction.R_RespMsg character varying(60)
String | +| Info | Response info | The Info indicates any response information returned from the Credit Card Company. | C_PaymentTransaction.R_Info character varying(2000)
String | +| Voided | | | C_PaymentTransaction.IsVoided character(1)
Yes-No | +| Void Message | | | C_PaymentTransaction.R_VoidMsg character varying(255)
Text | +| Reference | Payment reference | The Payment Reference indicates the reference returned from the Credit Card Company for a payment | C_PaymentTransaction.R_PnRef character varying(20)
String | +| Authorization Code | Authorization Code returned | The Authorization Code indicates the code returned from the electronic transmission. | C_PaymentTransaction.R_AuthCode character varying(20)
String | +| Zip verified | The Zip Code has been verified | The Zip Verified indicates if the zip code has been verified by the Credit Card Company. | C_PaymentTransaction.R_AvsZip character(1)
List | +| Address verified | This address has been verified | The Address Verified indicates if the address has been verified by the Credit Card Company. | C_PaymentTransaction.R_AvsAddr character(1)
List | +| CVV Match | Credit Card Verification Code Match | The Credit Card Verification Code was matched | C_PaymentTransaction.R_CVV2Match character(1)
Yes-No | +| Payment Processor | Payment processor for electronic payments | The Payment Processor indicates the processor to be used for electronic payments | C_PaymentTransaction.C_PaymentProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Customer Payment Profile ID | | | C_PaymentTransaction.CustomerPaymentProfileID character varying(60)
String | +| Customer Profile ID | | | C_PaymentTransaction.CustomerProfileID character varying(60)
String | +| Customer Address ID | | | C_PaymentTransaction.CustomerAddressID character varying(60)
String | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_PaymentTransaction.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Cash Book | Cash Book for recording petty cash transactions | The Cash Book identifies a unique cash book. The cash book is used to record cash transactions. | C_PaymentTransaction.C_CashBook_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Batch | Payment batch for EFT | Electronic Fund Transfer Payment Batch. | C_PaymentTransaction.C_PaymentBatch_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Referenced Payment Transaction | | | C_PaymentTransaction.Ref_PaymentTransaction_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | C_PaymentTransaction.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_PaymentTransaction.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Department | | | C_PaymentTransaction.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | C_PaymentTransaction.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/PaymentandReceipt_Window_ID-195_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PaymentandReceipt_Window_ID-195_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff5628b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PaymentandReceipt_Window_ID-195_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +--- +title: 'Payment and Receipt' +sidebar_label: 'Payment and Receipt' +description: 'Process Payments and Receipts' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Payment and Receipt + +Window ID 195 + +*18/12/2000 → 08/12/2023* + +![Payment and Receipt](/img/manual/PaymentandReceipt-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Process Payments and Receipts + +**Comment/Help:** The Process Payments Window allows you to enter payments and reaipts for invoices. If the payment is for a single invoice then it can be processed here. If it is for multiple invoices or is a partial payment then it should be processed in the Payment Allocation Window. + +## Tab: Payment + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 18/12/2000 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +**Description:** Payment or Receipt + +**Comment/Help:** Enter payment or receipt for a Business Partner. If it is for a single invoice it can be allocated directly to that invoice using this screen. You can also apply over/under payments:<br> +You have an over-payment, if you received more money than due for a single invoice. Instead of writing the difference off (i.e. would be a gain), you can leave the amount unallocated and use it for later invoices or credit memos. Please note that the Amount is the payment amount, so you need to enter the over-payment as a negative amount.<br> +You can also receive a partial payment (under-payment). If you decide not to write off the remaining invoice amount, enter the under-payment as a positive amount.<br> +Note that printed payments are archived in Payment Selection (Prepared Payment). +<br>For Posting, the bank account organization is used, if it is not a charge. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Payment.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Payment.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Payment.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_Payment.C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_Payment.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Receipt | This is a sales transaction (receipt) | | C_Payment.IsReceipt character(1)
Yes-No | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | C_Payment.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | C_Payment.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Payment.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Payment.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_Payment.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Payment.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Payment.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_Payment.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Prepayment | The Payment/Receipt is a Prepayment | Payments not allocated to an invoice with a charge are posted to Unallocated Payments. When setting this flag, the payment is posted to the Customer or Vendor Prepayment account. | C_Payment.IsPrepayment character(1)
Yes-No | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_Payment.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Payment.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_Payment.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_Payment.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_Payment.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment amount | Amount being paid | Indicates the amount this payment is for. The payment amount can be for single or multiple invoices or a partial payment for an invoice. | C_Payment.PayAmt numeric
Amount | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Payment.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | C_Payment.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Override Currency Conversion Rate | Override Currency Conversion Rate | | C_Payment.IsOverrideCurrencyRate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Rate | Currency Conversion Rate | The Currency Conversion Rate indicates the rate to use when converting the source currency to the accounting currency | C_Payment.CurrencyRate numeric
Number | +| Converted Amount | Converted Amount | The Converted Amount is the result of multiplying the Source Amount by the Conversion Rate for this target currency. | C_Payment.ConvertedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | C_Payment.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Write-off Amount | Amount to write-off | The Write Off Amount indicates the amount to be written off as uncollectible. | C_Payment.WriteOffAmt numeric
Amount | +| Over/Under Payment | Over-Payment (unallocated) or Under-Payment (partial payment) | Overpayments (negative) are unallocated amounts and allow you to receive money for more than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial payment for the invoice. You do not write off the unpaid amount. | C_Payment.IsOverUnderPayment character(1)
Yes-No | +| Over/Under Payment | Over-Payment (unallocated) or Under-Payment (partial payment) Amount | Overpayments (negative) are unallocated amounts and allow you to receive money for more than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial payment for the invoice. You do not write off the unpaid amount. | C_Payment.OverUnderAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tender type | Method of Payment | The Tender Type indicates the method of payment (ACH or Direct Deposit, Credit Card, Check, Direct Debit) | C_Payment.TenderType character(1)
List | +| POS Tender Type | | | C_Payment.C_POSTenderType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Online Access | Can be accessed online | The Online Access check box indicates if the application can be accessed via the web. | C_Payment.IsOnline character(1)
Yes-No | +| Routing No | Bank Routing Number | The Bank Routing Number (ABA Number) identifies a legal Bank. It is used in routing checks and electronic transactions. | C_Payment.RoutingNo character varying(20)
String | +| Account No | Account Number | The Account Number indicates the Number assigned to this bank account. | C_Payment.AccountNo character varying(20)
String | +| IBAN | International Bank Account Number | If your bank provides an International Bank Account Number, enter it here
Details ISO 13616 and http://www.ecbs.org. The account number has the maximum length of 22 characters (without spaces). The IBAN is often printed with a apace after 4 characters. Do not enter the spaces in iDempiere. | C_Payment.IBAN character varying(40)
String | +| Swift code | Swift Code or BIC | The Swift Code (Society of Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications) or BIC (Bank Identifier Code) is an identifier of a Bank. The first 4 characters are the bank code, followed by the 2 character country code, the two character location code and optional 3 character branch code. For details see http://www.swift.com/biconline/index.cfm | C_Payment.SwiftCode character varying(20)
String | +| Check No | Check Number | The Check Number indicates the number on the check. | C_Payment.CheckNo character varying(20)
String | +| Micr | Combination of routing no, account and check no | The Micr number is the combination of the bank routing number, account number and check number | C_Payment.Micr character varying(20)
String | +| Credit Card | Credit Card (Visa, MC, AmEx) | The Credit Card drop down list box is used for selecting the type of Credit Card presented for payment. | C_Payment.CreditCardType character(1)
List | +| Transaction Type | Type of credit card transaction | The Transaction Type indicates the type of transaction to be submitted to the Credit Card Company. | C_Payment.TrxType character(1)
List | +| Number | Credit Card Number | The Credit Card number indicates the number on the credit card, without blanks or spaces. | C_Payment.CreditCardNumber character varying(20)
String | +| Verification Code | Credit Card Verification code on credit card | The Credit Card Verification indicates the verification code on the credit card (AMEX 4 digits on front; MC,Visa 3 digits back) | C_Payment.CreditCardVV character varying(4)
String | +| Exp. Month | Expiry Month | The Expiry Month indicates the expiry month for this credit card. | C_Payment.CreditCardExpMM numeric(10)
Integer | +| Exp. Year | Expiry Year | The Expiry Year indicates the expiry year for this credit card. | C_Payment.CreditCardExpYY numeric(10)
Integer | +| Account Name | Name on Credit Card or Account holder | The Name of the Credit Card or Account holder. | C_Payment.A_Name character varying(60)
String | +| Account Street | Street address of the Credit Card or Account holder | The Street Address of the Credit Card or Account holder. | C_Payment.A_Street character varying(60)
String | +| Account City | City or the Credit Card or Account Holder | The Account City indicates the City of the Credit Card or Account holder | C_Payment.A_City character varying(60)
String | +| Account Zip/Postal | Zip Code of the Credit Card or Account Holder | The Zip Code of the Credit Card or Account Holder. | C_Payment.A_Zip character varying(20)
String | +| Account State | State of the Credit Card or Account holder | The State of the Credit Card or Account holder | C_Payment.A_State character varying(40)
String | +| Account Country | Country | Account Country Name | C_Payment.A_Country character varying(40)
String | +| Driver License | Payment Identification - Driver License | The Driver's License being used as identification. | C_Payment.A_Ident_DL character varying(20)
String | +| Social Security No | Payment Identification - Social Security No | The Social Security number being used as identification. | C_Payment.A_Ident_SSN character varying(20)
String | +| Account EMail | Email Address | The EMail Address indicates the EMail address off the Credit Card or Account holder. | C_Payment.A_EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Tax Amount | Tax Amount for Credit Card transaction | The Tax Amount displays the total tax amount. The tax amount is only used for credit card processing. | C_Payment.TaxAmt numeric
Amount | +| PO Number | Purchase Order Number | The PO Number indicates the number assigned to a purchase order | C_Payment.PONum character varying(60)
String | +| Voice authorization code | Voice Authorization Code from credit card company | The Voice Authorization Code indicates the code received from the Credit Card Company. | C_Payment.VoiceAuthCode character varying(20)
String | +| Original Transaction ID | Original Transaction ID | The Original Transaction ID is used for reversing transactions and indicates the transaction that has been reversed. | C_Payment.Orig_TrxID character varying(20)
String | +| Online Process | | | C_Payment.OProcessing character(1)
Button | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | C_Payment.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Result | Result of transmission | The Response Result indicates the result of the transmission to the Credit Card Company. | C_Payment.R_Result character varying(20)
String | +| Response Message | Response message | The Response Message indicates the message returned from the Credit Card Company as the result of a transmission | C_Payment.R_RespMsg character varying(60)
String | +| Voided | | | C_Payment.IsVoided character(1)
Yes-No | +| Void Message | | | C_Payment.R_VoidMsg character varying(255)
Text | +| Reference | Payment reference | The Payment Reference indicates the reference returned from the Credit Card Company for a payment | C_Payment.R_PnRef character varying(20)
String | +| Authorization Code | Authorization Code returned | The Authorization Code indicates the code returned from the electronic transmission. | C_Payment.R_AuthCode character varying(20)
String | +| Zip verified | The Zip Code has been verified | The Zip Verified indicates if the zip code has been verified by the Credit Card Company. | C_Payment.R_AvsZip character(1)
List | +| Address verified | This address has been verified | The Address Verified indicates if the address has been verified by the Credit Card Company. | C_Payment.R_AvsAddr character(1)
List | +| Payment Processor | Payment processor for electronic payments | The Payment Processor indicates the processor to be used for electronic payments | C_Payment.C_PaymentProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Customer Payment Profile ID | | | C_Payment.CustomerPaymentProfileID character varying(60)
String | +| Customer Profile ID | | | C_Payment.CustomerProfileID character varying(60)
String | +| Customer Address ID | | | C_Payment.CustomerAddressID character varying(60)
String | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_Payment.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Payment | | | C_Payment.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | C_Payment.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | C_Payment.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Allocated | Indicates if the payment has been allocated | The Allocated checkbox indicates if a payment has been allocated or associated with an invoice or invoices. | C_Payment.IsAllocated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Reconciled | Payment is reconciled with bank statement | | C_Payment.IsReconciled character(1)
Yes-No | +| Department | | | C_Payment.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | C_Payment.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Employee | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Payment.C_Employee_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › Allocate + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 03/09/2005 · Updated 07/01/2006* + +**Description:** Allocate Payments to Invoices + +**Comment/Help:** You can directly allocate payments to invoices with the same currency when creating the Payment. +Note that you can over- or under-allocate the payment.<b> +When processing the payment, the allocation is created.<b> +The Organization is set to the invoice organization + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_PaymentAllocate.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_PaymentAllocate.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_PaymentAllocate.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_PaymentAllocate.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_PaymentAllocate.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Amt | | | C_PaymentAllocate.InvoiceAmt numeric
Amount | +| Amount | Amount in a defined currency | The Amount indicates the amount for this document line. | C_PaymentAllocate.Amount numeric
Amount | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | C_PaymentAllocate.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Write-off Amount | Amount to write-off | The Write Off Amount indicates the amount to be written off as uncollectible. | C_PaymentAllocate.WriteOffAmt numeric
Amount | +| Over/Under Payment | Over-Payment (unallocated) or Under-Payment (partial payment) Amount | Overpayments (negative) are unallocated amounts and allow you to receive money for more than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial payment for the invoice. You do not write off the unpaid amount. | C_PaymentAllocate.OverUnderAmt numeric
Amount | +| Remaining Amt | Remaining Amount | | C_PaymentAllocate.RemainingAmt
Amount | +| Allocation Line | Allocation Line | Allocation of Cash/Payment to Invoice | C_PaymentAllocate.C_AllocationLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Allocations + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/01/2005 · Updated 03/09/2005* + +**Description:** Display Allocation of the Payment/Receipt to Invoices + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_AllocationLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_AllocationLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_AllocationLine.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Allocation | Payment allocation | | C_AllocationLine.C_AllocationHdr_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | C_AllocationLine.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_AllocationLine.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_AllocationLine.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Amount | Amount in a defined currency | The Amount indicates the amount for this document line. | C_AllocationLine.Amount numeric
Amount | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | C_AllocationLine.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Write-off Amount | Amount to write-off | The Write Off Amount indicates the amount to be written off as uncollectible. | C_AllocationLine.WriteOffAmt numeric
Amount | +| Over/Under Payment | Over-Payment (unallocated) or Under-Payment (partial payment) Amount | Overpayments (negative) are unallocated amounts and allow you to receive money for more than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial payment for the invoice. You do not write off the unpaid amount. | C_AllocationLine.OverUnderAmt numeric
Amount | + diff --git a/manual/window/PaymentsintoBatch_Window_ID-200031_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PaymentsintoBatch_Window_ID-200031_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4b04e41 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PaymentsintoBatch_Window_ID-200031_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: 'Payments into Batch' +sidebar_label: 'Payments into Batch' +description: 'Process Payments' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Payments into Batch + +Window ID 200031 + +*23/01/2013 → 11/04/2013* + +![Payments into Batch](/img/manual/PaymentsintoBatch-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Process Payments + +**Comment/Help:** The Process Payments Window allows you to enter payments for invoices. If the payment is for a single invoice then it can be processed here. + +## Tab: Batch + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/01/2013 · Updated 23/01/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_DepositBatch.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_DepositBatch.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Bank Account | Account at the Bank | The Bank Account identifies an account at this Bank. | C_DepositBatch.C_BankAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Deposit Date | | | C_DepositBatch.DateDeposit timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_DepositBatch.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_DepositBatch.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | C_DepositBatch.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_DepositBatch.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_DepositBatch.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Deposit Amount | | | C_DepositBatch.DepositAmt numeric
Amount | +| Create lines from | Process which will generate a new document lines based on an existing document | The Create From process will create a new document based on information in an existing document selected by the user. | C_DepositBatch.CreateFrom character(1)
Button | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_DepositBatch.DocStatus character varying(2)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_DepositBatch.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Process Deposit Batch | | | C_DepositBatch.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_DepositBatch.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Lines + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 23/01/2013 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_DepositBatchLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_DepositBatchLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Deposit Batch | | | C_DepositBatchLine.C_DepositBatch_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_DepositBatchLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_DepositBatchLine.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment amount | Amount being paid | Indicates the amount this payment is for. The payment amount can be for single or multiple invoices or a partial payment for an invoice. | C_DepositBatchLine.PayAmt numeric
Amount | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_DepositBatchLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_DepositBatchLine.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/PerformanceBenchmark_Window_ID-365_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PerformanceBenchmark_Window_ID-365_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..80306ab5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PerformanceBenchmark_Window_ID-365_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +--- +title: 'Performance Benchmark' +sidebar_label: 'Performance Benchmark' +description: 'Performance Benchmark' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Performance Benchmark + +Window ID 365 + +*26/12/2005 → 26/12/2005* + +![Performance Benchmark](/img/manual/PerformanceBenchmark-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Performance Benchmark + +**Comment/Help:** Data Series to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...) + +## Tab: Benchmark + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 26/12/2005 · Updated 26/12/2005* + +**Description:** Performance Benchmark + +**Comment/Help:** Data Series to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...) + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_Benchmark.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_Benchmark.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_Benchmark.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_Benchmark.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | PA_Benchmark.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_Benchmark.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accumulation Type | How to accumulate data on time axis | Sum adds the data points (e.g. stock volume) - Average is appropriate for e.g. Stock Price | PA_Benchmark.AccumulationType character(1)
List | + +## Tab: › Data + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/12/2005 · Updated 26/12/2005* + +**Description:** Performance Benchmark Data Point + +**Comment/Help:** Data Series Point to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...) + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_BenchmarkData.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_BenchmarkData.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Benchmark | Performance Benchmark | Data Series to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...) | PA_BenchmarkData.PA_Benchmark_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_BenchmarkData.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_BenchmarkData.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_BenchmarkData.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date | Benchmark Date | Date of the Benchmark Data Point | PA_BenchmarkData.BenchmarkDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Value | Benchmark Value | Value of the Benchmark Data Point | PA_BenchmarkData.BenchmarkValue numeric
Number | + diff --git a/manual/window/PerformanceColorSchema_Window_ID-364_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PerformanceColorSchema_Window_ID-364_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f2402422 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PerformanceColorSchema_Window_ID-364_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +--- +title: 'Performance Color Schema' +sidebar_label: 'Performance Color Schema' +description: 'Maintain Performance Color Schema' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Performance Color Schema + +Window ID 364 + +*23/12/2005 → 15/01/2024* + +![Performance Color Schema](/img/manual/PerformanceColorSchema-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Performance Color Schema + +**Comment/Help:** Visual representation of performance by color. The Schema has often three levels (e.g. red-yellow-green). iDempiere supports two levels (e.g. red-green) or four levels (e.g. gray-bronce-silver-gold). Note that Measures without a goal are represented white. The percentages could be between 0 and unlimited (i.e. above 100%). + +## Tab: Color Schema + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/12/2005 · Updated 15/01/2024* + +**Description:** Performance Color Schema + +**Comment/Help:** Visual representation of performance by color. The Schema has often three levels (e.g. red-yellow-green). iDempiere supports two levels (e.g. red-green) or four levels (e.g. gray-bronce-silver-gold). Note that Measures without a goal are represented white. The percentages could be between 0 and unlimited (i.e. above 100%). + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_ColorSchema.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_ColorSchema.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_ColorSchema.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_ColorSchema.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_ColorSchema.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Mark 1 Percent | Percentage up to this color is used | Example 50 - i.e. below 50% this color is used | PA_ColorSchema.Mark1Percent numeric(10)
Integer | +| Color 1 | First color used | | PA_ColorSchema.AD_PrintColor1_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Mark 2 Percent | Percentage up to this color is used | Example 80 - e.g., if Mark 1 is 50 - this color is used between 50% and 80% | PA_ColorSchema.Mark2Percent numeric(10)
Integer | +| Color 2 | Second color used | | PA_ColorSchema.AD_PrintColor2_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Mark 3 Percent | Percentage up to this color is used | Example 100 - e.g., if Mark 2 is 80 - this color is used between 80% and 100% | PA_ColorSchema.Mark3Percent numeric(10)
Integer | +| Color 3 | Third color used | | PA_ColorSchema.AD_PrintColor3_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Mark 4 Percent | Percentage up to this color is used | Example 9999 - e.g., if Mark 3 is 100 - this color is used above 100% | PA_ColorSchema.Mark4Percent numeric(10)
Integer | +| Color 4 | Forth color used | | PA_ColorSchema.AD_PrintColor4_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | PA_ColorSchema.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | + diff --git a/manual/window/PerformanceGoal_Window_ID-212_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PerformanceGoal_Window_ID-212_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c8ee8de --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PerformanceGoal_Window_ID-212_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +--- +title: 'Performance Goal' +sidebar_label: 'Performance Goal' +description: 'Define Performance Goals' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Performance Goal + +Window ID 212 + +*24/04/2001 → 31/12/2005* + +![Performance Goal](/img/manual/PerformanceGoal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Define Performance Goals + +**Comment/Help:** The Performance Goal Window allows you to define performance goals or all, a role or a user + +## Tab: Performance Goal + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 24/04/2001 · Updated 28/03/2013* + +**Description:** Performance Goal + +**Comment/Help:** The Performance Goal Tab defines specific goals for performance. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_Goal.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_Goal.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_Goal.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_Goal.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Note | Optional additional user defined information | The Note field allows for optional entry of user defined information regarding this record | PA_Goal.Note character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_Goal.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | PA_Goal.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | PA_Goal.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | PA_Goal.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | PA_Goal.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Color Schema | Performance Color Schema | Visual representation of performance by color. The Schema has often three levels (e.g. red-yellow-green). iDempiere supports two levels (e.g. red-green) or four levels (e.g. gray-bronce-silver-gold). Note that Measures without a goal are represented white. The percentages could be between 0 and unlimited (i.e. above 100%). | PA_Goal.PA_ColorSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Parent Goal | Parent Goal | You can create a hierarchy of goals by linking the sub-goals to the summary goal.
The measures are automatically rolled up | PA_Goal.PA_GoalParent_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Measure Target | Target value for measure | The Measure Target indicates the target or goal for this measure. It is used as in comparing against the actual measures | PA_Goal.MeasureTarget numeric
Number | +| Measure | Concrete Performance Measurement | The Measure identifies a concrete, measurable indicator of performance. For example, sales dollars, prospects contacted. | PA_Goal.PA_Measure_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Date From | Starting date for a range | The Date From indicates the starting date of a range. | PA_Goal.DateFrom timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Date To | End date of a date range | The Date To indicates the end date of a range (inclusive) | PA_Goal.DateTo timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Measure Scope | Performance Measure Scope | The scope of the goal can be broken down for initial display.
Example: Scope is Year, Display is Month - the goal is entered as a yearly number, the display divides the goal by 12 | PA_Goal.MeasureScope character(1)
List | +| Measure Display | Measure Scope initially displayed | | PA_Goal.MeasureDisplay character(1)
List | +| Chart Type | Type of chart to render | | PA_Goal.ChartType character varying(2)
List | +| Measure Actual | Actual value that has been measured. | The Measure Actual indicates the actual measured value. The measured values are used in determining if a performance goal has been met | PA_Goal.MeasureActual numeric
Number | +| Date Last Run | Date the process was last run. | The Date Last Run indicates the last time that a process was run. | PA_Goal.DateLastRun timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Performance Goal | Target achievement from 0..1 | The Goal Performance indicates the target achievement from 0 to 1. | PA_Goal.GoalPerformance numeric
Number | +| Relative Weight | Relative weight of this step (0 = ignored) | The relative weight allows you to adjust the project cycle report based on probabilities. For example, if you have a 1:10 chance in closing a contract when it is in the prospect stage and a 1:2 chance when it is in the contract stage, you may put a weight of 0.1 and 0.5 on those steps. This allows sales funnels or measures of completion of your project. | PA_Goal.RelativeWeight numeric
Number | + +## Tab: › Restriction + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 23/12/2005 · Updated 28/03/2013* + +**Description:** Performance Goal Restriction + +**Comment/Help:** Restriction of the performance measure to the Organization, Business Partner or Product defined. +Example: The performance is only measured for HQ +The measure must support the data, otherwise it is ignored. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_GoalRestriction.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_GoalRestriction.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Goal | Performance Goal | The Performance Goal indicates what this users performance will be measured against. | PA_GoalRestriction.PA_Goal_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_GoalRestriction.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_GoalRestriction.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Restriction Type | Goal Restriction Type | Enter one or more records per Goal Restriction Type (e.g. Org o1, o2) | PA_GoalRestriction.GoalRestrictionType character(1)
List | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. | PA_GoalRestriction.Org_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | PA_GoalRestriction.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | PA_GoalRestriction.C_BP_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | PA_GoalRestriction.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | PA_GoalRestriction.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/PerformanceMeasureCalculation_Window_ID-213_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PerformanceMeasureCalculation_Window_ID-213_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f832f5f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PerformanceMeasureCalculation_Window_ID-213_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +--- +title: 'Performance Measure Calculation' +sidebar_label: 'Performance Measure Calculation' +description: 'Define how you calculate your performance measures' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Performance Measure Calculation + +Window ID 213 + +*24/04/2001 → 30/09/2022* + +![Performance Measure Calculation](/img/manual/PerformanceMeasureCalculation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Define how you calculate your performance measures + +**Comment/Help:** The Performance Measure Calculation defines how performance measures will be calculated. +The sql needs to return a single value. Please check examples.<br> +The date restriction is defined in the Goal. +Any restrictions for Organizations, Business Partners, Products, etc. are as Performance Goal Restrictions. + +## Tab: Performance Measure Calculation + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 24/04/2001 · Updated 30/09/2022* + +**Description:** Maintain your Performance Measure Calculation + +**Comment/Help:** The Performance Measure Calculation defines how performance measures will be calculated. See examples.<br> +The SELECT definition must contain the SELECT and FROM keywords in upper case. The WHERE clause can only contain values of the main table (e.g. when selecting from Header and lines, only header variables can be used in the where clause) and be fully qualified if there is more then one table. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_MeasureCalc.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_MeasureCalc.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_MeasureCalc.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_MeasureCalc.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_MeasureCalc.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | PA_MeasureCalc.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Sql SELECT | SQL SELECT clause | The Select Clause indicates the SQL SELECT clause to use for selecting the record for a measure calculation. Do not include the SELECT itself. | PA_MeasureCalc.SelectClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Sql WHERE | Fully qualified SQL WHERE clause | The Where Clause indicates the SQL WHERE clause to use for record selection. The WHERE clause is added to the query. Fully qualified means "tablename.columnname". | PA_MeasureCalc.WhereClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Date Column | Fully qualified date column | The Date Column indicates the date to be used when calculating this measurement | PA_MeasureCalc.DateColumn character varying(124)
String | +| Org Column | Fully qualified Organization column (AD_Org_ID) | The Organization Column indicates the organization to be used in calculating this measurement. | PA_MeasureCalc.OrgColumn character varying(124)
String | +| B.Partner Column | Fully qualified Business Partner key column (C_BPartner_ID) | The Business Partner Column indicates the Business Partner to use when calculating this measurement | PA_MeasureCalc.BPartnerColumn character varying(124)
String | +| Product Column | Fully qualified Product column (M_Product_ID) | The Product Column indicates the product to use to use when calculating this measurement. | PA_MeasureCalc.ProductColumn character varying(124)
String | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | PA_MeasureCalc.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Key Column | Key Column for Table | | PA_MeasureCalc.KeyColumn character varying(124)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/PerformanceMeasure_Window_ID-215_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PerformanceMeasure_Window_ID-215_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..672f03c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PerformanceMeasure_Window_ID-215_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +--- +title: 'Performance Measure' +sidebar_label: 'Performance Measure' +description: 'Define your Performance Measures' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Performance Measure + +Window ID 215 + +*24/04/2001 → 26/12/2005* + +![Performance Measure](/img/manual/PerformanceMeasure-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Define your Performance Measures + +**Comment/Help:** The Performance Measure Window allows you to define the rules and restrictions for performance measurement. You can, for example, restrict performance measurement to sales for a certain product category for a defined time frame. + +## Tab: Measure + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 24/04/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Performance Measure + +**Comment/Help:** The Performance Measure Tab defines the date range and method to be used for measuring performance. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_Measure.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_Measure.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_Measure.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_Measure.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_Measure.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Measure Data Type | Type of data - Status or in Time | Status represents values valid at a certain time (e.g. Open Invoices) - No history is maintained.<br>
Time represents a values at a given time (e.g. Invoice Amount on 1/1) - History is maintained | PA_Measure.MeasureDataType character(1)
List | +| Measure Type | Determines how the actual performance is derived | The Measure Type indicates how the actual measure is determined. For example, one measure may be manual while another is calculated. | PA_Measure.MeasureType character(1)
List | +| Manual Actual | Manually entered actual value | The Manual Active identifies a manually entered actual measurement value. | PA_Measure.ManualActual numeric
Number | +| Note | Note for manual entry | The Note allows for entry for additional information regarding a manual entry. | PA_Measure.ManualNote character varying(2000)
Text | +| Measure Calculation | Calculation method for measuring performance | The Measure Calculation indicates the method of measuring performance. | PA_Measure.PA_MeasureCalc_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Calculation Class | Java Class for calculation, implementing Interface Measure | The Calculation Class indicates the Java Class used for calculating measures. | PA_Measure.CalculationClass character varying(60)
String | +| Ratio | Performance Ratio | Calculation instruction set for a performance ratio | PA_Measure.PA_Ratio_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Request Type | Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..) | Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. | PA_Measure.R_RequestType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Type | Type of the project | Type of the project with optional phases of the project with standard performance information | PA_Measure.C_ProjectType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Benchmark | Performance Benchmark | Data Series to compare internal performance with (e.g. stock price, ...) | PA_Measure.PA_Benchmark_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Reporting Hierarchy | Optional Reporting Hierarchy - If not selected the default hierarchy trees are used. | Reporting Hierarchy allows you to select different Hierarchies/Trees for the report.
Accounting Segments like Organization, Account, Product may have several hierarchies to accommodate different views on the business. | PA_Measure.PA_Hierarchy_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Achievement + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 24/04/2001 · Updated 25/12/2005* + +**Description:** Performance Achievement + +**Comment/Help:** The Performance Achievement Tab defines the Tasks to be achieved. The performance is measured by the percentage of reached achievements. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_Achievement.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_Achievement.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Measure | Concrete Performance Measurement | The Measure identifies a concrete, measurable indicator of performance. For example, sales dollars, prospects contacted. | PA_Achievement.PA_Measure_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_Achievement.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_Achievement.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_Achievement.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | PA_Achievement.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | PA_Achievement.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Note | Optional additional user defined information | The Note field allows for optional entry of user defined information regarding this record | PA_Achievement.Note character varying(2000)
Text | +| Achieved | The goal is achieved | The Achieved checkbox indicates if this goal has been achieved. | PA_Achievement.IsAchieved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Manual Actual | Manually entered actual value | The Manual Active identifies a manually entered actual measurement value. | PA_Achievement.ManualActual numeric
Number | + diff --git a/manual/window/PerformanceRatio_Window_ID-366_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PerformanceRatio_Window_ID-366_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c107d637 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PerformanceRatio_Window_ID-366_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +--- +title: 'Performance Ratio' +sidebar_label: 'Performance Ratio' +description: 'Maintain Performance Ratios' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Performance Ratio + +Window ID 366 + +*26/12/2005 → 04/01/2006* + +![Performance Ratio](/img/manual/PerformanceRatio-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Performance Ratios + +**Comment/Help:** Calculation instruction for a ratio + +## Tab: Ratio + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 26/12/2005 · Updated 26/12/2005* + +**Description:** Performance Ratio + +**Comment/Help:** Calculation instruction set for a performance ratio + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_Ratio.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_Ratio.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_Ratio.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_Ratio.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_Ratio.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | PA_Ratio.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | PA_Ratio.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Element + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/12/2005 · Updated 26/12/2005* + +**Description:** Performance Ratio Element + +**Comment/Help:** Individual calculation instruction for a ratio + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_RatioElement.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_RatioElement.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Ratio | Performance Ratio | Calculation instruction set for a performance ratio | PA_RatioElement.PA_Ratio_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_RatioElement.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_RatioElement.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_RatioElement.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | PA_RatioElement.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Operand | Ratio Operand | Operand how data is calculated. If it is the first in the series, 'minus' will create a negative value, otherwise ignored. | PA_RatioElement.RatioOperand character(1)
List | +| Element Type | Ratio Element Type | Type of data used for the calculation | PA_RatioElement.RatioElementType character(1)
List | +| Measure Calculation | Calculation method for measuring performance | The Measure Calculation indicates the method of measuring performance. | PA_RatioElement.PA_MeasureCalc_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Constant Value | Constant value | | PA_RatioElement.ConstantValue numeric
Number | +| Ratio Used | Performance Ratio Used | Existing Performance Ratio to be used in the calculation. Make sure that the Ratio is not self-referencing (loop). | PA_RatioElement.PA_RatioUsed_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Account | Account used | The (natural) account used | PA_RatioElement.Account_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | PA_RatioElement.PostingType character(1)
List | + diff --git a/manual/window/PhysicalInventory_Window_ID-168_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PhysicalInventory_Window_ID-168_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c8ab80ec --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PhysicalInventory_Window_ID-168_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +--- +title: 'Physical Inventory' +sidebar_label: 'Physical Inventory' +description: 'Enter Physical Inventory' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Physical Inventory + +Window ID 168 + +*19/12/1999 → 21/07/2005* + +![Physical Inventory](/img/manual/PhysicalInventory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Enter Physical Inventory + +**Comment/Help:** The Physical Inventory Window allows you to generate inventory count lists. These counts can then be processed which will update the actual inventory with the new counts. Normally you would create inventory count lines automaticelly. If you create them manually, make sure that the book value is correct. + +## Tab: Inventory Count + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/12/1999 · Updated 03/04/2013* + +**Description:** Define Inventory Count + +**Comment/Help:** The Inventory Count Tab defines the parameters for a manual count and adjustment of inventory. When creating the inventory count list automatically, only the actual stored products are included. The exception is when you select the equals 0 (=0) option, then zero on hand records of all stocked products is created for that location. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Inventory.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Inventory.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Inventory.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Inventory.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Inventory.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Perpetual Inventory | Rules for generating physical inventory | The Perpetual Inventory identifies the Perpetual Inventory rule which generated this Physical Inventory. | M_Inventory.M_PerpetualInv_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | M_Inventory.MovementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | M_Inventory.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Create Inventory Count List | Create Inventory Count List | The inventory count lines are generated. You can add new lines or delete lines manually. | M_Inventory.GenerateList character(1)
Button | +| Update Quantity | The Book Quantity is updated with current book quantity | The Update Quantity Process will update the book quantity with the current book quantity. | M_Inventory.UpdateQty character(1)
Button | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | M_Inventory.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | M_Inventory.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | M_Inventory.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | M_Inventory.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_Inventory.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_Inventory.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | M_Inventory.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Approval Amount | Document Approval Amount | Approval Amount for Workflow | M_Inventory.ApprovalAmt numeric
Amount | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | M_Inventory.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Inventory Count | Process Inventory count and update Inventory | | M_Inventory.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | M_Inventory.Posted character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Inventory Count Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/12/1999 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** Inventory Count Line + +**Comment/Help:** The Inventory Count Line defines the counts of the individual products in inventory. Normally you would create inventory count lines automaticelly. If you create them manually, make sure that the book value is correct. +You can set the Organization, if it is a charge, otherwise it is set to the header organization. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InventoryLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InventoryLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Phys.Inventory | Parameters for a Physical Inventory | The Physical Inventory indicates a unique parameters for a physical inventory. | M_InventoryLine.M_Inventory_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | M_InventoryLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_InventoryLine.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_InventoryLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_InventoryLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Quantity count | Counted Quantity | The Quantity Count indicates the actual inventory count taken for a product in inventory | M_InventoryLine.QtyCount numeric
Quantity | +| Quantity book | Book Quantity | The Quantity Book indicates the line count stored in the system for a product in inventory | M_InventoryLine.QtyBook numeric
Quantity | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InventoryLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Inventory Type | Type of inventory difference | The type of inventory difference determines which account is used. The default is the Inventory Difference account defined for the warehouse. Alternatively, you could select any charge. This allows you to account for Internal Use or extraordinary inventory losses. | M_InventoryLine.InventoryType character(1)
List | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | M_InventoryLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › › Attributes + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 27/08/2005 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** Product Instance Attribute Material Allocation + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InventoryLineMA.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InventoryLineMA.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Phys.Inventory Line | Unique line in an Inventory document | The Physical Inventory Line indicates the inventory document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_InventoryLineMA.M_InventoryLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_InventoryLineMA.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_InventoryLineMA.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Date Material Policy | Time used for LIFO and FIFO Material Policy | This field is used to record time used for LIFO and FIFO material policy | M_InventoryLineMA.DateMaterialPolicy timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Auto Generated | | Record is Auto Generated by System. | M_InventoryLineMA.IsAutoGenerated character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/PositionCategory_Window_ID-352_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PositionCategory_Window_ID-352_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..362bf26d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PositionCategory_Window_ID-352_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: 'Position Category' +sidebar_label: 'Position Category' +description: 'Maintain Job Position Categories' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Position Category + +Window ID 352 + +*15/05/2005 → 13/11/2005* + +![Position Category](/img/manual/PositionCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Job Position Categories + +## Tab: Position Category + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 15/05/2005 · Updated 15/05/2005* + +**Description:** Maintain Job Position Categories + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_JobCategory.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_JobCategory.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_JobCategory.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_JobCategory.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_JobCategory.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_JobCategory.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Position_Window_ID-351_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Position_Window_ID-351_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a650bfbc --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Position_Window_ID-351_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +--- +title: 'Position' +sidebar_label: 'Position' +description: 'Maintain Job Positions' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Position + +Window ID 351 + +*15/05/2005 → 13/11/2005* + +![Position](/img/manual/Position-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Job Positions + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain internal (employee) or external positions + +## Tab: Position + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 15/05/2005 · Updated 16/09/2005* + +**Description:** Maintain Job Position + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain internal (employee) or external positions + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Job.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Job.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Job.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Job.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_Job.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Job.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Employee | Indicates if this Business Partner is an employee | The Employee checkbox indicates if this Business Partner is an Employee. If it is selected, additional fields will display which further identify this employee. | C_Job.IsEmployee character(1)
Yes-No | +| Position Category | Job Position Category | Classification of Job Positions | C_Job.C_JobCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Assignment + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/05/2005 · Updated 15/05/2005* + +**Description:** Employee Assignment + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_JobAssignment.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_JobAssignment.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Position | Job Position | | C_JobAssignment.C_Job_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_JobAssignment.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_JobAssignment.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | C_JobAssignment.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Valid to | Valid to including this date (last day) | The Valid To date indicates the last day of a date range | C_JobAssignment.ValidTo timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_JobAssignment.Description character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Remuneration + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/05/2005 · Updated 15/05/2005* + +**Description:** Position Remuneration + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_JobRemuneration.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_JobRemuneration.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Position | Job Position | | C_JobRemuneration.C_Job_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Remuneration | Wage or Salary | | C_JobRemuneration.C_Remuneration_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_JobRemuneration.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | C_JobRemuneration.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Valid to | Valid to including this date (last day) | The Valid To date indicates the last day of a date range | C_JobRemuneration.ValidTo timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_JobRemuneration.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/PostDepreciationEntry_Window_ID-53053_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PostDepreciationEntry_Window_ID-53053_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..161b31ab --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PostDepreciationEntry_Window_ID-53053_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +--- +title: 'Post Depreciation Entry' +sidebar_label: 'Post Depreciation Entry' +description: 'Create Depreciation Entry' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Post Depreciation Entry + +Window ID 53053 + +*30/05/2008 → 17/02/2022* + +![Post Depreciation Entry](/img/manual/PostDepreciationEntry-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Create Depreciation Entry + +**Comment/Help:** The Depreciation Entry window allows you to create and post the depreciation expense entry to the GL + +## Tab: Create Depreciation Entry + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 30/05/2008 · Updated 17/06/2010* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Depreciation_Entry.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Depreciation_Entry.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | A_Depreciation_Entry.DocumentNo character varying(60)
String | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | A_Depreciation_Entry.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_Depreciation_Entry.Description character varying(510)
String | +| Entry Type | | | A_Depreciation_Entry.A_Entry_Type character varying(3)
List | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | A_Depreciation_Entry.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | A_Depreciation_Entry.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | A_Depreciation_Entry.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | A_Depreciation_Entry.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Period | Period of the Calendar | The Period indicates an exclusive range of dates for a calendar. | A_Depreciation_Entry.C_Period_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | A_Depreciation_Entry.DocStatus character varying(2)
List | +| Process Depreciation Entry | | | A_Depreciation_Entry.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | A_Depreciation_Entry.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | A_Depreciation_Entry.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Cost Center | | | A_Depreciation_Entry.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | A_Depreciation_Entry.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Records + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/06/2010 · Updated 17/06/2010* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Depreciation Entry | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Depreciation_Entry_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Entry Type | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Entry_Type character varying(3)
List | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_Depreciation_Exp.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Expense | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.Expense numeric
Amount | +| Expense (fiscal) | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.Expense_F numeric
Amount | +| Account (debit) | Account used | The (natural) account used | A_Depreciation_Exp.DR_Account_ID numeric(10)
Account | +| Account (credit) | Account used | The (natural) account used | A_Depreciation_Exp.CR_Account_ID numeric(10)
Account | +| Asset Period | | | A_Depreciation_Exp.A_Period numeric(10)
Integer | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | A_Depreciation_Exp.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | A_Depreciation_Exp.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Depreciate | The asset will be depreciated | The asset is used internally and will be depreciated | A_Depreciation_Exp.IsDepreciated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | A_Depreciation_Exp.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | A_Depreciation_Exp.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Postit_Window_ID-200089_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Postit_Window_ID-200089_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e461ccb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Postit_Window_ID-200089_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Post-it' +sidebar_label: 'Post-it' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Post-it + +Window ID 200089 + +*24/11/2016 → 24/11/2016* + +![Post-it](/img/manual/Postit-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Post-it + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 24/11/2016 · Updated 24/11/2016* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PostIt.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PostIt.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_PostIt.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Record UUID | | | AD_PostIt.Record_UU uuid
Record UUID | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_PostIt.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Description | | | AD_PostIt.Text character varying(2000)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/Preference_Window_ID-129_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Preference_Window_ID-129_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9f8c1e2b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Preference_Window_ID-129_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +--- +title: 'Preference' +sidebar_label: 'Preference' +description: 'Maintain System Tenant Org and User Preferences' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Preference + +Window ID 129 + +*29/06/1999 → 10/03/2022* + +![Preference](/img/manual/Preference-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain System Tenant Org and User Preferences + +**Comment/Help:** System Admin use only. + +## Tab: Preference + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 29/06/1999 · Updated 02/09/2023* + +**Description:** Maintain System Tenant Org and User Preferences + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Preference.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Preference.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_Preference.Value character varying(60)
String | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_Preference.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Preference For | Type of preference, it can window, info window or parameter process | | AD_Preference.PreferenceFor character(1)
List | +| Attribute | | | AD_Preference.Attribute character varying(60)
String | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_Preference.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_Preference.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_Preference.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Special Form | Special Form | The Special Form field identifies a unique Special Form in the system. | AD_Preference.AD_Form_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Preference.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/PriceListSchema_Window_ID-337_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PriceListSchema_Window_ID-337_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11041fa8 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PriceListSchema_Window_ID-337_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +--- +title: 'Price List Schema' +sidebar_label: 'Price List Schema' +description: 'Maintain Price List Schema' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Price List Schema + +Window ID 337 + +*28/12/2001 → 03/06/2021* + +![Price List Schema](/img/manual/PriceListSchema-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Price List Schema + +**Comment/Help:** Price List schema defines calculation rules for price lists + +## Tab: Price List Schema + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 07/07/2004 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +**Description:** Price List Schema + +**Comment/Help:** Price List schema defines calculation rules for price lists + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_DiscountSchema.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_DiscountSchema.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_DiscountSchema.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_DiscountSchema.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_DiscountSchema.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | M_DiscountSchema.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Schema Type | Type of trade schema calculation | Type of procedure used to calculate the trade schema percentage | M_DiscountSchema.DiscountType character(1)
List | +| Renumber | Renumber Discount entries | | M_DiscountSchema.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Schema Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 28/12/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Trade Discount Price List Lines + +**Comment/Help:** Pricelists are created based on Product Purchase and Category Discounts. +The parameters listed here allow to copy and calculate pricelists.<BR> +The calculation: +<UL> +<LI>Copy and convert price from referenced price list +<LI>result plus Surcharge Amount +<LI>result minus Discount +<LI>if resulting price is less than the original limit price plus min Margin, use this price (only if Margin is not zero) +<LI>if resulting price is more than the original limit price plus max Margin, use this price (only if Margin us not zero) +<LI>Round resulting price +</UL> +<B>The Formula</B> is<BR> +NewPrice = (Convert(BasePrice) + Surcharge) * (100-Discount) / 100;<BR> +if MinMargin <> 0 then NewPrice = Max (NewPrice, Convert(OrigLimitPrice) + MinMargin);<BR> +if MaxMargin <> 0 then NewPrice = Min (NewPrice, Convert(OrigLimitPrice) + MaxMargin);<BR> + <BR> +<B>Example:</B> (assuming same currency)<BR> +Original Prices: List=300, Standard=250, Limit=200;<BR> +New List Price: Base=List, Surcharge=0, Discount=0, Round + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price List Schema | Schema to calculate price lists | | M_DiscountSchemaLine.M_DiscountSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | M_DiscountSchemaLine.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Conversion Date | Date for selecting conversion rate | The Conversion Date identifies the date used for currency conversion. The conversion rate chosen must include this date in it's date range | M_DiscountSchemaLine.ConversionDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | M_DiscountSchemaLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Ignore Current Vendor Flag | take all PO prices into account | will use PO price even if it is not marked as current vendor | M_DiscountSchemaLine.IsIgnoreIsCurrentVendor character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Classification | Classification for grouping | The Classification can be used to optionally group products. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.Classification character varying(12)
String | +| Group1 | | | M_DiscountSchemaLine.Group1 character varying(255)
String | +| Group2 | | | M_DiscountSchemaLine.Group2 character varying(255)
String | +| Partner Category | Product Category of the Business Partner | The Business Partner Category identifies the category used by the Business Partner for this product. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.VendorCategory character varying(30)
String | +| List price Base | Price used as the basis for price list calculations | The List Price Base indicates the price to use as the basis for the calculation of a new price list. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.List_Base character(1)
List | +| List price min Margin | Minimum margin for a product | The List Price Min Margin indicates the minimum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original list price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.List_MinAmt numeric
Amount | +| List price Surcharge Amount | List Price Surcharge Amount | The List Price Surcharge Amount indicates the amount to be added to the price prior to multiplication. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.List_AddAmt numeric
Amount | +| List price max Margin | Maximum margin for a product | The List Price Max Margin indicates the maximum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original list price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.List_MaxAmt numeric
Amount | +| List price Discount % | Discount from list price as a percentage | The List Price Discount Percentage indicates the percentage discount which will be subtracted from the base price. A negative amount indicates the percentage which will be added to the base price. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.List_Discount numeric
Number | +| List price Rounding | Rounding rule for final list price | The List Price Rounding indicates how the final list price will be rounded. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.List_Rounding character(1)
List | +| Fixed List Price | Fixes List Price (not calculated) | | M_DiscountSchemaLine.List_Fixed numeric
Amount | +| Standard price Base | Base price for calculating new standard price | The Standard Price Base indicates the price to use as the basis for the calculation of a new price standard.
| M_DiscountSchemaLine.Std_Base character(1)
List | +| Standard price min Margin | Minimum margin allowed for a product | The Standard Price Min Margin indicates the minimum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original Standard price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.Std_MinAmt numeric
Amount | +| Standard price Surcharge Amount | Amount added to a price as a surcharge | The Standard Price Surcharge Amount indicates the amount to be added to the price prior to multiplication.
| M_DiscountSchemaLine.Std_AddAmt numeric
Amount | +| Standard max Margin | Maximum margin allowed for a product | The Standard Price Max Margin indicates the maximum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original Standard price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.Std_MaxAmt numeric
Amount | +| Standard price Discount % | Discount percentage to subtract from base price | The Standard Price Discount Percentage indicates the percentage discount which will be subtracted from the base price. A negative amount indicates the percentage which will be added to the base price. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.Std_Discount numeric
Number | +| Standard price Rounding | Rounding rule for calculated price | The Standard Price Rounding indicates how the final Standard price will be rounded. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.Std_Rounding character(1)
List | +| Fixed Standard Price | Fixed Standard Price (not calculated) | | M_DiscountSchemaLine.Std_Fixed numeric
Amount | +| Limit price Base | Base price for calculation of the new price | Identifies the price to be used as the base for calculating a new price list. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.Limit_Base character(1)
List | +| Limit price min Margin | Minimum difference to original limit price; ignored if zero | Indicates the minimum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original limit price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.Limit_MinAmt numeric
Amount | +| Limit price Surcharge Amount | Amount added to the converted/copied price before multiplying | Indicates the amount to be added to the Limit price prior to multiplication. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.Limit_AddAmt numeric
Amount | +| Limit price max Margin | Maximum difference to original limit price; ignored if zero | Indicates the maximum margin for a product. The margin is calculated by subtracting the original limit price from the newly calculated price. If this field contains 0.00 then it is ignored. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.Limit_MaxAmt numeric
Amount | +| Limit price Discount % | Discount in percent to be subtracted from base, if negative it will be added to base price | Indicates the discount in percent to be subtracted from base, if negative it will be added to base price | M_DiscountSchemaLine.Limit_Discount numeric
Number | +| Limit price Rounding | Rounding of the final result | A drop down list box which indicates the rounding (if any) will apply to the final prices in this price list. | M_DiscountSchemaLine.Limit_Rounding character(1)
List | +| Fixed Limit Price | Fixed Limit Price (not calculated) | | M_DiscountSchemaLine.Limit_Fixed numeric
Amount | + diff --git a/manual/window/PriceList_Window_ID-146_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PriceList_Window_ID-146_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..88a679fc --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PriceList_Window_ID-146_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +--- +title: 'Price List' +sidebar_label: 'Price List' +description: 'Maintain Product Price Lists' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Price List + +Window ID 146 + +*09/08/1999 → 03/06/2021* + +![Price List](/img/manual/PriceList-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Product Price Lists + +**Comment/Help:** The Price List Window allows you to generate product price lists for your Business Partners. Price lists determine currency and tax treatment. Price list versions allow to maintain parallel lists for different date ranges. The most current pricelist version is used based on the document date. +<BR> +All pricelists have three prices: List, Standard and Limit +<BR> +First step is to create a base price list. You can manually add products and enter the prices or create them automatically. The base price list is often the purchase price list with list price ('official' retail price), the standard price (your purchase price). The limit price can be used to check your final purchase costs after discounts, rebates, etc. +<BR> +Pricelists can be calculated and copied. To speed up the calculation, the parameters are stored an used when creating a new price list version. + +## Tab: Price List + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Price Lists + +**Comment/Help:** Price lists determine currency of the document as well as tax treatment. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_PriceList.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_PriceList.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_PriceList.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_PriceList.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Base Price List | Pricelist to be used, if product not found on this pricelist | The Base Price List identifies the default price list to be used if a product is not found on the selected price list | M_PriceList.BasePriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | M_PriceList.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | M_PriceList.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price Precision | Precision (number of decimals) for the Price | The prices of the price list are rounded to the precision entered. This allows to have prices with below currency precision, e.g. $0.005. Enter the number of decimals or -1 for no rounding. | M_PriceList.PricePrecision numeric(10)
Integer | +| Sales Price list | This is a Sales Price List | The Sales Price List check box indicates if this price list is used for sales transactions. | M_PriceList.IsSOPriceList character(1)
Yes-No | +| Price includes Tax | Tax is included in the price | The Tax Included checkbox indicates if the prices include tax. This is also known as the gross price. | M_PriceList.IsTaxIncluded character(1)
Yes-No | +| Enforce price limit | Do not allow prices below the limit price | The Enforce Price Limit check box indicates that prices cannot be below the limit price in Orders and Invoices. This can be overwritten, if the role allows this. | M_PriceList.EnforcePriceLimit character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_PriceList.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Version + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/12/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain price list versions + +**Comment/Help:** Price lists are automatically created based on Product Purchasing Information and the Vendor Category Discount. +The other alternative is to copy them from existing pricelists and the re-calculate them. +You can also re-calculate the pricelist by referencing no pricelist or referencing the same pricelist. If no base price list is selected, the Procuct Purchase records are used as reference. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_PriceList_Version.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_PriceList_Version.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | M_PriceList_Version.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_PriceList_Version.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_PriceList_Version.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_PriceList_Version.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Price List Schema | Schema to calculate price lists | | M_PriceList_Version.M_DiscountSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Base Price List | Source for Price list calculations | The Base Price List identifies the Base Pricelist used for calculating prices (the source) | M_PriceList_Version.M_Pricelist_Version_Base_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | M_PriceList_Version.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Create Price List | Create Prices based on parameters of this version | Create Prices for this pricelist version in the sequence of the Discount Schema Price List.
Lines with a higher sequence overwrite existing prices. The sequence should be from generic to specific. | M_PriceList_Version.ProcCreate character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › › Product Price + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Product Prices + +**Comment/Help:** The Price List Tab displays the prices for a product based on the selected price list. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ProductPrice.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ProductPrice.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price List Version | Identifies a unique instance of a Price List | Each Price List can have multiple versions. The most common use is to indicate the dates that a Price List is valid for. | M_ProductPrice.M_PriceList_Version_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_ProductPrice.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ProductPrice.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | M_ProductPrice.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Standard Price | Standard Price | The Standard Price indicates the standard or normal price for a product on this price list | M_ProductPrice.PriceStd numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Limit Price | Lowest price for a product | The Price Limit indicates the lowest price for a product stated in the Price List Currency. | M_ProductPrice.PriceLimit numeric
Costs+Prices | + +## Tab: › › Product Price Break + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 17/03/2009 · Updated 01/10/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ProductPriceVendorBreak.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ProductPriceVendorBreak.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price List Version | Identifies a unique instance of a Price List | Each Price List can have multiple versions. The most common use is to indicate the dates that a Price List is valid for. | M_ProductPriceVendorBreak.M_PriceList_Version_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_ProductPriceVendorBreak.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | M_ProductPriceVendorBreak.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Break Value | Low Value of trade discount break level | Starting Quantity or Amount Value for break level | M_ProductPriceVendorBreak.BreakValue numeric
Number | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ProductPriceVendorBreak.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | M_ProductPriceVendorBreak.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Standard Price | Standard Price | The Standard Price indicates the standard or normal price for a product on this price list | M_ProductPriceVendorBreak.PriceStd numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Limit Price | Lowest price for a product | The Price Limit indicates the lowest price for a product stated in the Price List Currency. | M_ProductPriceVendorBreak.PriceLimit numeric
Costs+Prices | + +## Tab: › › Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 21/03/2014 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_PriceList_Version_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_PriceList_Version_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price List Version | Identifies a unique instance of a Price List | Each Price List can have multiple versions. The most common use is to indicate the dates that a Price List is valid for. | M_PriceList_Version_Trl.M_PriceList_Version_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | M_PriceList_Version_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_PriceList_Version_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | M_PriceList_Version_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_PriceList_Version_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/03/2014 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_PriceList_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_PriceList_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | M_PriceList_Trl.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | M_PriceList_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_PriceList_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | M_PriceList_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_PriceList_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_PriceList_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/PrintColor_Window_ID-238_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PrintColor_Window_ID-238_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0ab6f243 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PrintColor_Window_ID-238_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: 'Print Color' +sidebar_label: 'Print Color' +description: 'Maintain Print Color' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Print Color + +Window ID 238 + +*11/07/2002 → 02/01/2000* + +![Print Color](/img/manual/PrintColor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Print Color + +**Comment/Help:** Colors used for printing + +## Tab: Print Color + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/07/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Print Color + +**Comment/Help:** Colors used for printing + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PrintColor.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PrintColor.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_PrintColor.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_PrintColor.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | AD_PrintColor.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Validation code | Validation Code | The Validation Code displays the date, time and message of the error. | AD_PrintColor.Code character varying(2000)
String | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/03/2014 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PrintColor_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PrintColor_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Print Color | Color used for printing and display | Colors used for printing and display | AD_PrintColor_Trl.AD_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_PrintColor_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_PrintColor_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_PrintColor_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_PrintColor_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/PrintFont_Window_ID-239_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PrintFont_Window_ID-239_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b2aa6317 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PrintFont_Window_ID-239_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +--- +title: 'Print Font' +sidebar_label: 'Print Font' +description: 'Maintain Print Font' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Print Font + +Window ID 239 + +*11/07/2002 → 02/01/2000* + +![Print Font](/img/manual/PrintFont-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Print Font + +**Comment/Help:** Font used for printing + +## Tab: Print Font + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/07/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Print Font + +**Comment/Help:** Font used for printing + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PrintFont.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PrintFont.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_PrintFont.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_PrintFont.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | AD_PrintFont.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Validation code | Validation Code | The Validation Code displays the date, time and message of the error. | AD_PrintFont.Code character varying(2000)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/PrintForm_Window_ID-224_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PrintForm_Window_ID-224_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..558aa688 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PrintForm_Window_ID-224_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +--- +title: 'Print Form' +sidebar_label: 'Print Form' +description: 'Maintain Print Forms (Invoices, Checks, ..) used' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Print Form + +Window ID 224 + +*28/07/2001 → 15/01/2024* + +![Print Form](/img/manual/PrintForm-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Print Forms (Invoices, Checks, ..) used + +**Comment/Help:** Define the documents you use for this Tenant/Organization. Note that the check format is defined in the Bank (Account) Window.<p> +The highest priority has the Print Format you define on a Document Type (example specific Export Invoice format). The next level is the set of Print Formats you defined for the organization of the document printed. The default is the set of Print Formats defines for all organizations of the Tenant (Organization=*). + +## Tab: Print Form + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 28/07/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Print Form (Invoices, Checks, ..) information + +**Comment/Help:** The selection determines what Print Format is used to print a particular Form for your Organization. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PrintForm.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PrintForm.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_PrintForm.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_PrintForm.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_PrintForm.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Order Print Format | Print Format for Orders, Quotes, Offers | You need to define a Print Format to print the document. | AD_PrintForm.Order_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Order Mail Text | Email text used for sending order acknowledgements or quotations | Standard email template used to send acknowledgements or quotations as attachments. | AD_PrintForm.Order_MailText_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Shipment Print Format | Print Format for Shipments, Receipts, Pick Lists | You need to define a Print Format to print the document. | AD_PrintForm.Shipment_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Shipment Mail Text | Email text used for sending delivery notes | Standard email template used to send delivery notes as attachments. | AD_PrintForm.Shipment_MailText_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Invoice Print Format | Print Format for printing Invoices | You need to define a Print Format to print the document. | AD_PrintForm.Invoice_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Invoice Mail Text | Email text used for sending invoices | Standard email template used to send invoices as attachments. | AD_PrintForm.Invoice_MailText_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Remittance Print Format | Print Format for separate Remittances | You need to define a Print Format to print the document. | AD_PrintForm.Remittance_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Remittance Mail Text | Email text used for sending payment remittances | Standard email template used to send remittances as attachments. | AD_PrintForm.Remittance_MailText_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Project Print Format | Standard Project Print Format | Standard Project Print Format | AD_PrintForm.Project_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Project Mail Text | Standard text for Project EMails | Standard text for Project EMails | AD_PrintForm.Project_MailText_ID numeric(10)
Table | + diff --git a/manual/window/PrintFormat_Window_ID-240_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PrintFormat_Window_ID-240_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c8519f1f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PrintFormat_Window_ID-240_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +--- +title: 'Print Format' +sidebar_label: 'Print Format' +description: 'Maintain Print Format' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Print Format + +Window ID 240 + +*11/07/2002 → 02/01/2000* + +![Print Format](/img/manual/PrintFormat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Print Format + +**Comment/Help:** The print format determines how data is rendered for print. + +## Tab: Print Format + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/07/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Print Format + +**Comment/Help:** The print format determines how data is rendered for print. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PrintFormat.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PrintFormat.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_PrintFormat.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_PrintFormat.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_PrintFormat.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | AD_PrintFormat.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_PrintFormat.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Report View | View used to generate this report | The Report View indicates the view used to generate this report. | AD_PrintFormat.AD_ReportView_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Form | If Selected, a Form is printed, if not selected a columnar List report | A form has individual elements with layout information (example: invoice, check)
<br>
A columnar list report has individual columns (example: list of invoices) | AD_PrintFormat.IsForm character(1)
Yes-No | +| Table Based | Table based List Reporting | Table based columnar list reporting is invoked from the Window Report button | AD_PrintFormat.IsTableBased character(1)
Yes-No | +| Print Paper | Printer paper definition | Printer Paper Size, Orientation and Margins | AD_PrintFormat.AD_PrintPaper_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Standard Header/Footer | The standard Header and Footer is used | If the standard header is not used, it must be explicitly defined. | AD_PrintFormat.IsStandardHeaderFooter character(1)
Yes-No | +| Print Header/Footer | | | AD_PrintFormat.AD_PrintHeaderFooter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Print Table Format | Table Format in Reports | Print Table Format determines Fonts, Colors of the printed Table | AD_PrintFormat.AD_PrintTableFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Printer Name | Name of the Printer | Internal (Operating System) Name of the Printer; Please mote that the printer name may be different on different tenants. Enter a printer name, which applies to ALL tenants (e.g. printer on a server). <p>
If none is entered, the default printer is used. You specify your default printer when you log in. You can also change the default printer in Preferences. | AD_PrintFormat.PrinterName character varying(40)
String | +| Header Margin | Margin of the Header in 1/72 of an inch | Distance from the top of the printable page to the start of the main content in 1/72 of an inch (point) | AD_PrintFormat.HeaderMargin numeric(10)
Integer | +| Footer Margin | Margin of the Footer in 1/72 of an inch | Distance from the bottom of the main content to the end of the printable page in 1/72 of an inch (point) | AD_PrintFormat.FooterMargin numeric(10)
Integer | +| Print Font | Maintain Print Font | Font used for printing | AD_PrintFormat.AD_PrintFont_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Print Color | Color used for printing and display | Colors used for printing and display | AD_PrintFormat.AD_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Jasper Process | The Jasper Process used by the print engine if any process defined | | AD_PrintFormat.JasperProcess_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_PrintFormat.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Copy/Create | Copy existing OR create Print Format from Table | Select either a table to create a print format [creates initial rough layout]
OR a print format to copy into the current print format [copies layout]. | AD_PrintFormat.CreateCopy character(1)
Button | +| Page break per record | Page Break after each record | | AD_PrintFormat.IsBreakPagePerRecord character(1)
Yes-No | +| File Name Pattern | | | AD_PrintFormat.FileNamePattern character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Display Order + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 12/07/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Display Order of the Print Format Items + +## Tab: › Sort Order + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 12/07/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Sort Order of the Print Format Items + +## Tab: › Format Item + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/07/2002 · Updated 15/01/2024* + +**Description:** Print Format Item + +**Comment/Help:** Item in the print format maintaining layout information. The following additional variables are available when printing: +<p>@*Page@ - the current page number +<br>@*PageCount@ - the total number of pages +<br>@*MultiPageInfo@ - "Page x of y" - only printed if more than one page +<br>@*CopyInfo@ - if it is a copy of the document "Duplicate" is printed +<br>@*ReportName@ - name of the report +<br>@*Header@ - Full Header with user/tenant/org name and connection +<br>@*CurrentDate@ - the print date +<br>@*CurrentDateTime@ - the print time + +<p>The layout logic for forms is: <br> +- if not printed: ignore <br> +- set New Line Position <br> +- new page <br> +- new line, if something was printed since last new line<br> +- format item<br> +- print it (if not null/empty selected)<br> +(i.e. suppress null does not prevent new line) + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PrintFormatItem.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PrintFormatItem.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Print Format | Data Print Format | The print format determines how data is rendered for print. | AD_PrintFormatItem.AD_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_PrintFormatItem.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_PrintFormatItem.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Print Text | The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence. | The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters. | AD_PrintFormatItem.PrintName character varying(2000)
String | +| Print Label Suffix | The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence after the field | The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence after the field. The max length is 60 characters. | AD_PrintFormatItem.PrintNameSuffix character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Centrally maintained | Information maintained in System Element table | The Centrally Maintained checkbox indicates if the Name, Description and Help maintained in 'System Element' table or 'Window' table. | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsCentrallyMaintained character(1)
Yes-No | +| Suppress Null | Suppress columns or elements with NULL value | If a Form entry is NULL and if selected, the field (including label) is not printed. <br>
If all elements in a table column are NULL and if selected, the column is not printed. | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsSuppressNull character(1)
Yes-No | +| Suppress Repeats | Suppress repeated elements in column. | Determines whether repeated elements in a column are repeated in a printed table. | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsSuppressRepeats character(1)
Yes-No | +| Format Type | Print Format Type | The print format type determines what will be printed. | AD_PrintFormatItem.PrintFormatType character(1)
List | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_PrintFormatItem.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line Width | Width of the lines | | AD_PrintFormatItem.LineWidth numeric(10)
Integer | +| Format Pattern | The pattern used to format a number or date. | A string complying with either Java SimpleDateFormat or DecimalFormat pattern syntax used to override the default presentation format of a date or number type field. | AD_PrintFormatItem.FormatPattern character varying(60)
String | +| Print Attributes | Print each attributes as report column instead of printing the description of attribute set instance | This control the printing of product attribute set instance. When checked, the report will have one column for each attribute instead of printing the description of attribute set instance. | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsPrintInstanceAttributes character(1)
Yes-No | +| Included Print Format | Print format that is included here. | Included Print formats allow to e.g. Lines to Header records. The Column provides the parent link. | AD_PrintFormatItem.AD_PrintFormatChild_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Image Field | The image is retrieved from the data column | The Image URL is retrieved from the data column | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsImageField character(1)
Yes-No | +| Image attached | The image to be printed is attached to the record | The image to be printed is stored in the database as attachment to this record. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png. | AD_PrintFormatItem.ImageIsAttached character(1)
Yes-No | +| Image URL | URL of image | URL of image; The image is not stored in the database, but retrieved at runtime. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png. | AD_PrintFormatItem.ImageURL character varying(120)
URL | +| Area | Print Area | Print area of this item | AD_PrintFormatItem.PrintAreaType character(1)
List | +| Barcode Type | Type of barcode | | AD_PrintFormatItem.BarcodeType character(3)
List | +| Print Barcode Text | Print barcode text at the bottom of barcode | | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsPrintBarcodeText character(1)
Yes-No | +| Scale Factor | Scale Factor | Proportional scaling factor for barcode dimensions based on max width/height constraints | AD_PrintFormatItem.ScaleFactor numeric
Number | +| Relative Position | The item is relative positioned (not absolute) | The relative positioning of the item is determined by X-Z space and next line | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsRelativePosition character(1)
Yes-No | +| Set NL Position | Set New Line Position | When enabled, the current x (horizontal) Position before printing the item is saved. The next New Line will use the saved x (horizontal) Position, enabling to print data in columns.
The setting is not restricted to an area (header, content, footer), allowing to align information also with Header and Footer with the Content. | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsSetNLPosition character(1)
Yes-No | +| X Position | Absolute X (horizontal) position in 1/72 of an inch | Absolute X (horizontal) position in 1/72 of an inch | AD_PrintFormatItem.XPosition numeric(10)
Integer | +| Y Position | Absolute Y (vertical) position in 1/72 of an inch | Absolute Y (vertical) position in 1/72 of an inch | AD_PrintFormatItem.YPosition numeric(10)
Integer | +| Next Line | Print item on next line | If not selected, the item is printed on the same line | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsNextLine character(1)
Yes-No | +| Next Page | The column is printed on the next page | Before printing this column, there will be a page break. | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsNextPage character(1)
Yes-No | +| Below Column | Print this column below the column index entered | This column is printed in a second line below the content of the first line identified. Please be aware, that this is depends on the actual sequence. Enter a 1 to add the info below the first column. | AD_PrintFormatItem.BelowColumn numeric(10)
Integer | +| Line Alignment | Line Alignment | For relative positioning, the line alignment | AD_PrintFormatItem.LineAlignmentType character(1)
List | +| Field Alignment | Field Text Alignment | Alignment of field text. The default is determined by the data/display type: Numbers are right aligned, other data is left aligned | AD_PrintFormatItem.FieldAlignmentType character(1)
List | +| X Space | Relative X (horizontal) space in 1/72 of an inch | Relative X (horizontal) space in 1/72 of an inch in relation to the end of the previous item. | AD_PrintFormatItem.XSpace numeric(10)
Integer | +| Y Space | Relative Y (vertical) space in 1/72 of an inch | Relative Y (vertical) space in 1/72 of an inch in relation to the end of the previous item. | AD_PrintFormatItem.YSpace numeric(10)
Integer | +| Max Width | Maximum Width in 1/72 if an inch - 0 = no restriction | Maximum width of the element in 1/72 of an inch (point). If zero (0), there is no width restriction. | AD_PrintFormatItem.MaxWidth numeric(10)
Integer | +| Fixed Width | Column has a fixed width | The Column has a fixed width, independent from the content | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsFixedWidth character(1)
Yes-No | +| Shape Type | Type of the shape to be painted | | AD_PrintFormatItem.ShapeType character(1)
List | +| Max Height | Maximum Height in 1/72 if an inch - 0 = no restriction | Maximum height of the element in 1/72 of an inch (point). If zero (0), there is no height restriction. | AD_PrintFormatItem.MaxHeight numeric(10)
Integer | +| One Line Only | If selected, only one line is printed | If the column has a width restriction, the text is broken into multiple lines. If One Line is selected, only the first line is printed. | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsHeightOneLine character(1)
Yes-No | +| Fill Shape | Fill the shape with the color selected | | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsFilledRectangle character(1)
Yes-No | +| Print Color | Color used for printing and display | Colors used for printing and display | AD_PrintFormatItem.AD_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Print Font | Maintain Print Font | Font used for printing | AD_PrintFormatItem.AD_PrintFont_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Field Style | Field CSS Style | | AD_PrintFormatItem.AD_FieldStyle_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Display Logic | If the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayed | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_PrintFormatItem.DisplayLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Arc Diameter | Arc Diameter for rounded Rectangles | Width of the horizontal/vertical diameter of the arc at the four corners | AD_PrintFormatItem.ArcDiameter numeric(10)
Integer | +| Order by | Include in sort order | The records are ordered by the value of this column. If a column is used for grouping, it needs to be included in the sort order as well. | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsOrderBy character(1)
Yes-No | +| Record Sort No | Determines in what order the records are displayed | The Record Sort No indicates the ascending sort sequence of the records. If the number is negative, the records are sorted descending.
Example: A tab with C_DocType_ID (1), DocumentNo (-2) will be sorted ascending by document type and descending by document number (SQL: ORDER BY C_DocType, DocumentNo DESC) | AD_PrintFormatItem.SortNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Descending | Sort your data using a SQL Desc Order By statement | | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsDesc character(1)
Yes-No | +| Group by | After a group change, totals, etc. are printed | Grouping allows to print sub-totals. If a group changes, the totals are printed. Group by columns need to be included in the sort order. | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsGroupBy character(1)
Yes-No | +| Page break | Start with new page | Before printing this item, create a new page | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsPageBreak character(1)
Yes-No | +| Calculate Sum (Σ) | Calculate the Sum of numeric content or length | Calculate the Sum (Σ) of the data if the field is numeric, otherwise total sum length of the field. | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsSummarized character(1)
Yes-No | +| Running Total | Create a running total (sum) | A running total creates a sum at the end of a page and on the top of the next page for all columns, which have a Sum function. You should define running total only once per format. | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsRunningTotal character(1)
Yes-No | +| Calculate Count (№) | Count number of not empty elements | Calculate the total number (№) of not empty (NULL) elements (maximum is the number of lines). | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsCounted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Running Total Lines | Create Running Total Lines (page break) every x lines | When you want to print running totals, enter the number of lines per page after you want to create a running total line and page break. You should define running total only once per format. | AD_PrintFormatItem.RunningTotalLines numeric(10)
Integer | +| Calculate Minimum (↓) | Calculate the minimum amount | Calculate the Minimum (↓) of the data if the field is numeric, otherwise minimum length of the field. | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsMinCalc character(1)
Yes-No | +| Calculate Maximum (↑) | Calculate the maximum amount | Calculate the Maximum (↑) of the data if the field is numeric, otherwise maximum length of the field. | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsMaxCalc character(1)
Yes-No | +| Calculate Mean (μ) | Calculate Average of numeric content or length | Calculate the Mean (μ) of the data if the field is numeric, otherwise calculate the average length of the field. | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsAveraged character(1)
Yes-No | +| Calculate Variance (σ²) | Calculate Variance | The Variance (σ²) is the a measure of dispersion - used in combination with the Mean (μ) | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsVarianceCalc character(1)
Yes-No | +| Calculate Deviation (σ) | Calculate Standard Deviation | The Standard Deviation (σ) is the a measure of dispersion - used in combination with the Mean (μ) | AD_PrintFormatItem.IsDeviationCalc character(1)
Yes-No | +| Script | Dynamic Java Language Script to calculate result | Use Java language constructs to define the result of the calculation | AD_PrintFormatItem.Script character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › › Item Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 24/08/2002 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Print Format Translation + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Print Format Item | Item/Column in the Print format | Item/Column in the print format maintaining layout information | AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl.AD_PrintFormatItem_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Print Text | The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence. | The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters. | AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl.PrintName character varying(2000)
String | +| Print Label Suffix | The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence after the field | The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence after the field. The max length is 60 characters. | AD_PrintFormatItem_Trl.PrintNameSuffix character varying(60)
String | + +## Tab: › Translate + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/05/2014 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PrintFormat_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PrintFormat_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Print Format | Data Print Format | The print format determines how data is rendered for print. | AD_PrintFormat_Trl.AD_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_PrintFormat_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_PrintFormat_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_PrintFormat_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| File Name Pattern | | | AD_PrintFormat_Trl.FileNamePattern character varying(255)
String | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_PrintFormat_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_PrintFormat_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/PrintHeaderFooter_Window_ID-200100_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PrintHeaderFooter_Window_ID-200100_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..72f04302 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PrintHeaderFooter_Window_ID-200100_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Print Header/Footer' +sidebar_label: 'Print Header/Footer' +description: 'Maintain Print Header/Footer' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Print Header/Footer + +Window ID 200100 + +*28/07/2021 → 28/07/2021* + +![Print Header/Footer](/img/manual/PrintHeaderFooter-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Print Header/Footer + +## Tab: Print Header/Footer + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 28/07/2021 · Updated 28/07/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PrintHeaderFooter.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PrintHeaderFooter.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_PrintHeaderFooter.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Source Class | Source Class Name | | AD_PrintHeaderFooter.SourceClassName character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_PrintHeaderFooter.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/PrintLabel_Window_ID-263_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PrintLabel_Window_ID-263_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0f4fdb2c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PrintLabel_Window_ID-263_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +--- +title: 'Print Label' +sidebar_label: 'Print Label' +description: 'Print Label Format' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Print Label + +Window ID 263 + +*28/05/2003 → 17/02/2022* + +![Print Label](/img/manual/PrintLabel-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Print Label Format + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain Format to print Labels + +## Tab: Label + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 28/05/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Print Label + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain the Format for printing Labels + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PrintLabel.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PrintLabel.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_PrintLabel.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_PrintLabel.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_PrintLabel.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_PrintLabel.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Label printer | Label Printer Definition | | AD_PrintLabel.AD_LabelPrinter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Printer Name | Name of the Printer | Internal (Operating System) Name of the Printer; Please mote that the printer name may be different on different tenants. Enter a printer name, which applies to ALL tenants (e.g. printer on a server). <p>
If none is entered, the default printer is used. You specify your default printer when you log in. You can also change the default printer in Preferences. | AD_PrintLabel.PrinterName character varying(40)
String | +| Landscape | Landscape orientation | | AD_PrintLabel.IsLandscape character(1)
Yes-No | +| Label Height | Height of the label | Physical height of the label | AD_PrintLabel.LabelHeight numeric(10)
Integer | +| Label Width | Width of the Label | Physical Width of the Label | AD_PrintLabel.LabelWidth numeric(10)
Integer | + +## Tab: › Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 28/05/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Print Label Line + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain Format of the line on a Label + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PrintLabelLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PrintLabelLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Print Label | Label Format to print | Format for printing Labels | AD_PrintLabelLine.AD_PrintLabel_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_PrintLabelLine.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_PrintLabelLine.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_PrintLabelLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Label Format Type | Label Format Type | | AD_PrintLabelLine.LabelFormatType character(1)
List | +| Print Text | The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence. | The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters. | AD_PrintLabelLine.PrintName character varying(60)
String | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_PrintLabelLine.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| X Position | Absolute X (horizontal) position in 1/72 of an inch | Absolute X (horizontal) position in 1/72 of an inch | AD_PrintLabelLine.XPosition numeric(10)
Integer | +| Y Position | Absolute Y (vertical) position in 1/72 of an inch | Absolute Y (vertical) position in 1/72 of an inch | AD_PrintLabelLine.YPosition numeric(10)
Integer | +| Label printer Function | Function of Label Printer | | AD_PrintLabelLine.AD_LabelPrinterFunction_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › › › Translation + +*Tab Level 3 · Created 28/05/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Print Label Line Translation + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain the translation for Label Line formats + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PrintLabelLine_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PrintLabelLine_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Print Label Line | Print Label Line Format | Format of the line on a Label | AD_PrintLabelLine_Trl.AD_PrintLabelLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_PrintLabelLine_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_PrintLabelLine_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_PrintLabelLine_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Print Text | The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence. | The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters. | AD_PrintLabelLine_Trl.PrintName character varying(60)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/PrintPaper_Window_ID-241_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PrintPaper_Window_ID-241_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ede33a0e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PrintPaper_Window_ID-241_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +--- +title: 'Print Paper' +sidebar_label: 'Print Paper' +description: 'Maintain Print Paper' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Print Paper + +Window ID 241 + +*11/07/2002 → 02/01/2000* + +![Print Paper](/img/manual/PrintPaper-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Print Paper + +**Comment/Help:** Printer Paper Size, Orientation and Margins + +## Tab: Print Paper + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/07/2002 · Updated 18/01/2006* + +**Description:** Maintain Print Paper + +**Comment/Help:** Printer Paper Size, Orientation and Margins. +The Validation Code contains the Media Size name. The names of the media sizes correspond to those in the IPP 1.1 RFC 2911 - http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2911.txt <br> +If the name is not found, the SizeX/Y with the dimension is used. Size and dimension are ignored, if a valid media size name is used. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PrintPaper.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PrintPaper.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_PrintPaper.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_PrintPaper.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_PrintPaper.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | AD_PrintPaper.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Landscape | Landscape orientation | | AD_PrintPaper.IsLandscape character(1)
Yes-No | +| Validation code | Validation Code | The Validation Code displays the date, time and message of the error. | AD_PrintPaper.Code character varying(2000)
String | +| Dimension Units | Units of Dimension | | AD_PrintPaper.DimensionUnits character(1)
List | +| Size X | X (horizontal) dimension size | Size of X (horizontal) dimension in Units | AD_PrintPaper.SizeX numeric
Number | +| Size Y | Y (vertical) dimension size | Size of Y (vertical) dimension in Units | AD_PrintPaper.SizeY numeric
Number | +| Top Margin | Top Space in 1/72 inch | Space on top of a page in 1/72 inch | AD_PrintPaper.MarginTop numeric(10)
Integer | +| Bottom Margin | Bottom Space in 1/72 inch | Space on bottom of a page in 1/72 inch | AD_PrintPaper.MarginBottom numeric(10)
Integer | +| Left Margin | Left Space in 1/72 inch | Space on left side of a page in 1/72 inch | AD_PrintPaper.MarginLeft numeric(10)
Integer | +| Right Margin | Right Space in 1/72 inch | Space on right side of a page in 1/72 inch | AD_PrintPaper.MarginRight numeric(10)
Integer | +| Set Print Format | Set for all Print Formats with same Landscape/Portrait | | AD_PrintPaper.Processing character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/PrintTableFormat_Window_ID-243_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PrintTableFormat_Window_ID-243_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f20b7a67 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PrintTableFormat_Window_ID-243_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +--- +title: 'Print Table Format' +sidebar_label: 'Print Table Format' +description: 'Define Report Table Format' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Print Table Format + +Window ID 243 + +*24/08/2002 → 02/01/2000* + +![Print Table Format](/img/manual/PrintTableFormat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Define Report Table Format + +**Comment/Help:** The Print Table Format lets you define how table header, etc. is printed. Please note that the Report Table FOrmat is cached to improve performance. + +## Tab: Print Table Format + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 24/08/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Report Table Format + +**Comment/Help:** The Print Table Format lets you define how table header, etc. is printed. If you leave the entries empty, the default colors and fonts are used:<br> +Fonts are based on the Font used in the Report; Page Header and Table Header will be bold, the Function Font is Bold-Italic, the Footer Font is two points smaller, the Parameter Font is Italic. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PrintTableFormat.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PrintTableFormat.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_PrintTableFormat.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_PrintTableFormat.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_PrintTableFormat.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | AD_PrintTableFormat.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Header Row Color | Foreground color if the table header row | Table header row foreground color | AD_PrintTableFormat.HdrTextFG_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Header Row BG Color | Background color of header row | Table header row background color | AD_PrintTableFormat.HdrTextBG_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Header Row Font | Header row Font | Font of the table header row | AD_PrintTableFormat.Hdr_PrintFont_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Multi Line Header | Print column headers on multiple lines if necessary. | If selected, column header text will wrap onto the next line -- otherwise the text will be truncated. | AD_PrintTableFormat.IsMultiLineHeader character(1)
Yes-No | +| Paint Header Lines | Paint Lines over/under the Header Line | If selected, a line is painted above and below the header line using the stroke information | AD_PrintTableFormat.IsPaintHeaderLines character(1)
Yes-No | +| Header Line Color | Table header row line color | Color of the table header row lines | AD_PrintTableFormat.HdrLine_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Header Stroke Type | Type of the Header Line Stroke | Type of the line printed | AD_PrintTableFormat.HdrStrokeType character(1)
List | +| Header Stroke | Width of the Header Line Stroke | The width of the header line stroke (line thickness) in Points. | AD_PrintTableFormat.HdrStroke numeric
Number | +| Paint Vertical Lines | Paint vertical lines | Paint vertical table lines | AD_PrintTableFormat.IsPaintVLines character(1)
Yes-No | +| Paint Horizontal Lines | Paint horizontal lines | Paint horizontal table lines | AD_PrintTableFormat.IsPaintHLines character(1)
Yes-No | +| Paint Boundary Lines | Paint table boundary lines | Paint lines around table | AD_PrintTableFormat.IsPaintBoundaryLines character(1)
Yes-No | +| Line Color | Table line color | | AD_PrintTableFormat.Line_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Line Stroke Type | Type of the Line Stroke | Type of the line printed | AD_PrintTableFormat.LineStrokeType character(1)
List | +| Line Stroke | Width of the Line Stroke | The width of the line stroke (line thickness) in Points. | AD_PrintTableFormat.LineStroke numeric
Number | +| Print Function Symbols | Print Symbols for Functions (Sum, Average, Count) | If selected, print symbols - otherwise print names of the function | AD_PrintTableFormat.IsPrintFunctionSymbols character(1)
Yes-No | +| Function Color | Function Foreground Color | Foreground color of a function row | AD_PrintTableFormat.FunctFG_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Function BG Color | Function Background Color | Background color of a function row | AD_PrintTableFormat.FunctBG_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Function Font | Function row Font | Font of the function row | AD_PrintTableFormat.Funct_PrintFont_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Image attached | The image to be printed is attached to the record | The image to be printed is stored in the database as attachment to this record. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png. | AD_PrintTableFormat.ImageIsAttached character(1)
Yes-No | +| Image URL | URL of image | URL of image; The image is not stored in the database, but retrieved at runtime. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png. | AD_PrintTableFormat.ImageURL character varying(120)
URL | +| Image | Image or Icon | Images and Icon can be used to display supported graphic formats (gif, jpg, png).
You can either load the image (in the database) or point to a graphic via a URI (i.e. it can point to a resource, http address) | AD_PrintTableFormat.AD_Image_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/PrivateAccess_Window_ID-200147_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PrivateAccess_Window_ID-200147_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9b393bd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PrivateAccess_Window_ID-200147_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Private Access' +sidebar_label: 'Private Access' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Private Access + +Window ID 200147 + +*22/01/2024 → 22/01/2024* + +![Private Access](/img/manual/PrivateAccess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Private Access + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 22/01/2024 · Updated 22/01/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Private_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Private_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_Private_Access.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Private_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Private_Access.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_Private_Access.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | + diff --git a/manual/window/ProcessAudit_Window_ID-332_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ProcessAudit_Window_ID-332_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db46a6c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ProcessAudit_Window_ID-332_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +--- +title: 'Process Audit' +sidebar_label: 'Process Audit' +description: 'Audit process use' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Process Audit + +Window ID 332 + +*15/06/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Process Audit](/img/manual/ProcessAudit-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Audit process use + +**Comment/Help:** Process Instance Information + +## Tab: Process Audit + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 15/06/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Audit Process use + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PInstance.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PInstance.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_PInstance.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Updated | Date this record was updated | The Updated field indicates the date that this record was updated. | AD_PInstance.Updated timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_PInstance.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_PInstance.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_PInstance.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Record UUID | | | AD_PInstance.Record_UU uuid
Record UUID | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_PInstance.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| External Trace ID | External identifier used for audit tracing | | AD_PInstance.ExternalTraceId character varying(100)
String | +| Error Msg | | | AD_PInstance.ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| JSON Data | The json field stores json data. | | AD_PInstance.JsonData json
JSON | +| Result | Result of the action taken | The Result indicates the result of any action taken on this request. | AD_PInstance.Result numeric(10)
Integer | +| Session | User Session Online or Web | Online or Web Session Information | AD_PInstance.AD_Session_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Processing | | | AD_PInstance.IsProcessing character(1)
Yes-No | +| Run as Job | | | AD_PInstance.IsRunAsJob character(1)
Yes-No | +| Notification Type | Type of Notifications | Emails or Notification sent out for Request Updates, etc. | AD_PInstance.NotificationType character varying(2)
List | +| Report Type | | | AD_PInstance.ReportType character varying(5)
String | +| Language ID | | | AD_PInstance.AD_Language_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Print Format | Data Print Format | The print format determines how data is rendered for print. | AD_PInstance.AD_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | AD_PInstance.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_PInstance.Name character varying(60)
String | + +## Tab: › Parameter Audit + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/06/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Audit Process Parameter Values + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PInstance_Para.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PInstance_Para.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process Instance | Instance of the process | | AD_PInstance_Para.AD_PInstance_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_PInstance_Para.SeqNo numeric(10)
ID | +| Parameter Name | | | AD_PInstance_Para.ParameterName character varying(60)
String | +| Info | Information | The Information displays data from the source document line. | AD_PInstance_Para.Info character varying(4000)
String | +| Info To | | | AD_PInstance_Para.Info_To character varying(4000)
String | +| Process String | Process Parameter | | AD_PInstance_Para.P_String character varying(4000)
String | +| Process String To | Process Parameter | | AD_PInstance_Para.P_String_To character varying(4000)
String | +| Process Date | Process Parameter | | AD_PInstance_Para.P_Date timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Process Date To | Process Parameter | | AD_PInstance_Para.P_Date_To timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Process Number | Process Parameter | | AD_PInstance_Para.P_Number numeric
Number | +| Process Number To | Process Parameter | | AD_PInstance_Para.P_Number_To numeric
Number | +| Not Clause | Indicates if a chosen multiple component value must be negate | | AD_PInstance_Para.IsNotClause character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Log + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/06/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Process Log + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Process Instance | Instance of the process | | AD_PInstance_Log.AD_PInstance_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Log | | | AD_PInstance_Log.Log_ID numeric(10)
Integer | +| Process ID | | | AD_PInstance_Log.P_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Process Date | Process Parameter | | AD_PInstance_Log.P_Date timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Process Number | Process Parameter | | AD_PInstance_Log.P_Number numeric
Number | +| Process Message | | | AD_PInstance_Log.P_Msg character varying(4000)
Memo | +| JSON Data | The json field stores json data. | | AD_PInstance_Log.JsonData json
JSON | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_PInstance_Log.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_PInstance_Log.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Log Type | Process Audit Log Type | | AD_PInstance_Log.PInstanceLogType character varying(3)
List | + diff --git a/manual/window/ProcessCustomization_Window_ID-200095_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ProcessCustomization_Window_ID-200095_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..20c7936b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ProcessCustomization_Window_ID-200095_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +--- +title: 'Process Customization' +sidebar_label: 'Process Customization' +description: 'Define Process Customization for Role/User' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Process Customization + +Window ID 200095 + +*24/11/2017 → 20/09/2023* + +![Process Customization](/img/manual/ProcessCustomization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Define Process Customization for Role/User + +**Comment/Help:** The customization values defined here overwrite/replace the default system definition if defined. + +## Tab: Process Customization + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 24/11/2017 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** User defined Process + +**Comment/Help:** User defined Process + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserDef_Proc.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserDef_Proc.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_UserDef_Proc.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_UserDef_Proc.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_UserDef_Proc.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_UserDef_Proc.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_UserDef_Proc.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_UserDef_Proc.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_UserDef_Proc.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_UserDef_Proc.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | + +## Tab: › User defined Process Parameter + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 24/11/2017 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** User defined Process Parameter + +**Comment/Help:** User defined Process Parameter + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User defined Process | Primary Key : User defined Process | Primary Key : User defined Process | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.AD_UserDef_Proc_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Process Parameter | | | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.AD_Process_Para_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Range | The parameter is a range of values | The Range checkbox indicates that this parameter is a range of values. | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.IsRange character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Placeholder | | | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.Placeholder character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder2 | | | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.Placeholder2 character varying(255)
String | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Reference | System Reference and Validation | The Reference could be a display type, list or table validation. | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Reference Key | Required to specify, if data type is Table or List | The Reference Value indicates where the reference values are stored. It must be specified if the data type is Table or List. | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.AD_Reference_Value_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Value Format | Format of the value; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09", or ~regex | <B>Validation elements:</B>

~regex - Validates a regular expression

(Space) any character
_ Space (fixed character)
l any Letter a..Z NO space
L any Letter a..Z NO space converted to upper case
o any Letter a..Z or space
O any Letter a..Z or space converted to upper case
a any Letters & Digits NO space
A any Letters & Digits NO space converted to upper case
c any Letters & Digits or space
C any Letters & Digits or space converted to upper case
0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space

Example of format "(000)_000-0000" | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.VFormat character varying(40)
String | +| Dynamic Validation | Dynamic Validation Rule | These rules define how an entry is determined to valid. You can use variables for dynamic (context sensitive) validation. | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.AD_Val_Rule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Default Logic | Default value hierarchy, separated by ; | The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Tenant_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc/DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Tenant as well as Buttons. | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.DefaultValue character varying(2000)
String | +| Default Logic 2 | Default value hierarchy, separated by ; | The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Tenant_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc/DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Tenant as well as Buttons. | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.DefaultValue2 character varying(2000)
String | +| Min. Value | Minimum Value for a field | The Minimum Value indicates the lowest allowable value for a field. use format yyyy-mm-dd for Date | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.ValueMin character varying(20)
String | +| Max. Value | Maximum Value for a field | The Maximum Value indicates the highest allowable value for a field. use format yyyy-mm-dd for Date | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.ValueMax character varying(20)
String | +| Mandatory | Data entry is required in this column | The field must have a value for the record to be saved to the database. | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.IsMandatory character(1)
List | +| Displayed | Determines, if this field is displayed | If the field is displayed, the field Display Logic will determine at runtime, if it is actually displayed | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.IsDisplayed character(1)
List | +| Read Only Logic | Logic to determine if field is read only (applies only when field is read-write) | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.ReadOnlyLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Display Logic | If the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayed | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.DisplayLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Mandatory Logic | | | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.MandatoryLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Field Group | Logical grouping of fields | The Field Group indicates the logical group that this field belongs to (History, Amounts, Quantities) | AD_UserDef_Proc_Parameter.AD_FieldGroup_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/ProductCategory_Window_ID-144_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ProductCategory_Window_ID-144_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44943f65 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ProductCategory_Window_ID-144_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +--- +title: 'Product Category' +sidebar_label: 'Product Category' +description: 'Maintain Product Categories' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Product Category + +Window ID 144 + +*09/08/1999 → 24/07/2005* + +![Product Category](/img/manual/ProductCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Product Categories + +**Comment/Help:** The Product Category allows you to define different groups of products. These groups can be used in generating Price Lists, defining margins and for easily assigning different accounting parameters for products. + +## Tab: Product Category + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Product Category + +**Comment/Help:** The Product Category defines unique groupings of products. Product categories can be used in building price lists. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Product_Category.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Product_Category.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Product_Category.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_Product_Category.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Product_Category.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Product_Category.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Parent Product Category | | | M_Product_Category.M_Product_Category_Parent_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Material Policy | Material Movement Policy | The Material Movement Policy determines how the stock is flowing (FiFo or LiFo) if a specific Product Instance was not selected. The policy can not contradict the costing method (e.g. FiFo movement policy and LiFo costing method). | M_Product_Category.MMPolicy character(1)
List | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | M_Product_Category.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | M_Product_Category.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Planned Margin % | Project's planned margin as a percentage | The Planned Margin Percentage indicates the anticipated margin percentage for this project or project line | M_Product_Category.PlannedMargin numeric
Number | +| Asset Group | Group of Assets | The group of assets determines default accounts. If an asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset. | M_Product_Category.A_Asset_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Print Color | Color used for printing and display | Colors used for printing and display | M_Product_Category.AD_PrintColor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Accounting + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 18/12/2000 · Updated 05/03/2013* + +**Description:** Accounting Parameters + +**Comment/Help:** The Accounting Tab defines default accounting parameters. Any product that uses a product category can inherit its default accounting parameters. If the Costing method is not defined, the default costing method of the accounting schema is used. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Product_Category_Acct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Product_Category_Acct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_Acct.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | M_Product_Category_Acct.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Product_Category_Acct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Costing Method | Indicates how Costs will be calculated | The Costing Method indicates how costs will be calculated (Standard, Average, Lifo, FiFo). The default costing method is defined on accounting schema level and can be optionally overwritten in the product category. The costing method cannot conflict with the Material Movement Policy (defined on Product Category). | M_Product_Category_Acct.CostingMethod character(1)
List | +| Costing Level | The lowest level to accumulate Costing Information | If you want to maintain different costs per organization (warehouse) or per Batch/Lot, you need to make sure that you define the costs for each of the organizations or batch/lot. The Costing Level is defined per Accounting Schema and can be overwritten by Product Category and Accounting Schema. | M_Product_Category_Acct.CostingLevel character(1)
List | +| Product Asset | Account for Product Asset (Inventory) | The Product Asset Account indicates the account used for valuing this a product in inventory. | M_Product_Category_Acct.P_Asset_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product Expense | Account for Product Expense | The Product Expense Account indicates the account used to record expenses associated with this product. | M_Product_Category_Acct.P_Expense_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Cost Adjustment | Product Cost Adjustment Account | Account used for posting product cost adjustments (e.g. landed costs) | M_Product_Category_Acct.P_CostAdjustment_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Inventory Clearing | Product Inventory Clearing Account | Account used for posting matched product (item) expenses (e.g. AP Invoice, Invoice Match). You would use a different account then Product Expense, if you want to differentiate service related costs from item related costs. The balance on the clearing account should be zero and accounts for the timing difference between invoice receipt and matching. | M_Product_Category_Acct.P_InventoryClearing_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product COGS | Account for Cost of Goods Sold | The Product COGS Account indicates the account used when recording costs associated with this product. | M_Product_Category_Acct.P_COGS_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product Revenue | Account for Product Revenue (Sales Account) | The Product Revenue Account indicates the account used for recording sales revenue for this product. | M_Product_Category_Acct.P_Revenue_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Purchase Price Variance | Difference between Standard Cost and Purchase Price (PPV) | The Purchase Price Variance is used in Standard Costing. It reflects the difference between the Standard Cost and the Purchase Order Price. | M_Product_Category_Acct.P_PurchasePriceVariance_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Invoice Price Variance | Difference between Costs and Invoice Price (IPV) | The Invoice Price Variance is used reflects the difference between the current Costs and the Invoice Price. | M_Product_Category_Acct.P_InvoicePriceVariance_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Trade Discount Received | Trade Discount Receivable Account | The Trade Discount Receivables Account indicates the account for received trade discounts in vendor invoices | M_Product_Category_Acct.P_TradeDiscountRec_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Trade Discount Granted | Trade Discount Granted Account | The Trade Discount Granted Account indicates the account for granted trade discount in sales invoices | M_Product_Category_Acct.P_TradeDiscountGrant_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Rate Variance | The Rate Variance account is the account used Manufacturing Order | The Rate Variance is used in Standard Costing. It reflects the difference between the Standard Cost Rates and The Cost Rates of Manufacturing Order.

If you change the Standard Rates then this variance is generate. | M_Product_Category_Acct.P_RateVariance_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Average Cost Variance | Average Cost Variance | The Average Cost Variance is used in weighted average costing to reflect differences when posting costs for negative inventory. | M_Product_Category_Acct.P_AverageCostVariance_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Landed Cost Clearing | Product Landed Cost Clearing Account | Account used for posting of estimated and actual landed cost amount. The balance on the clearing account should be zero and accounts for the timing difference between material receipt and landed cost invoice. | M_Product_Category_Acct.P_LandedCostClearing_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Copy Accounts | Copy and overwrite Accounts to Products of this category | If you copy and overwrite the current default values, you may have to repeat previous updates (e.g. set the revenue account, ...). If no Accounting Schema is selected all Accounting Schemas will be updated / inserted for products of this category. | M_Product_Category_Acct.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Assigned Products + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 01/01/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Products assigned to Product Category + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Product.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Product.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Product.Value character varying(510)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_Product.Name character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Product.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | M_Product.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Discontinued | This product is no longer available | The Discontinued check box indicates a product that has been discontinued. | M_Product.Discontinued character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product Type | Type of product | The type of product also determines accounting consequences. | M_Product.ProductType character(1)
List | +| Expense Type | Expense report type | | M_Product.S_ExpenseType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Resource | Resource | | M_Product.S_Resource_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Featured in Web Store | If selected, the product is displayed in the initial or any empty search | In the display of products in the Web Store, the product is displayed in the initial view or if no search criteria are entered. To be displayed, the product must be in the price list used. | M_Product.IsWebStoreFeatured character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/03/2014 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Product_Category_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Product_Category_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product_Category_Trl.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | M_Product_Category_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Product_Category_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | M_Product_Category_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_Product_Category_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Product_Category_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/ProductCosts_Window_ID-344_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ProductCosts_Window_ID-344_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d516f538 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ProductCosts_Window_ID-344_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +--- +title: 'Product Costs' +sidebar_label: 'Product Costs' +description: 'Maintain Product Costs' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Product Costs + +Window ID 344 + +*24/04/2005 → 26/07/2005* + +![Product Costs](/img/manual/ProductCosts-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Product Costs + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain Product Cost Elements + +## Tab: Select Product + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 24/04/2005 · Updated 26/07/2005* + +**Description:** Select the product + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Product.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Product.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Product.Value character varying(510)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_Product.Name character varying(255)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Product.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | M_Product.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product Type | Type of product | The type of product also determines accounting consequences. | M_Product.ProductType character(1)
List | +| UPC/EAN | Bar Code (Universal Product Code or its superset European Article Number) | Use this field to enter the bar code for the product in any of the bar code symbologies (Codabar, Code 25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode) | M_Product.UPC character varying(30)
String | +| SKU | Stock Keeping Unit | The SKU indicates a user defined stock keeping unit. It may be used for an additional bar code symbols or your own schema. | M_Product.SKU character varying(30)
String | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | M_Product.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Stocked | Organization stocks this product | The Stocked check box indicates if this product is stocked by this Organization. | M_Product.IsStocked character(1)
Yes-No | +| Company Agent | Purchase or Company Agent | Purchase agent for the document. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | M_Product.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | + +## Tab: › Product Costs + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 24/04/2005 · Updated 13/09/2005* + +**Description:** Maintain Product Costs + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Cost.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Cost.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Cost.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_Cost.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | M_Cost.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Type | Type of Cost (e.g. Current, Plan, Future) | You can define multiple cost types. A cost type selected in an Accounting Schema is used for accounting. | M_Cost.M_CostType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Element | Product Cost Element | | M_Cost.M_CostElement_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Cost.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Cost.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Costing Method | Indicates how Costs will be calculated | The Costing Method indicates how costs will be calculated (Standard, Average, Lifo, FiFo). The default costing method is defined on accounting schema level and can be optionally overwritten in the product category. The costing method cannot conflict with the Material Movement Policy (defined on Product Category). | M_Cost.CostingMethod
List | +| Current Cost Price | The currently used cost price | | M_Cost.CurrentCostPrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Current Cost Price Lower Level | Current Price Lower Level Is the sum of the costs of the components of this product manufactured for this level. | Current Price Lower Level is used for get the total costs for lower level the a product manufactured.

The Current Price Lower Level always will be calculated.

You can see the Current Cost Price and Current Cost Price Lower Level with Cost Bill of Material & Formula Detail Report.

The sum the Current Cost Price + Current Cost Price Lower Level is the total cost to a product manufactured.
| M_Cost.CurrentCostPriceLL numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Future Cost Price | | | M_Cost.FutureCostPrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Future Cost Price Lower Level | | | M_Cost.FutureCostPriceLL numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Percent | Percentage | The Percent indicates the percentage used. | M_Cost.Percent numeric(10)
Integer | +| Current Quantity | Current Quantity | | M_Cost.CurrentQty numeric
Quantity | +| Cost Frozen | Indicated that the Standard Cost is frozen | | M_Cost.IsCostFrozen character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accumulated Amt | Total Amount | Sum of all amounts | M_Cost.CumulatedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Accumulated Qty | Total Quantity | Sum of the quantities | M_Cost.CumulatedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | M_Cost.Processed
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Cost Movement + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 08/03/2012 · Updated 23/07/2013* + +**Description:** Show movement of cost by transaction + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | M_CostMovement_v.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Type | Type of Cost (e.g. Current, Plan, Future) | You can define multiple cost types. A cost type selected in an Accounting Schema is used for accounting. | M_CostMovement_v.M_CostType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Element | Product Cost Element | | M_CostMovement_v.M_CostElement_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Detail | Cost Detail Information | | M_CostMovement_v.M_CostDetail_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_CostMovement_v.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_CostMovement_v.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_CostMovement_v.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Amount | Amount | Amount | M_CostMovement_v.Amt numeric
Amount | +| Delta Amount | Difference Amount | | M_CostMovement_v.DeltaAmt numeric
Amount | +| Delta Quantity | Quantity Difference | | M_CostMovement_v.DeltaQty numeric
Quantity | +| Old Current Quantity | Old current quantity before the processing of M_CostDetail | | M_CostMovement_v.OldQty numeric
Quantity | +| Old Current Cost Price | Old current cost price before the processing of M_CostDetail | | M_CostMovement_v.OldCostPrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Old Accumulated Qty | Old accumulated qty before the processing of M_CostDetail | | M_CostMovement_v.OldCQty numeric
Quantity | +| Old Accumulated Amt | Old accumulated amt before the processing of M_CostDetail | | M_CostMovement_v.OldCAmt numeric
Amount | +| New Current Quantity | New current quantity after processing of M_CostDetail | | M_CostMovement_v.NewQty numeric
Quantity | +| New Cost Price | New current cost price after processing of M_CostDetail | | M_CostMovement_v.NewCostPrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| New Accumulated Qty | New Accumulated Qty after processing of M_CostDetail | | M_CostMovement_v.NewCQty numeric
Quantity | +| New Accumulated Amt | Accumulated Amt after processing of M_CostDetail | | M_CostMovement_v.NewCAmt numeric
Amount | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_CostMovement_v.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | M_CostMovement_v.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Back-Date | | | M_CostMovement_v.IsBackDate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Back-Date Processed On | The date+time (expressed in decimal format) when the document has been processed | The ProcessedOn Date+Time save the exact moment (nanoseconds precision if allowed by the DB) when a document has been processed. | M_CostMovement_v.BackDateProcessedOn timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Move Line | Inventory Move document Line | The Movement Line indicates the inventory movement document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_CostMovement_v.M_MovementLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | M_CostMovement_v.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Phys.Inventory Line | Unique line in an Inventory document | The Physical Inventory Line indicates the inventory document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_CostMovement_v.M_InventoryLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Production Line | Document Line representing a production | The Production Line indicates the production document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_CostMovement_v.M_ProductionLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project Issue | Project Issues (Material, Labor) | Issues to the project initiated by the "Issue to Project" process. You can issue Receipts, Time and Expenses, or Stock. | M_CostMovement_v.C_ProjectIssue_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Purchase Order Line | Purchase Order Line | The Purchase Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order. | M_CostMovement_v.C_OrderLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | M_CostMovement_v.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Match Invoice | Match Shipment/Receipt to Invoice | | M_CostMovement_v.M_MatchInv_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › Cost Details + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/07/2005 · Updated 08/03/2012* + +**Description:** View Product Cost Details + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_CostDetail.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_CostDetail.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | M_CostDetail.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Element | Product Cost Element | | M_CostDetail.M_CostElement_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_CostDetail.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_CostDetail.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Price | Price | The Price indicates the Price for a product or service. | M_CostDetail.Price
Amount | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_CostDetail.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Amount | Amount | Amount | M_CostDetail.Amt numeric
Amount | +| Delta Quantity | Quantity Difference | | M_CostDetail.DeltaQty numeric
Quantity | +| Delta Amount | Difference Amount | | M_CostDetail.DeltaAmt numeric
Amount | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_CostDetail.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | M_CostDetail.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | M_CostDetail.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Back-Date | | | M_CostDetail.IsBackDate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Purchase Order Line | Purchase Order Line | The Purchase Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order. | M_CostDetail.C_OrderLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | M_CostDetail.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | M_CostDetail.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Move Line | Inventory Move document Line | The Movement Line indicates the inventory movement document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_CostDetail.M_MovementLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Phys.Inventory Line | Unique line in an Inventory document | The Physical Inventory Line indicates the inventory document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_CostDetail.M_InventoryLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project Issue | Project Issues (Material, Labor) | Issues to the project initiated by the "Issue to Project" process. You can issue Receipts, Time and Expenses, or Stock. | M_CostDetail.C_ProjectIssue_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Production Line | Document Line representing a production | The Production Line indicates the production document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_CostDetail.M_ProductionLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | M_CostDetail.IsSOTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Referenced Cost Detail | | | M_CostDetail.Ref_CostDetail_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | M_CostDetail.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Back-Date Processed On | The date+time (expressed in decimal format) when the document has been processed | The ProcessedOn Date+Time save the exact moment (nanoseconds precision if allowed by the DB) when a document has been processed. | M_CostDetail.BackDateProcessedOn timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Current Cost Price | The currently used cost price | | M_CostDetail.CurrentCostPrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Current Quantity | Current Quantity | | M_CostDetail.CurrentQty numeric
Quantity | +| Accumulated Amt | Total Amount | Sum of all amounts | M_CostDetail.CumulatedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Accumulated Qty | Total Quantity | Sum of the quantities | M_CostDetail.CumulatedQty numeric
Quantity | + +## Tab: › Cost Queue + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 18/09/2005 · Updated 08/03/2012* + +**Description:** Cost Queue for Lifo/Fifo + +**Comment/Help:** Note thet the cost queue may not be the same as the physical movement cost queue due to differences in costing level and warehouse priority. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_CostQueue.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_CostQueue.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | M_CostQueue.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Type | Type of Cost (e.g. Current, Plan, Future) | You can define multiple cost types. A cost type selected in an Accounting Schema is used for accounting. | M_CostQueue.M_CostType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Element | Product Cost Element | | M_CostQueue.M_CostElement_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_CostQueue.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_CostQueue.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Current Cost Price | The currently used cost price | | M_CostQueue.CurrentCostPrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Current Quantity | Current Quantity | | M_CostQueue.CurrentQty numeric
Quantity | + diff --git a/manual/window/Product_Window_ID-140_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Product_Window_ID-140_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fd7e31dc --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Product_Window_ID-140_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,465 @@ +--- +title: 'Product' +sidebar_label: 'Product' +description: 'Maintain Products' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Product + +Window ID 140 + +*09/08/1999 → 26/01/2023* + +![Product](/img/manual/Product-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Products + +**Comment/Help:** The Product Window defines all products used by an organization. These products include those sold to customers, used in the manufacture of products sold to customers and products purchased by an organization. + +## Tab: Product + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Product + +**Comment/Help:** The Product Tab defines each product and identifies it for use in price lists and orders. The Location is the default location when receiving the stored product. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Product.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Product.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Product.Value character varying(510)
String | +| Version No | Version Number | | M_Product.VersionNo character varying(20)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_Product.Name character varying(255)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Product.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | M_Product.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Document Note | Additional information for a Document | The Document Note is used for recording any additional information regarding this product. | M_Product.DocumentNote character varying(2000)
Text | +| UPC/EAN | Bar Code (Universal Product Code or its superset European Article Number) | Use this field to enter the bar code for the product in any of the bar code symbologies (Codabar, Code 25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode) | M_Product.UPC character varying(30)
String | +| SKU | Stock Keeping Unit | The SKU indicates a user defined stock keeping unit. It may be used for an additional bar code symbols or your own schema. | M_Product.SKU character varying(30)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Product.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | M_Product.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Classification | Classification for grouping | The Classification can be used to optionally group products. | M_Product.Classification character varying(12)
String | +| Tax Category | Tax Category | The Tax Category provides a method of grouping similar taxes. For example, Sales Tax or Value Added Tax. | M_Product.C_TaxCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Revenue Recognition | Method for recording revenue | The Revenue Recognition indicates how revenue will be recognized for this product | M_Product.C_RevenueRecognition_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | M_Product.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | M_Product.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Product Type | Type of product | The type of product also determines accounting consequences. | M_Product.ProductType character(1)
List | +| Mail Template | Text templates for mailings | The Mail Template indicates the mail template for return messages. Mail text can include variables. The priority of parsing is User/Contact, Business Partner and then the underlying business object (like Request, Dunning, Workflow object).<br>
So, @Name@ would resolve into the User name (if user is defined defined), then Business Partner name (if business partner is defined) and then the Name of the business object if it has a Name.<br>
For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is translated based on the Business Partner's language selection. | M_Product.R_MailText_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Weight | Weight of a product | The Weight indicates the weight of the product in the Weight UOM of the Tenant | M_Product.Weight numeric
Amount | +| Volume | Volume of a product | The Volume indicates the volume of the product in the Volume UOM of the Tenant | M_Product.Volume numeric
Amount | +| Own Box | | | M_Product.IsOwnBox character(1)
Yes-No | +| Customs Tariff Number | Customs Tariff Number, usually the HS-Code | | M_Product.CustomsTariffNumber character varying(20)
String | +| Freight Category | Category of the Freight | Freight Categories are used to calculate the Freight for the Shipper selected | M_Product.M_FreightCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Drop Shipment | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location using the Drop Ship Business Partner name and contact. | M_Product.IsDropShip character(1)
Yes-No | +| Stocked | Organization stocks this product | The Stocked check box indicates if this product is stocked by this Organization. | M_Product.IsStocked character(1)
Yes-No | +| Use Date Material Policy | Use transaction or guarantee date to track storage records per date | When enabled, storage records are created per Date Material Policy
(transaction date or guarantee date depending on the product attribute set).
This allows FIFO/LIFO costing and lot traceability at the cost of
generating multiple storage records over time.

When disabled, all storage movements for this product are consolidated
into a single storage record using a fixed reference date (01/01/1900).
Use this option for products where date-based tracking is not required
and having a single on-hand record per locator is preferred.

Only applicable to stocked products. | M_Product.IsUseDateMaterialPolicy character(1)
Yes-No | +| Manufactured | This product is manufactured | | M_Product.IsManufactured character(1)
Yes-No | +| Phantom | Phantom Component | Phantom Component are not stored and produced with the product. This is an option to avild maintaining an Engineering and Manufacturing Bill of Materials. | M_Product.IsPhantom character(1)
Yes-No | +| Kanban controlled | This part is Kanban controlled | | M_Product.IsKanban character(1)
Yes-No | +| Part Type | | | M_Product.M_PartType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_Product.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Shelf Width | Shelf width required | The Shelf Width indicates the width dimension required on a shelf for a product | M_Product.ShelfWidth numeric(10)
Integer | +| Shelf Height | Shelf height required | The Shelf Height indicates the height dimension required on a shelf for a product | M_Product.ShelfHeight numeric
Amount | +| Shelf Depth | Shelf depth required | The Shelf Depth indicates the depth dimension required on a shelf for a product | M_Product.ShelfDepth numeric(10)
Integer | +| Units Per Pallet | Units Per Pallet | The Units per Pallet indicates the number of units of this product which fit on a pallet. | M_Product.UnitsPerPallet numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Bill of Materials | Bill of Materials | The Bill of Materials check box indicates if this product consists of a bill of materials. | M_Product.IsBOM character(1)
Yes-No | +| Verified | The BOM configuration has been verified | The Verified check box indicates if the configuration of this product has been verified. This is used for products that consist of a bill of materials | M_Product.IsVerified character(1)
Yes-No | +| Verify BOM Structure | Verify BOM for correctness | The Verify BOM process checks for circular BOMs (unsupported). | M_Product.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Auto Produce | Auto create production to fulfill shipment | | M_Product.IsAutoProduce character(1)
Yes-No | +| Calculate BOM price if Zero | | BOM Price Override. When Y, zero prices in price lists trigger BOM component calculation (legacy behavior). When N, explicit zero prices are respected as free items. Only affects behavior when price record exists with zero value; missing records always calculate from BOM. | M_Product.IsBOMPriceOverride character(1)
Yes-No | +| Print detail records on invoice | Print detail BOM elements on the invoice | The Print Details on Invoice indicates that the BOM element products will print on the Invoice as opposed to this product. | M_Product.IsInvoicePrintDetails character(1)
Yes-No | +| Print detail records on pick list | Print detail BOM elements on the pick list | The Print Details on Pick List indicates that the BOM element products will print on the Pick List as opposed to this product. | M_Product.IsPickListPrintDetails character(1)
Yes-No | +| Purchased | Organization purchases this product | The Purchased check box indicates if this product is purchased by this organization. | M_Product.IsPurchased character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sold | Organization sells this product | The Sold check box indicates if this product is sold by this organization. | M_Product.IsSold character(1)
Yes-No | +| Discontinued | This product is no longer available | The Discontinued check box indicates a product that has been discontinued. | M_Product.Discontinued character(1)
Yes-No | +| Discontinued At | Discontinued At indicates Date when product was discontinued | | M_Product.DiscontinuedAt timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Expense Type | Expense report type | | M_Product.S_ExpenseType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Resource | Resource | | M_Product.S_Resource_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Exclude Auto Delivery | Exclude from automatic Delivery | The product is excluded from generating Shipments. This allows manual creation of shipments for high demand items. If selected, you need to create the shipment manually.
But, the item is always included, when the delivery rule of the Order is Force (e.g. for POS).
This allows finer granularity of the Delivery Rule Manual. | M_Product.IsExcludeAutoDelivery character(1)
Yes-No | +| Image URL | URL of image | URL of image; The image is not stored in the database, but retrieved at runtime. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png. | M_Product.ImageURL character varying(120)
URL | +| Description URL | URL for the description | | M_Product.DescriptionURL character varying(120)
URL | +| Guarantee Days | Number of days the product is guaranteed or available | If the value is 0, there is no limit to the availability or guarantee, otherwise the guarantee date is calculated by adding the days to the delivery date. | M_Product.GuaranteeDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Min Guarantee Days | Minimum number of guarantee days | When selecting batch/products with a guarantee date, the minimum left guarantee days for automatic picking. You can pick any batch/product manually. | M_Product.GuaranteeDaysMin numeric(10)
Integer | +| Attribute Set | Product Attribute Set | Define Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number tracking. | M_Product.M_AttributeSet_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Values | The values of the actual Product Attributes. Product Instance attributes are defined in the actual transactions. | M_Product.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Copy from product | Deep copy from other product | Copies BOM definition, prices, substitutes, related, replenish, business partner info and UOM conversions from another product | M_Product.CopyFrom character(1)
Button | +| Featured in Web Store | If selected, the product is displayed in the initial or any empty search | In the display of products in the Web Store, the product is displayed in the initial view or if no search criteria are entered. To be displayed, the product must be in the price list used. | M_Product.IsWebStoreFeatured character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | M_Product.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Group1 | | | M_Product.Group1 character varying(255)
String | +| Group2 | | | M_Product.Group2 character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › BOM + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/11/2009 · Updated 26/09/2021* + +**Description:** Bill of Material product lines + +**Comment/Help:** The Bill of Materials tab defines those products that are generated from other products. A Bill of Material (BOM) is one or more Products or BOMs. + +Available Quantity: +- Stored BOMs have to be created via "Production" +- The available quantity of a non-stored BOMs is dynamically calculated +- The attribute "Stored" is defined in the "Product" tab + +Price: +- BOMs must be listed in Pricelists +- If the price is 0.00, the price is dynamically calculated + +Printing: +- Usually, only the BOM information is printed +- For invoices, delivery slips and pick lists, you have the option to print the details +- In the details, the quantity is listed - and the price, if this is dynamically calculated + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PP_Product_BOM.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PP_Product_BOM.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | PP_Product_BOM.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | PP_Product_BOM.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | PP_Product_BOM.Value character varying(80)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PP_Product_BOM.Name character varying(60)
Text | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PP_Product_BOM.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | PP_Product_BOM.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PP_Product_BOM.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Revision | | | PP_Product_BOM.Revision character varying(10)
String | +| BOM Type | Type of BOM | The type of Bills of Materials determines the state | PP_Product_BOM.BOMType character(1)
List | +| BOM Use | The use of the Bill of Material | By default the Master BOM is used, if the alternatives are not defined | PP_Product_BOM.BOMUse character(1)
List | +| Copy BOM Lines From | Copy BOM Lines from an existing BOM | Copy BOM Lines from an existing BOM. The BOM being copied to, must not have any existing BOM Lines. | PP_Product_BOM.CopyFrom character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › › Components + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 26/11/2009 · Updated 15/01/2024* + +**Description:** Components + +**Comment/Help:** Components of Bill of Materials + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | PP_Product_BOMLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| BOM & Formula | BOM & Formula | | PP_Product_BOMLine.PP_Product_BOM_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | PP_Product_BOMLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | PP_Product_BOMLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Component Type | Component Type for a Bill of Material or Formula | The Component Type can be:

1.- By Product: Define a By Product as Component into BOM
2.- Component: Define a normal Component into BOM
3.- Option: Define an Option for Product Configure BOM
4.- Phantom: Define a Phantom as Component into BOM
5.- Packing: Define a Packing as Component into BOM
6.- Planning : Define Planning as Component into BOM
7.- Tools: Define Tools as Component into BOM
8.- Variant: Define Variant for Product Configure BOM
| PP_Product_BOMLine.ComponentType character(2)
List | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PP_Product_BOMLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | PP_Product_BOMLine.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PP_Product_BOMLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Quantity | Indicate the Quantity use in this BOM | Exist two way the add a component to a BOM or Formula:

1.- Adding a Component based in quantity to use in this BOM
2.- Adding a Component based in % to use the Order Quantity of Manufacturing Order in this Formula.
| PP_Product_BOMLine.QtyBOM numeric
Number | +| Feature | Indicated the Feature for Product Configure | Indicated the Feature for Product Configure | PP_Product_BOMLine.Feature character varying(30)
String | + +## Tab: › Substitute + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 21/01/2009* + +**Description:** Define Substitute + +**Comment/Help:** The Substitute Tab defines products which may be used as a replacement for the selected product. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Substitute.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Substitute.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Substitute.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_Substitute.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Substitute.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Substitute.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Substitute | Entity which can be used in place of this entity | The Substitute identifies the entity to be used as a substitute for this entity. | M_Substitute.Substitute_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › Related + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 21/01/2009* + +**Description:** Related Product + +**Comment/Help:** Related Product - e.g. for promotions + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_RelatedProduct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_RelatedProduct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_RelatedProduct.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_RelatedProduct.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_RelatedProduct.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_RelatedProduct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Related Product Type | | | M_RelatedProduct.RelatedProductType character(1)
List | +| Related Product | Related Product | | M_RelatedProduct.RelatedProduct_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › Replenish + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 21/07/2005* + +**Description:** Define Product Replenishment + +**Comment/Help:** The Replenishment Tab defines the type of replenishment quantities. This is used for automated ordering. If you select a custom replenishment type, you need to create a class implementing org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface and set that on warehouse level. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Replenish.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Replenish.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Replenish.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Replenish.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_Replenish.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Replenish.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Replenish Type | Method for re-ordering a product | The Replenish Type indicates if this product will be manually re-ordered, ordered when the quantity is below the minimum quantity or ordered when it is below the maximum quantity. If you select a custom replenishment type, you need to create a class implementing org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface and set that on warehouse level. | M_Replenish.ReplenishType character(1)
List | +| Minimum Level | Minimum Inventory level for this product | Indicates the minimum quantity of this product to be stocked in inventory.
| M_Replenish.Level_Min numeric
Amount | +| Maximum Level | Maximum Inventory level for this product | Indicates the maximum quantity of this product to be stocked in inventory. | M_Replenish.Level_Max numeric
Amount | +| Source Warehouse | Optional Warehouse to replenish from | If defined, the warehouse selected is used to replenish the product(s) | M_Replenish.M_WarehouseSource_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Qty Batch Size | | | M_Replenish.QtyBatchSize numeric
Quantity | + +## Tab: › Purchasing + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/12/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Purchasing + +**Comment/Help:** The Purchasing Tab define the pricing and rules ( pack quantity, UPC, minimum order quantity) for each product. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Product_PO.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Product_PO.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_PO.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | M_Product_PO.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quality Rating | Method for rating vendors | The Quality Rating indicates how a vendor is rated (higher number = higher quality) | M_Product_PO.QualityRating numeric
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Product_PO.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Current vendor | Use this Vendor for pricing and stock replenishment | The Current Vendor indicates if prices are used and Product is reordered from this vendor | M_Product_PO.IsCurrentVendor character(1)
Yes-No | +| UPC/EAN | Bar Code (Universal Product Code or its superset European Article Number) | Use this field to enter the bar code for the product in any of the bar code symbologies (Codabar, Code 25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode) | M_Product_PO.UPC character varying(20)
String | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | M_Product_PO.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | M_Product_PO.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Price effective | Effective Date of Price | The Price Effective indicates the date this price is for. This allows you to enter future prices for products which will become effective when appropriate. | M_Product_PO.PriceEffective timestamp without time zone
Date | +| PO Price | Price based on a purchase order | The PO Price indicates the price for a product per the purchase order. | M_Product_PO.PricePO numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Royalty Amount | (Included) Amount for copyright, etc. | | M_Product_PO.RoyaltyAmt numeric
Amount | +| Last PO Price | Price of the last purchase order for the product | The Last PO Price indicates the last price paid (per the purchase order) for this product. | M_Product_PO.PriceLastPO numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Last Invoice Price | Price of the last invoice for the product | The Last Invoice Price indicates the last price paid (per the invoice) for this product. | M_Product_PO.PriceLastInv numeric
Costs+Prices | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | M_Product_PO.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Minimum Order Qty | Minimum order quantity in UOM | The Minimum Order Quantity indicates the smallest quantity of this product which can be ordered. | M_Product_PO.Order_Min numeric
Quantity | +| Order Pack Qty | Package order size in UOM (e.g. order set of 5 units) | The Order Pack Quantity indicates the number of units in each pack of this product. | M_Product_PO.Order_Pack numeric
Quantity | +| Promised Delivery Time | Promised days between order and delivery | The Promised Delivery Time indicates the number of days between the order date and the date that delivery was promised. | M_Product_PO.DeliveryTime_Promised numeric(10)
Integer | +| Actual Delivery Time | Actual days between order and delivery | The Actual Delivery Time indicates the number of days elapsed between placing an order and the delivery of the order | M_Product_PO.DeliveryTime_Actual numeric(10)
Integer | +| Cost per Order | Fixed Cost Per Order | The Cost Per Order indicates the fixed charge levied when an order for this product is placed. | M_Product_PO.CostPerOrder numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Partner Product Key | Product Key of the Business Partner | The Business Partner Product Key identifies the number used by the Business Partner for this product. It can be printed on orders and invoices when you include the Product Key in the print format. | M_Product_PO.VendorProductNo character varying(40)
String | +| Partner Category | Product Category of the Business Partner | The Business Partner Category identifies the category used by the Business Partner for this product. | M_Product_PO.VendorCategory character varying(30)
String | +| Manufacturer | Manufacturer of the Product | The manufacturer of the Product (used if different from the Business Partner / Vendor) | M_Product_PO.Manufacturer character varying(30)
String | +| Discontinued | This product is no longer available | The Discontinued check box indicates a product that has been discontinued. | M_Product_PO.Discontinued character(1)
Yes-No | +| Discontinued At | Discontinued At indicates Date when product was discontinued | | M_Product_PO.DiscontinuedAt timestamp without time zone
Date | + +## Tab: › Business Partner + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 07/12/2003 · Updated 19/04/2005* + +**Description:** Business Partner specific Information of a Product + +**Comment/Help:** Note that some information is for reference only! The + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_BPartner_Product.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_BPartner_Product.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_BPartner_Product.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_BPartner_Product.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_BPartner_Product.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_BPartner_Product.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Partner Product Key | Product Key of the Business Partner | The Business Partner Product Key identifies the number used by the Business Partner for this product. It can be printed on orders and invoices when you include the Product Key in the print format. | C_BPartner_Product.VendorProductNo character varying(30)
String | +| Partner Category | Product Category of the Business Partner | The Business Partner Category identifies the category used by the Business Partner for this product. | C_BPartner_Product.VendorCategory character varying(30)
String | +| Manufacturer | Manufacturer of the Product | The manufacturer of the Product (used if different from the Business Partner / Vendor) | C_BPartner_Product.Manufacturer character varying(30)
String | +| Quality Rating | Method for rating vendors | The Quality Rating indicates how a vendor is rated (higher number = higher quality) | C_BPartner_Product.QualityRating numeric
Number | +| Min Shelf Life % | Minimum Shelf Life in percent based on Product Instance Guarantee Date | Minimum Shelf Life of products with Guarantee Date instance. If > 0 you cannot select products with a shelf life ((Guarantee Date-Today) / Guarantee Days) less than the minimum shelf life, unless you select "Show All" | C_BPartner_Product.ShelfLifeMinPct numeric(10)
Integer | +| Min Shelf Life Days | Minimum Shelf Life in days based on Product Instance Guarantee Date | Minimum Shelf Life of products with Guarantee Date instance. If > 0 you cannot select products with a shelf life less than the minimum shelf life, unless you select "Show All" | C_BPartner_Product.ShelfLifeMinDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Is Manufacturer | Indicate role of this Business partner as Manufacturer | | C_BPartner_Product.IsManufacturer character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Price + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Product Pricing + +**Comment/Help:** The Pricing Tab displays the List, Standard and Limit prices for each price list a product is contained in. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ProductPrice.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ProductPrice.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_ProductPrice.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Price List Version | Identifies a unique instance of a Price List | Each Price List can have multiple versions. The most common use is to indicate the dates that a Price List is valid for. | M_ProductPrice.M_PriceList_Version_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ProductPrice.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | M_ProductPrice.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Standard Price | Standard Price | The Standard Price indicates the standard or normal price for a product on this price list | M_ProductPrice.PriceStd numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Limit Price | Lowest price for a product | The Price Limit indicates the lowest price for a product stated in the Price List Currency. | M_ProductPrice.PriceLimit numeric
Costs+Prices | + +## Tab: › Accounting + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/09/1999 · Updated 05/03/2013* + +**Description:** Define Accounting Parameters + +**Comment/Help:** The Accounting Tab defines the defaults to use when generating accounting transactions for orders and invoices which contain this product. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Product_Acct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Product_Acct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_Acct.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | M_Product_Acct.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Product_Acct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product Asset | Account for Product Asset (Inventory) | The Product Asset Account indicates the account used for valuing this a product in inventory. | M_Product_Acct.P_Asset_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product Expense | Account for Product Expense | The Product Expense Account indicates the account used to record expenses associated with this product. | M_Product_Acct.P_Expense_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Cost Adjustment | Product Cost Adjustment Account | Account used for posting product cost adjustments (e.g. landed costs) | M_Product_Acct.P_CostAdjustment_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Inventory Clearing | Product Inventory Clearing Account | Account used for posting matched product (item) expenses (e.g. AP Invoice, Invoice Match). You would use a different account then Product Expense, if you want to differentiate service related costs from item related costs. The balance on the clearing account should be zero and accounts for the timing difference between invoice receipt and matching. | M_Product_Acct.P_InventoryClearing_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product COGS | Account for Cost of Goods Sold | The Product COGS Account indicates the account used when recording costs associated with this product. | M_Product_Acct.P_COGS_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product Revenue | Account for Product Revenue (Sales Account) | The Product Revenue Account indicates the account used for recording sales revenue for this product. | M_Product_Acct.P_Revenue_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Purchase Price Variance | Difference between Standard Cost and Purchase Price (PPV) | The Purchase Price Variance is used in Standard Costing. It reflects the difference between the Standard Cost and the Purchase Order Price. | M_Product_Acct.P_PurchasePriceVariance_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Invoice Price Variance | Difference between Costs and Invoice Price (IPV) | The Invoice Price Variance is used reflects the difference between the current Costs and the Invoice Price. | M_Product_Acct.P_InvoicePriceVariance_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Trade Discount Received | Trade Discount Receivable Account | The Trade Discount Receivables Account indicates the account for received trade discounts in vendor invoices | M_Product_Acct.P_TradeDiscountRec_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Trade Discount Granted | Trade Discount Granted Account | The Trade Discount Granted Account indicates the account for granted trade discount in sales invoices | M_Product_Acct.P_TradeDiscountGrant_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Rate Variance | The Rate Variance account is the account used Manufacturing Order | The Rate Variance is used in Standard Costing. It reflects the difference between the Standard Cost Rates and The Cost Rates of Manufacturing Order.

If you change the Standard Rates then this variance is generate. | M_Product_Acct.P_RateVariance_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Average Cost Variance | Average Cost Variance | The Average Cost Variance is used in weighted average costing to reflect differences when posting costs for negative inventory. | M_Product_Acct.P_AverageCostVariance_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Landed Cost Clearing | Product Landed Cost Clearing Account | Account used for posting of estimated and actual landed cost amount. The balance on the clearing account should be zero and accounts for the timing difference between material receipt and landed cost invoice. | M_Product_Acct.P_LandedCostClearing_Acct numeric(10)
Account | + +## Tab: › Transactions + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/05/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Transactions for stored Products + +**Comment/Help:** The Transaction Tab displays the transactions that have been processed for this product. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Transaction.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Transaction.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Transaction.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_Transaction.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Transaction.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_Transaction.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_Transaction.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | M_Transaction.MovementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Movement Type | Method of moving the inventory | The Movement Type indicates the type of movement (in, out, to production, etc) | M_Transaction.MovementType character(2)
List | +| Shipment/Receipt Line | Line on Shipment or Receipt document | The Shipment/Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment/Receipt document | M_Transaction.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Phys.Inventory Line | Unique line in an Inventory document | The Physical Inventory Line indicates the inventory document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_Transaction.M_InventoryLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Move Line | Inventory Move document Line | The Movement Line indicates the inventory movement document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_Transaction.M_MovementLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Production Line | Document Line representing a production | The Production Line indicates the production document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_Transaction.M_ProductionLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project Issue | Project Issues (Material, Labor) | Issues to the project initiated by the "Issue to Project" process. You can issue Receipts, Time and Expenses, or Stock. | M_Transaction.C_ProjectIssue_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Manufacturing Cost Collector | | | M_Transaction.PP_Cost_Collector_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/12/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Product_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Product_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_Trl.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | M_Product_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_Product_Trl.Name character varying(255)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Product_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Document Note | Additional information for a Document | The Document Note is used for recording any additional information regarding this product. | M_Product_Trl.DocumentNote character varying(2000)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Product_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | M_Product_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Located at + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 28/08/2009 · Updated 19/11/2012* + +**Description:** Where are my units located? + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Storage.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Storage.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Storage.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Date Material Policy | Time used for LIFO and FIFO Material Policy | This field is used to record time used for LIFO and FIFO material policy | M_Storage.DateMaterialPolicy timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_Storage.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_Storage.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Storage.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| On Hand Quantity | On Hand Quantity | The On Hand Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that is on hand in a warehouse. | M_Storage.QtyOnHand numeric
Quantity | +| Date Last Inventory Count | Date of Last Inventory Count | The Date Last Inventory Count indicates the last time an Inventory count was done. | M_Storage.DateLastInventory timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Ordered Quantity | Ordered Quantity | The Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that was ordered. | M_Storage.QtyOrdered numeric
Quantity | +| Reserved Quantity | Reserved Quantity | The Reserved Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that is currently reserved. | M_Storage.QtyReserved numeric
Quantity | + +## Tab: › UOM Conversion + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 29/08/2009 · Updated 29/08/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_UOM_Conversion.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_UOM_Conversion.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_UOM_Conversion.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_UOM_Conversion.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | C_UOM_Conversion.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| UoM To | Target or destination Unit of Measure | The UOM To indicates the destination UOM for a UOM Conversion pair. | C_UOM_Conversion.C_UOM_To_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Multiply Rate | Rate to multiple the source by to calculate the target. | To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is multiplied by the multiply rate. If the Multiply Rate is entered, then the Divide Rate will be automatically calculated. | C_UOM_Conversion.MultiplyRate numeric
Number | +| Divide Rate | To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is divided | To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is divided by the divide rate. If you enter a Divide Rate, the Multiply Rate will be automatically calculated. | C_UOM_Conversion.DivideRate numeric
Number | + +## Tab: › Costs + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 02/12/2009 · Updated 02/12/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Cost.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Cost.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Cost.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_Cost.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | M_Cost.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Type | Type of Cost (e.g. Current, Plan, Future) | You can define multiple cost types. A cost type selected in an Accounting Schema is used for accounting. | M_Cost.M_CostType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Element | Product Cost Element | | M_Cost.M_CostElement_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Cost.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Cost.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Costing Method | Indicates how Costs will be calculated | The Costing Method indicates how costs will be calculated (Standard, Average, Lifo, FiFo). The default costing method is defined on accounting schema level and can be optionally overwritten in the product category. The costing method cannot conflict with the Material Movement Policy (defined on Product Category). | M_Cost.CostingMethod
List | +| Current Cost Price | The currently used cost price | | M_Cost.CurrentCostPrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Current Cost Price Lower Level | Current Price Lower Level Is the sum of the costs of the components of this product manufactured for this level. | Current Price Lower Level is used for get the total costs for lower level the a product manufactured.

The Current Price Lower Level always will be calculated.

You can see the Current Cost Price and Current Cost Price Lower Level with Cost Bill of Material & Formula Detail Report.

The sum the Current Cost Price + Current Cost Price Lower Level is the total cost to a product manufactured.
| M_Cost.CurrentCostPriceLL numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Future Cost Price | | | M_Cost.FutureCostPrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Future Cost Price Lower Level | | | M_Cost.FutureCostPriceLL numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Percent | Percentage | The Percent indicates the percentage used. | M_Cost.Percent numeric(10)
Integer | +| Current Quantity | Current Quantity | | M_Cost.CurrentQty numeric
Quantity | +| Cost Frozen | Indicated that the Standard Cost is frozen | | M_Cost.IsCostFrozen character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accumulated Amt | Total Amount | Sum of all amounts | M_Cost.CumulatedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Accumulated Qty | Total Quantity | Sum of the quantities | M_Cost.CumulatedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | M_Cost.Processed
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Reserved Quantity Log + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 01/11/2021 · Updated 01/11/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_StorageReservationLog.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_StorageReservationLog.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_StorageReservationLog.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_StorageReservationLog.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_StorageReservationLog.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | M_StorageReservationLog.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_StorageReservationLog.DocumentNo character varying(255)
String | +| Line | Line No | | M_StorageReservationLog.LineNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | M_StorageReservationLog.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | M_StorageReservationLog.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Old Current Quantity | Old current quantity before the processing of M_CostDetail | | M_StorageReservationLog.OldQty numeric
Quantity | +| Delta Quantity | Quantity Difference | | M_StorageReservationLog.DeltaQty numeric
Quantity | +| New Current Quantity | New current quantity after processing of M_CostDetail | | M_StorageReservationLog.NewQty numeric
Quantity | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | M_StorageReservationLog.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | + +## Tab: › Ordered Quantity Log + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 01/11/2021 · Updated 01/11/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_StorageReservationLog.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_StorageReservationLog.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_StorageReservationLog.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_StorageReservationLog.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_StorageReservationLog.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | M_StorageReservationLog.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_StorageReservationLog.DocumentNo character varying(255)
String | +| Line | Line No | | M_StorageReservationLog.LineNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | M_StorageReservationLog.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | M_StorageReservationLog.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Old Current Quantity | Old current quantity before the processing of M_CostDetail | | M_StorageReservationLog.OldQty numeric
Quantity | +| Delta Quantity | Quantity Difference | | M_StorageReservationLog.DeltaQty numeric
Quantity | +| New Current Quantity | New current quantity after processing of M_CostDetail | | M_StorageReservationLog.NewQty numeric
Quantity | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | M_StorageReservationLog.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | + diff --git a/manual/window/ProductionSingleProduct_Window_ID-53127_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ProductionSingleProduct_Window_ID-53127_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2efa5c4b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ProductionSingleProduct_Window_ID-53127_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +--- +title: 'Production (Single Product)' +sidebar_label: 'Production (Single Product)' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Production (Single Product) + +Window ID 53127 + +*27/07/2011 → 27/07/2011* + +![Production (Single Product)](/img/manual/ProductionSingleProduct-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Production + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 27/07/2011 · Updated 12/02/2014* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Production.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Production.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | M_Production.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Production.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_Production.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Production.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Date Promised | Date Order was promised | The Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for. | M_Production.DatePromised timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | M_Production.MovementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Production.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_Production.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| BOM & Formula | BOM & Formula | | M_Production.PP_Product_BOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Production Quantity | Quantity of products to produce | The Production Quantity identifies the number of products to produce | M_Production.ProductionQty numeric
Amount | +| Create/Update Production lines | Process which will create production lines based on BOM, or recreate with an optional adjusted quantity | | M_Production.CreateFrom character(1)
Button | +| Records created | | | M_Production.IsCreated character(1)
List | +| Process Production | | | M_Production.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Production.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Order Line | Sales Order Line | The Sales Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order. | M_Production.C_OrderLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | M_Production.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Shipment/Receipt Line | Line on Shipment or Receipt document | The Shipment/Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment/Receipt document | M_Production.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | M_Production.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | M_Production.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | M_Production.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | M_Production.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_Production.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_Production.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | M_Production.DocStatus character varying(2)
List | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | M_Production.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | M_Production.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Cost Center | | | M_Production.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | M_Production.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Production Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/07/2011 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ProductionLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ProductionLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Production | Plan for producing a product | The Production uniquely identifies a Production Plan | M_ProductionLine.M_Production_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | M_ProductionLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_ProductionLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| End Product | End Product of production | | M_ProductionLine.IsEndProduct character(1)
Yes-No | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_ProductionLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ProductionLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Planned Quantity | Planned quantity for this project | The Planned Quantity indicates the anticipated quantity for this project or project line | M_ProductionLine.PlannedQty numeric
Amount | +| Quantity Used | | | M_ProductionLine.QtyUsed numeric
Amount | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_ProductionLine.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_ProductionLine.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Available Quantity | Available Quantity (On Hand - Reserved) | Quantity available to promise = On Hand minus Reserved Quantity | M_ProductionLine.QtyAvailable
Quantity | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_ProductionLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Cost Center | | | M_ProductionLine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | M_ProductionLine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › › QC Test + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 27/07/2011 · Updated 27/07/2011* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_QualityTestResult.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_QualityTestResult.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_QualityTestResult.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Quality Test | | | M_QualityTestResult.M_QualityTest_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_QualityTestResult.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_QualityTestResult.Description
String | +| Expected Result | | | M_QualityTestResult.ExpectedResult
String | +| Result | Result of the action taken | The Result indicates the result of any action taken on this request. | M_QualityTestResult.Result character varying(255)
String | +| QC Pass | | | M_QualityTestResult.IsQCPass character(1)
Yes-No | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | M_QualityTestResult.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Attributes + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 20/04/2017 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ProductionLineMA.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ProductionLineMA.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_ProductionLineMA.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Production Line | Document Line representing a production | The Production Line indicates the production document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_ProductionLineMA.M_ProductionLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_ProductionLineMA.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Date Material Policy | Time used for LIFO and FIFO Material Policy | This field is used to record time used for LIFO and FIFO material policy | M_ProductionLineMA.DateMaterialPolicy timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ProductionLineMA.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ProjectLinesIssues_Window_ID-286_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ProjectLinesIssues_Window_ID-286_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..46d371a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ProjectLinesIssues_Window_ID-286_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +--- +title: 'Project (Lines/Issues)' +sidebar_label: 'Project (Lines/Issues)' +description: 'Maintain Sales Order and Work Order Details' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Project (Lines/Issues) + +Window ID 286 + +*10/07/2003 → 15/01/2024* + +![Project (Lines/Issues)](/img/manual/ProjectLinesIssues-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Sales Order and Work Order Details + +**Comment/Help:** The Project Window is used to maintain details of Projects Lines and Issues across Phases/Tasks + +## Tab: Project + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 10/07/2003 · Updated 26/03/2006* + +**Description:** Maintain Sales Order Projects and Work Orders + +**Comment/Help:** The Project Tab is used to define the Value, Name and Description for each project. It also is defines the tracks the amounts assigned to, committed to and used for this project. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Project.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Project.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Project.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Project.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Project.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Project.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Project.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | C_Project.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Note | Optional additional user defined information | The Note field allows for optional entry of user defined information regarding this record | C_Project.Note character varying(2000)
Text | +| Set Project Type | Set Project Type and for Service Projects copy Phases and Tasks of Project Type into Project |
| C_Project.C_ProjectType_ID numeric(10)
Button | +| Standard Phase | Standard Phase of the Project Type | Phase of the project with standard performance information with standard work | C_Project.C_Phase_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Contract Date | The (planned) effective date of this document. | The contract date is used to determine when the document becomes effective. This is usually the contract date. The contract date is used in reports and report parameters. | C_Project.DateContract timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Finish Date | Finish or (planned) completion date | The finish date is used to indicate when the project is expected to be completed or has been completed. | C_Project.DateFinish timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Project.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| BPartner (Agent) | Business Partner (Agent or Sales Rep) | | C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_Project.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_Project.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_Project.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | C_Project.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | C_Project.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Project.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price List Version | Identifies a unique instance of a Price List | Each Price List can have multiple versions. The most common use is to indicate the dates that a Price List is valid for. | C_Project.M_PriceList_Version_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Project.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Planned Amount | Planned amount for this project | The Planned Amount indicates the anticipated amount for this project or project line. | C_Project.PlannedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Planned Quantity | Planned quantity for this project | The Planned Quantity indicates the anticipated quantity for this project or project line | C_Project.PlannedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Planned Margin | Project's planned margin amount | The Planned Margin Amount indicates the anticipated margin amount for this project or project line. | C_Project.PlannedMarginAmt numeric
Amount | +| Invoice Rule | Invoice Rule for the project | The Invoice Rule for the project determines how orders (and consequently invoices) are created. The selection on project level can be overwritten on Phase or Task | C_Project.ProjInvoiceRule character(1)
List | +| Committed Amount | The (legal) commitment amount | The commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount. | C_Project.CommittedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Committed Quantity | The (legal) commitment Quantity | The commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount. | C_Project.CommittedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Invoiced Amount | The amount invoiced | The amount invoiced | C_Project.InvoicedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Quantity Invoiced | The quantity invoiced | | C_Project.InvoicedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Project Balance | Total Project Balance | The project balance is the sum of all Issue to Project. | C_Project.ProjectBalanceAmt numeric
Amount | +| Copy Details | Copy Lines/Phases/Tasks from other Project | | C_Project.CopyFrom character(1)
Button | +| Generate Order | Generate Order from Project | The Generate Order process will generate a new Order document based on the project phase. A price list and warehouse/service point must be defined on the project. | C_Project.GenerateTo character(1)
Button | +| Close Project | | | C_Project.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/03/2001 · Updated 02/09/2005* + +**Description:** Define Project Lines + +**Comment/Help:** The Project Lines Tab is used to define the lines (products and/or services) associated with this Project. This is an alternative to Project Phases. You would use lines, if you do not want to use a Project Type template with phases. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ProjectLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ProjectLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_ProjectLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Phase | Phase of a Project | | C_ProjectLine.C_ProjectPhase_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Task | Actual Project Task in a Phase | A Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work. | C_ProjectLine.C_ProjectTask_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_ProjectLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_ProjectLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ProjectLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_ProjectLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | C_ProjectLine.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Planned Price | Planned price for this project line | The Planned Price indicates the anticipated price for this project line. | C_ProjectLine.PlannedPrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Planned Quantity | Planned quantity for this project | The Planned Quantity indicates the anticipated quantity for this project or project line | C_ProjectLine.PlannedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Get Price | Get Price for Project Line based on Project Price List | | C_ProjectLine.DoPricing character(1)
Button | +| Planned Amount | Planned amount for this project | The Planned Amount indicates the anticipated amount for this project or project line. | C_ProjectLine.PlannedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Printed | Indicates if this document / line is printed | The Printed checkbox indicates if this document or line will included when printing. | C_ProjectLine.IsPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Planned Margin | Project's planned margin amount | The Planned Margin Amount indicates the anticipated margin amount for this project or project line. | C_ProjectLine.PlannedMarginAmt numeric
Amount | +| Committed Amount | The (legal) commitment amount | The commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount. | C_ProjectLine.CommittedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Committed Quantity | The (legal) commitment Quantity | The commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount. | C_ProjectLine.CommittedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Invoiced Amount | The amount invoiced | The amount invoiced | C_ProjectLine.InvoicedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Quantity Invoiced | The quantity invoiced | | C_ProjectLine.InvoicedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_ProjectLine.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Purchase Order | Purchase Order | | C_ProjectLine.C_OrderPO_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project Issue | Project Issues (Material, Labor) | Issues to the project initiated by the "Issue to Project" process. You can issue Receipts, Time and Expenses, or Stock. | C_ProjectLine.C_ProjectIssue_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_ProjectLine.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Issues + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 02/09/2003 · Updated 17/08/2021* + +**Description:** Issues to the Project + +**Comment/Help:** The lab lists the Issues to the project initiated by the "Issue to Project" process. You can issue Receipts, Time and Expenses, or Stock. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ProjectIssue.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ProjectIssue.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_ProjectIssue.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_ProjectIssue.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_ProjectIssue.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | C_ProjectIssue.MovementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_ProjectIssue.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | C_ProjectIssue.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | C_ProjectIssue.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | C_ProjectIssue.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ProjectIssue.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Shipment/Receipt Line | Line on Shipment or Receipt document | The Shipment/Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment/Receipt document | C_ProjectIssue.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Expense Line | Time and Expense Report Line | | C_ProjectIssue.S_TimeExpenseLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_ProjectIssue.DocStatus character varying(2)
List | +| Process Project Issue | | | C_ProjectIssue.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_ProjectIssue.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | C_ProjectIssue.Posted character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Accounting + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 10/07/2003 · Updated 26/03/2006* + +**Description:** Define Project Accounting + +**Comment/Help:** The Accounting Tab is used to define the Asset Account to use when a project is completed and the associated asset realized. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Project_Acct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Project_Acct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Project_Acct.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_Project_Acct.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Project_Acct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Project Asset | Project Asset Account | The Project Asset account is the account used as the final asset account in capital projects | C_Project_Acct.PJ_Asset_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Work In Progress | Account for Work in Progress | The Work in Process account is the account used in capital projects until the project is completed | C_Project_Acct.PJ_WIP_Acct numeric(10)
Account | + diff --git a/manual/window/ProjectReporting_Window_ID-208_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ProjectReporting_Window_ID-208_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef931574 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ProjectReporting_Window_ID-208_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +--- +title: 'Project Reporting' +sidebar_label: 'Project Reporting' +description: 'Maintain Project Reporting Cycles' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Project Reporting + +Window ID 208 + +*11/03/2001 → 02/01/2000* + +![Project Reporting](/img/manual/ProjectReporting-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Project Reporting Cycles + +**Comment/Help:** The Project Cycle Window defines the steps associated with a specific Project. +You may want to define several Project cycles to differentiate the different types of projects. Project cycles may use all or a subset of the used Project Status (e.g. Your opportunity project cycle may include the steps from prospect to contract - the service cycle may include steps from installation to customer acceptance. + +## Tab: Project Cycle + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/03/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Project Report Cycle + +**Comment/Help:** Define the currency that projects Project are reported. The projects themselves could be in a different currency. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Cycle.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Cycle.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Cycle.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Cycle.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Cycle.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Cycle.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Step + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 01/06/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Project Cycle Step + +**Comment/Help:** The Cycle Step determines the logical sequence of events within your cycle. It is the common of similar Project Phases making different project types comparable. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_CycleStep.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_CycleStep.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Cycle | Identifier for this Project Reporting Cycle | Identifies a Project Cycle which can be made up of one or more cycle steps and cycle phases. | C_CycleStep.C_Cycle_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | C_CycleStep.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_CycleStep.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_CycleStep.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Relative Weight | Relative weight of this step (0 = ignored) | The relative weight allows you to adjust the project cycle report based on probabilities. For example, if you have a 1:10 chance in closing a contract when it is in the prospect stage and a 1:2 chance when it is in the contract stage, you may put a weight of 0.1 and 0.5 on those steps. This allows sales funnels or measures of completion of your project. | C_CycleStep.RelativeWeight numeric
Quantity | + +## Tab: › › Cycle Phase + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 11/03/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Link Cycle Step with Project Phases + +**Comment/Help:** Link similar Project Phases to a Cycle Step + + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_CyclePhase.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_CyclePhase.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cycle Step | The step for this Cycle | Identifies one or more steps within a Project Cycle. A cycle Step has multiple Phases | C_CyclePhase.C_CycleStep_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_CyclePhase.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Standard Phase | Standard Phase of the Project Type | Phase of the project with standard performance information with standard work | C_CyclePhase.C_Phase_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/ProjectType_Window_ID-265_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ProjectType_Window_ID-265_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..84caae9b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ProjectType_Window_ID-265_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +--- +title: 'Project Type' +sidebar_label: 'Project Type' +description: 'Maintain Project Type and Phase' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Project Type + +Window ID 265 + +*28/05/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Project Type](/img/manual/ProjectType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Project Type and Phase + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain Project Types and their Phases with standard performance information + +## Tab: Project Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 28/05/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Type of a Project + +**Comment/Help:** Type of the project with optional phases and tasks of the project with standard performance information + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ProjectType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ProjectType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_ProjectType.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ProjectType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_ProjectType.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_ProjectType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Project Category | Project Category | The Project Category determines the behavior of the project:
General - no special accounting, e.g. for Presales or general tracking
Service - no special accounting, e.g. for Service/Charge projects
Work Order - creates Project/Job WIP transactions - ability to issue material
Asset - create Project Asset transactions - ability to issue material | C_ProjectType.ProjectCategory character(1)
List | + +## Tab: › Standard Phase + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 28/05/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Standard Project Phase + +**Comment/Help:** Standard Phase of the project with performance information + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Phase.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Phase.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Type | Type of the project | Type of the project with optional phases of the project with standard performance information | C_Phase.C_ProjectType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | C_Phase.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Phase.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Phase.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_Phase.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Phase.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_Phase.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Standard Quantity | Standard Quantity | | C_Phase.StandardQty numeric
Quantity | + +## Tab: › › Standard Task + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 01/06/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Standard Project Task + +**Comment/Help:** Standard Project Task + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Task.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Task.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Standard Phase | Standard Phase of the Project Type | Phase of the project with standard performance information with standard work | C_Task.C_Phase_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | C_Task.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Task.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Task.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_Task.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Task.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_Task.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Standard Quantity | Standard Quantity | | C_Task.StandardQty numeric
Quantity | + diff --git a/manual/window/Project_Window_ID-130_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Project_Window_ID-130_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1def5417 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Project_Window_ID-130_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +--- +title: 'Project' +sidebar_label: 'Project' +description: 'Maintain Projects' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Project + +Window ID 130 + +*29/06/1999 → 30/06/2021* + +![Project](/img/manual/Project-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Projects + +**Comment/Help:** The Project Window is used to define the projects which will can be tracked by phases and tasks. + +## Tab: Project + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 29/06/1999 · Updated 26/03/2006* + +**Description:** Define Project + +**Comment/Help:** The Project Tab is used to define the Value, Name and Description for each project. It also is defines the tracks the amounts assigned to, committed to and used for this project. Note that when the project Type is changed, the Phases and Tasks are re-created. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Project.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Project.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Project.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Project.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Project.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Project.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Project.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | C_Project.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Note | Optional additional user defined information | The Note field allows for optional entry of user defined information regarding this record | C_Project.Note character varying(2000)
Text | +| Line Level | Project Line Level | Level on which Project Lines are maintained | C_Project.ProjectLineLevel character(1)
List | +| Set Project Type | Set Project Type and for Service Projects copy Phases and Tasks of Project Type into Project |
| C_Project.C_ProjectType_ID numeric(10)
Button | +| Standard Phase | Standard Phase of the Project Type | Phase of the project with standard performance information with standard work | C_Project.C_Phase_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Contract Date | The (planned) effective date of this document. | The contract date is used to determine when the document becomes effective. This is usually the contract date. The contract date is used in reports and report parameters. | C_Project.DateContract timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Finish Date | Finish or (planned) completion date | The finish date is used to indicate when the project is expected to be completed or has been completed. | C_Project.DateFinish timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Project.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| BPartner (Agent) | Business Partner (Agent or Sales Rep) | | C_Project.C_BPartnerSR_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_Project.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_Project.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_Project.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | C_Project.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | C_Project.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Project.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price List Version | Identifies a unique instance of a Price List | Each Price List can have multiple versions. The most common use is to indicate the dates that a Price List is valid for. | C_Project.M_PriceList_Version_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Project.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_Project.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_Project.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Planned Amount | Planned amount for this project | The Planned Amount indicates the anticipated amount for this project or project line. | C_Project.PlannedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Planned Quantity | Planned quantity for this project | The Planned Quantity indicates the anticipated quantity for this project or project line | C_Project.PlannedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Planned Margin | Project's planned margin amount | The Planned Margin Amount indicates the anticipated margin amount for this project or project line. | C_Project.PlannedMarginAmt numeric
Amount | +| Invoice Rule | Invoice Rule for the project | The Invoice Rule for the project determines how orders (and consequently invoices) are created. The selection on project level can be overwritten on Phase or Task | C_Project.ProjInvoiceRule character(1)
List | +| Committed Amount | The (legal) commitment amount | The commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount. | C_Project.CommittedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Committed Quantity | The (legal) commitment Quantity | The commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount. | C_Project.CommittedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Invoiced Amount | The amount invoiced | The amount invoiced | C_Project.InvoicedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Quantity Invoiced | The quantity invoiced | | C_Project.InvoicedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Project Balance | Total Project Balance | The project balance is the sum of all Issue to Project. | C_Project.ProjectBalanceAmt numeric
Amount | +| Copy Details | Copy Lines/Phases/Tasks from other Project | | C_Project.CopyFrom character(1)
Button | +| Close Project | | | C_Project.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Project Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/03/2006 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +**Description:** Maintain Project Lines + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain Project Level Lines + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ProjectLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ProjectLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_ProjectLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_ProjectLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_ProjectLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ProjectLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_ProjectLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | C_ProjectLine.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Planned Price | Planned price for this project line | The Planned Price indicates the anticipated price for this project line. | C_ProjectLine.PlannedPrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Planned Quantity | Planned quantity for this project | The Planned Quantity indicates the anticipated quantity for this project or project line | C_ProjectLine.PlannedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Get Price | Get Price for Project Line based on Project Price List | | C_ProjectLine.DoPricing character(1)
Button | +| Planned Amount | Planned amount for this project | The Planned Amount indicates the anticipated amount for this project or project line. | C_ProjectLine.PlannedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Printed | Indicates if this document / line is printed | The Printed checkbox indicates if this document or line will included when printing. | C_ProjectLine.IsPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Planned Margin | Project's planned margin amount | The Planned Margin Amount indicates the anticipated margin amount for this project or project line. | C_ProjectLine.PlannedMarginAmt numeric
Amount | +| Committed Amount | The (legal) commitment amount | The commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount. | C_ProjectLine.CommittedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Committed Quantity | The (legal) commitment Quantity | The commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount. | C_ProjectLine.CommittedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Invoiced Amount | The amount invoiced | The amount invoiced | C_ProjectLine.InvoicedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Quantity Invoiced | The quantity invoiced | | C_ProjectLine.InvoicedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_ProjectLine.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Purchase Order | Purchase Order | | C_ProjectLine.C_OrderPO_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project Issue | Project Issues (Material, Labor) | Issues to the project initiated by the "Issue to Project" process. You can issue Receipts, Time and Expenses, or Stock. | C_ProjectLine.C_ProjectIssue_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_ProjectLine.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Production | Plan for producing a product | The Production uniquely identifies a Production Plan | C_ProjectLine.M_Production_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › Phase + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 28/05/2003 · Updated 26/03/2006* + +**Description:** Maintain Actual Project Phase + +**Comment/Help:** Actual Phase of the Project with Status information - generated from Phase of Project Type. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ProjectPhase.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ProjectPhase.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_ProjectPhase.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Standard Phase | Standard Phase of the Project Type | Phase of the project with standard performance information with standard work | C_ProjectPhase.C_Phase_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | C_ProjectPhase.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_ProjectPhase.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ProjectPhase.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_ProjectPhase.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_ProjectPhase.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Complete | It is complete | Indication that this is complete | C_ProjectPhase.IsComplete character(1)
Yes-No | +| Start Date | First effective day (inclusive) | The Start Date indicates the first or starting date | C_ProjectPhase.StartDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| End Date | Last effective date (inclusive) | The End Date indicates the last date in this range. | C_ProjectPhase.EndDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Invoice Rule | Invoice Rule for the project | The Invoice Rule for the project determines how orders (and consequently invoices) are created. The selection on project level can be overwritten on Phase or Task | C_ProjectPhase.ProjInvoiceRule character(1)
List | +| Planned Amount | Planned amount for this project | The Planned Amount indicates the anticipated amount for this project or project line. | C_ProjectPhase.PlannedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_ProjectPhase.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | C_ProjectPhase.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Committed Amount | The (legal) commitment amount | The commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount. | C_ProjectPhase.CommittedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Generate Order | Generate Order from Project Phase | The Generate Order process will generate a new Order document based on the project phase or tasks. A price list and warehouse/service point must be defined on the project. If a product is defined on phase level, the Phase information is used as the basis for the Order (milestone invoicing) - otherwise the individual tasks. | C_ProjectPhase.GenerateOrder character(1)
Button | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_ProjectPhase.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › › Phase Line + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 26/03/2006 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +**Description:** Project Lines of Phase + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain Project Lines on Phase Level + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ProjectLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ProjectLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Phase | Phase of a Project | | C_ProjectLine.C_ProjectPhase_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_ProjectLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_ProjectLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ProjectLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_ProjectLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | C_ProjectLine.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Planned Price | Planned price for this project line | The Planned Price indicates the anticipated price for this project line. | C_ProjectLine.PlannedPrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Planned Quantity | Planned quantity for this project | The Planned Quantity indicates the anticipated quantity for this project or project line | C_ProjectLine.PlannedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Get Price | Get Price for Project Line based on Project Price List | | C_ProjectLine.DoPricing character(1)
Button | +| Planned Amount | Planned amount for this project | The Planned Amount indicates the anticipated amount for this project or project line. | C_ProjectLine.PlannedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Printed | Indicates if this document / line is printed | The Printed checkbox indicates if this document or line will included when printing. | C_ProjectLine.IsPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Planned Margin | Project's planned margin amount | The Planned Margin Amount indicates the anticipated margin amount for this project or project line. | C_ProjectLine.PlannedMarginAmt numeric
Amount | +| Committed Amount | The (legal) commitment amount | The commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount. | C_ProjectLine.CommittedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Committed Quantity | The (legal) commitment Quantity | The commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount. | C_ProjectLine.CommittedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Invoiced Amount | The amount invoiced | The amount invoiced | C_ProjectLine.InvoicedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Quantity Invoiced | The quantity invoiced | | C_ProjectLine.InvoicedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_ProjectLine.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Purchase Order | Purchase Order | | C_ProjectLine.C_OrderPO_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project Issue | Project Issues (Material, Labor) | Issues to the project initiated by the "Issue to Project" process. You can issue Receipts, Time and Expenses, or Stock. | C_ProjectLine.C_ProjectIssue_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_ProjectLine.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Production | Plan for producing a product | The Production uniquely identifies a Production Plan | C_ProjectLine.M_Production_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › › Task + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 01/06/2003 · Updated 26/03/2006* + +**Description:** Actual Project Task + +**Comment/Help:** A Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ProjectTask.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ProjectTask.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Phase | Phase of a Project | | C_ProjectTask.C_ProjectPhase_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Standard Task | Standard Project Type Task | Standard Project Task in a Project Phase with standard effort | C_ProjectTask.C_Task_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | C_ProjectTask.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_ProjectTask.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ProjectTask.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_ProjectTask.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_ProjectTask.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoice Rule | Invoice Rule for the project | The Invoice Rule for the project determines how orders (and consequently invoices) are created. The selection on project level can be overwritten on Phase or Task | C_ProjectTask.ProjInvoiceRule character(1)
List | +| Planned Amount | Planned amount for this project | The Planned Amount indicates the anticipated amount for this project or project line. | C_ProjectTask.PlannedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_ProjectTask.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | C_ProjectTask.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Committed Amount | The (legal) commitment amount | The commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount. | C_ProjectTask.CommittedAmt numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: › › › Task Line + +*Tab Level 3 · Created 26/03/2006 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +**Description:** Project Lines of Tasks + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain Project Lines of Tasks + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ProjectLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ProjectLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Task | Actual Project Task in a Phase | A Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work. | C_ProjectLine.C_ProjectTask_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_ProjectLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_ProjectLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ProjectLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_ProjectLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | C_ProjectLine.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Planned Price | Planned price for this project line | The Planned Price indicates the anticipated price for this project line. | C_ProjectLine.PlannedPrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Planned Quantity | Planned quantity for this project | The Planned Quantity indicates the anticipated quantity for this project or project line | C_ProjectLine.PlannedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Get Price | Get Price for Project Line based on Project Price List | | C_ProjectLine.DoPricing character(1)
Button | +| Planned Amount | Planned amount for this project | The Planned Amount indicates the anticipated amount for this project or project line. | C_ProjectLine.PlannedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Printed | Indicates if this document / line is printed | The Printed checkbox indicates if this document or line will included when printing. | C_ProjectLine.IsPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Planned Margin | Project's planned margin amount | The Planned Margin Amount indicates the anticipated margin amount for this project or project line. | C_ProjectLine.PlannedMarginAmt numeric
Amount | +| Committed Amount | The (legal) commitment amount | The commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount. | C_ProjectLine.CommittedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Committed Quantity | The (legal) commitment Quantity | The commitment amount is independent from the planned amount. You would use the planned amount for your realistic estimation, which might be higher or lower than the commitment amount. | C_ProjectLine.CommittedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Invoiced Amount | The amount invoiced | The amount invoiced | C_ProjectLine.InvoicedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Quantity Invoiced | The quantity invoiced | | C_ProjectLine.InvoicedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_ProjectLine.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Purchase Order | Purchase Order | | C_ProjectLine.C_OrderPO_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project Issue | Project Issues (Material, Labor) | Issues to the project initiated by the "Issue to Project" process. You can issue Receipts, Time and Expenses, or Stock. | C_ProjectLine.C_ProjectIssue_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_ProjectLine.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Production | Plan for producing a product | The Production uniquely identifies a Production Plan | C_ProjectLine.M_Production_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › Accounting + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/09/1999 · Updated 26/03/2006* + +**Description:** Define Project Accounting + +**Comment/Help:** The Accounting Tab is used to define the Asset Account to use when a project is completed and the associated asset realized. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Project_Acct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Project_Acct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Project_Acct.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_Project_Acct.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Project_Acct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Project Asset | Project Asset Account | The Project Asset account is the account used as the final asset account in capital projects | C_Project_Acct.PJ_Asset_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Work In Progress | Account for Work in Progress | The Work in Process account is the account used in capital projects until the project is completed | C_Project_Acct.PJ_WIP_Acct numeric(10)
Account | + diff --git a/manual/window/PurchaseInvoiceandCreditDebitNote_Window_ID-183_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PurchaseInvoiceandCreditDebitNote_Window_ID-183_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d4719c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PurchaseInvoiceandCreditDebitNote_Window_ID-183_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +--- +title: 'Purchase Invoice and Credit/Debit Note' +sidebar_label: 'Purchase Invoice and Credit/Debit Note' +description: 'Vendor Purchase Invoice and Credit/Debit Note' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Purchase Invoice and Credit/Debit Note + +Window ID 183 + +*23/05/2000 → 08/12/2023* + +![Purchase Invoice and Credit/Debit Note](/img/manual/PurchaseInvoiceandCreditDebitNote-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Vendor Purchase Invoice and Credit/Debit Note + +**Comment/Help:** The Vendor Invoice Window allows you to display and enter Invoices from a Vendor. Vendor Invoices can also be generated from Purchase Orders or Delivery Receipts. + +## Tab: Invoice + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/05/2000 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +**Description:** Vendor Invoice + +**Comment/Help:** The Invoice Tab defines the parameters of an Invoice generated by a Business Partner. It constitutes an accounts payable. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Invoice.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Invoice.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Purchase Order | Purchase Order | The Purchase Order is a control document. The Purchase Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Invoice.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | C_Invoice.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Invoice.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | C_Invoice.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Invoice.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Target Document Type | Target document type for conversing documents | You can convert document types (e.g. from Offer to Order or Invoice). The conversion is then reflected in the current type. This processing is initiated by selecting the appropriate Document Action. | C_Invoice.C_DocTypeTarget_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Invoice.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | C_Invoice.DateInvoiced timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | C_Invoice.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Invoice.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship from) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_Invoice.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_Invoice.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | C_Invoice.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Invoice.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | C_Invoice.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Override Currency Conversion Rate | Override Currency Conversion Rate | | C_Invoice.IsOverrideCurrencyRate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Rate | Currency Conversion Rate | The Currency Conversion Rate indicates the rate to use when converting the source currency to the accounting currency | C_Invoice.CurrencyRate numeric
Number | +| Company Agent | Purchase or Company Agent | Purchase agent for the document. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Invoice.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Discount Printed | Print Discount on Invoice and Order | The Discount Printed Checkbox indicates if the discount will be printed on the document. | C_Invoice.IsDiscountPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_Invoice.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Charge amount | Charge Amount | The Charge Amount indicates the amount for an additional charge. | C_Invoice.ChargeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | C_Invoice.PaymentRule character(1)
Payment | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_Invoice.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Create lines from | Process which will generate a new document lines based on an existing document | The Create From process will create a new document based on information in an existing document selected by the user. | C_Invoice.CreateLinesFrom character(1)
Button | +| Generate Receipt from Invoice | Create and process delivery Receipt from this invoice. | The invoice should be correct and completed. | C_Invoice.GenerateTo character(1)
Button | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Invoice.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_Invoice.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Invoice.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_Invoice.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_Invoice.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_Invoice.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Total Lines | Total of all document lines | The Total amount displays the total of all lines in document currency | C_Invoice.TotalLines numeric
Amount | +| Grand Total | Total amount of document | The Grand Total displays the total amount including Tax and Freight in document currency | C_Invoice.GrandTotal numeric
Amount | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_Invoice.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_Invoice.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Copy Lines | Copy Lines from other Invoice | | C_Invoice.CopyFrom character(1)
Button | +| Pay Schedule valid | Is the Payment Schedule is valid | Payment Schedules allow to have multiple due dates. | C_Invoice.IsPayScheduleValid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Process Invoice | | | C_Invoice.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Paid | The document is fully paid | | C_Invoice.IsPaid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | C_Invoice.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Cash Plan Line | | | C_Invoice.C_CashPlanLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| In Dispute | Document is in dispute | The document is in dispute. Use Requests to track details. | C_Invoice.IsInDispute character(1)
Yes-No | +| Is Fixed Asset Invoice | | | C_Invoice.IsFixedAssetInvoice character(1)
Yes-No | +| Related Invoice | | | C_Invoice.RelatedInvoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Department | | | C_Invoice.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | C_Invoice.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Employee | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Invoice.C_Employee_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › Invoice Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 23/05/2000 · Updated 30/05/2008* + +**Description:** Vendor Invoice Line + +**Comment/Help:** The Invoice Line Tab defines the individual items or charges on an Invoice. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_InvoiceLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_InvoiceLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_InvoiceLine.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Purchase Order Line | Purchase Order Line | The Purchase Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order. | C_InvoiceLine.C_OrderLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_InvoiceLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | C_InvoiceLine.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_InvoiceLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_InvoiceLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| 1099 Box | | | C_InvoiceLine.C_1099Box_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_InvoiceLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Create Asset | | | C_InvoiceLine.A_CreateAsset character(1)
Yes-No | +| Capital/Expense | | | C_InvoiceLine.A_CapvsExp character varying(3)
List | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | C_InvoiceLine.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Asset Group | Group of Assets | The group of assets determines default accounts. If an asset group is selected in the product category, assets are created when delivering the asset. | C_InvoiceLine.A_Asset_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity | The Quantity Entered is based on the selected UoM | The Quantity Entered is converted to base product UoM quantity | C_InvoiceLine.QtyEntered numeric
Quantity | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | C_InvoiceLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity Invoiced | Invoiced Quantity | The Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced. | C_InvoiceLine.QtyInvoiced numeric
Quantity | +| Price | Price Entered - the price based on the selected/base UoM | The price entered is converted to the actual price based on the UoM conversion | C_InvoiceLine.PriceEntered numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Unit Price | Actual Price | The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency. | C_InvoiceLine.PriceActual numeric
Costs+Prices | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | C_InvoiceLine.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_InvoiceLine.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Amount | Tax Amount for a document | The Tax Amount displays the total tax amount for a document. | C_InvoiceLine.TaxAmt numeric
Amount | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_InvoiceLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_InvoiceLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_InvoiceLine.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_InvoiceLine.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_InvoiceLine.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_InvoiceLine.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line Amount | Line Extended Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and Charges | Indicates the extended line amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included. The Amount may or may not include tax. If the price list is inclusive tax, the line amount is the same as the line total. | C_InvoiceLine.LineNetAmt numeric
Amount | +| Line Total | Total line amount incl. Tax | Total line amount | C_InvoiceLine.LineTotalAmt numeric
Amount | +| Description Only | if true, the line is just description and no transaction | If a line is Description Only, e.g. Product Inventory is not corrected. No accounting transactions are created and the amount or totals are not included in the document. This for including descriptive detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order. | C_InvoiceLine.IsDescription character(1)
Yes-No | +| Printed | Indicates if this document / line is printed | The Printed checkbox indicates if this document or line will included when printing. | C_InvoiceLine.IsPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Department | | | C_InvoiceLine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | C_InvoiceLine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Employee | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_InvoiceLine.C_Employee_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › › Landed Costs + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 24/04/2005 · Updated 27/07/2005* + +**Description:** Landed cost to be allocated to material receipts + +**Comment/Help:** Landed costs allow you to allocate costs to previously received material receipts. Examples are freight, excise tax, insurance, etc.<br> +Select either a Receipt, Receipt Line or a specific Product to allocate the costs to. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_LandedCost.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_LandedCost.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | C_LandedCost.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Cost Distribution | Landed Cost Distribution | How landed costs are distributed to material receipts | C_LandedCost.LandedCostDistribution character(1)
List | +| Cost Element | Product Cost Element | | C_LandedCost.M_CostElement_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_LandedCost.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Receipt | Material Receipt Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | C_LandedCost.M_InOut_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | C_LandedCost.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_LandedCost.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | C_LandedCost.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Distribute Costs | Distribute costs to Products | Distribute costs to Products based on selections - Distribution Base (Quantity, Current Costs, Line, Weight, ..) and Receipt/Line or directly to the product. | C_LandedCost.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › › Landed Cost Allocation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 24/04/2005 · Updated 28/07/2005* + +**Description:** Allocation of Landed Costs to Product + +**Comment/Help:** Calculated when preparing the Invoice + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_LandedCostAllocation.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_LandedCostAllocation.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | C_LandedCostAllocation.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_LandedCostAllocation.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | C_LandedCostAllocation.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Amount | Amount | Amount | C_LandedCostAllocation.Amt numeric
Amount | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | C_LandedCostAllocation.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Base | Calculation Base | | C_LandedCostAllocation.Base numeric
Number | +| Cost Element | Product Cost Element | | C_LandedCostAllocation.M_CostElement_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › › Matched POs + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 27/01/2005 · Updated 17/05/2005* + +**Description:** Purchase Order Lines matched to this Invoice Line + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_MatchPO.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_MatchPO.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | M_MatchPO.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_MatchPO.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | M_MatchPO.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Purchase Order Line | Purchase Order Line | The Purchase Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order. | M_MatchPO.C_OrderLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | M_MatchPO.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_MatchPO.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_MatchPO.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_MatchPO.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | + +## Tab: › › Matched Receipts + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 27/01/2005 · Updated 17/05/2005* + +**Description:** Material Receipt Lines matched to this Invoice Line + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_MatchInv.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_MatchInv.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | M_MatchInv.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_MatchInv.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | M_MatchInv.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | M_MatchInv.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_MatchInv.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_MatchInv.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_MatchInv.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | M_MatchInv.Posted character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Invoice Tax + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 23/05/2000 · Updated 24/04/2005* + +**Description:** Vendor Invoice Tax + +**Comment/Help:** The Invoice Tax Tab displays the total tax due based on the Invoice Lines. + + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_InvoiceTax.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_InvoiceTax.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_InvoiceTax.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_InvoiceTax.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Provider | | | C_InvoiceTax.C_TaxProvider_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Amount | Tax Amount for a document | The Tax Amount displays the total tax amount for a document. | C_InvoiceTax.TaxAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tax base Amount | Base for calculating the tax amount | The Tax Base Amount indicates the base amount used for calculating the tax amount. | C_InvoiceTax.TaxBaseAmt numeric
Amount | +| Price includes Tax | Tax is included in the price | The Tax Included checkbox indicates if the prices include tax. This is also known as the gross price. | C_InvoiceTax.IsTaxIncluded character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Payment Schedule + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 08/12/2010 · Updated 08/12/2010* + +**Description:** Invoice Payment Schedule + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_InvoicePaySchedule.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_InvoicePaySchedule.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_InvoicePaySchedule.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment Schedule | Payment Schedule Template | Information when parts of the payment are due | C_InvoicePaySchedule.C_PaySchedule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_InvoicePaySchedule.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Due Date | Date when the payment is due | Date when the payment is due without deductions or discount | C_InvoicePaySchedule.DueDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Amount due | Amount of the payment due | Full amount of the payment due | C_InvoicePaySchedule.DueAmt numeric
Amount | +| Discount Date | Last Date for payments with discount | Last Date where a deduction of the payment discount is allowed | C_InvoicePaySchedule.DiscountDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | C_InvoicePaySchedule.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Validate | Validate Payment Schedule | | C_InvoicePaySchedule.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | C_InvoicePaySchedule.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Allocation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/01/2005 · Updated 08/12/2010* + +**Description:** Allocation of the Invoice to Payments or Cash + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_AllocationLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_AllocationLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_AllocationLine.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Allocation | Payment allocation | | C_AllocationLine.C_AllocationHdr_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | C_AllocationLine.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_AllocationLine.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Amount | Amount in a defined currency | The Amount indicates the amount for this document line. | C_AllocationLine.Amount numeric
Amount | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | C_AllocationLine.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Write-off Amount | Amount to write-off | The Write Off Amount indicates the amount to be written off as uncollectible. | C_AllocationLine.WriteOffAmt numeric
Amount | +| Over/Under Payment | Over-Payment (unallocated) or Under-Payment (partial payment) Amount | Overpayments (negative) are unallocated amounts and allow you to receive money for more than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial payment for the invoice. You do not write off the unpaid amount. | C_AllocationLine.OverUnderAmt numeric
Amount | + diff --git a/manual/window/PurchaseOrder_Window_ID-181_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/PurchaseOrder_Window_ID-181_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..df565d26 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/PurchaseOrder_Window_ID-181_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +--- +title: 'Purchase Order' +sidebar_label: 'Purchase Order' +description: 'Manage Purchase Orders' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Purchase Order + +Window ID 181 + +*22/05/2000 → 30/06/2021* + +![Purchase Order](/img/manual/PurchaseOrder-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Manage Purchase Orders + +**Comment/Help:** The Purchase Order Window defines a purchase order for an organization. When a Purchase Order has been entered you can generate a Shipment Document or Invoice from this Purchase Order + +## Tab: Purchase Order + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/05/2000 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +**Description:** Order Header + +**Comment/Help:** The Order Header Tab defines the parameters of an order. The field values defined will determine how the Order Lines are processed. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Order.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Order.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Order.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | C_Order.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Order.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Target Document Type | Target document type for conversing documents | You can convert document types (e.g. from Offer to Order or Invoice). The conversion is then reflected in the current type. This processing is initiated by selecting the appropriate Document Action. | C_Order.C_DocTypeTarget_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | C_Order.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Promised | Date Order was promised | The Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for. | C_Order.DatePromised timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Order.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Partner | Business Partner to be invoiced | If empty the shipment business partner will be invoiced | C_Order.Bill_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship from) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_Order.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Location | Business Partner Location for invoicing | | C_Order.Bill_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_Order.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Contact | Business Partner Contact for invoicing | | C_Order.Bill_User_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | C_Order.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Drop Shipment | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location using the Drop Ship Business Partner name and contact. | C_Order.IsDropShip character(1)
Yes-No | +| Drop Ship Business Partner | Business Partner to ship to | If empty the business partner will be shipped to. | C_Order.DropShip_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Drop Shipment Location | Business Partner Location for shipping to | | C_Order.DropShip_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Drop Shipment Contact | Business Partner Contact for drop shipment | | C_Order.DropShip_User_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Delivery Via | How the order will be delivered | The Delivery Via indicates how the products should be delivered. For example, will the order be picked up or shipped. | C_Order.DeliveryViaRule character(1)
List | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | C_Order.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Freight Cost Rule | Method for charging Freight | The Freight Cost Rule indicates the method used when charging for freight. | C_Order.FreightCostRule character(1)
List | +| Freight Amount | Freight Amount | The Freight Amount indicates the amount charged for Freight in the document currency. | C_Order.FreightAmt numeric
Amount | +| Priority | Priority of a document | The Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document | C_Order.PriorityRule character(1)
List | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | C_Order.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Order.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | C_Order.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Company Agent | Purchase or Company Agent | Purchase agent for the document. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Order.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Discount Printed | Print Discount on Invoice and Order | The Discount Printed Checkbox indicates if the discount will be printed on the document. | C_Order.IsDiscountPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_Order.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Charge amount | Charge Amount | The Charge Amount indicates the amount for an additional charge. | C_Order.ChargeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | C_Order.PaymentRule character(1)
Payment | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_Order.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Order.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_Order.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Order.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_Order.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_Order.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_Order.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_Order.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_Order.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Total Lines | Total of all document lines | The Total amount displays the total of all lines in document currency | C_Order.TotalLines numeric
Amount | +| Grand Total | Total amount of document | The Grand Total displays the total amount including Tax and Freight in document currency | C_Order.GrandTotal numeric
Amount | +| Pay Schedule valid | Is the Payment Schedule is valid | Payment Schedules allow to have multiple due dates. | C_Order.IsPayScheduleValid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Copy Lines | Copy Lines from other Order | | C_Order.CopyFrom character(1)
Button | +| Process Order | | | C_Order.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Cash Plan Line | | | C_Order.C_CashPlanLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | C_Order.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Linked Order | This field links a sales order to the purchase order that is generated from it. | | C_Order.Link_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Department | | | C_Order.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | C_Order.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › PO Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 23/05/2000 · Updated 02/09/2005* + +**Description:** Purchase Order Line + +**Comment/Help:** The Purchase Order Line Tab defines the individual items in an order. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_OrderLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_OrderLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Purchase Order | Purchase Order | The Purchase Order is a control document. The Purchase Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_OrderLine.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_OrderLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship from) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_OrderLine.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Date Promised | Date Order was promised | The Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for. | C_OrderLine.DatePromised timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | C_OrderLine.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_OrderLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | C_OrderLine.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_OrderLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_OrderLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | C_OrderLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_OrderLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Quantity | The Quantity Entered is based on the selected UoM | The Quantity Entered is converted to base product UoM quantity | C_OrderLine.QtyEntered numeric
Quantity | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | C_OrderLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| PO Quantity | Ordered Quantity | The Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that was ordered. | C_OrderLine.QtyOrdered numeric
Quantity | +| Delivered Quantity | Delivered Quantity | The Delivered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been delivered. | C_OrderLine.QtyDelivered numeric
Quantity | +| On Order Quantity | Quantity Ordered on Purchase Orders | The Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that is currently ordered. | C_OrderLine.QtyReserved numeric
Quantity | +| Quantity Invoiced | Invoiced Quantity | The Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced. | C_OrderLine.QtyInvoiced numeric
Quantity | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | C_OrderLine.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Price | Price Entered - the price based on the selected/base UoM | The price entered is converted to the actual price based on the UoM conversion | C_OrderLine.PriceEntered numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Cost Price | Price per Unit of Measure including all indirect costs (Freight, etc.) | Optional Purchase Order Line cost price. | C_OrderLine.PriceCost numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Unit Price | Actual Price | The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency. | C_OrderLine.PriceActual numeric
Costs+Prices | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | C_OrderLine.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Freight Amount | Freight Amount | The Freight Amount indicates the amount charged for Freight in the document currency. | C_OrderLine.FreightAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_OrderLine.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Discount % | Discount in percent | The Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage. | C_OrderLine.Discount numeric
Number | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_OrderLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_OrderLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_OrderLine.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_OrderLine.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_OrderLine.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_OrderLine.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line Amount | Line Extended Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and Charges | Indicates the extended line amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included. The Amount may or may not include tax. If the price list is inclusive tax, the line amount is the same as the line total. | C_OrderLine.LineNetAmt numeric
Amount | +| Department | | | C_OrderLine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | C_OrderLine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › › Matching + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 27/01/2005 · Updated 24/10/2005* + +**Description:** Material Receipt or Invoice Lines matched to this Purchse Order Line + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_MatchPO.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_MatchPO.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Purchase Order Line | Purchase Order Line | The Purchase Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order. | M_MatchPO.C_OrderLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_MatchPO.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | M_MatchPO.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | M_MatchPO.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | M_MatchPO.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_MatchPO.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_MatchPO.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_MatchPO.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | M_MatchPO.Posted character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › › Requisition Lines + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 24/10/2005 · Updated 24/10/2005* + +**Description:** Related Purchase Requisition Lines + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_RequisitionLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_RequisitionLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Requisition | Material Requisition | | M_RequisitionLine.M_Requisition_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | M_RequisitionLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_RequisitionLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_RequisitionLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | M_RequisitionLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_RequisitionLine.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Unit Price | Actual Price | The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency. | M_RequisitionLine.PriceActual numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Line Amount | Line Extended Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and Charges | Indicates the extended line amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included. The Amount may or may not include tax. If the price list is inclusive tax, the line amount is the same as the line total. | M_RequisitionLine.LineNetAmt numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: › Order Tax + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 23/05/2000 · Updated 24/10/2005* + +**Description:** Order Tax + +**Comment/Help:** The Order Tax Tab displays the tax associated with the Order Lines. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_OrderTax.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_OrderTax.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Purchase Order | Purchase Order | The Purchase Order is a control document. The Purchase Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_OrderTax.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_OrderTax.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Provider | | | C_OrderTax.C_TaxProvider_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Amount | Tax Amount for a document | The Tax Amount displays the total tax amount for a document. | C_OrderTax.TaxAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tax base Amount | Base for calculating the tax amount | The Tax Base Amount indicates the base amount used for calculating the tax amount. | C_OrderTax.TaxBaseAmt numeric
Amount | +| Price includes Tax | Tax is included in the price | The Tax Included checkbox indicates if the prices include tax. This is also known as the gross price. | C_OrderTax.IsTaxIncluded character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Payment Schedule + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 08/12/2010 · Updated 08/12/2010* + +**Description:** Order Payment Schedule + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_OrderPaySchedule.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_OrderPaySchedule.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Purchase Order | Purchase Order | The Purchase Order is a control document. The Purchase Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_OrderPaySchedule.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment Schedule | Payment Schedule Template | Information when parts of the payment are due | C_OrderPaySchedule.C_PaySchedule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_OrderPaySchedule.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Due Date | Date when the payment is due | Date when the payment is due without deductions or discount | C_OrderPaySchedule.DueDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Amount due | Amount of the payment due | Full amount of the payment due | C_OrderPaySchedule.DueAmt numeric
Amount | +| Discount Date | Last Date for payments with discount | Last Date where a deduction of the payment discount is allowed | C_OrderPaySchedule.DiscountDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | C_OrderPaySchedule.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Validate | Validate Payment Schedule | | C_OrderPaySchedule.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | C_OrderPaySchedule.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Estimated Landed Cost + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/08/2013 · Updated 19/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_OrderLandedCost.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_OrderLandedCost.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Purchase Order | Purchase Order | The Purchase Order is a control document. The Purchase Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_OrderLandedCost.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Cost Element | Product Cost Element | | C_OrderLandedCost.M_CostElement_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_OrderLandedCost.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Cost Distribution | Landed Cost Distribution | How landed costs are distributed to material receipts | C_OrderLandedCost.LandedCostDistribution character(1)
List | +| Amount | Amount | Amount | C_OrderLandedCost.Amt numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: › › Estimated Landed Cost Allocation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 19/08/2013 · Updated 19/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_OrderLandedCostAllocation.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_OrderLandedCostAllocation.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Estimated Landed Cost | | | C_OrderLandedCostAllocation.C_OrderLandedCost_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Purchase Order Line | Purchase Order Line | The Purchase Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order. | C_OrderLandedCostAllocation.C_OrderLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Base | Calculation Base | | C_OrderLandedCostAllocation.Base numeric
Number | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | C_OrderLandedCostAllocation.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Amount | Amount | Amount | C_OrderLandedCostAllocation.Amt numeric
Amount | + diff --git a/manual/window/QualityTest_Window_ID-53149_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/QualityTest_Window_ID-53149_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e1b06f13 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/QualityTest_Window_ID-53149_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +--- +title: 'Quality Test' +sidebar_label: 'Quality Test' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Quality Test + +Window ID 53149 + +*27/07/2011 → 27/07/2011* + +![Quality Test](/img/manual/QualityTest-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Test + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 27/07/2011 · Updated 27/07/2011* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_QualityTest.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_QualityTest.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_QualityTest.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_QualityTest.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_QualityTest.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | M_QualityTest.Help character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Product + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/07/2011 · Updated 27/07/2011* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Product_QualityTest.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Product_QualityTest.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quality Test | | | M_Product_QualityTest.M_QualityTest_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_QualityTest.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Product_QualityTest.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Expected Result | | | M_Product_QualityTest.ExpectedResult character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/RMAType_Window_ID-331_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RMAType_Window_ID-331_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..51c19b64 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RMAType_Window_ID-331_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +--- +title: 'RMA Type' +sidebar_label: 'RMA Type' +description: 'Return Material Authorization Type' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# RMA Type + +Window ID 331 + +*16/05/2004 → 11/09/2009* + +![RMA Type](/img/manual/RMAType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Return Material Authorization Type + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain the types of RMA + +## Tab: RMA Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 16/05/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Return Material Authorization Type + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain the types of RMA + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_RMAType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_RMAType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_RMAType.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_RMAType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | M_RMAType.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_RMAType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/RecurringGroup_Window_ID-200059_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RecurringGroup_Window_ID-200059_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..558652c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RecurringGroup_Window_ID-200059_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +--- +title: 'Recurring Group' +sidebar_label: 'Recurring Group' +description: 'Recurring Group' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Recurring Group + +Window ID 200059 + +*27/07/2014 → 27/07/2014* + +![Recurring Group](/img/manual/RecurringGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Recurring Group + +## Tab: Recurring Group + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 27/07/2014 · Updated 27/07/2014* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_RecurringGroup.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_RecurringGroup.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_RecurringGroup.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_RecurringGroup.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_RecurringGroup.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_RecurringGroup.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_RecurringGroup.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Recurring_Window_ID-266_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Recurring_Window_ID-266_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57bc3066 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Recurring_Window_ID-266_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +--- +title: 'Recurring' +sidebar_label: 'Recurring' +description: 'Recurring Document' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Recurring + +Window ID 266 + +*28/05/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Recurring](/img/manual/Recurring-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Recurring Document + +**Comment/Help:** Create new documents based on existing one + +## Tab: Recurring + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 28/05/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Recurring Document + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain Recurring Documents. The Date Next Run determines the Document (and Accounting Date) of the generated documents. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Recurring.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Recurring.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Recurring.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Recurring.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_Recurring.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Recurring Group | | | C_Recurring.C_RecurringGroup_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Recurring.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Frequency Type | Frequency of event | The frequency type is used for calculating the date of the next event. | C_Recurring.FrequencyType character(1)
List | +| Frequency | Frequency of events | The frequency is used in conjunction with the frequency type in determining an event. Example: If the Frequency Type is Week and the Frequency is 2 - it is every two weeks. | C_Recurring.Frequency numeric(10)
Integer | +| Maximum Runs | Number of recurring runs | Number of recurring documents to be generated in total | C_Recurring.RunsMax numeric(10)
Integer | +| Date Next Run | Date the process will run next | The Date Next Run indicates the next time this process will run. | C_Recurring.DateNextRun timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Recurring Type | Type of Recurring Document | The type of document to be generated | C_Recurring.RecurringType character(1)
List | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Recurring.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Journal Batch | General Ledger Journal Batch | The General Ledger Journal Batch identifies a group of journals to be processed as a group. | C_Recurring.GL_JournalBatch_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_Recurring.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Recurring.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_Recurring.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Date Last Run | Date the process was last run. | The Date Last Run indicates the last time that a process was run. | C_Recurring.DateLastRun timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Remaining Runs | Number of recurring runs remaining | Number of recurring documents to be still generated | C_Recurring.RunsRemaining numeric(10)
Integer | +| Start Process | Start Recurring Run | | C_Recurring.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Run + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 28/05/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Recurring Document Run + +**Comment/Help:** History of Recurring Document Generation + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Recurring_Run.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Recurring_Run.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Recurring | Recurring Document | Recurring Documents | C_Recurring_Run.C_Recurring_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | C_Recurring_Run.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Recurring_Run.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | C_Recurring_Run.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_Recurring_Run.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Recurring_Run.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Recurring_Run.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_Recurring_Run.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Journal Batch | General Ledger Journal Batch | The General Ledger Journal Batch identifies a group of journals to be processed as a group. | C_Recurring_Run.GL_JournalBatch_ID numeric(10)
Search | + diff --git a/manual/window/Reference_Window_ID-101_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Reference_Window_ID-101_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c75648f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Reference_Window_ID-101_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +--- +title: 'Reference' +sidebar_label: 'Reference' +description: 'Maintain System References' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Reference + +Window ID 101 + +*21/05/1999 → 03/05/2006* + +![Reference](/img/manual/Reference-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain System References + +**Comment/Help:** The Reference Window defines field/display types and validations. This window is for System Admin use only. + +## Tab: Reference + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Reference header definitions + +**Comment/Help:** The Reference Tab defines the references that are used to validate data + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Reference.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Reference.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Reference.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Reference.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Reference.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Reference.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Reference.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Validation type | Different method of validating data | The Validation Type indicates the validation method to use. These include list, table or data type validation. | AD_Reference.ValidationType character(1)
List | +| System Element | System Element enables the central maintenance of column description and help. | The System Element allows for the central maintenance of help, descriptions and terminology for a database column. | AD_Reference.AD_Element_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Value Format | Format of the value; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09", or ~regex | <B>Validation elements:</B>

~regex - Validates a regular expression

(Space) any character
_ Space (fixed character)
l any Letter a..Z NO space
L any Letter a..Z NO space converted to upper case
o any Letter a..Z or space
O any Letter a..Z or space converted to upper case
a any Letters & Digits NO space
A any Letters & Digits NO space converted to upper case
c any Letters & Digits or space
C any Letters & Digits or space converted to upper case
0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space

Example of format "(000)_000-0000" | AD_Reference.VFormat character varying(40)
String | +| Show Inactive | Show Inactive Records | | AD_Reference.ShowInactive character varying(4)
List | +| Order By Value | Order list using the value column instead of the name column | Order list using the value column instead of the name column | AD_Reference.IsOrderByValue character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › List Validation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 16/11/2012* + +**Description:** Reference List + +**Comment/Help:** The List Validation Tab defines lists to validate data + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Ref_List.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Ref_List.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Reference | System Reference and Validation | The Reference could be a display type, list or table validation. | AD_Ref_List.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_Ref_List.Value character varying(60)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Ref_List.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Ref_List.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Ref_List.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Ref_List.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | AD_Ref_List.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Valid to | Valid to including this date (last day) | The Valid To date indicates the last day of a date range | AD_Ref_List.ValidTo timestamp without time zone
Date | + +## Tab: › › List Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Ref_List_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Ref_List_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Reference List | Reference List based on Table | The Reference List field indicates a list of reference values from a database tables. Reference lists populate drop down list boxes in data entry screens | AD_Ref_List_Trl.AD_Ref_List_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Ref_List_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Ref_List_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Ref_List_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Ref_List_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Ref_List_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Table Validation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 16/11/2012* + +**Description:** Table validation + +**Comment/Help:** The Table Validation Tab defines tables to validate data + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Ref_Table.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Ref_Table.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Reference | System Reference and Validation | The Reference could be a display type, list or table validation. | AD_Ref_Table.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Ref_Table.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Key column | Unique identifier of a record | The Key Column indicates that this the unique identifier of a record on this table. | AD_Ref_Table.AD_Key numeric(10)
Table | +| Display Identifier | Display the record identifier | Display the columns that are marked as part of the identifier for this table. | AD_Ref_Table.IsDisplayIdentifier character(1)
Yes-No | +| Display column | Column that will display | The Display Column indicates the column that will display. | AD_Ref_Table.AD_Display numeric(10)
Table | +| Display Value | Displays Value column with the Display column | The Display Value checkbox indicates if the value column will display with the display column. | AD_Ref_Table.IsValueDisplayed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Display SQL | SQL for display of lookup value | Fully qualified subquery SQL | AD_Ref_Table.DisplaySQL character varying(4000)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Ref_Table.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Ref_Table.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Sql WHERE | Fully qualified SQL WHERE clause | The Where Clause indicates the SQL WHERE clause to use for record selection. The WHERE clause is added to the query. Fully qualified means "tablename.columnname". | AD_Ref_Table.WhereClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Sql ORDER BY | Fully qualified ORDER BY clause | The ORDER BY Clause indicates the SQL ORDER BY clause to use for record selection | AD_Ref_Table.OrderByClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_Ref_Table.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_Ref_Table.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Used in Column + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/10/2005 · Updated 09/02/2026* + +**Description:** Used in Column (Reference) + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Column.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Column.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Column.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| DB Column Name | Name of the column in the database | The Column Name indicates the name of a column on a table as defined in the database. | AD_Column.ColumnName character varying(63)
String | +| System Element | System Element enables the central maintenance of column description and help. | The System Element allows for the central maintenance of help, descriptions and terminology for a database column. | AD_Column.AD_Element_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Column.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Column.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Column.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Column.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Length | Length of the column in the database | The Length indicates the length of a column as defined in the database. | AD_Column.FieldLength numeric(10)
Integer | +| Reference | System Reference and Validation | The Reference could be a display type, list or table validation. | AD_Column.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Reference Key | Required to specify, if data type is Table or List | The Reference Value indicates where the reference values are stored. It must be specified if the data type is Table or List. | AD_Column.AD_Reference_Value_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Dynamic Validation | Dynamic Validation Rule | These rules define how an entry is determined to valid. You can use variables for dynamic (context sensitive) validation. | AD_Column.AD_Val_Rule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Dynamic Validation (Lookup) | Override Dynamic Validation Rule for Lookup Window | For some situations the dynamic validation rule for a Lookup window should be different from user data entry window. | AD_Column.AD_Val_Rule_Lookup_ID numeric(10)
Table | + +## Tab: › Reference Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Reference_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Reference_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Reference | System Reference and Validation | The Reference could be a display type, list or table validation. | AD_Reference_Trl.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Reference_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Reference_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Reference_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Reference_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Reference_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Reference_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/RegistrationAttributes_Window_ID-300_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RegistrationAttributes_Window_ID-300_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a9c2a253 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RegistrationAttributes_Window_ID-300_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +--- +title: 'Registration Attributes' +sidebar_label: 'Registration Attributes' +description: 'Asset Registration Attributes' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Registration Attributes + +Window ID 300 + +*08/01/2004 → 17/02/2022* + +![Registration Attributes](/img/manual/RegistrationAttributes-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Asset Registration Attributes + +**Comment/Help:** Define the individual values for the Asset Registration + +## Tab: Attribute + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 08/01/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Asset Registration Attribute + +**Comment/Help:** Define the individual values for the Asset Registration + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_RegistrationAttribute.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_RegistrationAttribute.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | A_RegistrationAttribute.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_RegistrationAttribute.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | A_RegistrationAttribute.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | A_RegistrationAttribute.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Reference | System Reference and Validation | The Reference could be a display type, list or table validation. | A_RegistrationAttribute.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| DB Column Name | Name of the column in the database | The Column Name indicates the name of a column on a table as defined in the database. | A_RegistrationAttribute.ColumnName character varying(63)
String | +| Reference Key | Required to specify, if data type is Table or List | The Reference Value indicates where the reference values are stored. It must be specified if the data type is Table or List. | A_RegistrationAttribute.AD_Reference_Value_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | A_RegistrationAttribute.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Product Assignment + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 10/04/2004 · Updated 15/01/2024* + +**Description:** Assignment of Attributes to Products + +**Comment/Help:** Determines, which attributes are assigned to a product + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_RegistrationProduct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_RegistrationProduct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Registration Attribute | Asset Registration Attribute | Define the individual values for the Asset Registration | A_RegistrationProduct.A_RegistrationAttribute_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | A_RegistrationProduct.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_RegistrationProduct.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | A_RegistrationProduct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Registration_Window_ID-301_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Registration_Window_ID-301_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..173481e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Registration_Window_ID-301_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +--- +title: 'Registration' +sidebar_label: 'Registration' +description: 'User Asset Registration' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Registration + +Window ID 301 + +*08/01/2004 → 17/02/2022* + +![Registration](/img/manual/Registration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** User Asset Registration + +**Comment/Help:** User Registration of an Asset + +## Tab: Registration + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 08/01/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Asset User Registration + +**Comment/Help:** User Registration of an Asset + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_Registration.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_Registration.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | A_Registration.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_Registration.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | A_Registration.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | A_Registration.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | A_Registration.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | A_Registration.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | A_Registration.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | A_Registration.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Registered | The application is registered. | | A_Registration.IsRegistered character(1)
Yes-No | +| Allowed to be Published | You allow to publish the information, not just statistical summary info | | A_Registration.IsAllowPublish character(1)
Yes-No | +| In Production | The system is in production | | A_Registration.IsInProduction character(1)
Yes-No | +| In Service Date | Date when Asset was put into service | The date when the asset was put into service - usually used as start date for depreciation. | A_Registration.AssetServiceDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Note | Optional additional user defined information | The Note field allows for optional entry of user defined information regarding this record | A_Registration.Note character varying(2000)
String | +| Remote Host | Remote host Info | | A_Registration.Remote_Host character varying(120)
String | +| Remote Addr | Remote Address | The Remote Address indicates an alternative or external address. | A_Registration.Remote_Addr character varying(60)
String | + +## Tab: › Value + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 08/01/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Registration Values + +**Comment/Help:** Indivifual values of Registration Attribute + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | A_RegistrationValue.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | A_RegistrationValue.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Registration | User Asset Registration | User Registration of an Asset | A_RegistrationValue.A_Registration_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Registration Attribute | Asset Registration Attribute | Define the individual values for the Asset Registration | A_RegistrationValue.A_RegistrationAttribute_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | A_RegistrationValue.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | A_RegistrationValue.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | A_RegistrationValue.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/RelationType_Window_ID-53102_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RelationType_Window_ID-53102_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f628c051 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RelationType_Window_ID-53102_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +--- +title: 'Relation Type' +sidebar_label: 'Relation Type' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Relation Type + +Window ID 53102 + +*13/11/2009 → 13/11/2009* + +![Relation Type](/img/manual/RelationType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Relation Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 13/11/2009 · Updated 13/11/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_RelationType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_RelationType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_RelationType.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_RelationType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Directed | Tells whether one "sees" the other end of the relation from each end or just from the source | | AD_RelationType.IsDirected character(1)
Yes-No | +| Type | Type of Validation (SQL, Java Script, Java Language) | The Type indicates the type of validation that will occur. This can be SQL, Java Script or Java Language. | AD_RelationType.Type character(1)
List | +| Source Reference | | | AD_RelationType.AD_Reference_Source_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Source Role | If set, this role will be used as label for the zoom destination instead of the destinations's window name | | AD_RelationType.Role_Source character varying(50)
List | +| Target Reference | | | AD_RelationType.AD_Reference_Target_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Target Role | If set, this role will be used as label for the zoom destination instead of the destinations's window name | | AD_RelationType.Role_Target character varying(50)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_RelationType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_RelationType.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | + diff --git a/manual/window/Remuneration_Window_ID-353_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Remuneration_Window_ID-353_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c6af53d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Remuneration_Window_ID-353_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +--- +title: 'Remuneration' +sidebar_label: 'Remuneration' +description: 'Maintain Remuneration' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Remuneration + +Window ID 353 + +*15/05/2005 → 16/12/2017* + +![Remuneration](/img/manual/Remuneration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Remuneration + +**Comment/Help:** Wages and Salaries + +## Tab: Remuneration + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 15/05/2005 · Updated 15/05/2005* + +**Description:** Maintain Remuneration Levels + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Remuneration.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Remuneration.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Remuneration.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Remuneration.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_Remuneration.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Remuneration.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Remuneration Type | Type of Remuneration | | C_Remuneration.RemunerationType character(1)
List | +| Gross Amount | Gross Remuneration Amount | Gross Salary or Wage Amount (without Overtime, Benefits and Employer overhead) | C_Remuneration.GrossRAmt numeric
Amount | +| Gross Cost | Gross Remuneration Costs | Gross Salary or Wage Costs (without Overtime, with Benefits and Employer overhead) | C_Remuneration.GrossRCost numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Standard Hours | Standard Work Hours based on Remuneration Type | Number of hours per Remuneration Type (e.g. Daily 8 hours, Weekly 40 hours, etc.) to determine when overtime starts | C_Remuneration.StandardHours numeric(10)
Integer | +| Overtime Amount | Hourly Overtime Rate | Hourly Amount without Benefits and Employer overhead | C_Remuneration.OvertimeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Overtime Cost | Hourly Overtime Cost | Hourly Amount with Benefits and Employer overhead | C_Remuneration.OvertimeCost numeric
Costs+Prices | + +## Tab: › Position Remuneration + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/05/2005 · Updated 15/05/2005* + +**Description:** Maintain Position Remuneration + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_JobRemuneration.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_JobRemuneration.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Remuneration | Wage or Salary | | C_JobRemuneration.C_Remuneration_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Position | Job Position | | C_JobRemuneration.C_Job_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_JobRemuneration.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | C_JobRemuneration.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Valid to | Valid to including this date (last day) | The Valid To date indicates the last day of a date range | C_JobRemuneration.ValidTo timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_JobRemuneration.Description character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Employee Remuneration + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/05/2005 · Updated 15/05/2005* + +**Description:** Overwrite of Employee Position Remuneration + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_UserRemuneration.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_UserRemuneration.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Remuneration | Wage or Salary | | C_UserRemuneration.C_Remuneration_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_UserRemuneration.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_UserRemuneration.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Gross Amount | Gross Remuneration Amount | Gross Salary or Wage Amount (without Overtime, Benefits and Employer overhead) | C_UserRemuneration.GrossRAmt numeric
Amount | +| Gross Cost | Gross Remuneration Costs | Gross Salary or Wage Costs (without Overtime, with Benefits and Employer overhead) | C_UserRemuneration.GrossRCost numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Overtime Amount | Hourly Overtime Rate | Hourly Amount without Benefits and Employer overhead | C_UserRemuneration.OvertimeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Overtime Cost | Hourly Overtime Cost | Hourly Amount with Benefits and Employer overhead | C_UserRemuneration.OvertimeCost numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | C_UserRemuneration.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Valid to | Valid to including this date (last day) | The Valid To date indicates the last day of a date range | C_UserRemuneration.ValidTo timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_UserRemuneration.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/ReplicationStrategy_Window_ID-285_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ReplicationStrategy_Window_ID-285_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c3810b2e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ReplicationStrategy_Window_ID-285_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +--- +title: 'Replication Strategy' +sidebar_label: 'Replication Strategy' +description: 'Maintain Data Replication Strategy' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Replication Strategy + +Window ID 285 + +*19/06/2003 → 15/01/2024* + +![Replication Strategy](/img/manual/ReplicationStrategy-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Data Replication Strategy + +**Comment/Help:** The Data Replication Strategy determines which tables and how they are replicated. Note that the migration does not synchronize Application Dictionary items. + +## Tab: Replication Strategy + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/06/2003 · Updated 15/01/2024* + +**Description:** Data Replication Strategy + +**Comment/Help:** The Data Replication Strategy determines which tables and how they are replicated. Note that the migration does not synchronize Application Dictionary items. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ReplicationStrategy.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ReplicationStrategy.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_ReplicationStrategy.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_ReplicationStrategy.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_ReplicationStrategy.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_ReplicationStrategy.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ReplicationStrategy.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_ReplicationStrategy.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Export Processor | | | AD_ReplicationStrategy.EXP_Processor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Replication Table + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/06/2003 · Updated 05/03/2008* + +**Description:** Data Replication Strategy Table Info + +**Comment/Help:** Determines how the table is replicated. You have full access to Local tables, Reference tables are on Remote systems and are read-only. The data of Merge tables on Remote systems is copied to the central system. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ReplicationTable.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ReplicationTable.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Replication Strategy | Data Replication Strategy | The Data Replication Strategy determines what and how tables are replicated | AD_ReplicationTable.AD_ReplicationStrategy_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_ReplicationTable.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ReplicationTable.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_ReplicationTable.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Replication Type | Type of Data Replication | The Type of data Replication determines the direction of the data replication. <br>
Reference means that the data in this system is read only -> <br>
Local means that the data in this system is not replicated to other systems - <br>
Merge means that the data in this system is synchronized with the other system <-> <br> | AD_ReplicationTable.ReplicationType character(1)
List | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_ReplicationTable.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | + +## Tab: › Replication Document + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 05/03/2008 · Updated 05/03/2008* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ReplicationDocument.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ReplicationDocument.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Replication Strategy | Data Replication Strategy | The Data Replication Strategy determines what and how tables are replicated | AD_ReplicationDocument.AD_ReplicationStrategy_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | AD_ReplicationDocument.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_ReplicationDocument.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ReplicationDocument.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_ReplicationDocument.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Replication Type | Type of Data Replication | The Type of data Replication determines the direction of the data replication. <br>
Reference means that the data in this system is read only -> <br>
Local means that the data in this system is not replicated to other systems - <br>
Merge means that the data in this system is synchronized with the other system <-> <br> | AD_ReplicationDocument.ReplicationType character(1)
List | + diff --git a/manual/window/ReportColumnSet_Window_ID-217_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ReportColumnSet_Window_ID-217_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb91ce67 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ReportColumnSet_Window_ID-217_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +--- +title: 'Report Column Set' +sidebar_label: 'Report Column Set' +description: 'Maintain Financial Report Column Sets' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Report Column Set + +Window ID 217 + +*13/05/2001 → 02/01/2000* + +![Report Column Set](/img/manual/ReportColumnSet-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Financial Report Column Sets + +**Comment/Help:** The Report Column Set defines what data is printed in the columns of a report. + +## Tab: Report Column Set + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 13/05/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Financial Report Column Sets + +**Comment/Help:** Column Sets are the combination of Columns to be included in a Financial Report + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_ReportColumnSet.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_ReportColumnSet.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_ReportColumnSet.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_ReportColumnSet.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_ReportColumnSet.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Copy Columns | Copy Report Columns from other Column Set | Copy columns at the end of this Column Set. Please note that you need to re-set the calculation operands. | PA_ReportColumnSet.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Report Column + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/05/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Financial Report Column + +**Comment/Help:** A column represents a column in a Financial Report + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_ReportColumn.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_ReportColumn.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Report Column Set | Collection of Columns for Report | The Report Column Set identifies the columns used in a Report. | PA_ReportColumn.PA_ReportColumnSet_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_ReportColumn.Name character varying(255)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_ReportColumn.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_ReportColumn.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Printed | Indicates if this document / line is printed | The Printed checkbox indicates if this document or line will included when printing. | PA_ReportColumn.IsPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | PA_ReportColumn.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | PA_ReportColumn.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Budget | General Ledger Budget | The General Ledger Budget identifies a user defined budget. These can be used in reporting as a comparison against your actual amounts. | PA_ReportColumn.GL_Budget_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Amount Type | PA Amount Type for reporting | The amount type to report on: Quantity, Credit Only, Debit Only, Balance (expected sign) or Balance (accounted sign). "Expected sign" adjusts the sign of the result based on the Account Type and Expected Sign of each Account Element, whereas "accounted sign" always returns DR-CR. | PA_ReportColumn.PAAmountType character(1)
List | +| Period Type | PA Period Type | The Period Type to report on: Period, Year, Total or Natural. Natural = Year for P & L accounts, Total for Balance Sheet accounts. | PA_ReportColumn.PAPeriodType character(1)
List | +| Column Type | | | PA_ReportColumn.ColumnType character(1)
List | +| Relative Period | Period offset (0 is current) | | PA_ReportColumn.RelativePeriod numeric(10)
Number | +| Relative Period To | Period offset (0 is current) | | PA_ReportColumn.RelativePeriodTo numeric
Number | +| Calculation | | | PA_ReportColumn.CalculationType character(1)
List | +| Operand 1 | First operand for calculation | | PA_ReportColumn.Oper_1_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Operand 2 | Second operand for calculation | | PA_ReportColumn.Oper_2_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Operand 2 Line Name | Name of the financial report line to take values from | When specify this identified the name of the financial report line to take values from for column Oper_2_ID. No validation at entry time, value will be zero if the name doesn't match any line. | PA_ReportColumn.Oper_2_LineName character varying(512)
String | +| Type | Element Type (account or user defined) | The Element Type indicates if this element is the Account element or is a User Defined element. | PA_ReportColumn.ElementType character(2)
List | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. | PA_ReportColumn.Org_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Include Nulls in Org | Include nulls in the selection of the organization | | PA_ReportColumn.IsIncludeNullsOrg character(1)
Yes-No | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | PA_ReportColumn.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Include Nulls in Org Trx | Include nulls in the selection of the organization transaction | | PA_ReportColumn.IsIncludeNullsOrgTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Account Element | Account Element | Account Elements can be natural accounts or user defined values. | PA_ReportColumn.C_ElementValue_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Include Nulls in Account | Include nulls in the selection of the account | | PA_ReportColumn.IsIncludeNullsElementValue character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | PA_ReportColumn.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Include Nulls in Product | Include nulls in the selection of the product | | PA_ReportColumn.IsIncludeNullsProduct character(1)
Yes-No | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | PA_ReportColumn.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Include Nulls in Campaign | Include nulls in the selection of the campaign | | PA_ReportColumn.IsIncludeNullsCampaign character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | PA_ReportColumn.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Include Nulls in BPartner | Include nulls in the selection of the business partner | | PA_ReportColumn.IsIncludeNullsBPartner character(1)
Yes-No | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | PA_ReportColumn.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Include Nulls in Project | Include nulls in the selection of the project | | PA_ReportColumn.IsIncludeNullsProject character(1)
Yes-No | +| Address | Location or Address | The Location / Address field defines the location of an entity. | PA_ReportColumn.C_Location_ID numeric(10)
Location (Address) | +| Include Nulls in Location | Include nulls in the selection of the location | | PA_ReportColumn.IsIncludeNullsLocation character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | PA_ReportColumn.C_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Include Nulls in Sales Region | Include nulls in the selection of the sales region | | PA_ReportColumn.IsIncludeNullsSalesRegion character(1)
Yes-No | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | PA_ReportColumn.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Include Nulls in Activity | Include nulls in the selection of the activity | | PA_ReportColumn.IsIncludeNullsActivity character(1)
Yes-No | +| User Column 1 | User defined accounting Element | A user defined accounting element refers to an iDempiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Project Task). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested) | PA_ReportColumn.UserElement1_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Include Nulls in User Element 1 | Include nulls in the selection of the user element 1 | | PA_ReportColumn.IsIncludeNullsUserElement1 character(1)
Yes-No | +| User Column 2 | User defined accounting Element | A user defined accounting element refers to an iDempiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Project Task). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested) | PA_ReportColumn.UserElement2_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Include Nulls in User Element 2 | Include nulls in the selection of the user element 2 | | PA_ReportColumn.IsIncludeNullsUserElement2 character(1)
Yes-No | +| Format Pattern | The pattern used to format a number or date. | A string complying with either Java SimpleDateFormat or DecimalFormat pattern syntax used to override the default presentation format of a date or number type field. | PA_ReportColumn.FormatPattern character varying(22)
String | +| Allow Opposite Sign | Allow column values to be displayed with the opposite sign | Allows values to be displayed with the opposite sign to the calculated value if the "Show Opposite Sign" flag is set on the Report Line. Note that all report calculations are performed before the sign is reversed. | PA_ReportColumn.IsAllowOppositeSign character(1)
Yes-No | +| Multiplier | Type Multiplier (Credit = -1) | | PA_ReportColumn.Multiplier numeric
Number | +| Round Factor | | | PA_ReportColumn.RoundFactor numeric(10)
Integer | + +## Tab: › › Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 22/08/2019 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_ReportColumn_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_ReportColumn_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Report Column | Column in Report | | PA_ReportColumn_Trl.PA_ReportColumn_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | PA_ReportColumn_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_ReportColumn_Trl.Name character varying(255)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_ReportColumn_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_ReportColumn_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | PA_ReportColumn_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ReportCube_Window_ID-53078_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ReportCube_Window_ID-53078_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4a35aa79 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ReportCube_Window_ID-53078_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +--- +title: 'Report Cube' +sidebar_label: 'Report Cube' +description: 'Define reporting cube for pre-calculation of summary accounting data.' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Report Cube + +Window ID 53078 + +*14/05/2009 → 14/05/2009* + +![Report Cube](/img/manual/ReportCube-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Define reporting cube for pre-calculation of summary accounting data. + +**Comment/Help:** Summary data will be generated for each period of the selected calendar, grouped by the selected dimensions.. + +## Tab: Report Cube + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 14/05/2009 · Updated 14/05/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_ReportCube.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_ReportCube.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_ReportCube.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_ReportCube.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Calendar | Accounting Calendar Name | The Calendar uniquely identifies an accounting calendar. Multiple calendars can be used. For example you may need a standard calendar that runs from Jan 1 to Dec 31 and a fiscal calendar that runs from July 1 to June 30. | PA_ReportCube.C_Calendar_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_ReportCube.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product Dimension | Include Product as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsProductDim character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner Dimension | Include Business Partner as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsBPartnerDim character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Region Dimension | Include Sales Region as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsSalesRegionDim character(1)
Yes-No | +| OrgTrx Dimension | Include OrgTrx as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsOrgTrxDim character(1)
Yes-No | +| Activity Dimension | Include Activity as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsActivityDim character(1)
Yes-No | +| Campaign Dimension | Include Campaign as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsCampaignDim character(1)
Yes-No | +| Project Dimension | Include Project as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsProjectDim character(1)
Yes-No | +| Project Phase Dimension | Include Project Phase as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsProjectPhaseDim character(1)
Yes-No | +| Project Task Dimension | Include Project Task as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsProjectTaskDim character(1)
Yes-No | +| GL Budget Dimension | Include GL Budget as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsGLBudgetDim character(1)
Yes-No | +| Location From Dimension | Include Location From as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsLocFromDim character(1)
Yes-No | +| Location To Dimension | Include Location To as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsLocToDim character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sub Acct Dimension | Include Sub Acct as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsSubAcctDim character(1)
Yes-No | +| User Element List 1 Dimension | Include User Element List 1 as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsUser1Dim character(1)
Yes-No | +| User Element List 2 Dimension | Include User Element List 2 as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsUser2Dim character(1)
Yes-No | +| User Column 1 Dimension | Include User Element 1 as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsUserElement1Dim character(1)
Yes-No | +| User Column 2 Dimension | Include User Element 2 as a cube dimension | | PA_ReportCube.IsUserElement2Dim character(1)
Yes-No | +| Last Recalculated | The time last recalculated. | | PA_ReportCube.LastRecalculated timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | + diff --git a/manual/window/ReportLineSet_Window_ID-218_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ReportLineSet_Window_ID-218_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dfa0286e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ReportLineSet_Window_ID-218_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +--- +title: 'Report Line Set' +sidebar_label: 'Report Line Set' +description: 'Maintain Financial Report Line Sets' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Report Line Set + +Window ID 218 + +*13/05/2001 → 02/01/2000* + +![Report Line Set](/img/manual/ReportLineSet-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Financial Report Line Sets + +**Comment/Help:** The Line Set determines, which lines are printed in a Financial Report + +## Tab: Report Line Set + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 13/05/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Financial Report Line Set + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_ReportLineSet.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_ReportLineSet.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_ReportLineSet.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_ReportLineSet.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_ReportLineSet.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Copy Lines | Copy Report Lines from other Line Set | Copy lines at the end of this Line Set. Please note that you need to re-set the calculation operands. | PA_ReportLineSet.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Report Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/05/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Financial Report Line + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_ReportLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_ReportLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Report Line Set | | | PA_ReportLine.PA_ReportLineSet_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_ReportLine.Name character varying(255)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_ReportLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_ReportLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Printed | Indicates if this document / line is printed | The Printed checkbox indicates if this document or line will included when printing. | PA_ReportLine.IsPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | PA_ReportLine.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Line Type | | | PA_ReportLine.LineType character(1)
List | +| Calculation | | | PA_ReportLine.CalculationType character(1)
List | +| Operand 1 | First operand for calculation | | PA_ReportLine.Oper_1_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Operand 2 | Second operand for calculation | | PA_ReportLine.Oper_2_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Inverse Operation for Debit/Credit Only Column | Apply inverse operation to debit or credit only column | | PA_ReportLine.IsInverseDebitCreditOnly character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posting Type | The type of posted amount for the transaction | The Posting Type indicates the type of amount (Actual, Budget, Reservation, Commitment, Statistical) the transaction. | PA_ReportLine.PostingType character(1)
List | +| Budget | General Ledger Budget | The General Ledger Budget identifies a user defined budget. These can be used in reporting as a comparison against your actual amounts. | PA_ReportLine.GL_Budget_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Amount Type | PA Amount Type for reporting | The amount type to report on: Quantity, Credit Only, Debit Only, Balance (expected sign) or Balance (accounted sign). "Expected sign" adjusts the sign of the result based on the Account Type and Expected Sign of each Account Element, whereas "accounted sign" always returns DR-CR. | PA_ReportLine.PAAmountType character(1)
List | +| Period Type | PA Period Type | The Period Type to report on: Period, Year, Total or Natural. Natural = Year for P & L accounts, Total for Balance Sheet accounts. | PA_ReportLine.PAPeriodType character(1)
List | +| Show Opposite Sign | Display values with the opposite sign | Displays values for a Report Line with the opposite sign to the calculated value. The "Allow Opposite Sign" flag on Report Column must also be set for this to take effect. Note that all report calculations are performed before the sign is reversed. | PA_ReportLine.IsShowOppositeSign character(1)
Yes-No | +| Overline Stroke Type | | | PA_ReportLine.OverlineStrokeType character varying(3)
List | +| Underline Stroke Type | | | PA_ReportLine.UnderlineStrokeType character varying(3)
List | +| Multiplier | Type Multiplier (Credit = -1) | | PA_ReportLine.Multiplier numeric
Number | +| Round Factor | | | PA_ReportLine.RoundFactor numeric(10)
Integer | + +## Tab: › › Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 22/08/2019 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_ReportLine_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_ReportLine_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Report Line | | | PA_ReportLine_Trl.PA_ReportLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | PA_ReportLine_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_ReportLine_Trl.Name character varying(255)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_ReportLine_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_ReportLine_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | PA_ReportLine_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Report Source + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 13/05/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Segment Values of Report Line Source + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_ReportSource.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_ReportSource.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Report Line | | | PA_ReportSource.PA_ReportLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_ReportSource.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_ReportSource.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Type | Element Type (account or user defined) | The Element Type indicates if this element is the Account element or is a User Defined element. | PA_ReportSource.ElementType character(2)
List | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. | PA_ReportSource.Org_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Include Nulls in Org | Include nulls in the selection of the organization | | PA_ReportSource.IsIncludeNullsOrg character(1)
Yes-No | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | PA_ReportSource.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Include Nulls in Org Trx | Include nulls in the selection of the organization transaction | | PA_ReportSource.IsIncludeNullsOrgTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Account Element | Account Element | Account Elements can be natural accounts or user defined values. | PA_ReportSource.C_ElementValue_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Include Nulls in Account | Include nulls in the selection of the account | | PA_ReportSource.IsIncludeNullsElementValue character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | PA_ReportSource.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Include Nulls in BPartner | Include nulls in the selection of the business partner | | PA_ReportSource.IsIncludeNullsBPartner character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | PA_ReportSource.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Include Nulls in Product | Include nulls in the selection of the product | | PA_ReportSource.IsIncludeNullsProduct character(1)
Yes-No | +| Address | Location or Address | The Location / Address field defines the location of an entity. | PA_ReportSource.C_Location_ID numeric(10)
Location (Address) | +| Include Nulls in Location | Include nulls in the selection of the location | | PA_ReportSource.IsIncludeNullsLocation character(1)
Yes-No | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | PA_ReportSource.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Include Nulls in Project | Include nulls in the selection of the project | | PA_ReportSource.IsIncludeNullsProject character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | PA_ReportSource.C_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Include Nulls in Sales Region | Include nulls in the selection of the sales region | | PA_ReportSource.IsIncludeNullsSalesRegion character(1)
Yes-No | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | PA_ReportSource.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Include Nulls in Activity | Include nulls in the selection of the activity | | PA_ReportSource.IsIncludeNullsActivity character(1)
Yes-No | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | PA_ReportSource.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Include Nulls in Campaign | Include nulls in the selection of the campaign | | PA_ReportSource.IsIncludeNullsCampaign character(1)
Yes-No | +| User Column 1 | User defined accounting Element | A user defined accounting element refers to an iDempiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Project Task). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested) | PA_ReportSource.UserElement1_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Include Nulls in User Element 1 | Include nulls in the selection of the user element 1 | | PA_ReportSource.IsIncludeNullsUserElement1 character(1)
Yes-No | +| User Column 2 | User defined accounting Element | A user defined accounting element refers to an iDempiere table. This allows to use any table content as an accounting dimension (e.g. Project Task). Note that User Elements are optional and are populated from the context of the document (i.e. not requested) | PA_ReportSource.UserElement2_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Include Nulls in User Element 2 | Include nulls in the selection of the user element 2 | | PA_ReportSource.IsIncludeNullsUserElement2 character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ReportView_Window_ID-180_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ReportView_Window_ID-180_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..954dd52f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ReportView_Window_ID-180_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: 'Report View' +sidebar_label: 'Report View' +description: 'Maintain Report Views' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Report View + +Window ID 180 + +*15/05/2000 → 02/01/2000* + +![Report View](/img/manual/ReportView-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Report Views + +**Comment/Help:** The Report View Window defines the views used when generating reports. This window is for System Admin use only. + +## Tab: Report View + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 15/05/2000 · Updated 08/04/2021* + +**Description:** Define Report View + +**Comment/Help:** The Define Report View defines the views used in report generation + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ReportView.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ReportView.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_ReportView.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_ReportView.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ReportView.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_ReportView.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_ReportView.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sql WHERE | Fully qualified SQL WHERE clause | The Where Clause indicates the SQL WHERE clause to use for record selection. The WHERE clause is added to the query. Fully qualified means "tablename.columnname". | AD_ReportView.WhereClause character varying(2000)
String | +| Sql ORDER BY | Fully qualified ORDER BY clause | The ORDER BY Clause indicates the SQL ORDER BY clause to use for record selection | AD_ReportView.OrderByClause character varying(2000)
String | + +## Tab: › Report View Column + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/02/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Report View Column + +**Comment/Help:** The Report View Column Tab defines any columns which will be overridden in the generation of the select SQL + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ReportView_Col.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ReportView_Col.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Report View | View used to generate this report | The Report View indicates the view used to generate this report. | AD_ReportView_Col.AD_ReportView_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_ReportView_Col.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ReportView_Col.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Function Column | Overwrite Column with Function | The Function Column indicates that the column will be overridden with a function | AD_ReportView_Col.FunctionColumn character varying(124)
String | +| SQL Group Function | This function will generate a Group By Clause | The SQL Group Function checkbox indicates that this function will generate a Group by Clause in the resulting SQL. | AD_ReportView_Col.IsGroupFunction character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Available Columns + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/01/2014 · Updated 17/01/2014* + +**Description:** You can define on this tab which columns will be available as the print format items + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ReportView_Column.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ReportView_Column.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Report View | View used to generate this report | The Report View indicates the view used to generate this report. | AD_ReportView_Column.AD_ReportView_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_ReportView_Column.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ReportView_Column.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ReportandProcess_Window_ID-165_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ReportandProcess_Window_ID-165_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb67850c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ReportandProcess_Window_ID-165_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +--- +title: 'Report and Process' +sidebar_label: 'Report and Process' +description: 'Maintain Reports & Processes' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Report and Process + +Window ID 165 + +*11/12/1999 → 08/12/2023* + +![Report and Process](/img/manual/ReportandProcess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Reports & Processes + +**Comment/Help:** The Report & Process Window is used to define the parameters and access rules for every Report and Process within the system. This window is for System Admin use only. + +## Tab: Report & Process + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/12/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Report & Process + +**Comment/Help:** The Report and Process Tab defines each report and process run in the system. +Please note that the Print Format is only used for Document Print when you want to share a common format defined on System level. For normal reports and formats, you would not define a Print Format here, but modify the generated print format and set it as the default. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Process.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Process.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_Process.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Process.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Process.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Process.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Process.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Beta Functionality | This functionality is considered Beta | Beta functionality is not fully tested or completed. | AD_Process.IsBetaFunctionality character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Process.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Allow Concurrent Execution | Allow or disallow executing a process/report multiple times concurrently | | AD_Process.AllowMultipleExecution character varying(2)
List | +| Data Access Level | Access Level required | Indicates the access level required for this record or process. | AD_Process.AccessLevel character(1)
List | +| Execution Type | Execution Type defines whether the report/process will always run in background or foreground. | Execution Type defines whether the report/process will always run in background or foreground. The System Configurator "BACKGROUND_JOB_ALLOWED" has greater precedence. | AD_Process.ExecutionType character(1)
List | +| Report | Indicates a Report record | The Report checkbox indicates that this record is a report as opposed to a process | AD_Process.IsReport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Classname | Java Classname | The Classname identifies the Java classname used by this report or process. | AD_Process.Classname character varying(255)
String | +| Procedure | Name of the Database Procedure | The Procedure indicates the name of the database procedure called by this report or process. | AD_Process.ProcedureName character varying(60)
String | +| Workflow | Workflow or combination of tasks | The Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system. | AD_Process.AD_Workflow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Special Form | Special Form | The Special Form field identifies a unique Special Form in the system. | AD_Process.AD_Form_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Report View | View used to generate this report | The Report View indicates the view used to generate this report. | AD_Process.AD_ReportView_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Direct print | Print without dialog | The Direct Print checkbox indicates that this report will print without a print dialog box being displayed. | AD_Process.IsDirectPrint character(1)
Yes-No | +| Print Format | Data Print Format | The print format determines how data is rendered for print. | AD_Process.AD_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| File Name Pattern | | | AD_Process.FileNamePattern character varying(255)
String | +| Show Help | | | AD_Process.ShowHelp character(1)
List | +| Statistic Count | Internal statistics how often the entity was used | For internal use. | AD_Process.Statistic_Count numeric(10)
Integer | +| Statistic Seconds | Internal statistics how many seconds a process took | For internal use | AD_Process.Statistic_Seconds numeric
Integer | +| Jasper Report | | | AD_Process.JasperReport character varying(255)
String | +| Context Help | | | AD_Process.AD_CtxHelp_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Copy From Report and Process | Copy settings from one report and process to another. | Copy the settings from the selected report and process to the current one. This overwrites existing settings and translations. | AD_Process.CopyFromProcess character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Parameter + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/12/1999 · Updated 16/11/2012* + +**Description:** Report Parameter + +**Comment/Help:** The Report Parameter Tab defines any parameters required to execute a report or process. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Process_Para.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Process_Para.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_Process_Para.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Process_Para.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Process_Para.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Process_Para.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Placeholder | | | AD_Process_Para.Placeholder character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Process_Para.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Centrally maintained | Information maintained in System Element table | The Centrally Maintained checkbox indicates if the Name, Description and Help maintained in 'System Element' table or 'Window' table. | AD_Process_Para.IsCentrallyMaintained character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_Process_Para.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Process_Para.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| DB Column Name | Name of the column in the database | The Column Name indicates the name of a column on a table as defined in the database. | AD_Process_Para.ColumnName character varying(63)
String | +| Field Group | Logical grouping of fields | The Field Group indicates the logical group that this field belongs to (History, Amounts, Quantities) | AD_Process_Para.AD_FieldGroup_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| System Element | System Element enables the central maintenance of column description and help. | The System Element allows for the central maintenance of help, descriptions and terminology for a database column. | AD_Process_Para.AD_Element_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Reference | System Reference and Validation | The Reference could be a display type, list or table validation. | AD_Process_Para.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Reference Key | Required to specify, if data type is Table or List | The Reference Value indicates where the reference values are stored. It must be specified if the data type is Table or List. | AD_Process_Para.AD_Reference_Value_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Show Negate Button | Show Negate Button for Chosen Multiple editors | | AD_Process_Para.IsShowNegateButton character(1)
Yes-No | +| Value Format | Format of the value; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09", or ~regex | <B>Validation elements:</B>

~regex - Validates a regular expression

(Space) any character
_ Space (fixed character)
l any Letter a..Z NO space
L any Letter a..Z NO space converted to upper case
o any Letter a..Z or space
O any Letter a..Z or space converted to upper case
a any Letters & Digits NO space
A any Letters & Digits NO space converted to upper case
c any Letters & Digits or space
C any Letters & Digits or space converted to upper case
0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space

Example of format "(000)_000-0000" | AD_Process_Para.VFormat character varying(255)
String | +| Dynamic Validation | Dynamic Validation Rule | These rules define how an entry is determined to valid. You can use variables for dynamic (context sensitive) validation. | AD_Process_Para.AD_Val_Rule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Length | Length of the column in the database | The Length indicates the length of a column as defined in the database. | AD_Process_Para.FieldLength numeric(10)
Integer | +| Encrypted | Display or Storage is encrypted | Display encryption (in Window/Tab/Field) - all characters are displayed as '*' - in the database it is stored in clear text. You will not be able to report on these columns.<br>
Data storage encryption (in Table/Column) - data is stored encrypted in the database (dangerous!) and you will not be able to report on those columns. Independent from Display encryption. | AD_Process_Para.IsEncrypted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Mandatory | Data entry is required in this column | The field must have a value for the record to be saved to the database. | AD_Process_Para.IsMandatory character(1)
Yes-No | +| Range | The parameter is a range of values | The Range checkbox indicates that this parameter is a range of values. | AD_Process_Para.IsRange character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Range Option | Options, how the date editor will be displayed. | | AD_Process_Para.DateRangeOption character(1)
List | +| Placeholder2 | | | AD_Process_Para.Placeholder2 character varying(255)
String | +| Default Logic | Default value hierarchy, separated by ; | The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Tenant_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc/DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Tenant as well as Buttons. | AD_Process_Para.DefaultValue character varying(2000)
String | +| Default Logic 2 | Default value hierarchy, separated by ; | The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Tenant_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc/DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Tenant as well as Buttons. | AD_Process_Para.DefaultValue2 character varying(2000)
String | +| Min. Value | Minimum Value for a field | The Minimum Value indicates the lowest allowable value for a field. use format yyyy-mm-dd for Date | AD_Process_Para.ValueMin character varying(20)
String | +| Max. Value | Maximum Value for a field | The Maximum Value indicates the highest allowable value for a field. use format yyyy-mm-dd for Date | AD_Process_Para.ValueMax character varying(20)
String | +| Query | SQL | | AD_Process_Para.Query character varying(2000)
Text | +| Read Only Logic | Logic to determine if field is read only (applies only when field is read-write) | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_Process_Para.ReadOnlyLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Display Logic | If the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayed | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_Process_Para.DisplayLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Mandatory Logic | | | AD_Process_Para.MandatoryLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Auto complete | Automatic completion for text fields | The autocompletion uses all existing values (from the same tenant and organization) of the field. | AD_Process_Para.IsAutocomplete character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Parameter Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 11/12/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Process_Para_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Process_Para_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process Parameter | | | AD_Process_Para_Trl.AD_Process_Para_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Process_Para_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Process_Para_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Process_Para_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Process_Para_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Process_Para_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Process_Para_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Placeholder | | | AD_Process_Para_Trl.Placeholder character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder2 | | | AD_Process_Para_Trl.Placeholder2 character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Report Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/12/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Process_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Process_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_Process_Trl.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Process_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Process_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Process_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Process_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Process_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Process_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Report Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/07/2000 · Updated 16/11/2012* + +**Description:** Report Access + +**Comment/Help:** The Report Access Tab determines who can access a report or process + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Process_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Process_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_Process_Access.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Process_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Process_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Write | Field is read / write | The Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated. | AD_Process_Access.IsReadWrite character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ReportingHierarchy_Window_ID-360_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ReportingHierarchy_Window_ID-360_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76813112 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ReportingHierarchy_Window_ID-360_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +--- +title: 'Reporting Hierarchy' +sidebar_label: 'Reporting Hierarchy' +description: 'Define Reporting Hierarchy' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Reporting Hierarchy + +Window ID 360 + +*23/10/2005 → 15/01/2024* + +![Reporting Hierarchy](/img/manual/ReportingHierarchy-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Define Reporting Hierarchy + +**Comment/Help:** Reporting Hierarchy allows you to select different Hierarchies/Trees for the report. +Accounting Segments like Organization, Account, Product may have several hierarchies to accommodate different views on the business + +## Tab: Reporting Hierarchy + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/10/2005 · Updated 23/10/2005* + +**Description:** Reporting Hierarchy + +**Comment/Help:** Reporting Hierarchy allows you to select different Hierarchies/Trees for the report. +Accounting Segments like Organization, Account, Product may have several hierarchies to accomodate different views on the business + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_Hierarchy.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_Hierarchy.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | PA_Hierarchy.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | PA_Hierarchy.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | PA_Hierarchy.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_Hierarchy.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Organization Tree | Trees are used for (financial) reporting and security access (via role) | Trees are used for (finanial) reporting and security access (via role) | PA_Hierarchy.AD_Tree_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Account Tree | Tree for Natural Account Tree | | PA_Hierarchy.AD_Tree_Account_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Activity Tree | Trees are used for (financial) reporting | Trees are used for (finanial) reporting | PA_Hierarchy.AD_Tree_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| BPartner Tree | Trees are used for (financial) reporting | Trees are used for (finanial) reporting | PA_Hierarchy.AD_Tree_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Product Tree | Trees are used for (financial) reporting | Trees are used for (finanial) reporting | PA_Hierarchy.AD_Tree_Product_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Project Tree | Trees are used for (financial) reporting | Trees are used for (finanial) reporting | PA_Hierarchy.AD_Tree_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Campaign Tree | Trees are used for (financial) reporting | Trees are used for (finanial) reporting | PA_Hierarchy.AD_Tree_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sales Region Tree | Trees are used for (financial) reporting | Trees are used for (finanial) reporting | PA_Hierarchy.AD_Tree_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Table | + diff --git a/manual/window/RequestCategory_Window_ID-345_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RequestCategory_Window_ID-345_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b6198f79 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RequestCategory_Window_ID-345_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: 'Request Category' +sidebar_label: 'Request Category' +description: 'Maintain Request Category' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Request Category + +Window ID 345 + +*26/04/2005 → 26/04/2005* + +![Request Category](/img/manual/RequestCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Request Category + +**Comment/Help:** Category or Topic of the Request + +## Tab: Request Category + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 26/04/2005 · Updated 26/04/2005* + +**Description:** Maintain Request Category + +**Comment/Help:** Category or Topic of the Request + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_Category.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_Category.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | R_Category.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | R_Category.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | R_Category.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_Category.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | R_Category.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › Update Notification + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/05/2005 · Updated 13/05/2005* + +**Description:** List Recipients for to receive Request Updates + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_CategoryUpdates.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_CategoryUpdates.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Category | Request Category | Category or Topic of the Request | R_CategoryUpdates.R_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | R_CategoryUpdates.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_CategoryUpdates.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | R_CategoryUpdates.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/RequestGroup_Window_ID-346_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RequestGroup_Window_ID-346_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9bbf8ed9 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RequestGroup_Window_ID-346_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +--- +title: 'Request Group' +sidebar_label: 'Request Group' +description: 'Maintain Request Group' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Request Group + +Window ID 346 + +*26/04/2005 → 26/04/2005* + +![Request Group](/img/manual/RequestGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Request Group + +**Comment/Help:** Group of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...) + +## Tab: Request Group + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 26/04/2005 · Updated 15/05/2005* + +**Description:** Maintain Request Groups + +**Comment/Help:** Group of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...). +If a BOM is referenced and enabled in Request Type, a BOM Change Request is automatically created. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_Group.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_Group.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | R_Group.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | R_Group.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | R_Group.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_Group.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| BOM & Formula | BOM & Formula | | R_Group.PP_Product_BOM_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › Request Updates + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/05/2005 · Updated 13/05/2005* + +**Description:** List Recipients for to receive Request Updates + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_GroupUpdates.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_GroupUpdates.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Group | Request Group | Group of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...) | R_GroupUpdates.R_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | R_GroupUpdates.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_GroupUpdates.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | R_GroupUpdates.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/RequestProcessor_Window_ID-203_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RequestProcessor_Window_ID-203_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fa32663b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RequestProcessor_Window_ID-203_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +--- +title: 'Request Processor' +sidebar_label: 'Request Processor' +description: 'Define Request Processors' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Request Processor + +Window ID 203 + +*11/01/2001 → 02/01/2000* + +![Request Processor](/img/manual/RequestProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Define Request Processors + +**Comment/Help:** The Request Processor Window allows you to define different processes that you want to occur and the frequency and timing of these processes A Request Processor can be just for a specific Request Type or for all. + +## Tab: Request Processor + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/01/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Request Processor + +**Comment/Help:** The Request Processor Tab allows you to define processes that you want to occur and the frequency and timing of these processes. If no other user is found, the items are assigned to the supervisor. A Request Processor can be just for a specific Request Type or for all. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_RequestProcessor.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_RequestProcessor.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | R_RequestProcessor.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | R_RequestProcessor.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_RequestProcessor.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Request Type | Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..) | Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. | R_RequestProcessor.R_RequestType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Schedule | | | R_RequestProcessor.AD_Schedule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Alert after Days Due | Send email alert after number of days due (0=no alerts) | Send an email alert after the item is Due (after Date Next Action). If set to zero, no alert is sent. | R_RequestProcessor.OverdueAlertDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Reminder Days | Days between sending Reminder Emails for a due or inactive Document | When a document is due for too long without activity, a reminder is sent. 0 means no reminders.
The Remind Days are the days when the next email reminder is sent. | R_RequestProcessor.RemindDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Escalate after Days Due | Escalation to superior after number of due days (0 = no) | The item will be escalated and assigned to the supervisor after the number of days over due. If 0, there is no escalation. | R_RequestProcessor.OverdueAssignDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Supervisor | Supervisor for this user/organization - used for escalation and approval | The Supervisor indicates who will be used for forwarding and escalating issues for this user - or for approvals. | R_RequestProcessor.Supervisor_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Inactivity Alert Days | Send Alert when there is no activity after days (0= no alert) | An email alert is sent when the request shows no activity for the number of days defined. | R_RequestProcessor.InactivityAlertDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Days to keep Log | Number of days to keep the log entries | Older Log entries may be deleted | R_RequestProcessor.KeepLogDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Date Last Run | Date the process was last run. | The Date Last Run indicates the last time that a process was run. | R_RequestProcessor.DateLastRun timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Date Next Run | Date the process will run next | The Date Next Run indicates the next time this process will run. | R_RequestProcessor.DateNextRun timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | + +## Tab: › Routing + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 07/12/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Request Routing + +**Comment/Help:** Define the sequence of request types and keywords and to whom the web and mail requests should be routed to. The keywords are separated by space, comma, semicolon, tab or new line. The first match wins (first request type then keyword. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_RequestProcessor_Route.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_RequestProcessor_Route.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Request Processor | Processor for Requests | Processor for Requests | R_RequestProcessor_Route.R_RequestProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_RequestProcessor_Route.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | R_RequestProcessor_Route.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Request Type | Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..) | Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. | R_RequestProcessor_Route.R_RequestType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Keyword | Case insensitive keyword | Case insensitive keyword for matching. The individual keywords can be separated by space, comma, semicolon, tab or new line. Do not use filler words like "a", "the". At this point, there are NO text search operators like "or" and "and". | R_RequestProcessor_Route.Keyword character varying(60)
String | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | R_RequestProcessor_Route.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Log + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 06/03/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_RequestProcessorLog.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_RequestProcessorLog.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Request Processor | Processor for Requests | Processor for Requests | R_RequestProcessorLog.R_RequestProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | R_RequestProcessorLog.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Summary | Textual summary of this request | The Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request. | R_RequestProcessorLog.Summary character varying(2000)
Text | +| Error | An Error occurred in the execution | | R_RequestProcessorLog.IsError character(1)
Yes-No | +| Reference | Reference for this record | The Reference displays the source document number. | R_RequestProcessorLog.Reference character varying(60)
String | +| Text Message | Text Message | | R_RequestProcessorLog.TextMsg character varying(2000)
Text | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | R_RequestProcessorLog.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/RequestResolution_Window_ID-347_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RequestResolution_Window_ID-347_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..021e8140 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RequestResolution_Window_ID-347_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +--- +title: 'Request Resolution' +sidebar_label: 'Request Resolution' +description: 'Maintain Request Resolutions' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Request Resolution + +Window ID 347 + +*26/04/2005 → 26/04/2005* + +![Request Resolution](/img/manual/RequestResolution-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Request Resolutions + +**Comment/Help:** Resolution status (e.g. Fixed, Rejected, ..) + +## Tab: Request Resolution + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 26/04/2005 · Updated 26/04/2005* + +**Description:** Maintain Request Resolutions + +**Comment/Help:** Resolution status (e.g. Fixed, Rejected, ..) + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_Resolution.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_Resolution.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | R_Resolution.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | R_Resolution.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | R_Resolution.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_Resolution.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/RequestStandardResponse_Window_ID-348_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RequestStandardResponse_Window_ID-348_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db125cef --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RequestStandardResponse_Window_ID-348_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +--- +title: 'Request Standard Response' +sidebar_label: 'Request Standard Response' +description: 'Maintain Request Standard Response' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Request Standard Response + +Window ID 348 + +*26/04/2005 → 26/04/2005* + +![Request Standard Response](/img/manual/RequestStandardResponse-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Request Standard Response + +**Comment/Help:** Text blocks to be copied into request response text + +## Tab: Standard Response + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 26/04/2005 · Updated 26/04/2005* + +**Description:** Maintain Request Standard Response + +**Comment/Help:** Text blocks to be copied into request response text + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_StandardResponse.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_StandardResponse.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | R_StandardResponse.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_StandardResponse.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Response Text | Request Response Text | Text block to be copied into request response text | R_StandardResponse.ResponseText character varying(2000)
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/RequestStatus_Window_ID-349_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RequestStatus_Window_ID-349_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..12751edf --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RequestStatus_Window_ID-349_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +--- +title: 'Request Status' +sidebar_label: 'Request Status' +description: 'Maintain Request Status' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Request Status + +Window ID 349 + +*26/04/2005 → 26/04/2005* + +![Request Status](/img/manual/RequestStatus-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Request Status + +**Comment/Help:** Status if the request (open, closed, investigating, ..) + +## Tab: Status Category + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 15/01/2006 · Updated 15/01/2006* + +**Description:** Request Status Category + +**Comment/Help:** Category of Request Status enables to maintain different set of Status for different Request Categories + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_StatusCategory.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_StatusCategory.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | R_StatusCategory.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | R_StatusCategory.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | R_StatusCategory.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_StatusCategory.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | R_StatusCategory.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Request Status + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/04/2005 · Updated 15/01/2006* + +**Description:** Maintain Request Status + +**Comment/Help:** Status if the request (open, closed, investigating, ..) + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_Status.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_Status.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Status Category | Request Status Category | Category of Request Status enables to maintain different set of Status for different Request Categories | R_Status.R_StatusCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | R_Status.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | R_Status.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | R_Status.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | R_Status.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | R_Status.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_Status.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | R_Status.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Web Can Update | Entry can be updated from the Web | | R_Status.IsWebCanUpdate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Update Status | Automatically change the status after entry from web | Change the status automatically after the entry was changed via the Web | R_Status.Update_Status_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Timeout in Days | Timeout in Days to change Status automatically | After the number of days of inactivity, the status is changed automatically to the Next Status. If no Next Status is defined, the status is not changed. | R_Status.TimeoutDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Next Status | Move to next status automatically after timeout | After the timeout, change the status automatically | R_Status.Next_Status_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Open Status | The status is closed | This allows to have the three general situations of "not open" - "open" - "closed" | R_Status.IsOpen character(1)
Yes-No | +| Closed Status | The status is closed | This allows to have multiple closed status | R_Status.IsClosed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Final Close | Entries with Final Close cannot be re-opened | | R_Status.IsFinalClose character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/RequestType_Window_ID-244_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RequestType_Window_ID-244_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eb6ebd00 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RequestType_Window_ID-244_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +--- +title: 'Request Type' +sidebar_label: 'Request Type' +description: 'Maintain Request Types' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Request Type + +Window ID 244 + +*01/10/2002 → 02/01/2000* + +![Request Type](/img/manual/RequestType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Request Types + +**Comment/Help:** Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. + +## Tab: Request Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 01/10/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..) + +**Comment/Help:** Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_RequestType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_RequestType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | R_RequestType.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | R_RequestType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_RequestType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Status Category | Request Status Category | Category of Request Status enables to maintain different set of Status for different Request Categories | R_RequestType.R_StatusCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | R_RequestType.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | R_RequestType.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| EMail when Due | Send EMail when Request becomes due | Send EMail when Request becomes due | R_RequestType.IsEMailWhenDue character(1)
Yes-No | +| Due Date Tolerance | Tolerance in days between the Date Next Action and the date the request is regarded as overdue | When the Date Next Action is passed, the Request becomes Due. After the Due Date Tolerance, the Request becomes Overdue. | R_RequestType.DueDateTolerance numeric(10)
Integer | +| EMail when Overdue | Send EMail when Request becomes overdue | Send EMail when Request becomes overdue | R_RequestType.IsEMailWhenOverdue character(1)
Yes-No | +| Auto Due Date Days | Automatic Due Date Days | If a due date is not defined and the Auto Due Days ins greater then zero, a due date in the number of days is automatically created. | R_RequestType.AutoDueDateDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Invoiced | Is this invoiced? | If selected, invoices are created | R_RequestType.IsInvoiced character(1)
Yes-No | +| Confidentiality | Type of Confidentiality | | R_RequestType.ConfidentialType character(1)
List | +| Confidential Info | Can enter confidential information | When entering/updating Requests over the web, the user can mark his info as confidential | R_RequestType.IsConfidentialInfo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Create Change Request | Automatically create BOM (Engineering) Change Request | Create automatically a Product Bill of Material (Engineering) Change Request when the Request Group references a Product BOM | R_RequestType.IsAutoChangeRequest character(1)
Yes-No | +| Header Color | Header color of calendar dashlet | | R_RequestType.HeaderColor character varying(7)
String | +| Content Color | Content color of calendar dashlet | | R_RequestType.ContentColor character varying(7)
String | + +## Tab: › Update Notification + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/05/2005 · Updated 13/05/2005* + +**Description:** List Recipients for to receive Request Updates + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_RequestTypeUpdates.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_RequestTypeUpdates.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Request Type | Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..) | Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. | R_RequestTypeUpdates.R_RequestType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | R_RequestTypeUpdates.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_RequestTypeUpdates.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | R_RequestTypeUpdates.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Request_Window_ID-201_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Request_Window_ID-201_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f934cbc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Request_Window_ID-201_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +--- +title: 'Request' +sidebar_label: 'Request' +description: 'Work on your requests' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Request + +Window ID 201 + +*11/01/2001 → 09/02/2005* + +![Request](/img/manual/Request-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Work on your requests + +**Comment/Help:** The Request Window is used to define and track any request assigned to you. + +## Tab: Request + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/01/2001 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +**Description:** Define Request + +**Comment/Help:** The Request Tab defines any Request submitted by a Business Partner or internally. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Fixed in | Fixed in Change Notice | | R_Request.M_FixChangeNotice_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_Request.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_Request.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | R_Request.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Due type | Status of the next action for this Request | The Due Type indicates if this request is Due, Overdue or Scheduled. | R_Request.DueType character(1)
List | +| Request Type | Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..) | Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. | R_Request.R_RequestType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Group | Request Group | Group of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...) | R_Request.R_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Category | Request Category | Category or Topic of the Request | R_Request.R_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Related Request | Related Request (Master Issue, ..) | Request related to this request | R_Request.R_RequestRelated_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Status | Request Status | Status if the request (open, closed, investigating, ..) | R_Request.R_Status_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Resolution | Request Resolution | Resolution status (e.g. Fixed, Rejected, ..) | R_Request.R_Resolution_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority | Indicates if this request is of a high, medium or low priority. | The Priority indicates the importance of this request. | R_Request.Priority character(1)
List | +| User Importance | Priority of the issue for the User | | R_Request.PriorityUser character(1)
List | +| Summary | Textual summary of this request | The Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request. | R_Request.Summary character varying(2000)
Text | +| Confidentiality | Type of Confidentiality | | R_Request.ConfidentialType character(1)
List | +| Invoiced | Is this invoiced? | If selected, invoices are created | R_Request.IsInvoiced character(1)
Yes-No | +| Escalated | This request has been escalated | The Escalated checkbox indicates that this request has been escalated or raised in importance. | R_Request.IsEscalated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | R_Request.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | R_Request.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | R_Request.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Date Next Action | Date that this request should be acted on | The Date Next Action indicates the next scheduled date for an action to occur for this request. | R_Request.DateNextAction timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Entry Confidentiality | Confidentiality of the individual entry | | R_Request.ConfidentialTypeEntry character(1)
List | +| Standard Response | Request Standard Response | Text blocks to be copied into request response text | R_Request.R_StandardResponse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Mail Template | Text templates for mailings | The Mail Template indicates the mail template for return messages. Mail text can include variables. The priority of parsing is User/Contact, Business Partner and then the underlying business object (like Request, Dunning, Workflow object).<br>
So, @Name@ would resolve into the User name (if user is defined defined), then Business Partner name (if business partner is defined) and then the Name of the business object if it has a Name.<br>
For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is translated based on the Business Partner's language selection. | R_Request.R_MailText_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Result | Result of the action taken | The Result indicates the result of any action taken on this request. | R_Request.Result character varying(2000)
Text | +| Product Used | Product/Resource/Service used in Request | Invoicing uses the Product used. | R_Request.M_ProductSpent_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quantity Used | Quantity used for this event | | R_Request.QtySpent numeric
Quantity | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | R_Request.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity Invoiced | Invoiced Quantity | The Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced. | R_Request.QtyInvoiced numeric
Quantity | +| Task Status | Status of the Task | Completion Rate and Status of the Task | R_Request.TaskStatus character(1)
List | +| Quantity Plan | Planned Quantity | Planned Quantity | R_Request.QtyPlan numeric
Quantity | +| Start Time | Time started | | R_Request.StartTime timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| End Time | End of the time span | | R_Request.EndTime timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Start Date | First effective day (inclusive) | The Start Date indicates the first or starting date | R_Request.StartDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Close Date | Close Date | The Start Date indicates the last or final date | R_Request.CloseDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | R_Request.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | R_Request.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | R_Request.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | R_Request.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | R_Request.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | R_Request.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | R_Request.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | R_Request.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Shipment/Receipt | Material Shipment Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | R_Request.M_InOut_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| RMA | Return Material Authorization | A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos | R_Request.M_RMA_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Request Amount | Amount associated with this request | The Request Amount indicates any amount that is associated with this request. For example, a warranty amount or refund amount. | R_Request.RequestAmt numeric
Amount | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | R_Request.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | R_Request.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record UUID | | | R_Request.Record_UU uuid
Record UUID | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | R_Request.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Date Last Action | Date this request was last acted on | The Date Last Action indicates that last time that the request was acted on. | R_Request.DateLastAction timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Last Alert | Date when last alert were sent | The last alert date is updated when a reminder email is sent | R_Request.DateLastAlert timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Last Result | Result of last contact | The Last Result identifies the result of the last contact made. | R_Request.LastResult character varying(2000)
String | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | R_Request.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Created By | User who created this records | The Created By field indicates the user who created this record. | R_Request.CreatedBy numeric(10)
Search | +| Updated | Date this record was updated | The Updated field indicates the date that this record was updated. | R_Request.Updated timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Updated By | User who updated this records | The Updated By field indicates the user who updated this record. | R_Request.UpdatedBy numeric(10)
Search | +| Request Invoice | The generated invoice for this request | The optionally generated invoice for the request | R_Request.C_InvoiceRequest_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | R_Request.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Cost Center | | | R_Request.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | R_Request.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Updates + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/05/2005 · Updated 17/05/2005* + +**Description:** Request Updates + +**Comment/Help:** Updated of the Request + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_RequestUpdate.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_RequestUpdate.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Request | Request from a Business Partner or Prospect | The Request identifies a unique request from a Business Partner or Prospect. | R_RequestUpdate.R_Request_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Entry Confidentiality | Confidentiality of the individual entry | | R_RequestUpdate.ConfidentialTypeEntry character(1)
List | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | R_RequestUpdate.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Created By | User who created this records | The Created By field indicates the user who created this record. | R_RequestUpdate.CreatedBy numeric(10)
Search | +| Result | Result of the action taken | The Result indicates the result of any action taken on this request. | R_RequestUpdate.Result character varying(2000)
Memo | +| Quantity Used | Quantity used for this event | | R_RequestUpdate.QtySpent numeric
Quantity | +| Quantity Invoiced | Invoiced Quantity | The Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced. | R_RequestUpdate.QtyInvoiced numeric
Quantity | +| Product Used | Product/Resource/Service used in Request | Invoicing uses the Product used. | R_RequestUpdate.M_ProductSpent_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › History + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/01/2001 · Updated 17/05/2005* + +**Description:** Request History (Old values) + +**Comment/Help:** The History Tab displays changes of a Request. The data displayed are the OLD (changed from) values. The new data is in the request. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_RequestAction.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_RequestAction.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Request | Request from a Business Partner or Prospect | The Request identifies a unique request from a Business Partner or Prospect. | R_RequestAction.R_Request_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | R_RequestAction.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Created By | User who created this records | The Created By field indicates the user who created this record. | R_RequestAction.CreatedBy numeric(10)
Search | +| Request Type | Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..) | Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. | R_RequestAction.R_RequestType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Group | Request Group | Group of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...) | R_RequestAction.R_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Category | Request Category | Category or Topic of the Request | R_RequestAction.R_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Status | Request Status | Status if the request (open, closed, investigating, ..) | R_RequestAction.R_Status_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Resolution | Request Resolution | Resolution status (e.g. Fixed, Rejected, ..) | R_RequestAction.R_Resolution_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority | Indicates if this request is of a high, medium or low priority. | The Priority indicates the importance of this request. | R_RequestAction.Priority character(1)
List | +| User Importance | Priority of the issue for the User | | R_RequestAction.PriorityUser character(1)
List | +| Summary | Textual summary of this request | The Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request. | R_RequestAction.Summary character varying(2000)
Text | +| Confidentiality | Type of Confidentiality | | R_RequestAction.ConfidentialType character(1)
List | +| Invoiced | Is this invoiced? | If selected, invoices are created | R_RequestAction.IsInvoiced character(1)
Yes-No | +| Escalated | This request has been escalated | The Escalated checkbox indicates that this request has been escalated or raised in importance. | R_RequestAction.IsEscalated character(1)
List | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | R_RequestAction.IsSelfService character(1)
List | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | R_RequestAction.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | R_RequestAction.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Date Next Action | Date that this request should be acted on | The Date Next Action indicates the next scheduled date for an action to occur for this request. | R_RequestAction.DateNextAction timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Product Used | Product/Resource/Service used in Request | Invoicing uses the Product used. | R_RequestAction.M_ProductSpent_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quantity Used | Quantity used for this event | | R_RequestAction.QtySpent numeric
Quantity | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | R_RequestAction.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity Invoiced | Invoiced Quantity | The Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced. | R_RequestAction.QtyInvoiced numeric
Quantity | +| Task Status | Status of the Task | Completion Rate and Status of the Task | R_RequestAction.TaskStatus character(1)
List | +| Quantity Plan | Planned Quantity | Planned Quantity | R_RequestAction.QtyPlan numeric
Quantity | +| Start Plan | Planned Start Date | Date when you plan to start | R_RequestAction.DateStartPlan timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Complete Plan | Planned Completion Date | Date when the task is planned to be complete | R_RequestAction.DateCompletePlan timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Start Date | First effective day (inclusive) | The Start Date indicates the first or starting date | R_RequestAction.StartDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| End Date | Last effective date (inclusive) | The End Date indicates the last date in this range. | R_RequestAction.EndDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | R_RequestAction.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | R_RequestAction.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | R_RequestAction.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | R_RequestAction.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | R_RequestAction.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | R_RequestAction.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | R_RequestAction.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | R_RequestAction.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Shipment/Receipt | Material Shipment Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | R_RequestAction.M_InOut_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| RMA | Return Material Authorization | A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos | R_RequestAction.M_RMA_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Null Columns | Columns with NULL value | Null values are used for showing "no change" | R_RequestAction.NullColumns character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Update Notification + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/05/2005 · Updated 17/05/2005* + +**Description:** List Recipients for to receive Request Updates + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_RequestUpdates.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_RequestUpdates.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Request | Request from a Business Partner or Prospect | The Request identifies a unique request from a Business Partner or Prospect. | R_RequestUpdates.R_Request_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | R_RequestUpdates.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_RequestUpdates.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | R_RequestUpdates.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Requestall_Window_ID-232_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Requestall_Window_ID-232_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4ad8c7db --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Requestall_Window_ID-232_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,189 @@ +--- +title: 'Request (all)' +sidebar_label: 'Request (all)' +description: 'View and work on all requests' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Request (all) + +Window ID 232 + +*08/12/2001 → 09/02/2005* + +![Request (all)](/img/manual/Requestall-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** View and work on all requests + +**Comment/Help:** This Request window is used to view all available requests + +## Tab: Request + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 08/12/2001 · Updated 27/04/2005* + +**Description:** Define Request + +**Comment/Help:** The Request Tab defines any Request submitted by a Business Partner or internally. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_Request.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_Request.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | R_Request.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Due type | Status of the next action for this Request | The Due Type indicates if this request is Due, Overdue or Scheduled. | R_Request.DueType character(1)
List | +| Request Type | Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..) | Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. | R_Request.R_RequestType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Group | Request Group | Group of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...) | R_Request.R_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Category | Request Category | Category or Topic of the Request | R_Request.R_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Related Request | Related Request (Master Issue, ..) | Request related to this request | R_Request.R_RequestRelated_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Status | Request Status | Status if the request (open, closed, investigating, ..) | R_Request.R_Status_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Resolution | Request Resolution | Resolution status (e.g. Fixed, Rejected, ..) | R_Request.R_Resolution_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority | Indicates if this request is of a high, medium or low priority. | The Priority indicates the importance of this request. | R_Request.Priority character(1)
List | +| User Importance | Priority of the issue for the User | | R_Request.PriorityUser character(1)
List | +| Summary | Textual summary of this request | The Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request. | R_Request.Summary character varying(2000)
Text | +| Confidentiality | Type of Confidentiality | | R_Request.ConfidentialType character(1)
List | +| Invoiced | Is this invoiced? | If selected, invoices are created | R_Request.IsInvoiced character(1)
Yes-No | +| Escalated | This request has been escalated | The Escalated checkbox indicates that this request has been escalated or raised in importance. | R_Request.IsEscalated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | R_Request.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | R_Request.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | R_Request.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Date Next Action | Date that this request should be acted on | The Date Next Action indicates the next scheduled date for an action to occur for this request. | R_Request.DateNextAction timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Entry Confidentiality | Confidentiality of the individual entry | | R_Request.ConfidentialTypeEntry character(1)
List | +| Standard Response | Request Standard Response | Text blocks to be copied into request response text | R_Request.R_StandardResponse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Mail Template | Text templates for mailings | The Mail Template indicates the mail template for return messages. Mail text can include variables. The priority of parsing is User/Contact, Business Partner and then the underlying business object (like Request, Dunning, Workflow object).<br>
So, @Name@ would resolve into the User name (if user is defined defined), then Business Partner name (if business partner is defined) and then the Name of the business object if it has a Name.<br>
For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is translated based on the Business Partner's language selection. | R_Request.R_MailText_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Result | Result of the action taken | The Result indicates the result of any action taken on this request. | R_Request.Result character varying(2000)
Text | +| Product Used | Product/Resource/Service used in Request | Invoicing uses the Product used. | R_Request.M_ProductSpent_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quantity Used | Quantity used for this event | | R_Request.QtySpent numeric
Quantity | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | R_Request.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Task Status | Status of the Task | Completion Rate and Status of the Task | R_Request.TaskStatus character(1)
List | +| Quantity Invoiced | Invoiced Quantity | The Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced. | R_Request.QtyInvoiced numeric
Quantity | +| Start Time | Time started | | R_Request.StartTime timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| End Time | End of the time span | | R_Request.EndTime timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Start Date | First effective day (inclusive) | The Start Date indicates the first or starting date | R_Request.StartDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Close Date | Close Date | The Start Date indicates the last or final date | R_Request.CloseDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | R_Request.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | R_Request.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | R_Request.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | R_Request.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | R_Request.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | R_Request.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | R_Request.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | R_Request.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Shipment/Receipt | Material Shipment Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | R_Request.M_InOut_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| RMA | Return Material Authorization | A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos | R_Request.M_RMA_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Request Amount | Amount associated with this request | The Request Amount indicates any amount that is associated with this request. For example, a warranty amount or refund amount. | R_Request.RequestAmt numeric
Amount | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | R_Request.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | R_Request.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record UUID | | | R_Request.Record_UU uuid
Record UUID | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | R_Request.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Date Last Action | Date this request was last acted on | The Date Last Action indicates that last time that the request was acted on. | R_Request.DateLastAction timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Last Alert | Date when last alert were sent | The last alert date is updated when a reminder email is sent | R_Request.DateLastAlert timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Last Result | Result of last contact | The Last Result identifies the result of the last contact made. | R_Request.LastResult character varying(2000)
String | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | R_Request.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Created By | User who created this records | The Created By field indicates the user who created this record. | R_Request.CreatedBy numeric(10)
Search | +| Updated | Date this record was updated | The Updated field indicates the date that this record was updated. | R_Request.Updated timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Updated By | User who updated this records | The Updated By field indicates the user who updated this record. | R_Request.UpdatedBy numeric(10)
Search | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | R_Request.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Request Invoice | The generated invoice for this request | The optionally generated invoice for the request | R_Request.C_InvoiceRequest_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Cost Center | | | R_Request.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | R_Request.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Updates + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/05/2005 · Updated 17/05/2005* + +**Description:** Request Updates + +**Comment/Help:** Updates of the Request + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_RequestUpdate.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_RequestUpdate.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Request | Request from a Business Partner or Prospect | The Request identifies a unique request from a Business Partner or Prospect. | R_RequestUpdate.R_Request_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Entry Confidentiality | Confidentiality of the individual entry | | R_RequestUpdate.ConfidentialTypeEntry character(1)
List | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | R_RequestUpdate.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Created By | User who created this records | The Created By field indicates the user who created this record. | R_RequestUpdate.CreatedBy numeric(10)
Search | +| Result | Result of the action taken | The Result indicates the result of any action taken on this request. | R_RequestUpdate.Result character varying(2000)
Memo | +| Quantity Used | Quantity used for this event | | R_RequestUpdate.QtySpent numeric
Quantity | +| Quantity Invoiced | Invoiced Quantity | The Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced. | R_RequestUpdate.QtyInvoiced numeric
Quantity | +| Product Used | Product/Resource/Service used in Request | Invoicing uses the Product used. | R_RequestUpdate.M_ProductSpent_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › History + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 08/12/2001 · Updated 17/05/2005* + +**Description:** Request History (Old Values) + +**Comment/Help:** The History Tab displays changes of a Request. The data displayed are the OLD (changed from) values. The new data is in the request. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_RequestAction.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_RequestAction.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Request | Request from a Business Partner or Prospect | The Request identifies a unique request from a Business Partner or Prospect. | R_RequestAction.R_Request_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | R_RequestAction.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Created By | User who created this records | The Created By field indicates the user who created this record. | R_RequestAction.CreatedBy numeric(10)
Search | +| Request Type | Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..) | Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. | R_RequestAction.R_RequestType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Group | Request Group | Group of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...) | R_RequestAction.R_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Category | Request Category | Category or Topic of the Request | R_RequestAction.R_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Status | Request Status | Status if the request (open, closed, investigating, ..) | R_RequestAction.R_Status_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Resolution | Request Resolution | Resolution status (e.g. Fixed, Rejected, ..) | R_RequestAction.R_Resolution_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority | Indicates if this request is of a high, medium or low priority. | The Priority indicates the importance of this request. | R_RequestAction.Priority character(1)
List | +| User Importance | Priority of the issue for the User | | R_RequestAction.PriorityUser character(1)
List | +| Summary | Textual summary of this request | The Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request. | R_RequestAction.Summary character varying(2000)
Text | +| Confidentiality | Type of Confidentiality | | R_RequestAction.ConfidentialType character(1)
List | +| Invoiced | Is this invoiced? | If selected, invoices are created | R_RequestAction.IsInvoiced character(1)
Yes-No | +| Escalated | This request has been escalated | The Escalated checkbox indicates that this request has been escalated or raised in importance. | R_RequestAction.IsEscalated character(1)
List | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | R_RequestAction.IsSelfService character(1)
List | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | R_RequestAction.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | R_RequestAction.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Date Next Action | Date that this request should be acted on | The Date Next Action indicates the next scheduled date for an action to occur for this request. | R_RequestAction.DateNextAction timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | R_RequestAction.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | R_RequestAction.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | R_RequestAction.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | R_RequestAction.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | R_RequestAction.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | R_RequestAction.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | R_RequestAction.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | R_RequestAction.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | R_RequestAction.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Shipment/Receipt | Material Shipment Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | R_RequestAction.M_InOut_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| RMA | Return Material Authorization | A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos | R_RequestAction.M_RMA_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Null Columns | Columns with NULL value | Null values are used for showing "no change" | R_RequestAction.NullColumns character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Update Notification + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/05/2005 · Updated 17/05/2005* + +**Description:** List Recipients for to receive Request Updates + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | R_RequestUpdates.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | R_RequestUpdates.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Request | Request from a Business Partner or Prospect | The Request identifies a unique request from a Business Partner or Prospect. | R_RequestUpdates.R_Request_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | R_RequestUpdates.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | R_RequestUpdates.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | R_RequestUpdates.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Update Recipients + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/05/2005 · Updated 17/05/2005* + +**Description:** Display Recipients of Request Updates + +**Comment/Help:** List of Recipients of Request Updates (with reason).<br> +Direct: Sales Rep, User and direct subscribers +Indirect: Users with Role, Subscribers of updates for Request Category, Type, Group) + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | RV_RequestUpdates.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | RV_RequestUpdates.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Request | Request from a Business Partner or Prospect | The Request identifies a unique request from a Business Partner or Prospect. | RV_RequestUpdates.R_Request_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | RV_RequestUpdates.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Request Type | Type of request (e.g. Inquiry, Complaint, ..) | Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. | RV_RequestUpdates.R_RequestType_ID numeric
Table Direct | +| Category | Request Category | Category or Topic of the Request | RV_RequestUpdates.R_Category_ID numeric
Table Direct | +| Group | Request Group | Group of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...) | RV_RequestUpdates.R_Group_ID numeric
Table Direct | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | RV_RequestUpdates.IsSelfService
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/RequiredPlugin_Window_ID-200155_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RequiredPlugin_Window_ID-200155_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..16c8c4cc --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RequiredPlugin_Window_ID-200155_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +--- +title: 'Required Plugin' +sidebar_label: 'Required Plugin' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Required Plugin + +Window ID 200155 + +*14/04/2025 → 14/04/2025* + +![Required Plugin](/img/manual/RequiredPlugin-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Required Plugin + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 14/04/2025 · Updated 14/04/2025* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_RequiredPlugin.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_RequiredPlugin.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Plugin Name | | | AD_RequiredPlugin.PluginName character varying(1000)
String | +| Expected State | | | AD_RequiredPlugin.PluginExpectedState character varying(20)
List | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_RequiredPlugin.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_RequiredPlugin.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Requisition_Window_ID-322_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Requisition_Window_ID-322_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b80ba1db --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Requisition_Window_ID-322_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +--- +title: 'Requisition' +sidebar_label: 'Requisition' +description: 'Material Requisition' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Requisition + +Window ID 322 + +*12/03/2004 → 30/06/2021* + +![Requisition](/img/manual/Requisition-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Material Requisition + +**Comment/Help:** Enter and maintain Material Requisitions. Material Requisition can be created automatically via Replenishment. You create generate optionally consolidated Purchase Orders. + +## Tab: Requisition + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 12/03/2004 · Updated 24/10/2005* + +**Description:** Maintain Material Requisition + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Requisition.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Requisition.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | M_Requisition.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Requisition.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | M_Requisition.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Requisition.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | M_Requisition.Help character varying(2000)
String | +| Priority | Priority of a document | The Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document | M_Requisition.PriorityRule character(1)
List | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | M_Requisition.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Required | Date when required | | M_Requisition.DateRequired timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | M_Requisition.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Requisition.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | M_Requisition.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Total Lines | Total of all document lines | The Total amount displays the total of all lines in document currency | M_Requisition.TotalLines numeric
Amount | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | M_Requisition.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Requisition | | | M_Requisition.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | M_Requisition.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | M_Requisition.Posted character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Requisition Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 12/03/2004 · Updated 23/08/2013* + +**Description:** Material Requisition Line + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_RequisitionLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_RequisitionLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Requisition | Material Requisition | | M_RequisitionLine.M_Requisition_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | M_RequisitionLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | M_RequisitionLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_RequisitionLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | M_RequisitionLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | M_RequisitionLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_RequisitionLine.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Unit Price | Actual Price | The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency. | M_RequisitionLine.PriceActual numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_RequisitionLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Line Amount | Line Extended Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and Charges | Indicates the extended line amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included. The Amount may or may not include tax. If the price list is inclusive tax, the line amount is the same as the line total. | M_RequisitionLine.LineNetAmt numeric
Amount | +| Purchase Order Line | Purchase Order Line | The Purchase Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order. | M_RequisitionLine.C_OrderLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › › Purchase Orders + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 24/10/2005 · Updated 24/10/2005* + +**Description:** Related Purchase Orders + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_OrderLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_OrderLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Purchase Order | Purchase Order | The Purchase Order is a control document. The Purchase Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_OrderLine.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_OrderLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_OrderLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship from) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_OrderLine.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | C_OrderLine.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Promised | Date Order was promised | The Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for. | C_OrderLine.DatePromised timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Delivered | Date when the product was delivered | | C_OrderLine.DateDelivered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | C_OrderLine.DateInvoiced timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_OrderLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | C_OrderLine.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_OrderLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | C_OrderLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_OrderLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_OrderLine.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price | Price Entered - the price based on the selected/base UoM | The price entered is converted to the actual price based on the UoM conversion | C_OrderLine.PriceEntered numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Cost Price | Price per Unit of Measure including all indirect costs (Freight, etc.) | Optional Purchase Order Line cost price. | C_OrderLine.PriceCost numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Unit Price | Actual Price | The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency. | C_OrderLine.PriceActual numeric
Costs+Prices | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | C_OrderLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| PO Quantity | Ordered Quantity | The Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that was ordered. | C_OrderLine.QtyOrdered numeric
Quantity | +| Delivered Quantity | Delivered Quantity | The Delivered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been delivered. | C_OrderLine.QtyDelivered numeric
Quantity | +| Quantity Invoiced | Invoiced Quantity | The Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced. | C_OrderLine.QtyInvoiced numeric
Quantity | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_OrderLine.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line Amount | Line Extended Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and Charges | Indicates the extended line amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included. The Amount may or may not include tax. If the price list is inclusive tax, the line amount is the same as the line total. | C_OrderLine.LineNetAmt numeric
Amount | + diff --git a/manual/window/ResourceType_Window_ID-237_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ResourceType_Window_ID-237_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ac54f425 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ResourceType_Window_ID-237_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +--- +title: 'Resource Type' +sidebar_label: 'Resource Type' +description: 'Maintain Resource Types' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Resource Type + +Window ID 237 + +*15/06/2002 → 17/12/2007* + +![Resource Type](/img/manual/ResourceType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Resource Types + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain Resource types and their principal availability. it is used to calculate the available time in a resource. It allows input of starting time and end time for the slot according to the working days. + +## Tab: Resource Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 15/06/2002 · Updated 17/12/2007* + +**Description:** Maintain Resource Types + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain Resource types and their principal availability. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | S_ResourceType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | S_ResourceType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | S_ResourceType.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | S_ResourceType.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | S_ResourceType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | S_ResourceType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | S_ResourceType.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Allow UoM Fractions | Allow Unit of Measure Fractions | If allowed, you can enter UoM Fractions | S_ResourceType.AllowUoMFractions character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | S_ResourceType.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Category | Tax Category | The Tax Category provides a method of grouping similar taxes. For example, Sales Tax or Value Added Tax. | S_ResourceType.C_TaxCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Single Assignment only | Only one assignment at a time (no double-booking or overlapping) | If selected, you can only have one assignment for the resource at a single point in time. It is also not possible to have overlapping assignments. | S_ResourceType.IsSingleAssignment character(1)
Yes-No | +| Time Slot | Resource has time slot availability | Resource is only available at certain times | S_ResourceType.IsTimeSlot character(1)
Yes-No | +| Slot Start | Time when timeslot starts | Starting time for time slots | S_ResourceType.TimeSlotStart timestamp without time zone
Time | +| Slot End | Time when timeslot ends | Ending time for time slots | S_ResourceType.TimeSlotEnd timestamp without time zone
Time | +| Day Slot | Resource has day slot availability | Resource is only available on certain days | S_ResourceType.IsDateSlot character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sunday | Available on Sundays | | S_ResourceType.OnSunday character(1)
Yes-No | +| Monday | Available on Mondays | | S_ResourceType.OnMonday character(1)
Yes-No | +| Tuesday | Available on Tuesdays | | S_ResourceType.OnTuesday character(1)
Yes-No | +| Wednesday | Available on Wednesdays | | S_ResourceType.OnWednesday character(1)
Yes-No | +| Thursday | Available on Thursdays | | S_ResourceType.OnThursday character(1)
Yes-No | +| Friday | Available on Fridays | | S_ResourceType.OnFriday character(1)
Yes-No | +| Saturday | Available on Saturday | | S_ResourceType.OnSaturday character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Resource_Window_ID-236_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Resource_Window_ID-236_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b91f893 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Resource_Window_ID-236_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +--- +title: 'Resource' +sidebar_label: 'Resource' +description: 'Maintain Resources' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Resource + +Window ID 236 + +*15/06/2002 → 02/01/2000* + +![Resource](/img/manual/Resource-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Resources + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain your Resources. The product for the resource is automatically created and synchronized. Update Name, Unit of Measure, etc. in the Resource and don't change it in the product. + +## Tab: Resource + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 15/06/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Resources + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | S_Resource.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | S_Resource.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | S_Resource.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | S_Resource.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | S_Resource.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | S_Resource.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Resource Type | | | S_Resource.S_ResourceType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | S_Resource.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | S_Resource.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Available | Resource is available | Resource is available for assignments | S_Resource.IsAvailable character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Unavailability + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/06/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Resource unavailability + +**Comment/Help:** Dates, when the resource is not available (e.g. vacation) + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | S_ResourceUnAvailable.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | S_ResourceUnAvailable.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Resource | Resource | | S_ResourceUnAvailable.S_Resource_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | S_ResourceUnAvailable.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date From | Starting date for a range | The Date From indicates the starting date of a range. | S_ResourceUnAvailable.DateFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date To | End date of a date range | The Date To indicates the end date of a range (inclusive) | S_ResourceUnAvailable.DateTo timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | S_ResourceUnAvailable.Description character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Resource Product + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/06/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Product information of Resource + +**Comment/Help:** The product for the resource is automatically created and synchronized. Update Name, Unit of Measure, etc. in the Resource and don't change it in the product. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Product.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Product.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Product.Value character varying(510)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_Product.Name character varying(255)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Product.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | M_Product.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Document Note | Additional information for a Document | The Document Note is used for recording any additional information regarding this product. | M_Product.DocumentNote character varying(2000)
Text | +| UPC/EAN | Bar Code (Universal Product Code or its superset European Article Number) | Use this field to enter the bar code for the product in any of the bar code symbologies (Codabar, Code 25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode) | M_Product.UPC character varying(30)
String | +| SKU | Stock Keeping Unit | The SKU indicates a user defined stock keeping unit. It may be used for an additional bar code symbols or your own schema. | M_Product.SKU character varying(30)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Product.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | M_Product.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | M_Product.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Classification | Classification for grouping | The Classification can be used to optionally group products. | M_Product.Classification character varying(12)
String | +| Tax Category | Tax Category | The Tax Category provides a method of grouping similar taxes. For example, Sales Tax or Value Added Tax. | M_Product.C_TaxCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Revenue Recognition | Method for recording revenue | The Revenue Recognition indicates how revenue will be recognized for this product | M_Product.C_RevenueRecognition_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | M_Product.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | M_Product.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Product Type | Type of product | The type of product also determines accounting consequences. | M_Product.ProductType character(1)
List | +| Purchased | Organization purchases this product | The Purchased check box indicates if this product is purchased by this organization. | M_Product.IsPurchased character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sold | Organization sells this product | The Sold check box indicates if this product is sold by this organization. | M_Product.IsSold character(1)
Yes-No | +| Discontinued | This product is no longer available | The Discontinued check box indicates a product that has been discontinued. | M_Product.Discontinued character(1)
Yes-No | +| Discontinued At | Discontinued At indicates Date when product was discontinued | | M_Product.DiscontinuedAt timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Image URL | URL of image | URL of image; The image is not stored in the database, but retrieved at runtime. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png. | M_Product.ImageURL character varying(120)
URL | +| Description URL | URL for the description | | M_Product.DescriptionURL character varying(120)
URL | + +## Tab: › › Price + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 22/06/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Resource Pricing + +**Comment/Help:** The Pricing Tab displays the List, Standard and Limit prices for each price list a resource is contained in. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ProductPrice.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ProductPrice.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_ProductPrice.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Price List Version | Identifies a unique instance of a Price List | Each Price List can have multiple versions. The most common use is to indicate the dates that a Price List is valid for. | M_ProductPrice.M_PriceList_Version_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ProductPrice.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | M_ProductPrice.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Standard Price | Standard Price | The Standard Price indicates the standard or normal price for a product on this price list | M_ProductPrice.PriceStd numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Limit Price | Lowest price for a product | The Price Limit indicates the lowest price for a product stated in the Price List Currency. | M_ProductPrice.PriceLimit numeric
Costs+Prices | + +## Tab: › › Accounting + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 22/06/2002 · Updated 05/03/2013* + +**Description:** Define Accounting Parameters + +**Comment/Help:** The Accounting Tab defines the defaults to use when generating accounting transactions for orders and invoices which contain this resource. Not all accounts apply to resources. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Product_Acct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Product_Acct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_Acct.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | M_Product_Acct.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Product_Acct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product Asset | Account for Product Asset (Inventory) | The Product Asset Account indicates the account used for valuing this a product in inventory. | M_Product_Acct.P_Asset_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product Expense | Account for Product Expense | The Product Expense Account indicates the account used to record expenses associated with this product. | M_Product_Acct.P_Expense_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product COGS | Account for Cost of Goods Sold | The Product COGS Account indicates the account used when recording costs associated with this product. | M_Product_Acct.P_COGS_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Purchase Price Variance | Difference between Standard Cost and Purchase Price (PPV) | The Purchase Price Variance is used in Standard Costing. It reflects the difference between the Standard Cost and the Purchase Order Price. | M_Product_Acct.P_PurchasePriceVariance_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Invoice Price Variance | Difference between Costs and Invoice Price (IPV) | The Invoice Price Variance is used reflects the difference between the current Costs and the Invoice Price. | M_Product_Acct.P_InvoicePriceVariance_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Trade Discount Received | Trade Discount Receivable Account | The Trade Discount Receivables Account indicates the account for received trade discounts in vendor invoices | M_Product_Acct.P_TradeDiscountRec_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Trade Discount Granted | Trade Discount Granted Account | The Trade Discount Granted Account indicates the account for granted trade discount in sales invoices | M_Product_Acct.P_TradeDiscountGrant_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product Revenue | Account for Product Revenue (Sales Account) | The Product Revenue Account indicates the account used for recording sales revenue for this product. | M_Product_Acct.P_Revenue_Acct numeric(10)
Account | + +## Tab: › Assignment + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/06/2002 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Resource Assignments + +**Comment/Help:** History of Assignments + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | S_ResourceAssignment.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | S_ResourceAssignment.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Resource | Resource | | S_ResourceAssignment.S_Resource_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Assign From | Assign resource from | Assignment start | S_ResourceAssignment.AssignDateFrom timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Assign To | Assign resource until | Assignment end | S_ResourceAssignment.AssignDateTo timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | S_ResourceAssignment.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Confirmed | Assignment is confirmed | Resource assignment is confirmed | S_ResourceAssignment.IsConfirmed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | S_ResourceAssignment.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | S_ResourceAssignment.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/ReturntoVendor_Window_ID-53098_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ReturntoVendor_Window_ID-53098_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..24844598 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ReturntoVendor_Window_ID-53098_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +--- +title: 'Return to Vendor' +sidebar_label: 'Return to Vendor' +description: 'Vendor Returns' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Return to Vendor + +Window ID 53098 + +*11/09/2009 → 11/09/2009* + +![Return to Vendor](/img/manual/ReturntoVendor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Vendor Returns + +**Comment/Help:** The Return to Vendor Window defines shipments made or to be made to a vendor as part of a return. + +## Tab: Return to Vendor + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/09/2009 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +**Description:** Vendor Returns + +**Comment/Help:** The Return to Vendor Tab allows you to generate, maintain, enter and process Shipments to a Vendor because of a Return + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOut.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOut.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Purchase Order | Purchase Order | The Purchase Order is a control document. The Purchase Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | M_InOut.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | M_InOut.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| RMA | Return Material Authorization | A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos | M_InOut.M_RMA_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_InOut.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | M_InOut.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InOut.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | M_InOut.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | M_InOut.MovementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | M_InOut.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | M_InOut.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship from) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | M_InOut.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | M_InOut.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_InOut.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority | Priority of a document | The Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document | M_InOut.PriorityRule character(1)
List | +| Delivery Rule | Defines the timing of Delivery | The Delivery Rule indicates when an order should be delivered. For example should the order be delivered when the entire order is complete, when a line is complete or as the products become available. | M_InOut.DeliveryRule character(1)
List | +| Pick Date | Date/Time when picked for Shipment | | M_InOut.PickDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Company Agent | Purchase or Company Agent | Purchase agent for the document. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | M_InOut.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Delivery Via | How the order will be delivered | The Delivery Via indicates how the products should be delivered. For example, will the order be picked up or shipped. | M_InOut.DeliveryViaRule character(1)
List | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | M_InOut.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Create Package | Create Package for Shipment | | M_InOut.CreatePackage character(1)
Button | +| Ship Date | Shipment Date/Time | Actual Date/Time of Shipment (pick up) | M_InOut.ShipDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| No Packages | Number of packages shipped | | M_InOut.NoPackages numeric(10)
Integer | +| Tracking No | Number to track the shipment | | M_InOut.TrackingNo character varying(60)
String | +| Freight Cost Rule | Method for charging Freight | The Freight Cost Rule indicates the method used when charging for freight. | M_InOut.FreightCostRule character(1)
List | +| Freight Amount | Freight Amount | The Freight Amount indicates the amount charged for Freight in the document currency. | M_InOut.FreightAmt numeric
Amount | +| Create lines from | Process which will generate a new document lines based on an existing document | The Create From process will create a new document based on information in an existing document selected by the user. | M_InOut.CreateLinesFrom character(1)
Button | +| Drop Shipment | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location using the Drop Ship Business Partner name and contact. | M_InOut.IsDropShip character(1)
Yes-No | +| Drop Ship Business Partner | Business Partner to ship to | If empty the business partner will be shipped to. | M_InOut.DropShip_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Drop Shipment Location | Business Partner Location for shipping to | | M_InOut.DropShip_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Drop Shipment Contact | Business Partner Contact for drop shipment | | M_InOut.DropShip_User_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Generate Invoice from Receipt | Create and process Invoice from this receipt. The receipt should be correct and completed. | Generate Invoice from Receipt will create an invoice based on the selected receipt and match the invoice to that receipt. You can set the document number only if the invoice document type allows to set the document number manually. | M_InOut.GenerateTo character(1)
Button | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | M_InOut.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Charge amount | Charge Amount | The Charge Amount indicates the amount for an additional charge. | M_InOut.ChargeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | M_InOut.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | M_InOut.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | M_InOut.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | M_InOut.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_InOut.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_InOut.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Movement Type | Method of moving the inventory | The Movement Type indicates the type of movement (in, out, to production, etc) | M_InOut.MovementType character(2)
List | +| Create Confirmation | Create Confirmations for the Document | The confirmations generated need to be processed (confirmed) before you can process this document | M_InOut.CreateConfirm character(1)
Button | +| In Transit | Movement is in transit | Material Movement is in transit - shipped, but not received.
The transaction is completed, if confirmed. | M_InOut.IsInTransit character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Received | Date a product was received | The Date Received indicates the date that product was received. | M_InOut.DateReceived timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | M_InOut.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Shipment | Process Shipment/Receipt (Update Inventory) | Process Shipment/Receipt will move products out of/into inventory and mark line items as shipped/received. | M_InOut.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| In Dispute | Document is in dispute | The document is in dispute. Use Requests to track details. | M_InOut.IsInDispute character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | M_InOut.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Cost Center | | | M_InOut.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | M_InOut.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Return to Vendor Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/09/2009 · Updated 09/08/2013* + +**Description:** Return to Vendor Line + +**Comment/Help:** The Return to Vendor Line Tab defines the individual items in a Return to Vendor. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOutLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOutLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Return to Vendor | Return to Vendor Document | The Return to Vendor | M_InOutLine.M_InOut_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| RMA Line | Return Material Authorization Line | Detail information about the returned goods | M_InOutLine.M_RMALine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | M_InOutLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_InOutLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_InOutLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_InOutLine.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | M_InOutLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InOutLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Quantity | The Quantity Entered is based on the selected UoM | The Quantity Entered is converted to base product UoM quantity | M_InOutLine.QtyEntered numeric
Quantity | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | M_InOutLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_InOutLine.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Picked Quantity | | | M_InOutLine.PickedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Target Quantity | Target Movement Quantity | The Quantity which should have been received | M_InOutLine.TargetQty numeric
Quantity | +| Confirmed Quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | M_InOutLine.ConfirmedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Scrapped Quantity | The Quantity scrapped due to QA issues | | M_InOutLine.ScrappedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | M_InOutLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | M_InOutLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Phase | Phase of a Project | | M_InOutLine.C_ProjectPhase_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Task | Actual Project Task in a Phase | A Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work. | M_InOutLine.C_ProjectTask_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | M_InOutLine.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | M_InOutLine.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_InOutLine.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_InOutLine.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Cost Center | | | M_InOutLine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | M_InOutLine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › › Confirmations + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 11/09/2009 · Updated 09/08/2013* + +**Description:** Optional Confirmations of Return to Vendor Lines + +**Comment/Help:** The quantities are in the storage Unit of Measure! + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOutLineConfirm.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOutLineConfirm.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | M_InOutLineConfirm.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Ship/Receipt Confirmation | Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation | Confirmation of Shipment or Receipt - Created from the Shipment/Receipt | M_InOutLineConfirm.M_InOutConfirm_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Ship/Receipt Confirmation Line | Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Line | Confirmation details | M_InOutLineConfirm.M_InOutLineConfirm_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Confirmation No | Confirmation Number | | M_InOutLineConfirm.ConfirmationNo character varying(20)
String | +| Target Quantity | Target Movement Quantity | The Quantity which should have been received | M_InOutLineConfirm.TargetQty numeric
Quantity | +| Confirmed Quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | M_InOutLineConfirm.ConfirmedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Difference | Difference Quantity | | M_InOutLineConfirm.DifferenceQty numeric
Quantity | +| Scrapped Quantity | The Quantity scrapped due to QA issues | | M_InOutLineConfirm.ScrappedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InOutLineConfirm.Description character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › › Attributes + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 11/09/2009 · Updated 16/04/2014* + +**Description:** Product Instance Attribute Material Allocation + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOutLineMA.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOutLineMA.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | M_InOutLineMA.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_InOutLineMA.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_InOutLineMA.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Date Material Policy | Time used for LIFO and FIFO Material Policy | This field is used to record time used for LIFO and FIFO material policy | M_InOutLineMA.DateMaterialPolicy timestamp without time zone
Date | + diff --git a/manual/window/RevenueRecognition_Window_ID-174_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RevenueRecognition_Window_ID-174_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..68b064ec --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RevenueRecognition_Window_ID-174_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +--- +title: 'Revenue Recognition' +sidebar_label: 'Revenue Recognition' +description: 'Revenue Recognition Rules' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Revenue Recognition + +Window ID 174 + +*25/01/2000 → 17/02/2022* + +![Revenue Recognition](/img/manual/RevenueRecognition-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Revenue Recognition Rules + +**Comment/Help:** The Revenue Recognition Window defines the intervals at which revenue will be recognized. Alternatively, the revenue recognition may be linked to service levels provided. + +## Tab: Revenue Recognition + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 25/01/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Revenue Recognition + +**Comment/Help:** The Revenue Recognition Tab defines the intervals at which revenue will be recognized. You can also base the revenue recognition on provided Service Levels. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_RevenueRecognition.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_RevenueRecognition.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_RevenueRecognition.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_RevenueRecognition.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_RevenueRecognition.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Time based | Time based Revenue Recognition rather than Service Level based | Revenue Recognition can be time or service level based. | C_RevenueRecognition.IsTimeBased character(1)
Yes-No | +| Recognition frequency | | | C_RevenueRecognition.RecognitionFrequency character(1)
List | +| Number of Months | | | C_RevenueRecognition.NoMonths numeric(10)
Integer | +| Fixed recognition day | Day of the period recognition occurs | The Fix Recognition Day indicates the day of the period that unearned revenue is recognised. If zero, the invoice date is used. | C_RevenueRecognition.FixedRecogDay numeric(10)
Integer | + +## Tab: › Service + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 28/10/2014 · Updated 28/10/2014* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_RevenueRecog_Service.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_RevenueRecog_Service.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Revenue Recognition | Method for recording revenue | The Revenue Recognition indicates how revenue will be recognized for this product | C_RevenueRecog_Service.C_RevenueRecognition_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_RevenueRecog_Service.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_RevenueRecog_Service.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Percent | Percentage | The Percent indicates the percentage used. | C_RevenueRecog_Service.Percent numeric
Amount | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_RevenueRecog_Service.Description character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Revenue Recognition Plan + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/05/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** View Revenue Recognition Plan + +**Comment/Help:** The Revenue Recognition plan is generated then invoicing a product with revenue recognition. With Revenue Recognition, the amount is posted to the Unrecognized revenue and over time or based on Service Level booked to Earned Revenue. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_RevenueRecognition_Plan.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_RevenueRecognition_Plan.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_RevenueRecognition_Plan.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Revenue Recognition | Method for recording revenue | The Revenue Recognition indicates how revenue will be recognized for this product | C_RevenueRecognition_Plan.C_RevenueRecognition_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | C_RevenueRecognition_Plan.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_RevenueRecognition_Plan.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Total Amount | Total Amount | The Total Amount indicates the total document amount. | C_RevenueRecognition_Plan.TotalAmt numeric
Amount | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_RevenueRecognition_Plan.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Recognized Amount | | | C_RevenueRecognition_Plan.RecognizedAmt numeric
Amount | +| Unearned Revenue | Account for unearned revenue | The Unearned Revenue indicates the account used for recording invoices sent for products or services not yet delivered. It is used in revenue recognition | C_RevenueRecognition_Plan.UnEarnedRevenue_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Product Revenue | Account for Product Revenue (Sales Account) | The Product Revenue Account indicates the account used for recording sales revenue for this product. | C_RevenueRecognition_Plan.P_Revenue_Acct numeric(10)
Account | + +## Tab: › › Revenue Recognition Run + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 13/05/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** View Revenue Recognition Run History + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_RevenueRecognition_Run.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_RevenueRecognition_Run.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Revenue Recognition Plan | Plan for recognizing or recording revenue | The Revenue Recognition Plan identifies a unique Revenue Recognition Plan. | C_RevenueRecognition_Run.C_RevenueRecognition_Plan_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_RevenueRecognition_Run.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Revenue Recognition Service | | | C_RevenueRecognition_Run.C_RevenueRecog_Service_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Recognition Date | | | C_RevenueRecognition_Run.DateRecognized timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Journal | General Ledger Journal | The General Ledger Journal identifies a group of journal lines which represent a logical business transaction | C_RevenueRecognition_Run.GL_Journal_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Recognized Amount | | | C_RevenueRecognition_Run.RecognizedAmt numeric
Amount | + diff --git a/manual/window/RfQResponse_Window_ID-324_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RfQResponse_Window_ID-324_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54940213 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RfQResponse_Window_ID-324_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +--- +title: 'RfQ Response' +sidebar_label: 'RfQ Response' +description: 'Manage RfQ Responses' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# RfQ Response + +Window ID 324 + +*23/03/2004 → 25/03/2022* + +![RfQ Response](/img/manual/RfQResponse-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Manage RfQ Responses + +## Tab: Response + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 20/05/2013* + +**Description:** RfQ Response + +**Comment/Help:** Request for Quotation Response from a potential Vendor + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_RfQResponse.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_RfQResponse.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| RfQ | Request for Quotation | Request for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s) | C_RfQResponse.C_RfQ_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_RfQResponse.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_RfQResponse.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_RfQResponse.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_RfQResponse.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_RfQResponse.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship from) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_RfQResponse.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_RfQResponse.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invited | Date when (last) invitation was sent | | C_RfQResponse.DateInvited timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Response Date | Date of the Response | Date of the Response | C_RfQResponse.DateResponse timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | C_RfQResponse.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_RfQResponse.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price | Price | The Price indicates the Price for a product or service. | C_RfQResponse.Price numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Work Start | Date when work is (planned to be) started | | C_RfQResponse.DateWorkStart timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Delivery Days | Number of Days (planned) until Delivery | | C_RfQResponse.DeliveryDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Work Complete | Date when work is (planned to be) complete | | C_RfQResponse.DateWorkComplete timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Invite and Remind | EMail Invite or Remind Vendor to answer RfQ | Send Invitation/Reminder to Vendors to respond to RfQ per email | C_RfQResponse.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Ranking | Relative Rank Number | One is the highest Rank | C_RfQResponse.Ranking numeric(10)
Integer | +| Selected Winner | The response is the selected winner | The response is the selected winner. If selected on Response level, the line selections are ignored. | C_RfQResponse.IsSelectedWinner character(1)
Yes-No | +| Purchase Order | Purchase Order | The Purchase Order is a control document. The Purchase Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_RfQResponse.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Check Complete | Check if Response is Complete based on RfQ settings | | C_RfQResponse.CheckComplete character(1)
Button | +| Complete | It is complete | Indication that this is complete | C_RfQResponse.IsComplete character(1)
Yes-No | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_RfQResponse.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Response Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 20/05/2013* + +**Description:** RfQ Response Line + +**Comment/Help:** Request for Quotation Response Line from a potential Vendor + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_RfQResponseLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_RfQResponseLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| RfQ Line | Request for Quotation Line | Request for Quotation Line | C_RfQResponseLine.C_RfQLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| RfQ Response | Request for Quotation Response from a potential Vendor | Request for Quotation Response from a potential Vendor | C_RfQResponseLine.C_RfQResponse_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_RfQResponseLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Work Start | Date when work is (planned to be) started | | C_RfQResponseLine.DateWorkStart timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Delivery Days | Number of Days (planned) until Delivery | | C_RfQResponseLine.DeliveryDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Work Complete | Date when work is (planned to be) complete | | C_RfQResponseLine.DateWorkComplete timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_RfQResponseLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_RfQResponseLine.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Selected Winner | The response is the selected winner | The response is the selected winner. If selected on Response level, the line selections are ignored. | C_RfQResponseLine.IsSelectedWinner character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | C_RfQResponseLine.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Response Quantity + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 20/05/2013* + +**Description:** RfQ Line Quantity Response + +**Comment/Help:** Request for Quotation Response Line Quantity from a potential Vendor + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_RfQResponseLineQty.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_RfQResponseLineQty.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| RfQ Response Line | Request for Quotation Response Line | Request for Quotation Response Line from a potential Vendor | C_RfQResponseLineQty.C_RfQResponseLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| RfQ Line Quantity | Request for Quotation Line Quantity | You may request a quotation for different quantities | C_RfQResponseLineQty.C_RfQLineQty_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_RfQResponseLineQty.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Price | Price | The Price indicates the Price for a product or service. | C_RfQResponseLineQty.Price numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Discount % | Discount in percent | The Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage. | C_RfQResponseLineQty.Discount numeric
Number | +| Ranking | Relative Rank Number | One is the highest Rank | C_RfQResponseLineQty.Ranking numeric(10)
Integer | + diff --git a/manual/window/RfQTopic_Window_ID-314_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RfQTopic_Window_ID-314_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd84ad92 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RfQTopic_Window_ID-314_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +--- +title: 'RfQ Topic' +sidebar_label: 'RfQ Topic' +description: 'Maintain RfQ Topics and Subscribers' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# RfQ Topic + +Window ID 314 + +*19/02/2004 → 25/03/2022* + +![RfQ Topic](/img/manual/RfQTopic-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain RfQ Topics and Subscribers + +**Comment/Help:** A Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs + +## Tab: Topic + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Request for Quotation Topic + +**Comment/Help:** A Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_RfQ_Topic.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_RfQ_Topic.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_RfQ_Topic.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_RfQ_Topic.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_RfQ_Topic.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | C_RfQ_Topic.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Print Format | Data Print Format | The print format determines how data is rendered for print. | C_RfQ_Topic.AD_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Subscriber + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Request for Quotation Topic Subscriber + +**Comment/Help:** Subcriber to invite to respond to RfQs + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_RfQ_TopicSubscriber.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_RfQ_TopicSubscriber.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| RfQ Topic | Topic for Request for Quotations | A Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs | C_RfQ_TopicSubscriber.C_RfQ_Topic_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_RfQ_TopicSubscriber.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship from) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_RfQ_TopicSubscriber.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_RfQ_TopicSubscriber.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_RfQ_TopicSubscriber.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Subscribe Date | Date the contact actively subscribed | Date the contact subscribe the interest area | C_RfQ_TopicSubscriber.SubscribeDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Opt-out Date | Date the contact opted out | If the field has a date, the customer opted out (unsubscribed) and cannot receive mails for the Interest Area | C_RfQ_TopicSubscriber.OptOutDate timestamp without time zone
Date | + +## Tab: › › Restriction + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 07/07/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Include Subscriber Only for certain products or product categories + +**Comment/Help:** Enter the products / product categories for which the subscriber should be included. If no product / category is entered, the subscriber is requested to answer requests for all lines in a RfQ + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_RfQ_TopicSubscriberOnly.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_RfQ_TopicSubscriberOnly.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| RfQ Subscriber | Request for Quotation Topic Subscriber | Subscriber to invite to respond to RfQs | C_RfQ_TopicSubscriberOnly.C_RfQ_TopicSubscriber_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_RfQ_TopicSubscriberOnly.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_RfQ_TopicSubscriberOnly.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product Category | Category of a Product | Identifies the category which this product belongs to. Product categories are used for pricing and selection. | C_RfQ_TopicSubscriberOnly.M_Product_Category_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_RfQ_TopicSubscriberOnly.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/RfQ_Window_ID-315_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RfQ_Window_ID-315_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c8993056 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RfQ_Window_ID-315_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +--- +title: 'RfQ' +sidebar_label: 'RfQ' +description: 'Manage Request for Quotations' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# RfQ + +Window ID 315 + +*19/02/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![RfQ](/img/manual/RfQ-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Manage Request for Quotations + +**Comment/Help:** Request for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s) + +## Tab: RfQ + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Request for Quotation + +**Comment/Help:** Request for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s) + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_RfQ.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_RfQ.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_RfQ.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_RfQ.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_RfQ.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_RfQ.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_RfQ.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_RfQ.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| RfQ Topic | Topic for Request for Quotations | A Request for Quotation Topic allows you to maintain a subscriber list of potential Vendors to respond to RfQs | C_RfQ.C_RfQ_Topic_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| RfQ Type | Request for Quotation Type | | C_RfQ.QuoteType character(1)
List | +| Quote All Quantities | Suppliers are requested to provide responses for all quantities | If selected, the response to the Request for Quotation needs to have a price for all Quantities | C_RfQ.IsQuoteAllQty character(1)
Yes-No | +| Quote Total Amt | The response can have just the total amount for the RfQ | If not selected, the response must be provided per line | C_RfQ.IsQuoteTotalAmt character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invited Vendors Only | Only invited vendors can respond to an RfQ | The Request for Quotation is only visible to the invited vendors | C_RfQ.IsInvitedVendorsOnly character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | C_RfQ.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Responses Accepted | Are Responses to the Request for Quotation accepted | If selected, responses for the RfQ are accepted | C_RfQ.IsRfQResponseAccepted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Response Date | Date of the Response | Date of the Response | C_RfQ.DateResponse timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Work Start | Date when work is (planned to be) started | | C_RfQ.DateWorkStart timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_RfQ.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Delivery Days | Number of Days (planned) until Delivery | | C_RfQ.DeliveryDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Work Complete | Date when work is (planned to be) complete | | C_RfQ.DateWorkComplete timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Create and Invite | Create RfQ and Invite Vendors | Create (missing) RfQ Responses and optionally send EMail Invitation/Reminder to Vendors to respond to RfQ | C_RfQ.PublishRfQ character(1)
Button | +| Rank Responses | Rank Completed RfQ Responses | Invalid responses are ranked with 999 per Quantity. The Quantity Responses are ranked among each other and the RfQ Best Response updated. The response Lines is marked as Selected winner, where the line quantity purchase quantity is selected. A total winner is only selected, if the RfQ type is "Quote All Lines" or "Quote Total only".

Then the rankings of all Quantity Responses are added for the total ranking of the response. The response with the lowest total ranking is marked as Selected Winner. | C_RfQ.RankRfQ character(1)
Button | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_RfQ.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_RfQ.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_RfQ.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Margin % | Margin for a product as a percentage | The Margin indicates the margin for this product as a percentage of the limit price and selling price. | C_RfQ.Margin numeric
Number | +| Create Sales Order | Create Sales Order | A Sales Order is created for the entered Business Partner. A sales order line is created for each RfQ line quantity, where "Offer Quantity" is selected. If on the RfQ Line Quantity, an offer amount is entered (not 0), that price is used.
If a magin is entered on RfQ Line Quantity, it overwrites the general margin. The margin is the percentage added to the Best Response Amount. | C_RfQ.CreateSO character(1)
Button | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_RfQ.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Create Purchase Order | Create Purchase Order(s) for RfQ Winner(s) | Create purchase order(s) for the response(s) and lines marked as Selected Winner using the selected Purchase Quantity (in RfQ Line Quantity) . If a Response is marked as Selected Winner, all lines are created (and Selected Winner of other responses ignored). If there is no response marked as Selected Winner, the lines are used. | C_RfQ.CreatePO character(1)
Button | +| Copy Lines | Copy Lines from another RfQ | | C_RfQ.CopyLines character(1)
Button | +| Close RfQ | Close RfQ and Responses | Close the RfQ and all it's Responses | C_RfQ.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_RfQ.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** RfQ Line + +**Comment/Help:** Request for Quotation Line + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_RfQLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_RfQLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| RfQ | Request for Quotation | Request for Quotation to be sent out to vendors of a RfQ Topic. After Vendor selection, optionally create Sales Order or Quote for Customer as well as Purchase Order for Vendor(s) | C_RfQLine.C_RfQ_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_RfQLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_RfQLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_RfQLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | C_RfQLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_RfQLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_RfQLine.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Work Start | Date when work is (planned to be) started | | C_RfQLine.DateWorkStart timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Delivery Days | Number of Days (planned) until Delivery | | C_RfQLine.DeliveryDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Work Complete | Date when work is (planned to be) complete | | C_RfQLine.DateWorkComplete timestamp without time zone
Date | + +## Tab: › › Quantity + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** RfQ Line Quantity + +**Comment/Help:** Request for Quotation Line Quantity - You may request a quotation for different quantities + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_RfQLineQty.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_RfQLineQty.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| RfQ Line | Request for Quotation Line | Request for Quotation Line | C_RfQLineQty.C_RfQLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_RfQLineQty.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | C_RfQLineQty.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | C_RfQLineQty.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| RfQ Quantity | The quantity is used when generating RfQ Responses | When generating the RfQ Responses, this quantity is included | C_RfQLineQty.IsRfQQty character(1)
Yes-No | +| Benchmark Price | Price to compare responses to | | C_RfQLineQty.BenchmarkPrice numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Purchase Quantity | This quantity is used in the Purchase Order to the Supplier | When multiple quantities are used in an Request for Quotation, the selected Quantity is used for generating the purchase order. If none selected the lowest number is used. | C_RfQLineQty.IsPurchaseQty character(1)
Yes-No | +| Best Response Amount | Best Response Amount | Filled by Rank Response Process | C_RfQLineQty.BestResponseAmt numeric
Amount | +| Offer Quantity | This quantity is used in the Offer to the Customer | When multiple quantities are used in an Request for Quotation, the selected Quantity is used for generating the offer. If none selected the lowest number is used. | C_RfQLineQty.IsOfferQty character(1)
Yes-No | +| Offer Amount | Amount of the Offer | | C_RfQLineQty.OfferAmt numeric
Amount | +| Margin % | Margin for a product as a percentage | The Margin indicates the margin for this product as a percentage of the limit price and selling price. | C_RfQLineQty.Margin numeric
Number | + diff --git a/manual/window/RoleDataAccess_Window_ID-268_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RoleDataAccess_Window_ID-268_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..81f7993b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RoleDataAccess_Window_ID-268_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +--- +title: 'Role Data Access' +sidebar_label: 'Role Data Access' +description: 'Maintain Data Access Rules' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Role Data Access + +Window ID 268 + +*28/05/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Role Data Access](/img/manual/RoleDataAccess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Data Access Rules + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain Data Access Roles of Roles/Responsibilties. +Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache. + +## Tab: Role + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 28/05/2003 · Updated 14/10/2025* + +**Description:** Role with Data Access Restriction + +**Comment/Help:** Select Role for with Data Access Restrictions. +Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Role.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Role.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Role.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Role.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Preference Level | Determines what preferences the user can set | Preferences allow you to define default values. If set to None, you cannot set any preference nor value preference. Only if set to Tenant, you can see the Record Info Change Log. | AD_Role.PreferenceType character(1)
List | +| Maintain Change Log | Maintain a log of changes | If selected, a log of all changes is maintained. | AD_Role.IsChangeLog character(1)
Yes-No | +| Show Accounting | Users with this role can see accounting information | This allows to prevent access to any accounting information. | AD_Role.IsShowAcct character(1)
Yes-No | +| Access all Orgs | Access all Organizations (no org access control) of the tenant | When selected, the role has access to all organizations of the tenant automatically. This also increases performance where you have many organizations. | AD_Role.IsAccessAllOrgs character(1)
Yes-No | +| Can Report | Users with this role can create reports | You can restrict the ability to report on data. | AD_Role.IsCanReport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Can Export | Users with this role can export data | You can restrict the ability to export data from iDempiere. | AD_Role.IsCanExport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Personal Lock | Allow users with role to lock access to personal records | If enabled, the user with the role can prevent access of others to personal records. If a record is locked, only the user or people who can read personal locked records can see the record. | AD_Role.IsPersonalLock character(1)
Yes-No | +| Personal Access | Allow access to all personal records | Users of this role have access to all records locked as personal. | AD_Role.IsPersonalAccess character(1)
Yes-No | +| Role Template | A role template cannot be assigned to users, it is intended to define access to menu option and documents and inherit to other roles | | AD_Role.IsMasterRole character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Table Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 28/05/2003 · Updated 15/01/2024* + +**Description:** Maintain Table Access + +**Comment/Help:** If listed here, the Role can(not) access all data of this table, even if the role has access to the functionality. +<br>If you Include Access to a table and select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise full access). +<br>If you Exclude Access to a table and select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise no access). +<br>Please note that table access rules here are in addition to the Data Access Levels defined for a Table and the User Level defined for a Role. These rules are evaluated first and you only need to define the exceptions to these rules here. +<p> +Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache. Be aware that if you use Include rules, then you need to include also several supporting entities. As an alternative, grant access only to functionality required. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Table_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Table_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Table_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Table_Access.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Table_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Exclude | Exclude access to the data - if not selected Include access to the data | If selected (excluded), the role cannot access the data specified. If not selected (included), the role can ONLY access the data specified. Exclude items represent a negative list (i.e. you don't have access to the listed items). Include items represent a positive list (i.e. you only have access to the listed items).
<br>You would usually not mix Exclude and Include. If you have one include rule in your list, you would only have access to that item anyway. | AD_Table_Access.IsExclude character(1)
Yes-No | +| Access Type | The type of access for this rule | If you restrict Access to the entity, you also cannot Report or Export it (i.e. to have access is a requirement that you can report or export the data). The Report and Export rules are further restrictions if you have access. | AD_Table_Access.AccessTypeRule character(1)
List | +| Read Only | Field is read only | The Read Only indicates that this field may only be Read. It may not be updated. | AD_Table_Access.IsReadOnly character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Column Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 28/05/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Maintain Column Access + +**Comment/Help:** If listed here, the Role can(not) access the column of this table, even if the role has access to the functionality. +<br>If you Include Access to a column and select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise full access). +<br>If you Exclude Access to a column and select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise no access). +Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Column_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Column_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Column_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Column_Access.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_Column_Access.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Column_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Exclude | Exclude access to the data - if not selected Include access to the data | If selected (excluded), the role cannot access the data specified. If not selected (included), the role can ONLY access the data specified. Exclude items represent a negative list (i.e. you don't have access to the listed items). Include items represent a positive list (i.e. you only have access to the listed items).
<br>You would usually not mix Exclude and Include. If you have one include rule in your list, you would only have access to that item anyway. | AD_Column_Access.IsExclude character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Only | Field is read only | The Read Only indicates that this field may only be Read. It may not be updated. | AD_Column_Access.IsReadOnly character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Record Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 28/05/2003 · Updated 25/09/2005* + +**Description:** Maintain Record Access + +**Comment/Help:** You create Record Access records by enabling "Personal Lock" for the administrative role and Ctl-Lock (holding the Ctrl key while clicking on the Lock button). +<p> +If listed here, the Role can(not) access the data records of this table, even if the role has access to the functionality. +<br>If you Include Access to a record and select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise full access). +<br>If you Exclude Access to a recorf and select Read Only, you can only read data (otherwise no access). +Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Record_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Record_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Record_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Record_Access.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_Record_Access.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Record_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Exclude | Exclude access to the data - if not selected Include access to the data | If selected (excluded), the role cannot access the data specified. If not selected (included), the role can ONLY access the data specified. Exclude items represent a negative list (i.e. you don't have access to the listed items). Include items represent a positive list (i.e. you only have access to the listed items).
<br>You would usually not mix Exclude and Include. If you have one include rule in your list, you would only have access to that item anyway. | AD_Record_Access.IsExclude character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Only | Field is read only | The Read Only indicates that this field may only be Read. It may not be updated. | AD_Record_Access.IsReadOnly character(1)
Yes-No | +| Dependent Entities | Also check access in dependent entities | Also dependent entities are included. Please be aware, that enabling this rule has severe consequences and that this is only wanted in some circumstances.
<p>Example Rule: "Include Payment Term Immediate with Dependent Entities"
<br>Primary effect: users with this role can only select the payment term Immediate
<br>Secondary effect (dependent entities): users with this role can see only invoices/orders with the payment term immediate. | AD_Record_Access.IsDependentEntities character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/RoleTemplate_Window_ID-200158_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RoleTemplate_Window_ID-200158_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b651fe7e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RoleTemplate_Window_ID-200158_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +--- +title: 'Role Template' +sidebar_label: 'Role Template' +description: 'Maintain role templates' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Role Template + +Window ID 200158 + +*14/10/2025 → 14/10/2025* + +![Role Template](/img/manual/RoleTemplate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain role templates + +**Comment/Help:** The Role Template Window allows you to define role templates for inclusion by role. +Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache. + +## Tab: Role + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 14/10/2025 · Updated 14/10/2025* + +**Description:** Define responsibility roles + +**Comment/Help:** Define the role and add the organizations the role has access to. You can give users access to this role and modify the access of this role to windows, forms, processes and reports as well as tasks. <br> +If the Role User Level is Manual, the assigned access rights are not automatically updated (e.g. if a role has a restricted number of Windows/Processes it can access). You need to add organizational access unless the role has access to all organizations. The SuperUser and the user creating a new role are assigned to the role automatically. <br> +If you select an Organization Tree, the user has access to the leaves of summary organizations. +Note: You cannot change the System Administrator role. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Role.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Role.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Role.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Role.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Manual | This is a manual process | The Manual check box indicates if the process will done manually. | AD_Role.IsManual character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Role.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Predefined Context Variables | Predefined context variables to inject when opening a menu entry or a window | | AD_Role.PredefinedContextVariables character varying(4000)
String | + +## Tab: › Window Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 14/10/2025 · Updated 14/10/2025* + +**Description:** Window Access + +**Comment/Help:** The Window Access Tab defines the Windows and type of access that this Role is granted. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Window_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Window_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Window_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_Window_Access.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Window_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Write | Field is read / write | The Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated. | AD_Window_Access.IsReadWrite character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Process Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 14/10/2025 · Updated 14/10/2025* + +**Description:** Process Access + +**Comment/Help:** The Process Access Tab defines the Processes and type of access that this Role is granted. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Process_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Process_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Process_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_Process_Access.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Process_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Write | Field is read / write | The Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated. | AD_Process_Access.IsReadWrite character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Form Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 14/10/2025 · Updated 14/10/2025* + +**Description:** Form Access + +**Comment/Help:** The Form Access Tab defines the Forms and type of access that this Role is granted. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Form_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Form_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Form_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Special Form | Special Form | The Special Form field identifies a unique Special Form in the system. | AD_Form_Access.AD_Form_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Form_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Write | Field is read / write | The Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated. | AD_Form_Access.IsReadWrite character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Info Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 14/10/2025 · Updated 14/10/2025* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_InfoWindow_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_InfoWindow_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_InfoWindow_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_InfoWindow_Access.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_InfoWindow_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Workflow Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 14/10/2025 · Updated 14/10/2025* + +**Description:** Workflow Access + +**Comment/Help:** The Workflow Access Tab defines the Workflows and type of access that this Role is granted. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Workflow_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Workflow_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Workflow_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow | Workflow or combination of tasks | The Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system. | AD_Workflow_Access.AD_Workflow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Workflow_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Write | Field is read / write | The Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated. | AD_Workflow_Access.IsReadWrite character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Task Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 14/10/2025 · Updated 14/10/2025* + +**Description:** Task Access + +**Comment/Help:** The Task Access Tab defines the Task and type of access that this Role is granted. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Task_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Task_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Task_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| OS Task | Operation System Task | The Task field identifies a Operation System Task in the system. | AD_Task_Access.AD_Task_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Task_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Write | Field is read / write | The Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated. | AD_Task_Access.IsReadWrite character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Document Action Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 14/10/2025 · Updated 14/10/2025* + +**Description:** Define access to document type / document action / role combinations. + +**Comment/Help:** Define access to document type / document action / role combinations. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Document_Action_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Document_Action_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Document_Action_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | AD_Document_Action_Access.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Reference List | Reference List based on Table | The Reference List field indicates a list of reference values from a database tables. Reference lists populate drop down list boxes in data entry screens | AD_Document_Action_Access.AD_Ref_List_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Document_Action_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Document Status Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 14/10/2025 · Updated 14/10/2025* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document Status | | | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.PA_DocumentStatus_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/RoleToolbarButtonAccess_Window_ID-200001_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/RoleToolbarButtonAccess_Window_ID-200001_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e45a72a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/RoleToolbarButtonAccess_Window_ID-200001_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: 'Role Toolbar Button Access' +sidebar_label: 'Role Toolbar Button Access' +description: 'Maintain toolbar button access rule' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Role Toolbar Button Access + +Window ID 200001 + +*28/03/2012 → 23/10/2012* + +![Role Toolbar Button Access](/img/manual/RoleToolbarButtonAccess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain toolbar button access rule + +## Tab: Toolbar Button Access + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 28/03/2012 · Updated 23/10/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ToolBarButtonRestrict.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ToolBarButtonRestrict.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_ToolBarButtonRestrict.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ToolBarButtonRestrict.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Action | Indicates the Action to be performed | The Action field is a drop down list box which indicates the Action to be performed for this Item. | AD_ToolBarButtonRestrict.Action character(1)
List | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_ToolBarButtonRestrict.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_ToolBarButtonRestrict.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tab | Tab within a Window | The Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window. | AD_ToolBarButtonRestrict.AD_Tab_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| ToolBar Button | | | AD_ToolBarButtonRestrict.AD_ToolBarButton_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Exclude | Exclude access to the data - if not selected Include access to the data | If selected (excluded), the role cannot access the data specified. If not selected (included), the role can ONLY access the data specified. Exclude items represent a negative list (i.e. you don't have access to the listed items). Include items represent a positive list (i.e. you only have access to the listed items).
<br>You would usually not mix Exclude and Include. If you have one include rule in your list, you would only have access to that item anyway. | AD_ToolBarButtonRestrict.IsExclude character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Role_Window_ID-111_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Role_Window_ID-111_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..56a6089b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Role_Window_ID-111_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +--- +title: 'Role' +sidebar_label: 'Role' +description: 'Maintain User Responsibilities' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Role + +Window ID 111 + +*11/06/1999 → 10/03/2022* + +![Role](/img/manual/Role-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain User Responsibilities + +**Comment/Help:** The Role Window allows you to define the different roles that users of this system will have. Roles control access to windows, tasks, reports, etc. For a tenant an Administrator and User role are predefined. You may add additional roles to control access for specific functionality or data. +You can add users to the role. +Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache. + +## Tab: Role + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 14/10/2025* + +**Description:** Define responsibility roles + +**Comment/Help:** Define the role and add the organizations the role has access to. You can give users access to this role and modify the access of this role to windows, forms, processes and reports as well as tasks. <br> +If the Role User Level is Manual, the assigned access rights are not automatically updated (e.g. if a role has a restricted number of Windows/Processes it can access). You need to add organizational access unless the role has access to all organizations. The SuperUser and the user creating a new role are assigned to the role automatically. <br> +If you select an Organization Tree, the user has access to the leaves of summary organizations. +Note: You cannot change the System Administrator role. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Role.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Role.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Role.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Role.Description character varying(255)
String | +| User Level | System Tenant Organization | The User Level field determines if users of this Role will have access to System level data, Organization level data, Tenant level data or Tenant and Organization level data. | AD_Role.UserLevel character(3)
List | +| Manual | This is a manual process | The Manual check box indicates if the process will done manually. | AD_Role.IsManual character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Role.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Auto expand menu | If ticked, the menu is automatically expanded | | AD_Role.IsMenuAutoExpand character(1)
Yes-No | +| Maintain Change Log | Maintain a log of changes | If selected, a log of all changes is maintained. | AD_Role.IsChangeLog character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | AD_Role.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Approval Amount | The approval amount limit for this role | The Approval Amount field indicates the amount limit this Role has for approval of documents. | AD_Role.AmtApproval numeric
Amount | +| Approval Amount Accumulated | The approval amount limit for this role accumulated on a period | The Approval Amount field indicates the amount limit this Role has for approval of documents within a period limit. | AD_Role.AmtApprovalAccum numeric
Amount | +| Days Approval Accumulated | The days approval indicates the days to take into account to verify the accumulated approval amount. | The Days Approval Accumulated field indicates the days to take into account to verify the accumulated approval amount. | AD_Role.DaysApprovalAccum numeric(10)
Integer | +| Approve own Documents | Users with this role can approve their own documents | If a user cannot approve their own documents (orders, etc.), it needs to be approved by someone else. | AD_Role.IsCanApproveOwnDoc character(1)
Yes-No | +| Role Type | | | AD_Role.RoleType character varying(2)
List | +| Preference Level | Determines what preferences the user can set | Preferences allow you to define default values. If set to None, you cannot set any preference nor value preference. Only if set to Tenant, you can see the Record Info Change Log. | AD_Role.PreferenceType character(1)
List | +| Menu Tree | Tree of the menu | Menu access tree | AD_Role.AD_Tree_Menu_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Access Advanced | | | AD_Role.IsAccessAdvanced character(1)
Yes-No | +| Access all Orgs | Access all Organizations (no org access control) of the tenant | When selected, the role has access to all organizations of the tenant automatically. This also increases performance where you have many organizations. | AD_Role.IsAccessAllOrgs character(1)
Yes-No | +| Use User Org Access | Use Org Access defined by user instead of Role Org Access | You can define the access to Organization either by Role or by User. You would select this, if you have many organizations. | AD_Role.IsUseUserOrgAccess character(1)
Yes-No | +| Personal Lock | Allow users with role to lock access to personal records | If enabled, the user with the role can prevent access of others to personal records. If a record is locked, only the user or people who can read personal locked records can see the record. | AD_Role.IsPersonalLock character(1)
Yes-No | +| Personal Access | Allow access to all personal records | Users of this role have access to all records locked as personal. | AD_Role.IsPersonalAccess character(1)
Yes-No | +| Can Report | Users with this role can create reports | You can restrict the ability to report on data. | AD_Role.IsCanReport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Can Export | Users with this role can export data | You can restrict the ability to export data from iDempiere. | AD_Role.IsCanExport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Tenant Administrator | This role is a tenant administrator | | AD_Role.IsClientAdministrator character(1)
Yes-No | +| Show Accounting | Users with this role can see accounting information | This allows to prevent access to any accounting information. | AD_Role.IsShowAcct character(1)
Yes-No | +| Overwrite Price Limit | Overwrite Price Limit if the Price List enforces the Price Limit | The Price List allows to enforce the Price Limit. If set, a user with this role can overwrite the price limit (i.e. enter any price). | AD_Role.OverwritePriceLimit character(1)
Yes-No | +| Confirm Query Records | Require Confirmation if more records will be returned by the query (If not defined 500) | Enter the number of records the query will return without confirmation to avoid unnecessary system load. If 0, the system default of 500 is used. | AD_Role.ConfirmQueryRecords numeric(10)
Integer | +| Max Query Records | If defined, you cannot query more records as defined - the query criteria needs to be changed to query less records | Enter the number of records a user will be able to query to avoid unnecessary system load. If 0, no restrictions are imposed. | AD_Role.MaxQueryRecords numeric(10)
Integer | +| Organization Tree | Trees are used for (financial) reporting and security access (via role) | Trees are used for (finanial) reporting and security access (via role) | AD_Role.AD_Tree_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Allow Info Account | | | AD_Role.Allow_Info_Account character(1)
Yes-No | +| Allow Info Schedule | | | AD_Role.Allow_Info_Schedule character(1)
Yes-No | +| Allow Info Product | | | AD_Role.Allow_Info_Product character(1)
Yes-No | +| Allow Info BPartner | | | AD_Role.Allow_Info_BPartner character(1)
Yes-No | +| Allow Info Order | | | AD_Role.Allow_Info_Order character(1)
Yes-No | +| Allow Info Invoice | | | AD_Role.Allow_Info_Invoice character(1)
Yes-No | +| Allow Shipment Info | | | AD_Role.Allow_Info_InOut character(1)
Yes-No | +| Allow Info Payment | | | AD_Role.Allow_Info_Payment character(1)
Yes-No | +| Allow Info Asset | | | AD_Role.Allow_Info_Asset character(1)
Yes-No | +| Allow Info Resource | | | AD_Role.Allow_Info_Resource character(1)
Yes-No | +| Predefined Context Variables | Predefined context variables to inject when opening a menu entry or a window | | AD_Role.PredefinedContextVariables character varying(4000)
String | + +## Tab: › Org Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/01/2001 · Updated 14/10/2025* + +**Description:** Maintain Role Org Access + +**Comment/Help:** Add the tenant and organizations the user has access to. Entries here are ignored, if User Org Access is selected or the role has access to all roles.<br> +Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Role_OrgAccess.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Role_OrgAccess.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Role_OrgAccess.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Role_OrgAccess.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Only | Field is read only | The Read Only indicates that this field may only be Read. It may not be updated. | AD_Role_OrgAccess.IsReadOnly character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › User Assignment + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 14/10/2025* + +**Description:** Users with this Role + +**Comment/Help:** The User Assignment Tab displays Users who have been defined for this Role. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_User_Roles.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_User_Roles.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_User_Roles.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_User_Roles.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_User_Roles.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Window Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/07/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Window Access + +**Comment/Help:** The Window Access Tab defines the Windows and type of access that this Role is granted. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Window_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Window_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Window_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_Window_Access.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Window_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Write | Field is read / write | The Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated. | AD_Window_Access.IsReadWrite character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Process Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/07/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Process Access + +**Comment/Help:** The Process Access Tab defines the Processes and type of access that this Role is granted. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Process_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Process_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Process_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_Process_Access.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Process_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Write | Field is read / write | The Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated. | AD_Process_Access.IsReadWrite character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Form Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/07/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Form Access + +**Comment/Help:** The Form Access Tab defines the Forms and type of access that this Role is granted. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Form_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Form_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Form_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Special Form | Special Form | The Special Form field identifies a unique Special Form in the system. | AD_Form_Access.AD_Form_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Form_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Write | Field is read / write | The Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated. | AD_Form_Access.IsReadWrite character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Info Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 08/01/2013 · Updated 08/01/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_InfoWindow_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_InfoWindow_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_InfoWindow_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_InfoWindow_Access.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_InfoWindow_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Workflow Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/07/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Workflow Access + +**Comment/Help:** The Workflow Access Tab defines the Workflows and type of access that this Role is granted. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Workflow_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Workflow_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Workflow_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow | Workflow or combination of tasks | The Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system. | AD_Workflow_Access.AD_Workflow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Workflow_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Write | Field is read / write | The Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated. | AD_Workflow_Access.IsReadWrite character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Task Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/09/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Task Access + +**Comment/Help:** The Task Access Tab defines the Task and type of access that this Role is granted. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Task_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Task_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Task_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| OS Task | Operation System Task | The Task field identifies a Operation System Task in the system. | AD_Task_Access.AD_Task_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Task_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Write | Field is read / write | The Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated. | AD_Task_Access.IsReadWrite character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Document Action Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 29/08/0001 · Updated 29/08/0001* + +**Description:** Define access to document type / document action / role combinations. + +**Comment/Help:** Define access to document type / document action / role combinations. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Document_Action_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Document_Action_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Document_Action_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | AD_Document_Action_Access.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Reference List | Reference List based on Table | The Reference List field indicates a list of reference values from a database tables. Reference lists populate drop down list boxes in data entry screens | AD_Document_Action_Access.AD_Ref_List_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Document_Action_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Included role templates + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/07/2009 · Updated 14/10/2025* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_Role_Included.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Role_Included.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Role_Included.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Included Role Template | | | AD_Role_Included.Included_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table | + +## Tab: › Document Status Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 28/06/2021 · Updated 28/06/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document Status | | | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.PA_DocumentStatus_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Rule_Window_ID-53017_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Rule_Window_ID-53017_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1db253e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Rule_Window_ID-53017_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +--- +title: 'Rule' +sidebar_label: 'Rule' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Rule + +Window ID 53017 + +*23/01/2008 → 23/01/2008* + +![Rule](/img/manual/Rule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Rule + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/01/2008 · Updated 23/01/2008* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Rule.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Rule.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_Rule.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Rule.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Rule.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Rule.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Event Type | Type of Event | | AD_Rule.EventType character(1)
List | +| Rule Type | | | AD_Rule.RuleType character(1)
List | +| Data Access Level | Access Level required | Indicates the access level required for this record or process. | AD_Rule.AccessLevel character(1)
List | +| Script | Dynamic Java Language Script to calculate result | Use Java language constructs to define the result of the calculation | AD_Rule.Script character varying(4000)
Memo | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Rule.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Rule.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/SMTPServer_Window_ID-200118_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SMTPServer_Window_ID-200118_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..01bfdc2f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SMTPServer_Window_ID-200118_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +--- +title: 'SMTP Server' +sidebar_label: 'SMTP Server' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# SMTP Server + +Window ID 200118 + +*20/07/2021 → 20/07/2021* + +![SMTP Server](/img/manual/SMTPServer-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: SMTP Server + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 20/07/2021 · Updated 20/07/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_SMTP.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_SMTP.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_SMTP.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_SMTP.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Mail Host | Hostname of Mail Server for SMTP and IMAP | The host name of the Mail Server for this tenant with SMTP services to send mail, and IMAP to process incoming mail. | AD_SMTP.SMTPHost character varying(60)
String | +| SMTP Authentication | Your mail server requires Authentication | Some email servers require authentication before sending emails. If yes, users are required to define their email user name and password. If authentication is required and no user name and password is required, delivery will fail. | AD_SMTP.IsSmtpAuthorization character(1)
Yes-No | +| SMTP Port | SMTP Port Number | | AD_SMTP.SMTPPort numeric(10)
Integer | +| SMTP SSL/TLS | Use SSL/TLS for SMTP | | AD_SMTP.IsSecureSMTP character(1)
Yes-No | +| Request User | User Name (ID) of the email owner | EMail user name for requests, alerts and escalation are sent from this email address as well as delivery information if the sales rep does not have an email account. Required, if your mail server requires authentication as well as for processing incoming mails. | AD_SMTP.RequestUser character varying(60)
String | +| Request User Password | Password of the user name (ID) for mail processing | | AD_SMTP.RequestUserPW character varying(255)
String | +| Used by email or domain | | | AD_SMTP.UsedByEmailOrDomain character varying(255)
String | +| Test EMail | Test EMail Connection | Test EMail Connection based on info defined. An EMail is sent from the request user to the request user. Also, the web store mail settings are tested. | AD_SMTP.EMailTest character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/SSOConfiguration_Window_ID-200132_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SSOConfiguration_Window_ID-200132_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8eb3fbf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SSOConfiguration_Window_ID-200132_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +--- +title: 'SSO Configuration' +sidebar_label: 'SSO Configuration' +description: 'Single sign-on Configuration' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# SSO Configuration + +Window ID 200132 + +*12/09/2022 → 12/09/2022* + +![SSO Configuration](/img/manual/SSOConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Single sign-on Configuration + +**Comment/Help:** Single sign-on is an authentication scheme that allows a user to log in with a single ID to any of several related, yet independent, software systems. + +## Tab: SSO Configuration + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 12/09/2022 · Updated 02/03/2026* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | SSO_PrincipalConfig.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | SSO_PrincipalConfig.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| SSO Provider | Single Sign-On (SSO) Providers ( Microsoft Azure , Google, Jump Cloud etc..) | | SSO_PrincipalConfig.SSO_Provider character varying(22)
List | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | SSO_PrincipalConfig.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | SSO_PrincipalConfig.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | SSO_PrincipalConfig.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Tenant ID | SSO Tenant ID | | SSO_PrincipalConfig.SSO_AuthorizationTenantID character varying(100)
String | +| Application Client ID | SSO Application Client ID | | SSO_PrincipalConfig.SSO_ApplicationClientID character varying(100)
String | +| Application Secret Key | SSO Application Secret Key | | SSO_PrincipalConfig.SSO_ApplicationSecretKey character varying(100)
String | +| Application Redirect URIs | SSO Application Redirect URIs | | SSO_PrincipalConfig.SSO_ApplicationRedirectURIs character varying(1000)
String | +| iDempiere Monitor Redirect URIs | iDempiere Monitor Redirect URIs | | SSO_PrincipalConfig.SSO_IDempMonitorRedirectURIs character varying(1000)
String | +| Felix Web Console Redirect URIs | Apache Felix Web Console Bundles Redirect URIs | | SSO_PrincipalConfig.SSO_OSGIRedirectURIs character varying(1000)
String | +| Application Discovery URI | SSO Application Discovery URI | | SSO_PrincipalConfig.SSO_ApplicationDiscoveryURI character varying(4000)
String | +| Login Button Image | Identifier for the image used as the icon for the Single Sign-On (SSO) login button. References the AD_Image table. | | SSO_PrincipalConfig.SSO_LoginButtonImage_ID numeric(10)
Table | + diff --git a/manual/window/SalesInvoiceandCreditDebitNote_Window_ID-167_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SalesInvoiceandCreditDebitNote_Window_ID-167_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f94b76b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SalesInvoiceandCreditDebitNote_Window_ID-167_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +--- +title: 'Sales Invoice and Credit/Debit Note' +sidebar_label: 'Sales Invoice and Credit/Debit Note' +description: 'Customer Sales Invoice and Credit/Debit Note' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Sales Invoice and Credit/Debit Note + +Window ID 167 + +*19/12/1999 → 08/12/2023* + +![Sales Invoice and Credit/Debit Note](/img/manual/SalesInvoiceandCreditDebitNote-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Customer Sales Invoice and Credit/Debit Note + +**Comment/Help:** The Customer Invoice Window allows you to display and enter invoices for a customer. Invoices can also be generated from Sales Orders or Delivery documents. + +## Tab: Invoice + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/12/1999 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +**Description:** Customer Invoice + +**Comment/Help:** The Invoice Tab defines the parameters of an Invoice generated for a Business Partner. It constitutes an accounts receivable. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Invoice.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Invoice.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Invoice.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | C_Invoice.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Invoice.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | C_Invoice.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Invoice.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Target Document Type | Target document type for conversing documents | You can convert document types (e.g. from Offer to Order or Invoice). The conversion is then reflected in the current type. This processing is initiated by selecting the appropriate Document Action. | C_Invoice.C_DocTypeTarget_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | C_Invoice.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | C_Invoice.DateInvoiced timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | C_Invoice.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Invoice.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_Invoice.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_Invoice.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | C_Invoice.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Invoice.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | C_Invoice.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Override Currency Conversion Rate | Override Currency Conversion Rate | | C_Invoice.IsOverrideCurrencyRate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Rate | Currency Conversion Rate | The Currency Conversion Rate indicates the rate to use when converting the source currency to the accounting currency | C_Invoice.CurrencyRate numeric
Number | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Invoice.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Discount Printed | Print Discount on Invoice and Order | The Discount Printed Checkbox indicates if the discount will be printed on the document. | C_Invoice.IsDiscountPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_Invoice.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Charge amount | Charge Amount | The Charge Amount indicates the amount for an additional charge. | C_Invoice.ChargeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | C_Invoice.PaymentRule character(1)
Payment | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_Invoice.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Create lines from | Process which will generate a new document lines based on an existing document | The Create From process will create a new document based on information in an existing document selected by the user. | C_Invoice.CreateLinesFrom character(1)
Button | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Invoice.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_Invoice.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Invoice.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_Invoice.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_Invoice.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_Invoice.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Total Lines | Total of all document lines | The Total amount displays the total of all lines in document currency | C_Invoice.TotalLines numeric
Amount | +| Grand Total | Total amount of document | The Grand Total displays the total amount including Tax and Freight in document currency | C_Invoice.GrandTotal numeric
Amount | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_Invoice.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_Invoice.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Pay Schedule valid | Is the Payment Schedule is valid | Payment Schedules allow to have multiple due dates. | C_Invoice.IsPayScheduleValid character(1)
Yes-No | +| In Dispute | Document is in dispute | The document is in dispute. Use Requests to track details. | C_Invoice.IsInDispute character(1)
Yes-No | +| Copy Lines | Copy Lines from other Invoice | | C_Invoice.CopyFrom character(1)
Button | +| Process Invoice | | | C_Invoice.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | C_Invoice.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Paid | The document is fully paid | | C_Invoice.IsPaid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Collection Status | Invoice Collection Status | Status of the invoice collection process | C_Invoice.InvoiceCollectionType character(1)
List | +| Dunning Grace Date | | | C_Invoice.DunningGrace timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Dunning Level | | | C_Invoice.C_DunningLevel_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cash Plan Line | | | C_Invoice.C_CashPlanLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Is Fixed Asset Invoice | | | C_Invoice.IsFixedAssetInvoice character(1)
Yes-No | +| Related Invoice | | | C_Invoice.RelatedInvoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Department | | | C_Invoice.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | C_Invoice.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Employee | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Invoice.C_Employee_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › Invoice Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/01/2000 · Updated 02/09/2005* + +**Description:** Customer Invoice Line + +**Comment/Help:** The Invoice Line Tab defines the individual items or charges on an Invoice. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_InvoiceLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_InvoiceLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_InvoiceLine.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_InvoiceLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Shipment/Receipt Line | Line on Shipment or Receipt document | The Shipment/Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment/Receipt document | C_InvoiceLine.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_InvoiceLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_InvoiceLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | C_InvoiceLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Resource Assignment | Resource Assignment | | C_InvoiceLine.S_ResourceAssignment_ID numeric(10)
Assignment | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_InvoiceLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Quantity | The Quantity Entered is based on the selected UoM | The Quantity Entered is converted to base product UoM quantity | C_InvoiceLine.QtyEntered numeric
Quantity | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | C_InvoiceLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity Invoiced | Invoiced Quantity | The Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced. | C_InvoiceLine.QtyInvoiced numeric
Quantity | +| Price | Price Entered - the price based on the selected/base UoM | The price entered is converted to the actual price based on the UoM conversion | C_InvoiceLine.PriceEntered numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Unit Price | Actual Price | The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency. | C_InvoiceLine.PriceActual numeric
Costs+Prices | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | C_InvoiceLine.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_InvoiceLine.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_InvoiceLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_InvoiceLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_InvoiceLine.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_InvoiceLine.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_InvoiceLine.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_InvoiceLine.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line Amount | Line Extended Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and Charges | Indicates the extended line amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included. The Amount may or may not include tax. If the price list is inclusive tax, the line amount is the same as the line total. | C_InvoiceLine.LineNetAmt numeric
Amount | +| Description Only | if true, the line is just description and no transaction | If a line is Description Only, e.g. Product Inventory is not corrected. No accounting transactions are created and the amount or totals are not included in the document. This for including descriptive detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order. | C_InvoiceLine.IsDescription character(1)
Yes-No | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | C_InvoiceLine.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Printed | Indicates if this document / line is printed | The Printed checkbox indicates if this document or line will included when printing. | C_InvoiceLine.IsPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Department | | | C_InvoiceLine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | C_InvoiceLine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Employee | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_InvoiceLine.C_Employee_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › Invoice Tax + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/01/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Customer Invoice Tax + +**Comment/Help:** The Invoice Tax Tab displays the total tax due based on the Invoice Lines. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_InvoiceTax.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_InvoiceTax.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_InvoiceTax.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_InvoiceTax.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Provider | | | C_InvoiceTax.C_TaxProvider_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Amount | Tax Amount for a document | The Tax Amount displays the total tax amount for a document. | C_InvoiceTax.TaxAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tax base Amount | Base for calculating the tax amount | The Tax Base Amount indicates the base amount used for calculating the tax amount. | C_InvoiceTax.TaxBaseAmt numeric
Amount | +| Price includes Tax | Tax is included in the price | The Tax Included checkbox indicates if the prices include tax. This is also known as the gross price. | C_InvoiceTax.IsTaxIncluded character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Payment Schedule + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/05/2003 · Updated 17/05/2005* + +**Description:** Invoice Payment Schedule + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_InvoicePaySchedule.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_InvoicePaySchedule.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_InvoicePaySchedule.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment Schedule | Payment Schedule Template | Information when parts of the payment are due | C_InvoicePaySchedule.C_PaySchedule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_InvoicePaySchedule.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Due Date | Date when the payment is due | Date when the payment is due without deductions or discount | C_InvoicePaySchedule.DueDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Amount due | Amount of the payment due | Full amount of the payment due | C_InvoicePaySchedule.DueAmt numeric
Amount | +| Discount Date | Last Date for payments with discount | Last Date where a deduction of the payment discount is allowed | C_InvoicePaySchedule.DiscountDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | C_InvoicePaySchedule.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Validate | Validate Payment Schedule | | C_InvoicePaySchedule.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | C_InvoicePaySchedule.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Allocation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/01/2005 · Updated 17/05/2005* + +**Description:** Allocation of the Invoice to Payments or Cash + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_AllocationLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_AllocationLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_AllocationLine.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Allocation | Payment allocation | | C_AllocationLine.C_AllocationHdr_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | C_AllocationLine.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_AllocationLine.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Amount | Amount in a defined currency | The Amount indicates the amount for this document line. | C_AllocationLine.Amount numeric
Amount | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | C_AllocationLine.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Write-off Amount | Amount to write-off | The Write Off Amount indicates the amount to be written off as uncollectible. | C_AllocationLine.WriteOffAmt numeric
Amount | +| Over/Under Payment | Over-Payment (unallocated) or Under-Payment (partial payment) Amount | Overpayments (negative) are unallocated amounts and allow you to receive money for more than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial payment for the invoice. You do not write off the unpaid amount. | C_AllocationLine.OverUnderAmt numeric
Amount | + diff --git a/manual/window/SalesOpportunity_Window_ID-53155_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SalesOpportunity_Window_ID-53155_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5c1d441b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SalesOpportunity_Window_ID-53155_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +--- +title: 'Sales Opportunity' +sidebar_label: 'Sales Opportunity' +description: 'A potential sale' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Sales Opportunity + +Window ID 53155 + +*25/08/2013 → 30/06/2021* + +![Sales Opportunity](/img/manual/SalesOpportunity-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** A potential sale + +## Tab: Opportunity + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 25/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Opportunity.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Opportunity.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Opportunity.DocumentNo character varying(60)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Opportunity.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_Opportunity.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Opportunity.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Opportunity.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sales Stage | Stages of the sales process | Define what stages your sales process will move through | C_Opportunity.C_SalesStage_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Probability | | | C_Opportunity.Probability numeric
Amount | +| Expected Close Date | Expected Close Date | The Expected Close Date indicates the expected last or final date | C_Opportunity.ExpectedCloseDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Opportunity Amount | The estimated value of this opportunity. | | C_Opportunity.OpportunityAmt numeric
Amount | +| Weighted Amount | The amount adjusted by the probability. | | C_Opportunity.WeightedAmt
Amount | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Opportunity.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Opportunity.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | C_Opportunity.Comments text
Text | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Opportunity.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Close Date | Close Date | The Start Date indicates the last or final date | C_Opportunity.CloseDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Cost | Cost information | | C_Opportunity.Cost numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: › Quote/Order + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 27/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Order.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Order.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Order.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | C_Order.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Order.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Target Document Type | Target document type for conversing documents | You can convert document types (e.g. from Offer to Order or Invoice). The conversion is then reflected in the current type. This processing is initiated by selecting the appropriate Document Action. | C_Order.C_DocTypeTarget_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | C_Order.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | C_Order.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Promised | Date Order was promised | The Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for. | C_Order.DatePromised timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Order.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Partner | Business Partner to be invoiced | If empty the shipment business partner will be invoiced | C_Order.Bill_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_Order.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Location | Business Partner Location for invoicing | | C_Order.Bill_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_Order.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Contact | Business Partner Contact for invoicing | | C_Order.Bill_User_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Delivery Rule | Defines the timing of Delivery | The Delivery Rule indicates when an order should be delivered. For example should the order be delivered when the entire order is complete, when a line is complete or as the products become available. | C_Order.DeliveryRule character(1)
List | +| Priority | Priority of a document | The Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document | C_Order.PriorityRule character(1)
List | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | C_Order.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Drop Shipment | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location using the Drop Ship Business Partner name and contact. | C_Order.IsDropShip character(1)
Yes-No | +| Drop Ship Business Partner | Business Partner to ship to | If empty the business partner will be shipped to. | C_Order.DropShip_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Drop Shipment Location | Business Partner Location for shipping to | | C_Order.DropShip_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Drop Shipment Contact | Business Partner Contact for drop shipment | | C_Order.DropShip_User_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Delivery Via | How the order will be delivered | The Delivery Via indicates how the products should be delivered. For example, will the order be picked up or shipped. | C_Order.DeliveryViaRule character(1)
List | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | C_Order.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Freight Cost Rule | Method for charging Freight | The Freight Cost Rule indicates the method used when charging for freight. | C_Order.FreightCostRule character(1)
List | +| Freight Category | Category of the Freight | Freight Categories are used to calculate the Freight for the Shipper selected | C_Order.M_FreightCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Freight Amount | Freight Amount | The Freight Amount indicates the amount charged for Freight in the document currency. | C_Order.FreightAmt numeric
Amount | +| Invoice Rule | Frequency and method of invoicing | The Invoice Rule defines how a Business Partner is invoiced and the frequency of invoicing. | C_Order.InvoiceRule character(1)
List | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | C_Order.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Order.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | C_Order.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Order.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Discount Printed | Print Discount on Invoice and Order | The Discount Printed Checkbox indicates if the discount will be printed on the document. | C_Order.IsDiscountPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_Order.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Charge amount | Charge Amount | The Charge Amount indicates the amount for an additional charge. | C_Order.ChargeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | C_Order.PaymentRule character(1)
Payment | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_Order.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Promotion Code | User entered promotion code at sales time | If present, user entered the promotion code at sales time to get this promotion | C_Order.PromotionCode character varying(30)
String | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Order.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_Order.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Order.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_Order.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_Order.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_Order.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Total Lines | Total of all document lines | The Total amount displays the total of all lines in document currency | C_Order.TotalLines numeric
Amount | +| Grand Total | Total amount of document | The Grand Total displays the total amount including Tax and Freight in document currency | C_Order.GrandTotal numeric
Amount | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_Order.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_Order.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Pay Schedule valid | Is the Payment Schedule is valid | Payment Schedules allow to have multiple due dates. | C_Order.IsPayScheduleValid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Copy Lines | Copy Lines from other Order | | C_Order.CopyFrom character(1)
Button | +| Process Order | | | C_Order.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | C_Order.Posted character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › › Order Line + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 27/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_OrderLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_OrderLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_OrderLine.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_OrderLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_OrderLine.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Date Promised | Date Order was promised | The Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for. | C_OrderLine.DatePromised timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | C_OrderLine.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_OrderLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | C_OrderLine.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_OrderLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_OrderLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | C_OrderLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Resource Assignment | Resource Assignment | | C_OrderLine.S_ResourceAssignment_ID numeric(10)
Assignment | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_OrderLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Quantity | The Quantity Entered is based on the selected UoM | The Quantity Entered is converted to base product UoM quantity | C_OrderLine.QtyEntered numeric
Quantity | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | C_OrderLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Ordered Quantity | Ordered Quantity | The Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that was ordered. | C_OrderLine.QtyOrdered numeric
Quantity | +| Delivered Quantity | Delivered Quantity | The Delivered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been delivered. | C_OrderLine.QtyDelivered numeric
Quantity | +| Reserved Quantity | Reserved Quantity | The Reserved Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that is currently reserved. | C_OrderLine.QtyReserved numeric
Quantity | +| Quantity Invoiced | Invoiced Quantity | The Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced. | C_OrderLine.QtyInvoiced numeric
Quantity | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | C_OrderLine.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Price | Price Entered - the price based on the selected/base UoM | The price entered is converted to the actual price based on the UoM conversion | C_OrderLine.PriceEntered numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Unit Price | Actual Price | The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency. | C_OrderLine.PriceActual numeric
Costs+Prices | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | C_OrderLine.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Freight Amount | Freight Amount | The Freight Amount indicates the amount charged for Freight in the document currency. | C_OrderLine.FreightAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_OrderLine.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Discount % | Discount in percent | The Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage. | C_OrderLine.Discount numeric
Number | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_OrderLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_OrderLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_OrderLine.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_OrderLine.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_OrderLine.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_OrderLine.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line Amount | Line Extended Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and Charges | Indicates the extended line amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included. The Amount may or may not include tax. If the price list is inclusive tax, the line amount is the same as the line total. | C_OrderLine.LineNetAmt numeric
Amount | +| Lost Sales Qty | Quantity of potential sales | When an order is closed and there is a difference between the ordered quantity and the delivered (invoiced) quantity is the Lost Sales Quantity. Note that the Lost Sales Quantity is 0 if you void an order, so close the order if you want to track lost opportunities. [Void = data entry error - Close = the order is finished] | C_OrderLine.QtyLostSales numeric
Quantity | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_OrderLine.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Activity + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 25/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ContactActivity.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ContactActivity.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Opportunity | | | C_ContactActivity.C_Opportunity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity Type | Type of activity, e.g. task, email, phone call | | C_ContactActivity.ContactActivityType character varying(10)
List | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ContactActivity.Description character varying(255)
String | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_ContactActivity.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_ContactActivity.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | C_ContactActivity.Comments text
Text | +| Start Date | First effective day (inclusive) | The Start Date indicates the first or starting date | C_ContactActivity.StartDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| End Date | Last effective date (inclusive) | The End Date indicates the last date in this range. | C_ContactActivity.EndDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Complete | It is complete | Indication that this is complete | C_ContactActivity.IsComplete character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/SalesOrder_Window_ID-143_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SalesOrder_Window_ID-143_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..562a3f61 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SalesOrder_Window_ID-143_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +--- +title: 'Sales Order' +sidebar_label: 'Sales Order' +description: 'Enter and change sales orders' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Sales Order + +Window ID 143 + +*09/08/1999 → 30/06/2021* + +![Sales Order](/img/manual/SalesOrder-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Enter and change sales orders + +**Comment/Help:** The Order Window allows you to enter and modify Sales Orders. + +## Tab: Order + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 12/12/2009* + +**Description:** Order Header + +**Comment/Help:** The Order Header Tab defines the parameters of an Order. Changing the Organization, Business Partner, Warehouse, Date Promised, etc. changes these values on all the lines. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Order.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Order.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Order.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | C_Order.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Order.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Target Document Type | Target document type for conversing documents | You can convert document types (e.g. from Offer to Order or Invoice). The conversion is then reflected in the current type. This processing is initiated by selecting the appropriate Document Action. | C_Order.C_DocTypeTarget_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | C_Order.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | C_Order.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Promised | Date Order was promised | The Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for. | C_Order.DatePromised timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Order.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Partner | Business Partner to be invoiced | If empty the shipment business partner will be invoiced | C_Order.Bill_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_Order.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Location | Business Partner Location for invoicing | | C_Order.Bill_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_Order.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Contact | Business Partner Contact for invoicing | | C_Order.Bill_User_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Delivery Rule | Defines the timing of Delivery | The Delivery Rule indicates when an order should be delivered. For example should the order be delivered when the entire order is complete, when a line is complete or as the products become available. | C_Order.DeliveryRule character(1)
List | +| Priority | Priority of a document | The Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document | C_Order.PriorityRule character(1)
List | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | C_Order.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Drop Shipment | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location using the Drop Ship Business Partner name and contact. | C_Order.IsDropShip character(1)
Yes-No | +| Drop Ship Business Partner | Business Partner to ship to | If empty the business partner will be shipped to. | C_Order.DropShip_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Drop Shipment Location | Business Partner Location for shipping to | | C_Order.DropShip_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Drop Shipment Contact | Business Partner Contact for drop shipment | | C_Order.DropShip_User_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Delivery Via | How the order will be delivered | The Delivery Via indicates how the products should be delivered. For example, will the order be picked up or shipped. | C_Order.DeliveryViaRule character(1)
List | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | C_Order.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Freight Cost Rule | Method for charging Freight | The Freight Cost Rule indicates the method used when charging for freight. | C_Order.FreightCostRule character(1)
List | +| Freight Category | Category of the Freight | Freight Categories are used to calculate the Freight for the Shipper selected | C_Order.M_FreightCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Freight Amount | Freight Amount | The Freight Amount indicates the amount charged for Freight in the document currency. | C_Order.FreightAmt numeric
Amount | +| Privileged Rate | | | C_Order.IsPriviledgedRate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Online Shipping Sales Order Rate Inquiry | | | C_Order.ShippingRateInquiry character(1)
Button | +| Invoice Rule | Frequency and method of invoicing | The Invoice Rule defines how a Business Partner is invoiced and the frequency of invoicing. | C_Order.InvoiceRule character(1)
List | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | C_Order.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Order.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency Type | Currency Conversion Rate Type | The Currency Conversion Rate Type lets you define different type of rates, e.g. Spot, Corporate and/or Sell/Buy rates. | C_Order.C_ConversionType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Order.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Discount Printed | Print Discount on Invoice and Order | The Discount Printed Checkbox indicates if the discount will be printed on the document. | C_Order.IsDiscountPrinted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_Order.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Charge amount | Charge Amount | The Charge Amount indicates the amount for an additional charge. | C_Order.ChargeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | C_Order.PaymentRule character(1)
Payment | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_Order.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Promotion Code | User entered promotion code at sales time | If present, user entered the promotion code at sales time to get this promotion | C_Order.PromotionCode character varying(30)
String | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Order.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_Order.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Order.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_Order.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_Order.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_Order.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Total Lines | Total of all document lines | The Total amount displays the total of all lines in document currency | C_Order.TotalLines numeric
Amount | +| Grand Total | Total amount of document | The Grand Total displays the total amount including Tax and Freight in document currency | C_Order.GrandTotal numeric
Amount | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_Order.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_Order.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Pay Schedule valid | Is the Payment Schedule is valid | Payment Schedules allow to have multiple due dates. | C_Order.IsPayScheduleValid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Copy Lines | Copy Lines from other Order | | C_Order.CopyFrom character(1)
Button | +| Process Order | | | C_Order.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Order Source | | | C_Order.C_OrderSource_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | C_Order.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Cash Plan Line | | | C_Order.C_CashPlanLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quotation | Quotation used for generating this order | | C_Order.QuotationOrder_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Linked Order | This field links a sales order to the purchase order that is generated from it. | | C_Order.Link_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Department | | | C_Order.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | C_Order.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Order Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 02/09/2005* + +**Description:** Order Line + +**Comment/Help:** The Order Line Tab defines the individual line items that comprise an Order. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_OrderLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_OrderLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_OrderLine.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_OrderLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_OrderLine.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Date Promised | Date Order was promised | The Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for. | C_OrderLine.DatePromised timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | C_OrderLine.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_OrderLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | C_OrderLine.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_OrderLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_OrderLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | C_OrderLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Resource Assignment | Resource Assignment | | C_OrderLine.S_ResourceAssignment_ID numeric(10)
Assignment | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_OrderLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Quantity | The Quantity Entered is based on the selected UoM | The Quantity Entered is converted to base product UoM quantity | C_OrderLine.QtyEntered numeric
Quantity | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | C_OrderLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Ordered Quantity | Ordered Quantity | The Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that was ordered. | C_OrderLine.QtyOrdered numeric
Quantity | +| Delivered Quantity | Delivered Quantity | The Delivered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been delivered. | C_OrderLine.QtyDelivered numeric
Quantity | +| Reserved Quantity | Reserved Quantity | The Reserved Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that is currently reserved. | C_OrderLine.QtyReserved numeric
Quantity | +| Quantity Invoiced | Invoiced Quantity | The Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced. | C_OrderLine.QtyInvoiced numeric
Quantity | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | C_OrderLine.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Price | Price Entered - the price based on the selected/base UoM | The price entered is converted to the actual price based on the UoM conversion | C_OrderLine.PriceEntered numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Unit Price | Actual Price | The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency. | C_OrderLine.PriceActual numeric
Costs+Prices | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | C_OrderLine.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Freight Amount | Freight Amount | The Freight Amount indicates the amount charged for Freight in the document currency. | C_OrderLine.FreightAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_OrderLine.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Discount % | Discount in percent | The Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage. | C_OrderLine.Discount numeric
Number | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_OrderLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | C_OrderLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_OrderLine.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | C_OrderLine.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_OrderLine.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | C_OrderLine.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line Amount | Line Extended Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and Charges | Indicates the extended line amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included. The Amount may or may not include tax. If the price list is inclusive tax, the line amount is the same as the line total. | C_OrderLine.LineNetAmt numeric
Amount | +| Lost Sales Qty | Quantity of potential sales | When an order is closed and there is a difference between the ordered quantity and the delivered (invoiced) quantity is the Lost Sales Quantity. Note that the Lost Sales Quantity is 0 if you void an order, so close the order if you want to track lost opportunities. [Void = data entry error - Close = the order is finished] | C_OrderLine.QtyLostSales numeric
Quantity | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_OrderLine.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Create Shipment from Order Line | Create Shipment for single ordered product | | C_OrderLine.CreateShipment character(1)
Button | +| Create Production from Order Line | Create Production for single ordered product | | C_OrderLine.CreateProduction character(1)
Button | +| Department | | | C_OrderLine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Cost Center | | | C_OrderLine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Order Tax + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/12/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Order Tax + +**Comment/Help:** The Order Tax Tab displays the tax amount for an Order based on the lines entered. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_OrderTax.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_OrderTax.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_OrderTax.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_OrderTax.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Provider | | | C_OrderTax.C_TaxProvider_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Amount | Tax Amount for a document | The Tax Amount displays the total tax amount for a document. | C_OrderTax.TaxAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tax base Amount | Base for calculating the tax amount | The Tax Base Amount indicates the base amount used for calculating the tax amount. | C_OrderTax.TaxBaseAmt numeric
Amount | +| Price includes Tax | Tax is included in the price | The Tax Included checkbox indicates if the prices include tax. This is also known as the gross price. | C_OrderTax.IsTaxIncluded character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Payment Schedule + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 08/12/2010 · Updated 08/12/2010* + +**Description:** Order Payment Schedule + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_OrderPaySchedule.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_OrderPaySchedule.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_OrderPaySchedule.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment Schedule | Payment Schedule Template | Information when parts of the payment are due | C_OrderPaySchedule.C_PaySchedule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_OrderPaySchedule.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Due Date | Date when the payment is due | Date when the payment is due without deductions or discount | C_OrderPaySchedule.DueDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Amount due | Amount of the payment due | Full amount of the payment due | C_OrderPaySchedule.DueAmt numeric
Amount | +| Discount Date | Last Date for payments with discount | Last Date where a deduction of the payment discount is allowed | C_OrderPaySchedule.DiscountDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | C_OrderPaySchedule.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Validate | Validate Payment Schedule | | C_OrderPaySchedule.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | C_OrderPaySchedule.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › POS Payment + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 06/09/2012 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_POSPayment.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_POSPayment.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_POSPayment.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_POSPayment.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| POS Tender Type | | | C_POSPayment.C_POSTenderType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tender type | Method of Payment | The Tender Type indicates the method of payment (ACH or Direct Deposit, Credit Card, Check, Direct Debit) | C_POSPayment.TenderType character(1)
List | +| Payment amount | Amount being paid | Indicates the amount this payment is for. The payment amount can be for single or multiple invoices or a partial payment for an invoice. | C_POSPayment.PayAmt numeric
Amount | +| Account Name | Name on Credit Card or Account holder | The Name of the Credit Card or Account holder. | C_POSPayment.A_Name character varying(60)
String | +| Routing No | Bank Routing Number | The Bank Routing Number (ABA Number) identifies a legal Bank. It is used in routing checks and electronic transactions. | C_POSPayment.RoutingNo character varying(20)
String | +| Check No | Check Number | The Check Number indicates the number on the check. | C_POSPayment.CheckNo character varying(20)
String | +| Account No | Account Number | The Account Number indicates the Number assigned to this bank account. | C_POSPayment.AccountNo character varying(20)
String | +| Micr | Combination of routing no, account and check no | The Micr number is the combination of the bank routing number, account number and check number | C_POSPayment.Micr character varying(20)
String | +| Post Dated | | | C_POSPayment.IsPostDated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Promised | Date Order was promised | The Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for. | C_POSPayment.DatePromised timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Check Status | | | C_POSPayment.CheckStatus character(1)
List | +| Credit Card | Credit Card (Visa, MC, AmEx) | The Credit Card drop down list box is used for selecting the type of Credit Card presented for payment. | C_POSPayment.CreditCardType character(1)
List | +| Number | Credit Card Number | The Credit Card number indicates the number on the credit card, without blanks or spaces. | C_POSPayment.CreditCardNumber character varying(20)
String | +| Voice authorization code | Voice Authorization Code from credit card company | The Voice Authorization Code indicates the code received from the Credit Card Company. | C_POSPayment.VoiceAuthCode character varying(20)
String | +| Deposit Group | | | C_POSPayment.DepositGroup character varying(20)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | C_POSPayment.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_POSPayment.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_POSPayment.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/SalesRegion_Window_ID-152_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SalesRegion_Window_ID-152_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..67ca19f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SalesRegion_Window_ID-152_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +--- +title: 'Sales Region' +sidebar_label: 'Sales Region' +description: 'Maintain Sales Regions' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Sales Region + +Window ID 152 + +*26/09/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Sales Region](/img/manual/SalesRegion-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Sales Regions + +**Comment/Help:** The Sales Region Window defines the different regions where you do business. You can generate reports based on Sales Regions + +## Tab: Sales Region + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 26/09/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Sales Region + +**Comment/Help:** The Sales Region Tab defines the different regions where you do business. Sales Regions can be used when generating reports or calculating commissions. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_SalesRegion.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_SalesRegion.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_SalesRegion.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_SalesRegion.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_SalesRegion.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_SalesRegion.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | C_SalesRegion.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_SalesRegion.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | C_SalesRegion.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/03/2014 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_SalesRegion_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_SalesRegion_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Region | Sales coverage region | The Sales Region indicates a specific area of sales coverage. | C_SalesRegion_Trl.C_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_SalesRegion_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_SalesRegion_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_SalesRegion_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_SalesRegion_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_SalesRegion_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/SalesRepDashboard_Window_ID-53156_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SalesRepDashboard_Window_ID-53156_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c3ffd8f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SalesRepDashboard_Window_ID-53156_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +--- +title: 'Sales Rep Dashboard' +sidebar_label: 'Sales Rep Dashboard' +description: 'The Sales Rep Dashboard provides a single location for managing sales opportunities' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Sales Rep Dashboard + +Window ID 53156 + +*25/08/2013 → 12/09/2013* + +![Sales Rep Dashboard](/img/manual/SalesRepDashboard-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** The Sales Rep Dashboard provides a single location for managing sales opportunities + +## Tab: Dashboard + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 11/09/2013* + +**Description:** Sales Rep dashboard + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Sales Pipeline | | | C_SalesDashboard.SalesPipeline integer
Chart | +| Opportunity by Campaign | | | C_SalesDashboard.OpportunityCampaign
Chart | +| Sales Volume in 1.000 | Total Volume of Sales in Thousands of Currency | The Sales Volume indicates the total volume of sales for a Business Partner. | C_SalesDashboard.SalesVolume
Chart | +| Open Requests | | | C_SalesDashboard.OpenRequests
Chart | +| Sales Rep Name | Sales Representative Name | The name of the sales rep that this dashboard relates to. | C_SalesDashboard.Name character varying(60)
String | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_SalesDashboard.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Leads + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 27/08/2013* + +**Description:** Leads assigned to Sales Rep + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_User.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_User.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_User.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_User.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | AD_User.Comments character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_User.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | AD_User.EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Phone | Identifies a telephone number | The Phone field identifies a telephone number | AD_User.Phone character varying(40)
String | +| 2nd Phone | Identifies an alternate telephone number. | The 2nd Phone field identifies an alternate telephone number. | AD_User.Phone2 character varying(40)
String | +| Fax | Facsimile number | The Fax identifies a facsimile number for this Business Partner or Location | AD_User.Fax character varying(40)
String | +| Address | Location or Address | The Location / Address field defines the location of an entity. | AD_User.C_Location_ID numeric(10)
Location (Address) | +| Title | Name this entity is referred to as | The Title indicates the name that an entity is referred to as. | AD_User.Title character varying(40)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | AD_User.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | AD_User.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Position | Job Position | | AD_User.C_Job_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Birthday | Birthday or Anniversary day | Birthday or Anniversary day | AD_User.Birthday timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Last Contact | Date this individual was last contacted | The Last Contact indicates the date that this Business Partner Contact was last contacted. | AD_User.LastContact timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Last Result | Result of last contact | The Last Result identifies the result of the last contact made. | AD_User.LastResult character varying(255)
String | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | AD_User.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | AD_User.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Lead Source | The source of this lead/opportunity | | AD_User.LeadSource character varying(10)
List | +| Lead Source Description | Additional information on the source of this lead/opportunity | | AD_User.LeadSourceDescription character varying(255)
Text | +| Lead Status | The status of this lead/opportunity in the sales cycle | | AD_User.LeadStatus character varying(10)
List | +| Lead Status Description | Additional information on the status of this lead/opportunity | | AD_User.LeadStatusDescription character varying(255)
Text | + +## Tab: › Opportunities + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 27/08/2013* + +**Description:** Opportunities assigned to Sales Rep + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Opportunity.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Opportunity.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Opportunity.DocumentNo character varying(60)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Opportunity.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_Opportunity.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Opportunity.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Opportunity.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sales Stage | Stages of the sales process | Define what stages your sales process will move through | C_Opportunity.C_SalesStage_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Probability | | | C_Opportunity.Probability numeric
Amount | +| Expected Close Date | Expected Close Date | The Expected Close Date indicates the expected last or final date | C_Opportunity.ExpectedCloseDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Opportunity Amount | The estimated value of this opportunity. | | C_Opportunity.OpportunityAmt numeric
Amount | +| Weighted Amount | The amount adjusted by the probability. | | C_Opportunity.WeightedAmt
Amount | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Opportunity.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Opportunity.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | C_Opportunity.Comments text
Text | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Opportunity.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Close Date | Close Date | The Start Date indicates the last or final date | C_Opportunity.CloseDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Cost | Cost information | | C_Opportunity.Cost numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: › Activities + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 27/08/2013* + +**Description:** Sales Rep Activities + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_ContactActivity.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_ContactActivity.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_ContactActivity.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Activity Type | Type of activity, e.g. task, email, phone call | | C_ContactActivity.ContactActivityType character varying(10)
List | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_ContactActivity.Description character varying(255)
String | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_ContactActivity.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sales Opportunity | | | C_ContactActivity.C_Opportunity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | C_ContactActivity.Comments text
Text | +| Start Date | First effective day (inclusive) | The Start Date indicates the first or starting date | C_ContactActivity.StartDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| End Date | Last effective date (inclusive) | The End Date indicates the last date in this range. | C_ContactActivity.EndDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Complete | It is complete | Indication that this is complete | C_ContactActivity.IsComplete character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/SalesRepInfo_Window_ID-293_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SalesRepInfo_Window_ID-293_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d210f916 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SalesRepInfo_Window_ID-293_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +--- +title: 'Sales Rep Info' +sidebar_label: 'Sales Rep Info' +description: 'Company Agent (Sales Rep) Information' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Sales Rep Info + +Window ID 293 + +*11/12/2003 → 30/06/2021* + +![Sales Rep Info](/img/manual/SalesRepInfo-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Company Agent (Sales Rep) Information + +**Comment/Help:** This window allows you to view Company agent related information + +## Tab: Company Agent + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/12/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Sales Representative Selection + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_User.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_User.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_User.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_User.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_User.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | AD_User.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | AD_User.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | AD_User.EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Title | Name this entity is referred to as | The Title indicates the name that an entity is referred to as. | AD_User.Title character varying(40)
String | +| Birthday | Birthday or Anniversary day | Birthday or Anniversary day | AD_User.Birthday timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Phone | Identifies a telephone number | The Phone field identifies a telephone number | AD_User.Phone character varying(40)
String | +| Fax | Facsimile number | The Fax identifies a facsimile number for this Business Partner or Location | AD_User.Fax character varying(40)
String | +| Supervisor | Supervisor for this user/organization - used for escalation and approval | The Supervisor indicates who will be used for forwarding and escalating issues for this user - or for approvals. | AD_User.Supervisor_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | AD_User.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | + +## Tab: › Orders + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/12/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** All Orders where the Agent "owns" the Order, the Business Partner or the Product + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Order.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Order.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Order.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | C_Order.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Order.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_Order.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_Order.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | C_Order.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | C_Order.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Promised | Date Order was promised | The Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for. | C_Order.DatePromised timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Printed | Date the document was printed. | Indicates the Date that a document was printed. | C_Order.DatePrinted timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Order.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Partner | Business Partner to be invoiced | If empty the shipment business partner will be invoiced | C_Order.Bill_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_Order.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice Location | Business Partner Location for invoicing | | C_Order.Bill_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Delivery Rule | Defines the timing of Delivery | The Delivery Rule indicates when an order should be delivered. For example should the order be delivered when the entire order is complete, when a line is complete or as the products become available. | C_Order.DeliveryRule character(1)
List | +| Priority | Priority of a document | The Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document | C_Order.PriorityRule character(1)
List | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | C_Order.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Drop Shipment | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location using the Drop Ship Business Partner name and contact. | C_Order.IsDropShip character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoice Rule | Frequency and method of invoicing | The Invoice Rule defines how a Business Partner is invoiced and the frequency of invoicing. | C_Order.InvoiceRule character(1)
List | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | C_Order.IsSOTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | C_Order.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Order.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Order.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | C_Order.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | C_Order.PaymentRule character(1)
Payment | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_Order.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Order.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Order.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Delivered | | | C_Order.IsDelivered character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoiced | Is this invoiced? | If selected, invoices are created | C_Order.IsInvoiced character(1)
Yes-No | +| Total Lines | Total of all document lines | The Total amount displays the total of all lines in document currency | C_Order.TotalLines numeric
Amount | +| Grand Total | Total amount of document | The Grand Total displays the total amount including Tax and Freight in document currency | C_Order.GrandTotal numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: › › Order Lines + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 11/12/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** All Order Lines where the Agent "owns" the Order, the Business Partner or the Product + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_OrderLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_OrderLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_OrderLine.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_OrderLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_OrderLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_OrderLine.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_OrderLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | C_OrderLine.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Promised | Date Order was promised | The Date Promised indicates the date, if any, that an Order was promised for. | C_OrderLine.DatePromised timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Delivered | Date when the product was delivered | | C_OrderLine.DateDelivered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | C_OrderLine.DateInvoiced timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | C_OrderLine.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_OrderLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Description Only | if true, the line is just description and no transaction | If a line is Description Only, e.g. Product Inventory is not corrected. No accounting transactions are created and the amount or totals are not included in the document. This for including descriptive detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order. | C_OrderLine.IsDescription character(1)
Yes-No | +| Resource Assignment | Resource Assignment | | C_OrderLine.S_ResourceAssignment_ID numeric(10)
Assignment | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | C_OrderLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Ordered Quantity | Ordered Quantity | The Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that was ordered. | C_OrderLine.QtyOrdered numeric
Quantity | +| Reserved Quantity | Reserved Quantity | The Reserved Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that is currently reserved. | C_OrderLine.QtyReserved numeric
Quantity | +| Delivered Quantity | Delivered Quantity | The Delivered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been delivered. | C_OrderLine.QtyDelivered numeric
Quantity | +| Quantity Invoiced | Invoiced Quantity | The Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced. | C_OrderLine.QtyInvoiced numeric
Quantity | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_OrderLine.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_OrderLine.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | C_OrderLine.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Discount % | Discount in percent | The Discount indicates the discount applied or taken as a percentage. | C_OrderLine.Discount numeric
Number | +| Unit Price | Actual Price | The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency. | C_OrderLine.PriceActual numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Line Amount | Line Extended Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and Charges | Indicates the extended line amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included. The Amount may or may not include tax. If the price list is inclusive tax, the line amount is the same as the line total. | C_OrderLine.LineNetAmt numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: › Invoices + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/12/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** All Invoices where the Agent "owns" the Invoice, the Business Partner or the Product + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Invoice.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Invoice.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Invoice.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | C_Invoice.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_Invoice.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Invoice.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_Invoice.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_Invoice.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Date Invoiced | Date printed on Invoice | The Date Invoice indicates the date printed on the invoice. | C_Invoice.DateInvoiced timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | C_Invoice.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | C_Invoice.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Date Printed | Date the document was printed. | Indicates the Date that a document was printed. | C_Invoice.DatePrinted timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Invoice.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | C_Invoice.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | C_Invoice.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Invoice.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | C_Invoice.PaymentRule character(1)
Payment | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | C_Invoice.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Invoice.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | C_Invoice.IsSOTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | C_Invoice.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | C_Invoice.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Paid | The document is fully paid | | C_Invoice.IsPaid character(1)
Yes-No | +| In Dispute | Document is in dispute | The document is in dispute. Use Requests to track details. | C_Invoice.IsInDispute character(1)
Yes-No | +| Total Lines | Total of all document lines | The Total amount displays the total of all lines in document currency | C_Invoice.TotalLines numeric
Amount | +| Grand Total | Total amount of document | The Grand Total displays the total amount including Tax and Freight in document currency | C_Invoice.GrandTotal numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: › › Invoice Line + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 11/12/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** All Invoice Liness where the Agent "owns" the Invoice, the Business Partner or the Product + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_InvoiceLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_InvoiceLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_InvoiceLine.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | C_InvoiceLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_InvoiceLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_InvoiceLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_InvoiceLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Description Only | if true, the line is just description and no transaction | If a line is Description Only, e.g. Product Inventory is not corrected. No accounting transactions are created and the amount or totals are not included in the document. This for including descriptive detail lines, e.g. for an Work Order. | C_InvoiceLine.IsDescription character(1)
Yes-No | +| Resource Assignment | Resource Assignment | | C_InvoiceLine.S_ResourceAssignment_ID numeric(10)
Assignment | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | C_InvoiceLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Quantity Invoiced | Invoiced Quantity | The Invoiced Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that have been invoiced. | C_InvoiceLine.QtyInvoiced numeric
Quantity | +| Unit Price | Actual Price | The Actual or Unit Price indicates the Price for a product in source currency. | C_InvoiceLine.PriceActual numeric
Costs+Prices | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | C_InvoiceLine.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Line Amount | Line Extended Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and Charges | Indicates the extended line amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included. The Amount may or may not include tax. If the price list is inclusive tax, the line amount is the same as the line total. | C_InvoiceLine.LineNetAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tax Amount | Tax Amount for a document | The Tax Amount displays the total tax amount for a document. | C_InvoiceLine.TaxAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_InvoiceLine.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line Total | Total line amount incl. Tax | Total line amount | C_InvoiceLine.LineTotalAmt numeric
Amount | + diff --git a/manual/window/SalesStage_Window_ID-53154_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SalesStage_Window_ID-53154_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4344cc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SalesStage_Window_ID-53154_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +--- +title: 'Sales Stage' +sidebar_label: 'Sales Stage' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Sales Stage + +Window ID 53154 + +*25/08/2013 → 17/02/2022* + +![Sales Stage](/img/manual/SalesStage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Sales Stage + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 25/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_SalesStage.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_SalesStage.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_SalesStage.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_SalesStage.Value character varying(60)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_SalesStage.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_SalesStage.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Probability | | | C_SalesStage.Probability numeric
Amount | +| Closed Status | The status is closed | This allows to have multiple closed status | C_SalesStage.IsClosed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Won | The opportunity was won | | C_SalesStage.IsWon character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Opportunity + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/08/2013 · Updated 25/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Opportunity.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Opportunity.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_Opportunity.DocumentNo character varying(60)
String | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_Opportunity.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | C_Opportunity.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | C_Opportunity.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | C_Opportunity.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sales Stage | Stages of the sales process | Define what stages your sales process will move through | C_Opportunity.C_SalesStage_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Probability | | | C_Opportunity.Probability numeric
Amount | +| Expected Close Date | Expected Close Date | The Expected Close Date indicates the expected last or final date | C_Opportunity.ExpectedCloseDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Opportunity Amount | The estimated value of this opportunity. | | C_Opportunity.OpportunityAmt numeric
Amount | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_Opportunity.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Opportunity.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | C_Opportunity.Comments text
Text | +| Close Date | Close Date | The Start Date indicates the last or final date | C_Opportunity.CloseDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Cost | Cost information | | C_Opportunity.Cost numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 24/03/2014 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_SalesStage_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_SalesStage_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Stage | Stages of the sales process | Define what stages your sales process will move through | C_SalesStage_Trl.C_SalesStage_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_SalesStage_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_SalesStage_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_SalesStage_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_SalesStage_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_SalesStage_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/Schedule_Window_ID-200012_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Schedule_Window_ID-200012_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..56b8b8f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Schedule_Window_ID-200012_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: 'Schedule' +sidebar_label: 'Schedule' +description: 'Times for the scheduler' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Schedule + +Window ID 200012 + +*18/09/2012 → 27/09/2012* + +![Schedule](/img/manual/Schedule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Times for the scheduler + +## Tab: Schedule + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 18/09/2012 · Updated 18/09/2012* + +**Description:** Schedule + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Schedule.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Schedule.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Schedule.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Schedule.Description character varying(225)
String | +| Schedule Type | Type of schedule | Define the method how the next occurrence is calculated | AD_Schedule.ScheduleType character(1)
List | +| Frequency Type | Frequency of event | The frequency type is used for calculating the date of the next event. | AD_Schedule.FrequencyType character(1)
List | +| Cron Scheduling Pattern | Cron pattern to define when the process should be invoked. | Cron pattern to define when the process should be invoked. See http://www.sauronsoftware.it/projects/cron4j/api/it/sauronsoftware/cron4j/SchedulingPattern.html
If set, the time zone from tenant info is used. Otherwise, use the default JVM time zone at the server. | AD_Schedule.CronPattern character varying(255)
String | +| Frequency | Frequency of events | The frequency is used in conjunction with the frequency type in determining an event. Example: If the Frequency Type is Week and the Frequency is 2 - it is every two weeks. | AD_Schedule.Frequency numeric(10)
Integer | +| Run only on IP | | | AD_Schedule.RunOnlyOnIP character varying(60)
String | +| System Schedule | Schedule Just For System | | AD_Schedule.IsSystemSchedule character(1)
Yes-No | +| Ignore Processing Time | Do not include processing time for the DateNextRun calculation | When this is selected, the previous DateNextRun is always use as the source for the next DateNextRun calculation. | AD_Schedule.IsIgnoreProcessingTime character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Schedule.IsActive character varying(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Scheduler_Window_ID-305_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Scheduler_Window_ID-305_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c09c0fb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Scheduler_Window_ID-305_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +--- +title: 'Scheduler' +sidebar_label: 'Scheduler' +description: 'Maintain Schedule Processes and Logs' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Scheduler + +Window ID 305 + +*19/02/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Scheduler](/img/manual/Scheduler-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Schedule Processes and Logs + +**Comment/Help:** Schedule processes to be executed asynchronously + +## Tab: Schedule Process + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Schedule processes + +**Comment/Help:** Schedule processes to be executed asynchronously + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Scheduler.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Scheduler.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Scheduler.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Scheduler.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Scheduler.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_Scheduler.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Print Format | Data Print Format | The print format determines how data is rendered for print. | AD_Scheduler.AD_PrintFormat_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Report Output Type | | | AD_Scheduler.ReportOutputType character varying(4)
List | +| Mail Template | Text templates for mailings | The Mail Template indicates the mail template for return messages. Mail text can include variables. The priority of parsing is User/Contact, Business Partner and then the underlying business object (like Request, Dunning, Workflow object).<br>
So, @Name@ would resolve into the User name (if user is defined defined), then Business Partner name (if business partner is defined) and then the Name of the business object if it has a Name.<br>
For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is translated based on the Business Partner's language selection. | AD_Scheduler.R_MailText_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Schedule | | | AD_Scheduler.AD_Schedule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Supervisor | Supervisor for this user/organization - used for escalation and approval | The Supervisor indicates who will be used for forwarding and escalating issues for this user - or for approvals. | AD_Scheduler.Supervisor_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Days to keep Log | Number of days to keep the log entries | Older Log entries may be deleted | AD_Scheduler.KeepLogDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Date Last Run | Date the process was last run. | The Date Last Run indicates the last time that a process was run. | AD_Scheduler.DateLastRun timestamp with time zone
Timestamp With Time Zone | +| Date Next Run | Date the process will run next | The Date Next Run indicates the next time this process will run. | AD_Scheduler.DateNextRun timestamp with time zone
Timestamp With Time Zone | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Scheduler.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_Scheduler.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Scheduler State | State of this scheduler record (not scheduled, started or stopped) | | AD_Scheduler.SchedulerState
Scheduler State | + +## Tab: › Parameter + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Scheduler Parameter + +**Comment/Help:** Provide parameter for scheduled process + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Scheduler_Para.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Scheduler_Para.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Scheduler | Schedule Processes | Schedule processes to be executed asynchronously | AD_Scheduler_Para.AD_Scheduler_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process Parameter | | | AD_Scheduler_Para.AD_Process_Para_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Scheduler_Para.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default Parameter | Default value of the parameter | The default value can be a variable like @#Date@ | AD_Scheduler_Para.ParameterDefault character varying(255)
String | +| Default To Parameter | Default value of the to parameter | The default value can be a variable like @#Date@ | AD_Scheduler_Para.ParameterToDefault character varying(255)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Scheduler_Para.Description character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Scheduler Recipient + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 12/03/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Recipient of the Scheduler Notification + +**Comment/Help:** You can send the notifications to users or roles + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_SchedulerRecipient.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_SchedulerRecipient.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Scheduler | Schedule Processes | Schedule processes to be executed asynchronously | AD_SchedulerRecipient.AD_Scheduler_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_SchedulerRecipient.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_SchedulerRecipient.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_SchedulerRecipient.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Upload | | | AD_SchedulerRecipient.IsUpload character(1)
Yes-No | +| Authorization Account | | | AD_SchedulerRecipient.AD_AuthorizationAccount_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| File Name | Name of the local file or URL | Name of a file in the local directory space - or URL (file://.., http://.., ftp://..) | AD_SchedulerRecipient.FileName character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Log + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Scheduler Log + +**Comment/Help:** Result of the execution of the Scheduler + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_SchedulerLog.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_SchedulerLog.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Scheduler | Schedule Processes | Schedule processes to be executed asynchronously | AD_SchedulerLog.AD_Scheduler_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_SchedulerLog.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Summary | Textual summary of this request | The Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request. | AD_SchedulerLog.Summary character varying(2000)
Text | +| Error | An Error occurred in the execution | | AD_SchedulerLog.IsError character(1)
Yes-No | +| Reference | Reference for this record | The Reference displays the source document number. | AD_SchedulerLog.Reference character varying(60)
String | +| Text Message | Text Message | | AD_SchedulerLog.TextMsg character varying(2000)
Text | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_SchedulerLog.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/SearchDefinition_Window_ID-53069_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SearchDefinition_Window_ID-53069_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da899f28 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SearchDefinition_Window_ID-53069_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +--- +title: 'Search Definition' +sidebar_label: 'Search Definition' +description: 'Define transactioncodes for the QuickSearch bar' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Search Definition + +Window ID 53069 + +*18/02/2009 → 18/02/2009* + +![Search Definition](/img/manual/SearchDefinition-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Define transactioncodes for the QuickSearch bar + +## Tab: Searches + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 18/02/2009 · Updated 18/02/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_SearchDefinition.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_SearchDefinition.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Transaction Code | The transaction code represents the search definition | | AD_SearchDefinition.TransactionCode character varying(8)
String | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_SearchDefinition.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_SearchDefinition.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_SearchDefinition.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_SearchDefinition.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | AD_SearchDefinition.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Search Type | Which kind of search is used (Query or Table) | | AD_SearchDefinition.SearchType character varying(255)
List | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_SearchDefinition.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_SearchDefinition.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Query | SQL query or where clause | SELECT SQL query for Query search type, where clause (without the WHERE keyword) for other search type | AD_SearchDefinition.Query character varying(2000)
Text | +| Data Type | Type of data | | AD_SearchDefinition.DataType character varying(1)
String | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_SearchDefinition.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| PO Window | Purchase Order Window | Window for Purchase Order (AP) Zooms | AD_SearchDefinition.PO_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Message | System Message | Information and Error messages | AD_SearchDefinition.AD_Message_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Style | CSS style for field and label | | AD_SearchDefinition.AD_Style_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + diff --git a/manual/window/SerialNoControl_Window_ID-259_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SerialNoControl_Window_ID-259_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f0bc8f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SerialNoControl_Window_ID-259_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +--- +title: 'Serial No Control' +sidebar_label: 'Serial No Control' +description: 'Product Serial Number Control' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Serial No Control + +Window ID 259 + +*05/05/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Serial No Control](/img/manual/SerialNoControl-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Product Serial Number Control + +**Comment/Help:** Definition to create Serial numbers for Products + +## Tab: Serial No Control + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 05/05/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Product Serial Number Control + +**Comment/Help:** Definition to create Serial numbers for Products + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_SerNoCtl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_SerNoCtl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_SerNoCtl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_SerNoCtl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_SerNoCtl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Start No | Starting number/position | The Start Number indicates the starting position in the line or field number in the line | M_SerNoCtl.StartNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Increment | The number to increment the last document number by | The Increment indicates the number to increment the last document number by to arrive at the next sequence number | M_SerNoCtl.IncrementNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Current Next | The next number to be used | The Current Next indicates the next number to use for this document | M_SerNoCtl.CurrentNext numeric(10)
Integer | +| Prefix | Prefix before the sequence number | The Prefix indicates the characters to print in front of the document number. | M_SerNoCtl.Prefix character varying(10)
String | +| Suffix | Suffix after the number | The Suffix indicates the characters to append to the document number. | M_SerNoCtl.Suffix character varying(10)
String | + +## Tab: › Exclude + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 01/09/2005 · Updated 02/09/2005* + +**Description:** Exclude the ability to create Serial Numbers in Attribute Sets + +**Comment/Help:** Create a record, if you want to exclude the ability to create Serial Numbers in Product Attribute Set information. +Note that the information is cached. To have effect you may have to re-login or reset cache. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_SerNoCtlExclude.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_SerNoCtlExclude.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Serial No Control | Product Serial Number Control | Definition to create Serial numbers for Products | M_SerNoCtlExclude.M_SerNoCtl_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_SerNoCtlExclude.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | M_SerNoCtlExclude.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | M_SerNoCtlExclude.IsSOTrx character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/SessionAudit_Window_ID-264_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SessionAudit_Window_ID-264_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fccf6da1 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SessionAudit_Window_ID-264_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +--- +title: 'Session Audit' +sidebar_label: 'Session Audit' +description: 'Audit of User Sessions' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Session Audit + +Window ID 264 + +*28/05/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Session Audit](/img/manual/SessionAudit-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Audit of User Sessions + +**Comment/Help:** History of Online or Web Sessions + +## Tab: Session Audit + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 28/05/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** List of User Sessions + +**Comment/Help:** History of Online or Web Sessions + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Session.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Session.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_Session.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Created By | User who created this records | The Created By field indicates the user who created this record. | AD_Session.CreatedBy numeric(10)
Search | +| Updated | Date this record was updated | The Updated field indicates the date that this record was updated. | AD_Session.Updated timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Remote Addr | Remote Address | The Remote Address indicates an alternative or external address. | AD_Session.Remote_Addr character varying(60)
String | +| Remote Host | Remote host Info | | AD_Session.Remote_Host character varying(120)
String | +| Server Name | | Node instance name | AD_Session.ServerName character varying(80)
Text | +| Web Session | Web Session ID | | AD_Session.WebSession character varying(40)
String | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Session.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Login date | | | AD_Session.LoginDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Session.Description character varying(2000)
Text | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | AD_Session.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Change Audit + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 29/05/2003 · Updated 24/09/2005* + +**Description:** Data Changes + +**Comment/Help:** Log of data changes + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ChangeLog.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ChangeLog.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Session | User Session Online or Web | Online or Web Session Information | AD_ChangeLog.AD_Session_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Transaction | Name of the transaction | Internal name of the transaction | AD_ChangeLog.TrxName character varying(1000)
String | +| Change Log | Log of data changes | Log of data changes | AD_ChangeLog.AD_ChangeLog_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Updated | Date this record was updated | The Updated field indicates the date that this record was updated. | AD_ChangeLog.Updated timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Updated By | User who updated this records | The Updated By field indicates the user who updated this record. | AD_ChangeLog.UpdatedBy numeric(10)
Search | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_ChangeLog.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_ChangeLog.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_ChangeLog.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Record UUID | | | AD_ChangeLog.Record_UU uuid
Record UUID | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ChangeLog.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Customization | The change is a customization of the data dictionary and can be applied after Migration | The migration "resets" the system to the current/original setting. If selected you can save the customization and re-apply it. Please note that you need to check, if your customization has no negative side effect in the new release. | AD_ChangeLog.IsCustomization character(1)
Yes-No | +| Event Change Log | Type of Event in Change Log | | AD_ChangeLog.EventChangeLog character(1)
List | +| Old Value | The old file data | Old data overwritten in the field | AD_ChangeLog.OldValue character varying(4000)
String | +| New Value | New field value | New data entered in the field | AD_ChangeLog.NewValue character varying(4000)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_ChangeLog.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Un-Do Changes | Undo changes | You can undo certain changes. | AD_ChangeLog.Undo character(1)
Button | +| Re-Do Changes | Reapply changes | You can reapply certain changes. | AD_ChangeLog.Redo character(1)
Button | +| External Trace ID | External identifier used for audit tracing | | AD_ChangeLog.ExternalTraceId character varying(100)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/SetupWizardMaintenance_Window_ID-200020_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SetupWizardMaintenance_Window_ID-200020_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e0272585 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SetupWizardMaintenance_Window_ID-200020_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +--- +title: 'Setup Wizard Maintenance' +sidebar_label: 'Setup Wizard Maintenance' +description: 'Maintenance Setup Wizard window' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Setup Wizard Maintenance + +Window ID 200020 + +*20/11/2012 → 20/11/2012* + +![Setup Wizard Maintenance](/img/manual/SetupWizardMaintenance-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintenance Setup Wizard window + +## Tab: Setup Wizard + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 20/11/2012 · Updated 27/11/2012* + +**Description:** Setup Wizard + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_WizardProcess.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_WizardProcess.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Node | Workflow Node (activity), step or process | The Workflow Node indicates a unique step or process in a Workflow. | AD_WizardProcess.AD_WF_Node_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_WizardProcess.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Wizard Status | | | AD_WizardProcess.WizardStatus character(1)
List | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_WizardProcess.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Note | Optional additional user defined information | The Note field allows for optional entry of user defined information regarding this record | AD_WizardProcess.Note character varying(2000)
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/ShipReceiptConfirm_Window_ID-330_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ShipReceiptConfirm_Window_ID-330_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ceb25fa --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ShipReceiptConfirm_Window_ID-330_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +--- +title: 'Ship/Receipt Confirm' +sidebar_label: 'Ship/Receipt Confirm' +description: 'Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Ship/Receipt Confirm + +Window ID 330 + +*10/05/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Ship/Receipt Confirm](/img/manual/ShipReceiptConfirm-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation + +**Comment/Help:** Confirmation of Shipment or Receipt - Created from the Shipment/Receipt + +## Tab: Confirmation + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 10/05/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation + +**Comment/Help:** Confirmation of Shipment or Receipt - Created from the Shipment/Receipt + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOutConfirm.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOutConfirm.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_InOutConfirm.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Confirmation No | Confirmation Number | | M_InOutConfirm.ConfirmationNo character varying(20)
String | +| Shipment/Receipt | Material Shipment Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | M_InOutConfirm.M_InOut_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Confirmation Type | Type of confirmation | | M_InOutConfirm.ConfirmType character(2)
List | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InOutConfirm.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | M_InOutConfirm.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Approval Amount | Document Approval Amount | Approval Amount for Workflow | M_InOutConfirm.ApprovalAmt numeric
Amount | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | M_InOutConfirm.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Confirmation | | | M_InOutConfirm.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| In Dispute | Document is in dispute | The document is in dispute. Use Requests to track details. | M_InOutConfirm.IsInDispute character(1)
Yes-No | +| Cancelled | The transaction was cancelled | | M_InOutConfirm.IsCancelled character(1)
Yes-No | +| Phys.Inventory | Parameters for a Physical Inventory | The Physical Inventory indicates a unique parameters for a physical inventory. | M_InOutConfirm.M_Inventory_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | M_InOutConfirm.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Create Package | Create Package for Shipment | | M_InOutConfirm.CreatePackage character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 10/05/2004 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Line + +**Comment/Help:** The quantities are in the storage Unit of Measure! + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOutLineConfirm.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOutLineConfirm.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Ship/Receipt Confirmation | Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation | Confirmation of Shipment or Receipt - Created from the Shipment/Receipt | M_InOutLineConfirm.M_InOutConfirm_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Shipment/Receipt Line | Line on Shipment or Receipt document | The Shipment/Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment/Receipt document | M_InOutLineConfirm.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Target Quantity | Target Movement Quantity | The Quantity which should have been received | M_InOutLineConfirm.TargetQty numeric
Quantity | +| Confirmed Quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | M_InOutLineConfirm.ConfirmedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Difference | Difference Quantity | | M_InOutLineConfirm.DifferenceQty numeric
Quantity | +| Scrapped Quantity | The Quantity scrapped due to QA issues | | M_InOutLineConfirm.ScrappedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InOutLineConfirm.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Confirmation No | Confirmation Number | | M_InOutLineConfirm.ConfirmationNo character varying(20)
String | +| Phys.Inventory Line | Unique line in an Inventory document | The Physical Inventory Line indicates the inventory document line (if applicable) for this transaction | M_InOutLineConfirm.M_InventoryLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice Line | Invoice Detail Line | The Invoice Line uniquely identifies a single line of an Invoice. | M_InOutLineConfirm.C_InvoiceLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | + diff --git a/manual/window/ShipmentCustomer_Window_ID-169_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ShipmentCustomer_Window_ID-169_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..02a0f34d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ShipmentCustomer_Window_ID-169_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,282 @@ +--- +title: 'Shipment (Customer)' +sidebar_label: 'Shipment (Customer)' +description: 'Customer Inventory Shipments Customer Returns' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Shipment (Customer) + +Window ID 169 + +*19/12/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Shipment (Customer)](/img/manual/ShipmentCustomer-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Customer Inventory Shipments Customer Returns + +**Comment/Help:** The Shipment Window defines shipments made or to be made to a customer. They are generated from an Customer Order. The Shipment Document will generate the Customer Invoice. + +## Tab: Shipment + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/12/1999 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +**Description:** Shipments and Customer Returns + +**Comment/Help:** The Shipments Tab allows you to generate, maintain, enter and process Shipments to a Customer or Returns from a Customer. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOut.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOut.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | M_InOut.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Date Ordered | Date of Order | Indicates the Date an item was ordered. | M_InOut.DateOrdered timestamp without time zone
Date | +| RMA | Return Material Authorization | A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos | M_InOut.M_RMA_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_InOut.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | M_InOut.POReference character varying(20)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InOut.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | M_InOut.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Movement Date | Date a product was moved in or out of inventory | The Movement Date indicates the date that a product moved in or out of inventory. This is the result of a shipment, receipt or inventory movement. | M_InOut.MovementDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | M_InOut.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | M_InOut.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | M_InOut.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | M_InOut.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_InOut.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority | Priority of a document | The Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document | M_InOut.PriorityRule character(1)
List | +| Delivery Rule | Defines the timing of Delivery | The Delivery Rule indicates when an order should be delivered. For example should the order be delivered when the entire order is complete, when a line is complete or as the products become available. | M_InOut.DeliveryRule character(1)
List | +| Pick Date | Date/Time when picked for Shipment | | M_InOut.PickDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | M_InOut.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Delivery Via | How the order will be delivered | The Delivery Via indicates how the products should be delivered. For example, will the order be picked up or shipped. | M_InOut.DeliveryViaRule character(1)
List | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | M_InOut.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Create Package | Create Package for Shipment | | M_InOut.CreatePackage character(1)
Button | +| Ship Date | Shipment Date/Time | Actual Date/Time of Shipment (pick up) | M_InOut.ShipDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| No Packages | Number of packages shipped | | M_InOut.NoPackages numeric(10)
Integer | +| Tracking No | Number to track the shipment | | M_InOut.TrackingNo character varying(60)
String | +| Freight Cost Rule | Method for charging Freight | The Freight Cost Rule indicates the method used when charging for freight. | M_InOut.FreightCostRule character(1)
List | +| Freight Amount | Freight Amount | The Freight Amount indicates the amount charged for Freight in the document currency. | M_InOut.FreightAmt numeric
Amount | +| Freight Charges | | | M_InOut.FreightCharges character varying(10)
List | +| Freight Terms | | | M_InOut.FOB character varying(10)
List | +| Insurance | | | M_InOut.Insurance character(1)
List | +| Shipper Account Number | | | M_InOut.ShipperAccount character varying(40)
String | +| Create lines from | Process which will generate a new document lines based on an existing document | The Create From process will create a new document based on information in an existing document selected by the user. | M_InOut.CreateLinesFrom character(1)
Button | +| Drop Shipment | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location | Drop Shipments are sent directly to the Drop Shipment Location using the Drop Ship Business Partner name and contact. | M_InOut.IsDropShip character(1)
Yes-No | +| Drop Ship Business Partner | Business Partner to ship to | If empty the business partner will be shipped to. | M_InOut.DropShip_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Drop Shipment Location | Business Partner Location for shipping to | | M_InOut.DropShip_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Drop Shipment Contact | Business Partner Contact for drop shipment | | M_InOut.DropShip_User_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Alternate Return Address | | | M_InOut.IsAlternateReturnAddress character(1)
Yes-No | +| Return Partner | | | M_InOut.ReturnBPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Return Location | | | M_InOut.ReturnLocation_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Return User/Contact | | | M_InOut.ReturnUser_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Generate Invoice from Receipt | Create and process Invoice from this receipt. The receipt should be correct and completed. | Generate Invoice from Receipt will create an invoice based on the selected receipt and match the invoice to that receipt. You can set the document number only if the invoice document type allows to set the document number manually. | M_InOut.GenerateTo character(1)
Button | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | M_InOut.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Charge amount | Charge Amount | The Charge Amount indicates the amount for an additional charge. | M_InOut.ChargeAmt numeric
Amount | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | M_InOut.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | M_InOut.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | M_InOut.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | M_InOut.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_InOut.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_InOut.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Movement Type | Method of moving the inventory | The Movement Type indicates the type of movement (in, out, to production, etc) | M_InOut.MovementType character(2)
List | +| Create Confirmation | Create Confirmations for the Document | The confirmations generated need to be processed (confirmed) before you can process this document | M_InOut.CreateConfirm character(1)
Button | +| In Transit | Movement is in transit | Material Movement is in transit - shipped, but not received.
The transaction is completed, if confirmed. | M_InOut.IsInTransit character(1)
Yes-No | +| Date Received | Date a product was received | The Date Received indicates the date that product was received. | M_InOut.DateReceived timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | M_InOut.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Shipment | Process Shipment/Receipt (Update Inventory) | Process Shipment/Receipt will move products out of/into inventory and mark line items as shipped/received. | M_InOut.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| In Dispute | Document is in dispute | The document is in dispute. Use Requests to track details. | M_InOut.IsInDispute character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | M_InOut.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Cost Center | | | M_InOut.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | M_InOut.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Shipment Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/12/1999 · Updated 02/09/2005* + +**Description:** Shipment Line + +**Comment/Help:** The Shipment Line Tab defines the individual items in a Shipment. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOutLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOutLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipment/Receipt | Material Shipment Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | M_InOutLine.M_InOut_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sales Order Line | Sales Order Line | The Sales Order Line is a unique identifier for a line in an order. | M_InOutLine.C_OrderLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | M_InOutLine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_InOutLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_InOutLine.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_InOutLine.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | M_InOutLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InOutLine.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Quantity | The Quantity Entered is based on the selected UoM | The Quantity Entered is converted to base product UoM quantity | M_InOutLine.QtyEntered numeric
Quantity | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | M_InOutLine.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_InOutLine.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Picked Quantity | | | M_InOutLine.PickedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Target Quantity | Target Movement Quantity | The Quantity which should have been received | M_InOutLine.TargetQty numeric
Quantity | +| Confirmed Quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | M_InOutLine.ConfirmedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Scrapped Quantity | The Quantity scrapped due to QA issues | | M_InOutLine.ScrappedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Project | Financial Project | A Project allows you to track and control internal or external activities. | M_InOutLine.C_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Activity | Business Activity | Activities indicate tasks that are performed and used to utilize Activity based Costing | M_InOutLine.C_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Phase | Phase of a Project | | M_InOutLine.C_ProjectPhase_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Project Task | Actual Project Task in a Phase | A Project Task in a Project Phase represents the actual work. | M_InOutLine.C_ProjectTask_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Campaign | Marketing Campaign | The Campaign defines a unique marketing program. Projects can be associated with a pre defined Marketing Campaign. You can then report based on a specific Campaign. | M_InOutLine.C_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | M_InOutLine.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| User Element List 1 | User defined list element #1 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_InOutLine.User1_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User Element List 2 | User defined list element #2 | The user defined element displays the optional elements that have been defined for this account combination. | M_InOutLine.User2_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Auto Produce | Auto create production to fulfill shipment | | M_InOutLine.IsAutoProduce character(1)
Yes-No | +| Cost Center | | | M_InOutLine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | M_InOutLine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › › Confirmations + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 03/02/2005 · Updated 22/05/2005* + +**Description:** Optional Confirmations of Shipment Lines + +**Comment/Help:** The quantities are in the storage Unit of Measure! + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOutLineConfirm.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOutLineConfirm.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipment/Receipt Line | Line on Shipment or Receipt document | The Shipment/Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment/Receipt document | M_InOutLineConfirm.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Ship/Receipt Confirmation | Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation | Confirmation of Shipment or Receipt - Created from the Shipment/Receipt | M_InOutLineConfirm.M_InOutConfirm_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Ship/Receipt Confirmation Line | Material Shipment or Receipt Confirmation Line | Confirmation details | M_InOutLineConfirm.M_InOutLineConfirm_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Confirmation No | Confirmation Number | | M_InOutLineConfirm.ConfirmationNo character varying(20)
String | +| Target Quantity | Target Movement Quantity | The Quantity which should have been received | M_InOutLineConfirm.TargetQty numeric
Quantity | +| Confirmed Quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | Confirmation of a received quantity | M_InOutLineConfirm.ConfirmedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Difference | Difference Quantity | | M_InOutLineConfirm.DifferenceQty numeric
Quantity | +| Scrapped Quantity | The Quantity scrapped due to QA issues | | M_InOutLineConfirm.ScrappedQty numeric
Quantity | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_InOutLineConfirm.Description character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › › Attributes + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 27/08/2005 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** Product Instance Attribute Material Allocation + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_InOutLineMA.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_InOutLineMA.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipment/Receipt Line | Line on Shipment or Receipt document | The Shipment/Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment/Receipt document | M_InOutLineMA.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_InOutLineMA.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Movement Quantity | Quantity of a product moved. | The Movement Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that has been moved. | M_InOutLineMA.MovementQty numeric
Quantity | +| Date Material Policy | Time used for LIFO and FIFO Material Policy | This field is used to record time used for LIFO and FIFO material policy | M_InOutLineMA.DateMaterialPolicy timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Auto Generated | | Record is Auto Generated by System. | M_InOutLineMA.IsAutoGenerated character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Packages + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 06/12/2012 · Updated 06/12/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Package.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Package.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Package.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Shipment/Receipt | Material Shipment Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | M_Package.M_InOut_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Package.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Latest Pickup Time | | | M_Package.LatestPickupTime timestamp without time zone
Time | +| Date Received | Date a product was received | The Date Received indicates the date that product was received. | M_Package.DateReceived timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Info Received | Information of the receipt of the package (acknowledgement) | | M_Package.ReceivedInfo character varying(255)
String | +| Estimated Weight | | | M_Package.EstimatedWeight
Quantity | +| Weight | Weight of a product | The Weight indicates the weight of the product in the Weight UOM of the Tenant | M_Package.Weight numeric
Quantity | +| UOM for Weight | Standard Unit of Measure for Weight | The Standard UOM for Weight indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by weight in a document. | M_Package.C_UOM_Weight_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Length | | | M_Package.Length numeric
Quantity | +| UOM for Length | Standard Unit of Measure for Length | The Standard UOM for Length indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by length in a document. | M_Package.C_UOM_Length_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Width | | | M_Package.Width numeric
Quantity | +| Height | | | M_Package.Height numeric
Quantity | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | M_Package.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Shipping Processor | | | M_Package.M_ShippingProcessor_ID
Table | +| Ship Date (For FedEx only) | Shipment Date/Time | Actual Date/Time of Shipment (pick up) | M_Package.ShipDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Box Count | | | M_Package.BoxCount numeric(10)
Integer | +| Shipper Packaging | | | M_Package.M_ShipperPackaging_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Shipper Labels | | | M_Package.M_ShipperLabels_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Shipper Pickup Types | | | M_Package.M_ShipperPickupTypes_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Insurance | | | M_Package.Insurance
List | +| Insured Amount | | | M_Package.InsuredAmount numeric
Amount | +| Freight Charges | | | M_Package.FreightCharges
List | +| Freight Terms | | | M_Package.FOB
List | +| Shipper Account Number | | | M_Package.ShipperAccount character varying(40)
String | +| Duties Shipper Account (For FedEx only) | | | M_Package.DutiesShipperAccount character varying(40)
String | +| Partner Location (For UPS only) | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | M_Package.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Handling Charge | | | M_Package.HandlingCharge numeric
Amount | +| Added Handling (For UPS only) | | | M_Package.IsAddedHandling character(1)
Yes-No | +| COD | | | M_Package.CashOnDelivery character(1)
Yes-No | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | M_Package.PaymentRule character(1)
List | +| Delivery Confirmation | EMail Delivery confirmation | | M_Package.DeliveryConfirmation character(1)
Yes-No | +| Delivery Confirmation Type (For FedEx only) | | | M_Package.DeliveryConfirmationType character varying(30)
List | +| Verbal Confirmation (For UPS only) | | | M_Package.IsVerbalConfirmation character(1)
Yes-No | +| Saturday Delivery | | | M_Package.IsSaturdayDelivery character(1)
Yes-No | +| Saturday Pickup | | | M_Package.IsSaturdayPickup character(1)
Yes-No | +| Future Day Shipment (For FedEx only) | | | M_Package.IsFutureDayShipment character(1)
Yes-No | +| Residential | | | M_Package.IsResidential character(1)
Yes-No | +| Home Delivery Premium Type (For FedEx only) | | | M_Package.HomeDeliveryPremiumType character varying(30)
List | +| Phone Number (For FedEx only) | | | M_Package.HomeDeliveryPremiumPhone character varying(30)
String | +| Date (For FedEx only) | | | M_Package.HomeDeliveryPremiumDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Hazardous Materials (For FedEx only) | | | M_Package.IsHazMat character(1)
Yes-No | +| Dot Hazard Class or Division (For FedEx only) | | | M_Package.DotHazardClassOrDivision character varying(30)
List | +| Cargo Aircraft Only (For FedEx only) | | | M_Package.IsCargoAircraftOnly character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accessible (For FedEx only) | | | M_Package.IsAccessible character(1)
Yes-No | +| Dry Ice (For FedEx only) | | | M_Package.IsDryIce character(1)
Yes-No | +| Dry Ice Weight (For FedEx only) | | | M_Package.DryIceWeight numeric
Amount | +| Hold At Location (For FedEx only) | | | M_Package.IsHoldAtLocation character(1)
Yes-No | +| Hold Address (For FedEx only) | | | M_Package.HoldAddress_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Ignore Zip State Not Match | | | M_Package.IsIgnoreZipStateNotMatch character(1)
Yes-No | +| Ignore Zip Not Found | | | M_Package.IsIgnoreZipNotFound character(1)
Yes-No | +| Dutiable | | | M_Package.IsDutiable character(1)
Yes-No | +| Notification Type | Type of Notifications | Emails or Notification sent out for Request Updates, etc. | M_Package.NotificationType character varying(2)
List | +| Notification Message | | | M_Package.NotificationMessage character varying(255)
String | +| Online Shipping Rate Inquiry | | | M_Package.ShippingRateInquiry character(1)
Button | +| Void Shipment Online | Void shipment using web services provided by shipper | | M_Package.VoidIt character(1)
Button | +| Process Shipment Online | Create shipment using web services provided by shipper | | M_Package.OProcessing character(1)
Button | +| Print Shipping Label | Print shipping label | Print shipping label return from online shipping services. | M_Package.LabelPrint character(1)
Button | +| Price | Price | The Price indicates the Price for a product or service. | M_Package.Price numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | M_Package.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Surcharges | | | M_Package.Surcharges numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Total Price | | | M_Package.TotalPrice
Costs+Prices | +| Tracking No | Number to track the shipment | | M_Package.TrackingNo character varying(255)
String | +| Tracking Info | | | M_Package.TrackingInfo character varying(255)
String | +| Rate Inquiry Message | | | M_Package.RateInquiryMessage character varying(2000)
Text | +| Response Message | | | M_Package.ShippingRespMessage character varying(2000)
Text | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Package.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | M_Package.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › MPS Lines + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 06/12/2012 · Updated 06/12/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_PackageMPS.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_PackageMPS.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Package | Shipment Package | A Shipment can have one or more Packages. A Package may be individually tracked. | M_PackageMPS.M_Package_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | M_PackageMPS.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_PackageMPS.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Master Tracking No | | | M_PackageMPS.MasterTrackingNo character varying(255)
String | +| Tracking No | Number to track the shipment | | M_PackageMPS.TrackingNo character varying(255)
String | +| Estimated Weight | | | M_PackageMPS.EstimatedWeight
Quantity | +| Price | Price | The Price indicates the Price for a product or service. | M_PackageMPS.Price numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Weight | Weight of a product | The Weight indicates the weight of the product in the Weight UOM of the Tenant | M_PackageMPS.Weight numeric
Quantity | +| UOM for Weight | Standard Unit of Measure for Weight | The Standard UOM for Weight indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by weight in a document. | M_PackageMPS.C_UOM_Weight_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Length | | | M_PackageMPS.Length numeric
Quantity | +| UOM for Length | Standard Unit of Measure for Length | The Standard UOM for Length indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by length in a document. | M_PackageMPS.C_UOM_Length_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Width | | | M_PackageMPS.Width numeric
Quantity | +| Height | | | M_PackageMPS.Height numeric
Quantity | +| Create lines from | Process which will generate a new document lines based on an existing document | The Create From process will create a new document based on information in an existing document selected by the user. | M_PackageMPS.CreateFrom character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | M_PackageMPS.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › › Package Lines + +*Tab Level 3 · Created 06/12/2012 · Updated 06/12/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_PackageLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_PackageLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Package MPS | | | M_PackageLine.M_PackageMPS_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Package | Shipment Package | A Shipment can have one or more Packages. A Package may be individually tracked. | M_PackageLine.M_Package_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Shipment/Receipt Line | Line on Shipment or Receipt document | The Shipment/Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment/Receipt document | M_PackageLine.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_PackageLine.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_PackageLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_PackageLine.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/ShipmentPackage_Window_ID-200025_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ShipmentPackage_Window_ID-200025_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..231313b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ShipmentPackage_Window_ID-200025_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +--- +title: 'Shipment Package' +sidebar_label: 'Shipment Package' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Shipment Package + +Window ID 200025 + +*06/12/2012 → 06/12/2012* + +![Shipment Package](/img/manual/ShipmentPackage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Packages + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 06/12/2012 · Updated 06/12/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Package.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Package.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Package.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Shipment/Receipt | Material Shipment Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | M_Package.M_InOut_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Package.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Latest Pickup Time | | | M_Package.LatestPickupTime timestamp without time zone
Time | +| Date Received | Date a product was received | The Date Received indicates the date that product was received. | M_Package.DateReceived timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Info Received | Information of the receipt of the package (acknowledgement) | | M_Package.ReceivedInfo character varying(255)
String | +| Estimated Weight | | | M_Package.EstimatedWeight
Quantity | +| Weight | Weight of a product | The Weight indicates the weight of the product in the Weight UOM of the Tenant | M_Package.Weight numeric
Quantity | +| UOM for Weight | Standard Unit of Measure for Weight | The Standard UOM for Weight indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by weight in a document. | M_Package.C_UOM_Weight_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Length | | | M_Package.Length numeric
Quantity | +| UOM for Length | Standard Unit of Measure for Length | The Standard UOM for Length indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by length in a document. | M_Package.C_UOM_Length_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Width | | | M_Package.Width numeric
Quantity | +| Height | | | M_Package.Height numeric
Quantity | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | M_Package.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Shipping Processor | | | M_Package.M_ShippingProcessor_ID
Table | +| Ship Date | Shipment Date/Time | Actual Date/Time of Shipment (pick up) | M_Package.ShipDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Box Count | | | M_Package.BoxCount numeric(10)
Integer | +| Shipper Packaging | | | M_Package.M_ShipperPackaging_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Shipper Labels | | | M_Package.M_ShipperLabels_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Shipper Pickup Types | | | M_Package.M_ShipperPickupTypes_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Insurance | | | M_Package.Insurance
List | +| Insured Amount | | | M_Package.InsuredAmount numeric
Amount | +| Freight Charges | | | M_Package.FreightCharges
List | +| Freight Terms | | | M_Package.FOB
List | +| Shipper Account Number | | | M_Package.ShipperAccount character varying(40)
String | +| Duties Shipper Account | | | M_Package.DutiesShipperAccount character varying(40)
String | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | M_Package.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Handling Charge | | | M_Package.HandlingCharge numeric
Amount | +| Added Handling | | | M_Package.IsAddedHandling character(1)
Yes-No | +| COD | | | M_Package.CashOnDelivery character(1)
Yes-No | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | M_Package.PaymentRule character(1)
List | +| Delivery Confirmation | EMail Delivery confirmation | | M_Package.DeliveryConfirmation character(1)
Yes-No | +| Delivery Confirmation Type | | | M_Package.DeliveryConfirmationType character varying(30)
List | +| Verbal Confirmation | | | M_Package.IsVerbalConfirmation character(1)
Yes-No | +| Saturday Delivery | | | M_Package.IsSaturdayDelivery character(1)
Yes-No | +| Saturday Pickup | | | M_Package.IsSaturdayPickup character(1)
Yes-No | +| Future Day Shipment | | | M_Package.IsFutureDayShipment character(1)
Yes-No | +| Residential | | | M_Package.IsResidential character(1)
Yes-No | +| Home Delivery Premium Type | | | M_Package.HomeDeliveryPremiumType character varying(30)
List | +| Phone Number | | | M_Package.HomeDeliveryPremiumPhone character varying(30)
String | +| Date | | | M_Package.HomeDeliveryPremiumDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Hazardous Materials | | | M_Package.IsHazMat character(1)
Yes-No | +| Dot Hazard Class or Division | | | M_Package.DotHazardClassOrDivision character varying(30)
List | +| Cargo Aircraft Only | | | M_Package.IsCargoAircraftOnly character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accessible | | | M_Package.IsAccessible character(1)
Yes-No | +| Dry Ice | | | M_Package.IsDryIce character(1)
Yes-No | +| Dry Ice Weight | | | M_Package.DryIceWeight numeric
Amount | +| Hold At Location | | | M_Package.IsHoldAtLocation character(1)
Yes-No | +| Hold Address | | | M_Package.HoldAddress_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Ignore Zip State Not Match | | | M_Package.IsIgnoreZipStateNotMatch character(1)
Yes-No | +| Ignore Zip Not Found | | | M_Package.IsIgnoreZipNotFound character(1)
Yes-No | +| Dutiable | | | M_Package.IsDutiable character(1)
Yes-No | +| Notification Type | Type of Notifications | Emails or Notification sent out for Request Updates, etc. | M_Package.NotificationType character varying(2)
List | +| Notification Message | | | M_Package.NotificationMessage character varying(255)
String | +| Online Shipping Rate Inquiry | | | M_Package.ShippingRateInquiry character(1)
Button | +| Void Shipment Online | Void shipment using web services provided by shipper | | M_Package.VoidIt character(1)
Button | +| Process Shipment Online | Create shipment using web services provided by shipper | | M_Package.OProcessing character(1)
Button | +| Print Shipping Label | Print shipping label | Print shipping label return from online shipping services. | M_Package.LabelPrint character(1)
Button | +| Price | Price | The Price indicates the Price for a product or service. | M_Package.Price numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | M_Package.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Surcharges | | | M_Package.Surcharges numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Total Price | | | M_Package.TotalPrice
Costs+Prices | +| Tracking No | Number to track the shipment | | M_Package.TrackingNo character varying(255)
String | +| Tracking Info | | | M_Package.TrackingInfo character varying(255)
String | +| Rate Inquiry Message | | | M_Package.RateInquiryMessage character varying(2000)
Text | +| Response Message | | | M_Package.ShippingRespMessage character varying(2000)
Text | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Package.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | M_Package.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › MPS Lines + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 06/12/2012 · Updated 06/12/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_PackageMPS.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_PackageMPS.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Package | Shipment Package | A Shipment can have one or more Packages. A Package may be individually tracked. | M_PackageMPS.M_Package_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | M_PackageMPS.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_PackageMPS.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Master Tracking No | | | M_PackageMPS.MasterTrackingNo character varying(255)
String | +| Tracking No | Number to track the shipment | | M_PackageMPS.TrackingNo character varying(255)
String | +| Estimated Weight | | | M_PackageMPS.EstimatedWeight
Quantity | +| Price | Price | The Price indicates the Price for a product or service. | M_PackageMPS.Price numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Weight | Weight of a product | The Weight indicates the weight of the product in the Weight UOM of the Tenant | M_PackageMPS.Weight numeric
Quantity | +| UOM for Weight | Standard Unit of Measure for Weight | The Standard UOM for Weight indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by weight in a document. | M_PackageMPS.C_UOM_Weight_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Length | | | M_PackageMPS.Length numeric
Quantity | +| UOM for Length | Standard Unit of Measure for Length | The Standard UOM for Length indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by length in a document. | M_PackageMPS.C_UOM_Length_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Width | | | M_PackageMPS.Width numeric
Quantity | +| Height | | | M_PackageMPS.Height numeric
Quantity | +| Create lines from | Process which will generate a new document lines based on an existing document | The Create From process will create a new document based on information in an existing document selected by the user. | M_PackageMPS.CreateFrom character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | M_PackageMPS.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Package Lines + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 06/12/2012 · Updated 06/12/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_PackageLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_PackageLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Package MPS | | | M_PackageLine.M_PackageMPS_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Package | Shipment Package | A Shipment can have one or more Packages. A Package may be individually tracked. | M_PackageLine.M_Package_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Shipment/Receipt Line | Line on Shipment or Receipt document | The Shipment/Receipt Line indicates a unique line in a Shipment/Receipt document | M_PackageLine.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_PackageLine.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_PackageLine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_PackageLine.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/ShipperConfiguration_Window_ID-200029_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ShipperConfiguration_Window_ID-200029_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2fbb50b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ShipperConfiguration_Window_ID-200029_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +--- +title: 'Shipper Configuration' +sidebar_label: 'Shipper Configuration' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Shipper Configuration + +Window ID 200029 + +*13/12/2012 → 13/12/2012* + +![Shipper Configuration](/img/manual/ShipperConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Shipper + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 13/12/2012 · Updated 13/12/2012* + +**Description:** Shippers + +**Comment/Help:** The Shippers Tab defines any entity who will provide shipping to or shipping from an Organization. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ShipperCfg.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ShipperCfg.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_ShipperCfg.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_ShipperCfg.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ShipperCfg.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Online Access | Can be accessed online | The Online Access check box indicates if the application can be accessed via the web. | M_ShipperCfg.IsOnline character(1)
Yes-No | +| Shipping Processor Configuration | | | M_ShipperCfg.M_ShippingProcessorCfg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Service Code | | | M_ShipperCfg.ShippingServiceCode character varying(40)
String | +| Tracking URL | URL of the shipper to track shipments | The variable @TrackingNo@ in the URL is replaced by the actual tracking number of the shipment. | M_ShipperCfg.TrackingURL character varying(120)
URL | +| International | | | M_ShipperCfg.IsInternational character(1)
Yes-No | +| Saturday Delivery | | | M_ShipperCfg.IsSaturdayDelivery character(1)
Yes-No | +| Residential | | | M_ShipperCfg.IsResidential character(1)
Yes-No | +| Shipper Copy From ... | | | M_ShipperCfg.CopyFrom character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Packaging + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/12/2012 · Updated 13/12/2012* + +**Description:** Packaging Options supported by the Shipper + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipper Configuration | | | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.M_ShipperCfg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Weight | Weight of a product | The Weight indicates the weight of the product in the Weight UOM of the Tenant | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.Weight numeric
Quantity | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Label Type + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/12/2012 · Updated 13/12/2012* + +**Description:** Label Types Supported by the Shipper. + +**Comment/Help:** Used when booking a shipment online to define the label format that will be printed. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipper Configuration | | | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.M_ShipperCfg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Width | | | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.Width numeric
Quantity | +| Height | | | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.Height numeric
Quantity | +| Label Print Method | | | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.LabelPrintMethod character(1)
List | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Pickup Types + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/12/2012 · Updated 13/12/2012* + +**Description:** Methods that the Shipper will support for picking up from your location + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipper Configuration | | | M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.M_ShipperCfg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Shipper_Window_ID-142_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Shipper_Window_ID-142_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea17de99 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Shipper_Window_ID-142_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +--- +title: 'Shipper' +sidebar_label: 'Shipper' +description: 'Maintain Shippers' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Shipper + +Window ID 142 + +*09/08/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Shipper](/img/manual/Shipper-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Shippers + +**Comment/Help:** The Shipper Window defines the different shipping provides used by an Organization. When a delivery method of Shipper is used on an Order a predefined Shipper must be selected. + +## Tab: Shipper + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 17/12/2007* + +**Description:** Shippers + +**Comment/Help:** The Shippers Tab defines any entity who will provide shipping to or shipping from an Organization. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Shipper.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Shipper.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_Shipper.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Shipper.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | M_Shipper.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Shipper Configuration | | | M_Shipper.M_ShipperCfg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipping Processor | | | M_Shipper.M_ShippingProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Shipper Create From ... | | | M_Shipper.CreateFrom character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Freight + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 07/06/2003 · Updated 17/12/2007* + +**Description:** Freight Rates + +**Comment/Help:** Freight Rates for Shipper + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Freight.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Freight.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | M_Freight.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Freight.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Freight Category | Category of the Freight | Freight Categories are used to calculate the Freight for the Shipper selected | M_Freight.M_FreightCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | M_Freight.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Max Weight | | | M_Freight.MaxWeight numeric
Amount | +| Max Dimension | | | M_Freight.MaxDimension numeric
Amount | +| Country | Country | The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document. | M_Freight.C_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| To | Receiving Country | The To Country indicates the receiving country on a document | M_Freight.To_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Region | Identifies a geographical Region | The Region identifies a unique Region for this Country. | M_Freight.C_Region_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| To | Receiving Region | The To Region indicates the receiving region on a document | M_Freight.To_Region_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | M_Freight.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Freight Amount | Freight Amount | The Freight Amount indicates the amount charged for Freight in the document currency. | M_Freight.FreightAmt numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: › Packaging + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 06/12/2012 · Updated 06/12/2012* + +**Description:** Packaging Options supported by the Shipper + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ShipperPackaging.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ShipperPackaging.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | M_ShipperPackaging.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Shipper Packaging Configuration | | | M_ShipperPackaging.M_ShipperPackagingCfg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_ShipperPackaging.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ShipperPackaging.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | M_ShipperPackaging.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Weight | Weight of a product | The Weight indicates the weight of the product in the Weight UOM of the Tenant | M_ShipperPackaging.Weight numeric
Quantity | + +## Tab: › Label Type + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 06/12/2012 · Updated 06/12/2012* + +**Description:** Label Types Supported by the Shipper. + +**Comment/Help:** Used when booking a shipment online to define the label format that will be printed. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ShipperLabels.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ShipperLabels.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | M_ShipperLabels.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Shipper Labels Configuration | | | M_ShipperLabels.M_ShipperLabelsCfg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_ShipperLabels.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ShipperLabels.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | M_ShipperLabels.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Label Print Method | | | M_ShipperLabels.LabelPrintMethod character(1)
List | + +## Tab: › Pickup Types + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 06/12/2012 · Updated 06/12/2012* + +**Description:** Methods that the Shipper will support for picking up from your location + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ShipperPickupTypes.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ShipperPickupTypes.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | M_ShipperPickupTypes.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Shipper Pickup Types Configuration | | | M_ShipperPickupTypes.M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_ShipperPickupTypes.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ShipperPickupTypes.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | M_ShipperPickupTypes.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ShippingProcessorConfiguration_Window_ID-200028_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ShippingProcessorConfiguration_Window_ID-200028_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5037799c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ShippingProcessorConfiguration_Window_ID-200028_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +--- +title: 'Shipping Processor Configuration' +sidebar_label: 'Shipping Processor Configuration' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Shipping Processor Configuration + +Window ID 200028 + +*13/12/2012 → 13/12/2012* + +![Shipping Processor Configuration](/img/manual/ShippingProcessorConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Shipping Processor + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 13/12/2012 · Updated 13/12/2012* + +**Description:** Shipping Processors + +**Comment/Help:** Shipping processor tab to define integration details with online shipping services. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ShippingProcessorCfg.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ShippingProcessorCfg.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_ShippingProcessorCfg.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_ShippingProcessorCfg.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ShippingProcessorCfg.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Host Address | Host Address URL or DNS | The Host Address identifies the URL or DNS of the target host | M_ShippingProcessorCfg.HostAddress character varying(60)
String | +| Host port | Host Communication Port | The Host Port identifies the port to communicate with the host. | M_ShippingProcessorCfg.HostPort numeric(10)
Integer | +| Proxy address | Address of your proxy server | The Proxy Address must be defined if you must pass through a firewall to access your payment processor. | M_ShippingProcessorCfg.ProxyAddress character varying(60)
String | +| Proxy port | Port of your proxy server | The Proxy Port identifies the port of your proxy server. | M_ShippingProcessorCfg.ProxyPort numeric(10)
Integer | +| Proxy logon | Logon of your proxy server | The Proxy Logon identifies the Logon ID for your proxy server. | M_ShippingProcessorCfg.ProxyLogon character varying(60)
String | +| Proxy password | Password of your proxy server | The Proxy Password identifies the password for your proxy server. | M_ShippingProcessorCfg.ProxyPassword character varying(60)
String | +| Service Path | | | M_ShippingProcessorCfg.ServicePath character varying(60)
String | +| Shipping Processor Class | | | M_ShippingProcessorCfg.ShippingProcessorClass character varying(60)
String | + +## Tab: › Shipper + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/12/2012 · Updated 13/12/2012* + +**Description:** Shippers + +**Comment/Help:** The Shippers Tab defines any entity who will provide shipping to or shipping from an Organization. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ShipperCfg.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ShipperCfg.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipping Processor Configuration | | | M_ShipperCfg.M_ShippingProcessorCfg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_ShipperCfg.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_ShipperCfg.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ShipperCfg.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Online Access | Can be accessed online | The Online Access check box indicates if the application can be accessed via the web. | M_ShipperCfg.IsOnline character(1)
Yes-No | +| Service Code | | | M_ShipperCfg.ShippingServiceCode character varying(40)
String | +| Tracking URL | URL of the shipper to track shipments | The variable @TrackingNo@ in the URL is replaced by the actual tracking number of the shipment. | M_ShipperCfg.TrackingURL character varying(120)
URL | +| International | | | M_ShipperCfg.IsInternational character(1)
Yes-No | +| Saturday Delivery | | | M_ShipperCfg.IsSaturdayDelivery character(1)
Yes-No | +| Residential | | | M_ShipperCfg.IsResidential character(1)
Yes-No | +| Shipper Copy From ... | | | M_ShipperCfg.CopyFrom character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › › Packaging + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 13/12/2012 · Updated 13/12/2012* + +**Description:** Packaging Options supported by the Shipper + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipper Configuration | | | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.M_ShipperCfg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Weight | Weight of a product | The Weight indicates the weight of the product in the Weight UOM of the Tenant | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.Weight numeric
Quantity | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | M_ShipperPackagingCfg.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Label Type + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 13/12/2012 · Updated 13/12/2012* + +**Description:** Label Types Supported by the Shipper. + +**Comment/Help:** Used when booking a shipment online to define the label format that will be printed. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipper Configuration | | | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.M_ShipperCfg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Width | | | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.Width numeric
Quantity | +| Height | | | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.Height numeric
Quantity | +| Label Print Method | | | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.LabelPrintMethod character(1)
List | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | M_ShipperLabelsCfg.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Pickup Types + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 13/12/2012 · Updated 13/12/2012* + +**Description:** Methods that the Shipper will support for picking up from your location + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipper Configuration | | | M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.M_ShipperCfg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | M_ShipperPickupTypesCfg.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ShippingProcessor_Window_ID-200024_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ShippingProcessor_Window_ID-200024_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..90a5414d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ShippingProcessor_Window_ID-200024_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +--- +title: 'Shipping Processor' +sidebar_label: 'Shipping Processor' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Shipping Processor + +Window ID 200024 + +*06/12/2012 → 06/12/2012* + +![Shipping Processor](/img/manual/ShippingProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Shipping Processor + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 06/12/2012 · Updated 06/12/2012* + +**Description:** Shipping Processors + +**Comment/Help:** Shipping processor tab to define integration details with online shipping services. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ShippingProcessor.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ShippingProcessor.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipping Processor Configuration | | | M_ShippingProcessor.M_ShippingProcessorCfg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_ShippingProcessor.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_ShippingProcessor.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| User ID | User ID or account number | The User ID identifies a user and allows access to records or processes. | M_ShippingProcessor.UserID character varying(60)
String | +| Connection Key | | | M_ShippingProcessor.ConnectionKey character varying(60)
String | +| Connection Password | | | M_ShippingProcessor.ConnectionPassword character varying(60)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/ShippingTransaction_Window_ID-200030_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ShippingTransaction_Window_ID-200030_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f72ce67 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ShippingTransaction_Window_ID-200030_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +--- +title: 'Shipping Transaction' +sidebar_label: 'Shipping Transaction' +description: 'Shipping Transactions' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Shipping Transaction + +Window ID 200030 + +*14/12/2012 → 14/12/2012* + +![Shipping Transaction](/img/manual/ShippingTransaction-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Shipping Transactions + +## Tab: Shipping Transaction + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 14/12/2012 · Updated 14/12/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ShippingTransaction.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ShippingTransaction.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | M_ShippingTransaction.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | M_ShippingTransaction.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | M_ShippingTransaction.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_ShippingTransaction.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | M_ShippingTransaction.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Latest Pickup Time | | | M_ShippingTransaction.LatestPickupTime timestamp without time zone
Time | +| Date Received | Date a product was received | The Date Received indicates the date that product was received. | M_ShippingTransaction.DateReceived timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Info Received | Information of the receipt of the package (acknowledgement) | | M_ShippingTransaction.ReceivedInfo character varying(255)
String | +| Weight | Weight of a product | The Weight indicates the weight of the product in the Weight UOM of the Tenant | M_ShippingTransaction.Weight numeric
Quantity | +| UOM for Weight | Standard Unit of Measure for Weight | The Standard UOM for Weight indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by weight in a document. | M_ShippingTransaction.C_UOM_Weight_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Length | | | M_ShippingTransaction.Length numeric
Quantity | +| UOM for Length | Standard Unit of Measure for Length | The Standard UOM for Length indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by length in a document. | M_ShippingTransaction.C_UOM_Length_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Width | | | M_ShippingTransaction.Width numeric
Quantity | +| Height | | | M_ShippingTransaction.Height numeric
Quantity | +| Shipper | Method or manner of product delivery | The Shipper indicates the method of delivering product | M_ShippingTransaction.M_Shipper_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Shipping Processor | | | M_ShippingTransaction.M_ShippingProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Ship Date | Shipment Date/Time | Actual Date/Time of Shipment (pick up) | M_ShippingTransaction.ShipDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Box Count | | | M_ShippingTransaction.BoxCount numeric(10)
Integer | +| Shipper Packaging | | | M_ShippingTransaction.M_ShipperPackaging_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Shipper Labels | | | M_ShippingTransaction.M_ShipperLabels_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Shipper Pickup Types | | | M_ShippingTransaction.M_ShipperPickupTypes_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Insurance | | | M_ShippingTransaction.Insurance character(1)
List | +| Insured Amount | | | M_ShippingTransaction.InsuredAmount numeric
Amount | +| Freight Charges | | | M_ShippingTransaction.FreightCharges character varying(10)
List | +| Freight Terms | | | M_ShippingTransaction.FOB character varying(10)
List | +| Shipper Account Number | | | M_ShippingTransaction.ShipperAccount character varying(40)
String | +| Duties Shipper Account | | | M_ShippingTransaction.DutiesShipperAccount character varying(40)
String | +| Invoice Location | Business Partner Location for invoicing | | M_ShippingTransaction.Bill_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Customs Value | | | M_ShippingTransaction.CustomsValue numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Freight Amount | Freight Amount | The Freight Amount indicates the amount charged for Freight in the document currency. | M_ShippingTransaction.FreightAmt numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Handling Charge | | | M_ShippingTransaction.HandlingCharge numeric
Amount | +| Added Handling | | | M_ShippingTransaction.IsAddedHandling character(1)
Yes-No | +| COD | | | M_ShippingTransaction.CashOnDelivery character(1)
Yes-No | +| COD Amount | | | M_ShippingTransaction.CODAmount numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Payment Rule | How you pay the invoice | The Payment Rule indicates the method of invoice payment. | M_ShippingTransaction.PaymentRule character(1)
List | +| Delivery Confirmation | EMail Delivery confirmation | | M_ShippingTransaction.DeliveryConfirmation character(1)
Yes-No | +| Delivery Confirmation Type | | | M_ShippingTransaction.DeliveryConfirmationType character varying(30)
List | +| Verbal Confirmation | | | M_ShippingTransaction.IsVerbalConfirmation character(1)
Yes-No | +| Saturday Delivery | | | M_ShippingTransaction.IsSaturdayDelivery character(1)
Yes-No | +| Saturday Pickup | | | M_ShippingTransaction.IsSaturdayPickup character(1)
Yes-No | +| Future Day Shipment | | | M_ShippingTransaction.IsFutureDayShipment character(1)
Yes-No | +| Residential | | | M_ShippingTransaction.IsResidential character(1)
Yes-No | +| Home Delivery Premium Type | | | M_ShippingTransaction.HomeDeliveryPremiumType character varying(30)
List | +| Phone Number | | | M_ShippingTransaction.HomeDeliveryPremiumPhone character varying(30)
String | +| Date | | | M_ShippingTransaction.HomeDeliveryPremiumDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Hazardous Materials | | | M_ShippingTransaction.IsHazMat character(1)
Yes-No | +| Dot Hazard Class or Division | | | M_ShippingTransaction.DotHazardClassOrDivision character varying(30)
List | +| Cargo Aircraft Only | | | M_ShippingTransaction.IsCargoAircraftOnly character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accessible | | | M_ShippingTransaction.IsAccessible character(1)
Yes-No | +| Dry Ice | | | M_ShippingTransaction.IsDryIce character(1)
Yes-No | +| Dry Ice Weight | | | M_ShippingTransaction.DryIceWeight numeric
Amount | +| Hold At Location | | | M_ShippingTransaction.IsHoldAtLocation character(1)
Yes-No | +| Hold Address | | | M_ShippingTransaction.HoldAddress_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Ignore Zip State Not Match | | | M_ShippingTransaction.IsIgnoreZipStateNotMatch character(1)
Yes-No | +| Ignore Zip Not Found | | | M_ShippingTransaction.IsIgnoreZipNotFound character(1)
Yes-No | +| Dutiable | | | M_ShippingTransaction.IsDutiable character(1)
Yes-No | +| Alternate Return Address | | | M_ShippingTransaction.IsAlternateReturnAddress character(1)
Yes-No | +| Return Partner | | | M_ShippingTransaction.ReturnBPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Return Location | | | M_ShippingTransaction.ReturnLocation_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Return User/Contact | | | M_ShippingTransaction.ReturnUser_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Notification Type | Type of Notifications | Emails or Notification sent out for Request Updates, etc. | M_ShippingTransaction.NotificationType character varying(2)
List | +| Notification Message | | | M_ShippingTransaction.NotificationMessage character varying(255)
String | +| Price | Price | The Price indicates the Price for a product or service. | M_ShippingTransaction.Price numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | M_ShippingTransaction.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Surcharges | | | M_ShippingTransaction.Surcharges numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Tracking No | Number to track the shipment | | M_ShippingTransaction.TrackingNo character varying(255)
String | +| Tracking Info | | | M_ShippingTransaction.TrackingInfo character varying(255)
String | +| Response Message | | | M_ShippingTransaction.ShippingRespMessage character varying(2000)
Text | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_ShippingTransaction.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | M_ShippingTransaction.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Action | Indicates the Action to be performed | The Action field is a drop down list box which indicates the Action to be performed for this Item. | M_ShippingTransaction.Action character varying(2)
List | +| Privileged Rate | | | M_ShippingTransaction.IsPriviledgedRate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | M_ShippingTransaction.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Order Reference | Transaction Reference Number (Sales Order, Purchase Order) of your Business Partner | The business partner order reference is the order reference for this specific transaction; Often Purchase Order numbers are given to print on Invoices for easier reference. A standard number can be defined in the Business Partner (Customer) window. | M_ShippingTransaction.POReference character varying(30)
String | +| Shipment/Receipt | Material Shipment Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | M_ShippingTransaction.M_InOut_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Package | Shipment Package | A Shipment can have one or more Packages. A Package may be individually tracked. | M_ShippingTransaction.M_Package_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | M_ShippingTransaction.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › Shipping Transaction Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 14/12/2012 · Updated 14/12/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_ShippingTransactionLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_ShippingTransactionLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Shipping Transaction | | | M_ShippingTransactionLine.M_ShippingTransaction_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | M_ShippingTransactionLine.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_ShippingTransactionLine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Master Tracking No | | | M_ShippingTransactionLine.MasterTrackingNo character varying(255)
String | +| Tracking No | Number to track the shipment | | M_ShippingTransactionLine.TrackingNo character varying(255)
String | +| Price | Price | The Price indicates the Price for a product or service. | M_ShippingTransactionLine.Price numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Weight | Weight of a product | The Weight indicates the weight of the product in the Weight UOM of the Tenant | M_ShippingTransactionLine.Weight numeric
Quantity | +| UOM for Weight | Standard Unit of Measure for Weight | The Standard UOM for Weight indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by weight in a document. | M_ShippingTransactionLine.C_UOM_Weight_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Length | | | M_ShippingTransactionLine.Length numeric
Quantity | +| UOM for Length | Standard Unit of Measure for Length | The Standard UOM for Length indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by length in a document. | M_ShippingTransactionLine.C_UOM_Length_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Width | | | M_ShippingTransactionLine.Width numeric
Quantity | +| Height | | | M_ShippingTransactionLine.Height numeric
Quantity | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | M_ShippingTransactionLine.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Package MPS | | | M_ShippingTransactionLine.M_PackageMPS_ID numeric(10)
Search | + diff --git a/manual/window/StatusLine_Window_ID-200049_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/StatusLine_Window_ID-200049_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a39c9192 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/StatusLine_Window_ID-200049_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +--- +title: 'Status Line' +sidebar_label: 'Status Line' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Status Line + +Window ID 200049 + +*12/01/2014 → 12/01/2014* + +![Status Line](/img/manual/StatusLine-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Status Line + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 12/01/2014 · Updated 12/01/2014* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_StatusLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_StatusLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_StatusLine.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Message | System Message | Information and Error messages | AD_StatusLine.AD_Message_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| SQL Expression/Statement | | | AD_StatusLine.SQLStatement character varying(2000)
Text | +| Style | CSS style for field and label | | AD_StatusLine.AD_Style_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_StatusLine.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_StatusLine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Used In + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 12/01/2014 · Updated 12/01/2014* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_StatusLineUsedIn.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_StatusLineUsedIn.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Status Line | | | AD_StatusLineUsedIn.AD_StatusLine_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_StatusLineUsedIn.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_StatusLineUsedIn.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_StatusLineUsedIn.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tab | Tab within a Window | The Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window. | AD_StatusLineUsedIn.AD_Tab_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_StatusLineUsedIn.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_StatusLineUsedIn.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Status Line | Defines if this record refers to a status line or to a help widget | If checked the definition corresponds to a status line, when unchecked it corresponds to a help widget | AD_StatusLineUsedIn.IsStatusLine character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_StatusLineUsedIn.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/StorageProvider_Window_ID-200022_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/StorageProvider_Window_ID-200022_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff950dfb --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/StorageProvider_Window_ID-200022_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +--- +title: 'Storage Provider' +sidebar_label: 'Storage Provider' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Storage Provider + +Window ID 200022 + +*23/11/2012 → 23/11/2012* + +![Storage Provider](/img/manual/StorageProvider-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Storage Provider + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 23/11/2012 · Updated 06/08/2013* + +**Description:** Storage Provider + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_StorageProvider.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_StorageProvider.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_StorageProvider.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Method | | | AD_StorageProvider.Method character varying(60)
List | +| URL | Full URL address - e.g. http://www.idempiere.org | The URL defines an fully qualified web address like http://www.idempiere.org | AD_StorageProvider.URL character varying(225)
URL | +| Folder | A folder on a local or remote system to store data into | We store files in folders, especially media files. | AD_StorageProvider.Folder character varying(255)
String | +| User Name | | | AD_StorageProvider.UserName character varying(60)
String | +| Password | Password of any length (case sensitive) | The Password for this User. Passwords are required to identify authorized users. For iDempiere Users, you can change the password via the Process "Reset Password". | AD_StorageProvider.Password character varying(255)
String | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | AD_StorageProvider.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_StorageProvider.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/SystemConfigurator_Window_ID-50006_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SystemConfigurator_Window_ID-50006_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85e6b950 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SystemConfigurator_Window_ID-50006_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'System Configurator' +sidebar_label: 'System Configurator' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# System Configurator + +Window ID 50006 + +*28/02/2007 → 20/12/2021* + +![System Configurator](/img/manual/SystemConfigurator-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: System Configurator + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 28/02/2007 · Updated 30/06/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_SysConfig.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_SysConfig.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_SysConfig.Name character varying(50)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_SysConfig.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Configured Value | Value for the configuration key | You can check the valid variables and values at http://wiki.idempiere.org/en/System_Configurator_(Window_ID-50006) | AD_SysConfig.Value character varying(4000)
String | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_SysConfig.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Configuration Level | Configuration Level for this parameter | Configuration Level for this parameter
S - just allowed system configuration
C - tenant configurable parameter
O - org configurable parameter | AD_SysConfig.ConfigurationLevel character(1)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_SysConfig.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/SystemImage_Window_ID-227_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SystemImage_Window_ID-227_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ded570f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SystemImage_Window_ID-227_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +--- +title: 'System Image' +sidebar_label: 'System Image' +description: 'Maintain Images and Icons' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# System Image + +Window ID 227 + +*05/09/2001 → 02/01/2000* + +![System Image](/img/manual/SystemImage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Images and Icons + +## Tab: Image + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 05/09/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Image or Icon link + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Image.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Image.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Image.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Image.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Image.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Image.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Image URL | URL of image | URL of image; The image is not stored in the database, but retrieved at runtime. The image can be a gif, jpeg or png. | AD_Image.ImageURL character varying(120)
URL | +| Binary Data | Binary Data | The Binary field stores binary data. | AD_Image.BinaryData bytea
Binary | + diff --git a/manual/window/SystemIssueReport_Window_ID-363_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SystemIssueReport_Window_ID-363_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8289b5ff --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SystemIssueReport_Window_ID-363_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +--- +title: 'System Issue Report' +sidebar_label: 'System Issue Report' +description: 'Automatically created or manually entered System Issue Reports' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# System Issue Report + +Window ID 363 + +*12/12/2005 → 14/12/2005* + +![System Issue Report](/img/manual/SystemIssueReport-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Automatically created or manually entered System Issue Reports + +**Comment/Help:** System Issues are created to speed up the resolution of any system related issues (potential bugs). If enabled, they are automatically reported to iDempiere. No data or confidential information is transferred. + +## Tab: System Issue + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 12/12/2005 · Updated 01/02/2026* + +**Description:** Automatically created or manually entered System Issue Reporting + +**Comment/Help:** System Issues are created to speed up the resolution of any system related issues (potential bugs). If enabled, they are automatically reported to iDempiere. No data or confidential information is transferred. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Issue.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Issue.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_Issue.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Issue.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Release No | Internal Release Number | | AD_Issue.ReleaseNo character varying(10)
String | +| Version | Version of the table definition | The Version indicates the version of this table definition. | AD_Issue.Version character varying(40)
String | +| Vanilla System | The system was NOT compiled from Source - i.e. standard distribution | You may have customizations, like additional columns, tables, etc - but no code modifications which require compiling from source. | AD_Issue.IsVanillaSystem character(1)
List | +| Release Tag | Release Tag | | AD_Issue.ReleaseTag character varying(60)
String | +| Source | Issue Source | Source of the Issue | AD_Issue.IssueSource character(1)
List | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_Issue.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_Issue.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Special Form | Special Form | The Special Form field identifies a unique Special Form in the system. | AD_Issue.AD_Form_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Issue Summary | Issue Summary | | AD_Issue.IssueSummary character varying(2000)
String | +| Reproducible | Problem can re reproduced in Gardenworld | The problem occurs also in the standard distribution in the demo tenant Gardenworld. | AD_Issue.IsReproducible character(1)
List | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | AD_Issue.Comments character varying(2000)
Text | +| Logger | Logger Name | | AD_Issue.LoggerName character varying(255)
String | +| Source Method | Source Method Name | | AD_Issue.SourceMethodName character varying(60)
String | +| Source Class | Source Class Name | | AD_Issue.SourceClassName character varying(255)
String | +| Line | Line No | | AD_Issue.LineNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Stack Trace | System Log Trace | | AD_Issue.StackTrace character varying(2000)
Text | +| Error Trace | System Error Trace | Java Trace Info | AD_Issue.ErrorTrace character varying(2000)
Text | +| Response Text | Request Response Text | Text block to be copied into request response text | AD_Issue.ResponseText character varying(2000)
Text | +| System Status | Status of the system - Support priority depends on system status | System status helps to prioritize support resources | AD_Issue.SystemStatus character(1)
List | +| Known Issue | Known Issue | | AD_Issue.R_IssueKnown_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Request Document No | iDempiere Request Document No | | AD_Issue.RequestDocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Request | Request from a Business Partner or Prospect | The Request identifies a unique request from a Business Partner or Prospect. | AD_Issue.R_Request_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Asset | Asset used internally or by customers | An asset is either created by purchasing or by delivering a product. An asset can be used internally or be a customer asset. | AD_Issue.A_Asset_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Issue Project | Implementation Projects | | AD_Issue.R_IssueProject_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Support EMail | EMail address to send support information and updates to | If not entered the registered email is used. | AD_Issue.SupportEMail character varying(60)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Issue.Name character varying(60)
String | +| User Name | | | AD_Issue.UserName character varying(60)
String | +| Issue System | System creating the issue | | AD_Issue.R_IssueSystem_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Issue User | User who reported issues | | AD_Issue.R_IssueUser_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| DB Address | JDBC URL of the database server | | AD_Issue.DBAddress character varying(255)
String | +| Local Host | Local Host Info | | AD_Issue.Local_Host character varying(120)
String | +| Statistics | Information to help profiling the system for solving support issues | Profile information do not contain sensitive information and are used to support issue detection and diagnostics as well as general anonymous statistics | AD_Issue.StatisticsInfo character varying(255)
String | +| Profile | Information to help profiling the system for solving support issues | Profile information do not contain sensitive information and are used to support issue detection and diagnostics | AD_Issue.ProfileInfo character varying(4000)
String | +| Remote Host | Remote host Info | | AD_Issue.Remote_Host character varying(120)
String | +| Remote Addr | Remote Address | The Remote Address indicates an alternative or external address. | AD_Issue.Remote_Addr character varying(60)
String | +| Operating System | Operating System Info | | AD_Issue.OperatingSystemInfo character varying(255)
String | +| Java Info | Java Version Info | | AD_Issue.JavaInfo character varying(255)
String | +| Database | Database Information | | AD_Issue.DatabaseInfo character varying(255)
String | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | AD_Issue.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Report or Update Issue | Report Issue to iDempiere | | AD_Issue.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_Issue.Record_ID numeric(10)
Integer | + diff --git a/manual/window/SystemTranslationCheck_Window_ID-250_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/SystemTranslationCheck_Window_ID-250_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef29cb26 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/SystemTranslationCheck_Window_ID-250_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,316 @@ +--- +title: 'System Translation Check' +sidebar_label: 'System Translation Check' +description: 'Check System Language Translations' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# System Translation Check + +Window ID 250 + +*15/01/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![System Translation Check](/img/manual/SystemTranslationCheck-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Check System Language Translations + +**Comment/Help:** Verify your language translations for selected entities. You should use Translation Export / Import for effective translation. This window allows you to check the translation of the main translation entities. + +## Tab: Select Language + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 15/01/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Select your Language + +**Comment/Help:** The Language needs to be a (verified) System Language + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Language.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Language.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Language.AD_Language character varying(6)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Language.Name character varying(60)
String | +| ISO Language Code | Lower-case two-letter ISO-3166 code - http://www.ics.uci.edu/pub/ietf/http/related/iso639.txt | The ISO Language Code indicates the standard ISO code for a language in lower case. Information can be found at http://www.ics.uci.edu/pub/ietf/http/related/iso639.txt | AD_Language.LanguageISO character(2)
String | +| ISO Country Code | Upper-case two-letter alphanumeric ISO Country code according to ISO 3166-1 | The official list can be found at https://www.iso.org/obp/ui/#search | AD_Language.CountryCode character(2)
String | + +## Tab: › Element Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/01/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Element_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Element_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| System Element | System Element enables the central maintenance of column description and help. | The System Element allows for the central maintenance of help, descriptions and terminology for a database column. | AD_Element_Trl.AD_Element_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Element_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Element_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Element_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Element_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Print Text | The label text to be printed on a document or correspondence. | The Label to be printed indicates the name that will be printed on a document or correspondence. The max length is 2000 characters. | AD_Element_Trl.PrintName character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Element_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Element_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| PO Name | Name on PO Screens | | AD_Element_Trl.PO_Name character varying(60)
String | +| PO Print name | Print name on PO Screens/Reports | | AD_Element_Trl.PO_PrintName character varying(60)
String | +| PO Description | Description in PO Screens | | AD_Element_Trl.PO_Description character varying(255)
String | +| PO Help | Help for PO Screens | | AD_Element_Trl.PO_Help character varying(2000)
String | + +## Tab: › Message Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/01/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Message_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Message_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Message | System Message | Information and Error messages | AD_Message_Trl.AD_Message_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Message_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Message_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Message_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Message Text | Textual Informational, Menu or Error Message | The Message Text indicates the message that will display | AD_Message_Trl.MsgText character varying(2000)
Text | +| Message Tip | Additional tip or help for this message | The Message Tip defines additional help or information about this message. | AD_Message_Trl.MsgTip character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Window Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/01/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Window_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Window_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_Window_Trl.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Window_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Window_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Window_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Window_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Window_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Window_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Tab Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/07/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Tab_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Tab_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tab | Tab within a Window | The Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window. | AD_Tab_Trl.AD_Tab_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Tab_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Tab_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Tab_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Tab_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Tab_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Tab_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Commit Warning | Warning displayed when saving | Warning or information displayed when committing the record | AD_Tab_Trl.CommitWarning character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Field Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/07/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Field_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Field_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Field | Field on a database table | The Field identifies a field on a database table. | AD_Field_Trl.AD_Field_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Field_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Field_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Field_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Field_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Field_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Field_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Field Group Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/07/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Please note, that most of the fields translations are derived from Element! + +**Comment/Help:** Run Synchronize Terminology to update menu translation. You need only to translate Fields, which are not centrally maintained. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_FieldGroup_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_FieldGroup_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Field Group | Logical grouping of fields | The Field Group indicates the logical group that this field belongs to (History, Amounts, Quantities) | AD_FieldGroup_Trl.AD_FieldGroup_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_FieldGroup_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_FieldGroup_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_FieldGroup_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_FieldGroup_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | + +## Tab: › Process Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/01/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Process_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Process_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_Process_Trl.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Process_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Process_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Process_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Process_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Process_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Process_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Form Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/07/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Form_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Form_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Special Form | Special Form | The Special Form field identifies a unique Special Form in the system. | AD_Form_Trl.AD_Form_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Form_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Form_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Form_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Form_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Form_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Form_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Task Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/07/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Task_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Task_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| OS Task | Operation System Task | The Task field identifies a Operation System Task in the system. | AD_Task_Trl.AD_Task_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Task_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Task_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Task_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Task_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Task_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Task_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Workflow Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/07/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Workflow_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Workflow_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow | Workflow or combination of tasks | The Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system. | AD_Workflow_Trl.AD_Workflow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Workflow_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Workflow_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Workflow_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Workflow_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Workflow_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Workflow_Trl.Help text
Text | + +## Tab: › Workflow Node Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/07/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_WF_Node_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_WF_Node_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Node | Workflow Node (activity), step or process | The Workflow Node indicates a unique step or process in a Workflow. | AD_WF_Node_Trl.AD_WF_Node_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_WF_Node_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_WF_Node_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_WF_Node_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_WF_Node_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_WF_Node_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_WF_Node_Trl.Help text
Text | + +## Tab: › Menu Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/07/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Please note, that most of the menu translations are derived from Window/Form/.. translation! + +**Comment/Help:** Run Synchronize Terminology to update menu translation. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Menu_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Menu_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Menu | Identifies a Menu | The Menu identifies a unique Menu. Menus are used to control the display of those screens a user has access to. | AD_Menu_Trl.AD_Menu_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Menu_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Menu_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Menu_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Menu_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Menu_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Reference List Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/07/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Ref_List_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Ref_List_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Reference List | Reference List based on Table | The Reference List field indicates a list of reference values from a database tables. Reference lists populate drop down list boxes in data entry screens | AD_Ref_List_Trl.AD_Ref_List_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Ref_List_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Ref_List_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Ref_List_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Ref_List_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Ref_List_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Info Window Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 01/10/2023 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_InfoWindow_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Info Column Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 01/10/2023 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Column | Info Window Column | Column in the Info Window for display and/or selection. If used for selection, the column cannot be a SQL expression. The SQL clause must be fully qualified based on the FROM clause in the Info Window definition | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.AD_InfoColumn_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Placeholder | | | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.Placeholder character varying(255)
String | +| Placeholder2 | | | AD_InfoColumn_Trl.Placeholder2 character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Table Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/10/2023 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Table_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Table_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Table_Trl.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Table_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Table_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Table_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Table_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Column Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 15/10/2023 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Column_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Column_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_Column_Trl.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Column_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Column_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Column_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Placeholder | | | AD_Column_Trl.Placeholder character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Column_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/System_Window_ID-246_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/System_Window_ID-246_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f636b6cb --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/System_Window_ID-246_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +--- +title: 'System' +sidebar_label: 'System' +description: 'System Definition' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# System + +Window ID 246 + +*01/11/2002 → 02/01/2000* + +![System](/img/manual/System-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** System Definition + +**Comment/Help:** Common System Definition - Only one Record - Do not add additional records. + +## Tab: System + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 01/11/2002 · Updated 18/10/2005* + +**Description:** System Definition + +**Comment/Help:** Common System Definition. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| System Name | Name your iDempiere System installation, e.g. Joe Block, Inc. | The name if the system to differentiate support contracts | AD_System.Name character varying(60)
String | +| System Status | Status of the system - Support priority depends on system status | System status helps to prioritize support resources | AD_System.SystemStatus character(1)
List | +| User Name | | | AD_System.UserName character varying(60)
String | +| Password | Password of any length (case sensitive) | The Password for this User. Passwords are required to identify authorized users. For iDempiere Users, you can change the password via the Process "Reset Password". | AD_System.Password character varying(20)
String | +| Support EMail | EMail address to send support information and updates to | If not entered the registered email is used. | AD_System.SupportEMail character varying(60)
String | +| Custom Prefix | Prefix for Custom entities | The prefix listed are ignored as customization for database or entity migration | AD_System.CustomPrefix character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_System.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Release No | Internal Release Number | | AD_System.ReleaseNo character varying(10)
String | +| Version | Version of the table definition | The Version indicates the version of this table definition. | AD_System.Version character varying(20)
String | +| Database Name | Database Name | | AD_System.DBInstance character varying(60)
String | +| DB Address | JDBC URL of the database server | | AD_System.DBAddress character varying(255)
String | +| Internal Users | Number of Internal Users for iDempiere Support | You can purchase professioal support from iDempiere, Inc. or their partners. See http://www.idempiere.org for details.
| AD_System.SupportUnits numeric(10)
Integer | +| Processors | Number of Database Processors | | AD_System.NoProcessors numeric(10)
Integer | +| Replication Type | Type of Data Replication | The Type of data Replication determines the direction of the data replication. <br>
Reference means that the data in this system is read only -> <br>
Local means that the data in this system is not replicated to other systems - <br>
Merge means that the data in this system is synchronized with the other system <-> <br> | AD_System.ReplicationType character(1)
List | +| ID Range Start | Start of the ID Range used | The ID Range allows to restrict the range of the internally used IDs. The standard rages are 0-899,999 for the Application Dictionary 900,000-999,999 for Application Dictionary customizations/extensions and > 1,000,000 for tenant data. The standard system limit is 9,999,999,999 but can easily be extended. The ID range is on a per table basis.
Please note that the ID range is NOT enforced. | AD_System.IDRangeStart numeric
Number | +| ID Range End | End if the ID Range used | The ID Range allows to restrict the range of the internally used IDs. Please note that the ID range is NOT enforced. | AD_System.IDRangeEnd numeric
Number | +| LDAP URL | Connection String to LDAP server starting with ldap:// | LDAP connection string, e.g. ldap://dc.idempiere.org | AD_System.LDAPHost character varying(60)
String | +| LDAP Domain | Directory service domain name - e.g. idempiere.org | If LDAP Host and Domain is specified, the user is authenticated via LDAP. The password in the User table is not used for connecting to iDempiere. | AD_System.LDAPDomain character varying(255)
String | +| Maintain Statistics | Maintain general statistics | Maintain and allow to transfer general statistics (number of tenants, orgs, business partners, users, products, invoices) to get a better feeling for the application use. This information is not published. | AD_System.IsAllowStatistics character(1)
Yes-No | +| Statistics | Information to help profiling the system for solving support issues | Profile information do not contain sensitive information and are used to support issue detection and diagnostics as well as general anonymous statistics | AD_System.StatisticsInfo character varying(60)
String | +| Error Reporting | Automatically report Errors | To automate error reporting, submit errors to iDempiere. Only error (stack trace) information is submitted (no data or confidential information). It helps us to react faster and proactively. If you have a support contract, we will you inform about corrective measures. This functionality is experimental at this point. | AD_System.IsAutoErrorReport character(1)
Yes-No | +| Profile | Information to help profiling the system for solving support issues | Profile information do not contain sensitive information and are used to support issue detection and diagnostics | AD_System.ProfileInfo character varying(4000)
String | +| Encryption Class | Encryption Class used for securing data content | The class needs to implement the interface org.compiere.util.SecureInterface.
You enable it by setting the COMPIERE_SECURE parameter of your Tenant and Server start scripts to the custom class. | AD_System.EncryptionKey character varying(255)
String | +| Fail on Missing Model Validator | | | AD_System.IsFailOnMissingModelValidator character(1)
Yes-No | +| Last Build Info | | | AD_System.LastBuildInfo character varying(255)
String | +| Fail if Build Differ | | | AD_System.IsFailOnBuildDiffer character(1)
Yes-No | +| Support Expires | Date when the iDempiere support expires | Check http://www.idempiere.org for support options | AD_System.SupportExpDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Validate Support | Validate Support Contract | The process connects to the iDempiere Support Services server and validates the support contract. To sign up for support, please go to http://www.idempiere.org | AD_System.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Last Migration Script Applied | Register of the filename for the last migration script applied on this database | | AD_System.LastMigrationScriptApplied character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/TableAttributeInstance_Window_ID-200157_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/TableAttributeInstance_Window_ID-200157_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1a152cf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/TableAttributeInstance_Window_ID-200157_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +--- +title: 'Table Attribute Instance' +sidebar_label: 'Table Attribute Instance' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Table Attribute Instance + +Window ID 200157 + +*18/06/2025 → 18/06/2025* + +![Table Attribute Instance](/img/manual/TableAttributeInstance-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Table Attribute Set + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 18/06/2025 · Updated 18/06/2025* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_TableAttributeSet.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_TableAttributeSet.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_TableAttributeSet.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set | Product Attribute Set | Define Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number tracking. | AD_TableAttributeSet.M_AttributeSet_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_TableAttributeSet.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Table Attribute Value + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 24/06/2025 · Updated 27/06/2025* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_TableAttribute.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_TableAttribute.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_TableAttribute.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_TableAttribute.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Attribute | Product Attribute | Product Attribute like Color, Size | AD_TableAttribute.M_Attribute_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Value | Product Attribute Value | Individual value of a product attribute (e.g. green, large, ..) | AD_TableAttribute.M_AttributeValue_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_TableAttribute.Value character varying(2000)
Text | +| Value | Numeric Value | | AD_TableAttribute.ValueNumber numeric
Number | +| Value Date | | | AD_TableAttribute.ValueDate timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_TableAttribute.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/TableandColumn_Window_ID-100_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/TableandColumn_Window_ID-100_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e183cbf --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/TableandColumn_Window_ID-100_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,307 @@ +--- +title: 'Table and Column' +sidebar_label: 'Table and Column' +description: 'Maintain Tables and Columns' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Table and Column + +Window ID 100 + +*21/05/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Table and Column](/img/manual/TableandColumn-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Tables and Columns + +**Comment/Help:** The Table and Column Window defines all tables with their columns + +## Tab: Table + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 15/01/2024* + +**Description:** Table definitions + +**Comment/Help:** Table (header) definition - Note that the name of most tables is automatically synchronized. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Table.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Table.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| DB Table Name | Name of the table in the database | The DB Table Name indicates the name of the table in database. | AD_Table.TableName character varying(60)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Table.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Table.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Table.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Table.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| View | This is a view | This is a view rather than a table. A view is always treated as read only in the system. | AD_Table.IsView character(1)
Yes-No | +| Data Access Level | Access Level required | Indicates the access level required for this record or process. | AD_Table.AccessLevel character(1)
List | +| Maintain Change Log | Maintain a log of changes | If selected, a log of all changes is maintained. | AD_Table.IsChangeLog character(1)
Yes-No | +| Replication Type | Type of Data Replication | The Type of data Replication determines the direction of the data replication. <br>
Reference means that the data in this system is read only -> <br>
Local means that the data in this system is not replicated to other systems - <br>
Merge means that the data in this system is synchronized with the other system <-> <br> | AD_Table.ReplicationType character(1)
List | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_Table.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| PO Window | Purchase Order Window | Window for Purchase Order (AP) Zooms | AD_Table.PO_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Records deletable | Indicates if records can be deleted from the database | The Records Deletable checkbox indicates if a record can be deleted from the database. If records cannot be deleted, you can only deselect the Active flag | AD_Table.IsDeleteable character(1)
Yes-No | +| High Volume | Use Search instead of Pick list | The High Volume Checkbox indicates if a search screen will display as opposed to a pick list for selecting records from this table. | AD_Table.IsHighVolume character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Table.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Create Columns from DB | Create Dictionary Columns of Table not existing as a Column but in the Database | If you have added columns in the database to this table, this procedure creates the Column records in the Dictionary. Please be aware, that they may deleted, if the entity type is not set to User. | AD_Table.ImportTable character(1)
Button | +| Copy Columns from Table | Create Dictionary Columns for a Table taking another as base | | AD_Table.CopyColumnsFromTable character varying(1)
Button | +| Centrally maintained | Information maintained in System Element table | The Centrally Maintained checkbox indicates if the Name, Description and Help maintained in 'System Element' table or 'Window' table. | AD_Table.IsCentrallyMaintained character(1)
Yes-No | +| View Validate | | | AD_Table.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Drop view | | | AD_Table.DatabaseViewDrop character(1)
Button | +| Copy Components From View | Create dictionary view components for a table taking another as base | | AD_Table.CopyComponentsFromView character(1)
Button | +| Create Window, Tab and Field from Table | Create Window, Tab and Field record of the Table | This process will take the table definition and create the Window/Tab and field record with these options:<br>

New Window: if selected the process will create a new Window record. Otherwise, the process will create a new tab and add it to the selected window.<br>
Create Menu: if selected the process creates the menu record for the new window. | AD_Table.CreateWindowFromTable character(1)
Button | +| Show In Drill Options | This parameter enables the table to be displayed in Drill Assistant - Table tab | | AD_Table.IsShowInDrillOptions character(1)
Yes-No | +| Partition | This is a partitioned table | | AD_Table.IsPartition character(1)
Yes-No | +| Create/Update Table Partition | Process which create or update table partitions based on the table and column records | The Create/update partition process will create or update table partitions based on the information in the table and column records | AD_Table.CreatePartition character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Column + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 15/01/2024* + +**Description:** Table Column definitions + +**Comment/Help:** Defines the columns of a table. Note that the name of the column is automatically synchronized. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Column.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Column.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Column.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| System Element | System Element enables the central maintenance of column description and help. | The System Element allows for the central maintenance of help, descriptions and terminology for a database column. | AD_Column.AD_Element_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Column.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| DB Column Name | Name of the column in the database | The Column Name indicates the name of a column on a table as defined in the database. | AD_Column.ColumnName character varying(63)
String | +| Column SQL | Virtual Column (r/o) | You can define virtual columns (not stored in the database). If defined, the Column name is the synonym of the SQL expression defined here. The SQL expression must be valid.<br>
Example: "Updated-Created" would list the age of the entry in days.<br>
It is not recommended to add complex queries in virtual columns as the impact on the database performance can be too expensive.<br>
However, you can use the prefix @SQLFIND= for virtual columns that can be used for queries and reports, they have less impact on the database, but as a field they don't show values.<br>
Additionally, the prefix @SQL= allows to define a virtual UI column, this is calculated on the fly and can use context variables in the query, virtual UI columns are shown in grid just on the current row, they are not searchable, and not shown in reports. | AD_Column.ColumnSQL character varying(4000)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Column.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Column.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Column.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Placeholder | | | AD_Column.Placeholder character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Column.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Version | Version of the table definition | The Version indicates the version of this table definition. | AD_Column.Version numeric
Amount | +| Reference | System Reference and Validation | The Reference could be a display type, list or table validation. | AD_Column.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Dynamic Validation | Dynamic Validation Rule | These rules define how an entry is determined to valid. You can use variables for dynamic (context sensitive) validation. | AD_Column.AD_Val_Rule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Length | Length of the column in the database | The Length indicates the length of a column as defined in the database. | AD_Column.FieldLength numeric(10)
Integer | +| Dynamic Validation (Lookup) | Override Dynamic Validation Rule for Lookup Window | For some situations the dynamic validation rule for a Lookup window should be different from user data entry window. | AD_Column.AD_Val_Rule_Lookup_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| HTML | Text has HTML tags | | AD_Column.IsHtml character(1)
Yes-No | +| Auto complete | Automatic completion for text fields | The autocompletion uses all existing values (from the same tenant and organization) of the field. | AD_Column.IsAutocomplete character(1)
Yes-No | +| Format Pattern | The pattern used to format a number or date. | A string complying with either Java SimpleDateFormat or DecimalFormat pattern syntax used to override the default presentation format of a date or number type field. | AD_Column.FormatPattern character varying(22)
String | +| Value Format | Format of the value; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09", or ~regex | <B>Validation elements:</B>

~regex - Validates a regular expression

(Space) any character
_ Space (fixed character)
l any Letter a..Z NO space
L any Letter a..Z NO space converted to upper case
o any Letter a..Z or space
O any Letter a..Z or space converted to upper case
a any Letters & Digits NO space
A any Letters & Digits NO space converted to upper case
c any Letters & Digits or space
C any Letters & Digits or space converted to upper case
0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space

Example of format "(000)_000-0000" | AD_Column.VFormat character varying(255)
String | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_Column.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_Column.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Chart | | | AD_Column.AD_Chart_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Dashboard Content | | | AD_Column.PA_DashboardContent_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Reference Key | Required to specify, if data type is Table or List | The Reference Value indicates where the reference values are stored. It must be specified if the data type is Table or List. | AD_Column.AD_Reference_Value_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Min. Value | Minimum Value for a field | The Minimum Value indicates the lowest allowable value for a field. use format yyyy-mm-dd for Date | AD_Column.ValueMin character varying(20)
String | +| Max. Value | Maximum Value for a field | The Maximum Value indicates the highest allowable value for a field. use format yyyy-mm-dd for Date | AD_Column.ValueMax character varying(20)
String | +| Key column | This column is the key in this table | The key column must also be display sequence 0 in the field definition and may be hidden. | AD_Column.IsKey character(1)
Yes-No | +| Parent link column | This column is a link to the parent table (e.g. header from lines) - incl. Association key columns | The Parent checkbox indicates if this column is a link to the parent table. | AD_Column.IsParent character(1)
Yes-No | +| Constraint Name | | | AD_Column.FKConstraintName character varying(63)
String | +| Constraint Type | | | AD_Column.FKConstraintType character(1)
List | +| Constraint Message | | | AD_Column.FKConstraintMsg_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Default Logic | Default value hierarchy, separated by ; | The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Tenant_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc/DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Tenant as well as Buttons. | AD_Column.DefaultValue character varying(2000)
Text | +| Mandatory | Data entry is required in this column | The field must have a value for the record to be saved to the database. | AD_Column.IsMandatory character(1)
Yes-No | +| Updatable | Determines, if the field can be updated | The Updatable checkbox indicates if a field can be updated by the user. | AD_Column.IsUpdateable character(1)
Yes-No | +| Always Updatable | The column is always updateable, even if the record is not active or processed | If selected and if the window / tab is not read only, you can always update the column. This might be useful for comments, etc. | AD_Column.IsAlwaysUpdateable character(1)
Yes-No | +| Synchronize Column | Change database table definition from application dictionary | When selected, the database column definition is updated based on your entries in the Column definition of the Application Dictionary. Note that not all changes are supported by the database and may result in an error. | AD_Column.IsSyncDatabase character(1)
Button | +| Always Updatable Logic | Logic to determine if field is Updatable irrespective if record's active status or processed status. This logic Applicable only if Always Updatable is N. | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := \|&()<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_Column.AlwaysUpdatableLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Column Encryption | Test and enable Column Encryption | To enable storage encryption or remove encryption is dangerous as you may loose data. You need to verify that the column is big enough to hold the encrypted value. You can provide your own encryption method, but cannot change it once enabled. <br>
The default implementation supports US ASCII String conversion (not Unicode, Numbers, Dates)<br>
Note that support is restricted to setup and test, but not data recovery. | AD_Column.IsEncrypted character(1)
Button | +| Read Only Logic | Logic to determine if field is read only (applies only when field is read-write) | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_Column.ReadOnlyLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Mandatory Logic | | | AD_Column.MandatoryLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Identifier | This column is part of the record identifier | The Identifier checkbox indicates that this column is part of the identifier or key for this table. | AD_Column.IsIdentifier character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_Column.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Selection Column | Is this column used for finding rows in windows | If selected, the column is listed in the first find window tab and in the selection part of the window | AD_Column.IsSelectionColumn character(1)
Yes-No | +| Selection Column Sequence | Selection Column Sequence | For ordering sequence of selection column | AD_Column.SeqNoSelection numeric(10)
Integer | +| Allow Logging | Determine if a column must be recorded into the change log | | AD_Column.IsAllowLogging character(1)
Yes-No | +| Allow Copy | Determine if a column must be copied when pushing the button to copy record | | AD_Column.IsAllowCopy character(1)
Yes-No | +| Secure content | Defines whether content must be treated as secure | | AD_Column.IsSecure character(1)
Yes-No | +| Toolbar Button | Show the button on the toolbar, the window, or both | The IsToolbarButton field indicates if this button is part of the toolbar's process button popup list, or render as field in window, or both. | AD_Column.IsToolbarButton character(1)
List | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Column.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Callout | Fully qualified class names and method - separated by semicolons | A Callout allow you to create Java extensions to perform certain tasks always after a value changed. Callouts should not be used for validation but consequences of a user selecting a certain value.
The callout is a Java class implementing org.compiere.model.Callout and a method name to call. Example: "org.compiere.model.CalloutRequest.copyText" instantiates the class "CalloutRequest" and calls the method "copyText". You can have multiple callouts by separating them via a semicolon | AD_Column.Callout character varying(255)
String | +| Partition Key | This is a partition key | | AD_Column.IsPartitionKey character(1)
Yes-No | +| Partition Key Sequence | Indicates the order of partition keys | The Partition Key Sequence indicates the order of the partition keys where the lowest number comes first | AD_Column.SeqNoPartition numeric(10)
Integer | +| Partitioning Method | Indicates how the Table is partitioned | The Partitioning Method indicates how the Table is partitioned (List or Range). List partitioning - The data distribution is defined by a discrete list of values. Range Partitioning - The data is distributed based on a range of values. | AD_Column.PartitioningMethod character varying(2)
List | +| Range Partition Interval | Indicates the interval used in a range partitioning | The Range Partition Interval indicates the interval used in a range partitioning (date or number). Examples of date intervals: 1 year; 6 months; Examples of number intervals: 5000; 100000; | AD_Column.RangePartitionInterval character varying(30)
String | + +## Tab: › › Column Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 06/09/2004 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Column Translation + +**Comment/Help:** Do not translate - overwritten / translated automatically + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Column_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Column_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_Column_Trl.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Column_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Column_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Placeholder | | | AD_Column_Trl.Placeholder character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Column_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Column_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › Used in Field + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 12/12/2009 · Updated 16/11/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tab | Tab within a Window | The Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window. | AD_Field.AD_Tab_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Field | Field on a database table | The Field identifies a field on a database table. | AD_Field.AD_Field_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Field.Name character varying(60)
String | + +## Tab: › Zoom Condition + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 28/02/2013 · Updated 28/02/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ZoomCondition.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ZoomCondition.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_ZoomCondition.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_ZoomCondition.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_ZoomCondition.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_ZoomCondition.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_ZoomCondition.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Zoom Logic | the result determines if the zoom condition is applied | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_ZoomCondition.ZoomLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Sql WHERE | Fully qualified SQL WHERE clause | The Where Clause indicates the SQL WHERE clause to use for record selection. The WHERE clause is added to the query. Fully qualified means "tablename.columnname". | AD_ZoomCondition.WhereClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_ZoomCondition.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ZoomCondition.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Table Script Validator + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 01/02/2008 · Updated 22/07/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Table_ScriptValidator.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Table_ScriptValidator.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Table_ScriptValidator.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Event Model Validator | | | AD_Table_ScriptValidator.EventModelValidator character varying(4)
List | +| Rule | | | AD_Table_ScriptValidator.AD_Rule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_Table_ScriptValidator.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Table_ScriptValidator.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Table Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 07/07/2004 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Table Translation + +**Comment/Help:** Note that many Table names will be overwritten / translated automatically + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Table_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Table_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Table_Trl.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Table_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Table_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Table_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Table_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Table Index + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/07/2013 · Updated 01/08/2019* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_TableIndex.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_TableIndex.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_TableIndex.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_TableIndex.Name character varying(63)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_TableIndex.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_TableIndex.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_TableIndex.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Create Constraint | | | AD_TableIndex.IsCreateConstraint character(1)
Yes-No | +| Unique | | | AD_TableIndex.IsUnique character(1)
Yes-No | +| Key column | This column is the key in this table | The key column must also be display sequence 0 in the field definition and may be hidden. | AD_TableIndex.IsKey character(1)
Yes-No | +| Message | System Message | Information and Error messages | AD_TableIndex.AD_Message_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_TableIndex.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Index Validate | | | AD_TableIndex.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Drop Table Index | | | AD_TableIndex.TableIndexDrop character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › › Index Column + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 04/07/2013 · Updated 01/08/2019* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_IndexColumn.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_IndexColumn.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table Index | | | AD_IndexColumn.AD_TableIndex_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_IndexColumn.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Column SQL | Virtual Column (r/o) | You can define virtual columns (not stored in the database). If defined, the Column name is the synonym of the SQL expression defined here. The SQL expression must be valid.<br>
Example: "Updated-Created" would list the age of the entry in days | AD_IndexColumn.ColumnSQL character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_IndexColumn.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_IndexColumn.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_IndexColumn.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | + +## Tab: › View Component + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/07/2013 · Updated 28/07/2017* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ViewComponent.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ViewComponent.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_ViewComponent.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ViewComponent.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_ViewComponent.Name character varying(50)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_ViewComponent.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_ViewComponent.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_ViewComponent.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Is UNION ALL | The component view is UNION ALL | When this is set the component view is joined to the others using UNION ALL, otherwise just UNION | AD_ViewComponent.IsUnionAll character(1)
Yes-No | +| Distinct | Select Distinct | | AD_ViewComponent.IsDistinct character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sql FROM | SQL FROM clause | The Select Clause indicates the SQL FROM clause to use for selecting the record for a measure calculation. It can have JOIN clauses. It must include the FROM itself. | AD_ViewComponent.FromClause character varying(4000)
String | +| Sql WHERE | Fully qualified SQL WHERE clause | The Where Clause indicates the SQL WHERE clause to use for record selection. It must include the WHERE itself. Fully qualified means "tablename.columnname". | AD_ViewComponent.WhereClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Other SQL Clause | Other SQL Clause | Any other complete clause like GROUP BY, HAVING, ORDER BY, etc. after WHERE clause. | AD_ViewComponent.OtherClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_ViewComponent.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Referenced Table | | | AD_ViewComponent.Referenced_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table | + +## Tab: › › View Column + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 04/07/2013 · Updated 28/07/2017* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ViewColumn.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ViewColumn.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Database View Component | | | AD_ViewColumn.AD_ViewComponent_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Column SQL | Virtual Column (r/o) | You can define virtual columns (not stored in the database). If defined, the Column name is the synonym of the SQL expression defined here. The SQL expression must be valid.<br>
Example: "Updated-Created" would list the age of the entry in days | AD_ViewColumn.ColumnSQL character varying(2000)
String | +| DB Column Name | Name of the column in the database | The Column Name indicates the name of a column on a table as defined in the database. | AD_ViewColumn.ColumnName character varying(63)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_ViewColumn.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_ViewColumn.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ViewColumn.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_ViewColumn.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_ViewColumn.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Database Data Type | | | AD_ViewColumn.DBDataType character(1)
List | + +## Tab: › Table Partition + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/12/2023 · Updated 27/12/2023* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_TablePartition.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_TablePartition.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_TablePartition.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_TablePartition.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_TablePartition.Name character varying(63)
String | +| Expression | SQL clause for partition | | AD_TablePartition.ExpressionPartition character varying(250)
String | +| Parent Partition | Parent table partition | | AD_TablePartition.Parent_TablePartition_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attached | Partition attached to table | | AD_TablePartition.IsPartitionAttached character(1)
Yes-No | +| Detach/re-attach Table Partition | Detach or re-attach table partition | Detach an attached table partition or re-attach a detached table partition | AD_TablePartition.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_TablePartition.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Table Attribute Set + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 31/12/2024 · Updated 31/12/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_TableAttributeSet.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_TableAttributeSet.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_TableAttributeSet.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set | Product Attribute Set | Define Product Attribute Sets to add additional attributes and values to the product. You need to define a Attribute Set if you want to enable Serial and Lot Number tracking. | AD_TableAttributeSet.M_AttributeSet_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_TableAttributeSet.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Task_Window_ID-114_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Task_Window_ID-114_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25ef052f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Task_Window_ID-114_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +--- +title: 'Task' +sidebar_label: 'Task' +description: 'Maintain Tasks' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Task + +Window ID 114 + +*11/06/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Task](/img/manual/Task-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Tasks + +**Comment/Help:** The Maintain Tasks window defines the different tasks used in workflows and the access level for those tasks. + +## Tab: Task + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 21/06/1999 · Updated 06/08/2013* + +**Description:** Task + +**Comment/Help:** The Task Tab defines the unique tasks that will be used. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Task.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Task.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Task.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Task.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Task.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Task.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Task.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Data Access Level | Access Level required | Indicates the access level required for this record or process. | AD_Task.AccessLevel character(1)
List | +| OS Command | Operating System Command | The OS Command is for optionally defining a command to that will be part of this task. For example it can be used to starting a back up process or performing a file transfer. | AD_Task.OS_Command character varying(2000)
String | +| Context Help | | | AD_Task.AD_CtxHelp_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › Task Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Task_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Task_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| OS Task | Operation System Task | The Task field identifies a Operation System Task in the system. | AD_Task_Trl.AD_Task_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Task_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Task_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Task_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Task_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Task_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Task_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/09/2000 · Updated 06/08/2013* + +**Description:** Task Access + +**Comment/Help:** The Task Access Tab defines the Roles that will have access to this task and the type of access each Role is granted. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Task_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Task_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| OS Task | Operation System Task | The Task field identifies a Operation System Task in the system. | AD_Task_Access.AD_Task_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Task_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Task_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Write | Field is read / write | The Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated. | AD_Task_Access.IsReadWrite character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/TaxCategory_Window_ID-138_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/TaxCategory_Window_ID-138_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..50a063e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/TaxCategory_Window_ID-138_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +--- +title: 'Tax Category' +sidebar_label: 'Tax Category' +description: 'Maintain Tax Categories' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Tax Category + +Window ID 138 + +*09/08/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Tax Category](/img/manual/TaxCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Tax Categories + +**Comment/Help:** The Tax Category Window is used to enter and maintain Tax Categories. Each product is associated with a tax category which facilitates reacting changing tax rates. + +## Tab: Tax Category + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 03/03/2008* + +**Description:** Tax Category + +**Comment/Help:** The Tax Category Tab is used to define and maintain Tax Categories. Each Product is associated with a Tax Category. This facilitates adapting to changes in taxation. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_TaxCategory.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_TaxCategory.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_TaxCategory.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_TaxCategory.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_TaxCategory.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | C_TaxCategory.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Tax Rate + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 18/10/2023 · Updated 18/10/2023* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Tax.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Tax.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Tax.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Tax.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Tax.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | C_Tax.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Tax Category | Tax Category | The Tax Category provides a method of grouping similar taxes. For example, Sales Tax or Value Added Tax. | C_Tax.C_TaxCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | C_Tax.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| SO Tax exempt | Business partner is exempt from tax on sales | If a business partner is exempt from tax on sales, the exempt tax rate is used. For this, you need to set up a tax rate with a 0% rate and indicate that this is your tax exempt rate. This is required for tax reporting, so that you can track tax exempt transactions. | C_Tax.IsTaxExempt character(1)
Yes-No | +| Requires Tax Certificate | This tax rate requires the Business Partner to be tax exempt | The Requires Tax Certificate indicates that a tax certificate is required for a Business Partner to be tax exempt. | C_Tax.RequiresTaxCertificate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Level | Tax is calculated on document level (rather than line by line) | If the tax is calculated on document level, all lines with that tax rate are added before calculating the total tax for the document.
Otherwise the tax is calculated per line and then added.
Due to rounding, the tax amount can differ. | C_Tax.IsDocumentLevel character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Tax | This is a sales tax (i.e. not a value added tax) | If selected AP tax is handled as expense, otherwise it is handled as a VAT credit. | C_Tax.IsSalesTax character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | C_Tax.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Parent Tax | Parent Tax indicates a tax that is made up of multiple taxes | The Parent Tax indicates a tax that is a reference for multiple taxes. This allows you to charge multiple taxes on a document by entering the Parent Tax | C_Tax.Parent_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| SO/PO Type | Sales Tax applies to sales situations, Purchase Tax to purchase situations | Sales Tax: charged when selling - examples: Sales Tax, Output VAT (payable)
Purchase Tax: tax charged when purchasing - examples: Use Tax, Input VAT (receivable) | C_Tax.SOPOType character(1)
List | +| Tax Indicator | Short form for Tax to be printed on documents | The Tax Indicator identifies the short name that will print on documents referencing this tax. | C_Tax.TaxIndicator character varying(10)
String | +| Rate | Rate or Tax or Exchange | The Rate indicates the percentage to be multiplied by the source to arrive at the tax or exchange amount. | C_Tax.Rate numeric
Number | +| Posting Indicator | Type of input tax (deductible and non deductible) | Separate Tax Posting: Tax is calculated on the full amount of the item and posted separately.
Distribute Tax with Relevant Expense: Tax amount is added to the item amount during account posting time and for updating of Product Cost. | C_Tax.TaxPostingIndicator character(1)
List | +| Country Group | | | C_Tax.C_CountryGroupFrom_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| To | | | C_Tax.C_CountryGroupTo_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Country | Country | The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document. | C_Tax.C_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| To | Receiving Country | The To Country indicates the receiving country on a document | C_Tax.To_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Region | Identifies a geographical Region | The Region identifies a unique Region for this Country. | C_Tax.C_Region_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| To | Receiving Region | The To Region indicates the receiving region on a document | C_Tax.To_Region_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Tax Provider | | | C_Tax.C_TaxProvider_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/03/2000 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_TaxCategory_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_TaxCategory_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Category | Tax Category | The Tax Category provides a method of grouping similar taxes. For example, Sales Tax or Value Added Tax. | C_TaxCategory_Trl.C_TaxCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_TaxCategory_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_TaxCategory_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_TaxCategory_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_TaxCategory_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_TaxCategory_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/TaxProviderConfiguration_Window_ID-200044_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/TaxProviderConfiguration_Window_ID-200044_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..294a2eda --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/TaxProviderConfiguration_Window_ID-200044_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Tax Provider Configuration' +sidebar_label: 'Tax Provider Configuration' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Tax Provider Configuration + +Window ID 200044 + +*14/08/2013 → 14/08/2013* + +![Tax Provider Configuration](/img/manual/TaxProviderConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Tax Provider Configuration + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 14/08/2013 · Updated 14/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_TaxProviderCfg.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_TaxProviderCfg.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_TaxProviderCfg.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_TaxProviderCfg.Description character varying(255)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_TaxProviderCfg.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| URL | Full URL address - e.g. http://www.idempiere.org | The URL defines an fully qualified web address like http://www.idempiere.org | C_TaxProviderCfg.URL character varying(120)
URL | +| Tax Provider Class | | | C_TaxProviderCfg.TaxProviderClass character varying(60)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/TaxProvider_Window_ID-200045_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/TaxProvider_Window_ID-200045_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57eab770 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/TaxProvider_Window_ID-200045_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +--- +title: 'Tax Provider' +sidebar_label: 'Tax Provider' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Tax Provider + +Window ID 200045 + +*14/08/2013 → 14/08/2013* + +![Tax Provider](/img/manual/TaxProvider-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Tax Provider + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 14/08/2013 · Updated 14/08/2013* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_TaxProvider.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_TaxProvider.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Provider Configuration | | | C_TaxProvider.C_TaxProviderCfg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_TaxProvider.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_TaxProvider.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Account | | | C_TaxProvider.Account character varying(60)
String | +| Company Code | | | C_TaxProvider.CompanyCode character varying(60)
String | +| License | | | C_TaxProvider.License character varying(60)
String | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | C_TaxProvider.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Validate Connection | | | C_TaxProvider.ValidateConnection character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/TaxRate_Window_ID-137_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/TaxRate_Window_ID-137_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b58df711 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/TaxRate_Window_ID-137_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +--- +title: 'Tax Rate' +sidebar_label: 'Tax Rate' +description: 'Maintain Taxes and their Rates' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Tax Rate + +Window ID 137 + +*09/08/1999 → 03/03/2008* + +![Tax Rate](/img/manual/TaxRate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Taxes and their Rates + +**Comment/Help:** The Tax Rate Window defines the different taxes used for each tax category. For example Sales Tax must be defined for each State in which it applies. + +## Tab: Tax + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 03/03/2008* + +**Description:** Tax definition + +**Comment/Help:** The Tax Rate Window defines the different taxes used for each tax category. For example Sales Tax must be defined for each State in which it applies.<br> +If you have multiple taxes create a summary level tax with the approximate total tax rate and the actual tax rates pointing to the summary level tax as their parent. When entering the order or invoice lines the tax is estimated the correct tax is calculated when the document is processed. The tax is always calculated from the line net amount. If one tax has a the tax basis the line net amount and another tax you need to adjust the percentage to result in the correct amount.<br> +Valid From/To is determined by the parent tax. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Tax.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Tax.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Tax.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Tax.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Tax.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | C_Tax.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Tax Category | Tax Category | The Tax Category provides a method of grouping similar taxes. For example, Sales Tax or Value Added Tax. | C_Tax.C_TaxCategory_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | C_Tax.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| SO Tax exempt | Business partner is exempt from tax on sales | If a business partner is exempt from tax on sales, the exempt tax rate is used. For this, you need to set up a tax rate with a 0% rate and indicate that this is your tax exempt rate. This is required for tax reporting, so that you can track tax exempt transactions. | C_Tax.IsTaxExempt character(1)
Yes-No | +| Requires Tax Certificate | This tax rate requires the Business Partner to be tax exempt | The Requires Tax Certificate indicates that a tax certificate is required for a Business Partner to be tax exempt. | C_Tax.RequiresTaxCertificate character(1)
Yes-No | +| Document Level | Tax is calculated on document level (rather than line by line) | If the tax is calculated on document level, all lines with that tax rate are added before calculating the total tax for the document.
Otherwise the tax is calculated per line and then added.
Due to rounding, the tax amount can differ. | C_Tax.IsDocumentLevel character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Tax | This is a sales tax (i.e. not a value added tax) | If selected AP tax is handled as expense, otherwise it is handled as a VAT credit. | C_Tax.IsSalesTax character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary Level | This is a summary entity | A summary entity represents a branch in a tree rather than an end-node. Summary entities are used for reporting and do not have own values. | C_Tax.IsSummary character(1)
Yes-No | +| Parent Tax | Parent Tax indicates a tax that is made up of multiple taxes | The Parent Tax indicates a tax that is a reference for multiple taxes. This allows you to charge multiple taxes on a document by entering the Parent Tax | C_Tax.Parent_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| SO/PO Type | Sales Tax applies to sales situations, Purchase Tax to purchase situations | Sales Tax: charged when selling - examples: Sales Tax, Output VAT (payable)
Purchase Tax: tax charged when purchasing - examples: Use Tax, Input VAT (receivable) | C_Tax.SOPOType character(1)
List | +| Tax Indicator | Short form for Tax to be printed on documents | The Tax Indicator identifies the short name that will print on documents referencing this tax. | C_Tax.TaxIndicator character varying(10)
String | +| Rate | Rate or Tax or Exchange | The Rate indicates the percentage to be multiplied by the source to arrive at the tax or exchange amount. | C_Tax.Rate numeric
Number | +| Posting Indicator | Type of input tax (deductible and non deductible) | Separate Tax Posting: Tax is calculated on the full amount of the item and posted separately.
Distribute Tax with Relevant Expense: Tax amount is added to the item amount during account posting time and for updating of Product Cost. | C_Tax.TaxPostingIndicator character(1)
List | +| Country Group | | | C_Tax.C_CountryGroupFrom_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| To | | | C_Tax.C_CountryGroupTo_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Country | Country | The Country defines a Country. Each Country must be defined before it can be used in any document. | C_Tax.C_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| To | Receiving Country | The To Country indicates the receiving country on a document | C_Tax.To_Country_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Region | Identifies a geographical Region | The Region identifies a unique Region for this Country. | C_Tax.C_Region_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| To | Receiving Region | The To Region indicates the receiving region on a document | C_Tax.To_Region_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Tax Provider | | | C_Tax.C_TaxProvider_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Accounting + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/12/2000 · Updated 05/03/2013* + +**Description:** Accounting + +**Comment/Help:** The Accounting Tab defines the accounting parameters to be used for transactions referencing this Tax Rate. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Tax_Acct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Tax_Acct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_Tax_Acct.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | C_Tax_Acct.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Tax_Acct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Tax Due | Account for Tax you have to pay | The Tax Due Account indicates the account used to record taxes that you are liable to pay. | C_Tax_Acct.T_Due_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Tax Credit | Account for Tax you can reclaim | The Tax Credit Account indicates the account used to record taxes that can be reclaimed | C_Tax_Acct.T_Credit_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Tax Expense | Account for paid tax you cannot reclaim | The Tax Expense Account indicates the account used to record the taxes that have been paid that cannot be reclaimed. | C_Tax_Acct.T_Expense_Acct numeric(10)
Account | + +## Tab: › Tax ZIP + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 12/03/2004 · Updated 16/11/2012* + +**Description:** Tax Postal/ZIP + +**Comment/Help:** For local tax you may have to define a list of (ranges of) postal codes or ZIPs + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_TaxPostal.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_TaxPostal.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_TaxPostal.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_TaxPostal.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| ZIP | Postal code | The Postal Code or ZIP identifies the postal code for this entity's address. | C_TaxPostal.Postal character varying(10)
String | +| ZIP To | Postal code to | Consecutive range to | C_TaxPostal.Postal_To character varying(10)
String | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 17/02/2003 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_Tax_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_Tax_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | C_Tax_Trl.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_Tax_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_Tax_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_Tax_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_Tax_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_Tax_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Tax Indicator | Short form for Tax to be printed on documents | The Tax Indicator identifies the short name that will print on documents referencing this tax. | C_Tax_Trl.TaxIndicator character varying(10)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/Tenant_Window_ID-109_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Tenant_Window_ID-109_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bba48b66 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Tenant_Window_ID-109_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +--- +title: 'Tenant' +sidebar_label: 'Tenant' +description: 'Maintain Tenants' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Tenant + +Window ID 109 + +*11/06/1999 → 10/03/2022* + +![Tenant](/img/manual/Tenant-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Tenants + +**Comment/Help:** The Tenant is the highest level of an independent business entity. Each Tenant will have one or more Organizations reporting to it. Each Tenant defines the accounting parameters (Accounting Schema, Tree definition, Non Monetary UOM's). To create new Tenants, run the Initial Tenant Setup with the System Administrator Role. +Do not create a new tenant in this window, but use "Initial Tenant Setup" to set up the required security and access rules. If you create a new tenant here, you will not be able to view it and also the required tenant infrastructure would not have been set up. + +## Tab: Tenant + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/06/1999 · Updated 10/03/2022* + +**Description:** Tenant Definition + +**Comment/Help:** The Tenant Definition Tab defines a unique tenant. +Do not create a new tenant in this window, but use "Initial Tenant Setup" (System Administrator Role) to set up the required security and access rules. If you create a new tenant here, you will not be able to view it and also the required tenant infrastructure would not have been set up. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_Client.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Login Prefix | | | AD_Client.LoginPrefix character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Client.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Client.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Client.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Use Beta Functions | Enable the use of Beta Functionality | The exact scope of Beta Functionality is listed in the release note. It is usually not recommended to enable Beta functionality in production environments. | AD_Client.IsUseBetaFunctions character(1)
Yes-No | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Client.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Multi Lingual Documents | Documents are Multi Lingual | If selected, you enable multi lingual documents and need to maintain translations for entities used in documents (examples: Products, Payment Terms, ...).<br>
Please note, that the base language is always English. | AD_Client.IsMultiLingualDocument character(1)
Yes-No | +| Auto Archive | Enable and level of automatic Archive of documents | iDempiere allows to automatically create archives of Documents (e.g. Invoices) or Reports. You view the archived material with the Archive Viewer | AD_Client.AutoArchive character(1)
List | +| Material Policy | Material Movement Policy | The Material Movement Policy determines how the stock is flowing (FiFo or LiFo) if a specific Product Instance was not selected. The policy can not contradict the costing method (e.g. FiFo movement policy and LiFo costing method). | AD_Client.MMPolicy character(1)
List | +| Password Policies | | | AD_Client.AD_PasswordRule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Mail Host | Hostname of Mail Server for SMTP and IMAP | The host name of the Mail Server for this tenant with SMTP services to send mail, and IMAP to process incoming mail. | AD_Client.SMTPHost character varying(60)
String | +| SMTP Authentication | Your mail server requires Authentication | Some email servers require authentication before sending emails. If yes, users are required to define their email user name and password. If authentication is required and no user name and password is required, delivery will fail. | AD_Client.IsSmtpAuthorization character(1)
Yes-No | +| SMTP Port | SMTP Port Number | | AD_Client.SMTPPort numeric(10)
Integer | +| SMTP SSL/TLS | Use SSL/TLS for SMTP | | AD_Client.IsSecureSMTP character(1)
Yes-No | +| Request EMail | EMail address to send automated mails from or receive mails for automated processing (fully qualified) | EMails for requests, alerts and escalation are sent from this email address as well as delivery information if the sales rep does not have an email account. The address must be filly qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com) and should be a valid address. | AD_Client.RequestEMail character varying(60)
String | +| Request Folder | EMail folder to process incoming emails; if empty INBOX is used | Email folder used to read emails to process as requests, If left empty the default mailbox (INBOX) will be used. Requires IMAP services. | AD_Client.RequestFolder character varying(20)
String | +| Request User | User Name (ID) of the email owner | EMail user name for requests, alerts and escalation are sent from this email address as well as delivery information if the sales rep does not have an email account. Required, if your mail server requires authentication as well as for processing incoming mails. | AD_Client.RequestUser character varying(60)
String | +| Request User Password | Password of the user name (ID) for mail processing | | AD_Client.RequestUserPW character varying(255)
String | +| Test EMail | Test EMail Connection | Test EMail Connection based on info defined. An EMail is sent from the request user to the request user. Also, the web store mail settings are tested. | AD_Client.EMailTest character(1)
Button | +| Model Validation Classes | List of data model validation classes separated by ; | List of classes implementing the interface org.compiere.model.ModelValidator, separated by semicolon.
The class is called for the tenant and allows to validate documents in the prepare stage and monitor model changes. | AD_Client.ModelValidationClasses character varying(255)
String | +| Store Archive On File System | | | AD_Client.StoreArchiveOnFileSystem character(1)
Yes-No | +| Windows Archive Path | | | AD_Client.WindowsArchivePath character varying(255)
String | +| Is Use ASP | | | AD_Client.IsUseASP character(1)
Yes-No | +| Unix Archive Path | | | AD_Client.UnixArchivePath character varying(255)
String | +| Replication Strategy | Data Replication Strategy | The Data Replication Strategy determines what and how tables are replicated | AD_Client.AD_ReplicationStrategy_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Authentication Type | | | AD_Client.AuthenticationType character varying(10)
List | + +## Tab: › Tenant Info + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 09/07/1999 · Updated 10/03/2022* + +**Description:** Tenant Info + +**Comment/Help:** The Tenant Info Tab defines the details for each tenant. The accounting rules and high level defaults are defined here. The Calendar is used to determine if a period is open or closed. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ClientInfo.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Discount calculated from Line Amounts | Payment Discount calculation does not include Taxes and Charges | If the payment discount is calculated from line amounts only, the tax and charge amounts are not included. This is e.g. business practice in the US. If not selected the total invoice amount is used to calculate the payment discount. | AD_ClientInfo.IsDiscountLineAmt character(1)
Yes-No | +| Calendar | Accounting Calendar Name | The Calendar uniquely identifies an accounting calendar. Multiple calendars can be used. For example you may need a standard calendar that runs from Jan 1 to Dec 31 and a fiscal calendar that runs from July 1 to June 30. | AD_ClientInfo.C_Calendar_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Primary Accounting Schema | Primary rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar. | AD_ClientInfo.C_AcctSchema1_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Time Zone | Time zone name | | AD_ClientInfo.TimeZone character varying(60)
Time Zone | +| UOM for Length | Standard Unit of Measure for Length | The Standard UOM for Length indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by length in a document. | AD_ClientInfo.C_UOM_Length_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| UOM for Weight | Standard Unit of Measure for Weight | The Standard UOM for Weight indicates the UOM to use for products referenced by weight in a document. | AD_ClientInfo.C_UOM_Weight_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Template B.Partner | Business Partner used for creating new Business Partners on the fly | When creating a new Business Partner from the Business Partner Search Field (right-click: Create), the selected business partner is used as a template, e.g. to define price list, payment terms, etc. | AD_ClientInfo.C_BPartnerCashTrx_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product for Freight | | | AD_ClientInfo.M_ProductFreight_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Charge for Freight | | | AD_ClientInfo.C_ChargeFreight_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Attachment Store | | | AD_ClientInfo.AD_StorageProvider_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Archive Store | | | AD_ClientInfo.StorageArchive_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Image Store | Storage provider for Image | | AD_ClientInfo.StorageImage_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Show Confirmation On Document Action Close | | | AD_ClientInfo.IsConfirmOnDocClose character(1)
Yes-No | +| Show Confirmation On Document Action Void | | | AD_ClientInfo.IsConfirmOnDocVoid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Organization Tree | Trees are used for (financial) reporting and security access (via role) | Trees are used for (finanial) reporting and security access (via role) | AD_ClientInfo.AD_Tree_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Menu Tree | Tree of the menu | Menu access tree | AD_ClientInfo.AD_Tree_Menu_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| BPartner Tree | Trees are used for (financial) reporting | Trees are used for (finanial) reporting | AD_ClientInfo.AD_Tree_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Product Tree | Trees are used for (financial) reporting | Trees are used for (finanial) reporting | AD_ClientInfo.AD_Tree_Product_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Project Tree | Trees are used for (financial) reporting | Trees are used for (finanial) reporting | AD_ClientInfo.AD_Tree_Project_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sales Region Tree | Trees are used for (financial) reporting | Trees are used for (finanial) reporting | AD_ClientInfo.AD_Tree_SalesRegion_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Campaign Tree | Trees are used for (financial) reporting | Trees are used for (finanial) reporting | AD_ClientInfo.AD_Tree_Campaign_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Activity Tree | Trees are used for (financial) reporting | Trees are used for (finanial) reporting | AD_ClientInfo.AD_Tree_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Logo | | | AD_ClientInfo.Logo_ID numeric(10)
Image | +| Logo Report | | | AD_ClientInfo.LogoReport_ID numeric(10)
Image | +| Logo Web | | | AD_ClientInfo.LogoWeb_ID numeric(10)
Image | + +## Tab: › Tenant Share + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 20/11/2005 · Updated 10/03/2022* + +**Description:** Force (not) sharing of tenant/org entities + +**Comment/Help:** Business Partner can be either defined on Tenant level (shared) or on Org level (not shared). You can define here of Products are always shared (i.e. always created under Organization "*") or if they are not shared (i.e. you cannot enter them with Organization "*").<br> +The creation of "Tenant and Org" shared records is the default and is ignored. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ClientShare.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ClientShare.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_ClientShare.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_ClientShare.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ClientShare.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_ClientShare.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Share Type | Type of sharing | Defines if a table is shared within a tenant or not. | AD_ClientShare.ShareType character(1)
List | + diff --git a/manual/window/Tenantlevelmessages_Window_ID-200120_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Tenantlevelmessages_Window_ID-200120_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fb053afd --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Tenantlevelmessages_Window_ID-200120_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Tenant level messages' +sidebar_label: 'Tenant level messages' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Tenant level messages + +Window ID 200120 + +*04/01/2022 → 17/01/2025* + +![Tenant level messages](/img/manual/Tenantlevelmessages-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Tenant level messages + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 04/01/2022 · Updated 28/01/2026* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Message_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Message_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Message | System Message | Information and Error messages | AD_Message_Trl.AD_Message_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Message_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Message_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Message Text | Textual Informational, Menu or Error Message | The Message Text indicates the message that will display | AD_Message_Trl.MsgText character varying(2000)
Text | +| Message Tip | Additional tip or help for this message | The Message Tip defines additional help or information about this message. | AD_Message_Trl.MsgTip character varying(2000)
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/TestUUBasedTable_Window_ID-200138_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/TestUUBasedTable_Window_ID-200138_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5b7a1a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/TestUUBasedTable_Window_ID-200138_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +--- +title: 'Test UU Based Table' +sidebar_label: 'Test UU Based Table' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Test UU Based Table + +Window ID 200138 + +*17/03/2023 → 17/03/2023* + +![Test UU Based Table](/img/manual/TestUUBasedTable-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Test UU Based Table + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 17/03/2023 · Updated 10/06/2023* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | TestUU.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | TestUU.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | TestUU.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | TestUU.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | TestUU.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | TestUU.Help character varying(2000)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | TestUU.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Test UU Based Table Trl + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/11/2023 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | TestUU_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | TestUU_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Test UU | | | TestUU_Trl.TestUU_UU uuid
Search (UU) | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | TestUU_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | TestUU_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | TestUU_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | TestUU_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
String | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | TestUU_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | TestUU_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Test UU Detail + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 24/03/2023 · Updated 26/11/2023* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | TestUUDet.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | TestUUDet.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Test UU | | | TestUUDet.TestUU_UU uuid
Table Direct (UU) | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | TestUUDet.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Alternate Test UU | | | TestUUDet.AltTestUU_UU uuid
Search (UU) | +| Multi Test UU | | | TestUUDet.TestUU_UUs character varying(2000)
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | TestUUDet.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/TestUUDetail_Window_ID-200139_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/TestUUDetail_Window_ID-200139_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0cdf79af --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/TestUUDetail_Window_ID-200139_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Test UU Detail' +sidebar_label: 'Test UU Detail' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Test UU Detail + +Window ID 200139 + +*24/03/2023 → 24/03/2023* + +![Test UU Detail](/img/manual/TestUUDetail-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Test UU Detail + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 24/03/2023 · Updated 24/03/2023* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | TestUUDet.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | TestUUDet.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Test UU | | | TestUUDet.TestUU_UU uuid
Table Direct (UU) | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | TestUUDet.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Alternate Test UU | | | TestUUDet.AltTestUU_UU uuid
Search (UU) | +| Multi Test UU | | | TestUUDet.TestUU_UUs character varying(2000)
Chosen Multiple Selection Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | TestUUDet.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Test_Window_ID-127_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Test_Window_ID-127_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..29c22a10 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Test_Window_ID-127_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +--- +title: 'Test' +sidebar_label: 'Test' +description: 'Test Screen' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Test + +Window ID 127 + +*21/06/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Test](/img/manual/Test-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Test Screen + +## Tab: Test + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 21/06/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | Test.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | Test.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | Test.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | Test.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | Test.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | Test.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | Test.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Amount | | | Test.T_Amount numeric
Amount | +| Integer | | | Test.T_Integer numeric(10)
Integer | +| Number | | | Test.T_Number numeric
Number | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | Test.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Qty | | | Test.T_Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Date | | | Test.T_Date timestamp without time zone
Date | +| DateTime | | | Test.T_DateTime timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Timestamp | Timestamp with time zone | | Test.T_Timestamp timestamp with time zone
Timestamp With Time Zone | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | Test.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | Test.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | Test.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | Test.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Address | Location or Address | The Location / Address field defines the location of an entity. | Test.C_Location_ID numeric(10)
Location (Address) | +| Account_Acct | | | Test.Account_Acct numeric(10)
Account | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | Test.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | Test.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Record UUID | | | Test.Record_UU uuid
Record UUID | +| Color | | | Test.Color character varying(7)
Color | +| Binary Data | Binary Data | The Binary field stores binary data. | Test.BinaryData bytea
Binary | +| Character Data | Long Character Field | | Test.CharacterData text
Text Long | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | Test.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Process Now | | | Test.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Virtual Quantity | Used only for testing purposes | | Test.TestVirtualQty
Quantity | +| JSON Data | The json field stores json data. | | Test.JsonData jsonb
JSON | + diff --git a/manual/window/ThemeCustomization_Window_ID-200151_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ThemeCustomization_Window_ID-200151_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..215f511d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ThemeCustomization_Window_ID-200151_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +--- +title: 'Theme Customization' +sidebar_label: 'Theme Customization' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Theme Customization + +Window ID 200151 + +*12/11/2024 → 22/11/2024* + +![Theme Customization](/img/manual/ThemeCustomization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Theme Customization + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 12/11/2024 · Updated 24/11/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserDef_Theme.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserDef_Theme.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_UserDef_Theme.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_UserDef_Theme.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Theme | Theme name | | AD_UserDef_Theme.Theme character varying(60)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_UserDef_Theme.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_UserDef_Theme.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_UserDef_Theme.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Stylesheet | CSS (Stylesheet) used | Base Stylesheet (.css file) to use - if empty, the default (standard.css) is used. The Style sheet can be a URL. | AD_UserDef_Theme.Stylesheet character varying(512)
String | + +## Tab: › Theme Customization Detail + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 12/11/2024 · Updated 22/11/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserDef_Theme_Detail.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserDef_Theme_Detail.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Theme Customization | | | AD_UserDef_Theme_Detail.AD_UserDef_Theme_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_UserDef_Theme_Detail.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Current Value | | | AD_UserDef_Theme_Detail.CurrentValue character varying(255)
String | +| New Value | New field value | New data entered in the field | AD_UserDef_Theme_Detail.NewValue character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/TimeType_Window_ID-272_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/TimeType_Window_ID-272_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d4fee82 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/TimeType_Window_ID-272_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +--- +title: 'Time Type' +sidebar_label: 'Time Type' +description: 'Maintain Time Recording Type' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Time Type + +Window ID 272 + +*02/06/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![Time Type](/img/manual/TimeType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Time Recording Type + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain different types of time for reporting + +## Tab: Time Type + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 02/06/2003 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Type of Time recorded + +**Comment/Help:** Differentiate time types for reporting purposes (In parallel to Activities) + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | S_TimeType.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | S_TimeType.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | S_TimeType.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | S_TimeType.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | S_TimeType.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | S_TimeType.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ToolbarButton_Window_ID-200000_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ToolbarButton_Window_ID-200000_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..24cc8c4c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ToolbarButton_Window_ID-200000_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +--- +title: 'Toolbar Button' +sidebar_label: 'Toolbar Button' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Toolbar Button + +Window ID 200000 + +*28/03/2012 → 23/10/2012* + +![Toolbar Button](/img/manual/ToolbarButton-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: ToolBar Button + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 28/03/2012 · Updated 24/10/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ToolBarButton.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ToolBarButton.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_ToolBarButton.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Action | Indicates the Action to be performed | The Action field is a drop down list box which indicates the Action to be performed for this Item. | AD_ToolBarButton.Action character(1)
List | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_ToolBarButton.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Component Name | | | AD_ToolBarButton.ComponentName character varying(255)
String | +| Customization | The change is a customization of the data dictionary and can be applied after Migration | The migration "resets" the system to the current/original setting. If selected you can save the customization and re-apply it. Please note that you need to check, if your customization has no negative side effect in the new release. | AD_ToolBarButton.IsCustomization character(1)
Yes-No | +| Service Component Name | The service component name that implements the interface for toolbar actions | The OSGi service component name that implements the IAction interface for toolbar action | AD_ToolBarButton.ActionClassName character varying(255)
String | +| Advanced Button | This Button contains advanced Functionality | The button with advanced functionality is only displayed for role that can access advanced functionality | AD_ToolBarButton.IsAdvancedButton character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ToolBarButton.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Pressed Logic | | | AD_ToolBarButton.PressedLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Group in show more | | | AD_ToolBarButton.IsShowMore character(1)
Yes-No | +| Display Logic | If the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayed | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_ToolBarButton.DisplayLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Read Only Logic | Logic to determine if field is read only (applies only when field is read-write) | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_ToolBarButton.ReadOnlyLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_ToolBarButton.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Add Separator | | | AD_ToolBarButton.IsAddSeparator character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/Tree_Window_ID-163_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Tree_Window_ID-163_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6b934a45 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Tree_Window_ID-163_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +--- +title: 'Tree' +sidebar_label: 'Tree' +description: 'Maintain Tree definition' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Tree + +Window ID 163 + +*09/12/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Tree](/img/manual/Tree-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Tree definition + +**Comment/Help:** The Tree Window defines the descriptors and images that will be used when a Tree is displayed. + +## Tab: Tree + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/12/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Tree + +**Comment/Help:** The Tree Tab defines a Tree which will be displayed. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Tree.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Tree.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Tree.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Tree.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Tree.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Type \| Area | Element this tree is built on (i.e Product, Business Partner) | The Tree Type / Area field determines the type of tree this is. For example, you may define one tree for your Products and another tree for your Business Partners. | AD_Tree.TreeType character(2)
List | +| Driven by Search Key | | | AD_Tree.IsTreeDrivenByValue character(1)
Yes-No | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Tree.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Display Search Key | Displays Search Key in the tree | The Display Search Key checkbox indicates if the Search Key will display in the tree before the Name | AD_Tree.IsValueDisplayed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Parent Column | The link column on the parent tab. | | AD_Tree.Parent_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| All Nodes | All Nodes are included (Complete Tree) | If selected, all Nodes must be in the tree. | AD_Tree.IsAllNodes character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | AD_Tree.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Loads directly all nodes | If checked, all nodes are loaded before tree is displayed | | AD_Tree.IsLoadAllNodesImmediately character(1)
Yes-No | +| Verify Tree | Verify completeness and correctness of Tree | | AD_Tree.Processing character(1)
Button | + diff --git a/manual/window/UnPostedDocuments_Window_ID-294_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/UnPostedDocuments_Window_ID-294_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f451475c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/UnPostedDocuments_Window_ID-294_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +--- +title: 'UnPosted Documents' +sidebar_label: 'UnPosted Documents' +description: 'Unposted Documents' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# UnPosted Documents + +Window ID 294 + +*14/12/2003 → 02/01/2000* + +![UnPosted Documents](/img/manual/UnPostedDocuments-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Unposted Documents + +**Comment/Help:** View unposted documents + +## Tab: Unposted Documents + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 10/06/2004 · Updated 23/03/2010* + +**Description:** View unposted Documents + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | RV_UnPosted.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | RV_UnPosted.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | RV_UnPosted.DocumentNo
String | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | RV_UnPosted.IsSOTrx text
Yes-No | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | RV_UnPosted.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | RV_UnPosted.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | RV_UnPosted.AD_Table_ID integer
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | RV_UnPosted.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | RV_UnPosted.DocStatus
List | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | RV_UnPosted.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | RV_UnPosted.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Document Base Type | Logical type of document | The Document Base Type identifies the base or starting point for a document. Multiple document types may share a single document base type. | RV_UnPosted.DocBaseType
List | +| Processed On | The date+time (expressed in decimal format) when the document has been processed | The ProcessedOn Date+Time save the exact moment (nanoseconds precision if allowed by the DB) when a document has been processed. | RV_UnPosted.ProcessedOn numeric
Number | + diff --git a/manual/window/UnitofMeasure_Window_ID-120_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/UnitofMeasure_Window_ID-120_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..69427d33 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/UnitofMeasure_Window_ID-120_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +--- +title: 'Unit of Measure' +sidebar_label: 'Unit of Measure' +description: 'Maintain Unit of Measure' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Unit of Measure + +Window ID 120 + +*11/06/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Unit of Measure](/img/manual/UnitofMeasure-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Unit of Measure + +**Comment/Help:** The Unit of Measure Window is used to define non monetary units of measure. It also defines if conversion between units of measure are allowed and how they are to be performed. The system provides some automatic conversions between units of measures (e.g. minute, hour, day, working day, etc.) if they are not explicitly defined here. +Conversions need to be direct (i.e. if you have only a conversion between A-B and B-C, the system cannot convert A-C, you need to define it explicitly). + +## Tab: Unit of Measure + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define units of measure + +**Comment/Help:** The Unit of Measure Tab defines a non monetary Unit of Measure. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_UOM.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_UOM.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| UOM Code | UOM EDI X12 Code | The Unit of Measure Code indicates the EDI X12 Code Data Element 355 (Unit or Basis for Measurement) | C_UOM.X12DE355 character varying(4)
String | +| UN/CEFACT Code | Code for Units of Measure used in International Trade | As defined at United Nations Centre for Trade Facilitation and Electronic Business. https://service.unece.org/trade/uncefact/vocabulary/rec20/ | C_UOM.UNCEFACT character varying(10)
String | +| Symbol | Symbol for a Unit of Measure | The Symbol identifies the Symbol to be displayed and printed for a Unit of Measure | C_UOM.UOMSymbol character varying(10)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_UOM.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_UOM.Description character varying(255)
String | +| UOM Type | | | C_UOM.UOMType character varying(2)
List | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_UOM.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | C_UOM.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Standard Precision | Rule for rounding calculated amounts | The Standard Precision defines the number of decimal places that amounts will be rounded to for accounting transactions and documents. | C_UOM.StdPrecision numeric(10)
Integer | +| Costing Precision | Rounding used costing calculations | The Costing Precision defines the number of decimal places that amounts will be rounded to when performing costing calculations. | C_UOM.CostingPrecision numeric(10)
Integer | + +## Tab: › Conversion + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 16/11/2012* + +**Description:** Define standard Unit of Measure Conversion + +**Comment/Help:** The Conversion Tab defines the rates for converting a Unit of Measure. The system provides some automatic conversions between units of measures (e.g. minute, hour, day, working day, etc.) if they are not explicitly defined here. +Conversions need to be direct (i.e. if you have only a conversion between A-B and B-C, the system cannot convert A-C, you need to define it explicitly). + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_UOM_Conversion.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_UOM_Conversion.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | C_UOM_Conversion.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| UoM To | Target or destination Unit of Measure | The UOM To indicates the destination UOM for a UOM Conversion pair. | C_UOM_Conversion.C_UOM_To_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | C_UOM_Conversion.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_UOM_Conversion.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Multiply Rate | Rate to multiple the source by to calculate the target. | To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is multiplied by the multiply rate. If the Multiply Rate is entered, then the Divide Rate will be automatically calculated. | C_UOM_Conversion.MultiplyRate numeric
Number | +| Divide Rate | To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is divided | To convert Source number to Target number, the Source is divided by the divide rate. If you enter a Divide Rate, the Multiply Rate will be automatically calculated. | C_UOM_Conversion.DivideRate numeric
Number | + +## Tab: › Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/01/2000 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Unit of Measure Translation + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_UOM_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_UOM_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | C_UOM_Trl.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | C_UOM_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_UOM_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | C_UOM_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Symbol | Symbol for a Unit of Measure | The Symbol identifies the Symbol to be displayed and printed for a Unit of Measure | C_UOM_Trl.UOMSymbol character varying(10)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_UOM_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_UOM_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/UnprocessedDocumentsAll_Window_ID-53087_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/UnprocessedDocumentsAll_Window_ID-53087_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d21acf83 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/UnprocessedDocumentsAll_Window_ID-53087_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: 'Unprocessed Documents (All)' +sidebar_label: 'Unprocessed Documents (All)' +description: 'Unprocessed Documents (All)' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Unprocessed Documents (All) + +Window ID 53087 + +*24/07/2009 → 24/07/2009* + +![Unprocessed Documents (All)](/img/manual/UnprocessedDocumentsAll-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Unprocessed Documents (All) + +**Comment/Help:** View all unprocessed documents + +## Tab: Unprocessed Documents + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 24/07/2009 · Updated 24/07/2009* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | RV_Unprocessed.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | RV_Unprocessed.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | RV_Unprocessed.AD_Table_ID integer
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | RV_Unprocessed.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | RV_Unprocessed.DocumentNo
String | +| Document Date | Date of the Document | The Document Date indicates the date the document was generated. It may or may not be the same as the accounting date. | RV_Unprocessed.DateDoc timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | RV_Unprocessed.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | RV_Unprocessed.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | RV_Unprocessed.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Process Now | | | RV_Unprocessed.Processing character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | RV_Unprocessed.IsSOTrx
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | RV_Unprocessed.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/UserPreference_Window_ID-200073_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/UserPreference_Window_ID-200073_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e6a512c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/UserPreference_Window_ID-200073_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +--- +title: 'User Preference' +sidebar_label: 'User Preference' +description: 'This window is use to set up the preferences entries for each user.' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# User Preference + +Window ID 200073 + +*18/04/2015 → 18/04/2015* + +![User Preference](/img/manual/UserPreference-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** This window is use to set up the preferences entries for each user. + +## Tab: User Preference + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 18/04/2015 · Updated 12/05/2022* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserPreference.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserPreference.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_UserPreference.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Save on Navigate | Automatically save changes to the current record upon user navigation. | Automatically save changes to the current record when the user navigates to another record, switches to a detail tab, or performs an action (e.g., running a process) that requires saving the current changes. | AD_UserPreference.AutoCommit character(1)
Yes-No | +| Automatic New Record | | | AD_UserPreference.AutoNew character(1)
Yes-No | +| Toggle on Double Click | Defines if double click in a field on grid mode switch to form view | Defines if double click in a field on grid mode switch to form view | AD_UserPreference.ToggleOnDoubleClick character(1)
Yes-No | +| Detailed Zoom Across | | The toolbar button zoom across discover where the record on screen is used on first tabs of windows. With detailed zoom across it goes deeper in the discovery of relationships within detailed tabs. | AD_UserPreference.IsDetailedZoomAcross character(1)
Yes-No | +| Automatic Decimal Places For Amounts | Automatically insert a decimal point | i.e. "Entering 2 only results in a value of 0.02 for the entry. If you use the "." key during entry of a value, the decimal point is included at the place you specify. This mode has no effect on multiplication and division operations. If 0 is entered it will work as usual." | AD_UserPreference.AutomaticDecimalPlacesForAmoun numeric(10)
Integer | +| Use Similar To | | In PostgreSQL database enable using the more powerful SIMILAR TO instead of LIKE for matching queries. | AD_UserPreference.IsUseSimilarTo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_UserPreference.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| View find result | Does the system must switch to grid mode after the Find panel closes | | AD_UserPreference.ViewFindResult character(1)
List | +| Threshold | Force grid view when Find panel closes if number of records exceed threshold | | AD_UserPreference.GridAfterFindThreshold numeric(10)
Integer | +| Migration Script Comment | | | AD_UserPreference.MigrationScriptComment character varying(255)
String | +| Read Only Session | | | AD_UserPreference.IsReadOnlySession character(1)
Yes-No | +| Show Technical Information on Help | | | AD_UserPreference.IsShowTechnicalInfOnHelp character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/UserQueries_Window_ID-200109_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/UserQueries_Window_ID-200109_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7556bd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/UserQueries_Window_ID-200109_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: 'User Queries' +sidebar_label: 'User Queries' +description: 'View and maintain saved queries' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# User Queries + +Window ID 200109 + +*13/11/2019 → 13/11/2019* + +![User Queries](/img/manual/UserQueries-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** View and maintain saved queries + +## Tab: User Queries + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 13/11/2019 · Updated 04/04/2024* + +**Description:** View and maintain saved queries + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserQuery.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserQuery.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_UserQuery.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_UserQuery.Description character varying(255)
String | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_UserQuery.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_UserQuery.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_UserQuery.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tab | Tab within a Window | The Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window. | AD_UserQuery.AD_Tab_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_UserQuery.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Validation code | Validation Code | The Validation Code displays the date, time and message of the error.

You can add advanced SQL queries to your searches by filling this field with @SQL=[WHERE CLAUSE].
Do not include the WHERE statement and use Fully qualified SQL statements. F.e:

@SQL=C_Order.isActive='Y' AND SalesRep_ID=@AD_User_ID@

will filter orders by active and where the sales representative is the current user. | AD_UserQuery.Code character varying(4000)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_UserQuery.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | AD_UserQuery.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/User_Window_ID-108_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/User_Window_ID-108_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0175888b --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/User_Window_ID-108_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +--- +title: 'User' +sidebar_label: 'User' +description: 'Maintain Users of the system' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# User + +Window ID 108 + +*07/06/1999 → 03/06/2021* + +![User](/img/manual/User-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Users of the system + +**Comment/Help:** The User Window allows you to maintain User of the system. Users can log into the system and have access to functionality via one or more roles. A user can also be a business partner contact. + +## Tab: User Contact + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 07/06/1999 · Updated 21/04/2015* + +**Description:** Maintain User or Business Partner Contact + +**Comment/Help:** The User Tab defines the log in for Users who have access to the system. For application access, users need to have a role assigned. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_User.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Image | Image or Icon | Images and Icon can be used to display supported graphic formats (gif, jpg, png).
You can either load the image (in the database) or point to a graphic via a URI (i.e. it can point to a resource, http address) | AD_User.AD_Image_ID numeric(10)
Image | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_User.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_User.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_User.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comments | Comments or additional information | The Comments field allows for free form entry of additional information. | AD_User.Comments character varying(2000)
Text | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required | 7 bit lower case alpha numeric - max length 8 - can be used for operating system names. | AD_User.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_User.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | AD_User.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Partner Location | Identifies the (ship to) address for this Business Partner | The Partner address indicates the location of a Business Partner | AD_User.C_BPartner_Location_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Ship Contact | Business Partner Shipment Contact | If the Ship Contact is selected, the contact is used for notification. | AD_User.IsShipTo character(1)
Yes-No | +| Invoice Contact | Business Partner Invoice/Bill Contact | If the Invoice Contact is selected, the contact is used to send notifications about invoices to a customer or a vendor. | AD_User.IsBillTo character(1)
Yes-No | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | AD_User.EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Password | Password of any length (case sensitive) | The Password for this User. Passwords are required to identify authorized users. For iDempiere Users, you can change the password via the Process "Reset Password". | AD_User.Password character varying(1024)
String | +| Title | Name this entity is referred to as | The Title indicates the name that an entity is referred to as. | AD_User.Title character varying(40)
String | +| Birthday | Birthday or Anniversary day | Birthday or Anniversary day | AD_User.Birthday timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Full BP Access | The user/contact has full access to Business Partner information and resources | If selected, the user has full access to the Business Partner (BP) information (Business Documents like Orders, Invoices - Requests) or resources (Assets, Downloads). If you deselect it, the user has no access rights unless, you explicitly grant it in tab "BP Access" | AD_User.IsFullBPAccess character(1)
Yes-No | +| Phone | Identifies a telephone number | The Phone field identifies a telephone number | AD_User.Phone character varying(40)
String | +| 2nd Phone | Identifies an alternate telephone number. | The 2nd Phone field identifies an alternate telephone number. | AD_User.Phone2 character varying(40)
String | +| Fax | Facsimile number | The Fax identifies a facsimile number for this Business Partner or Location | AD_User.Fax character varying(40)
String | +| Notification Type | Type of Notifications | Emails or Notification sent out for Request Updates, etc. | AD_User.NotificationType character(1)
List | +| Position | Job Position | | AD_User.C_Job_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User PIN | | | AD_User.UserPIN character varying(20)
String | +| EMail User ID | User Name (ID) in the Mail System | The user name in the mail system is usually the string before the @ of your email address. Required if the mail server requires authentication to send emails. | AD_User.EMailUser character varying(60)
String | +| EMail User Password | Password of your email user id | Required if the mail server requires authentication to send emails. | AD_User.EMailUserPW character varying(255)
String | +| Supervisor | Supervisor for this user/organization - used for escalation and approval | The Supervisor indicates who will be used for forwarding and escalating issues for this user - or for approvals. | AD_User.Supervisor_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| LDAP User Name | User Name used for authorization via LDAP (directory) services | Optional LDAP system user name for the user. If not defined, the normal Name of the user is used. This allows to use the internal (LDAP) user id (e.g. jjanke) and the normal display name (e.g. Jorg Janke). The LDAP User Name can also be used without LDAP enables (see system window). This would allow to sign in as jjanke and use the display name of Jorg Janke. | AD_User.LDAPUser character varying(60)
String | +| Support User | | | AD_User.IsSupportUser character(1)
Yes-No | +| Trx Organization | Performing or initiating organization | The organization which performs or initiates this transaction (for another organization). The owning Organization may not be the transaction organization in a service bureau environment, with centralized services, and inter-organization transactions. | AD_User.AD_OrgTrx_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Auto expand menu | If ticked, the menu is automatically expanded | | AD_User.IsMenuAutoExpand character(1)
List | +| Greeting | Greeting to print on correspondence | The Greeting identifies the greeting to print on correspondence. | AD_User.C_Greeting_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| EMail Verify | Date Email was verified | | AD_User.EMailVerifyDate timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Default mail template | | | AD_User.R_DefaultMailText_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Add Mail Text Automatically | The selected mail template will be automatically inserted when creating an email | | AD_User.IsAddMailTextAutomatically character(1)
Yes-No | +| Last Contact | Date this individual was last contacted | The Last Contact indicates the date that this Business Partner Contact was last contacted. | AD_User.LastContact timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Verification Info | Verification information of EMail Address | The field contains additional information how the EMail Address has been verified | AD_User.EMailVerify character varying(40)
String | +| Last Result | Result of last contact | The Last Result identifies the result of the last contact made. | AD_User.LastResult character varying(255)
String | +| Date Account Locked | | | AD_User.DateAccountLocked timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Locked | | | AD_User.IsLocked character(1)
Yes-No | +| No Password Reset | | | AD_User.IsNoPasswordReset character(1)
Yes-No | +| Expired | | | AD_User.IsExpired character(1)
Yes-No | +| No Expire | | | AD_User.IsNoExpire character(1)
Yes-No | +| Failed Login Count | | | AD_User.FailedLoginCount numeric(10)
Integer | +| Date Last Login | | | AD_User.DateLastLogin timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Date Password Changed | | | AD_User.DatePasswordChanged timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Authentication Type | | | AD_User.AuthenticationType character varying(10)
List | + +## Tab: › User Roles + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** User Roles + +**Comment/Help:** The User Roles Tab define the Roles each user may have. The Roles will determine what windows, tasks, processes and workflows that a User has access to. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_User_Roles.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_User_Roles.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_User_Roles.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_User_Roles.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_User_Roles.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › User Substitute + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 01/01/2004 · Updated 10/01/2015* + +**Description:** Substitute of the user + +**Comment/Help:** A user who can act for this user. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_User_Substitute.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_User_Substitute.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_User_Substitute.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_User_Substitute.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_User_Substitute.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_User_Substitute.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Substitute | Entity which can be used in place of this entity | The Substitute identifies the entity to be used as a substitute for this entity. | AD_User_Substitute.Substitute_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | AD_User_Substitute.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Valid to | Valid to including this date (last day) | The Valid To date indicates the last day of a date range | AD_User_Substitute.ValidTo timestamp without time zone
Date | + +## Tab: › Org Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/04/2005 · Updated 10/03/2022* + +**Description:** Maintain User Org Access + +**Comment/Help:** Add the tenant and organizations the user has access to. Entries here are ignored, if in the Role, User Org Access is not selected or the role has access to all roles.<br> +Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_User_OrgAccess.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_User_OrgAccess.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_User_OrgAccess.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_User_OrgAccess.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Only | Field is read only | The Read Only indicates that this field may only be Read. It may not be updated. | AD_User_OrgAccess.IsReadOnly character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › User Mail + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 02/05/2005 · Updated 02/05/2005* + +**Description:** Mail sent to the user + +**Comment/Help:** Archive of mails sent to users + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserMail.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserMail.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_UserMail.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Mail Template | Text templates for mailings | The Mail Template indicates the mail template for return messages. Mail text can include variables. The priority of parsing is User/Contact, Business Partner and then the underlying business object (like Request, Dunning, Workflow object).<br>
So, @Name@ would resolve into the User name (if user is defined defined), then Business Partner name (if business partner is defined) and then the Name of the business object if it has a Name.<br>
For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is translated based on the Business Partner's language selection. | AD_UserMail.R_MailText_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Mail Message | Web Store Mail Message Template | | AD_UserMail.W_MailMsg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_UserMail.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Message ID | EMail Message ID | SMTP Message ID for tracking purposes | AD_UserMail.MessageID character varying(120)
String | +| EMail sent from | | | AD_UserMail.EMailFrom character varying(255)
String | +| To | | | AD_UserMail.RecipientTo character varying(2000)
String | +| Cc | | | AD_UserMail.RecipientCc character varying(2000)
String | +| Bcc | | | AD_UserMail.RecipientBcc character varying(2000)
String | +| Subject | Email Message Subject | Subject of the EMail | AD_UserMail.Subject character varying(255)
String | +| Mail Text | Text used for Mail message | The Mail Text indicates the text used for mail messages. | AD_UserMail.MailText character varying(2000)
Text | +| Delivery Confirmation | EMail Delivery confirmation | | AD_UserMail.DeliveryConfirmation character varying(120)
String | +| Delivered | | | AD_UserMail.IsDelivered character(1)
List | + +## Tab: › Queries + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 09/09/2005 · Updated 09/09/2005* + +**Description:** View and maintain saved queries + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserQuery.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserQuery.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_UserQuery.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_UserQuery.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_UserQuery.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_UserQuery.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | AD_UserQuery.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_UserQuery.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Validation code | Validation Code | The Validation Code displays the date, time and message of the error.

You can add advanced SQL queries to your searches by filling this field with @SQL=[WHERE CLAUSE].
Do not include the WHERE statement and use Fully qualified SQL statements. F.e:

@SQL=C_Order.isActive='Y' AND SalesRep_ID=@AD_User_ID@

will filter orders by active and where the sales representative is the current user. | AD_UserQuery.Code character varying(4000)
String | + +## Tab: › LDAP Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 29/10/2006 · Updated 29/10/2006* + +**Description:** User Access via LDAP + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_LdapAccess.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_LdapAccess.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_LdapAccess.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Ldap Processor | LDAP Server to authenticate and authorize external systems based on iDempiere | The LDAP Server allows third party software (e.g. Apache) to use the users defined in the system to authentificate and authorize them. There is only one server per iDempiere system. The "o" is the Tenant key and the optional "ou" is the Interest Area key. | AD_LdapAccess.AD_LdapProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Interest Area | Interest Area or Topic | Interest Areas reflect interest in a topic by a contact. Interest areas can be used for marketing campaigns. | AD_LdapAccess.R_InterestArea_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_LdapAccess.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Error | An Error occurred in the execution | | AD_LdapAccess.IsError character(1)
Yes-No | +| Summary | Textual summary of this request | The Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request. | AD_LdapAccess.Summary character varying(2000)
Text | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_LdapAccess.Description character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › Document Status Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 28/06/2021 · Updated 28/06/2021* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Status | | | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.PA_DocumentStatus_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | PA_DocumentStatusAccess.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/ValidationRules_Window_ID-103_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ValidationRules_Window_ID-103_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1897c0cd --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ValidationRules_Window_ID-103_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +--- +title: 'Validation Rules' +sidebar_label: 'Validation Rules' +description: 'Maintain dynamic Validation Rules for columns and fields' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Validation Rules + +Window ID 103 + +*21/05/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Validation Rules](/img/manual/ValidationRules-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain dynamic Validation Rules for columns and fields + +**Comment/Help:** The Validation Rules Window defines all dynamic rules used when entering and maintaining columns and fields. This window is for System Admin use only. + +## Tab: Validation + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 24/08/2022* + +**Description:** Validation Rules + +**Comment/Help:** The Validation Rules Tab defines all dynamic rules used when entering and maintaining columns and fields. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Val_Rule.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Val_Rule.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Val_Rule.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Val_Rule.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Val_Rule.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Val_Rule.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Type | Type of Validation (SQL, Java Script, Java Language) | The Type indicates the type of validation that will occur. This can be SQL, Java Script or Java Language. | AD_Val_Rule.Type character(1)
List | +| Validation code | Validation Code | The Validation Code displays the date, time and message of the error. | AD_Val_Rule.Code character varying(4000)
String | + +## Tab: › Used in Column + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 27/10/2005 · Updated 27/10/2005* + +**Description:** Used in Column + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Column.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Column.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Column.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| DB Column Name | Name of the column in the database | The Column Name indicates the name of a column on a table as defined in the database. | AD_Column.ColumnName character varying(63)
String | +| System Element | System Element enables the central maintenance of column description and help. | The System Element allows for the central maintenance of help, descriptions and terminology for a database column. | AD_Column.AD_Element_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Column.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Column.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Column.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Column.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Length | Length of the column in the database | The Length indicates the length of a column as defined in the database. | AD_Column.FieldLength numeric(10)
Integer | +| Reference | System Reference and Validation | The Reference could be a display type, list or table validation. | AD_Column.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Reference Key | Required to specify, if data type is Table or List | The Reference Value indicates where the reference values are stored. It must be specified if the data type is Table or List. | AD_Column.AD_Reference_Value_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Dynamic Validation | Dynamic Validation Rule | These rules define how an entry is determined to valid. You can use variables for dynamic (context sensitive) validation. | AD_Column.AD_Val_Rule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Used in Column (Lookup) + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 22/06/2019 · Updated 24/02/2022* + +**Description:** Used in Column (Lookup) + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Column.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_Column.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
ID | +| DB Column Name | Name of the column in the database | The Column Name indicates the name of a column on a table as defined in the database. | AD_Column.ColumnName character varying(63)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/VendorDetails_Window_ID-176_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/VendorDetails_Window_ID-176_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0fc1351e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/VendorDetails_Window_ID-176_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +--- +title: 'Vendor Details' +sidebar_label: 'Vendor Details' +description: 'Maintain Vendor Details' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Vendor Details + +Window ID 176 + +*25/01/2000 → 02/01/2000* + +![Vendor Details](/img/manual/VendorDetails-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Vendor Details + +**Comment/Help:** The Vendor Details Window allows you to display and maintain all products for a selected Vendor. + +## Tab: Vendor + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 25/01/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Vendor + +**Comment/Help:** The Vendor Tab displays the Vendors. A Vendor is selected and all products for that Vendor will be displayed. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_BPartner.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | C_BPartner.Name character varying(120)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_BPartner.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Business Partner Group | Business Partner Group | The Business Partner Group provides a method of defining defaults to be used for individual Business Partners. | C_BPartner.C_BP_Group_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Open Balance | Total Open Balance Amount in primary Accounting Currency | The Total Open Balance Amount is the calculated open item amount for Customer and Vendor activity. If the Balance is below zero, we owe the Business Partner. The amount is used for Credit Management.
Invoices and Payment Allocations determine the Open Balance (i.e. not Orders or Payments). | C_BPartner.TotalOpenBalance numeric
Amount | + +## Tab: › Product Details + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 25/01/2000 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Product Details + +**Comment/Help:** The Product Details Tab allows you to display and maintain all products for a selected Vendor. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Product_PO.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Product_PO.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | M_Product_PO.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Quality Rating | Method for rating vendors | The Quality Rating indicates how a vendor is rated (higher number = higher quality) | M_Product_PO.QualityRating numeric
Integer | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Product_PO.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Product_PO.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Current vendor | Use this Vendor for pricing and stock replenishment | The Current Vendor indicates if prices are used and Product is reordered from this vendor | M_Product_PO.IsCurrentVendor character(1)
Yes-No | +| UPC/EAN | Bar Code (Universal Product Code or its superset European Article Number) | Use this field to enter the bar code for the product in any of the bar code symbologies (Codabar, Code 25, Code 39, Code 93, Code 128, UPC (A), UPC (E), EAN-13, EAN-8, ITF, ITF-14, ISBN, ISSN, JAN-13, JAN-8, POSTNET and FIM, MSI/Plessey, and Pharmacode) | M_Product_PO.UPC character varying(20)
String | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | M_Product_PO.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| List Price | List Price | The List Price is the official List Price in the document currency. | M_Product_PO.PriceList numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Price effective | Effective Date of Price | The Price Effective indicates the date this price is for. This allows you to enter future prices for products which will become effective when appropriate. | M_Product_PO.PriceEffective timestamp without time zone
Date | +| PO Price | Price based on a purchase order | The PO Price indicates the price for a product per the purchase order. | M_Product_PO.PricePO numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Royalty Amount | (Included) Amount for copyright, etc. | | M_Product_PO.RoyaltyAmt numeric
Amount | +| Last PO Price | Price of the last purchase order for the product | The Last PO Price indicates the last price paid (per the purchase order) for this product. | M_Product_PO.PriceLastPO numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Last Invoice Price | Price of the last invoice for the product | The Last Invoice Price indicates the last price paid (per the invoice) for this product. | M_Product_PO.PriceLastInv numeric
Costs+Prices | +| UOM | Unit of Measure | The UOM defines a unique non monetary Unit of Measure | M_Product_PO.C_UOM_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Minimum Order Qty | Minimum order quantity in UOM | The Minimum Order Quantity indicates the smallest quantity of this product which can be ordered. | M_Product_PO.Order_Min numeric
Quantity | +| Order Pack Qty | Package order size in UOM (e.g. order set of 5 units) | The Order Pack Quantity indicates the number of units in each pack of this product. | M_Product_PO.Order_Pack numeric
Quantity | +| Promised Delivery Time | Promised days between order and delivery | The Promised Delivery Time indicates the number of days between the order date and the date that delivery was promised. | M_Product_PO.DeliveryTime_Promised numeric(10)
Integer | +| Actual Delivery Time | Actual days between order and delivery | The Actual Delivery Time indicates the number of days elapsed between placing an order and the delivery of the order | M_Product_PO.DeliveryTime_Actual numeric(10)
Integer | +| Cost per Order | Fixed Cost Per Order | The Cost Per Order indicates the fixed charge levied when an order for this product is placed. | M_Product_PO.CostPerOrder numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Partner Product Key | Product Key of the Business Partner | The Business Partner Product Key identifies the number used by the Business Partner for this product. It can be printed on orders and invoices when you include the Product Key in the print format. | M_Product_PO.VendorProductNo character varying(40)
String | +| Partner Category | Product Category of the Business Partner | The Business Partner Category identifies the category used by the Business Partner for this product. | M_Product_PO.VendorCategory character varying(30)
String | +| Manufacturer | Manufacturer of the Product | The manufacturer of the Product (used if different from the Business Partner / Vendor) | M_Product_PO.Manufacturer character varying(30)
String | +| Discontinued | This product is no longer available | The Discontinued check box indicates a product that has been discontinued. | M_Product_PO.Discontinued character(1)
Yes-No | +| Discontinued At | Discontinued At indicates Date when product was discontinued | | M_Product_PO.DiscontinuedAt timestamp without time zone
Date | + diff --git a/manual/window/VendorRMA_Window_ID-53099_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/VendorRMA_Window_ID-53099_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f833e72f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/VendorRMA_Window_ID-53099_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +--- +title: 'Vendor RMA' +sidebar_label: 'Vendor RMA' +description: 'Manage Return Material Authorization' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Vendor RMA + +Window ID 53099 + +*11/09/2009 → 11/09/2009* + +![Vendor RMA](/img/manual/VendorRMA-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Manage Return Material Authorization + +**Comment/Help:** A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos + +## Tab: Vendor RMA + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 11/09/2009 · Updated 30/09/2009* + +**Description:** Vendor Return Material Authorization + +**Comment/Help:** A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_RMA.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_RMA.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_RMA.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_RMA.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_RMA.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | M_RMA.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | M_RMA.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| RMA Type | Return Material Authorization Type | Types of RMA | M_RMA.M_RMAType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Receipt | Material Receipt Document | The Material Shipment / Receipt | M_RMA.InOut_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | M_RMA.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Company Agent | Purchase or Company Agent | Purchase agent for the document. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | M_RMA.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Amount | Amount | Amount | M_RMA.Amt numeric
Amount | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | M_RMA.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process RMA | | | M_RMA.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Purchase Order | Purchase Order | The Purchase Order is a control document. The Purchase Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | M_RMA.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Create lines from | Process which will generate a new document lines based on an existing document | The Create From process will create a new document based on information in an existing document selected by the user. | M_RMA.CreateLinesFrom character(1)
Button | +| Create Order From RMA | Creates an order based on this RMA Document. The RMA should be correct and completed. | Generate Order from RMA will create an order based on this RMA document. | M_RMA.GenerateTo character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › RMA Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/09/2009 · Updated 16/03/2021* + +**Description:** Return Material Authorization Line + +**Comment/Help:** Detail information about the returned goods + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_RMALine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_RMALine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| RMA | Return Material Authorization | A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos | M_RMALine.M_RMA_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Line No | Unique line for this document | Indicates the unique line for a document. It will also control the display order of the lines within a document. | M_RMALine.Line numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_RMALine.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_RMALine.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Receipt Line | Line on Receipt document | | M_RMALine.M_InOutLine_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_RMALine.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | M_RMALine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Quantity | Quantity | The Quantity indicates the number of a specific product or item for this document. | M_RMALine.Qty numeric
Quantity | +| Amount | Amount | Amount | M_RMALine.Amt numeric
Amount | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | M_RMALine.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Line Amount | Line Extended Amount (Quantity * Actual Price) without Freight and Charges | Indicates the extended line amount based on the quantity and the actual price. Any additional charges or freight are not included. The Amount may or may not include tax. If the price list is inclusive tax, the line amount is the same as the line total. | M_RMALine.LineNetAmt numeric
Amount | +| Cost Center | | | M_RMALine.C_CostCenter_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Department | | | M_RMALine.C_Department_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › RMA Tax + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 18/01/2013 · Updated 18/01/2013* + +**Description:** RMA Tax + +**Comment/Help:** The RMA Tax Tab displays the tax associated with the RMA Lines. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_RMATax.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_RMATax.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| RMA | Return Material Authorization | A Return Material Authorization may be required to accept returns and to create Credit Memos | M_RMATax.M_RMA_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Tax | Tax identifier | The Tax indicates the type of tax used in document line. | M_RMATax.C_Tax_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Provider | | | M_RMATax.C_TaxProvider_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tax Amount | Tax Amount for a document | The Tax Amount displays the total tax amount for a document. | M_RMATax.TaxAmt numeric
Amount | +| Tax base Amount | Base for calculating the tax amount | The Tax Base Amount indicates the base amount used for calculating the tax amount. | M_RMATax.TaxBaseAmt numeric
Amount | +| Price includes Tax | Tax is included in the price | The Tax Included checkbox indicates if the prices include tax. This is also known as the gross price. | M_RMATax.IsTaxIncluded character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/VerifyMigration_Window_ID-200137_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/VerifyMigration_Window_ID-200137_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..082a1083 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/VerifyMigration_Window_ID-200137_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +--- +title: 'Verify Migration' +sidebar_label: 'Verify Migration' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Verify Migration + +Window ID 200137 + +*13/01/2023 → 13/01/2023* + +![Verify Migration](/img/manual/VerifyMigration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +## Tab: Verify Migration Process + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 13/01/2023 · Updated 13/01/2023* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_PInstance.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_PInstance.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_PInstance.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Updated | Date this record was updated | The Updated field indicates the date that this record was updated. | AD_PInstance.Updated timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_PInstance.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_PInstance.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Error Msg | | | AD_PInstance.ErrorMsg character varying(2000)
String | +| Result | Result of the action taken | The Result indicates the result of any action taken on this request. | AD_PInstance.Result numeric(10)
Integer | +| Session | User Session Online or Web | Online or Web Session Information | AD_PInstance.AD_Session_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Processing | | | AD_PInstance.IsProcessing character(1)
Yes-No | +| Run as Job | | | AD_PInstance.IsRunAsJob character(1)
Yes-No | +| Notification Type | Type of Notifications | Emails or Notification sent out for Request Updates, etc. | AD_PInstance.NotificationType character varying(2)
List | + +## Tab: › Verify Migration + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 13/01/2023 · Updated 13/01/2023* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_VerifyMigration.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_VerifyMigration.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Process Instance | Instance of the process | | AD_VerifyMigration.AD_PInstance_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_VerifyMigration.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_VerifyMigration.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority | Priority of a document | The Priority indicates the importance (high, medium, low) of this document | AD_VerifyMigration.PriorityRule character(1)
List | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_VerifyMigration.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Change Log | Log of data changes | Log of data changes | AD_VerifyMigration.AD_ChangeLog_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_VerifyMigration.Help character varying(2000)
String | +| Expected Value | | | AD_VerifyMigration.ExpectedValue character varying(4000)
String | +| Current Value | | | AD_VerifyMigration.CurrentValue character varying(4000)
String | +| Note | Note for manual entry | The Note allows for entry for additional information regarding a manual entry. | AD_VerifyMigration.ManualNote character varying(4000)
String | +| Ignore | | | AD_VerifyMigration.IsIgnore character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_VerifyMigration.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_VerifyMigration.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | + diff --git a/manual/window/ViewAllocation_Window_ID-205_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ViewAllocation_Window_ID-205_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..881729e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ViewAllocation_Window_ID-205_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +--- +title: 'View Allocation' +sidebar_label: 'View Allocation' +description: 'View and Reverse Allocations' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# View Allocation + +Window ID 205 + +*24/01/2001 → 02/01/2000* + +![View Allocation](/img/manual/ViewAllocation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** View and Reverse Allocations + +**Comment/Help:** The Reverse Allocation Window allows you to view and reverse a payment allocation + +## Tab: Allocation + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 24/01/2001 · Updated 21/02/2005* + +**Description:** View and Reverse Allocation + +**Comment/Help:** The Reverse Allocation Tab defines the Payment Allocation to be reversed. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_AllocationHdr.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_AllocationHdr.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Type | Document type or rules | The Document Type determines document sequence and processing rules | C_AllocationHdr.C_DocType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document No | Document sequence number of the document | The document number is usually automatically generated by the system and determined by the document type of the document. If the document is not saved, the preliminary number is displayed in "<>".

If the document type of your document has no automatic document sequence defined, the field is empty if you create a new document. This is for documents which usually have an external number (like vendor invoice). If you leave the field empty, the system will generate a document number for you. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | C_AllocationHdr.DocumentNo character varying(30)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | C_AllocationHdr.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | C_AllocationHdr.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | C_AllocationHdr.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Account Date | Accounting Date | The Accounting Date indicates the date to be used on the General Ledger account entries generated from this document. It is also used for any currency conversion. | C_AllocationHdr.DateAcct timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Approved | Indicates if this document requires approval | The Approved checkbox indicates if this document requires approval before it can be processed. | C_AllocationHdr.IsApproved character(1)
Yes-No | +| Manual | This is a manual process | The Manual check box indicates if the process will done manually. | C_AllocationHdr.IsManual character(1)
Yes-No | +| Currency | The Currency for this record | Indicates the Currency to be used when processing or reporting on this record | C_AllocationHdr.C_Currency_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Approval Amount | Document Approval Amount | Approval Amount for Workflow | C_AllocationHdr.ApprovalAmt numeric
Amount | +| Document Status | The current status of the document | The Document Status indicates the status of a document at this time. If you want to change the document status, use the Document Action field | C_AllocationHdr.DocStatus character(2)
List | +| Process Allocation | | | C_AllocationHdr.DocAction character(2)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | C_AllocationHdr.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Posted | Posting status | The Posted field indicates the status of the Generation of General Ledger Accounting Lines | C_AllocationHdr.Posted character(1)
Button | +| Reset Allocation Direct | Reset (delete) allocation of invoices to payments | Delete individual allocation. In contrast to "Reverse", the allocation is deleted (no trace), if the period is open. | C_AllocationHdr.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › Allocation Line + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 24/01/2001 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** View Allocation Lines + +**Comment/Help:** View Allocation Line Details + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | C_AllocationLine.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | C_AllocationLine.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Allocation | Payment allocation | | C_AllocationLine.C_AllocationHdr_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Business Partner | Identifies a Business Partner | A Business Partner is anyone with whom you transact. This can include Vendor, Customer, Employee or Salesperson | C_AllocationLine.C_BPartner_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Order | Order | The Order is a control document. The Order is complete when the quantity ordered is the same as the quantity shipped and invoiced. When you close an order, unshipped (backordered) quantities are cancelled. | C_AllocationLine.C_Order_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Invoice | Invoice Identifier | The Invoice Document. | C_AllocationLine.C_Invoice_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Payment | Payment identifier | The Payment is a unique identifier of this payment. | C_AllocationLine.C_Payment_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Charge | Additional document charges | The Charge indicates a type of Charge (Handling, Shipping, Restocking) | C_AllocationLine.C_Charge_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Amount | Amount in a defined currency | The Amount indicates the amount for this document line. | C_AllocationLine.Amount numeric
Amount | +| Transaction Date | Transaction Date | The Transaction Date indicates the date of the transaction. | C_AllocationLine.DateTrx timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Discount Amount | Calculated amount of discount | The Discount Amount indicates the discount amount for a document or line. | C_AllocationLine.DiscountAmt numeric
Amount | +| Write-off Amount | Amount to write-off | The Write Off Amount indicates the amount to be written off as uncollectible. | C_AllocationLine.WriteOffAmt numeric
Amount | +| Over/Under Payment | Over-Payment (unallocated) or Under-Payment (partial payment) Amount | Overpayments (negative) are unallocated amounts and allow you to receive money for more than the particular invoice.
Underpayments (positive) is a partial payment for the invoice. You do not write off the unpaid amount. | C_AllocationLine.OverUnderAmt numeric
Amount | + diff --git a/manual/window/ViewChat_Window_ID-377_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/ViewChat_Window_ID-377_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5f01f370 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/ViewChat_Window_ID-377_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +--- +title: 'View Chat' +sidebar_label: 'View Chat' +description: 'View discussions / chats' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# View Chat + +Window ID 377 + +*05/04/2006 → 18/04/2006* + +![View Chat](/img/manual/ViewChat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** View discussions / chats + +**Comment/Help:** View chat / discussion threads + +## Tab: Chat + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 18/04/2006 · Updated 18/04/2006* + +**Description:** View Chat or discussion thread + +**Comment/Help:** Thread of discussion + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | CM_Chat.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | CM_Chat.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | CM_Chat.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | CM_Chat.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Chat Type | Type of discussion / chat | Chat Type allows you to receive subscriptions for particular content of discussions. It is linked to a table. | CM_Chat.CM_ChatType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Confidentiality | Type of Confidentiality | | CM_Chat.ConfidentialType character(1)
List | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | CM_Chat.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record UUID | | | CM_Chat.Record_UU uuid
Record UUID | +| Moderation Type | Type of moderation | | CM_Chat.ModerationType character(1)
List | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | CM_Chat.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | + +## Tab: › Chat Entry + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 18/04/2006 · Updated 18/04/2006* + +**Description:** Individual Chat / Discussion Entry + +**Comment/Help:** The entry can not be changed - just the confidentiality + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | CM_ChatEntry.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | CM_ChatEntry.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Chat | Chat or discussion thread | Thread of discussion | CM_ChatEntry.CM_Chat_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | CM_ChatEntry.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Moderation Status | Status of Moderation | | CM_ChatEntry.ModeratorStatus character(1)
List | +| Confidentiality | Type of Confidentiality | | CM_ChatEntry.ConfidentialType character(1)
List | +| Chat Entry Type | Type of Chat/Forum Entry | | CM_ChatEntry.ChatEntryType character(1)
List | +| Subject | Email Message Subject | Subject of the EMail | CM_ChatEntry.Subject character varying(255)
String | +| Chat Entry Grandparent | Link to Grand Parent (root level) | | CM_ChatEntry.CM_ChatEntryGrandParent_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Chat Entry Parent | Link to direct Parent | | CM_ChatEntry.CM_ChatEntryParent_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Character Data | Long Character Field | | CM_ChatEntry.CharacterData text
Text Long | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | CM_ChatEntry.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Updates + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 18/04/2006 · Updated 18/04/2006* + +**Description:** Subscribers for this Chat + +**Comment/Help:** Subscribers receive updates per email or notice. In addition to the subscribers for this specific cta, also the subscribers of the Chat Type receive updates. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | CM_ChatUpdate.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | CM_ChatUpdate.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Chat | Chat or discussion thread | Thread of discussion | CM_ChatUpdate.CM_Chat_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | CM_ChatUpdate.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | CM_ChatUpdate.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Self-Service | This is a Self-Service entry or this entry can be changed via Self-Service | Self-Service allows users to enter data or update their data. The flag indicates, that this record was entered or created via Self-Service or that the user can change it via the Self-Service functionality. | CM_ChatUpdate.IsSelfService character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/WarehouseandLocators_Window_ID-139_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/WarehouseandLocators_Window_ID-139_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c734b612 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/WarehouseandLocators_Window_ID-139_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +--- +title: 'Warehouse and Locators' +sidebar_label: 'Warehouse and Locators' +description: 'Maintain Warehouses and Locators' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Warehouse and Locators + +Window ID 139 + +*09/08/1999 → 08/12/2023* + +![Warehouse and Locators](/img/manual/WarehouseandLocators-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Warehouses and Locators + +**Comment/Help:** The Warehouse and Locators Window defines each Warehouse, any Locators for that Warehouse and the Accounting parameters to be used for inventory in that Warehouse. + +## Tab: Warehouse + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 21/07/2005* + +**Description:** Warehouse + +**Comment/Help:** The Warehouse Tab defines each Warehouse that is used to store products. If a Source warehouse is selected, all product replenishment is from that warehouse. If you use custom replenishment algorithms, you need to define the class used per warehouse. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Warehouse.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Warehouse.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Warehouse.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | M_Warehouse.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | M_Warehouse.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Warehouse.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| In Transit | Movement is in transit | Material Movement is in transit - shipped, but not received.
The transaction is completed, if confirmed. | M_Warehouse.IsInTransit character(1)
Yes-No | +| Address | Location or Address | The Location / Address field defines the location of an entity. | M_Warehouse.C_Location_ID numeric(10)
Location (Address) | +| Element Separator | Element Separator | The Element Separator defines the delimiter printed between elements of the structure | M_Warehouse.Separator character(1)
String | +| Source Warehouse | Optional Warehouse to replenish from | If defined, the warehouse selected is used to replenish the product(s) | M_Warehouse.M_WarehouseSource_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Replenishment Class | Custom class to calculate Quantity to Order | If you select a custom replenishment type, you need to create a class implementing org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface and set that on warehouse level. | M_Warehouse.ReplenishmentClass character varying(60)
String | +| Disallow Negative Inventory | Negative Inventory is not allowed in this warehouse | If checked, any transaction that results in the onhand inventory being driven negative will be prevented. | M_Warehouse.IsDisallowNegativeInv character(1)
Yes-No | +| Reservation Locator | Reservation Locator (just for reporting purposes) | | M_Warehouse.M_ReserveLocator_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Disable Insufficient Inventory Popup | | | M_Warehouse.IsDisableInventoryPopup character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Locator + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Locator + +**Comment/Help:** The Locator Tab defines any Locators for that Warehouse. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Locator.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Locator.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Locator.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | M_Locator.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Locator Type | | | M_Locator.M_LocatorType_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Locator.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Relative Priority | Where inventory should be picked from first | The Relative Priority indicates the location to pick from first if an product is stored in more than one location. (100 = highest priority, 0 = lowest). For outgoing shipments, the location is picked with the highest priority where the entire quantity can be shipped from. If there is no location, the location with the highest priority is used.
The Priority is ignored for products with Guarantee Date (always the oldest first) or if a specific instance is selected.
Incoming receipts are stored at the location with the highest priority, if not explicitly selected. | M_Locator.PriorityNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | M_Locator.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Aisle (X) | X dimension, e.g., Aisle | The X dimension indicates the Aisle a product is located in. | M_Locator.X character varying(60)
String | +| Bin (Y) | Y dimension, e.g., Bin | The Y dimension indicates the Bin a product is located in | M_Locator.Y character varying(60)
String | +| Level (Z) | Z dimension, e.g., Level | The Z dimension indicates the Level a product is located in. | M_Locator.Z character varying(60)
String | + +## Tab: › › Storage + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 09/08/1999 · Updated 19/11/2012* + +**Description:** Detail Storage Information + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Storage.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Storage.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_Storage.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Locator (WH) | +| Date Material Policy | Time used for LIFO and FIFO Material Policy | This field is used to record time used for LIFO and FIFO material policy | M_Storage.DateMaterialPolicy timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Storage.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Attribute Set Instance | Product Attribute Set Instance | The values of the actual Product Attribute Instances. The product level attributes are defined on Product level. | M_Storage.M_AttributeSetInstance_ID numeric(10)
Product Attribute | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Storage.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| On Hand Quantity | On Hand Quantity | The On Hand Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that is on hand in a warehouse. | M_Storage.QtyOnHand numeric
Quantity | +| Date Last Inventory Count | Date of Last Inventory Count | The Date Last Inventory Count indicates the last time an Inventory count was done. | M_Storage.DateLastInventory timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Reserved Quantity | Reserved Quantity | The Reserved Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that is currently reserved. | M_Storage.QtyReserved numeric
Quantity | +| Ordered Quantity | Ordered Quantity | The Ordered Quantity indicates the quantity of a product that was ordered. | M_Storage.QtyOrdered numeric
Quantity | + +## Tab: › Replenish + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/07/2005 · Updated 21/07/2005* + +**Description:** Define Product Replenishment + +**Comment/Help:** The Replenishment Tab defines the type of replenishment quantities. This is used for automated ordering. If you select a custom replenishment type, you need to create a class implementing org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface and set that on warehouse level. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Replenish.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Replenish.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Replenish.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Product | Product, Service, Item | Identifies an item which is either purchased or sold in this organization. | M_Replenish.M_Product_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Replenish.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Replenish Type | Method for re-ordering a product | The Replenish Type indicates if this product will be manually re-ordered, ordered when the quantity is below the minimum quantity or ordered when it is below the maximum quantity. If you select a custom replenishment type, you need to create a class implementing org.compiere.util.ReplenishInterface and set that on warehouse level. | M_Replenish.ReplenishType character(1)
List | +| Minimum Level | Minimum Inventory level for this product | Indicates the minimum quantity of this product to be stocked in inventory.
| M_Replenish.Level_Min numeric
Amount | +| Maximum Level | Maximum Inventory level for this product | Indicates the maximum quantity of this product to be stocked in inventory. | M_Replenish.Level_Max numeric
Amount | +| Source Warehouse | Optional Warehouse to replenish from | If defined, the warehouse selected is used to replenish the product(s) | M_Replenish.M_WarehouseSource_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Locator | Warehouse Locator | The Locator indicates where in a Warehouse a product is located. | M_Replenish.M_Locator_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | + +## Tab: › Accounting + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 26/09/1999 · Updated 05/03/2013* + +**Description:** Accounting + +**Comment/Help:** The Accounting Tab defines the Accounting parameters to be used for inventory in that Warehouse. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | M_Warehouse_Acct.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | M_Warehouse_Acct.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | M_Warehouse_Acct.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Accounting Schema | Rules for accounting | An Accounting Schema defines the rules used in accounting such as costing method, currency and calendar | M_Warehouse_Acct.C_AcctSchema_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | M_Warehouse_Acct.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Warehouse Differences | Warehouse Differences Account | The Warehouse Differences Account indicates the account used recording differences identified during inventory counts. | M_Warehouse_Acct.W_Differences_Acct numeric(10)
Account | + diff --git a/manual/window/WebStore_Window_ID-350_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/WebStore_Window_ID-350_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4c5ee816 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/WebStore_Window_ID-350_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +--- +title: 'Web Store' +sidebar_label: 'Web Store' +description: 'Define Web Store' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Web Store + +Window ID 350 + +*02/05/2005 → 03/05/2020* + +![Web Store](/img/manual/WebStore-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Define Web Store + +**Comment/Help:** Define the web store setup. + +## Tab: Web Store + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 02/05/2005 · Updated 10/03/2022* + +**Description:** Define Web Store + +**Comment/Help:** Define the web store settings. The web server context must be unique and determines the settings used in the actual transaction. The selected warehouse determines the organization. The email settings are tested with the tenant email settings. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | W_Store.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | W_Store.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | W_Store.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | W_Store.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | W_Store.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | W_Store.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | W_Store.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| URL | Full URL address - e.g. http://www.idempiere.org | The URL defines an fully qualified web address like http://www.idempiere.org | W_Store.URL character varying(120)
URL | +| Web Context | Web Server Context - e.g. /wstore | Unique Web Server Context for this Web Store - will set context-root in application.xml.
The web context usually starts with / and needs to be a valid context name (not checked). | W_Store.WebContext character varying(20)
String | +| Stylesheet | CSS (Stylesheet) used | Base Stylesheet (.css file) to use - if empty, the default (standard.css) is used. The Style sheet can be a URL. | W_Store.Stylesheet character varying(60)
String | +| Sales Representative | Sales Representative or Company Agent | The Sales Representative indicates the Sales Rep for this Region. Any Sales Rep must be a valid internal user. | W_Store.SalesRep_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Warehouse | Storage Warehouse and Service Point | The Warehouse identifies a unique Warehouse where products are stored or Services are provided. | W_Store.M_Warehouse_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Price List | Unique identifier of a Price List | Price Lists are used to determine the pricing, margin and cost of items purchased or sold. | W_Store.M_PriceList_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Payment Term | The terms of Payment (timing, discount) | Payment Terms identify the method and timing of payment. | W_Store.C_PaymentTerm_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Web Store Info | Web Store Header Information | Display HTML Info in the Web Store - by default in the header.
| W_Store.WebInfo character varying(2000)
Text | +| Web Store EMail | EMail address used as the sender (From) | The EMail address is used to send mails to users of the web store | W_Store.WStoreEMail character varying(60)
String | +| Web Order EMail | EMail address to receive notifications when web orders were processed | When processing a web order, a confirmation is sent to the EMail address of the customer from the request EMail address copying this email address when entered. | W_Store.WebOrderEMail character varying(60)
String | +| WebStore User | User ID of the Web Store EMail address | User ID to connect to the Mail Server | W_Store.WStoreUser character varying(60)
String | +| WebStore Password | Password of the Web Store EMail address | Password to connect to the Mail Server | W_Store.WStoreUserPW character varying(20)
String | +| EMail Header | Header added to EMails | The header is added to every email. | W_Store.EMailHeader character varying(2000)
Text | +| EMail Footer | Footer added to EMails | The footer is added to every email. | W_Store.EMailFooter character varying(2000)
Text | +| Menu Orders | Show Menu Orders | | W_Store.IsMenuOrders character(1)
Yes-No | +| Menu Shipments | Show Menu Shipments | | W_Store.IsMenuShipments character(1)
Yes-No | +| Menu Invoices | Show Menu Invoices | | W_Store.IsMenuInvoices character(1)
Yes-No | +| Menu Assets | Show Menu Assets | | W_Store.IsMenuAssets character(1)
Yes-No | +| Menu Payments | Show Menu Payments | | W_Store.IsMenuPayments character(1)
Yes-No | +| Menu RfQs | Show Menu RfQs | | W_Store.IsMenuRfQs character(1)
Yes-No | +| Menu Requests | Show Menu Requests | | W_Store.IsMenuRequests character(1)
Yes-No | +| Menu Registrations | Show Menu Registrations | | W_Store.IsMenuRegistrations character(1)
Yes-No | +| Menu Interests | Show Menu Interests | | W_Store.IsMenuInterests character(1)
Yes-No | +| Menu Contact | Show Menu Contact | | W_Store.IsMenuContact character(1)
Yes-No | +| Web Parameter 1 | Web Site Parameter 1 (default: header image) | The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam1 - By default, it is positioned on the upper left side with 130 pixel width. | W_Store.WebParam1 character varying(2000)
Text | +| Web Parameter 2 | Web Site Parameter 2 (default index page) | The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam2 - By default, it is positioned after the header on the web store index page. | W_Store.WebParam2 character varying(2000)
Text | +| Web Parameter 3 | Web Site Parameter 3 (default left - menu) | The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam3 - By default, it is positioned at the end in the menu column with 130 pixel width. | W_Store.WebParam3 character varying(2000)
Text | +| Web Parameter 4 | Web Site Parameter 4 (default footer left) | The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam4 - By default, it is positioned on the left side of the footer with 130 pixel width. | W_Store.WebParam4 character varying(2000)
Text | +| Web Parameter 5 | Web Site Parameter 5 (default footer center) | The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam5 - By default, it is positioned in the center of the footer. | W_Store.WebParam5 character varying(2000)
Text | +| Web Parameter 6 | Web Site Parameter 6 (default footer right) | The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam6 - By default, it is positioned on the right side of the footer. | W_Store.WebParam6 character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Store Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 02/05/2005 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | W_Store_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | W_Store_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Web Store | A Web Store of the Tenant | | W_Store_Trl.W_Store_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | W_Store_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | W_Store_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | W_Store_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Web Store Info | Web Store Header Information | Display HTML Info in the Web Store - by default in the header.
| W_Store_Trl.WebInfo character varying(2000)
Text | +| EMail Header | Header added to EMails | The header is added to every email. | W_Store_Trl.EMailHeader character varying(2000)
Text | +| EMail Footer | Footer added to EMails | The footer is added to every email. | W_Store_Trl.EMailFooter character varying(2000)
Text | +| Web Parameter 1 | Web Site Parameter 1 (default: header image) | The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam1 - By default, it is positioned on the upper left side with 130 pixel width. | W_Store_Trl.WebParam1 character varying(2000)
Text | +| Web Parameter 2 | Web Site Parameter 2 (default index page) | The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam2 - By default, it is positioned after the header on the web store index page. | W_Store_Trl.WebParam2 character varying(2000)
Text | +| Web Parameter 3 | Web Site Parameter 3 (default left - menu) | The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam3 - By default, it is positioned at the end in the menu column with 130 pixel width. | W_Store_Trl.WebParam3 character varying(2000)
Text | +| Web Parameter 4 | Web Site Parameter 4 (default footer left) | The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam4 - By default, it is positioned on the left side of the footer with 130 pixel width. | W_Store_Trl.WebParam4 character varying(2000)
Text | +| Web Parameter 5 | Web Site Parameter 5 (default footer center) | The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam5 - By default, it is positioned in the center of the footer. | W_Store_Trl.WebParam5 character varying(2000)
Text | +| Web Parameter 6 | Web Site Parameter 6 (default footer right) | The parameter could be used in the JSP page for variables like logos, passwords, URLs or entire HTML blocks. The access is via ctx.webParam6 - By default, it is positioned on the right side of the footer. | W_Store_Trl.WebParam6 character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Web Store Message + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 02/05/2005 · Updated 03/05/2020* + +**Description:** Definine Web Store Messages + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | W_MailMsg.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | W_MailMsg.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Web Store | A Web Store of the Tenant | | W_MailMsg.W_Store_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Message Type | Mail Message Type | | W_MailMsg.MailMsgType character(2)
List | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | W_MailMsg.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | W_MailMsg.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | W_MailMsg.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Subject | Email Message Subject | Subject of the EMail | W_MailMsg.Subject character varying(255)
Text | +| Message | EMail Message | Message of the EMail | W_MailMsg.Message character varying(2000)
Text | +| Message 2 | Optional second part of the EMail Message | Message of the EMail | W_MailMsg.Message2 character varying(2000)
Text | +| Message 3 | Optional third part of the EMail Message | Message of the EMail | W_MailMsg.Message3 character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › › Message Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 02/05/2005 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | W_MailMsg_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | W_MailMsg_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Mail Message | Web Store Mail Message Template | | W_MailMsg_Trl.W_MailMsg_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | W_MailMsg_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | W_MailMsg_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | W_MailMsg_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Subject | Email Message Subject | Subject of the EMail | W_MailMsg_Trl.Subject character varying(255)
Text | +| Message | EMail Message | Message of the EMail | W_MailMsg_Trl.Message character varying(2000)
Text | +| Message 2 | Optional second part of the EMail Message | Message of the EMail | W_MailMsg_Trl.Message2 character varying(2000)
Text | +| Message 3 | Optional third part of the EMail Message | Message of the EMail | W_MailMsg_Trl.Message3 character varying(2000)
Text | + diff --git a/manual/window/WindowCustomization_Window_ID-229_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/WindowCustomization_Window_ID-229_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1d62a38 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/WindowCustomization_Window_ID-229_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +--- +title: 'Window Customization' +sidebar_label: 'Window Customization' +description: 'Define Window Customization for Role/User' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Window Customization + +Window ID 229 + +*05/09/2001 → 20/09/2023* + +![Window Customization](/img/manual/WindowCustomization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Define Window Customization for Role/User + +**Comment/Help:** The customization values defined here overwrite/replace the default system definition if defined. + +## Tab: Window Customization + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 05/09/2001 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserDef_Win.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserDef_Win.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_UserDef_Win.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_UserDef_Win.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_UserDef_Win.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_UserDef_Win.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_UserDef_Win.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_UserDef_Win.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_UserDef_Win.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_UserDef_Win.Help character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Tab Customization + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 05/09/2001 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserDef_Tab.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserDef_Tab.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User defined Window | | | AD_UserDef_Tab.AD_UserDef_Win_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tab | Tab within a Window | The Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window. | AD_UserDef_Tab.AD_Tab_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_UserDef_Tab.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_UserDef_Tab.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_UserDef_Tab.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_UserDef_Tab.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_UserDef_Tab.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| High Volume | Use Search instead of Pick list | The High Volume Checkbox indicates if a search screen will display as opposed to a pick list for selecting records from this table. | AD_UserDef_Tab.IsHighVolume character(1)
List | +| Single Row Layout | Default for toggle between Single- and Multi-Row (Grid) Layout | The Single Row Layout checkbox indicates if the default display type for this window is a single row as opposed to multi row. | AD_UserDef_Tab.IsSingleRow character(1)
List | +| Read Only | Field is read only | The Read Only indicates that this field may only be Read. It may not be updated. | AD_UserDef_Tab.IsReadOnly character(1)
List | +| Lookup Only Selection Columns | When defined to true Lookup panel will display only selection columns. Default to false. | | AD_UserDef_Tab.IsLookupOnlySelection character(1)
List | +| Allow Advanced Lookup | | | AD_UserDef_Tab.IsAllowAdvancedLookup character(1)
List | +| Delete Confirmation Logic | | | AD_UserDef_Tab.DeleteConfirmationLogic character varying(255)
String | +| Display Logic | If the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayed | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_UserDef_Tab.DisplayLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Read Only Logic | Logic to determine if field is read only (applies only when field is read-write) | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_UserDef_Tab.ReadOnlyLogic character varying(2000)
String | +| Sql WHERE | Fully qualified SQL WHERE clause | The Where Clause indicates the SQL WHERE clause to use for record selection. The WHERE clause is added to the query. Fully qualified means "tablename.columnname". | AD_UserDef_Tab.WhereClause character varying(2000)
Text | +| Sql ORDER BY | Fully qualified ORDER BY clause | The ORDER BY Clause indicates the SQL ORDER BY clause to use for record selection | AD_UserDef_Tab.OrderByClause character varying(2000)
String | + +## Tab: › › Field Customization + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 05/09/2001 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_UserDef_Field.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_UserDef_Field.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User defined Tab | | | AD_UserDef_Field.AD_UserDef_Tab_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Field | Field on a database table | The Field identifies a field on a database table. | AD_UserDef_Field.AD_Field_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_UserDef_Field.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_UserDef_Field.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_UserDef_Field.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_UserDef_Field.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Placeholder | | | AD_UserDef_Field.Placeholder character varying(255)
String | +| Displayed | Determines, if this field is displayed | If the field is displayed, the field Display Logic will determine at runtime, if it is actually displayed | AD_UserDef_Field.IsDisplayed character(1)
List | +| Read Only | Field is read only | The Read Only indicates that this field may only be Read. It may not be updated. | AD_UserDef_Field.IsReadOnly character(1)
List | +| Display Logic | If the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayed | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_UserDef_Field.DisplayLogic character varying(2000)
String | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_UserDef_Field.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Record Sort No | Determines in what order the records are displayed | The Record Sort No indicates the ascending sort sequence of the records. If the number is negative, the records are sorted descending.
Example: A tab with C_DocType_ID (1), DocumentNo (-2) will be sorted ascending by document type and descending by document number (SQL: ORDER BY C_DocType, DocumentNo DESC) | AD_UserDef_Field.SortNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Show in Grid | | | AD_UserDef_Field.IsDisplayedGrid character(1)
List | +| Grid Sequence No | | | AD_UserDef_Field.SeqNoGrid numeric(10)
Integer | +| Default Logic | Default value hierarchy, separated by ; | The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Tenant_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc/DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Tenant as well as Buttons. | AD_UserDef_Field.DefaultValue character varying(2000)
String | +| Field Group | Logical grouping of fields | The Field Group indicates the logical group that this field belongs to (History, Amounts, Quantities) | AD_UserDef_Field.AD_FieldGroup_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| X Position | Absolute X (horizontal) position in 1/72 of an inch | Absolute X (horizontal) position in 1/72 of an inch | AD_UserDef_Field.XPosition numeric(10)
Integer | +| Column Span | Number of column for a box of field | | AD_UserDef_Field.ColumnSpan numeric(10)
Integer | +| Number of Lines | Number of lines for a field | Number of lines for a field | AD_UserDef_Field.NumLines numeric(10)
Integer | +| Label Style | Label CSS Style | | AD_UserDef_Field.AD_LabelStyle_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Field Style | Field CSS Style | | AD_UserDef_Field.AD_FieldStyle_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Reference Overwrite | System Reference - optional Overwrite | You can overwrite the Display Type, but only use this if you aware of the consequences. | AD_UserDef_Field.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Toolbar Button | Show the button on the toolbar, the window, or both | The IsToolbarButton field indicates if this button is part of the toolbar's process button popup list, or render as field in window, or both. | AD_UserDef_Field.IsToolbarButton character(1)
List | +| Reference Key | Required to specify, if data type is Table or List | The Reference Value indicates where the reference values are stored. It must be specified if the data type is Table or List. | AD_UserDef_Field.AD_Reference_Value_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Dynamic Validation | Dynamic Validation Rule | These rules define how an entry is determined to valid. You can use variables for dynamic (context sensitive) validation. | AD_UserDef_Field.AD_Val_Rule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Dashboard Content | | | AD_UserDef_Field.PA_DashboardContent_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Dynamic Validation (Lookup) | Override Dynamic Validation Rule for Lookup Window | For some situations the dynamic validation rule for a Lookup window should be different from user data entry window. | AD_UserDef_Field.AD_Val_Rule_Lookup_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Updatable | Determines, if the field can be updated | The Updatable checkbox indicates if a field can be updated by the user. | AD_UserDef_Field.IsUpdateable character(1)
List | +| Always Updatable | The column is always updateable, even if the record is not active or processed | If selected and if the window / tab is not read only, you can always update the column. This might be useful for comments, etc. | AD_UserDef_Field.IsAlwaysUpdateable character(1)
List | +| Always Updatable Logic | Logic to determine if field is Updatable irrespective if record's active status or processed status. This logic Applicable only if Always Updatable is N. | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := \|&()<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_UserDef_Field.AlwaysUpdatableLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Mandatory | Data entry is required in this column | The field must have a value for the record to be saved to the database. | AD_UserDef_Field.IsMandatory character(1)
List | +| Auto complete | Automatic completion for text fields | The autocompletion uses all existing values (from the same tenant and organization) of the field. | AD_UserDef_Field.IsAutocomplete character(1)
List | +| Chart | | | AD_UserDef_Field.AD_Chart_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| HTML | Text has HTML tags | | AD_UserDef_Field.IsHtml character(1)
List | +| Mandatory Logic | | | AD_UserDef_Field.MandatoryLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Value Format | Format of the value; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09", or ~regex | <B>Validation elements:</B>

~regex - Validates a regular expression

(Space) any character
_ Space (fixed character)
l any Letter a..Z NO space
L any Letter a..Z NO space converted to upper case
o any Letter a..Z or space
O any Letter a..Z or space converted to upper case
a any Letters & Digits NO space
A any Letters & Digits NO space converted to upper case
c any Letters & Digits or space
C any Letters & Digits or space converted to upper case
0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space

Example of format "(000)_000-0000" | AD_UserDef_Field.VFormat character varying(255)
String | +| Read Only Logic | Logic to determine if field is read only (applies only when field is read-write) | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_UserDef_Field.ReadOnlyLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Display Length | Length of the display in characters | The display length is mainly for String fields. The length has no impact, if the data type of the field is - Integer, Number, Amount (length determined by the system) - YesNo (Checkbox) - List, Table, TableDir (length of combo boxes are determined by their content at runtime) | AD_UserDef_Field.DisplayLength numeric(10)
Integer | +| Same Line | Displayed on same line as previous field | The Same Line checkbox indicates that the field will display on the same line as the previous field. | AD_UserDef_Field.IsSameLine character(1)
List | + diff --git a/manual/window/WindowTabandField_Window_ID-102_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/WindowTabandField_Window_ID-102_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2f682074 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/WindowTabandField_Window_ID-102_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,264 @@ +--- +title: 'Window, Tab and Field' +sidebar_label: 'Window, Tab and Field' +description: 'Maintain Windows, Tabs & Fields' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Window, Tab and Field + +Window ID 102 + +*21/05/1999 → 08/12/2023* + +![Window, Tab and Field](/img/manual/WindowTabandField-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Windows, Tabs & Fields + +**Comment/Help:** The Window, Tab & Field Window defines the presentation of tables and columns within each window. + +## Tab: Window + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Window header definitions + +**Comment/Help:** The Window Tab defines each window in the system. The default flag indicates that this window should be used as the default Zoom windows for the tables in this window. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Window.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Window.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Window.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Window.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Window.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Window.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Beta Functionality | This functionality is considered Beta | Beta functionality is not fully tested or completed. | AD_Window.IsBetaFunctionality character(1)
Yes-No | +| Window Type | Type or classification of a Window | The Window Type indicates the type of window being defined (Maintain, Transaction or Query) | AD_Window.WindowType character(1)
List | +| Sales Transaction | This is a Sales Transaction | The Sales Transaction checkbox indicates if this item is a Sales Transaction. | AD_Window.IsSOTrx character(1)
Yes-No | +| System Color | Color for backgrounds or indicators | | AD_Window.AD_Color_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Image | Image or Icon | Images and Icon can be used to display supported graphic formats (gif, jpg, png).
You can either load the image (in the database) or point to a graphic via a URI (i.e. it can point to a resource, http address) | AD_Window.AD_Image_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Window.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | AD_Window.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Window Width | | | AD_Window.WinWidth numeric(10)
Integer | +| Window Height | | | AD_Window.WinHeight numeric(10)
Integer | +| Title Logic | The result determines the title to be displayed for this window | The result determines the title to be displayed for this Window, used also as the label for Recent Items.
Format is just one or several context variables surrounded by @, examples:
<ul>
<li> @TaxID@</li>
<li> @DocumentNo@</li>
<li> @Value@ @Name@</li>
</ul>
if this field is left empty a default title/label is created using the DocumentNo, Value and Name fields if they exist. | AD_Window.TitleLogic character varying(255)
String | +| Copy Window Tabs | Copy all Tabs and Fields from other Window | | AD_Window.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Predefined Context Variables | Predefined context variables to inject when opening a menu entry or a window | | AD_Window.PredefinedContextVariables character varying(4000)
String | + +## Tab: › Tab + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 16/11/2012* + +**Description:** Tab definition within a window holds fields + +**Comment/Help:** The Tab Tab defines each Tab within a Window. Each Tab contains a discrete selection of fields. Note that the display and read only logic is evaluated when loading the window. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Tab.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Tab.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_Tab.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Tab.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Tab.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Tab.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Tab.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Tab.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_Tab.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Tab Level | Hierarchical Tab Level (0 = top) | Hierarchical level of the tab. If the level is 0, it is the top entity. Level 1 entries are dependent on level 0, etc. | AD_Tab.TabLevel numeric(10)
Integer | +| Tab Type | Defines Tab Type | | AD_Tab.AD_TabType character varying(40)
List | +| Single Row Layout | Default for toggle between Single- and Multi-Row (Grid) Layout | The Single Row Layout checkbox indicates if the default display type for this window is a single row as opposed to multi row. | AD_Tab.IsSingleRow character(1)
Yes-No | +| Has Tree | Window has Tree Graph | The Has Tree checkbox indicates if this window displays a tree metaphor. | AD_Tab.HasTree character(1)
Yes-No | +| Tree displayed | The tree can be displayed on master tab, detail tab or both | | AD_Tab.TreeDisplayedOn character(1)
List | +| Advanced Tab | This Tab contains advanced Functionality | The tab with advanced functionality is only displayed, if enabled in Tools>Preference. | AD_Tab.IsAdvancedTab character(1)
Yes-No | +| Accounting Tab | This Tab contains accounting information | The Accounting Tab checkbox indicates if this window contains accounting information. To display accounting information, enable this in Tools>Preference and Role. | AD_Tab.IsInfoTab character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translation Tab | This Tab contains translation information | The Translation Tab checkbox indicate if a tab contains translation information. To display translation information, enable this in Tools>Preference. | AD_Tab.IsTranslationTab character(1)
Yes-No | +| Lookup Only Selection Columns | When defined to true Lookup panel will display only selection columns. Default to false. | | AD_Tab.IsLookupOnlySelection character(1)
Yes-No | +| Allow Advanced Lookup | | | AD_Tab.IsAllowAdvancedLookup character(1)
Yes-No | +| Order Column | Column determining the order | Integer Column of the table determining the order (display, sort, ..). If defined, the Order By replaces the default Order By clause. It should be fully qualified (i.e. "tablename.columnname"). | AD_Tab.AD_ColumnSortOrder_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Included Column | Column determining if a Table Column is included in Ordering | If a Included Column is defined, it decides, if a column is active in the ordering - otherwise it is determined that the Order Column has a value of one or greater | AD_Tab.AD_ColumnSortYesNo_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Link Column | Link Column for Multi-Parent tables | The Link Column indicates which column is the primary key for those situations where there is more than one parent. Only define it, if the table has more than one parent column (e.g. AD_User_Roles). | AD_Tab.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Max Query Records | If defined, you cannot query more records as defined - the query criteria needs to be changed to query less records | Enter the number of records a user will be able to query to avoid unnecessary system load. If 0, no restrictions are imposed. | AD_Tab.MaxQueryRecords numeric(10)
Integer | +| Parent Column | The link column on the parent tab. | | AD_Tab.Parent_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_Tab.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| High Volume | Use Search instead of Pick list | The High Volume Checkbox indicates if a search screen will display as opposed to a pick list for selecting records from this table. | AD_Tab.IsHighVolume character(1)
List | +| Display Logic | If the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayed | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_Tab.DisplayLogic character varying(2000)
String | +| Read Only | Field is read only | The Read Only indicates that this field may only be Read. It may not be updated. | AD_Tab.IsReadOnly character(1)
Yes-No | +| Insert Record | The user can insert a new Record | If not selected, the user cannot create a new Record. This is automatically disabled, if the Tab is Read Only. | AD_Tab.IsInsertRecord character(1)
Yes-No | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Tab.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Only Logic | Logic to determine if field is read only (applies only when field is read-write) | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_Tab.ReadOnlyLogic character varying(2000)
String | +| Delete Confirmation Logic | | | AD_Tab.DeleteConfirmationLogic character varying(255)
String | +| Commit Warning | Warning displayed when saving | Warning or information displayed when committing the record | AD_Tab.CommitWarning character varying(2000)
Text | +| Sql WHERE | Fully qualified SQL WHERE clause | The Where Clause indicates the SQL WHERE clause to use for record selection. The WHERE clause is added to the query. Fully qualified means "tablename.columnname". | AD_Tab.WhereClause character varying(2000)
String | +| Sql ORDER BY | Fully qualified ORDER BY clause | The ORDER BY Clause indicates the SQL ORDER BY clause to use for record selection | AD_Tab.OrderByClause character varying(2000)
String | +| Image | Image or Icon | Images and Icon can be used to display supported graphic formats (gif, jpg, png).
You can either load the image (in the database) or point to a graphic via a URI (i.e. it can point to a resource, http address) | AD_Tab.AD_Image_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Context Help | | | AD_Tab.AD_CtxHelp_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Create Fields | Create Field from Table Column, which do not exist in the Tab yet | Based on the table columns of this Tab, this procedure creates the missing Fields | AD_Tab.ImportFields character(1)
Button | +| Copy Tab Fields | Copy Fields from other Tab | | AD_Tab.Processing character(1)
Button | + +## Tab: › › Field + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 12/04/2021* + +**Description:** Field definitions in tabs in windows + +**Comment/Help:** The Field Tab defines the Fields displayed within a tab. Changes made to the Field Tab become visible after restart due to caching. If the Sequence is negative, the record are ordered descending. Note that the name, description and help is automatically synchronized if centrally maintained. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Field.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Field.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tab | Tab within a Window | The Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window. | AD_Field.AD_Tab_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Field.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Field.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Field.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Field.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Placeholder | | | AD_Field.Placeholder character varying(255)
String | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_Field.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Field.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Field Group | Logical grouping of fields | The Field Group indicates the logical group that this field belongs to (History, Amounts, Quantities) | AD_Field.AD_FieldGroup_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Centrally maintained | Information maintained in System Element table | The Centrally Maintained checkbox indicates if the Name, Description and Help maintained in 'System Element' table or 'Window' table. | AD_Field.IsCentrallyMaintained character(1)
Yes-No | +| Included Tab | Included Tab in this Tab (Master Detail) | You can include a Tab in a Tab. If displayed in single row record, the included tab is displayed as multi-row table. | AD_Field.Included_Tab_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Displayed | Determines, if this field is displayed | If the field is displayed, the field Display Logic will determine at runtime, if it is actually displayed | AD_Field.IsDisplayed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Show in Grid | | | AD_Field.IsDisplayedGrid character(1)
Yes-No | +| Quick Entry | | | AD_Field.IsQuickEntry character(1)
Yes-No | +| Quick Form | Display in Quick Form | The field will be displayed in Quick Form for easy entry. | AD_Field.IsQuickForm character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Only | Field is read only | The Read Only indicates that this field may only be Read. It may not be updated. | AD_Field.IsReadOnly character(1)
Yes-No | +| Display Logic | If the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayed | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_Field.DisplayLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_Field.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Grid Sequence No | | | AD_Field.SeqNoGrid numeric(10)
Integer | +| Record Sort No | Determines in what order the records are displayed | The Record Sort No indicates the ascending sort sequence of the records. If the number is negative, the records are sorted descending.
Example: A tab with C_DocType_ID (1), DocumentNo (-2) will be sorted ascending by document type and descending by document number (SQL: ORDER BY C_DocType, DocumentNo DESC) | AD_Field.SortNo numeric(10)
Number | +| Advanced Field | | | AD_Field.IsAdvancedField character(1)
Yes-No | +| Encrypted | Display or Storage is encrypted | Display encryption (in Window/Tab/Field) - all characters are displayed as '*' - in the database it is stored in clear text. You will not be able to report on these columns.<br>
Data storage encryption (in Table/Column) - data is stored encrypted in the database (dangerous!) and you will not be able to report on those columns. Independent from Display encryption. | AD_Field.IsEncrypted character(1)
Yes-No | +| Obscure | Type of obscuring the data (limiting the display) | | AD_Field.ObscureType character(3)
List | +| Heading only | Field without Column - Only label is displayed | The Heading Only checkbox indicates if just the label will display on the screen | AD_Field.IsHeading character(1)
Yes-No | +| Default Focus | | | AD_Field.IsDefaultFocus character(1)
Yes-No | +| Field Only | Label is not displayed | The Field Only checkbox indicates that the column will display without a label. | AD_Field.IsFieldOnly character(1)
Yes-No | +| X Position | Absolute X (horizontal) position in 1/72 of an inch | Absolute X (horizontal) position in 1/72 of an inch | AD_Field.XPosition numeric(10)
Integer | +| Column Span | Number of column for a box of field | | AD_Field.ColumnSpan numeric(10)
Integer | +| Number of Lines | Number of lines for a field | Number of lines for a field | AD_Field.NumLines numeric(10)
Integer | +| Label Style | Label CSS Style | | AD_Field.AD_LabelStyle_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Field Style | Field CSS Style | | AD_Field.AD_FieldStyle_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Reference Overwrite | System Reference - optional Overwrite | You can overwrite the Display Type, but only use this if you aware of the consequences. | AD_Field.AD_Reference_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Toolbar Button | Show the button on the toolbar, the window, or both | The IsToolbarButton field indicates if this button is part of the toolbar's process button popup list, or render as field in window, or both. | AD_Field.IsToolbarButton character(1)
List | +| Reference Key | Required to specify, if data type is Table or List | The Reference Value indicates where the reference values are stored. It must be specified if the data type is Table or List. | AD_Field.AD_Reference_Value_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Dynamic Validation | Dynamic Validation Rule | These rules define how an entry is determined to valid. You can use variables for dynamic (context sensitive) validation. | AD_Field.AD_Val_Rule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Dynamic Validation (Lookup) | Override Dynamic Validation Rule for Lookup Window | For some situations the dynamic validation rule for a Lookup window should be different from user data entry window. | AD_Field.AD_Val_Rule_Lookup_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Updatable | Determines, if the field can be updated | The Updatable checkbox indicates if a field can be updated by the user. | AD_Field.IsUpdateable character(1)
List | +| Always Updatable | The column is always updateable, even if the record is not active or processed | If selected and if the window / tab is not read only, you can always update the column. This might be useful for comments, etc. | AD_Field.IsAlwaysUpdateable character(1)
List | +| Always Updatable Logic | Logic to determine if field is Updatable irrespective if record's active status or processed status. This logic Applicable only if Always Updatable is N. | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := \|&()<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_Field.AlwaysUpdatableLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Mandatory Overwrite | Overwrite Field Mandatory status | The field must have a value for the record to be saved to the database. | AD_Field.IsMandatory character(1)
List | +| Allow Copy | Determine if a column must be copied when pushing the button to copy record | | AD_Field.IsAllowCopy character(1)
List | +| Selection Column | Is this column used for finding rows in windows | If selected, the column is listed in the first find window tab and in the selection part of the window | AD_Field.IsSelectionColumn character(1)
List | +| Column SQL | Virtual Column (r/o) | You can define virtual columns (not stored in the database). If defined, the Column name is the synonym of the SQL expression defined here. The SQL expression must be valid.<br>
Example: "Updated-Created" would list the age of the entry in days | AD_Field.ColumnSQL character varying(4000)
String | +| Chart | | | AD_Field.AD_Chart_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| HTML | Text has HTML tags | | AD_Field.IsHtml character(1)
List | +| Default Logic | Default value hierarchy, separated by ; | The defaults are evaluated in the order of definition, the first not null value becomes the default value of the column. The values are separated by comma or semicolon. a) Literals:. 'Text' or 123 b) Variables - in format @Variable@ - Login e.g. #Date, #AD_Org_ID, #AD_Tenant_ID - Accounting Schema: e.g. $C_AcctSchema_ID, $C_Calendar_ID - Global defaults: e.g. DateFormat - Window values (all Picks, CheckBoxes, RadioButtons, and DateDoc/DateAcct) c) SQL code with the tag: @SQL=SELECT something AS DefaultValue FROM ... The SQL statement can contain variables. There can be no other value other than the SQL statement. The default is only evaluated, if no user preference is defined. Default definitions are ignored for record columns as Key, Parent, Tenant as well as Buttons. | AD_Field.DefaultValue character varying(2000)
Text | +| Value Format | Format of the value; Can contain fixed format elements, Variables: "_lLoOaAcCa09", or ~regex | <B>Validation elements:</B>

~regex - Validates a regular expression

(Space) any character
_ Space (fixed character)
l any Letter a..Z NO space
L any Letter a..Z NO space converted to upper case
o any Letter a..Z or space
O any Letter a..Z or space converted to upper case
a any Letters & Digits NO space
A any Letters & Digits NO space converted to upper case
c any Letters & Digits or space
C any Letters & Digits or space converted to upper case
0 Digits 0..9 NO space
9 Digits 0..9 or space

Example of format "(000)_000-0000" | AD_Field.VFormat character varying(255)
String | +| Read Only Logic | Logic to determine if field is read only (applies only when field is read-write) | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_Field.ReadOnlyLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Mandatory Logic | | | AD_Field.MandatoryLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Display Length | Length of the display in characters | The display length is mainly for String fields. The length has no impact, if the data type of the field is - Integer, Number, Amount (length determined by the system) - YesNo (Checkbox) - List, Table, TableDir (length of combo boxes are determined by their content at runtime) | AD_Field.DisplayLength numeric(10)
Integer | +| Same Line | Displayed on same line as previous field | The Same Line checkbox indicates that the field will display on the same line as the previous field. | AD_Field.IsSameLine character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › › › Field Translation + +*Tab Level 3 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Menu Translation - May not need to be translated + +**Comment/Help:** Fields are automatically translated, if centrally maintained. You only need to translate not centrally maintained Fields. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Field_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Field_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Field | Field on a database table | The Field identifies a field on a database table. | AD_Field_Trl.AD_Field_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Field_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Field_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Field_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Field_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Field_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Field_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Placeholder | | | AD_Field_Trl.Placeholder character varying(255)
String | + +## Tab: › › Field Sequence + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 14/07/2002 · Updated 13/12/2012* + +**Description:** Sequence if the Fields in a Tab + +## Tab: › › Grid Sequence + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 10/08/2012 · Updated 13/12/2012* + +**Description:** Defined field order for grid layout + +## Tab: › › Tab Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Tab_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Tab_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tab | Tab within a Window | The Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window. | AD_Tab_Trl.AD_Tab_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Tab_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Tab_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Tab_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Tab_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Tab_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Tab_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | +| Commit Warning | Warning displayed when saving | Warning or information displayed when committing the record | AD_Tab_Trl.CommitWarning character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › › Toolbar Button + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 24/10/2012 · Updated 16/11/2012* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_ToolBarButton.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_ToolBarButton.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Tab | Tab within a Window | The Tab indicates a tab that displays within a window. | AD_ToolBarButton.AD_Tab_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_ToolBarButton.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Component Name | | | AD_ToolBarButton.ComponentName character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_ToolBarButton.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_ToolBarButton.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_ToolBarButton.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_ToolBarButton.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Display Logic | If the Field is displayed, the result determines if the field is actually displayed | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_ToolBarButton.DisplayLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Pressed Logic | | | AD_ToolBarButton.PressedLogic character varying(2000)
Text | +| Read Only Logic | Logic to determine if field is read only (applies only when field is read-write) | format := {expression} [{logic} {expression}]<br>
expression := @{context}@{operand}{value} or @{context}@{operand}{value}<br>
logic := {\|}\|{&}<br>
context := any global or window context <br>
value := strings or numbers<br>
logic operators := AND or OR with the previous result from left to right <br>
operand := eq{=}, gt{&gt;}, le{&lt;}, not{~^!} <br>
Examples: <br>
<ul>
<li> @AD_Table_ID@=14 \| @Language@!GERGER</li>
<li> @PriceLimit@>10 \| @PriceList@>@PriceActual@</li>
<li> @Name@>J</li>
</ul>
Strings may be in single quotes (optional) | AD_ToolBarButton.ReadOnlyLogic character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Window Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/05/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Window_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Window_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_Window_Trl.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Window_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Window_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Window_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Window_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Window_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Window_Trl.Help character varying(2000)
Text | + +## Tab: › Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/09/2000 · Updated 16/11/2012* + +**Description:** Window Access + +**Comment/Help:** The Window Access Tab defines the Roles which have access to this Window. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Window_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Window_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_Window_Access.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Window_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Window_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Write | Field is read / write | The Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated. | AD_Window_Access.IsReadWrite character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/WorkflowActivitiesall_Window_ID-298_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/WorkflowActivitiesall_Window_ID-298_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5b2a731 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/WorkflowActivitiesall_Window_ID-298_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +--- +title: 'Workflow Activities (all)' +sidebar_label: 'Workflow Activities (all)' +description: 'Monitor all Workflow activities' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Workflow Activities (all) + +Window ID 298 + +*01/01/2004 → 09/02/2005* + +![Workflow Activities (all)](/img/manual/WorkflowActivitiesall-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Monitor all Workflow activities + +**Comment/Help:** Maintain all Workflow activities + +## Tab: Activity + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 01/01/2004 · Updated 27/11/2005* + +**Description:** Workflow Activities + +**Comment/Help:** The Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_WF_Activity.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_WF_Activity.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow Process | Actual Workflow Process Instance | Instance of a workflow execution | AD_WF_Activity.AD_WF_Process_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Node | Workflow Node (activity), step or process | The Workflow Node indicates a unique step or process in a Workflow. | AD_WF_Activity.AD_WF_Node_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority | Indicates if this request is of a high, medium or low priority. | The Priority indicates the importance of this request. | AD_WF_Activity.Priority numeric(10)
Integer | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_WF_Activity.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Workflow State | State of the execution of the workflow | | AD_WF_Activity.WFState character(2)
List | +| End Wait | End of sleep time | End of suspension (sleep) | AD_WF_Activity.EndWaitTime timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Workflow | Workflow or combination of tasks | The Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system. | AD_WF_Activity.AD_Workflow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow Responsible | Responsible for Workflow Execution | The ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User. | AD_WF_Activity.AD_WF_Responsible_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_WF_Activity.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_WF_Activity.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_WF_Activity.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Message | System Message | Information and Error messages | AD_WF_Activity.AD_Message_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Last Alert | Date when last alert were sent | The last alert date is updated when a reminder email is sent | AD_WF_Activity.DateLastAlert timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Text Message | Text Message | | AD_WF_Activity.TextMsg character varying(2000)
Text | +| Manage Activity | Manage Workflow Activity | Update or stop Workflow Activity | AD_WF_Activity.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | AD_WF_Activity.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Workflow Activity | Workflow Activity | The Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance | AD_WF_Activity.AD_WF_Activity_ID numeric(10)
ID | + +## Tab: › Approver + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 08/08/2017 · Updated 08/08/2017* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_WF_ActivityApprover.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_WF_ActivityApprover.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow Activity | Workflow Activity | The Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance | AD_WF_ActivityApprover.AD_WF_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_WF_ActivityApprover.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_WF_ActivityApprover.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/WorkflowProcess_Window_ID-297_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/WorkflowProcess_Window_ID-297_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5a3de25e --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/WorkflowProcess_Window_ID-297_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +--- +title: 'Workflow Process' +sidebar_label: 'Workflow Process' +description: 'Monitor workflow processes' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Workflow Process + +Window ID 297 + +*01/01/2004 → 09/02/2005* + +![Workflow Process](/img/manual/WorkflowProcess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Monitor workflow processes + +**Comment/Help:** View and Maintain Workflow Process Instance Information + +## Tab: Process + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 01/01/2004 · Updated 27/11/2005* + +**Description:** Actual Workflow Process Instance + +**Comment/Help:** Instance of a workflow execution + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_WF_Process.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_WF_Process.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow | Workflow or combination of tasks | The Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system. | AD_WF_Process.AD_Workflow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority | Indicates if this request is of a high, medium or low priority. | The Priority indicates the importance of this request. | AD_WF_Process.Priority numeric(10)
Integer | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_WF_Process.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Workflow State | State of the execution of the workflow | | AD_WF_Process.WFState character(2)
List | +| Workflow Responsible | Responsible for Workflow Execution | The ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User. | AD_WF_Process.AD_WF_Responsible_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_WF_Process.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_WF_Process.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_WF_Process.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Message | System Message | Information and Error messages | AD_WF_Process.AD_Message_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Text Message | Text Message | | AD_WF_Process.TextMsg character varying(2000)
Text | +| Manage Process | Manage Workflow Process | Update or stop Workflow Process | AD_WF_Process.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | AD_WF_Process.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Activity + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 01/01/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Workflow Activity + +**Comment/Help:** The Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_WF_Activity.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_WF_Activity.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow Process | Actual Workflow Process Instance | Instance of a workflow execution | AD_WF_Activity.AD_WF_Process_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Node | Workflow Node (activity), step or process | The Workflow Node indicates a unique step or process in a Workflow. | AD_WF_Activity.AD_WF_Node_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority | Indicates if this request is of a high, medium or low priority. | The Priority indicates the importance of this request. | AD_WF_Activity.Priority numeric(10)
Integer | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_WF_Activity.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Workflow State | State of the execution of the workflow | | AD_WF_Activity.WFState character(2)
List | +| End Wait | End of sleep time | End of suspension (sleep) | AD_WF_Activity.EndWaitTime timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Workflow | Workflow or combination of tasks | The Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system. | AD_WF_Activity.AD_Workflow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow Responsible | Responsible for Workflow Execution | The ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User. | AD_WF_Activity.AD_WF_Responsible_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_WF_Activity.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_WF_Activity.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_WF_Activity.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Message | System Message | Information and Error messages | AD_WF_Activity.AD_Message_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Last Alert | Date when last alert were sent | The last alert date is updated when a reminder email is sent | AD_WF_Activity.DateLastAlert timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Text Message | Text Message | | AD_WF_Activity.TextMsg character varying(2000)
Text | +| Manage Activity | Manage Workflow Activity | Update or stop Workflow Activity | AD_WF_Activity.Processing character(1)
Button | +| Processed | The document has been processed | The Processed checkbox indicates that a document has been processed. | AD_WF_Activity.Processed character(1)
Yes-No | +| Workflow Activity | Workflow Activity | The Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance | AD_WF_Activity.AD_WF_Activity_ID numeric(10)
ID | + +## Tab: › › Approver + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 10/08/2017 · Updated 10/08/2017* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_WF_ActivityApprover.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_WF_ActivityApprover.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow Activity | Workflow Activity | The Workflow Activity is the actual Workflow Node in a Workflow Process instance | AD_WF_ActivityApprover.AD_WF_Activity_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_WF_ActivityApprover.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_WF_ActivityApprover.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Event + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 02/01/2004 · Updated 10/08/2017* + +**Description:** Workflow Process Activity Event Audit Information + +**Comment/Help:** History of chenges ov the Workflow Process Activity + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_WF_EventAudit.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_WF_EventAudit.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow Process | Actual Workflow Process Instance | Instance of a workflow execution | AD_WF_EventAudit.AD_WF_Process_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Node | Workflow Node (activity), step or process | The Workflow Node indicates a unique step or process in a Workflow. | AD_WF_EventAudit.AD_WF_Node_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow State | State of the execution of the workflow | | AD_WF_EventAudit.WFState character(2)
List | +| Workflow Responsible | Responsible for Workflow Execution | The ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User. | AD_WF_EventAudit.AD_WF_Responsible_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_WF_EventAudit.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_WF_EventAudit.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Record ID | Direct internal record ID | The Record ID is the internal unique identifier of a record. Please note that zooming to the record may not be successful for Orders, Invoices and Shipment/Receipts as sometimes the Sales Order type is not known. | AD_WF_EventAudit.Record_ID numeric(10)
Record ID | +| Event Type | Type of Event | | AD_WF_EventAudit.EventType character(2)
List | +| Attribute Name | Name of the Attribute | Identifier of the attribute | AD_WF_EventAudit.AttributeName character varying(60)
String | +| New Value | New field value | New data entered in the field | AD_WF_EventAudit.NewValue character varying(2000)
String | +| Old Value | The old file data | Old data overwritten in the field | AD_WF_EventAudit.OldValue character varying(2000)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_WF_EventAudit.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Text Message | Text Message | | AD_WF_EventAudit.TextMsg character varying(2000)
Text | +| Elapsed Time ms | Elapsed Time in milli seconds | Elapsed Time in milli seconds | AD_WF_EventAudit.ElapsedTimeMS numeric
Number | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_WF_EventAudit.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Workflow Event Audit | Workflow Process Activity Event Audit Information | History of changes of the Workflow Process Activity | AD_WF_EventAudit.AD_WF_EventAudit_ID numeric(10)
ID | + diff --git a/manual/window/WorkflowProcessor_Window_ID-306_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/WorkflowProcessor_Window_ID-306_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db33fd19 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/WorkflowProcessor_Window_ID-306_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +--- +title: 'Workflow Processor' +sidebar_label: 'Workflow Processor' +description: 'Maintain Workflow Processor and Logs' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Workflow Processor + +Window ID 306 + +*19/02/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Workflow Processor](/img/manual/WorkflowProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Workflow Processor and Logs + +**Comment/Help:** Workflow Processor Server Parameters + +## Tab: Workflow Processor + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Workflow Processor Server + +**Comment/Help:** Workflow Processor Server + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_WorkflowProcessor.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_WorkflowProcessor.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_WorkflowProcessor.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_WorkflowProcessor.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_WorkflowProcessor.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Schedule | | | AD_WorkflowProcessor.AD_Schedule_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Inactivity Alert Days | Send Alert when there is no activity after days (0= no alert) | An email alert is sent when the request shows no activity for the number of days defined. | AD_WorkflowProcessor.InactivityAlertDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Reminder Days | Days between sending Reminder Emails for a due or inactive Document | When a document is due for too long without activity, a reminder is sent. 0 means no reminders.
The Remind Days are the days when the next email reminder is sent. | AD_WorkflowProcessor.RemindDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Supervisor | Supervisor for this user/organization - used for escalation and approval | The Supervisor indicates who will be used for forwarding and escalating issues for this user - or for approvals. | AD_WorkflowProcessor.Supervisor_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Days to keep Log | Number of days to keep the log entries | Older Log entries may be deleted | AD_WorkflowProcessor.KeepLogDays numeric(10)
Integer | +| Alert over Priority | Send alert email when over priority | Send alert email when a suspended activity is over the priority defined | AD_WorkflowProcessor.AlertOverPriority numeric(10)
Integer | +| Date Last Run | Date the process was last run. | The Date Last Run indicates the last time that a process was run. | AD_WorkflowProcessor.DateLastRun timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Date Next Run | Date the process will run next | The Date Next Run indicates the next time this process will run. | AD_WorkflowProcessor.DateNextRun timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | + +## Tab: › Log + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 19/02/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Workflow Processor Log + +**Comment/Help:** Result of the execution of the Workflow Processor + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_WorkflowProcessorLog.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_WorkflowProcessorLog.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow Processor | Workflow Processor Server | Workflow Processor Server | AD_WorkflowProcessorLog.AD_WorkflowProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Created | Date this record was created | The Created field indicates the date that this record was created. | AD_WorkflowProcessorLog.Created timestamp without time zone
Date+Time | +| Summary | Textual summary of this request | The Summary allows free form text entry of a recap of this request. | AD_WorkflowProcessorLog.Summary character varying(2000)
Text | +| Error | An Error occurred in the execution | | AD_WorkflowProcessorLog.IsError character(1)
Yes-No | +| Reference | Reference for this record | The Reference displays the source document number. | AD_WorkflowProcessorLog.Reference character varying(60)
String | +| Text Message | Text Message | | AD_WorkflowProcessorLog.TextMsg character varying(2000)
Text | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_WorkflowProcessorLog.Description character varying(255)
String | + diff --git a/manual/window/WorkflowResponsible_Window_ID-299_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/WorkflowResponsible_Window_ID-299_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da7bafeb --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/WorkflowResponsible_Window_ID-299_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +--- +title: 'Workflow Responsible' +sidebar_label: 'Workflow Responsible' +description: 'Responsible for Workflow Execution' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Workflow Responsible + +Window ID 299 + +*01/01/2004 → 02/01/2000* + +![Workflow Responsible](/img/manual/WorkflowResponsible-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Responsible for Workflow Execution + +**Comment/Help:** The ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User. + +## Tab: Responsible + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 01/01/2004 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Responsible for Workflow Execution + +**Comment/Help:** The ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_WF_Responsible.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_WF_Responsible.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_WF_Responsible.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_WF_Responsible.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_WF_Responsible.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_WF_Responsible.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Responsible Type | Type of the Responsibility for a workflow | Type how the responsible user for the execution of a workflow is determined | AD_WF_Responsible.ResponsibleType character(1)
List | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_WF_Responsible.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| User/Contact | User within the system - Internal or Business Partner Contact | The User identifies a unique user in the system. This could be an internal user or a business partner contact | AD_WF_Responsible.AD_User_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Overridden WF Responsible | | | AD_WF_Responsible.Override_ID numeric(10)
Search | + diff --git a/manual/window/Workflow_Window_ID-113_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/window/Workflow_Window_ID-113_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ea58be5 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/Workflow_Window_ID-113_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,230 @@ +--- +title: 'Workflow' +sidebar_label: 'Workflow' +description: 'Maintain Workflow' +tags: ['Window'] +--- + +# Workflow + +Window ID 113 + +*11/06/1999 → 02/01/2000* + +![Workflow](/img/manual/Workflow-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Maintain Workflow + +**Comment/Help:** The Workflow Window defines Workflows in the system, the access level for the Workflow and the Nodes or Steps within the Workflow. + +## Tab: Workflow + +*Tab Level 0 · Created 21/06/1999 · Updated 02/01/2000* + +**Description:** Define Workflow + +**Comment/Help:** The Workflow Tab defines Workflows in the system. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Workflow.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Workflow.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_Workflow.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Workflow.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Workflow.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Workflow.Help text
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Workflow.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Beta Functionality | This functionality is considered Beta | Beta functionality is not fully tested or completed. | AD_Workflow.IsBetaFunctionality character(1)
Yes-No | +| Workflow Type | Type of Workflow | The type of workflow determines how the workflow is started. | AD_Workflow.WorkflowType character(1)
List | +| Table | Database Table information | The Database Table provides the information of the table definition | AD_Workflow.AD_Table_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Document Value Logic | Logic to determine Workflow Start - If true, a workflow process is started for the document | You can enter simple logic using variables like @Created@=@Updated@, which fires, when a record is created. If you need to evaluate also values of other records, you need to use SQL logic and need to prefix this logic with "SQL=". Example: start a Order verify workflow, when a business partner ordered something and is over the credit limit "SQL=EXISTS (SELECT * FROM C_BPartner bp WHERE C_Order. C_BPartner_ID=bp. C_BPartner_ID AND SO_CreditUsed > SO_CreditLimit)".
Note that the SQL based logic checks for duplicate workflows (i.e. a workflow is started only once per record). | AD_Workflow.DocValueLogic character varying(2000)
String | +| Data Access Level | Access Level required | Indicates the access level required for this record or process. | AD_Workflow.AccessLevel character(1)
List | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_Workflow.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Workflow Responsible | Responsible for Workflow Execution | The ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User. | AD_Workflow.AD_WF_Responsible_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority | Indicates if this request is of a high, medium or low priority. | The Priority indicates the importance of this request. | AD_Workflow.Priority numeric(10)
Integer | +| Valid from | Valid from including this date (first day) | The Valid From date indicates the first day of a date range | AD_Workflow.ValidFrom timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Valid to | Valid to including this date (last day) | The Valid To date indicates the last day of a date range | AD_Workflow.ValidTo timestamp without time zone
Date | +| Publication Status | Status of Publication | Used for internal documentation | AD_Workflow.PublishStatus character(1)
List | +| Version | Version of the table definition | The Version indicates the version of this table definition. | AD_Workflow.Version numeric(10)
Integer | +| Author | Author/Creator of the Entity | | AD_Workflow.Author character varying(20)
String | +| Default | Default value | The Default Checkbox indicates if this record will be used as a default value. | AD_Workflow.IsDefault character(1)
Yes-No | +| Start Node | Workflow Node, step or process | The Workflow Node indicates a unique step or process in a Workflow. | AD_Workflow.AD_WF_Node_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow Processor | Workflow Processor Server | Workflow Processor Server | AD_Workflow.AD_WorkflowProcessor_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Duration Unit | Unit of Duration | Unit to define the length of time for the execution | AD_Workflow.DurationUnit character(1)
List | +| Duration Limit | Maximum Duration in Duration Unit | Maximum (critical) Duration for time management purposes (e.g. starting an escalation procedure, etc.) in Duration Units. | AD_Workflow.Limit numeric(10)
Integer | +| Duration | Normal Duration in Duration Unit | Expected (normal) Length of time for the execution | AD_Workflow.Duration numeric(10)
Integer | +| Cost | Cost information | | AD_Workflow.Cost numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Working Time | Workflow Simulation Execution Time | Amount of time the performer of the activity needs to perform the task in Duration Unit | AD_Workflow.WorkingTime numeric(10)
Integer | +| Waiting Time | Workflow Simulation Waiting time | Amount of time needed to prepare the performance of the task on Duration Units | AD_Workflow.WaitingTime numeric(10)
Integer | +| Context Help | | | AD_Workflow.AD_CtxHelp_ID numeric(10)
Search | +| Validate Workflow | Validate that the workflow is correct | (limited checking) | AD_Workflow.ValidateWorkflow character(1)
Button | +| Valid | Element is valid | The element passed the validation check | AD_Workflow.IsValid character(1)
Yes-No | + +## Tab: › Node + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 22/04/2020* + +**Description:** Define workflow nodes + +**Comment/Help:** The Node Tab defines each Node, Activity or step in this Workflow.<br> +The action (activity) type determines the execution: "Route" may be used in routing control conditions. "None" identifies manual execution. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_WF_Node.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_WF_Node.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow | Workflow or combination of tasks | The Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system. | AD_WF_Node.AD_Workflow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Search Key | Search key for the record in the format required - must be unique | A search key allows you a fast method of finding a particular record.
If you leave the search key empty, the system automatically creates a numeric number. The document sequence used for this fallback number is defined in the "Maintain Sequence" window with the name "DocumentNo_<TableName>", where TableName is the actual name of the table (e.g. C_Order). | AD_WF_Node.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_WF_Node.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_WF_Node.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_WF_Node.Help text
Text | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_WF_Node.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Centrally maintained | Information maintained in System Element table | The Centrally Maintained checkbox indicates if the Name, Description and Help maintained in 'System Element' table or 'Window' table. | AD_WF_Node.IsCentrallyMaintained character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_WF_Node.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | +| Workflow Responsible | Responsible for Workflow Execution | The ultimate responsibility for a workflow is with an actual user. The Workflow Responsible allows to define ways to find that actual User. | AD_WF_Node.AD_WF_Responsible_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Priority | Indicates if this request is of a high, medium or low priority. | The Priority indicates the importance of this request. | AD_WF_Node.Priority numeric(10)
Integer | +| Start Mode | Workflow Activity Start Mode | How is the execution of an activity triggered. Automatic are triggered implicitly by the system, Manual explicitly by the User. | AD_WF_Node.StartMode character(1)
List | +| Finish Mode | Workflow Activity Finish Mode | How the system operated at the end of an activity. Automatic implies return when the invoked applications finished control - Manual the user has to explicitly terminate the activity. | AD_WF_Node.FinishMode character(1)
List | +| Join Element | Semantics for multiple incoming Transitions | Semantics for multiple incoming Transitions for a Node/Activity. AND joins all concurrent threads - XOR requires one thread (no synchronization). | AD_WF_Node.JoinElement character(1)
List | +| Split Element | Semantics for multiple outgoing Transitions | Semantics for multiple outgoing Transitions for a Node/Activity. AND represents multiple concurrent threads - XOR represents the first transition with a true Transition condition. | AD_WF_Node.SplitElement character(1)
List | +| Action | Indicates the Action to be performed | The Action field is a drop down list box which indicates the Action to be performed for this Item. | AD_WF_Node.Action character(1)
List | +| Image | Image or Icon | Images and Icon can be used to display supported graphic formats (gif, jpg, png).
You can either load the image (in the database) or point to a graphic via a URI (i.e. it can point to a resource, http address) | AD_WF_Node.AD_Image_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Info Window | Info and search/select Window | The Info window is used to search and select records as well as display information relevant to the selection. | AD_WF_Node.AD_InfoWindow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Window | Data entry or display window | The Window field identifies a unique Window in the system. | AD_WF_Node.AD_Window_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Special Form | Special Form | The Special Form field identifies a unique Special Form in the system. | AD_WF_Node.AD_Form_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_WF_Node.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Name | Name of the Attribute | Identifier of the attribute | AD_WF_Node.AttributeName character varying(60)
String | +| Attribute Value | Value of the Attribute | iDempiere converts the (string) field values to the attribute data type. Booleans (Yes-No) may have the values "true" and "false", the date format is YYYY-MM-DD | AD_WF_Node.AttributeValue character varying(60)
String | +| EMail Recipient | Recipient of the EMail | | AD_WF_Node.EMailRecipient character(1)
List | +| EMail Address | Electronic Mail Address | The Email Address is the Electronic Mail ID for this User and should be fully qualified (e.g. joe.smith@company.com). The Email Address is used to access the self service application functionality from the web. | AD_WF_Node.EMail character varying(60)
String | +| Mail Template | Text templates for mailings | The Mail Template indicates the mail template for return messages. Mail text can include variables. The priority of parsing is User/Contact, Business Partner and then the underlying business object (like Request, Dunning, Workflow object).<br>
So, @Name@ would resolve into the User name (if user is defined defined), then Business Partner name (if business partner is defined) and then the Name of the business object if it has a Name.<br>
For Multi-Lingual systems, the template is translated based on the Business Partner's language selection. | AD_WF_Node.R_MailText_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attached Document | Attached document to Email | | AD_WF_Node.IsAttachedDocumentToEmail character(1)
Yes-No | +| Duration Limit | Maximum Duration in Duration Unit | Maximum (critical) Duration for time management purposes (e.g. starting an escalation procedure, etc.) in Duration Units. | AD_WF_Node.Limit numeric(10)
Integer | +| OS Task | Operation System Task | The Task field identifies a Operation System Task in the system. | AD_WF_Node.AD_Task_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow | Workflow or tasks | The Workflow field identifies a unique workflow. A workflow is a grouping of related tasks, in a specified sequence and optionally including approvals | AD_WF_Node.Workflow_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Subflow Execution | Mode how the sub-workflow is executed | | AD_WF_Node.SubflowExecution character(1)
List | +| Process | Process or Report | The Process field identifies a unique Process or Report in the system. | AD_WF_Node.AD_Process_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Document Action | The targeted status of the document | You find the current status in the Document Status field. The options are listed in a popup | AD_WF_Node.DocAction character(2)
List | +| Wait Time | Time in minutes to wait (sleep) | Time in minutes to be suspended (sleep). A value of -1 means to wait and execute after the commit of the workflow transaction. | AD_WF_Node.WaitTime numeric(10)
Integer | +| Dynamic Priority Unit | Change of priority when Activity is suspended waiting for user | Starting with the Process / Node priority level, the priority of the suspended activity can be changed dynamically. Example +5 every 10 minutes | AD_WF_Node.DynPriorityUnit character(1)
List | +| Dynamic Priority Change | Change of priority when Activity is suspended waiting for user | Starting with the Process / Node priority level, the priority of the suspended activity can be changed dynamically. Example +5 every 10 minutes | AD_WF_Node.DynPriorityChange numeric
Number | +| Duration | Normal Duration in Duration Unit | Expected (normal) Length of time for the execution | AD_WF_Node.Duration numeric(10)
Integer | +| Cost | Cost information | | AD_WF_Node.Cost numeric
Costs+Prices | +| Working Time | Workflow Simulation Execution Time | Amount of time the performer of the activity needs to perform the task in Duration Unit | AD_WF_Node.WorkingTime numeric(10)
Integer | +| Waiting Time | Workflow Simulation Waiting time | Amount of time needed to prepare the performance of the task on Duration Units | AD_WF_Node.WaitingTime numeric(10)
Integer | +| Context Help | | | AD_WF_Node.AD_CtxHelp_ID numeric(10)
Search | + +## Tab: › › Parameter + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 01/01/2004 · Updated 28/09/2015* + +**Description:** Workflow Node Parameter + +**Comment/Help:** Parameter for the execution of the Workflow Node + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_WF_Node_Para.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_WF_Node_Para.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Node | Workflow Node (activity), step or process | The Workflow Node indicates a unique step or process in a Workflow. | AD_WF_Node_Para.AD_WF_Node_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_WF_Node_Para.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Process Parameter | | | AD_WF_Node_Para.AD_Process_Para_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Attribute Name | Name of the Attribute | Identifier of the attribute | AD_WF_Node_Para.AttributeName character varying(60)
String | +| Attribute Value | Value of the Attribute | iDempiere converts the (string) field values to the attribute data type. Booleans (Yes-No) may have the values "true" and "false", the date format is YYYY-MM-DD | AD_WF_Node_Para.AttributeValue character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_WF_Node_Para.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_WF_Node_Para.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | + +## Tab: › › Node Translation + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +**Description:** Node Translation + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_WF_Node_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_WF_Node_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Node | Workflow Node (activity), step or process | The Workflow Node indicates a unique step or process in a Workflow. | AD_WF_Node_Trl.AD_WF_Node_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_WF_Node_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_WF_Node_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_WF_Node_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_WF_Node_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_WF_Node_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_WF_Node_Trl.Help text
Text | + +## Tab: › › Transition + +*Tab Level 2 · Created 11/06/1999 · Updated 16/11/2012* + +**Description:** Workflow Node Transition + +**Comment/Help:** The Next Nodes Tab defines the order or Nodes or Steps in a Workflow. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_WF_NodeNext.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_WF_NodeNext.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Node | Workflow Node (activity), step or process | The Workflow Node indicates a unique step or process in a Workflow. | AD_WF_NodeNext.AD_WF_Node_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Next Node | Next Node in workflow | The Next Node indicates the next step or task in this Workflow. | AD_WF_NodeNext.AD_WF_Next_ID numeric(10)
Table | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_WF_NodeNext.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_WF_NodeNext.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_WF_NodeNext.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Std User Workflow | Standard Manual User Approval Workflow | If selected, only documents with an open status (drafted, in progress, approved, rejected, invalid) and standard user actions (prepare, complete, approve, reject) are allowed to continue. Use this to prevent having to define details on how automatic processes (unlock, invalidate, post, re-activate) and when the document is closed for normal user action (completed, waiting, closed, voided, reversed). | AD_WF_NodeNext.IsStdUserWorkflow character(1)
Yes-No | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_WF_NodeNext.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | + +## Tab: › › › Condition + +*Tab Level 3 · Created 17/03/2004 · Updated 16/11/2012* + +**Description:** Workflow Node Transition Condition + +**Comment/Help:** Optional restriction of transition of one node to the next. The (string) value is converted to the datatype. Booleans (Yes-No) are represented by "true" and "false", the date format is YYYY-mm-DD + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_WF_NextCondition.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_WF_NextCondition.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Node Transition | Workflow Node Transition | The Next Nodes Tab defines the order or Nodes or Steps in a Workflow. | AD_WF_NextCondition.AD_WF_NodeNext_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Sequence | Method of ordering records; lowest number comes first | The Sequence indicates the order of records | AD_WF_NextCondition.SeqNo numeric(10)
Integer | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_WF_NextCondition.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| And/Or | Logical operation: AND or OR | | AD_WF_NextCondition.AndOr character(1)
List | +| Operation | Compare Operation | | AD_WF_NextCondition.Operation character(2)
List | +| Column | Column in the table | Link to the database column of the table | AD_WF_NextCondition.AD_Column_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| SQL Expression/Statement | | | AD_WF_NextCondition.SQLStatement character varying(4000)
String | +| Value | Condition Value | | AD_WF_NextCondition.Value character varying(40)
String | +| Value To | Value To | | AD_WF_NextCondition.Value2 character varying(40)
String | +| Entity Type | Dictionary Entity Type; Determines ownership and synchronization | The Entity Types "Dictionary", "iDempiere" and "Application" might be automatically synchronized and customizations deleted or overwritten.

For customizations, copy the entity and select "User"! | AD_WF_NextCondition.EntityType character varying(40)
Table | + +## Tab: › Workflow Translation + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 21/06/1999 · Updated 27/10/2024* + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Workflow_Trl.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Workflow_Trl.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow | Workflow or combination of tasks | The Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system. | AD_Workflow_Trl.AD_Workflow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Language | Language for this entity | The Language identifies the language to use for display and formatting | AD_Workflow_Trl.AD_Language character varying(6)
Table | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Workflow_Trl.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Translated | This column is translated | The Translated checkbox indicates if this column is translated. | AD_Workflow_Trl.IsTranslated character(1)
Yes-No | +| Name | Alphanumeric identifier of the entity | The name of an entity (record) is used as an default search option in addition to the search key. The name is up to 60 characters in length. | AD_Workflow_Trl.Name character varying(60)
String | +| Description | Optional short description of the record | A description is limited to 255 characters. | AD_Workflow_Trl.Description character varying(255)
String | +| Comment/Help | Comment or Hint | The Help field contains a hint, comment or help about the use of this item. | AD_Workflow_Trl.Help text
Text | + +## Tab: › Access + +*Tab Level 1 · Created 04/09/2000 · Updated 16/11/2012* + +**Description:** Workflow Access + +**Comment/Help:** The Workflow Access Tab defines the Roles who have access to this Workflow. + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Technical Data** | +|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Tenant for this installation. | A Tenant is a company or a legal entity. You cannot share data between Tenants. | AD_Workflow_Access.AD_Client_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Organization | Organizational entity within tenant | An organization is a unit of your tenant or legal entity - examples are store, department. You can share data between organizations. | AD_Workflow_Access.AD_Org_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Workflow | Workflow or combination of tasks | The Workflow field identifies a unique Workflow in the system. | AD_Workflow_Access.AD_Workflow_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Role | Responsibility Role | The Role determines security and access a user who has this Role will have in the System. | AD_Workflow_Access.AD_Role_ID numeric(10)
Table Direct | +| Active | The record is active in the system | There are two methods of making records unavailable in the system: One is to delete the record, the other is to de-activate the record. A de-activated record is not available for selection, but available for reports.
There are two reasons for de-activating and not deleting records:
(1) The system requires the record for audit purposes.
(2) The record is referenced by other records. E.g., you cannot delete a Business Partner, if there are invoices for this partner record existing. You de-activate the Business Partner and prevent that this record is used for future entries. | AD_Workflow_Access.IsActive character(1)
Yes-No | +| Read Write | Field is read / write | The Read Write indicates that this field may be read and updated. | AD_Workflow_Access.IsReadWrite character(1)
Yes-No | + diff --git a/manual/window/_category_.json b/manual/window/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a623bd7f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/window/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +{ + "label": "Windows", + "position": 6, + "collapsed": true +} diff --git a/manual/workflow/AccountingSetup_Workflow_ID-105_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/workflow/AccountingSetup_Workflow_ID-105_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86c5fce6 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/workflow/AccountingSetup_Workflow_ID-105_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Accounting Setup' +sidebar_label: 'Accounting Setup' +description: 'Review and change Accounting Setup' +tags: ['Workflow'] +--- + +# Accounting Setup + +Workflow ID 105 + +*05/04/2001 → 25/12/2005* + +![Accounting Setup](/img/manual/AccountingSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Review and change Accounting Setup + +**Comment/Help:** This workflow allows you to review and change your Accounting Rules. + +## Table: Fields + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Type** | **Zoom** | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| Calendar Year and Period | Maintain Calendars Years Periods | The Calendar Year and Periods defines the calendars that will be used for period control and reporting. You can also define non-standard calendars (e.g. business year from July to June). | User Window | Calendar Year and Period | +| Account Element (Chart of Accounts) | Maintain Account Elements | The Account Element Window is used to define and maintain the Accounting Element and User Defined Elements.
One of the account segments is your natural account segment (Chart of Account). You may add a new account element for parallel reporting or for user defined accounting segments. | User Window | Account Element (Chart of Accounts) | +| Accounting Schema | Maintain Accounting Schema - For changes to become effective you must re-login | The Accounting Schema Window defines an accounting method and the elements that will comprise an account structure. Create and activate elements for detailed accounting for Business Partners, Products, Locations, etc.
Review and change the GL and Default accounts. The actual accounts used in transactions depend on the executing organization; Most of the information is derived from the context. | User Window | Accounting Schema | +| GL Category | Maintain General Ledger Categories | The GL Category Window allows you to define categories to be used in journals. These categories provide a method of optionally grouping and reporting on journals. | User Window | GL Category | +| Document Sequence | Maintain System and Document Sequences | The Sequence Window defines how document numbers will be sequenced.
Change the way document numbers are generated. You may add a prefix or a suffix or change the current number. | User Window | Document Sequence | +| Document Type | Maintain Document Types | The Document Type Window defines any document to be used in the system. Each document type provides the basis for processing of each document and controls the printed name and document sequence used. | User Window | Document Type | + diff --git a/manual/workflow/BusinessPartnerSetup_Workflow_ID-106_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/workflow/BusinessPartnerSetup_Workflow_ID-106_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e72aab9d --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/workflow/BusinessPartnerSetup_Workflow_ID-106_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +--- +title: 'Business Partner Setup' +sidebar_label: 'Business Partner Setup' +description: 'Setup Business Partner Rules' +tags: ['Workflow'] +--- + +# Business Partner Setup + +Workflow ID 106 + +*05/04/2001 → 25/12/2005* + +![Business Partner Setup](/img/manual/BusinessPartnerSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Setup Business Partner Rules + +**Comment/Help:** This workflow defines the Business Partners and the supporting rules. + +## Table: Fields + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Type** | **Zoom** | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| Business Partner Group | Maintain Business Partner Groups | The Business Partner Group window allows you to define the accounting parameters at a group level. If you define the accounting parameters for a group any Business Partner entered using this group will have these accounting parameters automatically populated. You can then make any modifications necessary at the Business Partner level. | User Window | Business Partner Group | +| Greeting | Maintain Greetings | The Greeting Window defines a greeting that is then associated with a Business Partner or Business Partner Contact. | User Window | Greeting | +| Payment Term | Maintain Payment Terms | The Payment Terms Window defines the different payment terms that you offer your customers and that are offered to you by your vendors. Each invoice must contain a Payment Term. On the standard invoice, the Name and the Document Note of the Payment Term is printed. | User Window | Payment Term | +| Invoice Schedule | Maintain Invoicing Schedule | The Invoice Schedule Window defines the frequency and cut off dates for generating summary invoices. If a customer requires a single invoice for multiple shipments you would define the appropriate invoice schedule and associate it with the Customer. | User Window | Invoice Schedule | +| Dunning | Maintain Dunning Levels | The Dunning Window defines the parameters that will be used when generating Dunning Letters. Each customer can be associated with a Dunning Code. | User Window | Dunning | +| Import Business Partner | Import Business Partner | The Import Business Partner Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records. | User Window | Import Business Partner | +| Business Partner | Maintain Business Partners | The Business Partner window allows you do define any party with whom you transact. This includes customers, vendors and employees. Prior to entering or importing products, you must define your vendors. Prior to generating Orders you must define your customers. This window holds all information about your business partner and the values entered will be used to generate all document transactions | User Window | Business Partner | + diff --git a/manual/workflow/InitialTenantSetupReview_Workflow_ID-104_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/workflow/InitialTenantSetupReview_Workflow_ID-104_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9f29aba0 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/workflow/InitialTenantSetupReview_Workflow_ID-104_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +--- +title: 'Initial Tenant Setup Review' +sidebar_label: 'Initial Tenant Setup Review' +description: 'Review of system level setup of a new Tenant' +tags: ['Workflow'] +--- + +# Initial Tenant Setup Review + +Workflow ID 104 + +*24/09/2000 → 10/03/2022* + +![Initial Tenant Setup Review](/img/manual/InitialTenantSetupReview-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Review of system level setup of a new Tenant + +**Comment/Help:** This workflow reviews the system setup of a new tenant as performed by the automatic Initial Tenant Setup. +You may want to check also the following Workflows: +- Accounting Setup +- Business Partner Setup +- Product Setup +- Price list Setup +- Warehouse Setup +- Tax Setup + +## Table: Fields + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Type** | **Zoom** | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| Tenant | Maintain Tenants | The Tenant is the highest level of an independent business entity. Each Tenant will have one or more Organizations reporting to it. Each Tenant defines the accounting parameters (Accounting Schema, Tree definition, Non Monetary UOM's). To create new Tenants, run the Initial Tenant Setup with the System Administrator Role.
Do not create a new tenant in this window, but use "Initial Tenant Setup" to set up the required security and access rules. If you create a new tenant here, you will not be able to view it and also the required tenant infrastructure would not have been set up. | User Window | Tenant | +| Organization | Maintain Organizations | The Organization Window allows you to define and maintain Organizational entities. An Organization is often a legal entity or sub-unit for which documents and transactions are processed | User Window | Organization | +| Role | Maintain User Responsibilities | The Role Window allows you to define the different roles that users of this system will have. Roles control access to windows, tasks, reports, etc. For a tenant an Administrator and User role are predefined. You may add additional roles to control access for specific functionality or data.
You can add users to the role.
Note that access information is cached and requires re-login or reset of cache. | User Window | Role | +| User | Maintain Users of the system | The User Window allows you to maintain User of the system. Users can log into the system and have access to functionality via one or more roles. A user can also be a business partner contact. | User Window | User | +| Import File Loader | Load flat Files into import tables | The Import File Loader parses the content of a flat file and loads it into import tables. Comments start with a '[' and end with a ']' and are ignored; example: [Some Heading]. | User Form | Import File Loader | +| Import Account | Import Natural Account Values | The Import Natural Account Window is an interim table which is used when importing external data into the system. Selecting the 'Process' button will either add or modify the appropriate records. | User Window | Import Account | +| Calendar Year and Period | Maintain Calendars Years Periods | The Calendar Year and Periods defines the calendars that will be used for period control and reporting. You can also define non-standard calendars (e.g. business year from July to June). | User Window | Calendar Year and Period | + diff --git a/manual/workflow/LanguageSetup_Workflow_ID-103_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/workflow/LanguageSetup_Workflow_ID-103_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c239f67 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/workflow/LanguageSetup_Workflow_ID-103_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +--- +title: 'Language Setup' +sidebar_label: 'Language Setup' +description: 'Setup a new Language of the system and translate elements' +tags: ['Workflow'] +--- + +# Language Setup + +Workflow ID 103 + +*10/09/2000 → 25/12/2005* + +![Language Setup](/img/manual/LanguageSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Setup a new Language of the system and translate elements + +**Comment/Help:** Define a new language as a system language. + +## Table: Fields + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Type** | **Zoom** | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| Language | Maintain Languages | The Language Window allows you to define multiple parallel language for users. This allows users to access the same data but have the windows, tabs and fields appear in different languages.
If a language is a System Language, you can change the User Interface to this language (after translation). Otherwise the language is only used for printing documents.

For the language code, we suggest using the Java convention of country and language (e.g. fr_CN - Canadian French).

Verify the translation creates missing translation records. Start this process after creating a new language. | User Window | Language | +| System Elements | Translate System Elements | System Elements are used to centrally define field labels, description and help. When translating an Element, the appropriate information of Fields in Windows, Parameters and Reports are translated (overwritten) | User Window | Element | +| Messages | Translate Messages | Translate the messages used in Windows, Forms and Processes | User Window | Message | +| Reference | Translate References | References are used as prefedined selection lists. You only need to translate the List Elements !! | User Window | Reference | +| Window & Tab | Translate Windows and Tabs | Translate the Name, Description and Help for Windows and Tabs. Most of the Fields are already translated, if they are centrally maintained. | User Window | Window, Tab and Field | +| Form | Translate Forms | Forms are special Windows and you need to translate its name, description and Help. | User Window | Form | +| Report & Process | Translate Reports and Processes | Translate the Name, Description and Help for Processes and Reports. You don't need to translate the Parameters, if they are centrally maintained. | User Window | Report and Process | +| Workflow | Translate Workflows | Translate Name, Description and Help of Workflows and their Nodes. You only need to translate the List Elements !! | User Window | Workflow | + diff --git a/manual/workflow/PerformanceMeasurementSetup_Workflow_ID-112_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/workflow/PerformanceMeasurementSetup_Workflow_ID-112_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..22495cb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/workflow/PerformanceMeasurementSetup_Workflow_ID-112_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +--- +title: 'Performance Measurement Setup' +sidebar_label: 'Performance Measurement Setup' +description: 'Setup your Performance Measurement' +tags: ['Workflow'] +--- + +# Performance Measurement Setup + +Workflow ID 112 + +*24/04/2001 → 25/12/2005* + +![Performance Measurement Setup](/img/manual/PerformanceMeasurementSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Setup your Performance Measurement + +**Comment/Help:** This workflow guides you through setting up your performance measurement based on Key Performance Indicators, Balanced Scorecard, etc. + +Most important: Do your analysis first! +- What are your goals and how do you measure it? + +When you are setting up the system, you do it in reverse: +First you define how you measure it and last you define the goals for the measurements. +You have three ways measuring performance: +- via quantifiable measures (e.g. sales of $3 million in Q1) +- via manual measures +- via achievements (tasks) + +The system converts the measures into percentages (based on the target and achieved measure - or number of total and reached achievements) + +## Table: Fields + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Type** | **Zoom** | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| Performance Color Schema | Maintain Performance Color Schema | Visual representation of performance by color. The Schema has often three levels (e.g. red-yellow-green). iDempiere supports two levels (e.g. red-green) or four levels (e.g. gray-bronce-silver-gold). Note that Measures without a goal are represented white. The percentages could be between 0 and unlimited (i.e. above 100%). | User Window | Performance Color Schema | +| Performance Measure Calculation | Define how you calculate your performance measures | The Performance Measure Calculation defines how performance measures will be calculated.
The sql needs to return a single value. Please check examples.<br>
The date restriction is defined in the Goal.
Any restrictions for Organizations, Business Partners, Products, etc. are as Performance Goal Restrictions. | User Window | Performance Measure Calculation | +| Performance Measure | Define your Performance Measures | The Performance Measure Window allows you to define the rules and restrictions for performance measurement. You can, for example, restrict performance measurement to sales for a certain product category for a defined time frame. | User Window | Performance Measure | +| Performance Goal | Define Performance Goals | The Performance Goal Window allows you to define performance goals or all, a role or a user | User Window | Performance Goal | + diff --git a/manual/workflow/PriceListSetup_Workflow_ID-108_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/workflow/PriceListSetup_Workflow_ID-108_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..96a92140 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/workflow/PriceListSetup_Workflow_ID-108_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +--- +title: 'Price List Setup' +sidebar_label: 'Price List Setup' +description: 'Define your Price Lists and Discounts' +tags: ['Workflow'] +--- + +# Price List Setup + +Workflow ID 108 + +*05/04/2001 → 25/12/2005* + +![Price List Setup](/img/manual/PriceListSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Define your Price Lists and Discounts + +**Comment/Help:** You define your price lists after entering or importing your products. In addition to price lists, you can define discounts for business partners. Assign specific Price Lists and Discounst to Business Partners. + +## Table: Fields + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Type** | **Zoom** | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| Price List Schema | Maintain Price List Schema | Price List schema defines calculation rules for price lists | User Window | Price List Schema | +| Price List | Maintain Product Price Lists | The Price List Window allows you to generate product price lists for your Business Partners. Price lists determine currency and tax treatment. Price list versions allow to maintain parallel lists for different date ranges. The most current pricelist version is used based on the document date.
<BR>
All pricelists have three prices: List, Standard and Limit
<BR>
First step is to create a base price list. You can manually add products and enter the prices or create them automatically. The base price list is often the purchase price list with list price ('official' retail price), the standard price (your purchase price). The limit price can be used to check your final purchase costs after discounts, rebates, etc.
<BR>
Pricelists can be calculated and copied. To speed up the calculation, the parameters are stored an used when creating a new price list version. | User Window | Price List | +| Discount Schema | Maintain Trade Discount Schema | Trade discount schema calculates the trade discount percentage | User Window | Discount Schema | +| Business Partner | Maintain Business Partners | The Business Partner window allows you do define any party with whom you transact. This includes customers, vendors and employees. Prior to entering or importing products, you must define your vendors. Prior to generating Orders you must define your customers. This window holds all information about your business partner and the values entered will be used to generate all document transactions | User Window | Business Partner | + diff --git a/manual/workflow/ProductSetup_Workflow_ID-107_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/workflow/ProductSetup_Workflow_ID-107_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..14ca0b28 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/workflow/ProductSetup_Workflow_ID-107_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Product Setup' +sidebar_label: 'Product Setup' +description: 'Set up Products' +tags: ['Workflow'] +--- + +# Product Setup + +Workflow ID 107 + +*05/04/2001 → 25/12/2005* + +![Product Setup](/img/manual/ProductSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Set up Products + +**Comment/Help:** Define your products manually. You should verify the settings especially if you import your products. + +## Table: Fields + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Type** | **Zoom** | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| Warehouse and Locators | Maintain Warehouses and Locators | The Warehouse and Locators Window defines each Warehouse, any Locators for that Warehouse and the Accounting parameters to be used for inventory in that Warehouse. | User Window | Warehouse and Locators | +| Unit of Measure | Maintain Unit of Measure | The Unit of Measure Window is used to define non monetary units of measure. It also defines if conversion between units of measure are allowed and how they are to be performed. The system provides some automatic conversions between units of measures (e.g. minute, hour, day, working day, etc.) if they are not explicitly defined here.
Conversions need to be direct (i.e. if you have only a conversion between A-B and B-C, the system cannot convert A-C, you need to define it explicitly). | User Window | Unit of Measure | +| Product Category | Maintain Product Categories | The Product Category allows you to define different groups of products. These groups can be used in generating Price Lists, defining margins and for easily assigning different accounting parameters for products. | User Window | Product Category | +| Tax Category | Maintain Tax Categories | The Tax Category Window is used to enter and maintain Tax Categories. Each product is associated with a tax category which facilitates reacting changing tax rates. | User Window | Tax Category | +| Product | Maintain Products | The Product Window defines all products used by an organization. These products include those sold to customers, used in the manufacture of products sold to customers and products purchased by an organization. | User Window | Product | +| Revenue Recognition | Revenue Recognition Rules | The Revenue Recognition Window defines the intervals at which revenue will be recognized. Alternatively, the revenue recognition may be linked to service levels provided. | User Window | Revenue Recognition | + diff --git a/manual/workflow/ProjectSetupandUse_Workflow_ID-101_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/workflow/ProjectSetupandUse_Workflow_ID-101_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1ac7e539 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/workflow/ProjectSetupandUse_Workflow_ID-101_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Project Setup and Use' +sidebar_label: 'Project Setup and Use' +description: 'Setup of projects and project reporting' +tags: ['Workflow'] +--- + +# Project Setup and Use + +Workflow ID 101 + +*05/12/1999 → 25/12/2005* + +![Project Setup and Use](/img/manual/ProjectSetupandUse-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Setup of projects and project reporting + +**Comment/Help:** Projects allow to monitor the status and progress of sales opportunities, service projects and investment projects. A Project is a process that is undertaken which can involve multiple steps or phases and require resources from more than one area. + +## Table: Fields + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Type** | **Zoom** | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| Project Type | Maintain Project Type and Phase | Maintain Project Types and their Phases with standard performance information | User Window | Project Type | +| Project Reporting | Maintain Project Reporting Cycles | The Project Cycle Window defines the steps associated with a specific Project.
You may want to define several Project cycles to differentiate the different types of projects. Project cycles may use all or a subset of the used Project Status (e.g. Your opportunity project cycle may include the steps from prospect to contract - the service cycle may include steps from installation to customer acceptance. | User Window | Project Reporting | +| Project | Maintain Projects | The Project Window is used to define the projects which will can be tracked by phases and tasks. | User Window | Project | +| Project Status Summary | Project Status of Project Cycle | | User Window | Project (Lines/Issues) | +| Accounting Schema | Project as Account Segment | To enable accounting reporting of projects, create and enable a project segment in the account elements. | User Window | Accounting Schema | + diff --git a/manual/workflow/RequestSetup_Workflow_ID-113_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/workflow/RequestSetup_Workflow_ID-113_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5b980e9c --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/workflow/RequestSetup_Workflow_ID-113_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +--- +title: 'Request Setup' +sidebar_label: 'Request Setup' +description: 'Set up the tenant to process requests' +tags: ['Workflow'] +--- + +# Request Setup + +Workflow ID 113 + +*08/12/2001 → 10/03/2022* + +![Request Setup](/img/manual/RequestSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Set up the tenant to process requests + +## Table: Fields + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Type** | **Zoom** | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| Check Tenant Setup | Check Tenant setup for Requests | You need to have a mail server and an email address from which the requets an notifications are sent. Optionally, if you define a mail user and password, requests are read from the mail users's folder and imported into the system. | User Window | Tenant | +| Check Users | Check users for Request processing | Please ensure that users have a email address and supervisor assigned. | User Window | User | +| Check Business Partners | Check Business Partners for Request processing | You can send EMails to businbess partners. Make sure, that the business partners and/or the Contacts have email addresses. | User Window | Business Partner | +| Request Processor | Define Request Processors | The Request Processor Window allows you to define different processes that you want to occur and the frequency and timing of these processes A Request Processor can be just for a specific Request Type or for all. | User Window | Request Processor | +| Request Type | Maintain Request Types | Request Types are used for processing and categorizing requests. Options are Account Inquiry, Warranty Issue, etc. | User Window | Request Type | +| Request Group | Maintain Request Group | Group of requests (e.g. version numbers, responsibility, ...) | User Window | Request Group | +| Request Category | Maintain Request Category | Category or Topic of the Request | User Window | Request Category | +| Request Resolution | Maintain Request Resolutions | Resolution status (e.g. Fixed, Rejected, ..) | User Window | Request Resolution | +| Request Status | Maintain Request Status | Status if the request (open, closed, investigating, ..) | User Window | Request Status | +| Request Standard Response | Maintain Request Standard Response | Text blocks to be copied into request response text | User Window | Request Standard Response | +| Request (all) | View and work on all requests | This Request window is used to view all available requests | User Window | Request (all) | + diff --git a/manual/workflow/SalesSetup_Workflow_ID-111_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/workflow/SalesSetup_Workflow_ID-111_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95bec1b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/workflow/SalesSetup_Workflow_ID-111_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +--- +title: 'Sales Setup' +sidebar_label: 'Sales Setup' +description: 'Setup Sales' +tags: ['Workflow'] +--- + +# Sales Setup + +Workflow ID 111 + +*05/04/2001 → 25/12/2005* + +![Sales Setup](/img/manual/SalesSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Setup Sales + +**Comment/Help:** Setting up Sales Representatives, Commissions as well as Marketing Channels and Campaigns. + +## Table: Fields + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Type** | **Zoom** | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| Business Partner | Set up Sales Representative as Business Partner | Set up the sales representative as Employee and Sales Representative in the Employee tab. Also set up the Vendor part, if you want to create payments. | User Window | Business Partner | +| User | Define Sales Representative as User | Users can log into the system and have access to functionality via one or more roles. Select the Business Partner you just set up. This enables the user to be treated as sales rep in the system. | User Window | User | +| Sales Region | Maintain Sales Regions | The Sales Region Window defines the different regions where you do business. You can generate reports based on Sales Regions | User Window | Sales Region | +| Commission | Maintain Commissions and Royalties | Define how and when you want the commissions to be calculated and to whom to pay it.
The Commissions Window allows you define how commissions and royalties will be paid. You can pay multiple commissions for the same order or invoice (e.g. to the person entering the transaction, to the person responsible for sale of the product (category) and or business partner (group). | User Window | Commission | +| Marketing Channel | Maintain Marketing Channels | The Marketing Channel Window defines the different channels used in Marketing Campaigns | User Window | Marketing Channel | +| Marketing Campaign | Maintain Marketing Campaigns | The Marketing Campaign Window defines the start and end date for a campaign. It also gives a running balance of the invoice amounts which referred to this campaign. | User Window | Marketing Campaign | + diff --git a/manual/workflow/SetupReplication_Workflow_ID-50012_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/workflow/SetupReplication_Workflow_ID-50012_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fc31706f --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/workflow/SetupReplication_Workflow_ID-50012_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +--- +title: 'Setup Replication' +sidebar_label: 'Setup Replication' +description: 'Setup of data replication' +tags: ['Workflow'] +--- + +# Setup Replication + +Workflow ID 50012 + +*05/03/2008 → 17/02/2022* + +![Setup Replication](/img/manual/SetupReplication-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Setup of data replication + +**Comment/Help:** Data Replication allows you to synchronize data of remote instances with a central office. All actions are initialized from the central office.<p> +<b>Central System:</b><br> +- setup system with all organizations, roles, etc.<br> +- run the migration to make sure that it is up-to-date<br> +- export the central system<br> +<p> +<b>Remote System:</b> +- install the exact version as Central System<br> +- import data from Central System in the remote locations<br> +<p> +<b>Central System:</b> +- Replication Strategy<br> +- Define Export Format<br> +- Config Export Processor<br> +- Start JMS Server<br> +<p> +** Enter Transactions ** +<p> +<b>Remote System:</b><br> +- Config Import Processor<br> + +## Table: Fields + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Type** | **Zoom** | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| Replication Strategy | Replication Strategy | | User Window | Replication Strategy | +| Export Format | Export Format | | User Window | Export Format | +| Export Processor Type | Export Processor Type | | User Window | Export Processor Type | +| Export Processor | Export Processor | | User Window | Export Processor | +| Import Processor Type | Import Processor Type | | User Window | Import Processor Type | +| Import Processor | Import Processor | | User Window | Import Processor | + diff --git a/manual/workflow/TaxSetup_Workflow_ID-110_v14.0.0.mdx b/manual/workflow/TaxSetup_Workflow_ID-110_v14.0.0.mdx new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1342f3f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/workflow/TaxSetup_Workflow_ID-110_v14.0.0.mdx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +--- +title: 'Tax Setup' +sidebar_label: 'Tax Setup' +description: 'Setup tax calculation' +tags: ['Workflow'] +--- + +# Tax Setup + +Workflow ID 110 + +*05/04/2001 → 03/03/2008* + +![Tax Setup](/img/manual/TaxSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png) + +**Description:** Setup tax calculation + +**Comment/Help:** Setup the tax calculation for products, services and charges + +## Table: Fields + +| **Name** | **Description** | **Comment/Help** | **Type** | **Zoom** | +|---|---|---|---|---| +| Tax Category | Maintain Tax Categories | The Tax Category Window is used to enter and maintain Tax Categories. Each product is associated with a tax category which facilitates reacting changing tax rates. | User Window | Tax Category | +| Product | Maintain Products | The Product Window defines all products used by an organization. These products include those sold to customers, used in the manufacture of products sold to customers and products purchased by an organization. | User Window | Product | +| Charge | Maintain Charges | The Charges Window defines the different charges that may be incurred. These can include Bank Charges, Vendor Charges and Handling Charges. | User Window | Charge | +| Tax Rate | Maintain Taxes and their Rates | The Tax Rate Window defines the different taxes used for each tax category. For example Sales Tax must be defined for each State in which it applies. | User Window | Tax Rate | +| Accounting Schema | Maintain Accounting Schema - For changes to become effective you must re-login | The Accounting Schema Window defines an accounting method and the elements that will comprise an account structure. Create and activate elements for detailed accounting for Business Partners, Products, Locations, etc.
Review and change the GL and Default accounts. The actual accounts used in transactions depend on the executing organization; Most of the information is derived from the context. | User Window | Accounting Schema | + diff --git a/manual/workflow/_category_.json b/manual/workflow/_category_.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000..09cdf1a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/manual/workflow/_category_.json @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +{ + "label": "Workflows", + "position": 7, + "collapsed": true +} diff --git a/sidebarsManual.js b/sidebarsManual.js new file mode 100644 index 00000000..60f42301 --- /dev/null +++ b/sidebarsManual.js @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +// @ts-check + +/** @type {import('@docusaurus/plugin-content-docs').SidebarsConfig} */ +const sidebars = { + manualSidebar: [{type: 'autogenerated', dirName: '.'}], +}; + +module.exports = sidebars; diff --git a/static/img/manual/1099Box-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/1099Box-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..810485db Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/1099Box-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/1099Extract-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/1099Extract-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41cb7bb6 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/1099Extract-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ASPModules-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ASPModules-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2ee9418f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ASPModules-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ASPSubscribedModules-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ASPSubscribedModules-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..50016475 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ASPSubscribedModules-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AccountCombination-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AccountCombination-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5c2d9b6b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AccountCombination-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AccountElementChartofAccounts-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AccountElementChartofAccounts-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..beb0a2cf Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AccountElementChartofAccounts-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AccountingDimensions-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AccountingDimensions-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bfda426d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AccountingDimensions-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AccountingFactBalances-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AccountingFactBalances-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..033acb8a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AccountingFactBalances-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AccountingFactDaily-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AccountingFactDaily-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82ba06d9 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AccountingFactDaily-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AccountingFactDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AccountingFactDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3d4f85f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AccountingFactDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AccountingFactDetails-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AccountingFactDetails-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7b635657 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AccountingFactDetails-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AccountingFactPeriod-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AccountingFactPeriod-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..24f94d32 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AccountingFactPeriod-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AccountingFactReconciliationmanual-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AccountingFactReconciliationmanual-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e0609e7d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AccountingFactReconciliationmanual-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AccountingProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AccountingProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9acbc981 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AccountingProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AccountingSchema-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AccountingSchema-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03b7047e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AccountingSchema-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AccountingSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AccountingSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3d275242 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AccountingSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ActiveSession-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ActiveSession-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c486a314 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ActiveSession-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ActivityABC-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ActivityABC-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92c875a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ActivityABC-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AddAuthorizationAccount-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AddAuthorizationAccount-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44664307 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AddAuthorizationAccount-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AddressTransaction-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AddressTransaction-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..590f5910 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AddressTransaction-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AddressValidation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AddressValidation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e09f4d87 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AddressValidation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AddressValidationConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AddressValidationConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1497828b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AddressValidationConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Aging-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Aging-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..22a35b80 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Aging-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Alert-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Alert-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6f1299ea Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Alert-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AlertProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AlertProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c4f28c75 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AlertProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AllRoles-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AllRoles-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6507604e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AllRoles-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AllTenants-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AllTenants-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9a375af Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AllTenants-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AllUserRoles-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AllUserRoles-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba815ff0 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AllUserRoles-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AllUsers-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AllUsers-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e9819b56 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AllUsers-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Allocation-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Allocation-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5c3eeae4 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Allocation-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ApplyPackInfromFolder-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ApplyPackInfromFolder-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7594ccfc Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ApplyPackInfromFolder-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ArchiveViewer-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ArchiveViewer-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7d0f843f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ArchiveViewer-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Asset-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Asset-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b888835e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Asset-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AssetAddition-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AssetAddition-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..246de21c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AssetAddition-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AssetDeliveryDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AssetDeliveryDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..53898a46 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AssetDeliveryDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AssetDeliveryMonth-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AssetDeliveryMonth-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..143cc014 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AssetDeliveryMonth-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AssetDisposal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AssetDisposal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2c952386 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AssetDisposal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AssetGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AssetGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..481dc3ea Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AssetGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Attachment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Attachment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ee68bb70 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Attachment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Attribute-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Attribute-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6fa18856 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Attribute-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AttributeSet-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AttributeSet-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c4c041e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AttributeSet-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AttributeSetInstance-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AttributeSetInstance-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..05a4c1ea Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AttributeSetInstance-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AuthorizationCredential-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AuthorizationCredential-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d7178b9d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AuthorizationCredential-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AuthorizationProvider-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AuthorizationProvider-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..13b5785e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AuthorizationProvider-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/AutoAllocation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/AutoAllocation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a29a80a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/AutoAllocation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Automaticaccountreconciliation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Automaticaccountreconciliation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0b04c460 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Automaticaccountreconciliation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BOMDrop-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BOMDrop-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..347139a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BOMDrop-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BOMViewer-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BOMViewer-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..755130b7 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BOMViewer-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BankCash-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BankCash-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cfe613f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BankCash-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BankCashStatement-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BankCashStatement-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95e58e31 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BankCashStatement-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BankCashTransfer-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BankCashTransfer-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0dc251e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BankCashTransfer-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BankCashTransferProcess-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BankCashTransferProcess-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7c509a52 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BankCashTransferProcess-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BankRegisterReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BankRegisterReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d4fd560 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BankRegisterReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BankStatementMatcher-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BankStatementMatcher-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..83b247cf Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BankStatementMatcher-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BillofMaterialsandFormula-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BillofMaterialsandFormula-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b44e80c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BillofMaterialsandFormula-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BroadcastMessage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BroadcastMessage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..45ee175f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BroadcastMessage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BusinessPartner-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BusinessPartner-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1dd2d957 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BusinessPartner-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18e5f955 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0082a713 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerInfo-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerInfo-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f565617f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerInfo-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerOpen-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerOpen-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08593195 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerOpen-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerOrganization-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerOrganization-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a188d667 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerOrganization-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c6556a98 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/BusinessPartnerSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CSSStyle-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CSSStyle-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5253ad32 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CSSStyle-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/C_InvoiceCalculateTax-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/C_InvoiceCalculateTax-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b78a80a1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/C_InvoiceCalculateTax-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CacheReset-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CacheReset-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ebfa4b45 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CacheReset-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CalendarYearandPeriod-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CalendarYearandPeriod-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9446cf18 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CalendarYearandPeriod-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CashFlowReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CashFlowReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9a13567c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CashFlowReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CashPlan-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CashPlan-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f41ad5fc Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CashPlan-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ChangeAudit-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ChangeAudit-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cc43c626 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ChangeAudit-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ChangeBaseLanguage-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ChangeBaseLanguage-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c4f5feea Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ChangeBaseLanguage-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Charge-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Charge-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..961b9d9c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Charge-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ChargeType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ChargeType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4d5a1424 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ChargeType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Chart-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Chart-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f9c2b193 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Chart-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ChatType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ChatType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fd5055bf Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ChatType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CleanOrphanCascadeRecords-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CleanOrphanCascadeRecords-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ad92452b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CleanOrphanCascadeRecords-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Commission-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Commission-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c0d2d76 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Commission-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CommissionRun-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CommissionRun-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6983bb8b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CommissionRun-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CommissionRunDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CommissionRunDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5ad255fe Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CommissionRunDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CommodityShipment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CommodityShipment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..73df8951 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CommodityShipment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CompleteMFARegistration-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CompleteMFARegistration-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0a9e5e67 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CompleteMFARegistration-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Contact-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Contact-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55d7eb3b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Contact-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ContextHelp-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ContextHelp-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7b80a3a1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ContextHelp-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ContextHelpSuggestion-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ContextHelpSuggestion-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f5778f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ContextHelpSuggestion-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Convertpasswordstohashes-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Convertpasswordstohashes-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c1ad1e07 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Convertpasswordstohashes-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CopyRole-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CopyRole-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e7247a56 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CopyRole-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CopyTenant-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CopyTenant-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e0e09f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CopyTenant-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CostAdjustment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CostAdjustment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d10582b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CostAdjustment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CostCenter-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CostCenter-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f053aa2c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CostCenter-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CostElement-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CostElement-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff196e6c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CostElement-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CostType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CostType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e61ddb94 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CostType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CounterDocument-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CounterDocument-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fc936c77 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CounterDocument-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CountryGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CountryGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6743ea4c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CountryGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CountryRegionandCity-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CountryRegionandCity-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1deee48b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CountryRegionandCity-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CreateAPExpenseInvoices-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CreateAPExpenseInvoices-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..88305ec2 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CreateAPExpenseInvoices-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CreateAssetfromProject-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CreateAssetfromProject-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91180c1f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CreateAssetfromProject-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CreateCompleteTable-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CreateCompleteTable-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..56d4bb75 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CreateCompleteTable-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CreateCostingRecords-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CreateCostingRecords-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..577018ed Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CreateCostingRecords-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CreateForeignKey-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CreateForeignKey-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7574d5f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CreateForeignKey-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CreatePOfromRequisition-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CreatePOfromRequisition-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31023081 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CreatePOfromRequisition-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CreateSalesOrdersfromExpense-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CreateSalesOrdersfromExpense-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..879871d1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CreateSalesOrdersfromExpense-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CreateTableIndex-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CreateTableIndex-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..05e3b122 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CreateTableIndex-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CreateUpdateTablePartition-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CreateUpdateTablePartition-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eb2acd0b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CreateUpdateTablePartition-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Currency-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Currency-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da7c54c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Currency-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CurrencyRate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CurrencyRate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2aba0be0 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CurrencyRate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CurrencyType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CurrencyType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ec07618 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CurrencyType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Customer-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Customer-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82cab0a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Customer-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CustomerAssets-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CustomerAssets-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2a137a70 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CustomerAssets-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CustomerRMA-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CustomerRMA-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..31dd5046 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CustomerRMA-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CustomerReturn-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CustomerReturn-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b7722a5a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CustomerReturn-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/CustomizationoftheWlistbox-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/CustomizationoftheWlistbox-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..388c76fa Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/CustomizationoftheWlistbox-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/DailyInvoice-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/DailyInvoice-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2649a83e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/DailyInvoice-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/DashboardContent-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/DashboardContent-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f20cad50 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/DashboardContent-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/DashboardPreference-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/DashboardPreference-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6cd054c2 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/DashboardPreference-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Databaseexport-Task_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Databaseexport-Task_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..202ca74a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Databaseexport-Task_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Databasetransfer-Task_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Databasetransfer-Task_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2d824e8a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Databasetransfer-Task_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/DeleteImport-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/DeleteImport-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b2f66509 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/DeleteImport-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/DeleteTraceLogs-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/DeleteTraceLogs-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4b9f3e37 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/DeleteTraceLogs-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/DeliverAssets-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/DeliverAssets-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..238b3b45 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/DeliverAssets-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Department-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Department-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..73a44fde Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Department-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/DepreciationExpenseEntry-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/DepreciationExpenseEntry-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1c512d5a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/DepreciationExpenseEntry-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/DepreciationMethods-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/DepreciationMethods-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3187f7d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/DepreciationMethods-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/DiscountSchema-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/DiscountSchema-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d9d4dc01 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/DiscountSchema-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/DocumentBaseTypeGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/DocumentBaseTypeGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f592baf7 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/DocumentBaseTypeGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/DocumentSequence-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/DocumentSequence-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..415c8679 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/DocumentSequence-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/DocumentStatus-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/DocumentStatus-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e7427ec Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/DocumentStatus-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/DocumentType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/DocumentType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f47d728 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/DocumentType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/DrillRule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/DrillRule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eaa203b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/DrillRule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Dunning-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Dunning-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..16691cfe Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Dunning-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/DunningRun-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/DunningRun-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..20a7baa4 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/DunningRun-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/DynamicValidationperTable-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/DynamicValidationperTable-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b5d343d2 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/DynamicValidationperTable-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Element-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Element-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f457e1a6 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Element-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/EnableNativeSequence-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/EnableNativeSequence-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d9fe4474 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/EnableNativeSequence-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/EntityType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/EntityType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..84363cf5 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/EntityType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ErrorMessage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ErrorMessage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5b056d27 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ErrorMessage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ExpenseReport-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ExpenseReport-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c17e58c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ExpenseReport-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ExpenseType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ExpenseType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6860b90e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ExpenseType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Expensesnotreimbursed-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Expensesnotreimbursed-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef0e7007 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Expensesnotreimbursed-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Expensestobeinvoiced-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Expensestobeinvoiced-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a90062b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Expensestobeinvoiced-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ExportFormat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ExportFormat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e5a0c217 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ExportFormat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ExportFormatGenerator-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ExportFormatGenerator-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2cb3cc97 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ExportFormatGenerator-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ExportProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ExportProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b842fac8 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ExportProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ExportProcessorType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ExportProcessorType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..65d3a668 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ExportProcessorType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ExtensionManagement-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ExtensionManagement-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0adc2297 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ExtensionManagement-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ExtensionRegistry-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ExtensionRegistry-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..45ed6bec Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ExtensionRegistry-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/FieldGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/FieldGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85b5bb25 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/FieldGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/FieldSuggestions-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/FieldSuggestions-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77ab7ad7 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/FieldSuggestions-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/FinancialReport-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/FinancialReport-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4df872b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/FinancialReport-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Form-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Form-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..84c5d3b7 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Form-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/FreightCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/FreightCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb10d040 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/FreightCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/GLBudget-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/GLBudget-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ee137a1a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/GLBudget-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/GLCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/GLCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..128525d2 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/GLCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/GLDistribution-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/GLDistribution-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f045e54e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/GLDistribution-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/GLJournal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/GLJournal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b99df375 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/GLJournal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/GLJournalBatch-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/GLJournalBatch-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f7abe61b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/GLJournalBatch-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/GLJournalGenerator-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/GLJournalGenerator-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0b6b1c70 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/GLJournalGenerator-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/GenerateCharges-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/GenerateCharges-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2a924dfa Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/GenerateCharges-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/GenerateInvoices-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/GenerateInvoices-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f737824d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/GenerateInvoices-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/GenerateInvoicesmanual-Info_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/GenerateInvoicesmanual-Info_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..efd26ba4 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/GenerateInvoicesmanual-Info_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/GenerateModel-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/GenerateModel-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5adcdd27 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/GenerateModel-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/GeneratePOfromProject-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/GeneratePOfromProject-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c753c8af Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/GeneratePOfromProject-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/GeneratePOfromSalesOrder-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/GeneratePOfromSalesOrder-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54b5e73a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/GeneratePOfromSalesOrder-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/GenerateProductionfromProject-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/GenerateProductionfromProject-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2627e93d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/GenerateProductionfromProject-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/GenerateShipments-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/GenerateShipments-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..df24bbe0 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/GenerateShipments-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/GenerateShipmentsmanual-Info_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/GenerateShipmentsmanual-Info_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..12d2a533 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/GenerateShipmentsmanual-Info_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Greeting-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Greeting-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bd1fa302 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Greeting-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/HouseKeeping-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/HouseKeeping-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa456b41 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/HouseKeeping-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/HouseKeeping-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/HouseKeeping-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a410d2ad Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/HouseKeeping-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportAccount-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportAccount-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..753919cb Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportAccount-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportBankStatement-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportBankStatement-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..daa3d254 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportBankStatement-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportBusinessPartner-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportBusinessPartner-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b631c907 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportBusinessPartner-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportCSVProcess-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportCSVProcess-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..94970836 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportCSVProcess-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportConfirmations-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportConfirmations-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9d22d9af Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportConfirmations-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportCurrencyRate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportCurrencyRate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aad19894 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportCurrencyRate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportFileLoader-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportFileLoader-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4061a87e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportFileLoader-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportGLJournal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportGLJournal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e967a1bd Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportGLJournal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportInventory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportInventory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..02e8e80c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportInventory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportInventoryMove-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportInventoryMove-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af1530ec Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportInventoryMove-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportInvoice-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportInvoice-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..78ceda5d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportInvoice-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportLoaderFormat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportLoaderFormat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9981b8b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportLoaderFormat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportOrder-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportOrder-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8db9ed88 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportOrder-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportPayment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportPayment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2685ac36 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportPayment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportPriceList-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportPriceList-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..51a69787 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportPriceList-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77778a7b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportProcessorType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportProcessorType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c42057b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportProcessorType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportProduct-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportProduct-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..09ba3509 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportProduct-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportReportLineSet-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportReportLineSet-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..34e8b2d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportReportLineSet-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportTemplate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportTemplate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f02666fe Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportTemplate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ImportedFixedAsset-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ImportedFixedAsset-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8170b83b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ImportedFixedAsset-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/IndentedBillofMaterial-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/IndentedBillofMaterial-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..45a3ba4b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/IndentedBillofMaterial-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InfoWindow-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InfoWindow-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9f6e1124 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InfoWindow-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InfoWindowCustomization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InfoWindowCustomization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7f129b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InfoWindowCustomization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InitialTenantSetup-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InitialTenantSetup-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0140c96e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InitialTenantSetup-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InitialTenantSetupReview-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InitialTenantSetupReview-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0e6445b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InitialTenantSetupReview-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InterestArea-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InterestArea-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4e92191a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InterestArea-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InventoryDecreaseIncrease-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InventoryDecreaseIncrease-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2474a171 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InventoryDecreaseIncrease-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InventoryMove-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InventoryMove-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e07957fd Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InventoryMove-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InventoryValuationReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InventoryValuationReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dd42509d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InventoryValuationReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InvoiceBatch-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InvoiceBatch-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..27efc632 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InvoiceBatch-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InvoiceDetailandMargin-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InvoiceDetailandMargin-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c9c903a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InvoiceDetailandMargin-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InvoiceNotRealizedGainLoss-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InvoiceNotRealizedGainLoss-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f0092f5b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InvoiceNotRealizedGainLoss-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InvoicePaymentSchedule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InvoicePaymentSchedule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e67717e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InvoicePaymentSchedule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InvoiceRequests-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InvoiceRequests-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e6f43826 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InvoiceRequests-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InvoiceSchedule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InvoiceSchedule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6b57a73e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InvoiceSchedule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InvoiceTax-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InvoiceTax-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ed0bfd2c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InvoiceTax-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InvoiceTransactionsAcct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InvoiceTransactionsAcct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..173c40e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InvoiceTransactionsAcct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/InvoiceTransactionsDoc-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/InvoiceTransactionsDoc-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4646643 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/InvoiceTransactionsDoc-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/IssuetoProject-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/IssuetoProject-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..275e8ebc Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/IssuetoProject-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/JavaVersion-Task_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/JavaVersion-Task_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff3cb86e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/JavaVersion-Task_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Label-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Label-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a598e69e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Label-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/LabelAssignment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/LabelAssignment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..01b950a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/LabelAssignment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/LabelCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/LabelCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..221f0402 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/LabelCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/LabelPrinter-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/LabelPrinter-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c2633e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/LabelPrinter-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Language-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Language-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..443da782 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Language-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/LanguageSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/LanguageSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..99835265 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/LanguageSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Lead-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Lead-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ac474bc Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Lead-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/LoadBankStatement-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/LoadBankStatement-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..824f3976 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/LoadBankStatement-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Location-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Location-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..87d27605 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Location-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/LocatorType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/LocatorType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..48196dae Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/LocatorType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Lot-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Lot-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..54287c78 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Lot-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/LotControl-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/LotControl-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..07406931 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/LotControl-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MFAMethod-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MFAMethod-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db439ec5 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MFAMethod-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MFARegisteredDevice-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MFARegisteredDevice-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d03ac6c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MFARegisteredDevice-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MFARegistration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MFARegistration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..20d08e3f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MFARegistration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MFARule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MFARule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f93e2ab9 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MFARule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MailTemplate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MailTemplate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..51711abf Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MailTemplate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MarketingCampaign-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MarketingCampaign-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fbed86b2 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MarketingCampaign-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MarketingChannel-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MarketingChannel-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7c60bc20 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MarketingChannel-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MatchedInvoices-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MatchedInvoices-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fbe39fb8 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MatchedInvoices-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MatchedPurchaseOrders-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MatchedPurchaseOrders-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..927f5a35 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MatchedPurchaseOrders-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MatchingPOReceiptInvoice-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MatchingPOReceiptInvoice-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..95a153b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MatchingPOReceiptInvoice-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MaterialReceipt-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MaterialReceipt-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e3f4e3f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MaterialReceipt-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MaterialReceiptDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MaterialReceiptDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f6e4850 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MaterialReceiptDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MaterialReference-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MaterialReference-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2faf72b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MaterialReference-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MaterialTransactions-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MaterialTransactions-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..af701ebe Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MaterialTransactions-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Menu-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Menu-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..abd7fc32 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Menu-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Menuuserfavourites-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Menuuserfavourites-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..74d46417 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Menuuserfavourites-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MergeEntities-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MergeEntities-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5022c8ac Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MergeEntities-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Message-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Message-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..35e84ae0 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Message-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MigrateID-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MigrateID-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..de9b008d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MigrateID-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MigrateStorageProvider-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MigrateStorageProvider-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff18395a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MigrateStorageProvider-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MigrationScripts-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MigrationScripts-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1a497645 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MigrationScripts-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ModelGeneratorTemplate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ModelGeneratorTemplate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..67c8d45e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ModelGeneratorTemplate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ModelValidator-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ModelValidator-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..09221347 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ModelValidator-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MonthlyInvoice-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MonthlyInvoice-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..97c1516b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MonthlyInvoice-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MonthlyInvoiceProdCat-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MonthlyInvoiceProdCat-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..400d6185 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MonthlyInvoiceProdCat-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MonthlyInvoiceProduct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MonthlyInvoiceProduct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4c33c9f1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MonthlyInvoiceProduct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MonthlyInvoiceVendor-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MonthlyInvoiceVendor-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1940ad0 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MonthlyInvoiceVendor-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MoveConfirmation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MoveConfirmation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a62b43dd Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MoveConfirmation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MyProfile-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MyProfile-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..750be35c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MyProfile-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/MyUnprocessedDocuments-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/MyUnprocessedDocuments-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..872995da Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/MyUnprocessedDocuments-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Notice-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Notice-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ce1d511 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Notice-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/OnlineTransactionHistory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/OnlineTransactionHistory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2f64aca Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/OnlineTransactionHistory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/OpenConfirmationDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/OpenConfirmationDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4325b25 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/OpenConfirmationDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/OpenConfirmations-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/OpenConfirmations-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..65702b0e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/OpenConfirmations-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/OpenItemsAging-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/OpenItemsAging-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..04727402 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/OpenItemsAging-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/OpenOrders-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/OpenOrders-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..30234cdc Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/OpenOrders-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/OpenRequisitions-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/OpenRequisitions-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9a1640fd Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/OpenRequisitions-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/OrderBatchProcess-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/OrderBatchProcess-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0eeee6b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/OrderBatchProcess-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/OrderDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/OrderDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91c3175e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/OrderDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/OrderSource-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/OrderSource-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f838e09 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/OrderSource-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/OrderTransactions-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/OrderTransactions-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..708de0b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/OrderTransactions-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Organization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Organization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fa1f86bb Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Organization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/OrganizationType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/OrganizationType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..342f68ac Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/OrganizationType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/POSKeyGenerate-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/POSKeyGenerate-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4bf4a2c2 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/POSKeyGenerate-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/POSKeyLayout-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/POSKeyLayout-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..65779f3f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/POSKeyLayout-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/POSPayment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/POSPayment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e900f613 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/POSPayment-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/POSTenderType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/POSTenderType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..de310d2c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/POSTenderType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/POSTerminal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/POSTerminal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7f4dfe3 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/POSTerminal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PackIn-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PackIn-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..491c5dc0 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PackIn-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PackOut-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PackOut-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76cd9b3b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PackOut-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PackageMaintenance-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PackageMaintenance-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..220496e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PackageMaintenance-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PackagesInstalled-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PackagesInstalled-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5aeb02d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PackagesInstalled-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PartType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PartType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bc742218 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PartType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PartnerRelation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PartnerRelation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..813bddbd Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PartnerRelation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PasswordRule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PasswordRule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f0db345f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PasswordRule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PaymentAllocation-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PaymentAllocation-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b2d94e90 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PaymentAllocation-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PaymentBatch-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PaymentBatch-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bec555d0 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PaymentBatch-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PaymentDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PaymentDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82627bcc Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PaymentDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PaymentPrintExport-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PaymentPrintExport-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..63c5c529 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PaymentPrintExport-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PaymentProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PaymentProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..34b017c2 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PaymentProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PaymentSelection-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PaymentSelection-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cadec0aa Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PaymentSelection-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PaymentSelectionmanual-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PaymentSelectionmanual-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..695d65a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PaymentSelectionmanual-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PaymentTerm-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PaymentTerm-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ba8c94f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PaymentTerm-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PaymentTransaction-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PaymentTransaction-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2b2c2c12 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PaymentTransaction-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PaymentandReceipt-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PaymentandReceipt-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0fec1f67 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PaymentandReceipt-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PaymentsintoBatch-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PaymentsintoBatch-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..09dbd150 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PaymentsintoBatch-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PerformanceBenchmark-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PerformanceBenchmark-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42502dc2 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PerformanceBenchmark-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PerformanceColorSchema-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PerformanceColorSchema-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..64b54005 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PerformanceColorSchema-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PerformanceGoal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PerformanceGoal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..50b612f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PerformanceGoal-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PerformanceIndicators-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PerformanceIndicators-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2feefa18 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PerformanceIndicators-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PerformanceMeasure-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PerformanceMeasure-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0ef67fb7 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PerformanceMeasure-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PerformanceMeasureCalculation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PerformanceMeasureCalculation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..05cecbde Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PerformanceMeasureCalculation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PerformanceMeasurementSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PerformanceMeasurementSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..18f5d424 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PerformanceMeasurementSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PerformanceRatio-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PerformanceRatio-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fed3fc50 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PerformanceRatio-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PeriodControlManagement-Info_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PeriodControlManagement-Info_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f059ce8e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PeriodControlManagement-Info_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PhysicalInventory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PhysicalInventory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9c610ca0 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PhysicalInventory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PluginManager-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PluginManager-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..650fa6c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PluginManager-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Position-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Position-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3ce1f1b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Position-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PositionCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PositionCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eaa7ca55 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PositionCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PostDepreciationEntry-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PostDepreciationEntry-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55bc1018 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PostDepreciationEntry-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Postit-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Postit-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e0396f6b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Postit-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Preference-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Preference-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e5c1ca4a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Preference-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PriceList-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PriceList-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..141b43cf Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PriceList-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PriceListSchema-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PriceListSchema-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c2c52ae0 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PriceListSchema-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PriceListSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PriceListSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f9fde34 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PriceListSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PrintColor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PrintColor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f4500d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PrintColor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PrintDunningLetters-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PrintDunningLetters-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a94ea69c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PrintDunningLetters-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PrintFont-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PrintFont-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..49fec8e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PrintFont-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PrintForm-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PrintForm-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..26ff8b57 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PrintForm-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PrintFormat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PrintFormat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..253861dc Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PrintFormat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PrintFormatDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PrintFormatDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..48bac45c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PrintFormatDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PrintHeaderFooter-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PrintHeaderFooter-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4cf19e08 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PrintHeaderFooter-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PrintInvoices-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PrintInvoices-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ea72bd87 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PrintInvoices-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PrintLabel-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PrintLabel-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9375ca85 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PrintLabel-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PrintPaper-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PrintPaper-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fbfc23ae Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PrintPaper-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PrintTableFormat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PrintTableFormat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6fd2dcca Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PrintTableFormat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PrivateAccess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PrivateAccess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1df871a1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PrivateAccess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProcessAudit-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProcessAudit-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c91d762c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProcessAudit-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProcessCustomization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProcessCustomization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f6beaaf7 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProcessCustomization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Product-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Product-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77caadf1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Product-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProductAttributeGrid-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProductAttributeGrid-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2b41b4a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProductAttributeGrid-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProductCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProductCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..07ceeff9 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProductCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProductComponentWhereUsed-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProductComponentWhereUsed-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3b0548d1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProductComponentWhereUsed-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProductCost-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProductCost-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa917e5d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProductCost-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProductCostDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProductCostDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f6e341c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProductCostDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProductCostSummary-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProductCostSummary-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a26da178 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProductCostSummary-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProductCosts-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProductCosts-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f21ae26 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProductCosts-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProductOrganization-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProductOrganization-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..76da153c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProductOrganization-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProductSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProductSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..57656c5a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProductSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProductTransactionSummary-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProductTransactionSummary-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..086344a7 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProductTransactionSummary-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProductTransactionValue-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProductTransactionValue-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2e3a1636 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProductTransactionValue-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProductionSingleProduct-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProductionSingleProduct-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b613cb6d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProductionSingleProduct-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Project-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Project-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..27022081 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Project-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProjectCycleReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProjectCycleReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7813623f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProjectCycleReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProjectDetailAccountingReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProjectDetailAccountingReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f2e8f4b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProjectDetailAccountingReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProjectLinesIssues-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProjectLinesIssues-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d8ccecea Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProjectLinesIssues-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProjectLinesnotIssued-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProjectLinesnotIssued-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82580cb6 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProjectLinesnotIssued-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProjectMarginWorkOrder-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProjectMarginWorkOrder-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cec60b2a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProjectMarginWorkOrder-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProjectPOsnotIssued-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProjectPOsnotIssued-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d5febedf Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProjectPOsnotIssued-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProjectReporting-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProjectReporting-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f2b1445 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProjectReporting-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProjectSetupandUse-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProjectSetupandUse-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f319c365 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProjectSetupandUse-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ProjectType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ProjectType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9458db2e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ProjectType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PurchaseInvoiceandCreditDebitNote-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PurchaseInvoiceandCreditDebitNote-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f0d5e2cb Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PurchaseInvoiceandCreditDebitNote-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/PurchaseOrder-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/PurchaseOrder-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb59ab2a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/PurchaseOrder-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/QualityTest-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/QualityTest-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0fbebfc1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/QualityTest-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/QuarterInvoiceProduct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/QuarterInvoiceProduct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..410762b9 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/QuarterInvoiceProduct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/QuarterlyInvoiceCustomerbyProduct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/QuarterlyInvoiceCustomerbyProduct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1a30e9c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/QuarterlyInvoiceCustomerbyProduct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/QuarterlyInvoiceCustomerbyVendor-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/QuarterlyInvoiceCustomerbyVendor-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..866284b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/QuarterlyInvoiceCustomerbyVendor-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Quoteconvert-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Quoteconvert-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..db62e4ef Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Quoteconvert-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RMAType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RMAType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8653445d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RMAType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RePriceOrderInvoice-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RePriceOrderInvoice-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e4dae155 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RePriceOrderInvoice-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RecalculateCube-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RecalculateCube-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41572da5 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RecalculateCube-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ReceivablesWriteOff-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ReceivablesWriteOff-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..efc574ef Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ReceivablesWriteOff-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RecompileDBObjects-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RecompileDBObjects-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9e3f15ce Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RecompileDBObjects-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RecreateStorageReservation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RecreateStorageReservation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5b08d6d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RecreateStorageReservation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Recurring-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Recurring-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..387ed36c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Recurring-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RecurringGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RecurringGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dcfd6134 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RecurringGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RecurringRun-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RecurringRun-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8e1c7d1b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RecurringRun-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Reference-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Reference-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ab938929 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Reference-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RegisterMFA-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RegisterMFA-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..80416929 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RegisterMFA-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Registration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Registration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..725e186c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Registration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RegistrationAttributes-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RegistrationAttributes-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77dd5347 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RegistrationAttributes-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RelationType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RelationType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..88227dba Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RelationType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Remuneration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Remuneration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e5d39bf1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Remuneration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ReopenOrder-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ReopenOrder-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..48307231 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ReopenOrder-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ReopenRequest-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ReopenRequest-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1783906 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ReopenRequest-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ReplenishReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ReplenishReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4545afd9 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ReplenishReport-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ReplicationStrategy-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ReplicationStrategy-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c7486b0a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ReplicationStrategy-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ReportColumnSet-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ReportColumnSet-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e0d14dc Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ReportColumnSet-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ReportCube-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ReportCube-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1190ac18 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ReportCube-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ReportLineSet-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ReportLineSet-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..52f2a193 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ReportLineSet-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ReportView-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ReportView-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff6521e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ReportView-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ReportandProcess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ReportandProcess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a2dd6d68 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ReportandProcess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ReportingHierarchy-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ReportingHierarchy-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b0015173 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ReportingHierarchy-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Request-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Request-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fa71245e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Request-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RequestCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RequestCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8cc05bd4 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RequestCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RequestEMailProcessor-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RequestEMailProcessor-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4d7db52 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RequestEMailProcessor-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RequestGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RequestGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..541d099a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RequestGroup-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RequestProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RequestProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2f2d7c60 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RequestProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RequestResolution-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RequestResolution-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..28e85440 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RequestResolution-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RequestSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RequestSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4be91127 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RequestSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RequestStandardResponse-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RequestStandardResponse-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c1120db3 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RequestStandardResponse-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RequestStatus-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RequestStatus-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1ca728d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RequestStatus-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RequestType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RequestType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b19325d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RequestType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Requestall-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Requestall-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e8da6ba Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Requestall-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RequiredPlugin-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RequiredPlugin-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4598dd3c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RequiredPlugin-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Requisition-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Requisition-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..de54f2bd Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Requisition-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ResetAccounting-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ResetAccounting-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..547e5579 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ResetAccounting-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ResetAllocation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ResetAllocation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ee7f974f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ResetAllocation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ResetPassword-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ResetPassword-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c4c9820 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ResetPassword-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Resource-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Resource-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fda0003d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Resource-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ResourceType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ResourceType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ef918e7d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ResourceType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ResubmitPosting-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ResubmitPosting-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..035d15e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ResubmitPosting-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ReturntoVendor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ReturntoVendor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..233a0c58 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ReturntoVendor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RevenueRecognition-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RevenueRecognition-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..89af2ecb Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RevenueRecognition-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RevenueRecognitionRun-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RevenueRecognitionRun-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2190ebd1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RevenueRecognitionRun-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RevokeMFATrustedDevice-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RevokeMFATrustedDevice-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e71ed652 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RevokeMFATrustedDevice-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RfQ-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RfQ-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4109a8c8 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RfQ-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RfQResponse-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RfQResponse-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa4d179b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RfQResponse-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RfQResponse-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RfQResponse-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa4d179b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RfQResponse-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RfQTopic-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RfQTopic-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eac6503b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RfQTopic-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RfQUnanswered-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RfQUnanswered-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4883c56 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RfQUnanswered-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Role-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Role-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a39e1603 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Role-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RoleAccessUpdate-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RoleAccessUpdate-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..207680a7 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RoleAccessUpdate-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RoleDataAccess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RoleDataAccess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d7e85357 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RoleDataAccess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RoleTemplate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RoleTemplate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..43bdef7f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RoleTemplate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RoleToolbarButtonAccess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RoleToolbarButtonAccess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5d1e1590 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RoleToolbarButtonAccess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/RollupBOMCost-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/RollupBOMCost-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b76a08e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/RollupBOMCost-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Rule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Rule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..990737e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Rule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SMTPServer-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SMTPServer-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4c5d4fa9 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SMTPServer-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SQLProcess-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SQLProcess-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..541e218c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SQLProcess-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SQLQuery-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SQLQuery-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..060920a7 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SQLQuery-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SSOConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SSOConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba9f4784 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SSOConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SalesInvoiceandCreditDebitNote-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SalesInvoiceandCreditDebitNote-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08ff26c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SalesInvoiceandCreditDebitNote-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SalesOpportunity-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SalesOpportunity-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ae68a77 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SalesOpportunity-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SalesOrder-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SalesOrder-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..37edc101 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SalesOrder-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SalesRegion-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SalesRegion-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..14f773fb Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SalesRegion-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SalesRepDashboard-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SalesRepDashboard-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c8f06032 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SalesRepDashboard-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SalesRepInfo-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SalesRepInfo-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6e4e4436 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SalesRepInfo-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SalesSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SalesSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4f83642 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SalesSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SalesStage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SalesStage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6bd36a10 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SalesStage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Schedule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Schedule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dfff79af Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Schedule-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Scheduler-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Scheduler-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..258f9c8a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Scheduler-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SearchDefinition-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SearchDefinition-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0977a091 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SearchDefinition-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SendMailText-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SendMailText-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..17e1dbe5 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SendMailText-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SequenceCheck-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SequenceCheck-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..391a2091 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SequenceCheck-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SerialNoControl-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SerialNoControl-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f865866c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SerialNoControl-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SessionAudit-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SessionAudit-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..deaf4ada Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SessionAudit-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SetupReplication-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SetupReplication-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..51c5379e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SetupReplication-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SetupWizard-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SetupWizard-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a9718114 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SetupWizard-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SetupWizardMaintenance-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SetupWizardMaintenance-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ca0b0f7e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SetupWizardMaintenance-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ShipReceiptConfirm-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ShipReceiptConfirm-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b31da9a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ShipReceiptConfirm-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ShipmentCustomer-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ShipmentCustomer-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..78d7c9c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ShipmentCustomer-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ShipmentDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ShipmentDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fbb02548 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ShipmentDetails-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ShipmentPackage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ShipmentPackage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ada44cc Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ShipmentPackage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Shipper-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Shipper-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..852f82d1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Shipper-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ShipperConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ShipperConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0efb370a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ShipperConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ShippingProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ShippingProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5f9eb74f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ShippingProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ShippingProcessorConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ShippingProcessorConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7a0ba042 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ShippingProcessorConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ShippingTransaction-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ShippingTransaction-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..694c2546 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ShippingTransaction-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SimpleFactView-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SimpleFactView-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dacd1239 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SimpleFactView-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/StandardCostUpdate-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/StandardCostUpdate-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..89a46134 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/StandardCostUpdate-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/StatementofAccounts-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/StatementofAccounts-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..85c80695 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/StatementofAccounts-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/StatusLine-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/StatusLine-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ffa0a0e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/StatusLine-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/StorageCleanup-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/StorageCleanup-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec75af00 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/StorageCleanup-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/StorageDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/StorageDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..774c48d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/StorageDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/StorageProvider-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/StorageProvider-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..29aa031d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/StorageProvider-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/StorageperProduct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/StorageperProduct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..09fdaf8f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/StorageperProduct-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SupportUsersvsRoles-Info_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SupportUsersvsRoles-Info_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2b2ad1d8 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SupportUsersvsRoles-Info_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SynchronizeDocTranslation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SynchronizeDocTranslation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..42019ade Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SynchronizeDocTranslation-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SynchronizePrintFormatbasedonReportView-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SynchronizePrintFormatbasedonReportView-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c972eb1d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SynchronizePrintFormatbasedonReportView-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SynchronizeTerminology-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SynchronizeTerminology-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f88363e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SynchronizeTerminology-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/System-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/System-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..01580c4e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/System-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SystemConfigurator-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SystemConfigurator-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..944fce9c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SystemConfigurator-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SystemImage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SystemImage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..66c27857 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SystemImage-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SystemIssueReport-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SystemIssueReport-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fe68490b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SystemIssueReport-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/SystemTranslationCheck-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/SystemTranslationCheck-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ac6cd51 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/SystemTranslationCheck-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TableAttributeInstance-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TableAttributeInstance-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c5228b13 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TableAttributeInstance-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TableandColumn-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TableandColumn-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c8504e87 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TableandColumn-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Task-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Task-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4d6c930 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Task-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TaxCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TaxCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f8111177 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TaxCategory-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TaxProvider-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TaxProvider-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ca65fb83 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TaxProvider-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TaxProviderConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TaxProviderConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba9a062f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TaxProviderConfiguration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TaxRate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TaxRate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..96c50ca4 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TaxRate-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TaxSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TaxSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..83b97c42 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TaxSetup-Workflow_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Tenant-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Tenant-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa65b809 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Tenant-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TenantAccountingProcessor-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TenantAccountingProcessor-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..719e78ed Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TenantAccountingProcessor-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Tenantlevelmessages-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Tenantlevelmessages-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c2e990f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Tenantlevelmessages-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Test-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Test-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c38495d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Test-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TestExportModel-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TestExportModel-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..12caef8c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TestExportModel-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TestImportModel-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TestImportModel-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..59466b9e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TestImportModel-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TestUUBasedTable-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TestUUBasedTable-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..73e5624b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TestUUBasedTable-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TestUUDetail-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TestUUDetail-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ffb12ca7 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TestUUDetail-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ThemeCustomization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ThemeCustomization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a36a1ab1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ThemeCustomization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TimeType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TimeType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..30d23002 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TimeType-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ToolbarButton-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ToolbarButton-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c335846e Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ToolbarButton-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TransactionDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TransactionDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3008afee Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TransactionDetail-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TranslationImportExport-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TranslationImportExport-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e7c2a8f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TranslationImportExport-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Tree-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Tree-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..936f9501 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Tree-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TreeMaintenance-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TreeMaintenance-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..52eb797d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TreeMaintenance-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/TrialBalance-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/TrialBalance-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..219abf6d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/TrialBalance-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/UUIDGenerator-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/UUIDGenerator-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c5aff259 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/UUIDGenerator-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/UnAllocatedInvoices-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/UnAllocatedInvoices-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..294c0633 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/UnAllocatedInvoices-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/UnAllocatedPayments-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/UnAllocatedPayments-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a15580df Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/UnAllocatedPayments-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/UnLinkBusinessPartnerOrg-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/UnLinkBusinessPartnerOrg-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3ca14a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/UnLinkBusinessPartnerOrg-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/UnPostedDocuments-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/UnPostedDocuments-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3cdcdf90 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/UnPostedDocuments-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/UnReconciledPayments-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/UnReconciledPayments-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eea4e1b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/UnReconciledPayments-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/UnitofMeasure-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/UnitofMeasure-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..97e854a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/UnitofMeasure-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Universalsubstitution-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Universalsubstitution-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..52f20776 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Universalsubstitution-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/UnlockAccount-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/UnlockAccount-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e288d8f3 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/UnlockAccount-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/UnprocessedDocumentsAll-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/UnprocessedDocumentsAll-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6f3cc734 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/UnprocessedDocumentsAll-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Unreconciledaccountingfacts-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Unreconciledaccountingfacts-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5c8f5f22 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Unreconciledaccountingfacts-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/UnregisterMFAMechanism-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/UnregisterMFAMechanism-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..610f8de2 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/UnregisterMFAMechanism-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/User-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/User-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..837550a7 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/User-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/UserPreference-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/UserPreference-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aced118a Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/UserPreference-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/UserQueries-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/UserQueries-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..648298ba Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/UserQueries-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ValidateBOMFlags-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ValidateBOMFlags-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e4ce7542 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ValidateBOMFlags-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ValidateBusinessPartner-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ValidateBusinessPartner-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce2e60ea Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ValidateBusinessPartner-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ValidationRules-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ValidationRules-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d661c213 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ValidationRules-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/VendorDetails-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/VendorDetails-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..46a4ce55 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/VendorDetails-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/VendorRMA-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/VendorRMA-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0da588f4 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/VendorRMA-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/VendorSelection-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/VendorSelection-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c5251f29 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/VendorSelection-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/VerifyBOMStructure-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/VerifyBOMStructure-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44b007a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/VerifyBOMStructure-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/VerifyDocumentTypes-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/VerifyDocumentTypes-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0f9924cf Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/VerifyDocumentTypes-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/VerifyLanguageConfiguration-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/VerifyLanguageConfiguration-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a1481417 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/VerifyLanguageConfiguration-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/VerifyMigration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/VerifyMigration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb223b52 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/VerifyMigration-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/VerifyMigrationProcess-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/VerifyMigrationProcess-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8971adcd Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/VerifyMigrationProcess-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ViewAllocation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ViewAllocation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d39e0caa Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ViewAllocation-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/ViewChat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/ViewChat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..857adb0b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/ViewChat-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/WarehouseOrganization-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/WarehouseOrganization-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4f597f36 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/WarehouseOrganization-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/WarehouseandLocators-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/WarehouseandLocators-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7e9b69ec Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/WarehouseandLocators-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/WebStore-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/WebStore-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..279f3a2c Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/WebStore-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/WeeklyInvoice-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/WeeklyInvoice-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8f70a77f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/WeeklyInvoice-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/WeeklyInvoiceProdCat-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/WeeklyInvoiceProdCat-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..81a3716f Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/WeeklyInvoiceProdCat-Report_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/WindowCustomization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/WindowCustomization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..90a336ad Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/WindowCustomization-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/WindowTabandField-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/WindowTabandField-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4adba052 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/WindowTabandField-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/Workflow-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/Workflow-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d352346d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/Workflow-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/WorkflowActivities-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/WorkflowActivities-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2adf0475 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/WorkflowActivities-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/WorkflowActivitiesall-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/WorkflowActivitiesall-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08f1a2b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/WorkflowActivitiesall-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/WorkflowEditor-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/WorkflowEditor-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ef2f36d Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/WorkflowEditor-Form_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/WorkflowProcess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/WorkflowProcess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..613fd30b Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/WorkflowProcess-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/WorkflowProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/WorkflowProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bffbfa38 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/WorkflowProcessor-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/WorkflowResponsible-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/WorkflowResponsible-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08e19874 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/WorkflowResponsible-Window_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ diff --git a/static/img/manual/WorkflowtoTenant-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png b/static/img/manual/WorkflowtoTenant-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da534f52 Binary files /dev/null and b/static/img/manual/WorkflowtoTenant-Process_iDempiere_v14.0.0.png differ